admin

package
v20231115008.5.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Apr 12, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 22 Imported by: 15

Documentation ¶

Overview ¶

Package admin supports the MongoDB Atlas Admin API.

See: https://github.com/mongodb/atlas-sdk-go#getting-started for more information

Index ¶

Constants ¶

View Source
const (
	// DefaultCloudURL is default base URL for the services.
	DefaultCloudURL = "https://cloud.mongodb.com"
	// Version the version of the current API client inherited from.
	Version = core.Version
	// ClientName of the v2 API client.
	ClientName = "go-atlas-sdk-admin"
)

Variables ¶

View Source
var (
	// ContextServerIndex uses a server configuration from the index.
	ContextServerIndex = contextKey("serverIndex")

	// ContextOperationServerIndices uses a server configuration from the index mapping.
	ContextOperationServerIndices = contextKey("serverOperationIndices")

	// ContextServerVariables overrides a server configuration variables.
	ContextServerVariables = contextKey("serverVariables")

	// ContextOperationServerVariables overrides a server configuration variables using operation specific values.
	ContextOperationServerVariables = contextKey("serverOperationVariables")
)

Functions ¶

func GetOrDefault ¶

func GetOrDefault[T any](ptr *T, defaultValue T) T

GetOrDefault returns the value of a pointer or a default value

func Int64PtrToIntPtr ¶

func Int64PtrToIntPtr(i64 *int64) *int

Int64PtrToIntPtr convert int64 to int pointer.

func IsErrorCode ¶

func IsErrorCode(err error, code string) bool

IsErrorCode returns true if the error contains the specific code.

func IsNil ¶

func IsNil(i interface{}) bool

IsNil checks if an input is nil

func PtrBool ¶

func PtrBool(v bool) *bool

PtrBool is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given boolean value.

func PtrFloat32 ¶

func PtrFloat32(v float32) *float32

PtrFloat32 is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given float value.

func PtrFloat64 ¶

func PtrFloat64(v float64) *float64

PtrFloat64 is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given float value.

func PtrInt ¶

func PtrInt(v int) *int

PtrInt is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given integer value.

func PtrInt32 ¶

func PtrInt32(v int32) *int32

PtrInt32 is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given integer value.

func PtrInt64 ¶

func PtrInt64(v int64) *int64

PtrInt64 is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given integer value.

func PtrString ¶

func PtrString(v string) *string

PtrString is a helper routine that returns a pointer to given string value.

func PtrTime ¶

func PtrTime(v time.Time) *time.Time

PtrTime is helper routine that returns a pointer to given Time value.

func SetOrNil ¶

func SetOrNil[T comparable](val T, defaultValue T) *T

SetOrNil returns the address of the given value or nil if it equals defaultValue

func StringToTime ¶

func StringToTime(val string) (time.Time, error)

StringToTime parses the given string and returns the resulting time. The expected format is identical to the format returned by Atlas API, documented as ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Example formats: "2023-07-18T16:12:23Z", "2023-07-18T16:12:23.456Z"

func TimePtrToStringPtr ¶

func TimePtrToStringPtr(t *time.Time) *string

TimePtrToStringPtr converts the time to the string pointer.

func TimeToString ¶

func TimeToString(t time.Time) string

TimeToString returns a RFC3339 date time string format. The resulting format is identical to the format returned by Atlas API, documented as ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. It also returns decimals in seconds (up to nanoseconds) if available. Example formats: "2023-07-18T16:12:23Z", "2023-07-18T16:12:23.456Z"

Types ¶

type APIClient ¶

type APIClient struct {
	AWSClustersDNSApi AWSClustersDNSApi

	AccessTrackingApi AccessTrackingApi

	AlertConfigurationsApi AlertConfigurationsApi

	AlertsApi AlertsApi

	AtlasSearchApi AtlasSearchApi

	AuditingApi AuditingApi

	CloudBackupsApi CloudBackupsApi

	CloudMigrationServiceApi CloudMigrationServiceApi

	CloudProviderAccessApi CloudProviderAccessApi

	ClusterOutageSimulationApi ClusterOutageSimulationApi

	ClustersApi ClustersApi

	CollectionLevelMetricsApi CollectionLevelMetricsApi

	CustomDatabaseRolesApi CustomDatabaseRolesApi

	DataFederationApi DataFederationApi

	DataLakePipelinesApi DataLakePipelinesApi

	DatabaseUsersApi DatabaseUsersApi

	EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi

	EventsApi EventsApi

	FederatedAuthenticationApi FederatedAuthenticationApi

	GlobalClustersApi GlobalClustersApi

	InvoicesApi InvoicesApi

	LDAPConfigurationApi LDAPConfigurationApi

	LegacyBackupApi LegacyBackupApi

	LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi

	MaintenanceWindowsApi MaintenanceWindowsApi

	MongoDBCloudUsersApi MongoDBCloudUsersApi

	MonitoringAndLogsApi MonitoringAndLogsApi

	NetworkPeeringApi NetworkPeeringApi

	OnlineArchiveApi OnlineArchiveApi

	OrganizationsApi OrganizationsApi

	PerformanceAdvisorApi PerformanceAdvisorApi

	PrivateEndpointServicesApi PrivateEndpointServicesApi

	ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi

	ProjectIPAccessListApi ProjectIPAccessListApi

	ProjectsApi ProjectsApi

	PushBasedLogExportApi PushBasedLogExportApi

	RollingIndexApi RollingIndexApi

	RootApi RootApi

	ServerlessInstancesApi ServerlessInstancesApi

	ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi

	SharedTierRestoreJobsApi SharedTierRestoreJobsApi

	SharedTierSnapshotsApi SharedTierSnapshotsApi

	StreamsApi StreamsApi

	TeamsApi TeamsApi

	ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi

	X509AuthenticationApi X509AuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

APIClient manages communication with the MongoDB Atlas Administration API API In most cases there should be only one, shared, APIClient.

func NewAPIClient ¶

func NewAPIClient(cfg *Configuration) *APIClient

NewAPIClient creates a new API client. Requires a userAgent string describing your application. optionally a custom http.Client to allow for advanced features such as caching.

func NewClient ¶

func NewClient(modifiers ...ClientModifier) (*APIClient, error)

NewClient returns a new API Client.

func (*APIClient) GetConfig ¶

func (c *APIClient) GetConfig() *Configuration

Allow modification of underlying config for alternate implementations and testing Caution: modifying the configuration while live can cause data races and potentially unwanted behavior

type APIKey ¶

type APIKey struct {
	Key    string
	Prefix string
}

APIKey provides API key based authentication to a request passed via context using ContextAPIKey

type APIResponse ¶

type APIResponse struct {
	*http.Response `json:"-"`
	Message        string `json:"message,omitempty"`
	// Operation is the name of the OpenAPI operation.
	Operation string `json:"operation,omitempty"`
	// RequestURL is the request URL. This value is always available, even if the
	// embedded *http.Response is nil.
	RequestURL string `json:"url,omitempty"`
	// Method is the HTTP method used for the request.  This value is always
	// available, even if the embedded *http.Response is nil.
	Method string `json:"method,omitempty"`
	// Payload holds the contents of the response body (which may be nil or empty).
	// This is provided here as the raw response.Body() reader will have already
	// been drained.
	Payload []byte `json:"-"`
}

APIResponse stores the API response returned by the server.

func NewAPIResponse ¶

func NewAPIResponse(r *http.Response) *APIResponse

NewAPIResponse returns a new APIResponse object.

func NewAPIResponseWithError ¶

func NewAPIResponseWithError(errorMessage string) *APIResponse

NewAPIResponseWithError returns a new APIResponse object with the provided error message.

type AWSClustersDNSApi ¶

type AWSClustersDNSApi interface {

	/*
		GetAWSCustomDNS Return One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS

		Returns the custom DNS configuration for AWS clusters in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	*/
	GetAWSCustomDNS(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	/*
		GetAWSCustomDNS Return One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAWSCustomDNSApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	*/
	GetAWSCustomDNSWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAWSCustomDNSApiParams) GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAWSCustomDNSExecute(r GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest) (*AWSCustomDNSEnabled, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ToggleAWSCustomDNS Toggle State of One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS

		Enables or disables the custom DNS configuration for AWS clusters in the specified project. Enable custom DNS if you use AWS VPC peering and use your own DNS servers. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleAWSCustomDNS(ctx context.Context, groupId string, aWSCustomDNSEnabled *AWSCustomDNSEnabled) ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	/*
		ToggleAWSCustomDNS Toggle State of One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleAWSCustomDNSWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiParams) ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ToggleAWSCustomDNSExecute(r ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest) (*AWSCustomDNSEnabled, *http.Response, error)
}

type AWSClustersDNSApiService ¶

type AWSClustersDNSApiService service

AWSClustersDNSApiService AWSClustersDNSApi service

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) GetAWSCustomDNS ¶

func (a *AWSClustersDNSApiService) GetAWSCustomDNS(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

GetAWSCustomDNS Return One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS

Returns the custom DNS configuration for AWS clusters in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) GetAWSCustomDNSExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AWSCustomDNSEnabled

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) GetAWSCustomDNSWithParams ¶

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) ToggleAWSCustomDNS ¶

func (a *AWSClustersDNSApiService) ToggleAWSCustomDNS(ctx context.Context, groupId string, aWSCustomDNSEnabled *AWSCustomDNSEnabled) ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

ToggleAWSCustomDNS Toggle State of One Custom DNS Configuration for Atlas Clusters on AWS

Enables or disables the custom DNS configuration for AWS clusters in the specified project. Enable custom DNS if you use AWS VPC peering and use your own DNS servers. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) ToggleAWSCustomDNSExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AWSCustomDNSEnabled

func (*AWSClustersDNSApiService) ToggleAWSCustomDNSWithParams ¶

type AWSCustomDNSEnabled ¶

type AWSCustomDNSEnabled struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether the project's clusters deployed to Amazon Web Services (AWS) use a custom Domain Name System (DNS). When `\"enabled\": true`, connect to your cluster using Private IP for Peering connection strings.
	Enabled bool `json:"enabled"`
}

AWSCustomDNSEnabled struct for AWSCustomDNSEnabled

func NewAWSCustomDNSEnabled ¶

func NewAWSCustomDNSEnabled(enabled bool) *AWSCustomDNSEnabled

NewAWSCustomDNSEnabled instantiates a new AWSCustomDNSEnabled object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAWSCustomDNSEnabledWithDefaults ¶

func NewAWSCustomDNSEnabledWithDefaults() *AWSCustomDNSEnabled

NewAWSCustomDNSEnabledWithDefaults instantiates a new AWSCustomDNSEnabled object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AWSCustomDNSEnabled) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AWSCustomDNSEnabled) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value

func (*AWSCustomDNSEnabled) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AWSCustomDNSEnabled) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (AWSCustomDNSEnabled) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AWSCustomDNSEnabled) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AWSCustomDNSEnabled) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AWSCustomDNSEnabled) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled sets field value

func (AWSCustomDNSEnabled) ToMap ¶

func (o AWSCustomDNSEnabled) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AWSKMSConfiguration ¶

type AWSKMSConfiguration struct {
	// Unique alphanumeric string that identifies an Identity and Access Management (IAM) access key with permissions required to access your Amazon Web Services (AWS) Customer Master Key (CMK).
	AccessKeyID *string `json:"accessKeyID,omitempty"`
	// Unique alphanumeric string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Customer Master Key (CMK) you used to encrypt and decrypt the MongoDB master keys.
	CustomerMasterKeyID *string `json:"customerMasterKeyID,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled encryption at rest for the specified project through Amazon Web Services (AWS) Key Management Service (KMS). To disable encryption at rest using customer key management and remove the configuration details, pass only this parameter with a value of `false`.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud deploys your AWS-hosted MongoDB cluster nodes. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. When MongoDB Cloud deploys a dedicated cluster, it checks if a VPC or VPC connection exists for that provider and region. If not, MongoDB Cloud creates them as part of the deployment. MongoDB Cloud assigns the VPC a CIDR block. To limit a new VPC peering connection to one CIDR block and region, create the connection first. Deploy the cluster after the connection starts.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies an Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. This IAM role has the permissions required to manage your AWS customer master key.
	// Write only field.
	RoleId *string `json:"roleId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) secret access key with permissions required to access your Amazon Web Services (AWS) customer master key.
	// Write only field.
	SecretAccessKey *string `json:"secretAccessKey,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Key Management Service (KMS) encryption key can encrypt and decrypt data.
	// Read only field.
	Valid *bool `json:"valid,omitempty"`
}

AWSKMSConfiguration Amazon Web Services (AWS) KMS configuration details and encryption at rest configuration set for the specified project.

func NewAWSKMSConfiguration ¶

func NewAWSKMSConfiguration() *AWSKMSConfiguration

NewAWSKMSConfiguration instantiates a new AWSKMSConfiguration object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAWSKMSConfigurationWithDefaults ¶

func NewAWSKMSConfigurationWithDefaults() *AWSKMSConfiguration

NewAWSKMSConfigurationWithDefaults instantiates a new AWSKMSConfiguration object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetAccessKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetAccessKeyID() string

GetAccessKeyID returns the AccessKeyID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetAccessKeyIDOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetAccessKeyIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetAccessKeyIDOk returns a tuple with the AccessKeyID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetCustomerMasterKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetCustomerMasterKeyID() string

GetCustomerMasterKeyID returns the CustomerMasterKeyID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetCustomerMasterKeyIDOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetCustomerMasterKeyIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetCustomerMasterKeyIDOk returns a tuple with the CustomerMasterKeyID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRegion ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRoleId ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRoleId() string

GetRoleId returns the RoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the RoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetSecretAccessKey ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetSecretAccessKey() string

GetSecretAccessKey returns the SecretAccessKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetSecretAccessKeyOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetSecretAccessKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetSecretAccessKeyOk returns a tuple with the SecretAccessKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetValid ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetValid() bool

GetValid returns the Valid field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) GetValidOk ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) GetValidOk() (*bool, bool)

GetValidOk returns a tuple with the Valid field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasAccessKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasAccessKeyID() bool

HasAccessKeyID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasCustomerMasterKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasCustomerMasterKeyID() bool

HasCustomerMasterKeyID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasRegion ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasRoleId ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasRoleId() bool

HasRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasSecretAccessKey ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasSecretAccessKey() bool

HasSecretAccessKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) HasValid ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) HasValid() bool

HasValid returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AWSKMSConfiguration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AWSKMSConfiguration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetAccessKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetAccessKeyID(v string)

SetAccessKeyID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccessKeyID field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetCustomerMasterKeyID ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetCustomerMasterKeyID(v string)

SetCustomerMasterKeyID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomerMasterKeyID field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetRegion ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetRoleId ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetRoleId(v string)

SetRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleId field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetSecretAccessKey ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetSecretAccessKey(v string)

SetSecretAccessKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SecretAccessKey field.

func (*AWSKMSConfiguration) SetValid ¶

func (o *AWSKMSConfiguration) SetValid(v bool)

SetValid gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Valid field.

func (AWSKMSConfiguration) ToMap ¶

func (o AWSKMSConfiguration) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AccessListItem ¶

type AccessListItem struct {
	// Range of IP addresses in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation that found in this project's access list.
	// Read only field.
	CidrBlock *string `json:"cidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// IP address included in the API access list.
	// Read only field.
	IpAddress string `json:"ipAddress"`
}

AccessListItem struct for AccessListItem

func NewAccessListItem ¶

func NewAccessListItem(ipAddress string) *AccessListItem

NewAccessListItem instantiates a new AccessListItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAccessListItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewAccessListItemWithDefaults() *AccessListItem

NewAccessListItemWithDefaults instantiates a new AccessListItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AccessListItem) GetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) GetCidrBlock() string

GetCidrBlock returns the CidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AccessListItem) GetCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) GetCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the CidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AccessListItem) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value

func (*AccessListItem) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AccessListItem) HasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) HasCidrBlock() bool

HasCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AccessListItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AccessListItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AccessListItem) SetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) SetCidrBlock(v string)

SetCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CidrBlock field.

func (*AccessListItem) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *AccessListItem) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress sets field value

func (AccessListItem) ToMap ¶

func (o AccessListItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AccessTrackingApi ¶

type AccessTrackingApi interface {

	/*
		ListAccessLogsByClusterName Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Cluster Name

		Returns the access logs of one cluster identified by the cluster's name. Access logs contain a list of authentication requests made against your cluster. You can't use this feature on tenant-tier clusters (M0, M2, M5). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Monitoring Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest
	*/
	ListAccessLogsByClusterName(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest
	/*
		ListAccessLogsByClusterName Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Cluster Name


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest
	*/
	ListAccessLogsByClusterNameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiParams) ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAccessLogsByClusterNameExecute(r ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) (*MongoDBAccessLogsList, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListAccessLogsByHostname Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Hostname

		Returns the access logs of one cluster identified by the cluster's hostname. Access logs contain a list of authentication requests made against your clusters. You can't use this feature on tenant-tier clusters (M0, M2, M5). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Monitoring Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param hostname Fully qualified domain name or IP address of the MongoDB host that stores the log files that you want to download.
		@return ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest
	*/
	ListAccessLogsByHostname(ctx context.Context, groupId string, hostname string) ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest
	/*
		ListAccessLogsByHostname Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Hostname


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest
	*/
	ListAccessLogsByHostnameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiParams) ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAccessLogsByHostnameExecute(r ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) (*MongoDBAccessLogsList, *http.Response, error)
}

type AccessTrackingApiService ¶

type AccessTrackingApiService service

AccessTrackingApiService AccessTrackingApi service

func (*AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByClusterName ¶

func (a *AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByClusterName(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest

ListAccessLogsByClusterName Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Cluster Name

Returns the access logs of one cluster identified by the cluster's name. Access logs contain a list of authentication requests made against your cluster. You can't use this feature on tenant-tier clusters (M0, M2, M5). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Monitoring Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest

func (*AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByClusterNameExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MongoDBAccessLogsList

func (*AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByHostname ¶

func (a *AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByHostname(ctx context.Context, groupId string, hostname string) ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest

ListAccessLogsByHostname Return Database Access History for One Cluster using Its Hostname

Returns the access logs of one cluster identified by the cluster's hostname. Access logs contain a list of authentication requests made against your clusters. You can't use this feature on tenant-tier clusters (M0, M2, M5). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Monitoring Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param hostname Fully qualified domain name or IP address of the MongoDB host that stores the log files that you want to download.
@return ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest

func (*AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByHostnameExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MongoDBAccessLogsList

func (*AccessTrackingApiService) ListAccessLogsByHostnameWithParams ¶

type AcknowledgeAlertApiParams ¶

type AcknowledgeAlertApiParams struct {
	GroupId              string
	AlertId              string
	AlertViewForNdsGroup *AlertViewForNdsGroup
}

type AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest ¶

type AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AddAllTeamsToProjectApiParams ¶

type AddAllTeamsToProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	TeamRole *[]TeamRole
}

type AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest ¶

type AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AddProjectApiKeyApiParams ¶

type AddProjectApiKeyApiParams struct {
	GroupId                  string
	ApiUserId                string
	UserAccessRoleAssignment *[]UserAccessRoleAssignment
}

type AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AddTeamUserApiParams ¶

type AddTeamUserApiParams struct {
	OrgId         string
	TeamId        string
	AddUserToTeam *[]AddUserToTeam
}

type AddTeamUserApiRequest ¶

type AddTeamUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddTeamUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AddUserToProjectApiParams ¶

type AddUserToProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	GroupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest
}

type AddUserToProjectApiRequest ¶

type AddUserToProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddUserToProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AddUserToTeam ¶

type AddUserToTeam struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Id string `json:"id"`
}

AddUserToTeam struct for AddUserToTeam

func NewAddUserToTeam ¶

func NewAddUserToTeam(id string) *AddUserToTeam

NewAddUserToTeam instantiates a new AddUserToTeam object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAddUserToTeamWithDefaults ¶

func NewAddUserToTeamWithDefaults() *AddUserToTeam

NewAddUserToTeamWithDefaults instantiates a new AddUserToTeam object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AddUserToTeam) GetId ¶

func (o *AddUserToTeam) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value

func (*AddUserToTeam) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *AddUserToTeam) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (AddUserToTeam) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AddUserToTeam) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AddUserToTeam) SetId ¶

func (o *AddUserToTeam) SetId(v string)

SetId sets field value

func (AddUserToTeam) ToMap ¶

func (o AddUserToTeam) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AdvancedAutoScalingSettings ¶

type AdvancedAutoScalingSettings struct {
	Compute *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling `json:"compute,omitempty"`
	DiskGB  *DiskGBAutoScaling          `json:"diskGB,omitempty"`
}

AdvancedAutoScalingSettings Options that determine how this cluster handles resource scaling.

func NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettings ¶

func NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettings() *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings

NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettings instantiates a new AdvancedAutoScalingSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults() *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings

NewAdvancedAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new AdvancedAutoScalingSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) GetCompute ¶

GetCompute returns the Compute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) GetComputeOk ¶

GetComputeOk returns a tuple with the Compute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGB ¶

GetDiskGB returns the DiskGB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBOk() (*DiskGBAutoScaling, bool)

GetDiskGBOk returns a tuple with the DiskGB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) HasCompute ¶

func (o *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) HasCompute() bool

HasCompute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) HasDiskGB ¶

func (o *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) HasDiskGB() bool

HasDiskGB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) SetCompute ¶

SetCompute gets a reference to the given AdvancedComputeAutoScaling and assigns it to the Compute field.

func (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) SetDiskGB ¶

SetDiskGB gets a reference to the given DiskGBAutoScaling and assigns it to the DiskGB field.

func (AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o AdvancedAutoScalingSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AdvancedClusterDescription ¶

type AdvancedClusterDescription struct {
	// If reconfiguration is necessary to regain a primary due to a regional outage, submit this field alongside your topology reconfiguration to request a new regional outage resistant topology. Forced reconfigurations during an outage of the majority of electable nodes carry a risk of data loss if replicated writes (even majority committed writes) have not been replicated to the new primary node. MongoDB Atlas docs contain more information. To proceed with an operation which carries that risk, set **acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig** to the current date.
	AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig *time.Time `json:"acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster can perform backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. You must set this value to `true` for NVMe clusters. Backup uses [Cloud Backups](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/backup/cloud-backup/overview/) for dedicated clusters and [Shared Cluster Backups](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/backup/shared-tier/overview/) for tenant clusters. If set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use backups.
	BackupEnabled *bool        `json:"backupEnabled,omitempty"`
	BiConnector   *BiConnector `json:"biConnector,omitempty"`
	// Configuration of nodes that comprise the cluster.
	ClusterType       *string                   `json:"clusterType,omitempty"`
	ConnectionStrings *ClusterConnectionStrings `json:"connectionStrings,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this cluster. This parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// Storage capacity that the host's root volume possesses expressed in gigabytes. Increase this number to add capacity. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if you set **replicationSpecs**. If you specify a disk size below the minimum (10 GB), this parameter defaults to the minimum disk size value. Storage charge calculations depend on whether you choose the default value or a custom value.  The maximum value for disk storage cannot exceed 50 times the maximum RAM for the selected cluster. If you require more storage space, consider upgrading your cluster to a higher tier.
	DiskSizeGB *float64 `json:"diskSizeGB,omitempty"`
	// Disk warming mode selection.
	DiskWarmingMode *string `json:"diskWarmingMode,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider that manages your customer keys to provide an additional layer of encryption at rest for the cluster. To enable customer key management for encryption at rest, the cluster **replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].{type}Specs.instanceSize** setting must be `M10` or higher and `\"backupEnabled\" : false` or omitted entirely.
	EncryptionAtRestProvider *string `json:"encryptionAtRestProvider,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the replication object for a zone in a Global Cluster. If you include existing zones in the request, you must specify this parameter. If you add a new zone to an existing Global Cluster, you may specify this parameter. The request deletes any existing zones in a Global Cluster that you exclude from the request.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Collection of key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length that tag and categorize the cluster. The MongoDB Cloud console doesn't display your labels.  Cluster labels are deprecated and will be removed in a future release. We strongly recommend that you use [resource tags](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/add-cluster-tag-atlas) instead.
	// Deprecated
	Labels *[]ComponentLabel `json:"labels,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Major MongoDB version of the cluster. MongoDB Cloud deploys the cluster with the latest stable release of the specified version.
	MongoDBMajorVersion *string `json:"mongoDBMajorVersion,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB that the cluster runs.
	// Read only field.
	MongoDBVersion *string `json:"mongoDBVersion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the advanced cluster.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster is paused.
	Paused *bool `json:"paused,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster uses continuous cloud backups.
	PitEnabled *bool `json:"pitEnabled,omitempty"`
	// List of settings that configure your cluster regions. For Global Clusters, each object in the array represents a zone where your clusters nodes deploy. For non-Global sharded clusters and replica sets, this array has one object representing where your clusters nodes deploy.
	ReplicationSpecs *[]ReplicationSpec `json:"replicationSpecs,omitempty"`
	// Root Certificate Authority that MongoDB Cloud cluster uses. MongoDB Cloud supports Internet Security Research Group.
	RootCertType *string `json:"rootCertType,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the cluster.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the cluster. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the cluster. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the cluster.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Method by which the cluster maintains the MongoDB versions. If value is `CONTINUOUS`, you must not specify **mongoDBMajorVersion**.
	VersionReleaseSystem *string `json:"versionReleaseSystem,omitempty"`
}

AdvancedClusterDescription struct for AdvancedClusterDescription

func NewAdvancedClusterDescription ¶

func NewAdvancedClusterDescription() *AdvancedClusterDescription

NewAdvancedClusterDescription instantiates a new AdvancedClusterDescription object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults ¶

func NewAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults() *AdvancedClusterDescription

NewAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults instantiates a new AdvancedClusterDescription object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() time.Time

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk returns a tuple with the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBackupEnabled() bool

GetBackupEnabled returns the BackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBiConnector ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBiConnector() BiConnector

GetBiConnector returns the BiConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBiConnectorOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetBiConnectorOk() (*BiConnector, bool)

GetBiConnectorOk returns a tuple with the BiConnector field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetClusterType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetClusterType() string

GetClusterType returns the ClusterType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetClusterTypeOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetClusterTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterTypeOk returns a tuple with the ClusterType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetConnectionStrings() ClusterConnectionStrings

GetConnectionStrings returns the ConnectionStrings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetConnectionStringsOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetConnectionStringsOk() (*ClusterConnectionStrings, bool)

GetConnectionStringsOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStrings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetCreateDate ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetCreateDate() time.Time

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskSizeGB() float64

GetDiskSizeGB returns the DiskSizeGB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskSizeGBOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskSizeGBOk() (*float64, bool)

GetDiskSizeGBOk returns a tuple with the DiskSizeGB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskWarmingMode() string

GetDiskWarmingMode returns the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskWarmingModeOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetDiskWarmingModeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDiskWarmingModeOk returns a tuple with the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider() string

GetEncryptionAtRestProvider returns the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLabels ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLabels() []ComponentLabel

GetLabels returns the Labels field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLabelsOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLabelsOk() (*[]ComponentLabel, bool)

GetLabelsOk returns a tuple with the Labels field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBMajorVersion() string

GetMongoDBMajorVersion returns the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPaused ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPaused() bool

GetPaused returns the Paused field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPausedOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPausedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPausedOk returns a tuple with the Paused field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPitEnabled() bool

GetPitEnabled returns the PitEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPitEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetPitEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPitEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PitEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetReplicationSpecs() []ReplicationSpec

GetReplicationSpecs returns the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetReplicationSpecsOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetReplicationSpecsOk() (*[]ReplicationSpec, bool)

GetReplicationSpecsOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetRootCertType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetRootCertType() string

GetRootCertType returns the RootCertType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetRootCertTypeOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetRootCertTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetRootCertTypeOk returns a tuple with the RootCertType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetStateName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetStateName() string

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTags ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTags() []ResourceTag

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTagsOk() (*[]ResourceTag, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetVersionReleaseSystem() string

GetVersionReleaseSystem returns the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk() (*string, bool)

GetVersionReleaseSystemOk returns a tuple with the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() bool

HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasBackupEnabled() bool

HasBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasBiConnector ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasBiConnector() bool

HasBiConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasClusterType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasClusterType() bool

HasClusterType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasConnectionStrings() bool

HasConnectionStrings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasDiskSizeGB() bool

HasDiskSizeGB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasDiskWarmingMode() bool

HasDiskWarmingMode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider() bool

HasEncryptionAtRestProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasId ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasLabels ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasLabels() bool

HasLabels returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasMongoDBMajorVersion() bool

HasMongoDBMajorVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasMongoDBVersion() bool

HasMongoDBVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasPaused ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasPaused() bool

HasPaused returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasPitEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasPitEnabled() bool

HasPitEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasReplicationSpecs() bool

HasReplicationSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasRootCertType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasRootCertType() bool

HasRootCertType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasStateName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasTags ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) HasVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) HasVersionReleaseSystem() bool

HasVersionReleaseSystem returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AdvancedClusterDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AdvancedClusterDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig(v time.Time)

SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupEnabled field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetBiConnector ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetBiConnector(v BiConnector)

SetBiConnector gets a reference to the given BiConnector and assigns it to the BiConnector field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetClusterType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetClusterType(v string)

SetClusterType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterType field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetConnectionStrings(v ClusterConnectionStrings)

SetConnectionStrings gets a reference to the given ClusterConnectionStrings and assigns it to the ConnectionStrings field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetDiskSizeGB(v float64)

SetDiskSizeGB gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the DiskSizeGB field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetDiskWarmingMode(v string)

SetDiskWarmingMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DiskWarmingMode field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider(v string)

SetEncryptionAtRestProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionAtRestProvider field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetId ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetLabels ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetLabels(v []ComponentLabel)

SetLabels gets a reference to the given []ComponentLabel and assigns it to the Labels field. Deprecated

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetMongoDBMajorVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBMajorVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBMajorVersion field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBVersion field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetPaused ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetPaused(v bool)

SetPaused gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Paused field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetPitEnabled(v bool)

SetPitEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PitEnabled field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetReplicationSpecs(v []ReplicationSpec)

SetReplicationSpecs gets a reference to the given []ReplicationSpec and assigns it to the ReplicationSpecs field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetRootCertType ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetRootCertType(v string)

SetRootCertType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RootCertType field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetStateName ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetStateName(v string)

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetTags ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetTags(v []ResourceTag)

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (*AdvancedClusterDescription) SetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *AdvancedClusterDescription) SetVersionReleaseSystem(v string)

SetVersionReleaseSystem gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VersionReleaseSystem field.

func (AdvancedClusterDescription) ToMap ¶

func (o AdvancedClusterDescription) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AdvancedComputeAutoScaling ¶

type AdvancedComputeAutoScaling struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled instance size auto-scaling.  - Set to `true` to enable instance size auto-scaling. If enabled, you must specify a value for **replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].autoScaling.compute.maxInstanceSize**. - Set to `false` to disable instance size automatic scaling.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Minimum instance size to which your cluster can automatically scale. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].autoScaling.compute.scaleDownEnabled\" : true`.
	MaxInstanceSize *string `json:"maxInstanceSize,omitempty"`
	// Minimum instance size to which your cluster can automatically scale. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].autoScaling.compute.scaleDownEnabled\" : true`.
	MinInstanceSize *string `json:"minInstanceSize,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the instance size may scale down. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].autoScaling.compute.enabled\" : true`. If you enable this option, specify a value for **replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].autoScaling.compute.minInstanceSize**.
	ScaleDownEnabled *bool `json:"scaleDownEnabled,omitempty"`
}

AdvancedComputeAutoScaling Options that determine how this cluster handles CPU scaling.

func NewAdvancedComputeAutoScaling ¶

func NewAdvancedComputeAutoScaling() *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling

NewAdvancedComputeAutoScaling instantiates a new AdvancedComputeAutoScaling object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAdvancedComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults ¶

func NewAdvancedComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults() *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling

NewAdvancedComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults instantiates a new AdvancedComputeAutoScaling object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMaxInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMaxInstanceSize() string

GetMaxInstanceSize returns the MaxInstanceSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMaxInstanceSizeOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMaxInstanceSizeOk() (*string, bool)

GetMaxInstanceSizeOk returns a tuple with the MaxInstanceSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMinInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMinInstanceSize() string

GetMinInstanceSize returns the MinInstanceSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMinInstanceSizeOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetMinInstanceSizeOk() (*string, bool)

GetMinInstanceSizeOk returns a tuple with the MinInstanceSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabled() bool

GetScaleDownEnabled returns the ScaleDownEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetScaleDownEnabledOk returns a tuple with the ScaleDownEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasMaxInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasMaxInstanceSize() bool

HasMaxInstanceSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasMinInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasMinInstanceSize() bool

HasMinInstanceSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) HasScaleDownEnabled() bool

HasScaleDownEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetMaxInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetMaxInstanceSize(v string)

SetMaxInstanceSize gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MaxInstanceSize field.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetMinInstanceSize ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetMinInstanceSize(v string)

SetMinInstanceSize gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MinInstanceSize field.

func (*AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) SetScaleDownEnabled(v bool)

SetScaleDownEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ScaleDownEnabled field.

func (AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) ToMap ¶

func (o AdvancedComputeAutoScaling) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy ¶

type AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this backup policy.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the specifications for one policy.
	PolicyItems *[]DiskBackupApiPolicyItem `json:"policyItems,omitempty"`
}

AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy List that contains a document for each backup policy item in the desired backup policy.

func NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy ¶

func NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy() *AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy

NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy instantiates a new AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicyWithDefaults ¶

func NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicyWithDefaults() *AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy

NewAdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicyWithDefaults instantiates a new AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) GetPolicyItems ¶

GetPolicyItems returns the PolicyItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) GetPolicyItemsOk ¶

GetPolicyItemsOk returns a tuple with the PolicyItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) HasPolicyItems ¶

func (o *AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) HasPolicyItems() bool

HasPolicyItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) SetPolicyItems ¶

SetPolicyItems gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupApiPolicyItem and assigns it to the PolicyItems field.

func (AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) ToMap ¶

func (o AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AlertConfigurationsApi ¶

type AlertConfigurationsApi interface {

	/*
			CreateAlertConfiguration Create One Alert Configuration in One Project

			Creates one alert configuration for the specified project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig) CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		CreateAlertConfiguration Create One Alert Configuration in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateAlertConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAlertConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateAlertConfigurationApiParams) CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateAlertConfigurationExecute(r CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*GroupAlertsConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			DeleteAlertConfiguration Remove One Alert Configuration from One Project

			Removes one alert configuration from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteAlertConfiguration Remove One Alert Configuration from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteAlertConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAlertConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteAlertConfigurationApiParams) DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteAlertConfigurationExecute(r DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetAlertConfiguration Return One Alert Configuration from One Project

			[experimental] Returns the specified alert configuration from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		GetAlertConfiguration Return One Alert Configuration from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAlertConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetAlertConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAlertConfigurationApiParams) GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAlertConfigurationExecute(r GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*GroupAlertsConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNames Get All Alert Configuration Matchers Field Names

		Get all field names that the `matchers.fieldName` parameter accepts when you create or update an Alert Configuration. You can successfully call this endpoint with any assigned role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNames(ctx context.Context) ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest
	/*
		ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNames Get All Alert Configuration Matchers Field Names


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiParams) ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesExecute(r ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest) ([]string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListAlertConfigurations Return All Alert Configurations for One Project

			Returns all alert configurations for one project. These alert configurations apply to any component in the project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurations(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest
	/*
		ListAlertConfigurations Return All Alert Configurations for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAlertConfigurationsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurationsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertConfigurationsApiParams) ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAlertConfigurationsExecute(r ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest) (*PaginatedAlertConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId Return All Alert Configurations Set for One Alert

			[experimental] Returns all alert configurations set for the specified alert. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest
	/*
		ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId Return All Alert Configurations Set for One Alert


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiParams) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdExecute(r ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest) (*PaginatedAlertConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ToggleAlertConfiguration Toggle One State of One Alert Configuration in One Project

			Enables or disables the specified alert configuration in the specified project. The resource enables the specified alert configuration if currently enabled. The resource disables the specified alert configuration if currently disabled. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		**NOTE**: This endpoint updates only the enabled/disabled state for the alert configuration. To update more than just this configuration, see [Update One Alert Configuration](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/updateAlertConfiguration).

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration that triggered this alert. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string, alertsToggle *AlertsToggle) ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		ToggleAlertConfiguration Toggle One State of One Alert Configuration in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ToggleAlertConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleAlertConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ToggleAlertConfigurationApiParams) ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ToggleAlertConfigurationExecute(r ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*GroupAlertsConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			UpdateAlertConfiguration Update One Alert Configuration for One Project

			Updates one alert configuration in the specified project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		**NOTE**: To enable or disable the alert configuration, see [Toggle One State of One Alert Configuration in One Project](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/toggleAlertConfiguration).

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string, groupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig) UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateAlertConfiguration Update One Alert Configuration for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateAlertConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAlertConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateAlertConfigurationApiParams) UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateAlertConfigurationExecute(r UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*GroupAlertsConfig, *http.Response, error)
}

type AlertConfigurationsApiService ¶

type AlertConfigurationsApiService service

AlertConfigurationsApiService AlertConfigurationsApi service

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) CreateAlertConfiguration ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) CreateAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig) CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

CreateAlertConfiguration Create One Alert Configuration in One Project

Creates one alert configuration for the specified project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) CreateAlertConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupAlertsConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) CreateAlertConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) DeleteAlertConfiguration ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) DeleteAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest

DeleteAlertConfiguration Remove One Alert Configuration from One Project

Removes one alert configuration from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) DeleteAlertConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) DeleteAlertConfigurationExecute(r DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) DeleteAlertConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) GetAlertConfiguration ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) GetAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest

GetAlertConfiguration Return One Alert Configuration from One Project

[experimental] Returns the specified alert configuration from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) GetAlertConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupAlertsConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) GetAlertConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNames ¶

ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNames Get All Alert Configuration Matchers Field Names

Get all field names that the `matchers.fieldName` parameter accepts when you create or update an Alert Configuration. You can successfully call this endpoint with any assigned role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesExecute ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesExecute(r ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest) ([]string, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return []string

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurations ¶

ListAlertConfigurations Return All Alert Configurations for One Project

Returns all alert configurations for one project. These alert configurations apply to any component in the project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest

ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertId Return All Alert Configurations Set for One Alert

[experimental] Returns all alert configurations set for the specified alert. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAlertConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAlertConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ListAlertConfigurationsWithParams ¶

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ToggleAlertConfiguration ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) ToggleAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string, alertsToggle *AlertsToggle) ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest

ToggleAlertConfiguration Toggle One State of One Alert Configuration in One Project

Enables or disables the specified alert configuration in the specified project. The resource enables the specified alert configuration if currently enabled. The resource disables the specified alert configuration if currently disabled. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

**NOTE**: This endpoint updates only the enabled/disabled state for the alert configuration. To update more than just this configuration, see [Update One Alert Configuration](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/updateAlertConfiguration).

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration that triggered this alert. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ToggleAlertConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupAlertsConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) ToggleAlertConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) UpdateAlertConfiguration ¶

func (a *AlertConfigurationsApiService) UpdateAlertConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string, groupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig) UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

UpdateAlertConfiguration Update One Alert Configuration for One Project

Updates one alert configuration in the specified project. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

**NOTE**: To enable or disable the alert configuration, see [Toggle One State of One Alert Configuration in One Project](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/toggleAlertConfiguration).

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) UpdateAlertConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupAlertsConfig

func (*AlertConfigurationsApiService) UpdateAlertConfigurationWithParams ¶

type AlertViewForNdsGroup ¶

type AlertViewForNdsGroup struct {
	// Date and time until which this alert has been acknowledged. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC. The resource returns this parameter if a MongoDB User previously acknowledged this alert.  - To acknowledge this alert forever, set the parameter value to 100 years in the future.  - To unacknowledge a previously acknowledged alert, set the parameter value to a date in the past.
	AcknowledgedUntil *time.Time `json:"acknowledgedUntil,omitempty"`
	// Comment that a MongoDB Cloud user submitted when acknowledging the alert.
	AcknowledgementComment *string `json:"acknowledgementComment,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB Cloud username of the person who acknowledged the alert. The response returns this parameter if a MongoDB Cloud user previously acknowledged this alert.
	// Read only field.
	AcknowledgingUsername *string `json:"acknowledgingUsername,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration that sets this alert.
	// Read only field.
	AlertConfigId *string `json:"alertConfigId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this alert. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Incident that triggered this alert.
	// Read only field.
	EventTypeName *string `json:"eventTypeName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that owns this alert.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this alert.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that any notifications were last sent for this alert. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC. The resource returns this parameter if MongoDB Cloud has sent notifications for this alert.
	// Read only field.
	LastNotified *time.Time `json:"lastNotified,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the organization that owns the project to which this alert applies.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that this alert changed to `\"status\" : \"CLOSED\"`. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC. The resource returns this parameter once `\"status\" : \"CLOSED\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Resolved *time.Time `json:"resolved,omitempty"`
	// State of this alert at the time you requested its details.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone last updated this alert. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Updated *time.Time `json:"updated,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to which this alert applies. This resource returns this parameter for alerts of events impacting backups, replica sets, or sharded clusters.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Hostname and port of the host to which this alert applies. The resource returns this parameter for alerts of events impacting hosts or replica sets.
	// Read only field.
	HostnameAndPort *string `json:"hostnameAndPort,omitempty"`
	// Name of the replica set to which this alert applies. The response returns this parameter for alerts of events impacting backups, hosts, or replica sets.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string            `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	CurrentValue   *NumberMetricValue `json:"currentValue,omitempty"`
	// Name of the metric against which Atlas checks the configured `metricThreshold.threshold`.  To learn more about the available metrics, see <a href=\"https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/reference/alert-host-metrics/#std-label-measurement-types\" target=\"_blank\">Host Metrics</a>.  **NOTE**: If you set eventTypeName to OUTSIDE_SERVERLESS_METRIC_THRESHOLD, you can specify only metrics available for serverless. To learn more, see <a href=\"https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/alert-config-serverless-measurements\" target=\"_blank\">Serverless Measurements</a>.
	// Read only field.
	MetricName *string `json:"metricName,omitempty"`
	// List of unique 24-hexadecimal character strings that identify the replica set members that are not in PRIMARY nor SECONDARY state.
	// Read only field.
	NonRunningHostIds *[]string `json:"nonRunningHostIds,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the parent cluster to which this alert applies. The parent cluster contains the sharded nodes. MongoDB Cloud returns this parameter only for alerts of events impacting sharded clusters.
	// Read only field.
	ParentClusterId *string `json:"parentClusterId,omitempty"`
}

AlertViewForNdsGroup struct for AlertViewForNdsGroup

func NewAlertViewForNdsGroup ¶

func NewAlertViewForNdsGroup() *AlertViewForNdsGroup

NewAlertViewForNdsGroup instantiates a new AlertViewForNdsGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAlertViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewAlertViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults() *AlertViewForNdsGroup

NewAlertViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new AlertViewForNdsGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgedUntil ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgedUntil() time.Time

GetAcknowledgedUntil returns the AcknowledgedUntil field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgedUntilOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgedUntilOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAcknowledgedUntilOk returns a tuple with the AcknowledgedUntil field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgementComment ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgementComment() string

GetAcknowledgementComment returns the AcknowledgementComment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgementCommentOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgementCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetAcknowledgementCommentOk returns a tuple with the AcknowledgementComment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgingUsername ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgingUsername() string

GetAcknowledgingUsername returns the AcknowledgingUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgingUsernameOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAcknowledgingUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetAcknowledgingUsernameOk returns a tuple with the AcknowledgingUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigId() string

GetAlertConfigId returns the AlertConfigId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertConfigIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertConfigId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCreated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValue ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValue() NumberMetricValue

GetCurrentValue returns the CurrentValue field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValueOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValueOk() (*NumberMetricValue, bool)

GetCurrentValueOk returns a tuple with the CurrentValue field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeName() string

GetEventTypeName returns the EventTypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEventTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the EventTypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetHostnameAndPort ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetHostnameAndPort() string

GetHostnameAndPort returns the HostnameAndPort field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetHostnameAndPortOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetHostnameAndPortOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameAndPortOk returns a tuple with the HostnameAndPort field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLastNotified ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLastNotified() time.Time

GetLastNotified returns the LastNotified field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLastNotifiedOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLastNotifiedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastNotifiedOk returns a tuple with the LastNotified field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricName() string

GetMetricName returns the MetricName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetricNameOk returns a tuple with the MetricName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetNonRunningHostIds ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetNonRunningHostIds() []string

GetNonRunningHostIds returns the NonRunningHostIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetNonRunningHostIdsOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetNonRunningHostIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetNonRunningHostIdsOk returns a tuple with the NonRunningHostIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetParentClusterId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetParentClusterId() string

GetParentClusterId returns the ParentClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetParentClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetParentClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetParentClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ParentClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetResolved ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetResolved() time.Time

GetResolved returns the Resolved field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetResolvedOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetResolvedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetResolvedOk returns a tuple with the Resolved field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetStatus ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetUpdated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetUpdated() time.Time

GetUpdated returns the Updated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) GetUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the Updated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgedUntil ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgedUntil() bool

HasAcknowledgedUntil returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgementComment ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgementComment() bool

HasAcknowledgementComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgingUsername ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAcknowledgingUsername() bool

HasAcknowledgingUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertConfigId() bool

HasAlertConfigId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasCreated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasCurrentValue ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasCurrentValue() bool

HasCurrentValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasEventTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasEventTypeName() bool

HasEventTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasHostnameAndPort ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasHostnameAndPort() bool

HasHostnameAndPort returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasLastNotified ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasLastNotified() bool

HasLastNotified returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasMetricName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasMetricName() bool

HasMetricName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasNonRunningHostIds ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasNonRunningHostIds() bool

HasNonRunningHostIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasParentClusterId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasParentClusterId() bool

HasParentClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasResolved ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasResolved() bool

HasResolved returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasStatus ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasUpdated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) HasUpdated() bool

HasUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AlertViewForNdsGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AlertViewForNdsGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgedUntil ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgedUntil(v time.Time)

SetAcknowledgedUntil gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AcknowledgedUntil field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgementComment ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgementComment(v string)

SetAcknowledgementComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AcknowledgementComment field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgingUsername ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAcknowledgingUsername(v string)

SetAcknowledgingUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AcknowledgingUsername field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertConfigId(v string)

SetAlertConfigId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertConfigId field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetCreated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetCurrentValue ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetCurrentValue(v NumberMetricValue)

SetCurrentValue gets a reference to the given NumberMetricValue and assigns it to the CurrentValue field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetEventTypeName(v string)

SetEventTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventTypeName field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetHostnameAndPort ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetHostnameAndPort(v string)

SetHostnameAndPort gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostnameAndPort field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetLastNotified ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetLastNotified(v time.Time)

SetLastNotified gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastNotified field.

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetMetricName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetMetricName(v string)

SetMetricName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetricName field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetNonRunningHostIds ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetNonRunningHostIds(v []string)

SetNonRunningHostIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the NonRunningHostIds field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetParentClusterId ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetParentClusterId(v string)

SetParentClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ParentClusterId field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetResolved ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetResolved(v time.Time)

SetResolved gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Resolved field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetStatus ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetUpdated ¶

func (o *AlertViewForNdsGroup) SetUpdated(v time.Time)

SetUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Updated field.

func (AlertViewForNdsGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o AlertViewForNdsGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AlertsApi ¶

type AlertsApi interface {

	/*
			AcknowledgeAlert Acknowledge One Alert from One Project

			Confirms receipt of one existing alert. This alert applies to any component in one project. Acknowledging an alert prevents successive notifications. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set until you acknowledge the alert. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest
	*/
	AcknowledgeAlert(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string, alertViewForNdsGroup *AlertViewForNdsGroup) AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest
	/*
		AcknowledgeAlert Acknowledge One Alert from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AcknowledgeAlertApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest
	*/
	AcknowledgeAlertWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AcknowledgeAlertApiParams) AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AcknowledgeAlertExecute(r AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest) (*AlertViewForNdsGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetAlert Return One Alert from One Project

			Returns one alert. This alert applies to any component in one project. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return GetAlertApiRequest
	*/
	GetAlert(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string) GetAlertApiRequest
	/*
		GetAlert Return One Alert from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAlertApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAlertApiRequest
	*/
	GetAlertWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAlertApiParams) GetAlertApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAlertExecute(r GetAlertApiRequest) (*AlertViewForNdsGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListAlerts Return All Alerts from One Project

			Returns all alerts. These alerts apply to all components in one project. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return ListAlertsApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlerts(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListAlertsApiRequest
	/*
		ListAlerts Return All Alerts from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAlertsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAlertsApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertsApiParams) ListAlertsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAlertsExecute(r ListAlertsApiRequest) (*PaginatedAlert, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId Return All Open Alerts for Alert Configuration

			[experimental] Returns all open alerts that the specified alert configuration triggers. These alert configurations apply to the specified project only. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. Open alerts have been triggered but remain unacknowledged. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest
	/*
		ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId Return All Open Alerts for Alert Configuration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest
	*/
	ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiParams) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdExecute(r ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) (*PaginatedAlert, *http.Response, error)
}

type AlertsApiService ¶

type AlertsApiService service

AlertsApiService AlertsApi service

func (*AlertsApiService) AcknowledgeAlert ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) AcknowledgeAlert(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string, alertViewForNdsGroup *AlertViewForNdsGroup) AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest

AcknowledgeAlert Acknowledge One Alert from One Project

Confirms receipt of one existing alert. This alert applies to any component in one project. Acknowledging an alert prevents successive notifications. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set until you acknowledge the alert. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
@return AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) AcknowledgeAlertExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AlertViewForNdsGroup

func (*AlertsApiService) AcknowledgeAlertWithParams ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) AcknowledgeAlertWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AcknowledgeAlertApiParams) AcknowledgeAlertApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) GetAlert ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) GetAlert(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertId string) GetAlertApiRequest

GetAlert Return One Alert from One Project

Returns one alert. This alert applies to any component in one project. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert. Use the [/alerts](#tag/Alerts/operation/listAlerts) endpoint to retrieve all alerts to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetAlertApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) GetAlertExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AlertViewForNdsGroup

func (*AlertsApiService) GetAlertWithParams ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) GetAlertWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAlertApiParams) GetAlertApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) ListAlerts ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) ListAlerts(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListAlertsApiRequest

ListAlerts Return All Alerts from One Project

Returns all alerts. These alerts apply to all components in one project. You receive an alert when a monitored component meets or exceeds a value you set. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListAlertsApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId(ctx context.Context, groupId string, alertConfigId string) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest

ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationId Return All Open Alerts for Alert Configuration

[experimental] Returns all open alerts that the specified alert configuration triggers. These alert configurations apply to the specified project only. Alert configurations define the triggers and notification methods for alerts. Open alerts have been triggered but remain unacknowledged. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param alertConfigId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration. Use the [/alertConfigs](#tag/Alert-Configurations/operation/listAlertConfigurations) endpoint to retrieve all alert configurations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest

func (*AlertsApiService) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdExecute ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdExecute(r ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) (*PaginatedAlert, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAlert

func (*AlertsApiService) ListAlertsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAlert

func (*AlertsApiService) ListAlertsWithParams ¶

func (a *AlertsApiService) ListAlertsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAlertsApiParams) ListAlertsApiRequest

type AlertsNotificationRootForGroup ¶

type AlertsNotificationRootForGroup struct {
	// Datadog API Key that MongoDB Cloud needs to send alert notifications to Datadog. You can find this API key in the Datadog dashboard. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"DATADOG\"`.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	DatadogApiKey *string `json:"datadogApiKey,omitempty"`
	// Datadog region that indicates which API Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to use. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"DATADOG\"`.  To learn more about Datadog's regions, see <a href=\"https://docs.datadoghq.com/getting_started/site/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">Datadog Sites</a>.
	DatadogRegion *string `json:"datadogRegion,omitempty"`
	// Number of minutes that MongoDB Cloud waits after detecting an alert condition before it sends out the first notification.
	DelayMin *int `json:"delayMin,omitempty"`
	// Number of minutes to wait between successive notifications. MongoDB Cloud sends notifications until someone acknowledges the unacknowledged alert.  PagerDuty, VictorOps, and OpsGenie notifications don't return this element. Configure and manage the notification interval within each of those services.
	IntervalMin *int `json:"intervalMin,omitempty"`
	// The notifierId is a system-generated unique identifier assigned to each notification method. This is needed when updating third-party notifications without requiring explicit authentication credentials.
	NotifierId *string `json:"notifierId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that displays the alert notification type.
	TypeName *string `json:"typeName,omitempty"`
	// Email address to which MongoDB Cloud sends alert notifications. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"EMAIL\"`. You don't need to set this value to send emails to individual or groups of MongoDB Cloud users including:  - specific MongoDB Cloud users (`\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"USER\"`) - MongoDB Cloud users with specific project roles (`\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"GROUP\"`) - MongoDB Cloud users with specific organization roles (`\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"ORG\"`) - MongoDB Cloud teams (`\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"TEAM\"`)  To send emails to one MongoDB Cloud user or grouping of users, set the `notifications.[n].emailEnabled` parameter.
	EmailAddress *string `json:"emailAddress,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud should send email notifications. The resource requires this parameter when one of the following values have been set:  - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"ORG\"` - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"GROUP\"` - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"USER\"`
	EmailEnabled *bool `json:"emailEnabled,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the one or more [organization](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-org-roles) or [project roles](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-proj-roles) that receive the configured alert. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"GROUP\"` or `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"ORG\"`. If you include this parameter, MongoDB Cloud sends alerts only to users assigned the roles you specify in the array. If you omit this parameter, MongoDB Cloud sends alerts to users assigned any role.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud should send text message notifications. The resource requires this parameter when one of the following values have been set:  - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"ORG\"` - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"GROUP\"` - `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"USER\"`
	SmsEnabled *bool `json:"smsEnabled,omitempty"`
	// HipChat API token that MongoDB Cloud needs to send alert notifications to HipChat. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"HIP_CHAT\"`\". If the token later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the token remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	NotificationToken *string `json:"notificationToken,omitempty"`
	// HipChat API room name to which MongoDB Cloud sends alert notifications. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"HIP_CHAT\"`\".
	RoomName *string `json:"roomName,omitempty"`
	// Microsoft Teams Webhook Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that MongoDB Cloud needs to send this notification via Microsoft Teams. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"MICROSOFT_TEAMS\"`. If the URL later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the key remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a Microsoft Teams notification, the URL appears partially redacted.
	MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl *string `json:"microsoftTeamsWebhookUrl,omitempty"`
	// API Key that MongoDB Cloud needs to send this notification via Opsgenie. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"OPS_GENIE\"`. If the key later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the key remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	OpsGenieApiKey *string `json:"opsGenieApiKey,omitempty"`
	// Opsgenie region that indicates which API Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to use.
	OpsGenieRegion *string `json:"opsGenieRegion,omitempty"`
	// PagerDuty region that indicates which API Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to use.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// PagerDuty service key that MongoDB Cloud needs to send notifications via PagerDuty. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"PAGER_DUTY\"`. If the key later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the key remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	ServiceKey *string `json:"serviceKey,omitempty"`
	// Slack API token or Bot token that MongoDB Cloud needs to send alert notifications via Slack. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"SLACK\"`. If the token later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the token remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes the token.   **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	ApiToken *string `json:"apiToken,omitempty"`
	// Name of the Slack channel to which MongoDB Cloud sends alert notifications. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"SLACK\"`.
	ChannelName *string `json:"channelName,omitempty"`
	// Mobile phone number to which MongoDB Cloud sends alert notifications. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"SMS\"`.
	MobileNumber *string `json:"mobileNumber,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies one MongoDB Cloud team. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"TEAM\"`.
	TeamId *string `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
	// Name of the MongoDB Cloud team that receives this notification. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"TEAM\"`.
	TeamName *string `json:"teamName,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB Cloud username of the person to whom MongoDB Cloud sends notifications. Specify only MongoDB Cloud users who belong to the project that owns the alert configuration. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"USER\"`.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
	// API key that MongoDB Cloud needs to send alert notifications to Splunk On-Call. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"VICTOR_OPS\"`. If the key later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the key remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	VictorOpsApiKey *string `json:"victorOpsApiKey,omitempty"`
	// Routing key that MongoDB Cloud needs to send alert notifications to Splunk On-Call. The resource requires this parameter when `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" : \"VICTOR_OPS\"`. If the key later becomes invalid, MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the project owners. If the key remains invalid, MongoDB Cloud removes it.
	VictorOpsRoutingKey *string `json:"victorOpsRoutingKey,omitempty"`
	// Authentication secret for a webhook-based alert.  Atlas returns this value if you set `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" :\"WEBHOOK\"` and either: * You set `notification.[n].webhookSecret` to a non-empty string * You set a default webhookSecret either on the [Integrations](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/tutorial/third-party-service-integrations/#std-label-third-party-integrations) page, or with the [Integrations API](#tag/Third-Party-Service-Integrations/operation/createIntegration)  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a webhook notification, the secret appears completely redacted.
	WebhookSecret *string `json:"webhookSecret,omitempty"`
	// Target URL for a webhook-based alert.  Atlas returns this value if you set `\"notifications.[n].typeName\" :\"WEBHOOK\"` and either: * You set `notification.[n].webhookURL` to a non-empty string * You set a default webhookUrl either on the [Integrations](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/tutorial/third-party-service-integrations/#std-label-third-party-integrations) page, or with the [Integrations API](#tag/Third-Party-Service-Integrations/operation/createIntegration)  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a Webhook URL notification, the URL appears partially redacted.
	WebhookUrl *string `json:"webhookUrl,omitempty"`
}

AlertsNotificationRootForGroup One target that MongoDB Cloud sends notifications when an alert triggers.

func NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroup ¶

func NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroup() *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup

NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroup instantiates a new AlertsNotificationRootForGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroupWithDefaults() *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup

NewAlertsNotificationRootForGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new AlertsNotificationRootForGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetApiToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetApiToken() string

GetApiToken returns the ApiToken field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetApiTokenOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetApiTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiTokenOk returns a tuple with the ApiToken field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetChannelName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetChannelName() string

GetChannelName returns the ChannelName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetChannelNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetChannelNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetChannelNameOk returns a tuple with the ChannelName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogApiKey() string

GetDatadogApiKey returns the DatadogApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogApiKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatadogApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the DatadogApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogRegion() string

GetDatadogRegion returns the DatadogRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogRegionOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDatadogRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatadogRegionOk returns a tuple with the DatadogRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDelayMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDelayMin() int

GetDelayMin returns the DelayMin field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDelayMinOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetDelayMinOk() (*int, bool)

GetDelayMinOk returns a tuple with the DelayMin field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailAddress() string

GetEmailAddress returns the EmailAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailAddressOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetEmailAddressOk returns a tuple with the EmailAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailEnabled() bool

GetEmailEnabled returns the EmailEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetEmailEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEmailEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EmailEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetIntervalMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetIntervalMin() int

GetIntervalMin returns the IntervalMin field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetIntervalMinOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetIntervalMinOk() (*int, bool)

GetIntervalMinOk returns a tuple with the IntervalMin field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl() string

GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl returns the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk returns a tuple with the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMobileNumber ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMobileNumber() string

GetMobileNumber returns the MobileNumber field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMobileNumberOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetMobileNumberOk() (*string, bool)

GetMobileNumberOk returns a tuple with the MobileNumber field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotificationToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotificationToken() string

GetNotificationToken returns the NotificationToken field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotificationTokenOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotificationTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetNotificationTokenOk returns a tuple with the NotificationToken field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotifierId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotifierId() string

GetNotifierId returns the NotifierId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotifierIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetNotifierIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetNotifierIdOk returns a tuple with the NotifierId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieApiKey() string

GetOpsGenieApiKey returns the OpsGenieApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieApiKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetOpsGenieApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the OpsGenieApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieRegion() string

GetOpsGenieRegion returns the OpsGenieRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieRegionOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetOpsGenieRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetOpsGenieRegionOk returns a tuple with the OpsGenieRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoles ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoomName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoomName() string

GetRoomName returns the RoomName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoomNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetRoomNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoomNameOk returns a tuple with the RoomName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetServiceKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetServiceKey() string

GetServiceKey returns the ServiceKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetServiceKeyOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetServiceKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetServiceKeyOk returns a tuple with the ServiceKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetSmsEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetSmsEnabled() bool

GetSmsEnabled returns the SmsEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetSmsEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetSmsEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSmsEnabledOk returns a tuple with the SmsEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamId() string

GetTeamId returns the TeamId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamIdOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamIdOk returns a tuple with the TeamId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamName() string

GetTeamName returns the TeamName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTeamNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamNameOk returns a tuple with the TeamName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTypeName() string

GetTypeName returns the TypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the TypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetUsername ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsApiKey() string

GetVictorOpsApiKey returns the VictorOpsApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsApiKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetVictorOpsApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the VictorOpsApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsRoutingKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsRoutingKey() string

GetVictorOpsRoutingKey returns the VictorOpsRoutingKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsRoutingKeyOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetVictorOpsRoutingKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetVictorOpsRoutingKeyOk returns a tuple with the VictorOpsRoutingKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookSecret ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookSecret() string

GetWebhookSecret returns the WebhookSecret field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookSecretOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookSecretOk() (*string, bool)

GetWebhookSecretOk returns a tuple with the WebhookSecret field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookUrl() string

GetWebhookUrl returns the WebhookUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookUrlOk ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) GetWebhookUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetWebhookUrlOk returns a tuple with the WebhookUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasApiToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasApiToken() bool

HasApiToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasChannelName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasChannelName() bool

HasChannelName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDatadogApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDatadogApiKey() bool

HasDatadogApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDatadogRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDatadogRegion() bool

HasDatadogRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDelayMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasDelayMin() bool

HasDelayMin returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasEmailAddress ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasEmailAddress() bool

HasEmailAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasEmailEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasEmailEnabled() bool

HasEmailEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasIntervalMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasIntervalMin() bool

HasIntervalMin returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl() bool

HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasMobileNumber ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasMobileNumber() bool

HasMobileNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasNotificationToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasNotificationToken() bool

HasNotificationToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasNotifierId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasNotifierId() bool

HasNotifierId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasOpsGenieApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasOpsGenieApiKey() bool

HasOpsGenieApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasOpsGenieRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasOpsGenieRegion() bool

HasOpsGenieRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRoles ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRoomName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasRoomName() bool

HasRoomName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasServiceKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasServiceKey() bool

HasServiceKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasSmsEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasSmsEnabled() bool

HasSmsEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTeamId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTeamId() bool

HasTeamId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTeamName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTeamName() bool

HasTeamName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasTypeName() bool

HasTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasUsername ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasVictorOpsApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasVictorOpsApiKey() bool

HasVictorOpsApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasVictorOpsRoutingKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasVictorOpsRoutingKey() bool

HasVictorOpsRoutingKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasWebhookSecret ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasWebhookSecret() bool

HasWebhookSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) HasWebhookUrl() bool

HasWebhookUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetApiToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetApiToken(v string)

SetApiToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiToken field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetChannelName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetChannelName(v string)

SetChannelName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChannelName field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDatadogApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDatadogApiKey(v string)

SetDatadogApiKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatadogApiKey field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDatadogRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDatadogRegion(v string)

SetDatadogRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatadogRegion field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDelayMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetDelayMin(v int)

SetDelayMin gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DelayMin field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetEmailAddress(v string)

SetEmailAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EmailAddress field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetEmailEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetEmailEnabled(v bool)

SetEmailEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EmailEnabled field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetIntervalMin ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetIntervalMin(v int)

SetIntervalMin gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the IntervalMin field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl(v string)

SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetMobileNumber ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetMobileNumber(v string)

SetMobileNumber gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MobileNumber field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetNotificationToken ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetNotificationToken(v string)

SetNotificationToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NotificationToken field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetNotifierId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetNotifierId(v string)

SetNotifierId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NotifierId field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetOpsGenieApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetOpsGenieApiKey(v string)

SetOpsGenieApiKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OpsGenieApiKey field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetOpsGenieRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetOpsGenieRegion(v string)

SetOpsGenieRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OpsGenieRegion field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRegion ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRoles ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRoomName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetRoomName(v string)

SetRoomName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoomName field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetServiceKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetServiceKey(v string)

SetServiceKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServiceKey field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetSmsEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetSmsEnabled(v bool)

SetSmsEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SmsEnabled field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTeamId ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTeamId(v string)

SetTeamId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamId field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTeamName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTeamName(v string)

SetTeamName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamName field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTypeName ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetTypeName(v string)

SetTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TypeName field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetUsername ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetVictorOpsApiKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetVictorOpsApiKey(v string)

SetVictorOpsApiKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VictorOpsApiKey field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetVictorOpsRoutingKey ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetVictorOpsRoutingKey(v string)

SetVictorOpsRoutingKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VictorOpsRoutingKey field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetWebhookSecret ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetWebhookSecret(v string)

SetWebhookSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WebhookSecret field.

func (*AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) SetWebhookUrl(v string)

SetWebhookUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WebhookUrl field.

func (AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o AlertsNotificationRootForGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AlertsToggle ¶

type AlertsToggle struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable or disable the specified alert configuration in the specified project.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
}

AlertsToggle Enables or disables the specified alert configuration in the specified project.

func NewAlertsToggle ¶

func NewAlertsToggle() *AlertsToggle

NewAlertsToggle instantiates a new AlertsToggle object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAlertsToggleWithDefaults ¶

func NewAlertsToggleWithDefaults() *AlertsToggle

NewAlertsToggleWithDefaults instantiates a new AlertsToggle object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AlertsToggle) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsToggle) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AlertsToggle) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AlertsToggle) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AlertsToggle) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsToggle) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AlertsToggle) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AlertsToggle) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AlertsToggle) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AlertsToggle) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (AlertsToggle) ToMap ¶

func (o AlertsToggle) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiAtlasCheckpoint ¶

type ApiAtlasCheckpoint struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster that contains the checkpoint.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the checkpoint completed and the balancer restarted. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Completed *time.Time `json:"completed,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that owns the checkpoints.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies checkpoint.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Metadata that describes the complete snapshot.  - For a replica set, this array contains a single document. - For a sharded cluster, this array contains one document for each shard plus one document for the config host.
	// Read only field.
	Parts *[]ApiCheckpointPart `json:"parts,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud can use the checkpoint for a restore.
	// Read only field.
	Restorable *bool `json:"restorable,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the balancer stopped and began the checkpoint. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Started *time.Time `json:"started,omitempty"`
	// Date and time to which the checkpoint restores. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
}

ApiAtlasCheckpoint struct for ApiAtlasCheckpoint

func NewApiAtlasCheckpoint ¶

func NewApiAtlasCheckpoint() *ApiAtlasCheckpoint

NewApiAtlasCheckpoint instantiates a new ApiAtlasCheckpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults() *ApiAtlasCheckpoint

NewApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiAtlasCheckpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetCompleted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetCompleted() time.Time

GetCompleted returns the Completed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetCompletedOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetCompletedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCompletedOk returns a tuple with the Completed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetParts ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetParts() []ApiCheckpointPart

GetParts returns the Parts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetPartsOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetPartsOk() (*[]ApiCheckpointPart, bool)

GetPartsOk returns a tuple with the Parts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetRestorable ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetRestorable() bool

GetRestorable returns the Restorable field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetRestorableOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetRestorableOk() (*bool, bool)

GetRestorableOk returns a tuple with the Restorable field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetStarted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetStarted() time.Time

GetStarted returns the Started field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetStartedOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetStartedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartedOk returns a tuple with the Started field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTimestamp() time.Time

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasCompleted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasCompleted() bool

HasCompleted returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasParts ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasParts() bool

HasParts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasRestorable ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasRestorable() bool

HasRestorable returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasStarted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasStarted() bool

HasStarted returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiAtlasCheckpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiAtlasCheckpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetCompleted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetCompleted(v time.Time)

SetCompleted gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Completed field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetParts ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetParts(v []ApiCheckpointPart)

SetParts gets a reference to the given []ApiCheckpointPart and assigns it to the Parts field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetRestorable ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetRestorable(v bool)

SetRestorable gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Restorable field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetStarted ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetStarted(v time.Time)

SetStarted gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Started field.

func (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetTimestamp(v time.Time)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (ApiAtlasCheckpoint) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiAtlasCheckpoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers ¶

type ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers struct {
	// Filters that examine text one character at a time and perform filtering operations.
	CharFilters *[]interface{} `json:"charFilters,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable name that identifies the custom analyzer. Names must be unique within an index, and must not start with any of the following strings: - `lucene.` - `builtin.` - `mongodb.`
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Filter that performs operations such as:  - Stemming, which reduces related words, such as \"talking\", \"talked\", and \"talks\" to their root word \"talk\".  - Redaction, the removal of sensitive information from public documents.
	TokenFilters *[]interface{}                `json:"tokenFilters,omitempty"`
	Tokenizer    ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer `json:"tokenizer"`
}

ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers Settings that describe one Atlas Search custom analyzer.

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers(name string, tokenizer ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers

NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersWithDefaults() *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers

NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetCharFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetCharFilters() []interface{}

GetCharFilters returns the CharFilters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetCharFiltersOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetCharFiltersOk() (*[]interface{}, bool)

GetCharFiltersOk returns a tuple with the CharFilters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetName ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenFilters() []interface{}

GetTokenFilters returns the TokenFilters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenFiltersOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenFiltersOk() (*[]interface{}, bool)

GetTokenFiltersOk returns a tuple with the TokenFilters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenizer ¶

GetTokenizer returns the Tokenizer field value

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) GetTokenizerOk ¶

GetTokenizerOk returns a tuple with the Tokenizer field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) HasCharFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) HasCharFilters() bool

HasCharFilters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) HasTokenFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) HasTokenFilters() bool

HasTokenFilters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetCharFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetCharFilters(v []interface{})

SetCharFilters gets a reference to the given []interface{} and assigns it to the CharFilters field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetName ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetTokenFilters ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetTokenFilters(v []interface{})

SetTokenFilters gets a reference to the given []interface{} and assigns it to the TokenFilters field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) SetTokenizer ¶

SetTokenizer sets field value

func (ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer ¶

type ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer struct {
	// Characters to include in the longest token that Atlas Search creates.
	MaxGram *int `json:"maxGram,omitempty"`
	// Characters to include in the shortest token that Atlas Search creates.
	MinGram *int `json:"minGram,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this tokenizer type.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Index of the character group within the matching expression to extract into tokens. Use `0` to extract all character groups.
	Group *int `json:"group,omitempty"`
	// Regular expression to match against.
	Pattern *string `json:"pattern,omitempty"`
	// Maximum number of characters in a single token. Tokens greater than this length are split at this length into multiple tokens.
	MaxTokenLength *int `json:"maxTokenLength,omitempty"`
}

ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer Tokenizer that you want to use to create tokens. Tokens determine how Atlas Search splits up text into discrete chunks for indexing.

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer() *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer

NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizerWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizerWithDefaults() *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer

NewApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizerWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetGroup ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetGroup() int

GetGroup returns the Group field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetGroupOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetGroupOk() (*int, bool)

GetGroupOk returns a tuple with the Group field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxGram() int

GetMaxGram returns the MaxGram field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxGramOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxGramOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxGramOk returns a tuple with the MaxGram field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxTokenLength ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxTokenLength() int

GetMaxTokenLength returns the MaxTokenLength field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxTokenLengthOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMaxTokenLengthOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxTokenLengthOk returns a tuple with the MaxTokenLength field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMinGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMinGram() int

GetMinGram returns the MinGram field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMinGramOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetMinGramOk() (*int, bool)

GetMinGramOk returns a tuple with the MinGram field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetPattern ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetPattern() string

GetPattern returns the Pattern field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetPatternOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetPatternOk() (*string, bool)

GetPatternOk returns a tuple with the Pattern field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasGroup ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasGroup() bool

HasGroup returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMaxGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMaxGram() bool

HasMaxGram returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMaxTokenLength ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMaxTokenLength() bool

HasMaxTokenLength returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMinGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasMinGram() bool

HasMinGram returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasPattern ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasPattern() bool

HasPattern returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasType ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetGroup ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetGroup(v int)

SetGroup gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Group field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMaxGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMaxGram(v int)

SetMaxGram gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MaxGram field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMaxTokenLength ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMaxTokenLength(v int)

SetMaxTokenLength gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MaxTokenLength field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMinGram ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetMinGram(v int)

SetMinGram gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MinGram field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetPattern ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetPattern(v string)

SetPattern gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Pattern field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetType ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzersTokenizer) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiAtlasFTSMappings ¶

type ApiAtlasFTSMappings struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether the index uses dynamic or static mappings. Required if **mappings.fields** is omitted.
	Dynamic *bool `json:"dynamic,omitempty"`
	// One or more field specifications for the Atlas Search index. Required if **mappings.dynamic** is omitted or set to **false**.
	Fields map[string]interface{} `json:"fields,omitempty"`
}

ApiAtlasFTSMappings Index specifications for the collection's fields.

func NewApiAtlasFTSMappings ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSMappings() *ApiAtlasFTSMappings

NewApiAtlasFTSMappings instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSMappings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiAtlasFTSMappingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiAtlasFTSMappingsWithDefaults() *ApiAtlasFTSMappings

NewApiAtlasFTSMappingsWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiAtlasFTSMappings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetDynamic ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetDynamic() bool

GetDynamic returns the Dynamic field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetDynamicOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetDynamicOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDynamicOk returns a tuple with the Dynamic field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetFields ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetFields() map[string]interface{}

GetFields returns the Fields field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetFieldsOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) GetFieldsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetFieldsOk returns a tuple with the Fields field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) HasDynamic ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) HasDynamic() bool

HasDynamic returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) HasFields ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) HasFields() bool

HasFields returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiAtlasFTSMappings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSMappings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) SetDynamic ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) SetDynamic(v bool)

SetDynamic gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Dynamic field.

func (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings) SetFields ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasFTSMappings) SetFields(v map[string]interface{})

SetFields gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Fields field.

func (ApiAtlasFTSMappings) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiAtlasFTSMappings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule ¶

type ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule struct {
	// Quantity of time expressed in minutes between successive cluster checkpoints. This parameter applies only to sharded clusters. This number determines the granularity of continuous cloud backups for sharded clusters.
	ClusterCheckpointIntervalMin int `json:"clusterCheckpointIntervalMin"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
	ClusterId string `json:"clusterId"`
	// Quantity of time to keep daily snapshots. MongoDB Cloud expresses this value in days. Set this value to `0` to disable daily snapshot retention.
	DailySnapshotRetentionDays int `json:"dailySnapshotRetentionDays"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId string `json:"groupId"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Number of months that MongoDB Cloud must keep monthly snapshots. Set this value to `0` to disable monthly snapshot retention.
	MonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths int `json:"monthlySnapshotRetentionMonths"`
	// Number of hours before the current time from which MongoDB Cloud can create a Continuous Cloud Backup snapshot.
	PointInTimeWindowHours int `json:"pointInTimeWindowHours"`
	// Number of hours that must elapse before taking another snapshot.
	SnapshotIntervalHours int `json:"snapshotIntervalHours"`
	// Number of days that MongoDB Cloud must keep recent snapshots.
	SnapshotRetentionDays int `json:"snapshotRetentionDays"`
	// Number of weeks that MongoDB Cloud must keep weekly snapshots. Set this value to `0` to disable weekly snapshot retention.
	WeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks int `json:"weeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks"`
}

ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule struct for ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule

func NewApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule ¶

func NewApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule(clusterCheckpointIntervalMin int, clusterId string, dailySnapshotRetentionDays int, groupId string, monthlySnapshotRetentionMonths int, pointInTimeWindowHours int, snapshotIntervalHours int, snapshotRetentionDays int, weeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks int) *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule

NewApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule instantiates a new ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiAtlasSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiAtlasSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults() *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule

NewApiAtlasSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin() int

GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin returns the ClusterCheckpointIntervalMin field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMinOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMinOk() (*int, bool)

GetClusterCheckpointIntervalMinOk returns a tuple with the ClusterCheckpointIntervalMin field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetDailySnapshotRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetDailySnapshotRetentionDays() int

GetDailySnapshotRetentionDays returns the DailySnapshotRetentionDays field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetDailySnapshotRetentionDaysOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetDailySnapshotRetentionDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetDailySnapshotRetentionDaysOk returns a tuple with the DailySnapshotRetentionDays field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths() int

GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths returns the MonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonthsOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonthsOk() (*int, bool)

GetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonthsOk returns a tuple with the MonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetPointInTimeWindowHours ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetPointInTimeWindowHours() int

GetPointInTimeWindowHours returns the PointInTimeWindowHours field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetPointInTimeWindowHoursOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetPointInTimeWindowHoursOk() (*int, bool)

GetPointInTimeWindowHoursOk returns a tuple with the PointInTimeWindowHours field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotIntervalHours ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotIntervalHours() int

GetSnapshotIntervalHours returns the SnapshotIntervalHours field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotIntervalHoursOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotIntervalHoursOk() (*int, bool)

GetSnapshotIntervalHoursOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotIntervalHours field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotRetentionDays() int

GetSnapshotRetentionDays returns the SnapshotRetentionDays field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotRetentionDaysOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetSnapshotRetentionDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetSnapshotRetentionDaysOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotRetentionDays field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks() int

GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks returns the WeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeksOk ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeksOk() (*int, bool)

GetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeksOk returns a tuple with the WeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin(v int)

SetClusterCheckpointIntervalMin sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetDailySnapshotRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetDailySnapshotRetentionDays(v int)

SetDailySnapshotRetentionDays sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId sets field value

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths(v int)

SetMonthlySnapshotRetentionMonths sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetPointInTimeWindowHours ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetPointInTimeWindowHours(v int)

SetPointInTimeWindowHours sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetSnapshotIntervalHours ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetSnapshotIntervalHours(v int)

SetSnapshotIntervalHours sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetSnapshotRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetSnapshotRetentionDays(v int)

SetSnapshotRetentionDays sets field value

func (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks ¶

func (o *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) SetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks(v int)

SetWeeklySnapshotRetentionWeeks sets field value

func (ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiBSONTimestamp ¶

type ApiBSONTimestamp struct {
	// Date and time when the oplog recorded this database operation. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Date *time.Time `json:"date,omitempty"`
	// Order of the database operation that the oplog recorded at specific date and time.
	// Read only field.
	Increment *int `json:"increment,omitempty"`
}

ApiBSONTimestamp BSON timestamp that indicates when the checkpoint token entry in the oplog occurred.

func NewApiBSONTimestamp ¶

func NewApiBSONTimestamp() *ApiBSONTimestamp

NewApiBSONTimestamp instantiates a new ApiBSONTimestamp object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiBSONTimestampWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiBSONTimestampWithDefaults() *ApiBSONTimestamp

NewApiBSONTimestampWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiBSONTimestamp object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) GetDate ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) GetDate() time.Time

GetDate returns the Date field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) GetDateOk ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) GetDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetDateOk returns a tuple with the Date field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) GetIncrement ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) GetIncrement() int

GetIncrement returns the Increment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) GetIncrementOk ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) GetIncrementOk() (*int, bool)

GetIncrementOk returns a tuple with the Increment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) HasDate ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) HasDate() bool

HasDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) HasIncrement ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) HasIncrement() bool

HasIncrement returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiBSONTimestamp) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiBSONTimestamp) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) SetDate ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) SetDate(v time.Time)

SetDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Date field.

func (*ApiBSONTimestamp) SetIncrement ¶

func (o *ApiBSONTimestamp) SetIncrement(v int)

SetIncrement gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Increment field.

func (ApiBSONTimestamp) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiBSONTimestamp) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiCheckpointPart ¶

type ApiCheckpointPart struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set to which this checkpoint applies.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the shard to which this checkpoint applies.
	// Read only field.
	ShardName *string `json:"shardName,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the token exists.
	// Read only field.
	TokenDiscovered *bool             `json:"tokenDiscovered,omitempty"`
	TokenTimestamp  *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"tokenTimestamp,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the type of host that the part represents.
	// Read only field.
	TypeName *string `json:"typeName,omitempty"`
}

ApiCheckpointPart Metadata contained in one document that describes the complete snapshot taken for this node.

func NewApiCheckpointPart ¶

func NewApiCheckpointPart() *ApiCheckpointPart

NewApiCheckpointPart instantiates a new ApiCheckpointPart object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiCheckpointPartWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiCheckpointPartWithDefaults() *ApiCheckpointPart

NewApiCheckpointPartWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiCheckpointPart object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetShardName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetShardName() string

GetShardName returns the ShardName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetShardNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetShardNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetShardNameOk returns a tuple with the ShardName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenDiscovered ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenDiscovered() bool

GetTokenDiscovered returns the TokenDiscovered field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenDiscoveredOk ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenDiscoveredOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTokenDiscoveredOk returns a tuple with the TokenDiscovered field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenTimestamp() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetTokenTimestamp returns the TokenTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenTimestampOk ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTokenTimestampOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetTokenTimestampOk returns a tuple with the TokenTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTypeName() string

GetTypeName returns the TypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) GetTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) GetTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the TypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) HasShardName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) HasShardName() bool

HasShardName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) HasTokenDiscovered ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) HasTokenDiscovered() bool

HasTokenDiscovered returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) HasTokenTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) HasTokenTimestamp() bool

HasTokenTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) HasTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) HasTypeName() bool

HasTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiCheckpointPart) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiCheckpointPart) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) SetShardName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) SetShardName(v string)

SetShardName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ShardName field.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) SetTokenDiscovered ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) SetTokenDiscovered(v bool)

SetTokenDiscovered gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TokenDiscovered field.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) SetTokenTimestamp ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) SetTokenTimestamp(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetTokenTimestamp gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the TokenTimestamp field.

func (*ApiCheckpointPart) SetTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiCheckpointPart) SetTypeName(v string)

SetTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TypeName field.

func (ApiCheckpointPart) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiCheckpointPart) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiError ¶

type ApiError struct {
	// Describes the specific conditions or reasons that cause each type of error.
	Detail *string `json:"detail,omitempty"`
	// HTTP status code returned with this error.
	Error *int `json:"error,omitempty"`
	// Application error code returned with this error.
	ErrorCode *string `json:"errorCode,omitempty"`
	// Parameters used to give more information about the error.
	Parameters *[]interface{} `json:"parameters,omitempty"`
	// Application error message returned with this error.
	Reason *string `json:"reason,omitempty"`
}

ApiError struct for ApiError

func AsError ¶

func AsError(err error) (*ApiError, bool)

AsError checks if API returned known error type.

func NewApiError ¶

func NewApiError() *ApiError

NewApiError instantiates a new ApiError object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiErrorWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiErrorWithDefaults() *ApiError

NewApiErrorWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiError object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiError) GetDetail ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetDetail() string

GetDetail returns the Detail field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiError) GetDetailOk ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetDetailOk() (*string, bool)

GetDetailOk returns a tuple with the Detail field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiError) GetError ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetError() int

GetError returns the Error field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiError) GetErrorCode ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetErrorCode() string

GetErrorCode returns the ErrorCode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiError) GetErrorCodeOk ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetErrorCodeOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorCodeOk returns a tuple with the ErrorCode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiError) GetErrorOk ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetErrorOk() (*int, bool)

GetErrorOk returns a tuple with the Error field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiError) GetParameters ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetParameters() []interface{}

GetParameters returns the Parameters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiError) GetParametersOk ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetParametersOk() (*[]interface{}, bool)

GetParametersOk returns a tuple with the Parameters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiError) GetReason ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetReason() string

GetReason returns the Reason field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiError) GetReasonOk ¶

func (o *ApiError) GetReasonOk() (*string, bool)

GetReasonOk returns a tuple with the Reason field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiError) HasDetail ¶

func (o *ApiError) HasDetail() bool

HasDetail returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiError) HasError ¶

func (o *ApiError) HasError() bool

HasError returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiError) HasErrorCode ¶

func (o *ApiError) HasErrorCode() bool

HasErrorCode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiError) HasParameters ¶

func (o *ApiError) HasParameters() bool

HasParameters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiError) HasReason ¶

func (o *ApiError) HasReason() bool

HasReason returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiError) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiError) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiError) SetDetail ¶

func (o *ApiError) SetDetail(v string)

SetDetail gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Detail field.

func (*ApiError) SetError ¶

func (o *ApiError) SetError(v int)

SetError gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Error field.

func (*ApiError) SetErrorCode ¶

func (o *ApiError) SetErrorCode(v string)

SetErrorCode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorCode field.

func (*ApiError) SetParameters ¶

func (o *ApiError) SetParameters(v []interface{})

SetParameters gets a reference to the given []interface{} and assigns it to the Parameters field.

func (*ApiError) SetReason ¶

func (o *ApiError) SetReason(v string)

SetReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Reason field.

func (ApiError) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiError) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiHostViewAtlas ¶

type ApiHostViewAtlas struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this MongoDB process. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`).
	// Read only field.
	Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud received the last ping for this MongoDB process. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastPing *time.Time `json:"lastPing,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]LinkAtlas `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	Port *int `json:"port,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set that contains this process. This resource returns this parameter if this process belongs to a replica set.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the shard that contains this process. This resource returns this value only if this process belongs to a sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ShardName *string `json:"shardName,omitempty"`
	// Type of MongoDB process that MongoDB Cloud tracks. MongoDB Cloud returns new processes as **NO_DATA** until MongoDB Cloud completes deploying the process.
	// Read only field.
	TypeName *string `json:"typeName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster node. MongoDB Cloud sets this hostname usually to the standard hostname for the cluster node. It appears in the connection string for a cluster instead of the value of the hostname parameter.
	// Read only field.
	UserAlias *string `json:"userAlias,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB that this process runs.
	// Read only field.
	Version *string `json:"version,omitempty"`
}

ApiHostViewAtlas struct for ApiHostViewAtlas

func NewApiHostViewAtlas ¶

func NewApiHostViewAtlas() *ApiHostViewAtlas

NewApiHostViewAtlas instantiates a new ApiHostViewAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiHostViewAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiHostViewAtlasWithDefaults() *ApiHostViewAtlas

NewApiHostViewAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiHostViewAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetCreated ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetHostname ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetHostname() string

GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetHostnameOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLastPing ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLastPing() time.Time

GetLastPing returns the LastPing field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLastPingOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLastPingOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastPingOk returns a tuple with the LastPing field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLinks() []LinkAtlas

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetLinksOk() (*[]LinkAtlas, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetPort ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetPort() int

GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetPortOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetPortOk() (*int, bool)

GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetShardName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetShardName() string

GetShardName returns the ShardName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetShardNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetShardNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetShardNameOk returns a tuple with the ShardName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetTypeName() string

GetTypeName returns the TypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the TypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetUserAlias ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetUserAlias() string

GetUserAlias returns the UserAlias field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetUserAliasOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetUserAliasOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserAliasOk returns a tuple with the UserAlias field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetVersion ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetVersion() string

GetVersion returns the Version field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) GetVersionOk ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) GetVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetVersionOk returns a tuple with the Version field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasCreated ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasHostname ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasHostname() bool

HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasLastPing ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasLastPing() bool

HasLastPing returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasPort ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasPort() bool

HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasShardName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasShardName() bool

HasShardName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasTypeName() bool

HasTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasUserAlias ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasUserAlias() bool

HasUserAlias returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) HasVersion ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) HasVersion() bool

HasVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiHostViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiHostViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetCreated ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetHostname ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetHostname(v string)

SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetId ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetLastPing ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetLastPing(v time.Time)

SetLastPing gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastPing field.

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetLinks(v []LinkAtlas)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []LinkAtlas and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetPort ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetPort(v int)

SetPort gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Port field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetShardName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetShardName(v string)

SetShardName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ShardName field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetTypeName ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetTypeName(v string)

SetTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TypeName field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetUserAlias ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetUserAlias(v string)

SetUserAlias gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserAlias field.

func (*ApiHostViewAtlas) SetVersion ¶

func (o *ApiHostViewAtlas) SetVersion(v string)

SetVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Version field.

func (ApiHostViewAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiHostViewAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiKey ¶

type ApiKey struct {
	// List of network addresses granted access to this API using this API key.
	// Read only field.
	AccessList *[]AccessListItem `json:"accessList,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key.
	// Read only field.
	Id string `json:"id"`
	// Public API key value set for the specified organization API key.
	// Read only field.
	PublicKey string `json:"publicKey"`
	// List that contains roles that the API key needs to have. All roles you provide must be valid for the specified project or organization. Each request must include a minimum of one valid role. The resource returns all project and organization roles assigned to the Cloud user.
	// Read only field.
	Roles *[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

ApiKey Details contained in one API key.

func NewApiKey ¶

func NewApiKey(id string, publicKey string) *ApiKey

NewApiKey instantiates a new ApiKey object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiKeyWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiKeyWithDefaults() *ApiKey

NewApiKeyWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiKey object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiKey) GetAccessList ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetAccessList() []AccessListItem

GetAccessList returns the AccessList field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKey) GetAccessListOk ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetAccessListOk() (*[]AccessListItem, bool)

GetAccessListOk returns a tuple with the AccessList field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKey) GetId ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value

func (*ApiKey) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKey) GetPublicKey ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetPublicKey() string

GetPublicKey returns the PublicKey field value

func (*ApiKey) GetPublicKeyOk ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetPublicKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetPublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the PublicKey field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKey) GetRoles ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetRoles() []CloudAccessRoleAssignment

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKey) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *ApiKey) GetRolesOk() (*[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKey) HasAccessList ¶

func (o *ApiKey) HasAccessList() bool

HasAccessList returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiKey) HasRoles ¶

func (o *ApiKey) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiKey) SetAccessList ¶

func (o *ApiKey) SetAccessList(v []AccessListItem)

SetAccessList gets a reference to the given []AccessListItem and assigns it to the AccessList field.

func (*ApiKey) SetId ¶

func (o *ApiKey) SetId(v string)

SetId sets field value

func (*ApiKey) SetPublicKey ¶

func (o *ApiKey) SetPublicKey(v string)

SetPublicKey sets field value

func (*ApiKey) SetRoles ¶

func (o *ApiKey) SetRoles(v []CloudAccessRoleAssignment)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []CloudAccessRoleAssignment and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (ApiKey) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiKey) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiKeyUserDetails ¶

type ApiKeyUserDetails struct {
	// Purpose or explanation provided when someone created this organization API key.
	Desc *string `json:"desc,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key assigned to this project.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Redacted private key returned for this organization API key. This key displays unredacted when first created.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateKey *string `json:"privateKey,omitempty"`
	// Public API key value set for the specified organization API key.
	// Read only field.
	PublicKey *string `json:"publicKey,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the roles that the API key needs to have. All roles you provide must be valid for the specified project or organization. Each request must include a minimum of one valid role. The resource returns all project and organization roles assigned to the API key.
	Roles *[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

ApiKeyUserDetails Details of the Programmatic API Keys.

func NewApiKeyUserDetails ¶

func NewApiKeyUserDetails() *ApiKeyUserDetails

NewApiKeyUserDetails instantiates a new ApiKeyUserDetails object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiKeyUserDetailsWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiKeyUserDetailsWithDefaults() *ApiKeyUserDetails

NewApiKeyUserDetailsWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiKeyUserDetails object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetDesc ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetDesc() string

GetDesc returns the Desc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetDescOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetDescOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescOk returns a tuple with the Desc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetId ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPrivateKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPrivateKey() string

GetPrivateKey returns the PrivateKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPrivateKeyOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPrivateKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateKeyOk returns a tuple with the PrivateKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPublicKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPublicKey() string

GetPublicKey returns the PublicKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPublicKeyOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetPublicKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetPublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the PublicKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetRoles ¶

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) GetRolesOk() (*[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) HasDesc ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasDesc() bool

HasDesc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) HasId ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) HasPrivateKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasPrivateKey() bool

HasPrivateKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) HasPublicKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasPublicKey() bool

HasPublicKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) HasRoles ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiKeyUserDetails) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiKeyUserDetails) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) SetDesc ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) SetDesc(v string)

SetDesc gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Desc field.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) SetId ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) SetPrivateKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) SetPrivateKey(v string)

SetPrivateKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateKey field.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) SetPublicKey ¶

func (o *ApiKeyUserDetails) SetPublicKey(v string)

SetPublicKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PublicKey field.

func (*ApiKeyUserDetails) SetRoles ¶

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []CloudAccessRoleAssignment and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (ApiKeyUserDetails) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiKeyUserDetails) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas ¶

type ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
	// Read only field.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to stop retrieving measurements. If you set **end**, you must set **start**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	End *time.Time `json:"end,omitempty"`
	// Duration that specifies the interval between measurement data points. The parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. If you set this parameter, you must set either **period** or **start** and **end**.
	// Read only field.
	Granularity *string `json:"granularity,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	HostId *string `json:"hostId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]LinkAtlas `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List that contains measurements and their data points.
	// Read only field.
	Measurements *[]MetricsMeasurementAtlas `json:"measurements,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
	// Read only field.
	PartitionName *string `json:"partitionName,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId *string `json:"processId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to start retrieving measurements. If you set **start**, you must set **end**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Start *time.Time `json:"start,omitempty"`
}

ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas struct for ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

func NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas ¶

func NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas() *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas instantiates a new ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlasWithDefaults() *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

NewApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetEnd ¶

GetEnd returns the End field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetEndOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetEndOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGranularity ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGranularity() string

GetGranularity returns the Granularity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGranularityOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGranularityOk() (*string, bool)

GetGranularityOk returns a tuple with the Granularity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetHostId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetHostId() string

GetHostId returns the HostId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetHostIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetHostIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostIdOk returns a tuple with the HostId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetLinksOk() (*[]LinkAtlas, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetMeasurements ¶

GetMeasurements returns the Measurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetMeasurementsOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurementAtlas, bool)

GetMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the Measurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetPartitionName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetPartitionName() string

GetPartitionName returns the PartitionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetPartitionNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetPartitionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetPartitionNameOk returns a tuple with the PartitionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetProcessId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetProcessIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetStart ¶

GetStart returns the Start field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetStartOk ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasDatabaseName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasEnd ¶

HasEnd returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasGranularity ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasGranularity() bool

HasGranularity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasHostId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasHostId() bool

HasHostId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasMeasurements ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasMeasurements() bool

HasMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasPartitionName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasPartitionName() bool

HasPartitionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasProcessId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasProcessId() bool

HasProcessId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasStart ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) HasStart() bool

HasStart returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetEnd ¶

SetEnd gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the End field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetGranularity ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetGranularity(v string)

SetGranularity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Granularity field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetHostId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetHostId(v string)

SetHostId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the HostId field.

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetLinks(v []LinkAtlas)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []LinkAtlas and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetMeasurements ¶

SetMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurementAtlas and assigns it to the Measurements field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetPartitionName ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetPartitionName(v string)

SetPartitionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PartitionName field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetProcessId ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProcessId field.

func (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetStart ¶

func (o *ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) SetStart(v time.Time)

SetStart gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Start field.

func (ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiSearchDeploymentRequest ¶

type ApiSearchDeploymentRequest struct {
	// List of settings that configure the Search Nodes for your cluster.
	Specs []ApiSearchDeploymentSpec `json:"specs"`
}

ApiSearchDeploymentRequest struct for ApiSearchDeploymentRequest

func NewApiSearchDeploymentRequest ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentRequest(specs []ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest

NewApiSearchDeploymentRequest instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiSearchDeploymentRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentRequestWithDefaults() *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest

NewApiSearchDeploymentRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) GetSpecs ¶

GetSpecs returns the Specs field value

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) GetSpecsOk ¶

GetSpecsOk returns a tuple with the Specs field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) SetSpecs ¶

SetSpecs sets field value

func (ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiSearchDeploymentResponse ¶

type ApiSearchDeploymentResponse struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the search deployment.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of settings that configure the Search Nodes for your cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Specs *[]ApiSearchDeploymentSpec `json:"specs,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of this search deployment.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
}

ApiSearchDeploymentResponse struct for ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

func NewApiSearchDeploymentResponse ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentResponse() *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

NewApiSearchDeploymentResponse instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiSearchDeploymentResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentResponseWithDefaults() *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

NewApiSearchDeploymentResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetSpecs ¶

GetSpecs returns the Specs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetSpecsOk ¶

GetSpecsOk returns a tuple with the Specs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetStateName ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetStateName() string

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasId ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasSpecs ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasSpecs() bool

HasSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasStateName ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetId ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetSpecs ¶

SetSpecs gets a reference to the given []ApiSearchDeploymentSpec and assigns it to the Specs field.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetStateName ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) SetStateName(v string)

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ApiSearchDeploymentSpec ¶

type ApiSearchDeploymentSpec struct {
	// Hardware specification for the Search Node instance sizes.
	InstanceSize string `json:"instanceSize"`
	// Number of Search Nodes in the cluster.
	NodeCount int `json:"nodeCount"`
}

ApiSearchDeploymentSpec struct for ApiSearchDeploymentSpec

func NewApiSearchDeploymentSpec ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentSpec(instanceSize string, nodeCount int) *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec

NewApiSearchDeploymentSpec instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewApiSearchDeploymentSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewApiSearchDeploymentSpecWithDefaults() *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec

NewApiSearchDeploymentSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new ApiSearchDeploymentSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetInstanceSize() string

GetInstanceSize returns the InstanceSize field value

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk() (*string, bool)

GetInstanceSizeOk returns a tuple with the InstanceSize field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetNodeCount ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetNodeCount() int

GetNodeCount returns the NodeCount field value

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetNodeCountOk ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) GetNodeCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetNodeCountOk returns a tuple with the NodeCount field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) SetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) SetInstanceSize(v string)

SetInstanceSize sets field value

func (*ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) SetNodeCount ¶

func (o *ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) SetNodeCount(v int)

SetNodeCount sets field value

func (ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o ApiSearchDeploymentSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter ¶

type AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter struct {
	// The cloud provider of the region that undergoes the outage simulation.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// The name of the region to undergo an outage simulation.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// The type of cluster outage to simulate.  | Type       | Description | |------------|-------------| | `REGION`   | Simulates a cluster outage for a region.|
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter struct for AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter

func NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter ¶

func NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter() *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter

NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter instantiates a new AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilterWithDefaults ¶

func NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilterWithDefaults() *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter

NewAtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilterWithDefaults instantiates a new AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetRegionName ¶

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) GetTypeOk ¶

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) HasRegionName ¶

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) HasType ¶

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) SetRegionName ¶

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) SetType ¶

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) ToMap ¶

func (o AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AtlasOrganization ¶

type AtlasOrganization struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether this organization has been deleted.
	// Read only field.
	IsDeleted *bool `json:"isDeleted,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the organization.
	Name string `json:"name"`
}

AtlasOrganization Details that describe the organization.

func NewAtlasOrganization ¶

func NewAtlasOrganization(name string) *AtlasOrganization

NewAtlasOrganization instantiates a new AtlasOrganization object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAtlasOrganizationWithDefaults ¶

func NewAtlasOrganizationWithDefaults() *AtlasOrganization

NewAtlasOrganizationWithDefaults instantiates a new AtlasOrganization object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetId ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetIsDeleted ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetIsDeleted() bool

GetIsDeleted returns the IsDeleted field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetIsDeletedOk ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetIsDeletedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsDeletedOk returns a tuple with the IsDeleted field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetName ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*AtlasOrganization) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AtlasOrganization) HasId ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AtlasOrganization) HasIsDeleted ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) HasIsDeleted() bool

HasIsDeleted returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *AtlasOrganization) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AtlasOrganization) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AtlasOrganization) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AtlasOrganization) SetId ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*AtlasOrganization) SetIsDeleted ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) SetIsDeleted(v bool)

SetIsDeleted gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsDeleted field.

func (o *AtlasOrganization) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*AtlasOrganization) SetName ¶

func (o *AtlasOrganization) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (AtlasOrganization) ToMap ¶

func (o AtlasOrganization) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AtlasSearchApi ¶

type AtlasSearchApi interface {

	/*
		CreateAtlasSearchDeployment Create Search Nodes

		[experimental] Creates Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to create Search Nodes for.
		@return CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	/*
		CreateAtlasSearchDeployment Create Search Nodes


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams) CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute(r CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateAtlasSearchIndex Create One Atlas Search Index

		Creates one Atlas Search index on the specified collection. Atlas Search indexes define the fields on which to create the index and the analyzers to use when creating the index. Only clusters running MongoDB v4.2 or later can use Atlas Search. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection on which to create an Atlas Search index.
		@return CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex) CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	/*
		CreateAtlasSearchIndex Create One Atlas Search Index


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	CreateAtlasSearchIndexWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams) CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateAtlasSearchIndexExecute(r CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) (*ClusterSearchIndex, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment Delete Search Nodes

		[experimental] Deletes the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to delete.
		@return DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment Delete Search Nodes


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams) DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute(r DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteAtlasSearchIndex Remove One Atlas Search Index

		Removes one Atlas Search index that you identified with its unique ID. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the database and collection with one or more Application Search indexes.
		@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Atlas Search index. Use the [Get All Atlas Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Atlas Search indexes.
		@return DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteAtlasSearchIndex Remove One Atlas Search Index


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAtlasSearchIndexWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiParams) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteAtlasSearchIndexExecute(r DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetAtlasSearchDeployment Return Search Nodes

		[experimental] Return the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to return the Search Nodes for.
		@return GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	/*
		GetAtlasSearchDeployment Return Search Nodes


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasSearchDeploymentWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams) GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute(r GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetAtlasSearchIndex Return One Atlas Search Index

		Returns one Atlas Search index in the specified project. You identify this index using its unique ID. Atlas Search index contains the indexed fields and the analyzers used to create the index. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
		@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Application Search [index](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/atlas-search/index-definitions/). Use the [Get All Application Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Application Search indexes.
		@return GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string) GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	/*
		GetAtlasSearchIndex Return One Atlas Search Index


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAtlasSearchIndexApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasSearchIndexWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAtlasSearchIndexApiParams) GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAtlasSearchIndexExecute(r GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) (*ClusterSearchIndex, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListAtlasSearchIndexes Return All Atlas Search Indexes for One Collection

		Returns all Atlas Search indexes on the specified collection. Atlas Search indexes contain the indexed fields and the analyzers used to create the indexes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
		@param collectionName Name of the collection that contains one or more Atlas Search indexes.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
		@return ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAtlasSearchIndexes(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, collectionName string, databaseName string) ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest
	/*
		ListAtlasSearchIndexes Return All Atlas Search Indexes for One Collection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAtlasSearchIndexesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiParams) ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAtlasSearchIndexesExecute(r ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest) ([]ClusterSearchIndex, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment Update Search Nodes

		[experimental] Updates the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to update the Search Nodes for.
		@return UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment Update Search Nodes


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams) UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute(r UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) (*ApiSearchDeploymentResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateAtlasSearchIndex Update One Atlas Search Index

		Updates one Atlas Search index that you identified with its unique ID. Atlas Search indexes define the fields on which to create the index and the analyzers to use when creating the index. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection whose Atlas Search index to update.
		@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Atlas Search [index](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/atlas-search/index-definitions/). Use the [Get All Atlas Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Atlas Search indexes.
		@return UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string, clusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex) UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateAtlasSearchIndex Update One Atlas Search Index


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAtlasSearchIndexWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams) UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateAtlasSearchIndexExecute(r UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) (*ClusterSearchIndex, *http.Response, error)
}

type AtlasSearchApiService ¶

type AtlasSearchApiService service

AtlasSearchApiService AtlasSearchApi service

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchDeployment ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

CreateAtlasSearchDeployment Create Search Nodes

[experimental] Creates Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to create Search Nodes for.
@return CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchIndex ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex) CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

CreateAtlasSearchIndex Create One Atlas Search Index

Creates one Atlas Search index on the specified collection. Atlas Search indexes define the fields on which to create the index and the analyzers to use when creating the index. Only clusters running MongoDB v4.2 or later can use Atlas Search. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection on which to create an Atlas Search index.
@return CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchIndexExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterSearchIndex

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) CreateAtlasSearchIndexWithParams ¶

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

DeleteAtlasSearchDeployment Delete Search Nodes

[experimental] Deletes the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to delete.
@return DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute(r DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchIndex ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

DeleteAtlasSearchIndex Remove One Atlas Search Index

Removes one Atlas Search index that you identified with its unique ID. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the database and collection with one or more Application Search indexes.
@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Atlas Search index. Use the [Get All Atlas Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Atlas Search indexes.
@return DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexExecute ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexExecute(r DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) DeleteAtlasSearchIndexWithParams ¶

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchDeployment ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

GetAtlasSearchDeployment Return Search Nodes

[experimental] Return the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to return the Search Nodes for.
@return GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchDeploymentWithParams ¶

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchIndex ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string) GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

GetAtlasSearchIndex Return One Atlas Search Index

Returns one Atlas Search index in the specified project. You identify this index using its unique ID. Atlas Search index contains the indexed fields and the analyzers used to create the index. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Application Search [index](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/atlas-search/index-definitions/). Use the [Get All Application Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Application Search indexes.
@return GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchIndexExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterSearchIndex

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) GetAtlasSearchIndexWithParams ¶

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) ListAtlasSearchIndexes ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) ListAtlasSearchIndexes(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, collectionName string, databaseName string) ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest

ListAtlasSearchIndexes Return All Atlas Search Indexes for One Collection

Returns all Atlas Search indexes on the specified collection. Atlas Search indexes contain the indexed fields and the analyzers used to create the indexes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
@param collectionName Name of the collection that contains one or more Atlas Search indexes.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
@return ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) ListAtlasSearchIndexesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []ClusterSearchIndex

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) ListAtlasSearchIndexesWithParams ¶

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest) UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

UpdateAtlasSearchDeployment Update Search Nodes

[experimental] Updates the Search Nodes for the specified cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Label that identifies the cluster to update the Search Nodes for.
@return UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiSearchDeploymentResponse

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchIndex ¶

func (a *AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, indexId string, clusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex) UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

UpdateAtlasSearchIndex Update One Atlas Search Index

Updates one Atlas Search index that you identified with its unique ID. Atlas Search indexes define the fields on which to create the index and the analyzers to use when creating the index. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Name of the cluster that contains the collection whose Atlas Search index to update.
@param indexId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Atlas Search [index](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/atlas-search/index-definitions/). Use the [Get All Atlas Search Indexes for a Collection API](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/fts-indexes-get-all/) endpoint to find the IDs of all Atlas Search indexes.
@return UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchIndexExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterSearchIndex

func (*AtlasSearchApiService) UpdateAtlasSearchIndexWithParams ¶

type AuditLog ¶

type AuditLog struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone set auditing to track successful authentications. This only applies to the `\"atype\" : \"authCheck\"` audit filter. Setting this parameter to `true` degrades cluster performance.
	AuditAuthorizationSuccess *bool `json:"auditAuthorizationSuccess,omitempty"`
	// JSON document that specifies which events to record. Escape any characters that may prevent parsing, such as single or double quotes, using a backslash (`\\`).
	AuditFilter *string `json:"auditFilter,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that displays how to configure the audit filter.
	// Read only field.
	ConfigurationType *string `json:"configurationType,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled database auditing for the specified project.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
}

AuditLog struct for AuditLog

func NewAuditLog ¶

func NewAuditLog() *AuditLog

NewAuditLog instantiates a new AuditLog object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAuditLogWithDefaults ¶

func NewAuditLogWithDefaults() *AuditLog

NewAuditLogWithDefaults instantiates a new AuditLog object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AuditLog) GetAuditAuthorizationSuccess ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetAuditAuthorizationSuccess() bool

GetAuditAuthorizationSuccess returns the AuditAuthorizationSuccess field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuditLog) GetAuditAuthorizationSuccessOk ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetAuditAuthorizationSuccessOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAuditAuthorizationSuccessOk returns a tuple with the AuditAuthorizationSuccess field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuditLog) GetAuditFilter ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetAuditFilter() string

GetAuditFilter returns the AuditFilter field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuditLog) GetAuditFilterOk ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetAuditFilterOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuditFilterOk returns a tuple with the AuditFilter field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuditLog) GetConfigurationType ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetConfigurationType() string

GetConfigurationType returns the ConfigurationType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuditLog) GetConfigurationTypeOk ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetConfigurationTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetConfigurationTypeOk returns a tuple with the ConfigurationType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuditLog) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuditLog) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AuditLog) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuditLog) HasAuditAuthorizationSuccess ¶

func (o *AuditLog) HasAuditAuthorizationSuccess() bool

HasAuditAuthorizationSuccess returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AuditLog) HasAuditFilter ¶

func (o *AuditLog) HasAuditFilter() bool

HasAuditFilter returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AuditLog) HasConfigurationType ¶

func (o *AuditLog) HasConfigurationType() bool

HasConfigurationType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AuditLog) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *AuditLog) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AuditLog) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AuditLog) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AuditLog) SetAuditAuthorizationSuccess ¶

func (o *AuditLog) SetAuditAuthorizationSuccess(v bool)

SetAuditAuthorizationSuccess gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuditAuthorizationSuccess field.

func (*AuditLog) SetAuditFilter ¶

func (o *AuditLog) SetAuditFilter(v string)

SetAuditFilter gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuditFilter field.

func (*AuditLog) SetConfigurationType ¶

func (o *AuditLog) SetConfigurationType(v string)

SetConfigurationType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConfigurationType field.

func (*AuditLog) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AuditLog) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (AuditLog) ToMap ¶

func (o AuditLog) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AuditingApi ¶

type AuditingApi interface {

	/*
		GetAuditingConfiguration Return the Auditing Configuration for One Project

		Returns the auditing configuration for the specified project. The auditing configuration defines the events that MongoDB Cloud records in the audit log. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0`, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetAuditingConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		GetAuditingConfiguration Return the Auditing Configuration for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAuditingConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetAuditingConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAuditingConfigurationApiParams) GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAuditingConfigurationExecute(r GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) (*AuditLog, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateAuditingConfiguration Update Auditing Configuration for One Project

		Updates the auditing configuration for the specified project. The auditing configuration defines the events that MongoDB Cloud records in the audit log. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0`, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAuditingConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, auditLog *AuditLog) UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateAuditingConfiguration Update Auditing Configuration for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateAuditingConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiParams) UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateAuditingConfigurationExecute(r UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) (*AuditLog, *http.Response, error)
}

type AuditingApiService ¶

type AuditingApiService service

AuditingApiService AuditingApi service

func (*AuditingApiService) GetAuditingConfiguration ¶

func (a *AuditingApiService) GetAuditingConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

GetAuditingConfiguration Return the Auditing Configuration for One Project

Returns the auditing configuration for the specified project. The auditing configuration defines the events that MongoDB Cloud records in the audit log. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0`, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AuditingApiService) GetAuditingConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *AuditingApiService) GetAuditingConfigurationExecute(r GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) (*AuditLog, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return AuditLog

func (*AuditingApiService) GetAuditingConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*AuditingApiService) UpdateAuditingConfiguration ¶

func (a *AuditingApiService) UpdateAuditingConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, auditLog *AuditLog) UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

UpdateAuditingConfiguration Update Auditing Configuration for One Project

Updates the auditing configuration for the specified project. The auditing configuration defines the events that MongoDB Cloud records in the audit log. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0`, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest

func (*AuditingApiService) UpdateAuditingConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *AuditingApiService) UpdateAuditingConfigurationExecute(r UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) (*AuditLog, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return AuditLog

type AuthFederationRoleMapping ¶

type AuthFederationRoleMapping struct {
	// Unique human-readable label that identifies the identity provider group to which this role mapping applies.
	ExternalGroupName string `json:"externalGroupName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this role mapping.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Atlas roles and the unique identifiers of the groups and organizations associated with each role.
	RoleAssignments *[]RoleAssignment `json:"roleAssignments,omitempty"`
}

AuthFederationRoleMapping Mapping settings that link one IdP and MongoDB Cloud.

func NewAuthFederationRoleMapping ¶

func NewAuthFederationRoleMapping(externalGroupName string) *AuthFederationRoleMapping

NewAuthFederationRoleMapping instantiates a new AuthFederationRoleMapping object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAuthFederationRoleMappingWithDefaults ¶

func NewAuthFederationRoleMappingWithDefaults() *AuthFederationRoleMapping

NewAuthFederationRoleMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new AuthFederationRoleMapping object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetExternalGroupName ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetExternalGroupName() string

GetExternalGroupName returns the ExternalGroupName field value

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetExternalGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetExternalGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetExternalGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the ExternalGroupName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetId ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetRoleAssignments() []RoleAssignment

GetRoleAssignments returns the RoleAssignments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetRoleAssignmentsOk ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) GetRoleAssignmentsOk() (*[]RoleAssignment, bool)

GetRoleAssignmentsOk returns a tuple with the RoleAssignments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) HasId ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) HasRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) HasRoleAssignments() bool

HasRoleAssignments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AuthFederationRoleMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AuthFederationRoleMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetExternalGroupName ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetExternalGroupName(v string)

SetExternalGroupName sets field value

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetId ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *AuthFederationRoleMapping) SetRoleAssignments(v []RoleAssignment)

SetRoleAssignments gets a reference to the given []RoleAssignment and assigns it to the RoleAssignments field.

func (AuthFederationRoleMapping) ToMap ¶

func (o AuthFederationRoleMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams ¶

type AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId                 string
	RoleId                  string
	CloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole
}

type AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest ¶

type AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudProviderAccessApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type AutoExportPolicy ¶

type AutoExportPolicy struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the AWS Bucket.
	ExportBucketId *string `json:"exportBucketId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the rate at which the export policy item occurs.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
}

AutoExportPolicy Policy for automatically exporting cloud backup snapshots.

func NewAutoExportPolicy ¶

func NewAutoExportPolicy() *AutoExportPolicy

NewAutoExportPolicy instantiates a new AutoExportPolicy object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAutoExportPolicyWithDefaults ¶

func NewAutoExportPolicyWithDefaults() *AutoExportPolicy

NewAutoExportPolicyWithDefaults instantiates a new AutoExportPolicy object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AutoExportPolicy) GetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) GetExportBucketId() string

GetExportBucketId returns the ExportBucketId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AutoExportPolicy) GetExportBucketIdOk ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) GetExportBucketIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetExportBucketIdOk returns a tuple with the ExportBucketId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AutoExportPolicy) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AutoExportPolicy) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AutoExportPolicy) HasExportBucketId ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) HasExportBucketId() bool

HasExportBucketId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AutoExportPolicy) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AutoExportPolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AutoExportPolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AutoExportPolicy) SetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) SetExportBucketId(v string)

SetExportBucketId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExportBucketId field.

func (*AutoExportPolicy) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *AutoExportPolicy) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (AutoExportPolicy) ToMap ¶

func (o AutoExportPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AvailableCloudProviderRegion ¶

type AvailableCloudProviderRegion struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether the cloud provider sets this region as its default. AWS defaults to US_EAST_1, GCP defaults to CENTRAL_US, and AZURE defaults to US_WEST_2.
	// Read only field.
	Default *bool `json:"default,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the supported region.
	// Read only field.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

AvailableCloudProviderRegion struct for AvailableCloudProviderRegion

func NewAvailableCloudProviderRegion ¶

func NewAvailableCloudProviderRegion() *AvailableCloudProviderRegion

NewAvailableCloudProviderRegion instantiates a new AvailableCloudProviderRegion object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAvailableCloudProviderRegionWithDefaults ¶

func NewAvailableCloudProviderRegionWithDefaults() *AvailableCloudProviderRegion

NewAvailableCloudProviderRegionWithDefaults instantiates a new AvailableCloudProviderRegion object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetDefault ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetDefault() bool

GetDefault returns the Default field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetDefaultOk ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetDefaultOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDefaultOk returns a tuple with the Default field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetName ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) HasDefault ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) HasDefault() bool

HasDefault returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) HasName ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AvailableCloudProviderRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AvailableCloudProviderRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) SetDefault ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) SetDefault(v bool)

SetDefault gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Default field.

func (*AvailableCloudProviderRegion) SetName ¶

func (o *AvailableCloudProviderRegion) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (AvailableCloudProviderRegion) ToMap ¶

func (o AvailableCloudProviderRegion) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AvailableClustersDeployment ¶

type AvailableClustersDeployment struct {
	// Version of MongoDB Agent that monitors/manages the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	AgentVersion *string `json:"agentVersion,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Size of this database on disk at the time of the request expressed in bytes.
	// Read only field.
	DbSizeBytes *int64 `json:"dbSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB [features](https://docs.mongodb.com/manual/reference/command/setFeatureCompatibilityVersion) that this cluster supports.
	// Read only field.
	FeatureCompatibilityVersion string `json:"featureCompatibilityVersion"`
	// Flag that indicates whether Automation manages this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Managed bool `json:"managed"`
	// Version of MongoDB that this cluster runs.
	// Read only field.
	MongoDBVersion string `json:"mongoDBVersion"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Size of the Oplog on disk at the time of the request expressed in MB.
	// Read only field.
	OplogSizeMB *int `json:"oplogSizeMB,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone configured this cluster as a sharded cluster.  - If `true`, this cluster serves as a sharded cluster. - If `false`, this cluster serves as a replica set.
	// Read only field.
	Sharded bool `json:"sharded"`
	// Number of shards that comprise this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ShardsSize *int `json:"shardsSize,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled TLS for this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	TlsEnabled bool `json:"tlsEnabled"`
}

AvailableClustersDeployment Deployments that can be migrated to MongoDB Atlas.

func NewAvailableClustersDeployment ¶

func NewAvailableClustersDeployment(featureCompatibilityVersion string, managed bool, mongoDBVersion string, name string, sharded bool, tlsEnabled bool) *AvailableClustersDeployment

NewAvailableClustersDeployment instantiates a new AvailableClustersDeployment object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAvailableClustersDeploymentWithDefaults ¶

func NewAvailableClustersDeploymentWithDefaults() *AvailableClustersDeployment

NewAvailableClustersDeploymentWithDefaults instantiates a new AvailableClustersDeployment object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetAgentVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetAgentVersion() string

GetAgentVersion returns the AgentVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetAgentVersionOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetAgentVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetAgentVersionOk returns a tuple with the AgentVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetDbSizeBytes ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetDbSizeBytes() int64

GetDbSizeBytes returns the DbSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetDbSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetDbSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDbSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the DbSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetFeatureCompatibilityVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetFeatureCompatibilityVersion() string

GetFeatureCompatibilityVersion returns the FeatureCompatibilityVersion field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetFeatureCompatibilityVersionOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetFeatureCompatibilityVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetFeatureCompatibilityVersionOk returns a tuple with the FeatureCompatibilityVersion field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetManaged ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetManaged() bool

GetManaged returns the Managed field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetManagedOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetManagedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetManagedOk returns a tuple with the Managed field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetName ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetOplogSizeMB() int

GetOplogSizeMB returns the OplogSizeMB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetOplogSizeMBOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetOplogSizeMBOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogSizeMBOk returns a tuple with the OplogSizeMB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetSharded ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetSharded() bool

GetSharded returns the Sharded field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardedOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetShardedOk returns a tuple with the Sharded field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardsSize ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardsSize() int

GetShardsSize returns the ShardsSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardsSizeOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetShardsSizeOk() (*int, bool)

GetShardsSizeOk returns a tuple with the ShardsSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetTlsEnabled ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetTlsEnabled() bool

GetTlsEnabled returns the TlsEnabled field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) GetTlsEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) GetTlsEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTlsEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TlsEnabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) HasAgentVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) HasAgentVersion() bool

HasAgentVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) HasDbSizeBytes ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) HasDbSizeBytes() bool

HasDbSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) HasOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) HasOplogSizeMB() bool

HasOplogSizeMB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) HasShardsSize ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) HasShardsSize() bool

HasShardsSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AvailableClustersDeployment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AvailableClustersDeployment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetAgentVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetAgentVersion(v string)

SetAgentVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AgentVersion field.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetDbSizeBytes ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetDbSizeBytes(v int64)

SetDbSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DbSizeBytes field.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetFeatureCompatibilityVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetFeatureCompatibilityVersion(v string)

SetFeatureCompatibilityVersion sets field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetManaged ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetManaged(v bool)

SetManaged sets field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion sets field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetName ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetOplogSizeMB(v int)

SetOplogSizeMB gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogSizeMB field.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetSharded ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetSharded(v bool)

SetSharded sets field value

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetShardsSize ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetShardsSize(v int)

SetShardsSize gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ShardsSize field.

func (*AvailableClustersDeployment) SetTlsEnabled ¶

func (o *AvailableClustersDeployment) SetTlsEnabled(v bool)

SetTlsEnabled sets field value

func (AvailableClustersDeployment) ToMap ¶

func (o AvailableClustersDeployment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type AzureKeyVault ¶

type AzureKeyVault struct {
	// Azure environment in which your account credentials reside.
	AzureEnvironment *string `json:"azureEnvironment,omitempty"`
	// Unique 36-hexadecimal character string that identifies an Azure application associated with your Azure Active Directory tenant.
	ClientID *string `json:"clientID,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled encryption at rest for the specified  project. To disable encryption at rest using customer key management and remove the configuration details, pass only this parameter with a value of `false`.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Web address with a unique key that identifies for your Azure Key Vault.
	KeyIdentifier *string `json:"keyIdentifier,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure Key Vault that contains your key.
	KeyVaultName *string `json:"keyVaultName,omitempty"`
	// Name of the Azure resource group that contains your Azure Key Vault.
	ResourceGroupName *string `json:"resourceGroupName,omitempty"`
	// Private data that you need secured and that belongs to the specified Azure Key Vault (AKV) tenant (**azureKeyVault.tenantID**). This data can include any type of sensitive data such as passwords, database connection strings, API keys, and the like. AKV stores this information as encrypted binary data.
	// Write only field.
	Secret *string `json:"secret,omitempty"`
	// Unique 36-hexadecimal character string that identifies your Azure subscription.
	SubscriptionID *string `json:"subscriptionID,omitempty"`
	// Unique 36-hexadecimal character string that identifies the Azure Active Directory tenant within your Azure subscription.
	TenantID *string `json:"tenantID,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the Azure encryption key can encrypt and decrypt data.
	// Read only field.
	Valid *bool `json:"valid,omitempty"`
}

AzureKeyVault Details that define the configuration of Encryption at Rest using Azure Key Vault (AKV).

func NewAzureKeyVault ¶

func NewAzureKeyVault() *AzureKeyVault

NewAzureKeyVault instantiates a new AzureKeyVault object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewAzureKeyVaultWithDefaults ¶

func NewAzureKeyVaultWithDefaults() *AzureKeyVault

NewAzureKeyVaultWithDefaults instantiates a new AzureKeyVault object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetAzureEnvironment ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetAzureEnvironment() string

GetAzureEnvironment returns the AzureEnvironment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetAzureEnvironmentOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetAzureEnvironmentOk() (*string, bool)

GetAzureEnvironmentOk returns a tuple with the AzureEnvironment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetClientID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetClientID() string

GetClientID returns the ClientID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetClientIDOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetClientIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetClientIDOk returns a tuple with the ClientID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetKeyIdentifier ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetKeyIdentifier() string

GetKeyIdentifier returns the KeyIdentifier field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetKeyIdentifierOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetKeyIdentifierOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyIdentifierOk returns a tuple with the KeyIdentifier field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetKeyVaultName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetKeyVaultName() string

GetKeyVaultName returns the KeyVaultName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetKeyVaultNameOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetKeyVaultNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyVaultNameOk returns a tuple with the KeyVaultName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetResourceGroupName() string

GetResourceGroupName returns the ResourceGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetResourceGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetResourceGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the ResourceGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetSecret ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetSecret() string

GetSecret returns the Secret field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetSecretOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetSecretOk() (*string, bool)

GetSecretOk returns a tuple with the Secret field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetSubscriptionID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetSubscriptionID() string

GetSubscriptionID returns the SubscriptionID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetSubscriptionIDOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetSubscriptionIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetSubscriptionIDOk returns a tuple with the SubscriptionID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetTenantID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetTenantID() string

GetTenantID returns the TenantID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetTenantIDOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetTenantIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetTenantIDOk returns a tuple with the TenantID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetValid ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetValid() bool

GetValid returns the Valid field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*AzureKeyVault) GetValidOk ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) GetValidOk() (*bool, bool)

GetValidOk returns a tuple with the Valid field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasAzureEnvironment ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasAzureEnvironment() bool

HasAzureEnvironment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasClientID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasClientID() bool

HasClientID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasKeyIdentifier ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasKeyIdentifier() bool

HasKeyIdentifier returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasKeyVaultName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasKeyVaultName() bool

HasKeyVaultName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasResourceGroupName() bool

HasResourceGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasSecret ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasSecret() bool

HasSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasSubscriptionID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasSubscriptionID() bool

HasSubscriptionID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasTenantID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasTenantID() bool

HasTenantID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*AzureKeyVault) HasValid ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) HasValid() bool

HasValid returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (AzureKeyVault) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o AzureKeyVault) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetAzureEnvironment ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetAzureEnvironment(v string)

SetAzureEnvironment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureEnvironment field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetClientID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetClientID(v string)

SetClientID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClientID field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetKeyIdentifier ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetKeyIdentifier(v string)

SetKeyIdentifier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyIdentifier field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetKeyVaultName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetKeyVaultName(v string)

SetKeyVaultName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyVaultName field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetResourceGroupName(v string)

SetResourceGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceGroupName field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetSecret ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetSecret(v string)

SetSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Secret field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetSubscriptionID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetSubscriptionID(v string)

SetSubscriptionID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SubscriptionID field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetTenantID ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetTenantID(v string)

SetTenantID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TenantID field.

func (*AzureKeyVault) SetValid ¶

func (o *AzureKeyVault) SetValid(v bool)

SetValid gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Valid field.

func (AzureKeyVault) ToMap ¶

func (o AzureKeyVault) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem ¶

type BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem struct {
	// Number that indicates the frequency interval for a set of snapshots. MongoDB Cloud ignores this setting for non-hourly policy items in Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	FrequencyInterval int `json:"frequencyInterval"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the frequency type associated with the backup policy.
	FrequencyType string `json:"frequencyType"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this backup policy item.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Unit of time in which MongoDB Cloud measures snapshot retention.
	RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit"`
	// Duration in days, weeks, months, or years that MongoDB Cloud retains the snapshot. For less frequent policy items, MongoDB Cloud requires that you specify a value greater than or equal to the value specified for more frequent policy items.  For example: If the hourly policy item specifies a retention of two days, you must specify two days or greater for the retention of the weekly policy item.
	RetentionValue int `json:"retentionValue"`
}

BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem Specifications for on-demand policy.

func NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem ¶

func NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem(frequencyInterval int, frequencyType string, retentionUnit string, retentionValue int) *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem

NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem instantiates a new BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItemWithDefaults() *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem

NewBackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItemWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval() int

GetFrequencyInterval returns the FrequencyInterval field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk() (*int, bool)

GetFrequencyIntervalOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyInterval field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit() string

GetRetentionUnit returns the RetentionUnit field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk() (*string, bool)

GetRetentionUnitOk returns a tuple with the RetentionUnit field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue() int

GetRetentionValue returns the RetentionValue field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionValueOk returns a tuple with the RetentionValue field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval(v int)

SetFrequencyInterval sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit(v string)

SetRetentionUnit sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue(v int)

SetRetentionValue sets field value

func (BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem ¶

type BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem struct {
	// Number that indicates the frequency interval for a set of snapshots. A value of `1` specifies the first instance of the corresponding `frequencyType`.  - In a yearly policy item, `1` indicates that the yearly snapshot occurs on the first day of January and `12` indicates the first day of December.  - In a monthly policy item, `1` indicates that the monthly snapshot occurs on the first day of the month and `40` indicates the last day of the month.  - In a weekly policy item, `1` indicates that the weekly snapshot occurs on Monday and `7` indicates Sunday.  - In an hourly policy item, you can set the frequency interval to `1`, `2`, `4`, `6`, `8`, or `12`. For hourly policy items for NVMe clusters, MongoDB Cloud accepts only `12` as the frequency interval value.   MongoDB Cloud ignores this setting for non-hourly policy items in Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	FrequencyInterval int `json:"frequencyInterval"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the frequency type associated with the backup policy.
	FrequencyType string `json:"frequencyType"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this backup policy item.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Unit of time in which MongoDB Cloud measures snapshot retention.
	RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit"`
	// Duration in days, weeks, months, or years that MongoDB Cloud retains the snapshot. For less frequent policy items, MongoDB Cloud requires that you specify a value greater than or equal to the value specified for more frequent policy items.  For example: If the hourly policy item specifies a retention of two days, you must specify two days or greater for the retention of the weekly policy item.
	RetentionValue int `json:"retentionValue"`
}

BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem Specifications for scheduled policy.

func NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem ¶

func NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem(frequencyInterval int, frequencyType string, retentionUnit string, retentionValue int) *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem

NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem instantiates a new BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItemWithDefaults() *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem

NewBackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItemWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval() int

GetFrequencyInterval returns the FrequencyInterval field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk() (*int, bool)

GetFrequencyIntervalOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyInterval field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit() string

GetRetentionUnit returns the RetentionUnit field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk() (*string, bool)

GetRetentionUnitOk returns a tuple with the RetentionUnit field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue() int

GetRetentionValue returns the RetentionValue field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionValueOk returns a tuple with the RetentionValue field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval(v int)

SetFrequencyInterval sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit(v string)

SetRetentionUnit sets field value

func (*BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue(v int)

SetRetentionValue sets field value

func (BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupLabel ¶

type BackupLabel struct {
	// Key for the metadata file that MongoDB Cloud uploads to the bucket when the export job finishes.
	Key *string `json:"key,omitempty"`
	// Value for the key to include in file that MongoDB Cloud uploads to the bucket when the export job finishes.
	Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"`
}

BackupLabel Collection of key-value pairs that represent custom data to add to the metadata file that MongoDB Cloud uploads to the bucket when the export job finishes.

func NewBackupLabel ¶

func NewBackupLabel() *BackupLabel

NewBackupLabel instantiates a new BackupLabel object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupLabelWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupLabelWithDefaults() *BackupLabel

NewBackupLabelWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupLabel object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupLabel) GetKey ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) GetKey() string

GetKey returns the Key field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupLabel) GetKeyOk ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) GetKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyOk returns a tuple with the Key field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupLabel) GetValue ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) GetValue() string

GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupLabel) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) GetValueOk() (*string, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupLabel) HasKey ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) HasKey() bool

HasKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupLabel) HasValue ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) HasValue() bool

HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupLabel) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupLabel) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupLabel) SetKey ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) SetKey(v string)

SetKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Key field.

func (*BackupLabel) SetValue ¶

func (o *BackupLabel) SetValue(v string)

SetValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Value field.

func (BackupLabel) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupLabel) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupOnlineArchive ¶

type BackupOnlineArchive struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to create an online archive.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection for which you created the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	CollName *string `json:"collName,omitempty"`
	// Classification of MongoDB database collection that you want to return.  If you set this parameter to `TIMESERIES`, set `\"criteria.type\" : \"date\"` and `\"criteria.dateFormat\" : \"ISODATE\"`.
	// Read only field.
	CollectionType     *string             `json:"collectionType,omitempty"`
	Criteria           *Criteria           `json:"criteria,omitempty"`
	DataExpirationRule *DataExpirationRule `json:"dataExpirationRule,omitempty"`
	DataProcessRegion  *DataProcessRegion  `json:"dataProcessRegion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the dataset that Atlas generates for this online archive.
	// Read only field.
	DataSetName *string `json:"dataSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the database that contains the collection that contains the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	DbName *string `json:"dbName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the specified cluster. The specified cluster contains the collection for which to create the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains document parameters to use to logically divide data within a collection. Partitions provide a coarse level of filtering of the underlying collection data. To divide your data, specify parameters that you frequently query. If you \"specified :criteria.type\": \"DATE\" in the CREATE ONE ONLINE ARCHIVE endpoint, then you can specify up to three parameters by which to query. One of these parameters must be the DATE value, which is required in this case. If you \"specified :criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\" in the CREATE ONE ONLINE ARCHIVE endpoint, then you can specify up to two parameters by which to query. Queries that don't use \":criteria.type\": \"DATE\" or \":criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\" parameters cause MongoDB to scan a full collection of all archived documents. This takes more time and increases your costs.
	// Read only field.
	PartitionFields *[]PartitionField `json:"partitionFields,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether this online archive exists in the paused state. A request to resume fails if the collection has another active online archive. To pause an active online archive or resume a paused online archive, you must include this parameter. To pause an active archive, set this to **true**. To resume a paused archive, set this to **false**.
	Paused   *bool                  `json:"paused,omitempty"`
	Schedule *OnlineArchiveSchedule `json:"schedule,omitempty"`
	// Phase of the process to create this online archive when you made this request.  | State       | Indication | |-------------|------------| | `PENDING`   | MongoDB Cloud has queued documents for archive. Archiving hasn't started. | | `ARCHIVING` | MongoDB Cloud started archiving documents that meet the archival criteria. | | `IDLE`      | MongoDB Cloud waits to start the next archival job. | | `PAUSING`   | Someone chose to stop archiving. MongoDB Cloud finishes the running archival job then changes the state to `PAUSED` when that job completes. | | `PAUSED`    | MongoDB Cloud has stopped archiving. Archived documents can be queried. The specified archiving operation on the active cluster cannot archive additional documents. You can resume archiving for paused archives at any time. | | `ORPHANED`  | Someone has deleted the collection associated with an active or paused archive. MongoDB Cloud doesn't delete the archived data. You must manually delete the online archives associated with the deleted collection. | | `DELETED`   | Someone has deleted the archive was deleted. When someone deletes an online archive, MongoDB Cloud removes all associated archived documents from the cloud object storage. |
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

BackupOnlineArchive struct for BackupOnlineArchive

func NewBackupOnlineArchive ¶

func NewBackupOnlineArchive() *BackupOnlineArchive

NewBackupOnlineArchive instantiates a new BackupOnlineArchive object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveWithDefaults() *BackupOnlineArchive

NewBackupOnlineArchiveWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupOnlineArchive object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollName() string

GetCollName returns the CollName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollNameOk returns a tuple with the CollName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollectionType() string

GetCollectionType returns the CollectionType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollectionTypeOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCollectionTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionTypeOk returns a tuple with the CollectionType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCriteria ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCriteria() Criteria

GetCriteria returns the Criteria field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetCriteriaOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetCriteriaOk() (*Criteria, bool)

GetCriteriaOk returns a tuple with the Criteria field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataExpirationRule() DataExpirationRule

GetDataExpirationRule returns the DataExpirationRule field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataExpirationRuleOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataExpirationRuleOk() (*DataExpirationRule, bool)

GetDataExpirationRuleOk returns a tuple with the DataExpirationRule field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataProcessRegion() DataProcessRegion

GetDataProcessRegion returns the DataProcessRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataProcessRegionOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataProcessRegionOk() (*DataProcessRegion, bool)

GetDataProcessRegionOk returns a tuple with the DataProcessRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataSetName() string

GetDataSetName returns the DataSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataSetNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDataSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDataSetNameOk returns a tuple with the DataSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDbName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDbName() string

GetDbName returns the DbName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetDbNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetDbNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbNameOk returns a tuple with the DbName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetPartitionFields() []PartitionField

GetPartitionFields returns the PartitionFields field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetPartitionFieldsOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetPartitionFieldsOk() (*[]PartitionField, bool)

GetPartitionFieldsOk returns a tuple with the PartitionFields field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetPaused() bool

GetPaused returns the Paused field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetPausedOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetPausedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPausedOk returns a tuple with the Paused field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetSchedule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetSchedule() OnlineArchiveSchedule

GetSchedule returns the Schedule field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetScheduleOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetScheduleOk() (*OnlineArchiveSchedule, bool)

GetScheduleOk returns a tuple with the Schedule field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasCollName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasCollName() bool

HasCollName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasCollectionType() bool

HasCollectionType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasCriteria ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasCriteria() bool

HasCriteria returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataExpirationRule() bool

HasDataExpirationRule returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataProcessRegion() bool

HasDataProcessRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasDataSetName() bool

HasDataSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasDbName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasDbName() bool

HasDbName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasPartitionFields() bool

HasPartitionFields returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasPaused() bool

HasPaused returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasSchedule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasSchedule() bool

HasSchedule returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) HasState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupOnlineArchive) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupOnlineArchive) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetCollName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetCollName(v string)

SetCollName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetCollectionType(v string)

SetCollectionType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionType field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetCriteria ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetCriteria(v Criteria)

SetCriteria gets a reference to the given Criteria and assigns it to the Criteria field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataExpirationRule(v DataExpirationRule)

SetDataExpirationRule gets a reference to the given DataExpirationRule and assigns it to the DataExpirationRule field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataProcessRegion(v DataProcessRegion)

SetDataProcessRegion gets a reference to the given DataProcessRegion and assigns it to the DataProcessRegion field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetDataSetName(v string)

SetDataSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataSetName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetDbName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetDbName(v string)

SetDbName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetPartitionFields(v []PartitionField)

SetPartitionFields gets a reference to the given []PartitionField and assigns it to the PartitionFields field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetPaused(v bool)

SetPaused gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Paused field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetSchedule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetSchedule(v OnlineArchiveSchedule)

SetSchedule gets a reference to the given OnlineArchiveSchedule and assigns it to the Schedule field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchive) SetState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchive) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (BackupOnlineArchive) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupOnlineArchive) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupOnlineArchiveCreate ¶

type BackupOnlineArchiveCreate struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to create an online archive.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection for which you created the online archive.
	// Write only field.
	CollName string `json:"collName"`
	// Classification of MongoDB database collection that you want to return.  If you set this parameter to `TIMESERIES`, set `\"criteria.type\" : \"date\"` and `\"criteria.dateFormat\" : \"ISODATE\"`.
	// Write only field.
	CollectionType     *string                  `json:"collectionType,omitempty"`
	Criteria           Criteria                 `json:"criteria"`
	DataExpirationRule *DataExpirationRule      `json:"dataExpirationRule,omitempty"`
	DataProcessRegion  *CreateDataProcessRegion `json:"dataProcessRegion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the dataset that Atlas generates for this online archive.
	// Read only field.
	DataSetName *string `json:"dataSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the database that contains the collection that contains the online archive.
	// Write only field.
	DbName string `json:"dbName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the specified cluster. The specified cluster contains the collection for which to create the online archive.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains document parameters to use to logically divide data within a collection. Partitions provide a coarse level of filtering of the underlying collection data. To divide your data, specify parameters that you frequently query. If you \"specified :criteria.type\": \"DATE\" in the CREATE ONE ONLINE ARCHIVE endpoint, then you can specify up to three parameters by which to query. One of these parameters must be the DATE value, which is required in this case. If you \"specified :criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\" in the CREATE ONE ONLINE ARCHIVE endpoint, then you can specify up to two parameters by which to query. Queries that don't use \":criteria.type\": \"DATE\" or \":criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\" parameters cause MongoDB to scan a full collection of all archived documents. This takes more time and increases your costs.
	// Write only field.
	PartitionFields *[]PartitionField `json:"partitionFields,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether this online archive exists in the paused state. A request to resume fails if the collection has another active online archive. To pause an active online archive or resume a paused online archive, you must include this parameter. To pause an active archive, set this to **true**. To resume a paused archive, set this to **false**.
	Paused   *bool                  `json:"paused,omitempty"`
	Schedule *OnlineArchiveSchedule `json:"schedule,omitempty"`
	// Phase of the process to create this online archive when you made this request.  | State       | Indication | |-------------|------------| | `PENDING`   | MongoDB Cloud has queued documents for archive. Archiving hasn't started. | | `ARCHIVING` | MongoDB Cloud started archiving documents that meet the archival criteria. | | `IDLE`      | MongoDB Cloud waits to start the next archival job. | | `PAUSING`   | Someone chose to stop archiving. MongoDB Cloud finishes the running archival job then changes the state to `PAUSED` when that job completes. | | `PAUSED`    | MongoDB Cloud has stopped archiving. Archived documents can be queried. The specified archiving operation on the active cluster cannot archive additional documents. You can resume archiving for paused archives at any time. | | `ORPHANED`  | Someone has deleted the collection associated with an active or paused archive. MongoDB Cloud doesn't delete the archived data. You must manually delete the online archives associated with the deleted collection. | | `DELETED`   | Someone has deleted the archive was deleted. When someone deletes an online archive, MongoDB Cloud removes all associated archived documents from the cloud object storage. |
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

BackupOnlineArchiveCreate struct for BackupOnlineArchiveCreate

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreate ¶

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreate(collName string, criteria Criteria, dbName string) *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate

NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreate instantiates a new BackupOnlineArchiveCreate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreateWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreateWithDefaults() *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate

NewBackupOnlineArchiveCreateWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupOnlineArchiveCreate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollName() string

GetCollName returns the CollName field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollNameOk returns a tuple with the CollName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollectionType() string

GetCollectionType returns the CollectionType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollectionTypeOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCollectionTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionTypeOk returns a tuple with the CollectionType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCriteria ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCriteria() Criteria

GetCriteria returns the Criteria field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCriteriaOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetCriteriaOk() (*Criteria, bool)

GetCriteriaOk returns a tuple with the Criteria field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataExpirationRule() DataExpirationRule

GetDataExpirationRule returns the DataExpirationRule field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataExpirationRuleOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataExpirationRuleOk() (*DataExpirationRule, bool)

GetDataExpirationRuleOk returns a tuple with the DataExpirationRule field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataProcessRegion() CreateDataProcessRegion

GetDataProcessRegion returns the DataProcessRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataProcessRegionOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataProcessRegionOk() (*CreateDataProcessRegion, bool)

GetDataProcessRegionOk returns a tuple with the DataProcessRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataSetName() string

GetDataSetName returns the DataSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataSetNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDataSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDataSetNameOk returns a tuple with the DataSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDbName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDbName() string

GetDbName returns the DbName field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDbNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetDbNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbNameOk returns a tuple with the DbName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPartitionFields() []PartitionField

GetPartitionFields returns the PartitionFields field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPartitionFieldsOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPartitionFieldsOk() (*[]PartitionField, bool)

GetPartitionFieldsOk returns a tuple with the PartitionFields field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPaused() bool

GetPaused returns the Paused field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPausedOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetPausedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPausedOk returns a tuple with the Paused field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetSchedule ¶

GetSchedule returns the Schedule field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetScheduleOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetScheduleOk() (*OnlineArchiveSchedule, bool)

GetScheduleOk returns a tuple with the Schedule field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasCollectionType() bool

HasCollectionType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataExpirationRule() bool

HasDataExpirationRule returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataProcessRegion() bool

HasDataProcessRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasDataSetName() bool

HasDataSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasPartitionFields() bool

HasPartitionFields returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasPaused() bool

HasPaused returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasSchedule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasSchedule() bool

HasSchedule returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCollName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCollName(v string)

SetCollName sets field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCollectionType ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCollectionType(v string)

SetCollectionType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionType field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCriteria ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetCriteria(v Criteria)

SetCriteria sets field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataExpirationRule ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataExpirationRule(v DataExpirationRule)

SetDataExpirationRule gets a reference to the given DataExpirationRule and assigns it to the DataExpirationRule field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataProcessRegion(v CreateDataProcessRegion)

SetDataProcessRegion gets a reference to the given CreateDataProcessRegion and assigns it to the DataProcessRegion field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataSetName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDataSetName(v string)

SetDataSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DataSetName field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDbName ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetDbName(v string)

SetDbName sets field value

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetId ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetPartitionFields(v []PartitionField)

SetPartitionFields gets a reference to the given []PartitionField and assigns it to the PartitionFields field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetPaused ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetPaused(v bool)

SetPaused gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Paused field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetSchedule ¶

SetSchedule gets a reference to the given OnlineArchiveSchedule and assigns it to the Schedule field.

func (*BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetState ¶

func (o *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupRestoreJob ¶

type BackupRestoreJob struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the batch to which this restore job belongs. This parameter exists only for a sharded cluster restore.
	// Read only field.
	BatchId *string `json:"batchId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the sharded cluster checkpoint. The checkpoint represents the point in time back to which you want to restore you data. This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`. Use this parameter with sharded clusters only.  - If you set **checkpointId**, you can't set **oplogInc**, **oplogTs**, **snapshotId**, or **pointInTimeUTCMillis**. - If you provide this parameter, this endpoint restores all data up to this checkpoint to the database you specify in the **delivery** object.
	// Write only field.
	CheckpointId *string `json:"checkpointId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return. This parameter returns for restore clusters.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster containing the snapshots you want to retrieve.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone requested this restore job. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created  *time.Time               `json:"created,omitempty"`
	Delivery BackupRestoreJobDelivery `json:"delivery"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone encrypted the data in the restored snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	EncryptionEnabled *bool `json:"encryptionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that owns the snapshots.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains documents mapping each restore file to a hashed checksum. This parameter applies after you download the corresponding **delivery.url**. If `\"methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`, this list contains one object that represents the hash of the **.tar.gz** file.
	// Read only field.
	Hashes *[]RestoreJobFileHash `json:"hashes,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) that identifies the Key Management Interoperability (KMIP) master key used to encrypt the snapshot data. This parameter applies only when `\"encryptionEnabled\" : \"true\"`.
	// Read only field.
	MasterKeyUUID *string `json:"masterKeyUUID,omitempty"`
	// Thirty-two-bit incrementing ordinal that represents operations within a given second. When paired with **oplogTs**, this represents the point in time to which MongoDB Cloud restores your data. This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`.  - If you set **oplogInc**, you must set **oplogTs**, and can't set **checkpointId**, **snapshotId**, or **pointInTimeUTCMillis**. - If you provide this parameter, this endpoint restores all data up to and including this Oplog timestamp to the database you specified in the **delivery** object.
	// Write only field.
	OplogInc *int `json:"oplogInc,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which you want to restore this snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 format in UTC. This represents the first part of an Oplog timestamp. When paired with **oplogInc**, they represent the last database operation to which you want to restore your data. This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`. Run a query against **local.oplog.rs** on your replica set to find the desired timestamp.  - If you set **oplogTs**, you must set **oplogInc**, and you can't set **checkpointId**, **snapshotId**, or **pointInTimeUTCMillis**. - If you provide this parameter, this endpoint restores all data up to and including this Oplog timestamp to the database you specified in the **delivery** object.
	// Write only field.
	OplogTs *string `json:"oplogTs,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp from which you want to restore this snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the number of milliseconds elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). This timestamp must fall within the last 24 hours of the current time. This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`.  - If you provide this parameter, this endpoint restores all data up to this point in time to the database you specified in the **delivery** object. - If you set **pointInTimeUTCMillis**, you can't set **oplogInc**, **oplogTs**, **snapshotId**, or **checkpointId**.
	// Write only field.
	PointInTimeUTCMillis *int64 `json:"pointInTimeUTCMillis,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot to restore. If you set **snapshotId**, you can't set **oplogInc**, **oplogTs**, **pointInTimeUTCMillis**, or **checkpointId**.
	SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshotId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the status of the downloadable file at the time of the request.
	// Read only field.
	StatusName *string           `json:"statusName,omitempty"`
	Timestamp  *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
}

BackupRestoreJob struct for BackupRestoreJob

func NewBackupRestoreJob ¶

func NewBackupRestoreJob(delivery BackupRestoreJobDelivery) *BackupRestoreJob

NewBackupRestoreJob instantiates a new BackupRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults() *BackupRestoreJob

NewBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetBatchId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetBatchId() string

GetBatchId returns the BatchId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetBatchIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetBatchIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetBatchIdOk returns a tuple with the BatchId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetCheckpointId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetCheckpointId() string

GetCheckpointId returns the CheckpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetCheckpointIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetCheckpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetCheckpointIdOk returns a tuple with the CheckpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetCreated ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetDelivery ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetDelivery() BackupRestoreJobDelivery

GetDelivery returns the Delivery field value

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryOk() (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery, bool)

GetDeliveryOk returns a tuple with the Delivery field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetEncryptionEnabled() bool

GetEncryptionEnabled returns the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetEncryptionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetEncryptionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEncryptionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetHashes ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetHashes() []RestoreJobFileHash

GetHashes returns the Hashes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetHashesOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetHashesOk() (*[]RestoreJobFileHash, bool)

GetHashesOk returns a tuple with the Hashes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetMasterKeyUUID() string

GetMasterKeyUUID returns the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetMasterKeyUUIDOk returns a tuple with the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogInc ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogInc() int

GetOplogInc returns the OplogInc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogIncOk returns a tuple with the OplogInc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTs ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTs() string

GetOplogTs returns the OplogTs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk() (*string, bool)

GetOplogTsOk returns a tuple with the OplogTs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCMillis ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCMillis() int64

GetPointInTimeUTCMillis returns the PointInTimeUTCMillis field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCMillisOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCMillisOk() (*int64, bool)

GetPointInTimeUTCMillisOk returns a tuple with the PointInTimeUTCMillis field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetStatusName() string

GetStatusName returns the StatusName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetStatusNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetStatusNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusNameOk returns a tuple with the StatusName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetTimestamp() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasBatchId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasBatchId() bool

HasBatchId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasCheckpointId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasCheckpointId() bool

HasCheckpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasCreated ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasEncryptionEnabled() bool

HasEncryptionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasHashes ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasHashes() bool

HasHashes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasMasterKeyUUID() bool

HasMasterKeyUUID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasOplogInc ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasOplogInc() bool

HasOplogInc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasOplogTs ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasOplogTs() bool

HasOplogTs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCMillis ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCMillis() bool

HasPointInTimeUTCMillis returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId() bool

HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasStatusName() bool

HasStatusName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetBatchId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetBatchId(v string)

SetBatchId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BatchId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetCheckpointId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetCheckpointId(v string)

SetCheckpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CheckpointId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetCreated ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetDelivery ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetDelivery(v BackupRestoreJobDelivery)

SetDelivery sets field value

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetEncryptionEnabled(v bool)

SetEncryptionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptionEnabled field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetHashes ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetHashes(v []RestoreJobFileHash)

SetHashes gets a reference to the given []RestoreJobFileHash and assigns it to the Hashes field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetMasterKeyUUID(v string)

SetMasterKeyUUID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MasterKeyUUID field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetOplogInc ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetOplogInc(v int)

SetOplogInc gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogInc field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetOplogTs ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetOplogTs(v string)

SetOplogTs gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OplogTs field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCMillis ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCMillis(v int64)

SetPointInTimeUTCMillis gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the PointInTimeUTCMillis field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetStatusName(v string)

SetStatusName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusName field.

func (*BackupRestoreJob) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJob) SetTimestamp(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (BackupRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupRestoreJobDelivery ¶

type BackupRestoreJobDelivery struct {
	// Header name to use when downloading the restore, used with `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	// Read only field.
	AuthHeader *string `json:"authHeader,omitempty"`
	// Header value to use when downloading the restore, used with `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	// Read only field.
	AuthValue *string `json:"authValue,omitempty"`
	// Number of hours after the restore job completes that indicates when the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the snapshot download file expires. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	ExpirationHours *int `json:"expirationHours,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the snapshot download file expires. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Expires *time.Time `json:"expires,omitempty"`
	// Positive integer that indicates how many times you can use the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the snapshot download file. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	MaxDownloads *int `json:"maxDownloads,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the means for delivering the data. If you set `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`, you must also set: **delivery.targetGroupId** and **delivery.targetClusterName** or **delivery.targetClusterId**. The response returns `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"` as an automated restore uses HyperText Transport Protocol (HTTP) to deliver the restore job to the target host.
	MethodName string `json:"methodName"`
	// State of the downloadable snapshot file when MongoDB Cloud received this request.
	// Read only field.
	StatusName *string `json:"statusName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the target cluster. Use the **clusterId** returned in the response body of the **Get All Snapshots** and **Get a Snapshot** endpoints. This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`.   If the target cluster doesn't have backup enabled, two resources return parameters with empty values:  - **Get All Snapshots** endpoint returns an empty results array without **clusterId** elements - **Get a Snapshot** endpoint doesn't return a **clusterId** parameter.  To return a response with the **clusterId** parameter, either use the **delivery.targetClusterName** parameter or enable backup on the target cluster.
	TargetClusterId *string `json:"targetClusterId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the target cluster. Use the **clusterName** returned in the response body of the **Get All Snapshots** and **Get a Snapshot** endpoints.  This parameter applies when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`.  If the target cluster doesn't have backup enabled, two resources return parameters with empty values:  - **Get All Snapshots** endpoint returns an empty results array without **clusterId** elements - **Get a Snapshot** endpoint doesn't return a **clusterId** parameter.  To return a response with the **clusterId** parameter, either use the **delivery.targetClusterName** parameter or enable backup on the target cluster.
	TargetClusterName *string `json:"targetClusterName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the destination cluster for the restore job. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"AUTOMATED_RESTORE\"`.
	TargetGroupId *string `json:"targetGroupId,omitempty"`
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) from which you can download the restored snapshot data. Url includes the verification key. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	// Read only field.
	// Deprecated
	Url *string `json:"url,omitempty"`
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) from which you can download the restored snapshot data. This should be preferred over **url**. The verification key must be sent as an HTTP header. The resource returns this parameter when `\"delivery.methodName\" : \"HTTP\"`.
	// Read only field.
	UrlV2 *string `json:"urlV2,omitempty"`
}

BackupRestoreJobDelivery Method and details that indicate how to deliver the restored snapshot data.

func NewBackupRestoreJobDelivery ¶

func NewBackupRestoreJobDelivery(methodName string) *BackupRestoreJobDelivery

NewBackupRestoreJobDelivery instantiates a new BackupRestoreJobDelivery object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupRestoreJobDeliveryWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupRestoreJobDeliveryWithDefaults() *BackupRestoreJobDelivery

NewBackupRestoreJobDeliveryWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupRestoreJobDelivery object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthHeader ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthHeader() string

GetAuthHeader returns the AuthHeader field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthHeaderOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthHeaderOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthHeaderOk returns a tuple with the AuthHeader field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthValue ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthValue() string

GetAuthValue returns the AuthValue field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthValueOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetAuthValueOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthValueOk returns a tuple with the AuthValue field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpirationHours ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpirationHours() int

GetExpirationHours returns the ExpirationHours field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpirationHoursOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpirationHoursOk() (*int, bool)

GetExpirationHoursOk returns a tuple with the ExpirationHours field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpires ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpires() time.Time

GetExpires returns the Expires field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpiresOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetExpiresOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresOk returns a tuple with the Expires field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMaxDownloads ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMaxDownloads() int

GetMaxDownloads returns the MaxDownloads field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMaxDownloadsOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMaxDownloadsOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxDownloadsOk returns a tuple with the MaxDownloads field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMethodName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMethodName() string

GetMethodName returns the MethodName field value

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMethodNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetMethodNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetMethodNameOk returns a tuple with the MethodName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetStatusName() string

GetStatusName returns the StatusName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetStatusNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetStatusNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusNameOk returns a tuple with the StatusName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterId() string

GetTargetClusterId returns the TargetClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterName() string

GetTargetClusterName returns the TargetClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetGroupId() string

GetTargetGroupId returns the TargetGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrl ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrl() string

GetUrl returns the Url field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlOk ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetUrlOk returns a tuple with the Url field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlV2 ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlV2() string

GetUrlV2 returns the UrlV2 field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlV2Ok ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) GetUrlV2Ok() (*string, bool)

GetUrlV2Ok returns a tuple with the UrlV2 field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasAuthHeader ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasAuthHeader() bool

HasAuthHeader returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasAuthValue ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasAuthValue() bool

HasAuthValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasExpirationHours ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasExpirationHours() bool

HasExpirationHours returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasExpires ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasExpires() bool

HasExpires returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasMaxDownloads ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasMaxDownloads() bool

HasMaxDownloads returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasStatusName() bool

HasStatusName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetClusterId() bool

HasTargetClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetClusterName() bool

HasTargetClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasTargetGroupId() bool

HasTargetGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasUrl ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasUrl() bool

HasUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasUrlV2 ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) HasUrlV2() bool

HasUrlV2 returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupRestoreJobDelivery) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupRestoreJobDelivery) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetAuthHeader ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetAuthHeader(v string)

SetAuthHeader gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthHeader field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetAuthValue ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetAuthValue(v string)

SetAuthValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthValue field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetExpirationHours ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetExpirationHours(v int)

SetExpirationHours gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ExpirationHours field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetExpires ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetExpires(v time.Time)

SetExpires gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Expires field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetMaxDownloads ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetMaxDownloads(v int)

SetMaxDownloads gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MaxDownloads field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetMethodName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetMethodName(v string)

SetMethodName sets field value

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetStatusName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetStatusName(v string)

SetStatusName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusName field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetClusterId(v string)

SetTargetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetClusterId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetClusterName(v string)

SetTargetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetClusterName field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetTargetGroupId(v string)

SetTargetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetGroupId field.

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetUrl ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetUrl(v string)

SetUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Url field. Deprecated

func (*BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetUrlV2 ¶

func (o *BackupRestoreJobDelivery) SetUrlV2(v string)

SetUrlV2 gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UrlV2 field.

func (BackupRestoreJobDelivery) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupRestoreJobDelivery) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupSnapshot ¶

type BackupSnapshot struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster with the snapshots you want to return.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the snapshot exists. This flag returns `false` while MongoDB Cloud creates the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Complete *bool             `json:"complete,omitempty"`
	Created  *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone can delete this snapshot. You can't set `\"doNotDelete\" : true` and set a timestamp for **expires** in the same request.
	DoNotDelete *bool `json:"doNotDelete,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the snapshot. If `\"doNotDelete\" : true`, MongoDB Cloud removes any value set for this parameter.
	Expires *time.Time `json:"expires,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that owns the snapshots.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Flag indicating if this is an incremental or a full snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Incremental               *bool             `json:"incremental,omitempty"`
	LastOplogAppliedTimestamp *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"lastOplogAppliedTimestamp,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Metadata that describes the complete snapshot.  - For a replica set, this array contains a single document. - For a sharded cluster, this array contains one document for each shard plus one document for the config host.
	// Read only field.
	Parts *[]BackupSnapshotPart `json:"parts,omitempty"`
}

BackupSnapshot struct for BackupSnapshot

func NewBackupSnapshot ¶

func NewBackupSnapshot() *BackupSnapshot

NewBackupSnapshot instantiates a new BackupSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupSnapshotWithDefaults() *BackupSnapshot

NewBackupSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetComplete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetComplete() bool

GetComplete returns the Complete field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetCompleteOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetCompleteOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCompleteOk returns a tuple with the Complete field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetCreated ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetCreated() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetCreatedOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetDoNotDelete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetDoNotDelete() bool

GetDoNotDelete returns the DoNotDelete field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetDoNotDeleteOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetDoNotDeleteOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDoNotDeleteOk returns a tuple with the DoNotDelete field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetExpires ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetExpires() time.Time

GetExpires returns the Expires field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetExpiresOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetExpiresOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresOk returns a tuple with the Expires field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetIncremental ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetIncremental() bool

GetIncremental returns the Incremental field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetIncrementalOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetIncrementalOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIncrementalOk returns a tuple with the Incremental field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp returns the LastOplogAppliedTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetLastOplogAppliedTimestampOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetLastOplogAppliedTimestampOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetLastOplogAppliedTimestampOk returns a tuple with the LastOplogAppliedTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetParts ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetParts() []BackupSnapshotPart

GetParts returns the Parts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshot) GetPartsOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) GetPartsOk() (*[]BackupSnapshotPart, bool)

GetPartsOk returns a tuple with the Parts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasComplete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasComplete() bool

HasComplete returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasCreated ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasDoNotDelete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasDoNotDelete() bool

HasDoNotDelete returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasExpires ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasExpires() bool

HasExpires returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasIncremental ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasIncremental() bool

HasIncremental returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasLastOplogAppliedTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasLastOplogAppliedTimestamp() bool

HasLastOplogAppliedTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshot) HasParts ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) HasParts() bool

HasParts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetComplete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetComplete(v bool)

SetComplete gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Complete field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetCreated ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetCreated(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetDoNotDelete ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetDoNotDelete(v bool)

SetDoNotDelete gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DoNotDelete field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetExpires ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetExpires(v time.Time)

SetExpires gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Expires field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetIncremental ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetIncremental(v bool)

SetIncremental gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Incremental field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetLastOplogAppliedTimestamp gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the LastOplogAppliedTimestamp field.

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*BackupSnapshot) SetParts ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshot) SetParts(v []BackupSnapshotPart)

SetParts gets a reference to the given []BackupSnapshotPart and assigns it to the Parts field.

func (BackupSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupSnapshotPart ¶

type BackupSnapshotPart struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster with the snapshots you want to return.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the method of compression for the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	CompressionSetting *string `json:"compressionSetting,omitempty"`
	// Total size of the data stored on each node in the cluster. This parameter expresses its value in bytes.
	// Read only field.
	DataSizeBytes *int64 `json:"dataSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone encrypted this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	EncryptionEnabled *bool `json:"encryptionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Number that indicates the total size of the data files in bytes.
	// Read only field.
	FileSizeBytes *int64 `json:"fileSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Key Management Interoperability (KMIP) master key used to encrypt the snapshot data. The resource returns this parameter when `\"parts.encryptionEnabled\" : true`.
	// Read only field.
	MasterKeyUUID *string `json:"masterKeyUUID,omitempty"`
	// Number that indicates the version of MongoDB that the replica set primary ran when MongoDB Cloud created the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	MongodVersion *string `json:"mongodVersion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	// Number that indicates the total size of space allocated for document storage.
	// Read only field.
	StorageSizeBytes *int64 `json:"storageSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the type of server from which MongoDB Cloud took this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	TypeName *string `json:"typeName,omitempty"`
}

BackupSnapshotPart Characteristics that identify this snapshot.

func NewBackupSnapshotPart ¶

func NewBackupSnapshotPart() *BackupSnapshotPart

NewBackupSnapshotPart instantiates a new BackupSnapshotPart object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupSnapshotPartWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupSnapshotPartWithDefaults() *BackupSnapshotPart

NewBackupSnapshotPartWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupSnapshotPart object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetCompressionSetting ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetCompressionSetting() string

GetCompressionSetting returns the CompressionSetting field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetCompressionSettingOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetCompressionSettingOk() (*string, bool)

GetCompressionSettingOk returns a tuple with the CompressionSetting field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetDataSizeBytes() int64

GetDataSizeBytes returns the DataSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetDataSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetDataSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDataSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the DataSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetEncryptionEnabled() bool

GetEncryptionEnabled returns the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetEncryptionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetEncryptionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEncryptionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetFileSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetFileSizeBytes() int64

GetFileSizeBytes returns the FileSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetFileSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetFileSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetFileSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the FileSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetMasterKeyUUID() string

GetMasterKeyUUID returns the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetMasterKeyUUIDOk returns a tuple with the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetMongodVersion() string

GetMongodVersion returns the MongodVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetMongodVersionOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetMongodVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongodVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongodVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetStorageSizeBytes() int64

GetStorageSizeBytes returns the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetStorageSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetStorageSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStorageSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetTypeName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetTypeName() string

GetTypeName returns the TypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) GetTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) GetTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the TypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasCompressionSetting ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasCompressionSetting() bool

HasCompressionSetting returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasDataSizeBytes() bool

HasDataSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasEncryptionEnabled() bool

HasEncryptionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasFileSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasFileSizeBytes() bool

HasFileSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasMasterKeyUUID() bool

HasMasterKeyUUID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasMongodVersion ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasMongodVersion() bool

HasMongodVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasStorageSizeBytes() bool

HasStorageSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) HasTypeName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) HasTypeName() bool

HasTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupSnapshotPart) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupSnapshotPart) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetCompressionSetting ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetCompressionSetting(v string)

SetCompressionSetting gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CompressionSetting field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetDataSizeBytes(v int64)

SetDataSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataSizeBytes field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetEncryptionEnabled ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetEncryptionEnabled(v bool)

SetEncryptionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptionEnabled field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetFileSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetFileSizeBytes(v int64)

SetFileSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the FileSizeBytes field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetMasterKeyUUID(v string)

SetMasterKeyUUID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MasterKeyUUID field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetMongodVersion(v string)

SetMongodVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongodVersion field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetStorageSizeBytes(v int64)

SetStorageSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSizeBytes field.

func (*BackupSnapshotPart) SetTypeName ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotPart) SetTypeName(v string)

SetTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TypeName field.

func (BackupSnapshotPart) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupSnapshotPart) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupSnapshotRetention ¶

type BackupSnapshotRetention struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Quantity of time in which MongoDB Cloud measures snapshot retention.
	RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit"`
	// Number that indicates the amount of days, weeks, months, or years that MongoDB Cloud retains the snapshot. For less frequent policy items, MongoDB Cloud requires that you specify a value greater than or equal to the value specified for more frequent policy items. If the hourly policy item specifies a retention of two days, specify two days or greater for the retention of the weekly policy item.
	RetentionValue int `json:"retentionValue"`
}

BackupSnapshotRetention struct for BackupSnapshotRetention

func NewBackupSnapshotRetention ¶

func NewBackupSnapshotRetention(retentionUnit string, retentionValue int) *BackupSnapshotRetention

NewBackupSnapshotRetention instantiates a new BackupSnapshotRetention object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupSnapshotRetentionWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupSnapshotRetentionWithDefaults() *BackupSnapshotRetention

NewBackupSnapshotRetentionWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupSnapshotRetention object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionUnit() string

GetRetentionUnit returns the RetentionUnit field value

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionUnitOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionUnitOk() (*string, bool)

GetRetentionUnitOk returns a tuple with the RetentionUnit field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionValue() int

GetRetentionValue returns the RetentionValue field value

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionValueOk ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) GetRetentionValueOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionValueOk returns a tuple with the RetentionValue field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupSnapshotRetention) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupSnapshotRetention) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) SetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) SetRetentionUnit(v string)

SetRetentionUnit sets field value

func (*BackupSnapshotRetention) SetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *BackupSnapshotRetention) SetRetentionValue(v int)

SetRetentionValue sets field value

func (BackupSnapshotRetention) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupSnapshotRetention) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BackupTenantSnapshot ¶

type BackupTenantSnapshot struct {
	// Date and time when the download link no longer works. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Expiration *time.Time `json:"expiration,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud completed writing this snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	FinishTime *time.Time `json:"finishTime,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB host version that the snapshot runs.
	// Read only field.
	MongoDBVersion *string `json:"mongoDBVersion,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud will take the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ScheduledTime *time.Time `json:"scheduledTime,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud began taking the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	StartTime *time.Time `json:"startTime,omitempty"`
	// Phase of the workflow for this snapshot at the time this resource made this request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
}

BackupTenantSnapshot struct for BackupTenantSnapshot

func NewBackupTenantSnapshot ¶

func NewBackupTenantSnapshot() *BackupTenantSnapshot

NewBackupTenantSnapshot instantiates a new BackupTenantSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBackupTenantSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewBackupTenantSnapshotWithDefaults() *BackupTenantSnapshot

NewBackupTenantSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new BackupTenantSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetExpiration ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetExpiration() time.Time

GetExpiration returns the Expiration field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetExpirationOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetExpirationOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpirationOk returns a tuple with the Expiration field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetFinishTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetFinishTime() time.Time

GetFinishTime returns the FinishTime field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetFinishTimeOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetFinishTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetFinishTimeOk returns a tuple with the FinishTime field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetId ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetScheduledTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetScheduledTime() time.Time

GetScheduledTime returns the ScheduledTime field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetScheduledTimeOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetScheduledTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetScheduledTimeOk returns a tuple with the ScheduledTime field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStartTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStartTime() time.Time

GetStartTime returns the StartTime field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStartTimeOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStartTimeOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartTimeOk returns a tuple with the StartTime field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStatus ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasExpiration ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasExpiration() bool

HasExpiration returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasFinishTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasFinishTime() bool

HasFinishTime returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasId ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasMongoDBVersion() bool

HasMongoDBVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasScheduledTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasScheduledTime() bool

HasScheduledTime returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasStartTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasStartTime() bool

HasStartTime returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) HasStatus ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BackupTenantSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BackupTenantSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetExpiration ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetExpiration(v time.Time)

SetExpiration gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Expiration field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetFinishTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetFinishTime(v time.Time)

SetFinishTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the FinishTime field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetId ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBVersion field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetScheduledTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetScheduledTime(v time.Time)

SetScheduledTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ScheduledTime field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetStartTime ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetStartTime(v time.Time)

SetStartTime gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartTime field.

func (*BackupTenantSnapshot) SetStatus ¶

func (o *BackupTenantSnapshot) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (BackupTenantSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o BackupTenantSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings ¶

type BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that contains the specified network peering connection.
	ContainerId string `json:"containerId"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider that serves the requested network peering connection.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Web Services (AWS) region where the Virtual Peering Connection (VPC) that you peered with the MongoDB Cloud VPC resides. The resource returns `null` if your VPC and the MongoDB Cloud VPC reside in the same region.
	AccepterRegionName *string `json:"accepterRegionName,omitempty"`
	// Unique twelve-digit string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) account that owns the VPC that you peered with the MongoDB Cloud VPC.
	AwsAccountId *string `json:"awsAccountId,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the peering connection on AWS.
	// Read only field.
	ConnectionId *string `json:"connectionId,omitempty"`
	// Type of error that can be returned when requesting an Amazon Web Services (AWS) peering connection. The resource returns `null` if the request succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorStateName *string `json:"errorStateName,omitempty"`
	// Internet Protocol (IP) addresses expressed in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation of the VPC's subnet that you want to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VPC.
	RouteTableCidrBlock *string `json:"routeTableCidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// State of the network peering connection at the time you made the request.
	// Read only field.
	StatusName *string `json:"statusName,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the VPC on Amazon Web Services (AWS) that you want to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VPC.
	VpcId *string `json:"vpcId,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure AD directory in which the VNet peered with the MongoDB Cloud VNet resides.
	AzureDirectoryId *string `json:"azureDirectoryId,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure subscription in which the VNet you peered with the MongoDB Cloud VNet resides.
	AzureSubscriptionId *string `json:"azureSubscriptionId,omitempty"`
	// Error message returned when a requested Azure network peering resource returns `\"status\" : \"FAILED\"`. The resource returns `null` if the request succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorState *string `json:"errorState,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the resource group in which the VNet to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VNet resides.
	ResourceGroupName *string `json:"resourceGroupName,omitempty"`
	// State of the network peering connection at the time you made the request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the VNet that you want to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VNet.
	VnetName *string `json:"vnetName,omitempty"`
	// Details of the error returned when requesting a GCP network peering resource. The resource returns `null` if the request succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the GCP project that contains the network that you want to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VPC.
	GcpProjectId *string `json:"gcpProjectId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the network to peer with the MongoDB Cloud VPC.
	NetworkName *string `json:"networkName,omitempty"`
}

BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings struct for BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

func NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings ¶

func NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings(containerId string) *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings instantiates a new BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettingsWithDefaults() *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

NewBaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAccepterRegionName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAccepterRegionName() string

GetAccepterRegionName returns the AccepterRegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAccepterRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAccepterRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetAccepterRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the AccepterRegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAwsAccountId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAwsAccountId() string

GetAwsAccountId returns the AwsAccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAwsAccountIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAwsAccountIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAwsAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AwsAccountId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureDirectoryId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureDirectoryId() string

GetAzureDirectoryId returns the AzureDirectoryId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureDirectoryIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureDirectoryIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAzureDirectoryIdOk returns a tuple with the AzureDirectoryId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureSubscriptionId() string

GetAzureSubscriptionId returns the AzureSubscriptionId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk returns a tuple with the AzureSubscriptionId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetConnectionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetConnectionId() string

GetConnectionId returns the ConnectionId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetConnectionIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetConnectionIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetConnectionIdOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetContainerId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetContainerId() string

GetContainerId returns the ContainerId field value

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetContainerIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetContainerIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetContainerIdOk returns a tuple with the ContainerId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorState ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorState() string

GetErrorState returns the ErrorState field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateName() string

GetErrorStateName returns the ErrorStateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorStateNameOk returns a tuple with the ErrorStateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetErrorStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorStateOk returns a tuple with the ErrorState field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetGcpProjectId() string

GetGcpProjectId returns the GcpProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetGcpProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetGcpProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGcpProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the GcpProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetNetworkName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetNetworkName() string

GetNetworkName returns the NetworkName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetNetworkNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetNetworkNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNetworkNameOk returns a tuple with the NetworkName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetResourceGroupName() string

GetResourceGroupName returns the ResourceGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetResourceGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetResourceGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the ResourceGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetRouteTableCidrBlock ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetRouteTableCidrBlock() string

GetRouteTableCidrBlock returns the RouteTableCidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetRouteTableCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetRouteTableCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetRouteTableCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the RouteTableCidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatus ¶

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusName() string

GetStatusName returns the StatusName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusNameOk returns a tuple with the StatusName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVnetName ¶

GetVnetName returns the VnetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVnetNameOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVnetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetVnetNameOk returns a tuple with the VnetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVpcId ¶

GetVpcId returns the VpcId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVpcIdOk ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) GetVpcIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetVpcIdOk returns a tuple with the VpcId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAccepterRegionName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAccepterRegionName() bool

HasAccepterRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAwsAccountId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAwsAccountId() bool

HasAwsAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAzureDirectoryId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAzureDirectoryId() bool

HasAzureDirectoryId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasAzureSubscriptionId() bool

HasAzureSubscriptionId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasConnectionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasConnectionId() bool

HasConnectionId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorState ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorState() bool

HasErrorState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorStateName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasErrorStateName() bool

HasErrorStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasGcpProjectId() bool

HasGcpProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasNetworkName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasNetworkName() bool

HasNetworkName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasProviderName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasProviderName() bool

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasResourceGroupName() bool

HasResourceGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasRouteTableCidrBlock ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasRouteTableCidrBlock() bool

HasRouteTableCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasStatus ¶

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasStatusName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasStatusName() bool

HasStatusName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasVnetName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasVnetName() bool

HasVnetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) HasVpcId ¶

HasVpcId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAccepterRegionName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAccepterRegionName(v string)

SetAccepterRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccepterRegionName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAwsAccountId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAwsAccountId(v string)

SetAwsAccountId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsAccountId field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAzureDirectoryId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAzureDirectoryId(v string)

SetAzureDirectoryId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureDirectoryId field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetAzureSubscriptionId(v string)

SetAzureSubscriptionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureSubscriptionId field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetConnectionId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetConnectionId(v string)

SetConnectionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionId field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetContainerId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetContainerId(v string)

SetContainerId sets field value

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorState ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorState(v string)

SetErrorState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorState field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorStateName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetErrorStateName(v string)

SetErrorStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorStateName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetGcpProjectId(v string)

SetGcpProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GcpProjectId field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetNetworkName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetNetworkName(v string)

SetNetworkName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NetworkName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetResourceGroupName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetResourceGroupName(v string)

SetResourceGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceGroupName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetRouteTableCidrBlock ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetRouteTableCidrBlock(v string)

SetRouteTableCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RouteTableCidrBlock field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetStatus ¶

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetStatusName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetStatusName(v string)

SetStatusName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetVnetName ¶

func (o *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetVnetName(v string)

SetVnetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VnetName field.

func (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) SetVpcId ¶

SetVpcId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VpcId field.

func (BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BasicAuth ¶

type BasicAuth struct {
	UserName string `json:"userName,omitempty"`
	Password string `json:"password,omitempty"`
}

BasicAuth provides basic http authentication to a request passed via context using ContextBasicAuth

type BiConnector ¶

type BiConnector struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Connector for Business Intelligence is enabled on the specified cluster.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Data source node designated for the MongoDB Connector for Business Intelligence on MongoDB Cloud. The MongoDB Connector for Business Intelligence on MongoDB Cloud reads data from the primary, secondary, or analytics node based on your read preferences. Defaults to `ANALYTICS` node, or `SECONDARY` if there are no `ANALYTICS` nodes.
	ReadPreference *string `json:"readPreference,omitempty"`
}

BiConnector Settings needed to configure the MongoDB Connector for Business Intelligence for this cluster.

func NewBiConnector ¶

func NewBiConnector() *BiConnector

NewBiConnector instantiates a new BiConnector object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBiConnectorWithDefaults ¶

func NewBiConnectorWithDefaults() *BiConnector

NewBiConnectorWithDefaults instantiates a new BiConnector object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BiConnector) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *BiConnector) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BiConnector) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *BiConnector) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BiConnector) GetReadPreference ¶

func (o *BiConnector) GetReadPreference() string

GetReadPreference returns the ReadPreference field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BiConnector) GetReadPreferenceOk ¶

func (o *BiConnector) GetReadPreferenceOk() (*string, bool)

GetReadPreferenceOk returns a tuple with the ReadPreference field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BiConnector) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *BiConnector) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BiConnector) HasReadPreference ¶

func (o *BiConnector) HasReadPreference() bool

HasReadPreference returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BiConnector) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BiConnector) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BiConnector) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *BiConnector) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*BiConnector) SetReadPreference ¶

func (o *BiConnector) SetReadPreference(v string)

SetReadPreference gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReadPreference field.

func (BiConnector) ToMap ¶

func (o BiConnector) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BillingInvoice ¶

type BillingInvoice struct {
	// Sum of services that the specified organization consumed in the period covered in this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar) and calculates its value as **subtotalCents** + **salesTaxCents** - **startingBalanceCents**.
	// Read only field.
	AmountBilledCents *int64 `json:"amountBilledCents,omitempty"`
	// Sum that the specified organization paid toward this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	AmountPaidCents *int64 `json:"amountPaidCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Sum that MongoDB credited the specified organization toward this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	CreditsCents *int64 `json:"creditsCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud finished the billing period that this invoice covers. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	EndDate *time.Time `json:"endDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project associated to this invoice. This identifying string doesn't appear on all invoices.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice submitted to the specified organization. Charges typically post the next day.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List that contains individual services included in this invoice.
	// Read only field.
	LineItems *[]InvoiceLineItem `json:"lineItems,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the invoices for organizations linked to the paying organization.
	// Read only field.
	LinkedInvoices *[]BillingInvoice `json:"linkedInvoices,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization charged for services consumed from MongoDB Cloud.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains funds transferred to MongoDB to cover the specified service noted in this invoice.
	// Read only field.
	Payments *[]BillingPayment `json:"payments,omitempty"`
	// List that contains payments that MongoDB returned to the organization for this invoice.
	// Read only field.
	Refunds *[]BillingRefund `json:"refunds,omitempty"`
	// Sum of sales tax applied to this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	SalesTaxCents *int64 `json:"salesTaxCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud began the billing period that this invoice covers. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	StartDate *time.Time `json:"startDate,omitempty"`
	// Sum that the specified organization owed to MongoDB when MongoDB issued this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in US Dollars.
	// Read only field.
	StartingBalanceCents *int64 `json:"startingBalanceCents,omitempty"`
	// Phase of payment processing in which this invoice exists when you made this request. Accepted phases include:  | Phase Value | Reason | |---|---| | CLOSED | MongoDB finalized all charges in the billing cycle but has yet to charge the customer. | | FAILED | MongoDB attempted to charge the provided credit card but charge for that amount failed. | | FORGIVEN | Customer initiated payment which MongoDB later forgave. | | FREE | All charges totalled zero so the customer won't be charged. | | INVOICED | MongoDB handled these charges using elastic invoicing. | | PAID | MongoDB succeeded in charging the provided credit card. | | PENDING | Invoice includes charges for the current billing cycle. | | PREPAID | Customer has a pre-paid plan so they won't be charged. |
	StatusName *string `json:"statusName,omitempty"`
	// Sum of all positive invoice line items contained in this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	SubtotalCents *int64 `json:"subtotalCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud last updated the value of this payment. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Updated *time.Time `json:"updated,omitempty"`
}

BillingInvoice struct for BillingInvoice

func NewBillingInvoice ¶

func NewBillingInvoice() *BillingInvoice

NewBillingInvoice instantiates a new BillingInvoice object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBillingInvoiceWithDefaults ¶

func NewBillingInvoiceWithDefaults() *BillingInvoice

NewBillingInvoiceWithDefaults instantiates a new BillingInvoice object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BillingInvoice) GetAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetAmountBilledCents() int64

GetAmountBilledCents returns the AmountBilledCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetAmountBilledCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetAmountBilledCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAmountBilledCentsOk returns a tuple with the AmountBilledCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetAmountPaidCents() int64

GetAmountPaidCents returns the AmountPaidCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetAmountPaidCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetAmountPaidCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAmountPaidCentsOk returns a tuple with the AmountPaidCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetCreditsCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetCreditsCents() int64

GetCreditsCents returns the CreditsCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetCreditsCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetCreditsCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetCreditsCentsOk returns a tuple with the CreditsCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetEndDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetEndDate() time.Time

GetEndDate returns the EndDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetEndDateOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetEndDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndDateOk returns a tuple with the EndDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetLineItems ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLineItems() []InvoiceLineItem

GetLineItems returns the LineItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetLineItemsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLineItemsOk() (*[]InvoiceLineItem, bool)

GetLineItemsOk returns a tuple with the LineItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetLinkedInvoices ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLinkedInvoices() []BillingInvoice

GetLinkedInvoices returns the LinkedInvoices field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetLinkedInvoicesOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLinkedInvoicesOk() (*[]BillingInvoice, bool)

GetLinkedInvoicesOk returns a tuple with the LinkedInvoices field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetPayments ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetPayments() []BillingPayment

GetPayments returns the Payments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetPaymentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetPaymentsOk() (*[]BillingPayment, bool)

GetPaymentsOk returns a tuple with the Payments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetRefunds ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetRefunds() []BillingRefund

GetRefunds returns the Refunds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetRefundsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetRefundsOk() (*[]BillingRefund, bool)

GetRefundsOk returns a tuple with the Refunds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetSalesTaxCents() int64

GetSalesTaxCents returns the SalesTaxCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetSalesTaxCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetSalesTaxCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetSalesTaxCentsOk returns a tuple with the SalesTaxCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStartDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStartDate() time.Time

GetStartDate returns the StartDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStartDateOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStartDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartDateOk returns a tuple with the StartDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStartingBalanceCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStartingBalanceCents() int64

GetStartingBalanceCents returns the StartingBalanceCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStartingBalanceCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStartingBalanceCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStartingBalanceCentsOk returns a tuple with the StartingBalanceCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStatusName() string

GetStatusName returns the StatusName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetStatusNameOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetStatusNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusNameOk returns a tuple with the StatusName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetSubtotalCents() int64

GetSubtotalCents returns the SubtotalCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetSubtotalCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetSubtotalCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetSubtotalCentsOk returns a tuple with the SubtotalCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) GetUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetUpdated() time.Time

GetUpdated returns the Updated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingInvoice) GetUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) GetUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the Updated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasAmountBilledCents() bool

HasAmountBilledCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasAmountPaidCents() bool

HasAmountPaidCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasCreated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasCreditsCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasCreditsCents() bool

HasCreditsCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasEndDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasEndDate() bool

HasEndDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasLineItems ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasLineItems() bool

HasLineItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasLinkedInvoices ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasLinkedInvoices() bool

HasLinkedInvoices returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasPayments ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasPayments() bool

HasPayments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasRefunds ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasRefunds() bool

HasRefunds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasSalesTaxCents() bool

HasSalesTaxCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasStartDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasStartDate() bool

HasStartDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasStartingBalanceCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasStartingBalanceCents() bool

HasStartingBalanceCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasStatusName() bool

HasStatusName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasSubtotalCents() bool

HasSubtotalCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingInvoice) HasUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) HasUpdated() bool

HasUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BillingInvoice) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BillingInvoice) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BillingInvoice) SetAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetAmountBilledCents(v int64)

SetAmountBilledCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AmountBilledCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetAmountPaidCents(v int64)

SetAmountPaidCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AmountPaidCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetCreditsCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetCreditsCents(v int64)

SetCreditsCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CreditsCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetEndDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetEndDate(v time.Time)

SetEndDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndDate field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetLineItems ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetLineItems(v []InvoiceLineItem)

SetLineItems gets a reference to the given []InvoiceLineItem and assigns it to the LineItems field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetLinkedInvoices ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetLinkedInvoices(v []BillingInvoice)

SetLinkedInvoices gets a reference to the given []BillingInvoice and assigns it to the LinkedInvoices field.

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetPayments ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetPayments(v []BillingPayment)

SetPayments gets a reference to the given []BillingPayment and assigns it to the Payments field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetRefunds ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetRefunds(v []BillingRefund)

SetRefunds gets a reference to the given []BillingRefund and assigns it to the Refunds field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetSalesTaxCents(v int64)

SetSalesTaxCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SalesTaxCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetStartDate ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetStartDate(v time.Time)

SetStartDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartDate field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetStartingBalanceCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetStartingBalanceCents(v int64)

SetStartingBalanceCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StartingBalanceCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetStatusName(v string)

SetStatusName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusName field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetSubtotalCents(v int64)

SetSubtotalCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SubtotalCents field.

func (*BillingInvoice) SetUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingInvoice) SetUpdated(v time.Time)

SetUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Updated field.

func (BillingInvoice) ToMap ¶

func (o BillingInvoice) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BillingPayment ¶

type BillingPayment struct {
	// Sum of services that the specified organization consumed in the period covered in this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar) and calculates its value as **subtotalCents** + **salesTaxCents** - **startingBalanceCents**.
	// Read only field.
	AmountBilledCents *int64 `json:"amountBilledCents,omitempty"`
	// Sum that the specified organization paid toward the associated invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	AmountPaidCents *int64 `json:"amountPaidCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the customer made this payment attempt. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this payment toward the associated invoice.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Sum of sales tax applied to this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	SalesTaxCents *int64 `json:"salesTaxCents,omitempty"`
	// Phase of payment processing for the associated invoice when you made this request.  These phases include:  | Phase Value | Reason | |---|---| | `CANCELLED` | Customer or MongoDB cancelled the payment. | | `ERROR` | Issue arose when attempting to complete payment. | | `FAILED` | MongoDB tried to charge the credit card without success. | | `FAILED_AUTHENTICATION` | Strong Customer Authentication has failed. Confirm that your payment method is authenticated. | | `FORGIVEN` | Customer initiated payment which MongoDB later forgave. | | `INVOICED` | MongoDB issued an invoice that included this line item. | | `NEW` | Customer provided a method of payment, but MongoDB hasn't tried to charge the credit card. | | `PAID` | Customer submitted a successful payment. | | `PARTIAL_PAID` | Customer paid for part of this line item. |
	StatusName *string `json:"statusName,omitempty"`
	// Sum of all positive invoice line items contained in this invoice. This parameter expresses its value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	SubtotalCents *int64 `json:"subtotalCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the customer made an update to this payment attempt. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Updated *time.Time `json:"updated,omitempty"`
}

BillingPayment Funds transferred to MongoDB to cover the specified service in this invoice.

func NewBillingPayment ¶

func NewBillingPayment() *BillingPayment

NewBillingPayment instantiates a new BillingPayment object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBillingPaymentWithDefaults ¶

func NewBillingPaymentWithDefaults() *BillingPayment

NewBillingPaymentWithDefaults instantiates a new BillingPayment object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BillingPayment) GetAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetAmountBilledCents() int64

GetAmountBilledCents returns the AmountBilledCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetAmountBilledCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetAmountBilledCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAmountBilledCentsOk returns a tuple with the AmountBilledCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetAmountPaidCents() int64

GetAmountPaidCents returns the AmountPaidCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetAmountPaidCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetAmountPaidCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAmountPaidCentsOk returns a tuple with the AmountPaidCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetId ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetSalesTaxCents() int64

GetSalesTaxCents returns the SalesTaxCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetSalesTaxCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetSalesTaxCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetSalesTaxCentsOk returns a tuple with the SalesTaxCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetStatusName() string

GetStatusName returns the StatusName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetStatusNameOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetStatusNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusNameOk returns a tuple with the StatusName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetSubtotalCents() int64

GetSubtotalCents returns the SubtotalCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetSubtotalCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetSubtotalCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetSubtotalCentsOk returns a tuple with the SubtotalCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) GetUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetUpdated() time.Time

GetUpdated returns the Updated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingPayment) GetUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) GetUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the Updated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasAmountBilledCents() bool

HasAmountBilledCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasAmountPaidCents() bool

HasAmountPaidCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasCreated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasId ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasSalesTaxCents() bool

HasSalesTaxCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasStatusName() bool

HasStatusName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasSubtotalCents() bool

HasSubtotalCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingPayment) HasUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) HasUpdated() bool

HasUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BillingPayment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BillingPayment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BillingPayment) SetAmountBilledCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetAmountBilledCents(v int64)

SetAmountBilledCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AmountBilledCents field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetAmountPaidCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetAmountPaidCents(v int64)

SetAmountPaidCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AmountPaidCents field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetId ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetSalesTaxCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetSalesTaxCents(v int64)

SetSalesTaxCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SalesTaxCents field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetStatusName ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetStatusName(v string)

SetStatusName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StatusName field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetSubtotalCents ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetSubtotalCents(v int64)

SetSubtotalCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the SubtotalCents field.

func (*BillingPayment) SetUpdated ¶

func (o *BillingPayment) SetUpdated(v time.Time)

SetUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Updated field.

func (BillingPayment) ToMap ¶

func (o BillingPayment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type BillingRefund ¶

type BillingRefund struct {
	// Sum of the funds returned to the specified organization expressed in cents (100th of US Dollar).
	// Read only field.
	AmountCents *int64 `json:"amountCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this refund. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the payment that the organization had made.
	// Read only field.
	PaymentId *string `json:"paymentId,omitempty"`
	// Justification that MongoDB accepted to return funds to the organization.
	// Read only field.
	Reason *string `json:"reason,omitempty"`
}

BillingRefund One payment that MongoDB returned to the organization for this invoice.

func NewBillingRefund ¶

func NewBillingRefund() *BillingRefund

NewBillingRefund instantiates a new BillingRefund object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewBillingRefundWithDefaults ¶

func NewBillingRefundWithDefaults() *BillingRefund

NewBillingRefundWithDefaults instantiates a new BillingRefund object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*BillingRefund) GetAmountCents ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetAmountCents() int64

GetAmountCents returns the AmountCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingRefund) GetAmountCentsOk ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetAmountCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAmountCentsOk returns a tuple with the AmountCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) GetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingRefund) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) GetPaymentId ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetPaymentId() string

GetPaymentId returns the PaymentId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingRefund) GetPaymentIdOk ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetPaymentIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPaymentIdOk returns a tuple with the PaymentId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) GetReason ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetReason() string

GetReason returns the Reason field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*BillingRefund) GetReasonOk ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) GetReasonOk() (*string, bool)

GetReasonOk returns a tuple with the Reason field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) HasAmountCents ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) HasAmountCents() bool

HasAmountCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) HasCreated ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) HasPaymentId ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) HasPaymentId() bool

HasPaymentId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*BillingRefund) HasReason ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) HasReason() bool

HasReason returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (BillingRefund) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o BillingRefund) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*BillingRefund) SetAmountCents ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) SetAmountCents(v int64)

SetAmountCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AmountCents field.

func (*BillingRefund) SetCreated ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*BillingRefund) SetPaymentId ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) SetPaymentId(v string)

SetPaymentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PaymentId field.

func (*BillingRefund) SetReason ¶

func (o *BillingRefund) SetReason(v string)

SetReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Reason field.

func (BillingRefund) ToMap ¶

func (o BillingRefund) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CancelBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type CancelBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	RestoreJobId string
}

type CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type ClientModifier ¶

type ClientModifier func(*Configuration) error

ClientModifiers lets you create function that controls configuration before creating client.

func UseBaseURL ¶

func UseBaseURL(baseURL string) ClientModifier

UseBaseURL set custom base url. If empty, default is used.

func UseDebug ¶

func UseDebug(debug bool) ClientModifier

UseDebug enable debug level logging.

func UseDigestAuth ¶

func UseDigestAuth(apiKey, apiSecret string) ClientModifier

UseDigestAuth provides Digest authentication for Go SDK. UseDigestAuth is provided as helper to create a default HTTP client that supports HTTP Digest authentication. Warning: any previously set httpClient will be overwritten. To fully customize HttpClient use UseHTTPClient method.

func UseHTTPClient ¶

func UseHTTPClient(client *http.Client) ClientModifier

UseHTTPClient set custom http client implementation.

Warning: UseHTTPClient overrides any previously set httpClient including the one set by UseDigestAuth. To set a custom http client with HTTP diggest support use:

transport := digest.NewTransportWithHTTPRoundTripper(apiKey, apiSecret, yourHttpTransport)
client := UseHTTPClient(transport.Client())

func UseUserAgent ¶

func UseUserAgent(userAgent string) ClientModifier

UseUserAgent set custom UserAgent header.

type CloudAccessRoleAssignment ¶

type CloudAccessRoleAssignment struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to which this role belongs. You can set a value for this parameter or **orgId** but not both in the same request.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization to which this role belongs. You can set a value for this parameter or **groupId** but not both in the same request.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection of privileges that MongoDB Cloud grants a specific API key, MongoDB Cloud user, or MongoDB Cloud team. These roles include organization- and project-level roles.  Organization Roles  * ORG_OWNER * ORG_MEMBER * ORG_GROUP_CREATOR * ORG_BILLING_ADMIN * ORG_READ_ONLY  Project Roles  * GROUP_CLUSTER_MANAGER * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_ADMIN * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_ONLY * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_WRITE * GROUP_OWNER * GROUP_READ_ONLY * GROUP_SEARCH_INDEX_EDITOR * GROUP_STREAM_PROCESSING_OWNER
	RoleName *string `json:"roleName,omitempty"`
}

CloudAccessRoleAssignment MongoDB Cloud user's roles and the corresponding organization or project to which that role applies. Each role can apply to one organization or one project but not both.

func NewCloudAccessRoleAssignment ¶

func NewCloudAccessRoleAssignment() *CloudAccessRoleAssignment

NewCloudAccessRoleAssignment instantiates a new CloudAccessRoleAssignment object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults() *CloudAccessRoleAssignment

NewCloudAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudAccessRoleAssignment object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoleName ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoleName() string

GetRoleName returns the RoleName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoleNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoleNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleNameOk returns a tuple with the RoleName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasRoleName ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) HasRoleName() bool

HasRoleName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudAccessRoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudAccessRoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetRoleName ¶

func (o *CloudAccessRoleAssignment) SetRoleName(v string)

SetRoleName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleName field.

func (CloudAccessRoleAssignment) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudAccessRoleAssignment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudAppUser ¶

type CloudAppUser struct {
	// Two alphabet characters that identifies MongoDB Cloud user's geographic location. This parameter uses the ISO 3166-1a2 code format.
	Country string `json:"country"`
	// Date and time when the current account is created. This value is in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Email address that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	// Read only field.
	// Deprecated
	EmailAddress string `json:"emailAddress"`
	// First or given name that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	FirstName string `json:"firstName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud user.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the current account last authenticated. This value is in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastAuth *time.Time `json:"lastAuth,omitempty"`
	// Last name, family name, or surname that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	LastName string `json:"lastName"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Mobile phone number that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	MobileNumber string `json:"mobileNumber"`
	// Password applied with the username to log in to MongoDB Cloud. MongoDB Cloud does not return this parameter except in response to creating a new MongoDB Cloud user. Only the MongoDB Cloud user can update their password after it has been set from the MongoDB Cloud console.
	Password string `json:"password"`
	// List of objects that display the MongoDB Cloud user's roles and the corresponding organization or project to which that role applies. A role can apply to one organization or one project but not both.
	Roles *[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// List of unique 24-hexadecimal digit strings that identifies the teams to which this MongoDB Cloud user belongs.
	// Read only field.
	TeamIds *[]string `json:"teamIds,omitempty"`
	// Email address that represents the username of the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Username string `json:"username"`
}

CloudAppUser struct for CloudAppUser

func NewCloudAppUser ¶

func NewCloudAppUser(country string, emailAddress string, firstName string, lastName string, mobileNumber string, password string, username string) *CloudAppUser

NewCloudAppUser instantiates a new CloudAppUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudAppUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudAppUserWithDefaults() *CloudAppUser

NewCloudAppUserWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudAppUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudAppUser) GetCountry ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetCountry() string

GetCountry returns the Country field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetCountryOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetCountryOk() (*string, bool)

GetCountryOk returns a tuple with the Country field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetEmailAddress() string

GetEmailAddress returns the EmailAddress field value Deprecated

func (*CloudAppUser) GetEmailAddressOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetEmailAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetEmailAddressOk returns a tuple with the EmailAddress field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*CloudAppUser) GetFirstName ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetFirstName() string

GetFirstName returns the FirstName field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetFirstNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetFirstNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFirstNameOk returns a tuple with the FirstName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetId ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetLastAuth ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLastAuth() time.Time

GetLastAuth returns the LastAuth field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetLastAuthOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLastAuthOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastAuthOk returns a tuple with the LastAuth field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetLastName ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLastName() string

GetLastName returns the LastName field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetLastNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLastNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetLastNameOk returns a tuple with the LastName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetMobileNumber ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetMobileNumber() string

GetMobileNumber returns the MobileNumber field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetMobileNumberOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetMobileNumberOk() (*string, bool)

GetMobileNumberOk returns a tuple with the MobileNumber field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetPassword ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetPassword() string

GetPassword returns the Password field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetPasswordOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetRoles ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetRoles() []CloudAccessRoleAssignment

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetRolesOk() (*[]CloudAccessRoleAssignment, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetTeamIds ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetTeamIds() []string

GetTeamIds returns the TeamIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudAppUser) GetTeamIdsOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetTeamIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetTeamIdsOk returns a tuple with the TeamIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) GetUsername ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value

func (*CloudAppUser) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) HasId ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) HasLastAuth ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasLastAuth() bool

HasLastAuth returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) HasRoles ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudAppUser) HasTeamIds ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) HasTeamIds() bool

HasTeamIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudAppUser) SetCountry ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetCountry(v string)

SetCountry sets field value

func (*CloudAppUser) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetEmailAddress(v string)

SetEmailAddress sets field value Deprecated

func (*CloudAppUser) SetFirstName ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetFirstName(v string)

SetFirstName sets field value

func (*CloudAppUser) SetId ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetLastAuth ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetLastAuth(v time.Time)

SetLastAuth gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastAuth field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetLastName ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetLastName(v string)

SetLastName sets field value

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetMobileNumber ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetMobileNumber(v string)

SetMobileNumber sets field value

func (*CloudAppUser) SetPassword ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetPassword(v string)

SetPassword sets field value

func (*CloudAppUser) SetRoles ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetRoles(v []CloudAccessRoleAssignment)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []CloudAccessRoleAssignment and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetTeamIds ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetTeamIds(v []string)

SetTeamIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the TeamIds field.

func (*CloudAppUser) SetUsername ¶

func (o *CloudAppUser) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername sets field value

func (CloudAppUser) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudAppUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudBackupsApi ¶

type CloudBackupsApi interface {

	/*
		CancelBackupRestoreJob Cancel One Restore Job of One Cluster

		[experimental] Cancels one cloud backup restore job of one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to remove.
		@return CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CancelBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		CancelBackupRestoreJob Cancel One Restore Job of One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CancelBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CancelBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CancelBackupRestoreJobApiParams) CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CancelBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateBackupExportJob Create One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job

		Exports one backup snapshot for dedicated Atlas cluster using Cloud Backups to an AWS bucket. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateBackupExportJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupExportJobRequest *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest
	/*
		CreateBackupExportJob Create One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateBackupExportJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateBackupExportJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateBackupExportJobApiParams) CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateBackupExportJobExecute(r CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest) (*DiskBackupExportJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			CreateBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Cluster

			Restores one snapshot of one cluster from the specified project. Atlas takes on-demand snapshots immediately and scheduled snapshots at regular intervals. If an on-demand snapshot with a status of **queued** or **inProgress** exists, before taking another snapshot, wait until Atlas completes completes processing the previously taken on-demand snapshot.

		 To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
			@return CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		CreateBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateBackupRestoreJobApiParams) CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateExportBucket Grant Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

		Grants MongoDB Cloud access to the specified AWS S3 bucket. This enables this bucket to receive Atlas Cloud Backup snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	CreateExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, diskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) CreateExportBucketApiRequest
	/*
		CreateExportBucket Grant Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateExportBucketApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	CreateExportBucketWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateExportBucketApiParams) CreateExportBucketApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateExportBucketExecute(r CreateExportBucketApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance

		Restores one snapshot of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance whose snapshot you want to restore.
		@return CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, serverlessBackupRestoreJob *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteAllBackupSchedules Remove All Cloud Backup Schedules

		Removes all cloud backup schedules for the specified cluster. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAllBackupSchedules(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteAllBackupSchedules Remove All Cloud Backup Schedules


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAllBackupSchedulesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiParams) DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteAllBackupSchedulesExecute(r DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteExportBucket Revoke Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

		Revoke MongoDB Cloud access to the specified AWS S3 bucket. This prevents this bucket to receive Atlas Cloud Backup snapshots. Auto export must be disabled on all clusters in this project exporting to this bucket before revoking access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param exportBucketId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
		@return DeleteExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, exportBucketId string) DeleteExportBucketApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteExportBucket Revoke Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteExportBucketApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteExportBucketWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteExportBucketApiParams) DeleteExportBucketApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteExportBucketExecute(r DeleteExportBucketApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteReplicaSetBackup Remove One Replica Set Cloud Backup

		Removes the specified snapshot. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteReplicaSetBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteReplicaSetBackup Remove One Replica Set Cloud Backup


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteReplicaSetBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiParams) DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteReplicaSetBackupExecute(r DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteShardedClusterBackup Remove One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup

		[experimental] Removes one snapshot of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteShardedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteShardedClusterBackup Remove One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteShardedClusterBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiParams) DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteShardedClusterBackupExecute(r DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetBackupExportJob Return One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job

		Returns one Cloud Backup snapshot export job associated with the specified Atlas cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param exportId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
		@return GetBackupExportJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupExportJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, exportId string) GetBackupExportJobApiRequest
	/*
		GetBackupExportJob Return One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetBackupExportJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetBackupExportJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupExportJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetBackupExportJobApiParams) GetBackupExportJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetBackupExportJobExecute(r GetBackupExportJobApiRequest) (*DiskBackupExportJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job of One Cluster

		Returns one cloud backup restore job for one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the restore jobs you want to return.
		@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
		@return GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		GetBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job of One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetBackupRestoreJobApiParams) GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetBackupRestoreJobExecute(r GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetBackupSchedule Return One Cloud Backup Schedule

		Returns the cloud backup schedule for the specified cluster within the specified project. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return GetBackupScheduleApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetBackupScheduleApiRequest
	/*
		GetBackupSchedule Return One Cloud Backup Schedule


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetBackupScheduleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetBackupScheduleApiRequest
	*/
	GetBackupScheduleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetBackupScheduleApiParams) GetBackupScheduleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetBackupScheduleExecute(r GetBackupScheduleApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetDataProtectionSettings Return the Backup Compliance Policy settings

		Returns the Backup Compliance Policy settings with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDataProtectionSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		GetDataProtectionSettings Return the Backup Compliance Policy settings


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDataProtectionSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDataProtectionSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDataProtectionSettingsApiParams) GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDataProtectionSettingsExecute(r GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) (*DataProtectionSettings20231001, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetExportBucket Return One AWS S3 Bucket Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

		Returns one AWS S3 bucket associated with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param exportBucketId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
		@return GetExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	GetExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, exportBucketId string) GetExportBucketApiRequest
	/*
		GetExportBucket Return One AWS S3 Bucket Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetExportBucketApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetExportBucketApiRequest
	*/
	GetExportBucketWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetExportBucketApiParams) GetExportBucketApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetExportBucketExecute(r GetExportBucketApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetReplicaSetBackup Return One Replica Set Cloud Backup

		Returns one snapshot from the specified cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetReplicaSetBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	/*
		GetReplicaSetBackup Return One Replica Set Cloud Backup


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetReplicaSetBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetReplicaSetBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetReplicaSetBackupApiParams) GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetReplicaSetBackupExecute(r GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) (*DiskBackupReplicaSet, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetServerlessBackup Return One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance

		Returns one snapshot of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return GetServerlessBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetServerlessBackupApiRequest
	/*
		GetServerlessBackup Return One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetServerlessBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetServerlessBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetServerlessBackupApiParams) GetServerlessBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetServerlessBackupExecute(r GetServerlessBackupApiRequest) (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One Serverless Instance

		Returns one restore job for one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
		@return GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobExecute(r GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetShardedClusterBackup Return One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup

		[experimental] Returns one snapshot of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetShardedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	/*
		GetShardedClusterBackup Return One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetShardedClusterBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetShardedClusterBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetShardedClusterBackupApiParams) GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetShardedClusterBackupExecute(r GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListBackupExportJobs Return All Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Jobs

		Returns all Cloud Backup snapshot export jobs associated with the specified Atlas cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListBackupExportJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest
	/*
		ListBackupExportJobs Return All Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Jobs


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListBackupExportJobsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListBackupExportJobsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListBackupExportJobsApiParams) ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListBackupExportJobsExecute(r ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Cluster

		Returns all cloud backup restore jobs for one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the restore jobs you want to return.
		@return ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	/*
		ListBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListBackupRestoreJobsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListBackupRestoreJobsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListBackupRestoreJobsApiParams) ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListBackupRestoreJobsExecute(r ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListExportBuckets Return All AWS S3 Buckets Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

		Returns all AWS S3 buckets associated with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListExportBucketsApiRequest
	*/
	ListExportBuckets(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListExportBucketsApiRequest
	/*
		ListExportBuckets Return All AWS S3 Buckets Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListExportBucketsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListExportBucketsApiRequest
	*/
	ListExportBucketsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListExportBucketsApiParams) ListExportBucketsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListExportBucketsExecute(r ListExportBucketsApiRequest) (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListReplicaSetBackups Return All Replica Set Cloud Backups

		Returns all snapshots of one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListReplicaSetBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest
	/*
		ListReplicaSetBackups Return All Replica Set Cloud Backups


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListReplicaSetBackupsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListReplicaSetBackupsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListReplicaSetBackupsApiParams) ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListReplicaSetBackupsExecute(r ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest) (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Serverless Instance

		Returns all restore jobs for one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@return ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	/*
		ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiParams) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsExecute(r ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListServerlessBackups Return All Snapshots of One Serverless Instance

		Returns all snapshots of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@return ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest
	/*
		ListServerlessBackups Return All Snapshots of One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListServerlessBackupsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessBackupsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListServerlessBackupsApiParams) ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListServerlessBackupsExecute(r ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListShardedClusterBackups Return All Sharded Cluster Cloud Backups

		[experimental] Returns all snapshots of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListShardedClusterBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	/*
		ListShardedClusterBackups Return All Sharded Cluster Cloud Backups


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListShardedClusterBackupsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListShardedClusterBackupsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListShardedClusterBackupsApiParams) ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListShardedClusterBackupsExecute(r ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest) (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			TakeSnapshot Take One On-Demand Snapshot

			Takes one on-demand snapshot for the specified cluster. Atlas takes on-demand snapshots immediately and scheduled snapshots at regular intervals. If an on-demand snapshot with a status of **queued** or **inProgress** exists, before taking another snapshot, wait until Atlas completes completes processing the previously taken on-demand snapshot.

		 To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
			@return TakeSnapshotApiRequest
	*/
	TakeSnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) TakeSnapshotApiRequest
	/*
		TakeSnapshot Take One On-Demand Snapshot


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param TakeSnapshotApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return TakeSnapshotApiRequest
	*/
	TakeSnapshotWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *TakeSnapshotApiParams) TakeSnapshotApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	TakeSnapshotExecute(r TakeSnapshotApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateBackupSchedule Update Cloud Backup Schedule for One Cluster

		Updates the cloud backup schedule for one cluster within the specified project. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateBackupSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupSnapshotSchedule *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateBackupSchedule Update Cloud Backup Schedule for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateBackupScheduleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateBackupScheduleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateBackupScheduleApiParams) UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateBackupScheduleExecute(r UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest) (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateDataProtectionSettings Update or enable the Backup Compliance Policy settings

		Updates the Backup Compliance Policy settings for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateDataProtectionSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataProtectionSettings20231001 *DataProtectionSettings20231001) UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateDataProtectionSettings Update or enable the Backup Compliance Policy settings


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateDataProtectionSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiParams) UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateDataProtectionSettingsExecute(r UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) (*DataProtectionSettings20231001, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateSnapshotRetention Change Expiration Date for One Cloud Backup

		[experimental] Changes the expiration date for one cloud backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateSnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string, backupSnapshotRetention *BackupSnapshotRetention) UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateSnapshotRetention Change Expiration Date for One Cloud Backup


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateSnapshotRetentionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiParams) UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateSnapshotRetentionExecute(r UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest) (*DiskBackupReplicaSet, *http.Response, error)
}

type CloudBackupsApiService ¶

type CloudBackupsApiService service

CloudBackupsApiService CloudBackupsApi service

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CancelBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CancelBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

CancelBackupRestoreJob Cancel One Restore Job of One Cluster

[experimental] Cancels one cloud backup restore job of one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to remove.
@return CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CancelBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CancelBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CancelBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CancelBackupRestoreJobWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupExportJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupExportJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupExportJobRequest *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest

CreateBackupExportJob Create One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job

Exports one backup snapshot for dedicated Atlas cluster using Cloud Backups to an AWS bucket. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupExportJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupExportJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupExportJobWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

CreateBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Cluster

Restores one snapshot of one cluster from the specified project. Atlas takes on-demand snapshots immediately and scheduled snapshots at regular intervals. If an on-demand snapshot with a status of **queued** or **inProgress** exists, before taking another snapshot, wait until Atlas completes completes processing the previously taken on-demand snapshot.

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateBackupRestoreJobWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateExportBucket ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CreateExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, diskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) CreateExportBucketApiRequest

CreateExportBucket Grant Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

Grants MongoDB Cloud access to the specified AWS S3 bucket. This enables this bucket to receive Atlas Cloud Backup snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateExportBucketApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateExportBucketExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateExportBucketWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, serverlessBackupRestoreJob *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJob Restore One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance

Restores one snapshot of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance whose snapshot you want to restore.
@return CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessBackupRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteAllBackupSchedules ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteAllBackupSchedules(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest

DeleteAllBackupSchedules Remove All Cloud Backup Schedules

Removes all cloud backup schedules for the specified cluster. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteAllBackupSchedulesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteAllBackupSchedulesWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteExportBucket ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, exportBucketId string) DeleteExportBucketApiRequest

DeleteExportBucket Revoke Access to AWS S3 Bucket for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

Revoke MongoDB Cloud access to the specified AWS S3 bucket. This prevents this bucket to receive Atlas Cloud Backup snapshots. Auto export must be disabled on all clusters in this project exporting to this bucket before revoking access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param exportBucketId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
@return DeleteExportBucketApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteExportBucketExecute ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteExportBucketExecute(r DeleteExportBucketApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteExportBucketWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteReplicaSetBackup ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteReplicaSetBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

DeleteReplicaSetBackup Remove One Replica Set Cloud Backup

Removes the specified snapshot. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteReplicaSetBackupExecute ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteReplicaSetBackupExecute(r DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteReplicaSetBackupWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteShardedClusterBackup ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteShardedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

DeleteShardedClusterBackup Remove One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup

[experimental] Removes one snapshot of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteShardedClusterBackupExecute ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteShardedClusterBackupExecute(r DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) DeleteShardedClusterBackupWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupExportJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupExportJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, exportId string) GetBackupExportJobApiRequest

GetBackupExportJob Return One Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Job

Returns one Cloud Backup snapshot export job associated with the specified Atlas cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param exportId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
@return GetBackupExportJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupExportJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupExportJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupExportJobWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

GetBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job of One Cluster

Returns one cloud backup restore job for one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the restore jobs you want to return.
@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
@return GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupRestoreJobWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupSchedule ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetBackupScheduleApiRequest

GetBackupSchedule Return One Cloud Backup Schedule

Returns the cloud backup schedule for the specified cluster within the specified project. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return GetBackupScheduleApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupScheduleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetBackupScheduleWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetDataProtectionSettings ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetDataProtectionSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

GetDataProtectionSettings Return the Backup Compliance Policy settings

Returns the Backup Compliance Policy settings with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetDataProtectionSettingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataProtectionSettings20231001

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetDataProtectionSettingsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetExportBucket ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetExportBucket(ctx context.Context, groupId string, exportBucketId string) GetExportBucketApiRequest

GetExportBucket Return One AWS S3 Bucket Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

Returns one AWS S3 bucket associated with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param exportBucketId Unique string that identifies the AWS S3 bucket to which you export your snapshots.
@return GetExportBucketApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetExportBucketExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetExportBucketWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetReplicaSetBackup ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetReplicaSetBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

GetReplicaSetBackup Return One Replica Set Cloud Backup

Returns one snapshot from the specified cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetReplicaSetBackupExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupReplicaSet

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetReplicaSetBackupWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackup ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetServerlessBackupApiRequest

GetServerlessBackup Return One Snapshot of One Serverless Instance

Returns one snapshot of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return GetServerlessBackupApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackupExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessBackupSnapshot

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, restoreJobId string) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

GetServerlessBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One Serverless Instance

Returns one restore job for one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@param restoreJobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
@return GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessBackupRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetServerlessBackupWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetShardedClusterBackup ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) GetShardedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

GetShardedClusterBackup Return One Sharded Cluster Cloud Backup

[experimental] Returns one snapshot of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetShardedClusterBackupExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) GetShardedClusterBackupWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupExportJobs ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupExportJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest

ListBackupExportJobs Return All Cloud Backup Snapshot Export Jobs

Returns all Cloud Backup snapshot export jobs associated with the specified Atlas cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupExportJobsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupExportJobsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupRestoreJobs ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

ListBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Cluster

Returns all cloud backup restore jobs for one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the restore jobs you want to return.
@return ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupRestoreJobsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListBackupRestoreJobsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListExportBuckets ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListExportBuckets(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListExportBucketsApiRequest

ListExportBuckets Return All AWS S3 Buckets Used for Cloud Backup Snapshot Exports

Returns all AWS S3 buckets associated with the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListExportBucketsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListExportBucketsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListExportBucketsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListReplicaSetBackups ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListReplicaSetBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest

ListReplicaSetBackups Return All Replica Set Cloud Backups

Returns all snapshots of one cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListReplicaSetBackupsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListReplicaSetBackupsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One Serverless Instance

Returns all restore jobs for one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@return ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackups ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest

ListServerlessBackups Return All Snapshots of One Serverless Instance

Returns all snapshots of one serverless instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@return ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackupsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListServerlessBackupsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListShardedClusterBackups ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) ListShardedClusterBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest

ListShardedClusterBackups Return All Sharded Cluster Cloud Backups

[experimental] Returns all snapshots of one sharded cluster from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListShardedClusterBackupsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) ListShardedClusterBackupsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) TakeSnapshot ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) TakeSnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) TakeSnapshotApiRequest

TakeSnapshot Take One On-Demand Snapshot

Takes one on-demand snapshot for the specified cluster. Atlas takes on-demand snapshots immediately and scheduled snapshots at regular intervals. If an on-demand snapshot with a status of **queued** or **inProgress** exists, before taking another snapshot, wait until Atlas completes completes processing the previously taken on-demand snapshot.

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return TakeSnapshotApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) TakeSnapshotExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshot

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) TakeSnapshotWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateBackupSchedule ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateBackupSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, diskBackupSnapshotSchedule *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest

UpdateBackupSchedule Update Cloud Backup Schedule for One Cluster

Updates the cloud backup schedule for one cluster within the specified project. This schedule defines when MongoDB Cloud takes scheduled snapshots and how long it stores those snapshots. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateBackupScheduleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateBackupScheduleWithParams ¶

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateDataProtectionSettings ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateDataProtectionSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataProtectionSettings20231001 *DataProtectionSettings20231001) UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

UpdateDataProtectionSettings Update or enable the Backup Compliance Policy settings

Updates the Backup Compliance Policy settings for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateDataProtectionSettingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataProtectionSettings20231001

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateSnapshotRetention ¶

func (a *CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateSnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string, backupSnapshotRetention *BackupSnapshotRetention) UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest

UpdateSnapshotRetention Change Expiration Date for One Cloud Backup

[experimental] Changes the expiration date for one cloud backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateSnapshotRetentionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DiskBackupReplicaSet

func (*CloudBackupsApiService) UpdateSnapshotRetentionWithParams ¶

type CloudCluster ¶

type CloudCluster struct {
	// Whole number that indicates the quantity of alerts open on the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	AlertCount *int `json:"alertCount,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether authentication is required to access the nodes in this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	AuthEnabled *bool `json:"authEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Term that expresses how many nodes of the cluster can be accessed when MongoDB Cloud receives this request. This parameter returns `available` when all nodes are accessible, `warning` only when some nodes in the cluster can be accessed, `unavailable` when the cluster can't be accessed, or `dead` when the cluster has been deactivated.
	// Read only field.
	Availability *string `json:"availability,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster can perform backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. You must set this value to `true` for NVMe clusters. Backup uses Cloud Backups for dedicated clusters and Shared Cluster Backups for tenant clusters. If set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use MongoDB Cloud backups.
	// Read only field.
	BackupEnabled *bool `json:"backupEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Total size of the data stored on each node in the cluster. The resource expresses this value in bytes.
	// Read only field.
	DataSizeBytes *int64 `json:"dataSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Whole number that indicates the quantity of nodes that comprise the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	NodeCount *int `json:"nodeCount,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether TLS authentication is required to access the nodes in this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	SslEnabled *bool `json:"sslEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the cluster type.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the versions of MongoDB that each node in the cluster runs.
	// Read only field.
	Versions *[]string `json:"versions,omitempty"`
}

CloudCluster Settings that describe the clusters in each project that the API key is authorized to view.

func NewCloudCluster ¶

func NewCloudCluster() *CloudCluster

NewCloudCluster instantiates a new CloudCluster object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudClusterWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudClusterWithDefaults() *CloudCluster

NewCloudClusterWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudCluster object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudCluster) GetAlertCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAlertCount() int

GetAlertCount returns the AlertCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetAlertCountOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAlertCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetAlertCountOk returns a tuple with the AlertCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetAuthEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAuthEnabled() bool

GetAuthEnabled returns the AuthEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetAuthEnabledOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAuthEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAuthEnabledOk returns a tuple with the AuthEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetAvailability ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAvailability() string

GetAvailability returns the Availability field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetAvailabilityOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetAvailabilityOk() (*string, bool)

GetAvailabilityOk returns a tuple with the Availability field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetBackupEnabled() bool

GetBackupEnabled returns the BackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetDataSizeBytes() int64

GetDataSizeBytes returns the DataSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetDataSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetDataSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDataSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the DataSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetName ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetNodeCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetNodeCount() int

GetNodeCount returns the NodeCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetNodeCountOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetNodeCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetNodeCountOk returns a tuple with the NodeCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetSslEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetSslEnabled() bool

GetSslEnabled returns the SslEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetSslEnabledOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetSslEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSslEnabledOk returns a tuple with the SslEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetType ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) GetVersions ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetVersions() []string

GetVersions returns the Versions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudCluster) GetVersionsOk ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) GetVersionsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetVersionsOk returns a tuple with the Versions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasAlertCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasAlertCount() bool

HasAlertCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasAuthEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasAuthEnabled() bool

HasAuthEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasAvailability ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasAvailability() bool

HasAvailability returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasBackupEnabled() bool

HasBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasDataSizeBytes() bool

HasDataSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasName ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasNodeCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasNodeCount() bool

HasNodeCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasSslEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasSslEnabled() bool

HasSslEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasType ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudCluster) HasVersions ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) HasVersions() bool

HasVersions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudCluster) SetAlertCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetAlertCount(v int)

SetAlertCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the AlertCount field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetAuthEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetAuthEnabled(v bool)

SetAuthEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuthEnabled field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetAvailability ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetAvailability(v string)

SetAvailability gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Availability field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupEnabled field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetDataSizeBytes ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetDataSizeBytes(v int64)

SetDataSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DataSizeBytes field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetName ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetNodeCount ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetNodeCount(v int)

SetNodeCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NodeCount field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetSslEnabled ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetSslEnabled(v bool)

SetSslEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SslEnabled field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetType ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (*CloudCluster) SetVersions ¶

func (o *CloudCluster) SetVersions(v []string)

SetVersions gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Versions field.

func (CloudCluster) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudCluster) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudDatabaseUser ¶

type CloudDatabaseUser struct {
	// Human-readable label that indicates whether the new database user authenticates with the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) credentials associated with the user or the user's role.
	AwsIAMType *string `json:"awsIAMType,omitempty"`
	// Database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB.
	DatabaseName string `json:"databaseName"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the user. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC and can include the time zone designation. You must specify a future date that falls within one week of making the Application Programming Interface (API) request.
	DeleteAfterDate *time.Time `json:"deleteAfterDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project.
	// Write only field.
	GroupId string `json:"groupId"`
	// List that contains the key-value pairs for tagging and categorizing the MongoDB database user. The labels that you define do not appear in the console.
	Labels *[]ComponentLabel `json:"labels,omitempty"`
	// Part of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) record that the database uses to authenticate this database user on the LDAP host.
	LdapAuthType *string `json:"ldapAuthType,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates whether the new database user authenticates with OIDC federated authentication. To create a federated authentication user, specify the value of IDP_GROUP for this field.
	OidcAuthType *string `json:"oidcAuthType,omitempty"`
	// Alphanumeric string that authenticates this database user against the database specified in `databaseName`. To authenticate with SCRAM-SHA, you must specify this parameter. This parameter doesn't appear in this response.
	// Write only field.
	Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"`
	// List that provides the pairings of one role with one applicable database.
	Roles *[]DatabaseUserRole `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// List that contains clusters, MongoDB Atlas Data Lakes, and MongoDB Atlas Streams Instances that this database user can access. If omitted, MongoDB Cloud grants the database user access to all the clusters, MongoDB Atlas Data Lakes, and MongoDB Atlas Streams Instances in the project.
	Scopes *[]UserScope `json:"scopes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
	Username string `json:"username"`
	// X.509 method that MongoDB Cloud uses to authenticate the database user.  - For application-managed X.509, specify `MANAGED`. - For self-managed X.509, specify `CUSTOMER`.  Users created with the `CUSTOMER` method require a Common Name (CN) in the **username** parameter. You must create externally authenticated users on the `$external` database.
	X509Type *string `json:"x509Type,omitempty"`
}

CloudDatabaseUser struct for CloudDatabaseUser

func NewCloudDatabaseUser ¶

func NewCloudDatabaseUser(databaseName string, groupId string, username string) *CloudDatabaseUser

NewCloudDatabaseUser instantiates a new CloudDatabaseUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudDatabaseUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudDatabaseUserWithDefaults() *CloudDatabaseUser

NewCloudDatabaseUserWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudDatabaseUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetAwsIAMType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetAwsIAMType() string

GetAwsIAMType returns the AwsIAMType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetAwsIAMTypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetAwsIAMTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetAwsIAMTypeOk returns a tuple with the AwsIAMType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetDeleteAfterDate() time.Time

GetDeleteAfterDate returns the DeleteAfterDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetDeleteAfterDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetDeleteAfterDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetDeleteAfterDateOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAfterDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetLabels ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLabels() []ComponentLabel

GetLabels returns the Labels field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetLabelsOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLabelsOk() (*[]ComponentLabel, bool)

GetLabelsOk returns a tuple with the Labels field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetLdapAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLdapAuthType() string

GetLdapAuthType returns the LdapAuthType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetLdapAuthTypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLdapAuthTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetLdapAuthTypeOk returns a tuple with the LdapAuthType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetOidcAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetOidcAuthType() string

GetOidcAuthType returns the OidcAuthType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetOidcAuthTypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetOidcAuthTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetOidcAuthTypeOk returns a tuple with the OidcAuthType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetPassword ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetPassword() string

GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetPasswordOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetRoles ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetRoles() []DatabaseUserRole

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetRolesOk() (*[]DatabaseUserRole, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetScopes ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetScopes() []UserScope

GetScopes returns the Scopes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetScopesOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetScopesOk() (*[]UserScope, bool)

GetScopesOk returns a tuple with the Scopes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetUsername ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetX509Type ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetX509Type() string

GetX509Type returns the X509Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) GetX509TypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) GetX509TypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetX509TypeOk returns a tuple with the X509Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasAwsIAMType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasAwsIAMType() bool

HasAwsIAMType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasDeleteAfterDate() bool

HasDeleteAfterDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasLabels ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasLabels() bool

HasLabels returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasLdapAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasLdapAuthType() bool

HasLdapAuthType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasOidcAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasOidcAuthType() bool

HasOidcAuthType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasPassword ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasPassword() bool

HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasRoles ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasScopes ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasScopes() bool

HasScopes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) HasX509Type ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) HasX509Type() bool

HasX509Type returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudDatabaseUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudDatabaseUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetAwsIAMType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetAwsIAMType(v string)

SetAwsIAMType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsIAMType field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName sets field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetDeleteAfterDate(v time.Time)

SetDeleteAfterDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DeleteAfterDate field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId sets field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetLabels ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetLabels(v []ComponentLabel)

SetLabels gets a reference to the given []ComponentLabel and assigns it to the Labels field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetLdapAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetLdapAuthType(v string)

SetLdapAuthType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LdapAuthType field.

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetOidcAuthType ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetOidcAuthType(v string)

SetOidcAuthType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OidcAuthType field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetPassword ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetPassword(v string)

SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetRoles ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetRoles(v []DatabaseUserRole)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []DatabaseUserRole and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetScopes ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetScopes(v []UserScope)

SetScopes gets a reference to the given []UserScope and assigns it to the Scopes field.

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetUsername ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername sets field value

func (*CloudDatabaseUser) SetX509Type ¶

func (o *CloudDatabaseUser) SetX509Type(v string)

SetX509Type gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the X509Type field.

func (CloudDatabaseUser) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudDatabaseUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudMigrationServiceApi ¶

type CloudMigrationServiceApi interface {

	/*
		CreateLinkToken Create One Link-Token

		Create one link-token that contains all the information required to complete the link. MongoDB Atlas uses the link-token for push live migrations only. Live migration (push) allows you to securely push data from Cloud Manager or Ops Manager into MongoDB Atlas. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateLinkTokenApiRequest
	*/
	CreateLinkToken(ctx context.Context, orgId string, targetOrgRequest *TargetOrgRequest) CreateLinkTokenApiRequest
	/*
		CreateLinkToken Create One Link-Token


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateLinkTokenApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateLinkTokenApiRequest
	*/
	CreateLinkTokenWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateLinkTokenApiParams) CreateLinkTokenApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateLinkTokenExecute(r CreateLinkTokenApiRequest) (*TargetOrg, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			CreatePushMigration Migrate One Local Managed Cluster to MongoDB Atlas

			Migrate one cluster that Cloud or Ops Manager manages to MongoDB Atlas.

		 Please make sure to [validate](#tag/Cloud-Migration-Service/operation/validateMigration) your migration before initiating it.

		 You can use this API endpoint for push live migrations only. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		 **NOTE**: Migrating time-series collections is not yet supported on MongoDB 6.0 or higher. Migrations on MongoDB 6.0 or higher will skip any time-series collections on the source cluster.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return CreatePushMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePushMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest) CreatePushMigrationApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePushMigration Migrate One Local Managed Cluster to MongoDB Atlas


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePushMigrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePushMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePushMigrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePushMigrationApiParams) CreatePushMigrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePushMigrationExecute(r CreatePushMigrationApiRequest) (*LiveMigrationResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CutoverMigration Cut Over the Migrated Cluster

		Cut over the migrated cluster to MongoDB Atlas. Confirm when the cut over completes. When the cut over completes, MongoDB Atlas completes the live migration process and stops synchronizing with the source cluster. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param liveMigrationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration.
		@return CutoverMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	CutoverMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationId string) CutoverMigrationApiRequest
	/*
		CutoverMigration Cut Over the Migrated Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CutoverMigrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CutoverMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	CutoverMigrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CutoverMigrationApiParams) CutoverMigrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CutoverMigrationExecute(r CutoverMigrationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteLinkToken Remove One Link-Token

		Remove one organization link and its associated public API key. MongoDB Atlas uses the link-token for push live migrations only. Live migrations (push) let you securely push data from Cloud Manager or Ops Manager into MongoDB Atlas. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteLinkToken(ctx context.Context, orgId string) DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteLinkToken Remove One Link-Token


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteLinkTokenApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteLinkTokenWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteLinkTokenApiParams) DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteLinkTokenExecute(r DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPushMigration Return One Migration Job

		Return details of one cluster migration job. Each push live migration job uses one migration host. Your API Key must have the Organization Member role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param liveMigrationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration.
		@return GetPushMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	GetPushMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationId string) GetPushMigrationApiRequest
	/*
		GetPushMigration Return One Migration Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPushMigrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPushMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	GetPushMigrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPushMigrationApiParams) GetPushMigrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPushMigrationExecute(r GetPushMigrationApiRequest) (*LiveMigrationResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetValidationStatus Return One Migration Validation Job

		Return the status of one migration validation job. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param validationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the validation job.
		@return GetValidationStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetValidationStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, validationId string) GetValidationStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetValidationStatus Return One Migration Validation Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetValidationStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetValidationStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetValidationStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetValidationStatusApiParams) GetValidationStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetValidationStatusExecute(r GetValidationStatusApiRequest) (*LiveImportValidation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSourceProjects Return All Projects Available for Migration

		[experimental] Return all projects that you can migrate to the specified organization.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListSourceProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSourceProjects(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListSourceProjectsApiRequest
	/*
		ListSourceProjects Return All Projects Available for Migration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSourceProjectsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSourceProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSourceProjectsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSourceProjectsApiParams) ListSourceProjectsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSourceProjectsExecute(r ListSourceProjectsApiRequest) ([]LiveImportAvailableProject, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ValidateMigration Validate One Migration Request

		Verifies whether the provided credentials, available disk space, MongoDB versions, and so on meet the requirements of the migration request. If the check passes, the migration can proceed. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ValidateMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	ValidateMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest) ValidateMigrationApiRequest
	/*
		ValidateMigration Validate One Migration Request


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ValidateMigrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ValidateMigrationApiRequest
	*/
	ValidateMigrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ValidateMigrationApiParams) ValidateMigrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ValidateMigrationExecute(r ValidateMigrationApiRequest) (*LiveImportValidation, *http.Response, error)
}

type CloudMigrationServiceApiService ¶

type CloudMigrationServiceApiService service

CloudMigrationServiceApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi service

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreateLinkToken ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreateLinkToken(ctx context.Context, orgId string, targetOrgRequest *TargetOrgRequest) CreateLinkTokenApiRequest

CreateLinkToken Create One Link-Token

Create one link-token that contains all the information required to complete the link. MongoDB Atlas uses the link-token for push live migrations only. Live migration (push) allows you to securely push data from Cloud Manager or Ops Manager into MongoDB Atlas. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateLinkTokenApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreateLinkTokenExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return TargetOrg

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreateLinkTokenWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreatePushMigration ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreatePushMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest) CreatePushMigrationApiRequest

CreatePushMigration Migrate One Local Managed Cluster to MongoDB Atlas

Migrate one cluster that Cloud or Ops Manager manages to MongoDB Atlas.

Please make sure to [validate](#tag/Cloud-Migration-Service/operation/validateMigration) your migration before initiating it.

You can use this API endpoint for push live migrations only. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

**NOTE**: Migrating time-series collections is not yet supported on MongoDB 6.0 or higher. Migrations on MongoDB 6.0 or higher will skip any time-series collections on the source cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePushMigrationApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreatePushMigrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LiveMigrationResponse

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CreatePushMigrationWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CutoverMigration ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CutoverMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationId string) CutoverMigrationApiRequest

CutoverMigration Cut Over the Migrated Cluster

Cut over the migrated cluster to MongoDB Atlas. Confirm when the cut over completes. When the cut over completes, MongoDB Atlas completes the live migration process and stops synchronizing with the source cluster. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param liveMigrationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration.
@return CutoverMigrationApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CutoverMigrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) CutoverMigrationWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) DeleteLinkToken ¶

DeleteLinkToken Remove One Link-Token

Remove one organization link and its associated public API key. MongoDB Atlas uses the link-token for push live migrations only. Live migrations (push) let you securely push data from Cloud Manager or Ops Manager into MongoDB Atlas. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) DeleteLinkTokenExecute ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) DeleteLinkTokenExecute(r DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) DeleteLinkTokenWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetPushMigration ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetPushMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationId string) GetPushMigrationApiRequest

GetPushMigration Return One Migration Job

Return details of one cluster migration job. Each push live migration job uses one migration host. Your API Key must have the Organization Member role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param liveMigrationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration.
@return GetPushMigrationApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetPushMigrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LiveMigrationResponse

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetPushMigrationWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetValidationStatus ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetValidationStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, validationId string) GetValidationStatusApiRequest

GetValidationStatus Return One Migration Validation Job

Return the status of one migration validation job. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param validationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the validation job.
@return GetValidationStatusApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetValidationStatusExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LiveImportValidation

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) GetValidationStatusWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ListSourceProjects ¶

ListSourceProjects Return All Projects Available for Migration

[experimental] Return all projects that you can migrate to the specified organization.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListSourceProjectsApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ListSourceProjectsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []LiveImportAvailableProject

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ListSourceProjectsWithParams ¶

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ValidateMigration ¶

func (a *CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ValidateMigration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, liveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest) ValidateMigrationApiRequest

ValidateMigration Validate One Migration Request

Verifies whether the provided credentials, available disk space, MongoDB versions, and so on meet the requirements of the migration request. If the check passes, the migration can proceed. Your API Key must have the Organization Owner role to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ValidateMigrationApiRequest

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ValidateMigrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LiveImportValidation

func (*CloudMigrationServiceApiService) ValidateMigrationWithParams ¶

type CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole ¶

type CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole struct {
	// Amazon Resource Name that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) user account that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAWSAccountArn *string `json:"atlasAWSAccountArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique external ID that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the IAM role in your Amazon Web Services (AWS) account.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId *string `json:"atlasAssumedRoleExternalId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone authorized this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	AuthorizedDate *time.Time `json:"authorizedDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone created this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `json:"createdDate,omitempty"`
	// List that contains application features associated with this Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	FeatureUsages *[]CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage `json:"featureUsages,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that MongoDB Cloud assumes when it accesses resources in your AWS account.
	IamAssumedRoleArn *string `json:"iamAssumedRoleArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
	// Read only field.
	RoleId *string `json:"roleId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider of the role.
	ProviderName string `json:"providerName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Azure Service Principal in Atlas.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Azure Active Directory Application ID of Atlas.
	AtlasAzureAppId *string `json:"atlasAzureAppId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this Azure Service Principal was last updated. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastUpdatedDate *time.Time `json:"lastUpdatedDate,omitempty"`
	// UUID string that identifies the Azure Service Principal.
	ServicePrincipalId *string `json:"servicePrincipalId,omitempty"`
	// UUID String that identifies the Azure Active Directory Tenant ID.
	TenantId *string `json:"tenantId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole Details that describe the features linked to the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole(providerName string) *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole

NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole

NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn() string

GetAtlasAWSAccountArn returns the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() string

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAzureAppId() string

GetAtlasAzureAppId returns the AtlasAzureAppId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAzureAppId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAuthorizedDate() time.Time

GetAuthorizedDate returns the AuthorizedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAuthorizedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetAuthorizedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAuthorizedDateOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetCreatedDate() time.Time

GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetCreatedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetFeatureUsages ¶

GetFeatureUsages returns the FeatureUsages field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetFeatureUsagesOk ¶

GetFeatureUsagesOk returns a tuple with the FeatureUsages field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArn() string

GetIamAssumedRoleArn returns the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk returns a tuple with the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetLastUpdatedDate() time.Time

GetLastUpdatedDate returns the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetLastUpdatedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetLastUpdatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastUpdatedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetRoleId() string

GetRoleId returns the RoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the RoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetServicePrincipalId() string

GetServicePrincipalId returns the ServicePrincipalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetServicePrincipalIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetServicePrincipalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetServicePrincipalIdOk returns a tuple with the ServicePrincipalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetTenantId() string

GetTenantId returns the TenantId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetTenantIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) GetTenantIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTenantIdOk returns a tuple with the TenantId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn() bool

HasAtlasAWSAccountArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() bool

HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAtlasAzureAppId() bool

HasAtlasAzureAppId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasAuthorizedDate() bool

HasAuthorizedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasCreatedDate() bool

HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasFeatureUsages ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasFeatureUsages() bool

HasFeatureUsages returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasIamAssumedRoleArn() bool

HasIamAssumedRoleArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasLastUpdatedDate() bool

HasLastUpdatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasRoleId() bool

HasRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasServicePrincipalId() bool

HasServicePrincipalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) HasTenantId() bool

HasTenantId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn(v string)

SetAtlasAWSAccountArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAWSAccountArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId(v string)

SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAtlasAzureAppId(v string)

SetAtlasAzureAppId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAzureAppId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetAuthorizedDate(v time.Time)

SetAuthorizedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AuthorizedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time)

SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetFeatureUsages ¶

SetFeatureUsages gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage and assigns it to the FeatureUsages field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetIamAssumedRoleArn(v string)

SetIamAssumedRoleArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamAssumedRoleArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetLastUpdatedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastUpdatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastUpdatedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName sets field value

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetRoleId(v string)

SetRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetServicePrincipalId(v string)

SetServicePrincipalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServicePrincipalId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) SetTenantId(v string)

SetTenantId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TenantId field.

func (CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf ¶

type CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf struct {
	// Amazon Resource Name that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) user account that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAWSAccountArn *string `json:"atlasAWSAccountArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique external ID that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the IAM role in your Amazon Web Services (AWS) account.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId *string `json:"atlasAssumedRoleExternalId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone authorized this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	AuthorizedDate *time.Time `json:"authorizedDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone created this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `json:"createdDate,omitempty"`
	// List that contains application features associated with this Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	FeatureUsages *[]CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage `json:"featureUsages,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that MongoDB Cloud assumes when it accesses resources in your AWS account.
	IamAssumedRoleArn *string `json:"iamAssumedRoleArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
	// Read only field.
	RoleId *string `json:"roleId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf struct for CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf() *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf

NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOfWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOfWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf

NewCloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOfWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn() string

GetAtlasAWSAccountArn returns the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() string

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAuthorizedDate() time.Time

GetAuthorizedDate returns the AuthorizedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAuthorizedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetAuthorizedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAuthorizedDateOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetCreatedDate() time.Time

GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetCreatedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetFeatureUsages ¶

GetFeatureUsages returns the FeatureUsages field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetFeatureUsagesOk ¶

GetFeatureUsagesOk returns a tuple with the FeatureUsages field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetIamAssumedRoleArn() string

GetIamAssumedRoleArn returns the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk returns a tuple with the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetRoleId ¶

GetRoleId returns the RoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) GetRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the RoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn() bool

HasAtlasAWSAccountArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() bool

HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasAuthorizedDate() bool

HasAuthorizedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasCreatedDate() bool

HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasFeatureUsages ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasFeatureUsages() bool

HasFeatureUsages returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasIamAssumedRoleArn() bool

HasIamAssumedRoleArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) HasRoleId ¶

HasRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn(v string)

SetAtlasAWSAccountArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAWSAccountArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId(v string)

SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetAuthorizedDate(v time.Time)

SetAuthorizedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AuthorizedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time)

SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetFeatureUsages ¶

SetFeatureUsages gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage and assigns it to the FeatureUsages field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetIamAssumedRoleArn(v string)

SetIamAssumedRoleArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamAssumedRoleArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) SetRoleId ¶

SetRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleId field.

func (CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRoleAllOf) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderAccessApi ¶

type CloudProviderAccessApi interface {

	/*
		AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Authorize One Cloud Provider Access Role

		Grants access to the specified project for the specified access role. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This API endpoint is one step in a procedure to create unified access for MongoDB Cloud services.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
		@return AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleId string, cloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	/*
		AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Authorize One Cloud Provider Access Role


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute(r AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) (*CloudProviderAccessRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateCloudProviderAccessRole Create One Cloud Provider Access Role

		Creates one access role for the specified cloud provider. Some MongoDB Cloud features use these cloud provider access roles for authentication. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole) CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCloudProviderAccessRole Create One Cloud Provider Access Role


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams) CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute(r CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) (*CloudProviderAccessRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Deauthorize One Cloud Provider Access Role

		Revokes access to the specified project for the specified access role. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider of the role to deauthorize.
		@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
		@return DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, roleId string) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	/*
		DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Deauthorize One Cloud Provider Access Role


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute(r DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCloudProviderAccessRole Return specified Cloud Provider Access Role

		[experimental] Returns the access role with the specified id and with access to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
		@return GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	GetCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleId string) GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	/*
		GetCloudProviderAccessRole Return specified Cloud Provider Access Role


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest
	*/
	GetCloudProviderAccessRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams) GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute(r GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) (*CloudProviderAccessRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListCloudProviderAccessRoles Return All Cloud Provider Access Roles

		Returns all cloud provider access roles with access to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest
	*/
	ListCloudProviderAccessRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest
	/*
		ListCloudProviderAccessRoles Return All Cloud Provider Access Roles


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest
	*/
	ListCloudProviderAccessRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiParams) ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListCloudProviderAccessRolesExecute(r ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest) (*CloudProviderAccessRoles, *http.Response, error)
}

type CloudProviderAccessApiService ¶

type CloudProviderAccessApiService service

CloudProviderAccessApiService CloudProviderAccessApi service

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleId string, cloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Authorize One Cloud Provider Access Role

Grants access to the specified project for the specified access role. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This API endpoint is one step in a procedure to create unified access for MongoDB Cloud services.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
@return AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) AuthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderAccessRole

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) CreateCloudProviderAccessRole ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) CreateCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole) CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

CreateCloudProviderAccessRole Create One Cloud Provider Access Role

Creates one access role for the specified cloud provider. Some MongoDB Cloud features use these cloud provider access roles for authentication. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderAccessRole

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, roleId string) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRole Deauthorize One Cloud Provider Access Role

Revokes access to the specified project for the specified access role. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider of the role to deauthorize.
@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
@return DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute(r DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) GetCloudProviderAccessRole ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) GetCloudProviderAccessRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleId string) GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

GetCloudProviderAccessRole Return specified Cloud Provider Access Role

[experimental] Returns the access role with the specified id and with access to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param roleId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
@return GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) GetCloudProviderAccessRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderAccessRole

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) GetCloudProviderAccessRoleWithParams ¶

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) ListCloudProviderAccessRoles ¶

func (a *CloudProviderAccessApiService) ListCloudProviderAccessRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest

ListCloudProviderAccessRoles Return All Cloud Provider Access Roles

Returns all cloud provider access roles with access to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) ListCloudProviderAccessRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderAccessRoles

func (*CloudProviderAccessApiService) ListCloudProviderAccessRolesWithParams ¶

type CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage ¶

type CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage struct {
	// Human-readable label that describes one MongoDB Cloud feature linked to this Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	FeatureType *string                                                     `json:"featureType,omitempty"`
	FeatureId   *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId `json:"featureId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage MongoDB Cloud features associated with this Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage() *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage

NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsageWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsageWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage

NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsageWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureId ¶

GetFeatureId returns the FeatureId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureIdOk ¶

GetFeatureIdOk returns a tuple with the FeatureId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureType ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureType() string

GetFeatureType returns the FeatureType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureTypeOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) GetFeatureTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFeatureTypeOk returns a tuple with the FeatureType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) HasFeatureId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) HasFeatureId() bool

HasFeatureId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) HasFeatureType ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) HasFeatureType() bool

HasFeatureType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) SetFeatureId ¶

SetFeatureId gets a reference to the given CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId and assigns it to the FeatureId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) SetFeatureType ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) SetFeatureType(v string)

SetFeatureType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FeatureType field.

func (CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId ¶

type CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId struct {
	// Name of the AWS S3 bucket to which your logs will be exported to.
	// Read only field.
	BucketName *string `json:"bucketName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId Identifying characteristics about the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Simple Storage Service (S3) export bucket linked to this AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId() *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId

NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureIdWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureIdWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId

NewCloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureIdWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) GetBucketName ¶

GetBucketName returns the BucketName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) GetBucketNameOk ¶

GetBucketNameOk returns a tuple with the BucketName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) GetGroupId ¶

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) GetGroupIdOk ¶

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) HasBucketName ¶

HasBucketName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) HasGroupId ¶

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) SetBucketName ¶

SetBucketName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BucketName field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) SetGroupId ¶

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsagePushBasedLogExportFeatureId) ToMap ¶

type CloudProviderAccessRole ¶

type CloudProviderAccessRole struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider of the role.
	ProviderName string `json:"providerName"`
	// Amazon Resource Name that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) user account that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAWSAccountArn *string `json:"atlasAWSAccountArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique external ID that MongoDB Cloud uses when it assumes the IAM role in your Amazon Web Services (AWS) account.
	// Read only field.
	AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId *string `json:"atlasAssumedRoleExternalId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone authorized this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	AuthorizedDate *time.Time `json:"authorizedDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone created this role for the specified cloud service provider. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.  Alternatively: Date and time when this Azure Service Principal was created. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `json:"createdDate,omitempty"`
	// List that contains application features associated with this Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role.  Alternatively: List that contains application features associated with this Azure Service Principal.
	// Read only field.
	FeatureUsages *[]CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage `json:"featureUsages,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that MongoDB Cloud assumes when it accesses resources in your AWS account.
	IamAssumedRoleArn *string `json:"iamAssumedRoleArn,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role.
	// Read only field.
	RoleId *string `json:"roleId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Azure Service Principal in Atlas.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Azure Active Directory Application ID of Atlas.
	AtlasAzureAppId *string `json:"atlasAzureAppId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this Azure Service Principal was last updated. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastUpdatedDate *time.Time `json:"lastUpdatedDate,omitempty"`
	// UUID string that identifies the Azure Service Principal.
	ServicePrincipalId *string `json:"servicePrincipalId,omitempty"`
	// UUID String that identifies the Azure Active Directory Tenant ID.
	TenantId *string `json:"tenantId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessRole Cloud provider access role.

func NewCloudProviderAccessRole ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessRole(providerName string) *CloudProviderAccessRole

NewCloudProviderAccessRole instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessRoleWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessRole

NewCloudProviderAccessRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArn() string

GetAtlasAWSAccountArn returns the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAWSAccountArnOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAWSAccountArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() string

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalIdOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAzureAppId() string

GetAtlasAzureAppId returns the AtlasAzureAppId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasAzureAppIdOk returns a tuple with the AtlasAzureAppId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAuthorizedDate() time.Time

GetAuthorizedDate returns the AuthorizedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAuthorizedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetAuthorizedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAuthorizedDateOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetCreatedDate() time.Time

GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetCreatedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetFeatureUsages ¶

GetFeatureUsages returns the FeatureUsages field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetFeatureUsagesOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetFeatureUsagesOk() (*[]CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage, bool)

GetFeatureUsagesOk returns a tuple with the FeatureUsages field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArn() string

GetIamAssumedRoleArn returns the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamAssumedRoleArnOk returns a tuple with the IamAssumedRoleArn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetLastUpdatedDate() time.Time

GetLastUpdatedDate returns the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetLastUpdatedDateOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetLastUpdatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastUpdatedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetRoleId() string

GetRoleId returns the RoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the RoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetServicePrincipalId() string

GetServicePrincipalId returns the ServicePrincipalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetServicePrincipalIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetServicePrincipalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetServicePrincipalIdOk returns a tuple with the ServicePrincipalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetTenantId() string

GetTenantId returns the TenantId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) GetTenantIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) GetTenantIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTenantIdOk returns a tuple with the TenantId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAWSAccountArn() bool

HasAtlasAWSAccountArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId() bool

HasAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAtlasAzureAppId() bool

HasAtlasAzureAppId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasAuthorizedDate() bool

HasAuthorizedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasCreatedDate() bool

HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasFeatureUsages ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasFeatureUsages() bool

HasFeatureUsages returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasIamAssumedRoleArn() bool

HasIamAssumedRoleArn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasLastUpdatedDate() bool

HasLastUpdatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasRoleId() bool

HasRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasServicePrincipalId() bool

HasServicePrincipalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) HasTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) HasTenantId() bool

HasTenantId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAWSAccountArn(v string)

SetAtlasAWSAccountArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAWSAccountArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId(v string)

SetAtlasAssumedRoleExternalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAssumedRoleExternalId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAzureAppId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAtlasAzureAppId(v string)

SetAtlasAzureAppId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasAzureAppId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAuthorizedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetAuthorizedDate(v time.Time)

SetAuthorizedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AuthorizedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time)

SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetFeatureUsages ¶

SetFeatureUsages gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderAccessFeatureUsage and assigns it to the FeatureUsages field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetIamAssumedRoleArn ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetIamAssumedRoleArn(v string)

SetIamAssumedRoleArn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamAssumedRoleArn field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetLastUpdatedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastUpdatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastUpdatedDate field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName sets field value

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetRoleId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetRoleId(v string)

SetRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoleId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetServicePrincipalId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetServicePrincipalId(v string)

SetServicePrincipalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServicePrincipalId field.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRole) SetTenantId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRole) SetTenantId(v string)

SetTenantId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TenantId field.

func (CloudProviderAccessRole) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderAccessRoles ¶

type CloudProviderAccessRoles struct {
	// List that contains the Amazon Web Services (AWS) IAM roles registered and authorized with MongoDB Cloud.
	AwsIamRoles *[]CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole `json:"awsIamRoles,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderAccessRoles struct for CloudProviderAccessRoles

func NewCloudProviderAccessRoles ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessRoles() *CloudProviderAccessRoles

NewCloudProviderAccessRoles instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessRoles object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderAccessRolesWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderAccessRolesWithDefaults() *CloudProviderAccessRoles

NewCloudProviderAccessRolesWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderAccessRoles object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderAccessRoles) GetAwsIamRoles ¶

GetAwsIamRoles returns the AwsIamRoles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderAccessRoles) GetAwsIamRolesOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRoles) GetAwsIamRolesOk() (*[]CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole, bool)

GetAwsIamRolesOk returns a tuple with the AwsIamRoles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderAccessRoles) HasAwsIamRoles ¶

func (o *CloudProviderAccessRoles) HasAwsIamRoles() bool

HasAwsIamRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderAccessRoles) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessRoles) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderAccessRoles) SetAwsIamRoles ¶

SetAwsIamRoles gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderAccessAWSIAMRole and assigns it to the AwsIamRoles field.

func (CloudProviderAccessRoles) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderAccessRoles) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderContainer ¶

type CloudProviderContainer struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering container.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider that serves the requested network peering containers.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud clusters exist in the specified network peering container.
	// Read only field.
	Provisioned *bool `json:"provisioned,omitempty"`
	// IP addresses expressed in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation that MongoDB Cloud uses for the network peering containers in your project. MongoDB Cloud assigns all of the project's clusters deployed to this cloud provider an IP address from this range. MongoDB Cloud locks this value if an M10 or greater cluster or a network peering connection exists in this project.  These CIDR blocks must fall within the ranges reserved per RFC 1918. AWS and Azure further limit the block to between the `/24` and  `/21` ranges.  To modify the CIDR block, the target project cannot have:  - Any M10 or greater clusters - Any other VPC peering connections   You can also create a new project and create a network peering connection to set the desired MongoDB Cloud network peering container CIDR block for that project. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of MongoDB nodes per network peering connection based on the CIDR block and the region selected for the project.   **Example:** A project in an Amazon Web Services (AWS) region supporting three availability zones and an MongoDB CIDR network peering container block of limit of `/24` equals 27 three-node replica sets.  Alternatively: IP addresses expressed in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation that MongoDB Cloud uses for the network peering containers in your project. MongoDB Cloud assigns all of the project's clusters deployed to this cloud provider an IP address from this range. MongoDB Cloud locks this value if an M10 or greater cluster or a network peering connection exists in this project.  These CIDR blocks must fall within the ranges reserved per RFC 1918. GCP further limits the block to a lower bound of the `/18` range.  To modify the CIDR block, the target project cannot have:  - Any M10 or greater clusters - Any other VPC peering connections   You can also create a new project and create a network peering connection to set the desired MongoDB Cloud network peering container CIDR block for that project. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of MongoDB nodes per network peering connection based on the CIDR block and the region selected for the project.   **Example:** A project in an Google Cloud (GCP) region supporting three availability zones and an MongoDB CIDR network peering container block of limit of `/24` equals 27 three-node replica sets.  Alternatively: IP addresses expressed in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation that MongoDB Cloud uses for the network peering containers in your project. MongoDB Cloud assigns all of the project's clusters deployed to this cloud provider an IP address from this range. MongoDB Cloud locks this value if an M10 or greater cluster or a network peering connection exists in this project.  These CIDR blocks must fall within the ranges reserved per RFC 1918. AWS and Azure further limit the block to between the `/24` and  `/21` ranges.  To modify the CIDR block, the target project cannot have:  - Any M10 or greater clusters - Any other VPC peering connections   You can also create a new project and create a network peering connection to set the desired MongoDB Cloud network peering container CIDR block for that project. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of MongoDB nodes per network peering connection based on the CIDR block and the region selected for the project.   **Example:** A project in an Amazon Web Services (AWS) region supporting three availability zones and an MongoDB CIDR network peering container block of limit of `/24` equals 27 three-node replica sets.
	AtlasCidrBlock *string `json:"atlasCidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure subscription in which the MongoDB Cloud VNet resides.
	// Read only field.
	AzureSubscriptionId *string `json:"azureSubscriptionId,omitempty"`
	// Azure region to which MongoDB Cloud deployed this network peering container.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure VNet in which MongoDB Cloud clusters in this network peering container exist. The response returns **null** if no clusters exist in this network peering container.
	// Read only field.
	VnetName *string `json:"vnetName,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the GCP project in which MongoDB Cloud clusters in this network peering container exist. The response returns **null** if no clusters exist in this network peering container.
	// Read only field.
	GcpProjectId *string `json:"gcpProjectId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the network in which MongoDB Cloud clusters in this network peering container exist. MongoDB Cloud returns **null** if no clusters exist in this network peering container.
	// Read only field.
	NetworkName *string `json:"networkName,omitempty"`
	// List of GCP regions to which you want to deploy this MongoDB Cloud network peering container.  In this MongoDB Cloud project, you can deploy clusters only to the GCP regions in this list. To deploy MongoDB Cloud clusters to other GCP regions, create additional projects.
	Regions *[]string `json:"regions,omitempty"`
	// Geographic area that Amazon Web Services (AWS) defines to which MongoDB Cloud deployed this network peering container.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud VPC on AWS.
	// Read only field.
	VpcId *string `json:"vpcId,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderContainer Collection of settings that configures the network container for a virtual private connection on Amazon Web Services.

func NewCloudProviderContainer ¶

func NewCloudProviderContainer() *CloudProviderContainer

NewCloudProviderContainer instantiates a new CloudProviderContainer object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults() *CloudProviderContainer

NewCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderContainer object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetAtlasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetAtlasCidrBlock() string

GetAtlasCidrBlock returns the AtlasCidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetAtlasCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetAtlasCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetAtlasCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the AtlasCidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetAzureSubscriptionId() string

GetAzureSubscriptionId returns the AzureSubscriptionId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAzureSubscriptionIdOk returns a tuple with the AzureSubscriptionId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetGcpProjectId() string

GetGcpProjectId returns the GcpProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetGcpProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetGcpProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGcpProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the GcpProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetNetworkName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetNetworkName() string

GetNetworkName returns the NetworkName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetNetworkNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetNetworkNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNetworkNameOk returns a tuple with the NetworkName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetProvisioned ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetProvisioned() bool

GetProvisioned returns the Provisioned field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetProvisionedOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetProvisionedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetProvisionedOk returns a tuple with the Provisioned field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegion ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegions ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegions() []string

GetRegions returns the Regions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionsOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetRegionsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRegionsOk returns a tuple with the Regions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetVnetName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetVnetName() string

GetVnetName returns the VnetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetVnetNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetVnetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetVnetNameOk returns a tuple with the VnetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetVpcId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetVpcId() string

GetVpcId returns the VpcId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderContainer) GetVpcIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) GetVpcIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetVpcIdOk returns a tuple with the VpcId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasAtlasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasAtlasCidrBlock() bool

HasAtlasCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasAzureSubscriptionId() bool

HasAzureSubscriptionId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasGcpProjectId() bool

HasGcpProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasNetworkName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasNetworkName() bool

HasNetworkName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasProviderName() bool

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasProvisioned ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasProvisioned() bool

HasProvisioned returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasRegion ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasRegions ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasRegions() bool

HasRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasVnetName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasVnetName() bool

HasVnetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) HasVpcId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) HasVpcId() bool

HasVpcId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderContainer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderContainer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetAtlasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetAtlasCidrBlock(v string)

SetAtlasCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AtlasCidrBlock field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetAzureSubscriptionId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetAzureSubscriptionId(v string)

SetAzureSubscriptionId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AzureSubscriptionId field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetGcpProjectId(v string)

SetGcpProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GcpProjectId field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetNetworkName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetNetworkName(v string)

SetNetworkName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the NetworkName field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetProvisioned ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetProvisioned(v bool)

SetProvisioned gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Provisioned field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetRegion ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetRegions ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetRegions(v []string)

SetRegions gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Regions field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetVnetName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetVnetName(v string)

SetVnetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VnetName field.

func (*CloudProviderContainer) SetVpcId ¶

func (o *CloudProviderContainer) SetVpcId(v string)

SetVpcId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VpcId field.

func (CloudProviderContainer) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderContainer) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest ¶

type CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud service provider for which you want to create the private endpoint service.
	// Write only field.
	ProviderName string `json:"providerName"`
	// Cloud provider region in which you want to create the private endpoint service. Regions accepted as values differ for [Amazon Web Services](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/amazon-aws/), [Google Cloud Platform](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/google-gcp/), and [Microsoft Azure](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/microsoft-azure/).
	// Write only field.
	Region string `json:"region"`
}

CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest struct for CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest

func NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest ¶

func NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest(providerName string, region string) *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest

NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest instantiates a new CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequestWithDefaults() *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest

NewCloudProviderEndpointServiceRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetRegion ¶

GetRegion returns the Region field value

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName sets field value

func (*CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) SetRegion ¶

SetRegion sets field value

func (CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudProviderRegions ¶

type CloudProviderRegions struct {
	// List of instances sizes that this cloud provider supports.
	// Read only field.
	InstanceSizes *[]ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize `json:"instanceSizes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Cloud provider.
	Provider *string `json:"provider,omitempty"`
}

CloudProviderRegions struct for CloudProviderRegions

func NewCloudProviderRegions ¶

func NewCloudProviderRegions() *CloudProviderRegions

NewCloudProviderRegions instantiates a new CloudProviderRegions object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudProviderRegionsWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudProviderRegionsWithDefaults() *CloudProviderRegions

NewCloudProviderRegionsWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudProviderRegions object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudProviderRegions) GetInstanceSizes ¶

GetInstanceSizes returns the InstanceSizes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderRegions) GetInstanceSizesOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) GetInstanceSizesOk() (*[]ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize, bool)

GetInstanceSizesOk returns a tuple with the InstanceSizes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderRegions) GetProvider ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) GetProvider() string

GetProvider returns the Provider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudProviderRegions) GetProviderOk ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) GetProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderOk returns a tuple with the Provider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudProviderRegions) HasInstanceSizes ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) HasInstanceSizes() bool

HasInstanceSizes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudProviderRegions) HasProvider ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) HasProvider() bool

HasProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudProviderRegions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudProviderRegions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudProviderRegions) SetInstanceSizes ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) SetInstanceSizes(v []ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize)

SetInstanceSizes gets a reference to the given []ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize and assigns it to the InstanceSizes field.

func (*CloudProviderRegions) SetProvider ¶

func (o *CloudProviderRegions) SetProvider(v string)

SetProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Provider field.

func (CloudProviderRegions) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudProviderRegions) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudRegionConfig ¶

type CloudRegionConfig struct {
	ElectableSpecs *HardwareSpec `json:"electableSpecs,omitempty"`
	// Precedence is given to this region when a primary election occurs. If your **regionConfigs** has only **readOnlySpecs**, **analyticsSpecs**, or both, set this value to `0`. If you have multiple **regionConfigs** objects (your cluster is multi-region or multi-cloud), they must have priorities in descending order. The highest priority is `7`.  **Example:** If you have three regions, their priorities would be `7`, `6`, and `5` respectively. If you added two more regions for supporting electable nodes, the priorities of those regions would be `4` and `3` respectively.
	Priority *int `json:"priority,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider on which MongoDB Cloud provisions the hosts. Set dedicated clusters to `AWS`, `GCP`, `AZURE` or `TENANT`.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Physical location of your MongoDB cluster nodes. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. The region name is only returned in the response for single-region clusters. When MongoDB Cloud deploys a dedicated cluster, it checks if a VPC or VPC connection exists for that provider and region. If not, MongoDB Cloud creates them as part of the deployment. It assigns the VPC a Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block. To limit a new VPC peering connection to one Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block and region, create the connection first. Deploy the cluster after the connection starts. GCP Clusters and Multi-region clusters require one VPC peering connection for each region. MongoDB nodes can use only the peering connection that resides in the same region as the nodes to communicate with the peered VPC.
	RegionName           *string                      `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	AnalyticsAutoScaling *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings `json:"analyticsAutoScaling,omitempty"`
	AnalyticsSpecs       *DedicatedHardwareSpec       `json:"analyticsSpecs,omitempty"`
	AutoScaling          *AdvancedAutoScalingSettings `json:"autoScaling,omitempty"`
	ReadOnlySpecs        *DedicatedHardwareSpec       `json:"readOnlySpecs,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider on which MongoDB Cloud provisioned the multi-tenant cluster. The resource returns this parameter when **providerName** is `TENANT` and **electableSpecs.instanceSize** is `M0`, `M2` or `M5`.
	BackingProviderName *string `json:"backingProviderName,omitempty"`
}

CloudRegionConfig Cloud service provider on which MongoDB Cloud provisions the hosts.

func NewCloudRegionConfig ¶

func NewCloudRegionConfig() *CloudRegionConfig

NewCloudRegionConfig instantiates a new CloudRegionConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudRegionConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudRegionConfigWithDefaults() *CloudRegionConfig

NewCloudRegionConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudRegionConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsAutoScaling() AdvancedAutoScalingSettings

GetAnalyticsAutoScaling returns the AnalyticsAutoScaling field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsAutoScalingOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsAutoScalingOk() (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings, bool)

GetAnalyticsAutoScalingOk returns a tuple with the AnalyticsAutoScaling field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsSpecs() DedicatedHardwareSpec

GetAnalyticsSpecs returns the AnalyticsSpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsSpecsOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAnalyticsSpecsOk() (*DedicatedHardwareSpec, bool)

GetAnalyticsSpecsOk returns a tuple with the AnalyticsSpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAutoScaling() AdvancedAutoScalingSettings

GetAutoScaling returns the AutoScaling field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetAutoScalingOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetAutoScalingOk() (*AdvancedAutoScalingSettings, bool)

GetAutoScalingOk returns a tuple with the AutoScaling field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetBackingProviderName() string

GetBackingProviderName returns the BackingProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetBackingProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetBackingProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBackingProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the BackingProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetElectableSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetElectableSpecs() HardwareSpec

GetElectableSpecs returns the ElectableSpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetElectableSpecsOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetElectableSpecsOk() (*HardwareSpec, bool)

GetElectableSpecsOk returns a tuple with the ElectableSpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetPriority ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetPriority() int

GetPriority returns the Priority field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetPriorityOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetPriorityOk() (*int, bool)

GetPriorityOk returns a tuple with the Priority field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetReadOnlySpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetReadOnlySpecs() DedicatedHardwareSpec

GetReadOnlySpecs returns the ReadOnlySpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetReadOnlySpecsOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetReadOnlySpecsOk() (*DedicatedHardwareSpec, bool)

GetReadOnlySpecsOk returns a tuple with the ReadOnlySpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudRegionConfig) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasAnalyticsAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasAnalyticsAutoScaling() bool

HasAnalyticsAutoScaling returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasAnalyticsSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasAnalyticsSpecs() bool

HasAnalyticsSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasAutoScaling() bool

HasAutoScaling returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasBackingProviderName() bool

HasBackingProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasElectableSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasElectableSpecs() bool

HasElectableSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasPriority ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasPriority() bool

HasPriority returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasProviderName() bool

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasReadOnlySpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasReadOnlySpecs() bool

HasReadOnlySpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudRegionConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudRegionConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetAnalyticsAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetAnalyticsAutoScaling(v AdvancedAutoScalingSettings)

SetAnalyticsAutoScaling gets a reference to the given AdvancedAutoScalingSettings and assigns it to the AnalyticsAutoScaling field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetAnalyticsSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetAnalyticsSpecs(v DedicatedHardwareSpec)

SetAnalyticsSpecs gets a reference to the given DedicatedHardwareSpec and assigns it to the AnalyticsSpecs field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetAutoScaling(v AdvancedAutoScalingSettings)

SetAutoScaling gets a reference to the given AdvancedAutoScalingSettings and assigns it to the AutoScaling field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetBackingProviderName(v string)

SetBackingProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackingProviderName field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetElectableSpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetElectableSpecs(v HardwareSpec)

SetElectableSpecs gets a reference to the given HardwareSpec and assigns it to the ElectableSpecs field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetPriority ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetPriority(v int)

SetPriority gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Priority field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetReadOnlySpecs ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetReadOnlySpecs(v DedicatedHardwareSpec)

SetReadOnlySpecs gets a reference to the given DedicatedHardwareSpec and assigns it to the ReadOnlySpecs field.

func (*CloudRegionConfig) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *CloudRegionConfig) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (CloudRegionConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudRegionConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CloudSearchMetrics ¶

type CloudSearchMetrics struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId string `json:"groupId"`
	// List that contains all host compute, memory, and storage utilization dedicated to Atlas Search when MongoDB Atlas received this request.
	// Read only field.
	HardwareMetrics *[]FTSMetric `json:"hardwareMetrics,omitempty"`
	// List that contains all performance and utilization measurements that Atlas Search index performed by the time MongoDB Atlas received this request.
	// Read only field.
	IndexMetrics *[]FTSMetric `json:"indexMetrics,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Hostname and port that identifies the process.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId string `json:"processId"`
	// List that contains all available Atlas Search status metrics when MongoDB Atlas received this request.
	// Read only field.
	StatusMetrics *[]FTSMetric `json:"statusMetrics,omitempty"`
}

CloudSearchMetrics struct for CloudSearchMetrics

func NewCloudSearchMetrics ¶

func NewCloudSearchMetrics(groupId string, processId string) *CloudSearchMetrics

NewCloudSearchMetrics instantiates a new CloudSearchMetrics object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCloudSearchMetricsWithDefaults ¶

func NewCloudSearchMetricsWithDefaults() *CloudSearchMetrics

NewCloudSearchMetricsWithDefaults instantiates a new CloudSearchMetrics object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetHardwareMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetHardwareMetrics() []FTSMetric

GetHardwareMetrics returns the HardwareMetrics field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetHardwareMetricsOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetHardwareMetricsOk() (*[]FTSMetric, bool)

GetHardwareMetricsOk returns a tuple with the HardwareMetrics field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetIndexMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetIndexMetrics() []FTSMetric

GetIndexMetrics returns the IndexMetrics field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetIndexMetricsOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetIndexMetricsOk() (*[]FTSMetric, bool)

GetIndexMetricsOk returns a tuple with the IndexMetrics field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetProcessId ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetProcessIdOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetStatusMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetStatusMetrics() []FTSMetric

GetStatusMetrics returns the StatusMetrics field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) GetStatusMetricsOk ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) GetStatusMetricsOk() (*[]FTSMetric, bool)

GetStatusMetricsOk returns a tuple with the StatusMetrics field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) HasHardwareMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) HasHardwareMetrics() bool

HasHardwareMetrics returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) HasIndexMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) HasIndexMetrics() bool

HasIndexMetrics returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) HasStatusMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) HasStatusMetrics() bool

HasStatusMetrics returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CloudSearchMetrics) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CloudSearchMetrics) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId sets field value

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) SetHardwareMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetHardwareMetrics(v []FTSMetric)

SetHardwareMetrics gets a reference to the given []FTSMetric and assigns it to the HardwareMetrics field.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) SetIndexMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetIndexMetrics(v []FTSMetric)

SetIndexMetrics gets a reference to the given []FTSMetric and assigns it to the IndexMetrics field.

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) SetProcessId ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId sets field value

func (*CloudSearchMetrics) SetStatusMetrics ¶

func (o *CloudSearchMetrics) SetStatusMetrics(v []FTSMetric)

SetStatusMetrics gets a reference to the given []FTSMetric and assigns it to the StatusMetrics field.

func (CloudSearchMetrics) ToMap ¶

func (o CloudSearchMetrics) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterAutoScalingSettings ¶

type ClusterAutoScalingSettings struct {
	Compute *ClusterComputeAutoScaling `json:"compute,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled disk auto-scaling for this cluster.
	DiskGBEnabled *bool `json:"diskGBEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ClusterAutoScalingSettings Range of instance sizes to which your cluster can scale.

func NewClusterAutoScalingSettings ¶

func NewClusterAutoScalingSettings() *ClusterAutoScalingSettings

NewClusterAutoScalingSettings instantiates a new ClusterAutoScalingSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults() *ClusterAutoScalingSettings

NewClusterAutoScalingSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterAutoScalingSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetCompute ¶

GetCompute returns the Compute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetComputeOk ¶

GetComputeOk returns a tuple with the Compute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBEnabled() bool

GetDiskGBEnabled returns the DiskGBEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ClusterAutoScalingSettings) GetDiskGBEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDiskGBEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DiskGBEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) HasCompute ¶

func (o *ClusterAutoScalingSettings) HasCompute() bool

HasCompute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) HasDiskGBEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterAutoScalingSettings) HasDiskGBEnabled() bool

HasDiskGBEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterAutoScalingSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterAutoScalingSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) SetCompute ¶

SetCompute gets a reference to the given ClusterComputeAutoScaling and assigns it to the Compute field.

func (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings) SetDiskGBEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterAutoScalingSettings) SetDiskGBEnabled(v bool)

SetDiskGBEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DiskGBEnabled field.

func (ClusterAutoScalingSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterAutoScalingSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize ¶

type ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize struct {
	// List of regions that this cloud provider supports for this instance size.
	// Read only field.
	AvailableRegions *[]AvailableCloudProviderRegion `json:"availableRegions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the instance size or cluster tier.
	// Read only field.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize struct for ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize

func NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize ¶

func NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize() *ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize

NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize instantiates a new ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSizeWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSizeWithDefaults() *ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize

NewClusterCloudProviderInstanceSizeWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetAvailableRegions ¶

GetAvailableRegions returns the AvailableRegions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetAvailableRegionsOk ¶

func (o *ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetAvailableRegionsOk() (*[]AvailableCloudProviderRegion, bool)

GetAvailableRegionsOk returns a tuple with the AvailableRegions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) HasAvailableRegions ¶

func (o *ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) HasAvailableRegions() bool

HasAvailableRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) HasName ¶

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) SetAvailableRegions ¶

SetAvailableRegions gets a reference to the given []AvailableCloudProviderRegion and assigns it to the AvailableRegions field.

func (*ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) SetName ¶

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterCloudProviderInstanceSize) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterComputeAutoScaling ¶

type ClusterComputeAutoScaling struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether cluster tier auto-scaling is enabled. Set to `true` to enable cluster tier auto-scaling. If enabled, you must specify a value for **providerSettings.autoScaling.compute.maxInstanceSize** also. Set to `false` to disable cluster tier auto-scaling.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster tier can scale down. This is required if **autoScaling.compute.enabled** is `true`. If you enable this option, specify a value for **providerSettings.autoScaling.compute.minInstanceSize**.
	ScaleDownEnabled *bool `json:"scaleDownEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ClusterComputeAutoScaling Collection of settings that configures how a cluster might scale its cluster tier and whether the cluster can scale down. Cluster tier auto-scaling is unavailable for clusters using Low CPU or NVME storage classes.

func NewClusterComputeAutoScaling ¶

func NewClusterComputeAutoScaling() *ClusterComputeAutoScaling

NewClusterComputeAutoScaling instantiates a new ClusterComputeAutoScaling object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults() *ClusterComputeAutoScaling

NewClusterComputeAutoScalingWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterComputeAutoScaling object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabled() bool

GetScaleDownEnabled returns the ScaleDownEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) GetScaleDownEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetScaleDownEnabledOk returns a tuple with the ScaleDownEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) HasScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) HasScaleDownEnabled() bool

HasScaleDownEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterComputeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterComputeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*ClusterComputeAutoScaling) SetScaleDownEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterComputeAutoScaling) SetScaleDownEnabled(v bool)

SetScaleDownEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ScaleDownEnabled field.

func (ClusterComputeAutoScaling) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterComputeAutoScaling) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterConnectionStrings ¶

type ClusterConnectionStrings struct {
	// Private endpoint-aware connection strings that use AWS-hosted clusters with Amazon Web Services (AWS) PrivateLink. Each key identifies an Amazon Web Services (AWS) interface endpoint. Each value identifies the related `mongodb://` connection string that you use to connect to MongoDB Cloud through the interface endpoint that the key names.
	// Read only field.
	AwsPrivateLink *map[string]string `json:"awsPrivateLink,omitempty"`
	// Private endpoint-aware connection strings that use AWS-hosted clusters with Amazon Web Services (AWS) PrivateLink. Each key identifies an Amazon Web Services (AWS) interface endpoint. Each value identifies the related `mongodb://` connection string that you use to connect to Atlas through the interface endpoint that the key names.
	// Read only field.
	AwsPrivateLinkSrv *map[string]string `json:"awsPrivateLinkSrv,omitempty"`
	// Network peering connection strings for each interface Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) endpoint that you configured to connect to this cluster. This connection string uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol. The resource returns this parameter once someone creates a network peering connection to this cluster. This protocol tells the application to look up the host seed list in the Domain Name System (DNS). This list synchronizes with the nodes in a cluster. If the connection string uses this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format, you don't need to append the seed list or change the URI if the nodes change. Use this URI format if your driver supports it. If it doesn't, use connectionStrings.private. For Amazon Web Services (AWS) clusters, this resource returns this parameter only if you enable custom DNS.
	// Read only field.
	Private *string `json:"private,omitempty"`
	// List of private endpoint-aware connection strings that you can use to connect to this cluster through a private endpoint. This parameter returns only if you deployed a private endpoint to all regions to which you deployed this clusters' nodes.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpoint *[]ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint `json:"privateEndpoint,omitempty"`
	// Network peering connection strings for each interface Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) endpoint that you configured to connect to this cluster. This connection string uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol. The resource returns this parameter when someone creates a network peering connection to this cluster. This protocol tells the application to look up the host seed list in the Domain Name System (DNS). This list synchronizes with the nodes in a cluster. If the connection string uses this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format, you don't need to append the seed list or change the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) if the nodes change. Use this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format if your driver supports it. If it doesn't, use `connectionStrings.private`. For Amazon Web Services (AWS) clusters, this parameter returns only if you [enable custom DNS](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/api/aws-custom-dns-update/).
	// Read only field.
	PrivateSrv *string `json:"privateSrv,omitempty"`
	// Public connection string that you can use to connect to this cluster. This connection string uses the `mongodb://` protocol.
	// Read only field.
	Standard *string `json:"standard,omitempty"`
	// Public connection string that you can use to connect to this cluster. This connection string uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol.
	// Read only field.
	StandardSrv *string `json:"standardSrv,omitempty"`
}

ClusterConnectionStrings Collection of Uniform Resource Locators that point to the MongoDB database.

func NewClusterConnectionStrings ¶

func NewClusterConnectionStrings() *ClusterConnectionStrings

NewClusterConnectionStrings instantiates a new ClusterConnectionStrings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterConnectionStringsWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterConnectionStringsWithDefaults() *ClusterConnectionStrings

NewClusterConnectionStringsWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterConnectionStrings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLink() map[string]string

GetAwsPrivateLink returns the AwsPrivateLink field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkOk() (*map[string]string, bool)

GetAwsPrivateLinkOk returns a tuple with the AwsPrivateLink field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkSrv() map[string]string

GetAwsPrivateLinkSrv returns the AwsPrivateLinkSrv field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkSrvOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetAwsPrivateLinkSrvOk() (*map[string]string, bool)

GetAwsPrivateLinkSrvOk returns a tuple with the AwsPrivateLinkSrv field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivate ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivate() string

GetPrivate returns the Private field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateEndpoint ¶

GetPrivateEndpoint returns the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateEndpointOk ¶

GetPrivateEndpointOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateOk returns a tuple with the Private field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateSrv() string

GetPrivateSrv returns the PrivateSrv field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateSrvOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetPrivateSrvOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateSrvOk returns a tuple with the PrivateSrv field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandard ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandard() string

GetStandard returns the Standard field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardOk() (*string, bool)

GetStandardOk returns a tuple with the Standard field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrv() string

GetStandardSrv returns the StandardSrv field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrvOk ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrvOk() (*string, bool)

GetStandardSrvOk returns a tuple with the StandardSrv field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasAwsPrivateLink() bool

HasAwsPrivateLink returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasAwsPrivateLinkSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasAwsPrivateLinkSrv() bool

HasAwsPrivateLinkSrv returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivate ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivate() bool

HasPrivate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivateEndpoint() bool

HasPrivateEndpoint returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivateSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasPrivateSrv() bool

HasPrivateSrv returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasStandard ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasStandard() bool

HasStandard returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) HasStandardSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) HasStandardSrv() bool

HasStandardSrv returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterConnectionStrings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterConnectionStrings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetAwsPrivateLink(v map[string]string)

SetAwsPrivateLink gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the AwsPrivateLink field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetAwsPrivateLinkSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetAwsPrivateLinkSrv(v map[string]string)

SetAwsPrivateLinkSrv gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the AwsPrivateLinkSrv field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetPrivate ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetPrivate(v string)

SetPrivate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Private field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetPrivateEndpoint ¶

SetPrivateEndpoint gets a reference to the given []ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint and assigns it to the PrivateEndpoint field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetPrivateSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetPrivateSrv(v string)

SetPrivateSrv gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateSrv field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetStandard ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetStandard(v string)

SetStandard gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Standard field.

func (*ClusterConnectionStrings) SetStandardSrv ¶

func (o *ClusterConnectionStrings) SetStandardSrv(v string)

SetStandardSrv gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StandardSrv field.

func (ClusterConnectionStrings) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterConnectionStrings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint ¶

type ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint struct {
	// Private endpoint-aware connection string that uses the `mongodb://` protocol to connect to MongoDB Cloud through a private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	ConnectionString *string `json:"connectionString,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the private endpoints through which you connect to MongoDB Cloud when you use **connectionStrings.privateEndpoint[n].connectionString** or **connectionStrings.privateEndpoint[n].srvConnectionString**.
	// Read only field.
	Endpoints *[]ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint `json:"endpoints,omitempty"`
	// Private endpoint-aware connection string that uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol to connect to MongoDB Cloud through a private endpoint. The `mongodb+srv` protocol tells the driver to look up the seed list of hosts in the Domain Name System (DNS). This list synchronizes with the nodes in a cluster. If the connection string uses this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format, you don't need to append the seed list or change the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) if the nodes change. Use this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format if your application supports it. If it doesn't, use connectionStrings.privateEndpoint[n].connectionString.
	// Read only field.
	SrvConnectionString *string `json:"srvConnectionString,omitempty"`
	// Private endpoint-aware connection string optimized for sharded clusters that uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol to connect to MongoDB Cloud through a private endpoint. If the connection string uses this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format, you don't need to change the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) if the nodes change. Use this Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) format if your application and Atlas cluster supports it. If it doesn't, use and consult the documentation for connectionStrings.privateEndpoint[n].srvConnectionString.
	// Read only field.
	SrvShardOptimizedConnectionString *string `json:"srvShardOptimizedConnectionString,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB process type to which your application connects. Use `MONGOD` for replica sets and `MONGOS` for sharded clusters.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint Private endpoint-aware connection string that you can use to connect to this cluster through a private endpoint.

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint() *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint

NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointWithDefaults() *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint

NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetConnectionString ¶

GetConnectionString returns the ConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetConnectionStringOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool)

GetConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetEndpoints ¶

GetEndpoints returns the Endpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetEndpointsOk ¶

GetEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the Endpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvConnectionString() string

GetSrvConnectionString returns the SrvConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvConnectionStringOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool)

GetSrvConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the SrvConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString() string

GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString returns the SrvShardOptimizedConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionStringOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool)

GetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the SrvShardOptimizedConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) GetTypeOk ¶

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasConnectionString ¶

HasConnectionString returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasEndpoints ¶

HasEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasSrvConnectionString() bool

HasSrvConnectionString returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString() bool

HasSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) HasType ¶

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetConnectionString ¶

SetConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionString field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetEndpoints ¶

SetEndpoints gets a reference to the given []ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint and assigns it to the Endpoints field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetSrvConnectionString(v string)

SetSrvConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SrvConnectionString field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString(v string)

SetSrvShardOptimizedConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SrvShardOptimizedConnectionString field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) SetType ¶

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpoint) ToMap ¶

type ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint ¶

type ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint struct {
	// Unique string that the cloud provider uses to identify the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointId *string `json:"endpointId,omitempty"`
	// Cloud provider in which MongoDB Cloud deploys the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Region where the private endpoint is deployed.
	// Read only field.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
}

ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint Details of a private endpoint deployed for this cluster.

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint() *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint

NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpointWithDefaults() *ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint

NewClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpointWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetEndpointId ¶

GetEndpointId returns the EndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetEndpointIdOk ¶

GetEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the EndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetProviderName ¶

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetProviderNameOk ¶

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetRegion ¶

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) GetRegionOk ¶

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) HasEndpointId ¶

HasEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) HasProviderName ¶

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) HasRegion ¶

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) SetEndpointId ¶

SetEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointId field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) SetProviderName ¶

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) SetRegion ¶

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (ClusterDescriptionConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointEndpoint) ToMap ¶

type ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs ¶

type ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs struct {
	// Number of threads on the source shard and the receiving shard for chunk migration. The number of threads should not exceed the half the total number of CPU cores in the sharded cluster.
	ChunkMigrationConcurrency *int `json:"chunkMigrationConcurrency,omitempty"`
	// Default level of acknowledgment requested from MongoDB for read operations set for this cluster.  MongoDB 4.4 clusters default to `available`. MongoDB 5.0 and later clusters default to `local`.
	DefaultReadConcern *string `json:"defaultReadConcern,omitempty"`
	// Default level of acknowledgment requested from MongoDB for write operations set for this cluster.  MongoDB 4.4 clusters default to `1`. MongoDB 5.0 and later clusters default to `majority`.
	DefaultWriteConcern *string `json:"defaultWriteConcern,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether you can insert or update documents where all indexed entries don't exceed 1024 bytes. If you set this to false, [mongod](https://docs.mongodb.com/upcoming/reference/program/mongod/#mongodb-binary-bin.mongod) writes documents that exceed this limit but doesn't index them. This parameter has been removed as of [MongoDB 4.4](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/parameters/#mongodb-parameter-param.failIndexKeyTooLong).
	// Deprecated
	FailIndexKeyTooLong *bool `json:"failIndexKeyTooLong,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster allows execution of operations that perform server-side executions of JavaScript.
	JavascriptEnabled *bool `json:"javascriptEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Minimum Transport Layer Security (TLS) version that the cluster accepts for incoming connections. Clusters using TLS 1.0 or 1.1 should consider setting TLS 1.2 as the minimum TLS protocol version.
	MinimumEnabledTlsProtocol *string `json:"minimumEnabledTlsProtocol,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster disables executing any query that requires a collection scan to return results.
	NoTableScan *bool `json:"noTableScan,omitempty"`
	// Minimum retention window for cluster's oplog expressed in hours. A value of null indicates that the cluster uses the default minimum oplog window that MongoDB Cloud calculates.
	OplogMinRetentionHours *float64 `json:"oplogMinRetentionHours,omitempty"`
	// Storage limit of cluster's oplog expressed in megabytes. A value of null indicates that the cluster uses the default oplog size that MongoDB Cloud calculates.
	OplogSizeMB *int `json:"oplogSizeMB,omitempty"`
	// May be set to 1 (disabled) or 3 (enabled). When set to 3, Atlas will include redacted and anonymized $queryStats output in MongoDB logs. $queryStats output does not contain literals or field values. Enabling this setting might impact the performance of your cluster.
	QueryStatsLogVerbosity *int `json:"queryStatsLogVerbosity,omitempty"`
	// Interval in seconds at which the mongosqld process re-samples data to create its relational schema.
	SampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector *int `json:"sampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector,omitempty"`
	// Number of documents per database to sample when gathering schema information.
	SampleSizeBIConnector *int `json:"sampleSizeBIConnector,omitempty"`
	// Lifetime, in seconds, of multi-document transactions. Atlas considers the transactions that exceed this limit as expired and so aborts them through a periodic cleanup process.
	TransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds *int64 `json:"transactionLifetimeLimitSeconds,omitempty"`
}

ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs struct for ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs

func NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgs ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgs() *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs

NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgs instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgsWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgsWithDefaults() *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs

NewClusterDescriptionProcessArgsWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetChunkMigrationConcurrency ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetChunkMigrationConcurrency() int

GetChunkMigrationConcurrency returns the ChunkMigrationConcurrency field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetChunkMigrationConcurrencyOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetChunkMigrationConcurrencyOk() (*int, bool)

GetChunkMigrationConcurrencyOk returns a tuple with the ChunkMigrationConcurrency field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultReadConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultReadConcern() string

GetDefaultReadConcern returns the DefaultReadConcern field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultReadConcernOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultReadConcernOk() (*string, bool)

GetDefaultReadConcernOk returns a tuple with the DefaultReadConcern field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultWriteConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultWriteConcern() string

GetDefaultWriteConcern returns the DefaultWriteConcern field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultWriteConcernOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetDefaultWriteConcernOk() (*string, bool)

GetDefaultWriteConcernOk returns a tuple with the DefaultWriteConcern field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetFailIndexKeyTooLong ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetFailIndexKeyTooLong() bool

GetFailIndexKeyTooLong returns the FailIndexKeyTooLong field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetFailIndexKeyTooLongOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetFailIndexKeyTooLongOk() (*bool, bool)

GetFailIndexKeyTooLongOk returns a tuple with the FailIndexKeyTooLong field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetJavascriptEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetJavascriptEnabled() bool

GetJavascriptEnabled returns the JavascriptEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetJavascriptEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetJavascriptEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetJavascriptEnabledOk returns a tuple with the JavascriptEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol() string

GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol returns the MinimumEnabledTlsProtocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocolOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocolOk returns a tuple with the MinimumEnabledTlsProtocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetNoTableScan ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetNoTableScan() bool

GetNoTableScan returns the NoTableScan field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetNoTableScanOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetNoTableScanOk() (*bool, bool)

GetNoTableScanOk returns a tuple with the NoTableScan field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogMinRetentionHours ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogMinRetentionHours() float64

GetOplogMinRetentionHours returns the OplogMinRetentionHours field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogMinRetentionHoursOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogMinRetentionHoursOk() (*float64, bool)

GetOplogMinRetentionHoursOk returns a tuple with the OplogMinRetentionHours field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogSizeMB() int

GetOplogSizeMB returns the OplogSizeMB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogSizeMBOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetOplogSizeMBOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogSizeMBOk returns a tuple with the OplogSizeMB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetQueryStatsLogVerbosity ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetQueryStatsLogVerbosity() int

GetQueryStatsLogVerbosity returns the QueryStatsLogVerbosity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetQueryStatsLogVerbosityOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetQueryStatsLogVerbosityOk() (*int, bool)

GetQueryStatsLogVerbosityOk returns a tuple with the QueryStatsLogVerbosity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector() int

GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector returns the SampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnectorOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnectorOk() (*int, bool)

GetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnectorOk returns a tuple with the SampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleSizeBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleSizeBIConnector() int

GetSampleSizeBIConnector returns the SampleSizeBIConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleSizeBIConnectorOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetSampleSizeBIConnectorOk() (*int, bool)

GetSampleSizeBIConnectorOk returns a tuple with the SampleSizeBIConnector field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds() int64

GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds returns the TransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSecondsOk ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSecondsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetTransactionLifetimeLimitSecondsOk returns a tuple with the TransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasChunkMigrationConcurrency ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasChunkMigrationConcurrency() bool

HasChunkMigrationConcurrency returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasDefaultReadConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasDefaultReadConcern() bool

HasDefaultReadConcern returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasDefaultWriteConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasDefaultWriteConcern() bool

HasDefaultWriteConcern returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasFailIndexKeyTooLong ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasFailIndexKeyTooLong() bool

HasFailIndexKeyTooLong returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasJavascriptEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasJavascriptEnabled() bool

HasJavascriptEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol() bool

HasMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasNoTableScan ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasNoTableScan() bool

HasNoTableScan returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasOplogMinRetentionHours ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasOplogMinRetentionHours() bool

HasOplogMinRetentionHours returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasOplogSizeMB() bool

HasOplogSizeMB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasQueryStatsLogVerbosity ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasQueryStatsLogVerbosity() bool

HasQueryStatsLogVerbosity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector() bool

HasSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasSampleSizeBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasSampleSizeBIConnector() bool

HasSampleSizeBIConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) HasTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds() bool

HasTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetChunkMigrationConcurrency ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetChunkMigrationConcurrency(v int)

SetChunkMigrationConcurrency gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ChunkMigrationConcurrency field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetDefaultReadConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetDefaultReadConcern(v string)

SetDefaultReadConcern gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DefaultReadConcern field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetDefaultWriteConcern ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetDefaultWriteConcern(v string)

SetDefaultWriteConcern gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DefaultWriteConcern field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetFailIndexKeyTooLong ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetFailIndexKeyTooLong(v bool)

SetFailIndexKeyTooLong gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the FailIndexKeyTooLong field. Deprecated

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetJavascriptEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetJavascriptEnabled(v bool)

SetJavascriptEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the JavascriptEnabled field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol(v string)

SetMinimumEnabledTlsProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MinimumEnabledTlsProtocol field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetNoTableScan ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetNoTableScan(v bool)

SetNoTableScan gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the NoTableScan field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetOplogMinRetentionHours ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetOplogMinRetentionHours(v float64)

SetOplogMinRetentionHours gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the OplogMinRetentionHours field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetOplogSizeMB ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetOplogSizeMB(v int)

SetOplogSizeMB gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogSizeMB field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetQueryStatsLogVerbosity ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetQueryStatsLogVerbosity(v int)

SetQueryStatsLogVerbosity gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the QueryStatsLogVerbosity field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector(v int)

SetSampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the SampleRefreshIntervalBIConnector field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetSampleSizeBIConnector ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetSampleSizeBIConnector(v int)

SetSampleSizeBIConnector gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the SampleSizeBIConnector field.

func (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds ¶

func (o *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) SetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds(v int64)

SetTransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds field.

func (ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterFreeAutoScaling ¶

type ClusterFreeAutoScaling struct {
	// Collection of settings that configures how a cluster might scale its cluster tier and whether the cluster can scale down.
	Compute *string `json:"compute,omitempty"`
}

ClusterFreeAutoScaling Range of instance sizes to which your cluster can scale.

func NewClusterFreeAutoScaling ¶

func NewClusterFreeAutoScaling() *ClusterFreeAutoScaling

NewClusterFreeAutoScaling instantiates a new ClusterFreeAutoScaling object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterFreeAutoScalingWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterFreeAutoScalingWithDefaults() *ClusterFreeAutoScaling

NewClusterFreeAutoScalingWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterFreeAutoScaling object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterFreeAutoScaling) GetCompute ¶

func (o *ClusterFreeAutoScaling) GetCompute() string

GetCompute returns the Compute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterFreeAutoScaling) GetComputeOk ¶

func (o *ClusterFreeAutoScaling) GetComputeOk() (*string, bool)

GetComputeOk returns a tuple with the Compute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterFreeAutoScaling) HasCompute ¶

func (o *ClusterFreeAutoScaling) HasCompute() bool

HasCompute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterFreeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterFreeAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterFreeAutoScaling) SetCompute ¶

func (o *ClusterFreeAutoScaling) SetCompute(v string)

SetCompute gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Compute field.

func (ClusterFreeAutoScaling) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterFreeAutoScaling) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterIPAddresses ¶

type ClusterIPAddresses struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// List of inbound IP addresses associated with the cluster. If your network allows outbound HTTP requests only to specific IP addresses, you must allow access to the following IP addresses so that your application can connect to your Atlas cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Inbound *[]string `json:"inbound,omitempty"`
	// List of outbound IP addresses associated with the cluster. If your network allows inbound HTTP requests only from specific IP addresses, you must allow access from the following IP addresses so that your Atlas cluster can communicate with your webhooks and KMS.
	// Read only field.
	Outbound *[]string `json:"outbound,omitempty"`
}

ClusterIPAddresses List of IP addresses in a cluster.

func NewClusterIPAddresses ¶

func NewClusterIPAddresses() *ClusterIPAddresses

NewClusterIPAddresses instantiates a new ClusterIPAddresses object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterIPAddressesWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterIPAddressesWithDefaults() *ClusterIPAddresses

NewClusterIPAddressesWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterIPAddresses object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetInbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetInbound() []string

GetInbound returns the Inbound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetInboundOk ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetInboundOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetInboundOk returns a tuple with the Inbound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetOutbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetOutbound() []string

GetOutbound returns the Outbound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) GetOutboundOk ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) GetOutboundOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetOutboundOk returns a tuple with the Outbound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) HasInbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) HasInbound() bool

HasInbound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) HasOutbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) HasOutbound() bool

HasOutbound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) SetInbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) SetInbound(v []string)

SetInbound gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Inbound field.

func (*ClusterIPAddresses) SetOutbound ¶

func (o *ClusterIPAddresses) SetOutbound(v []string)

SetOutbound gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Outbound field.

func (ClusterIPAddresses) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterIPAddresses) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterOutageSimulation ¶

type ClusterOutageSimulation struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that undergoes outage simulation.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project that contains the cluster to undergo outage simulation.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the outage simulation.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of settings that specify the type of cluster outage simulation.
	OutageFilters *[]AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter `json:"outageFilters,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud started the regional outage simulation.
	// Read only field.
	StartRequestDate *time.Time `json:"startRequestDate,omitempty"`
	// Phase of the outage simulation.  | State       | Indication | |-------------|------------| | `START_REQUESTED`    | User has requested cluster outage simulation.| | `STARTING`           | MongoDB Cloud is starting cluster outage simulation.| | `SIMULATING`         | MongoDB Cloud is simulating cluster outage.| | `RECOVERY_REQUESTED` | User has requested recovery from the simulated outage.| | `RECOVERING`         | MongoDB Cloud is recovering the cluster from the simulated outage.| | `COMPLETE`           | MongoDB Cloud has completed the cluster outage simulation.|
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

ClusterOutageSimulation struct for ClusterOutageSimulation

func NewClusterOutageSimulation ¶

func NewClusterOutageSimulation() *ClusterOutageSimulation

NewClusterOutageSimulation instantiates a new ClusterOutageSimulation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterOutageSimulationWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterOutageSimulationWithDefaults() *ClusterOutageSimulation

NewClusterOutageSimulationWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterOutageSimulation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetOutageFilters ¶

GetOutageFilters returns the OutageFilters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetOutageFiltersOk ¶

GetOutageFiltersOk returns a tuple with the OutageFilters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStartRequestDate ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStartRequestDate() time.Time

GetStartRequestDate returns the StartRequestDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStartRequestDateOk ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStartRequestDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartRequestDateOk returns a tuple with the StartRequestDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetState ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasOutageFilters ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasOutageFilters() bool

HasOutageFilters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasStartRequestDate ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasStartRequestDate() bool

HasStartRequestDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) HasState ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterOutageSimulation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterOutageSimulation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetId ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetOutageFilters ¶

SetOutageFilters gets a reference to the given []AtlasClusterOutageSimulationOutageFilter and assigns it to the OutageFilters field.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetStartRequestDate ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) SetStartRequestDate(v time.Time)

SetStartRequestDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartRequestDate field.

func (*ClusterOutageSimulation) SetState ¶

func (o *ClusterOutageSimulation) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (ClusterOutageSimulation) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterOutageSimulation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterOutageSimulationApi ¶

type ClusterOutageSimulationApi interface {

	/*
		EndOutageSimulation End an Outage Simulation

		[experimental] Ends a cluster outage simulation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that is undergoing outage simulation.
		@return EndOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	EndOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) EndOutageSimulationApiRequest
	/*
		EndOutageSimulation End an Outage Simulation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param EndOutageSimulationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return EndOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	EndOutageSimulationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *EndOutageSimulationApiParams) EndOutageSimulationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	EndOutageSimulationExecute(r EndOutageSimulationApiRequest) (*ClusterOutageSimulation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetOutageSimulation Return One Outage Simulation

		[experimental] Returns one outage simulation for one cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that is undergoing outage simulation.
		@return GetOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetOutageSimulationApiRequest
	/*
		GetOutageSimulation Return One Outage Simulation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOutageSimulationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOutageSimulationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOutageSimulationApiParams) GetOutageSimulationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOutageSimulationExecute(r GetOutageSimulationApiRequest) (*ClusterOutageSimulation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		StartOutageSimulation Start an Outage Simulation

		[experimental] Starts a cluster outage simulation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to undergo an outage simulation.
		@return StartOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	StartOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterOutageSimulation *ClusterOutageSimulation) StartOutageSimulationApiRequest
	/*
		StartOutageSimulation Start an Outage Simulation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param StartOutageSimulationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return StartOutageSimulationApiRequest
	*/
	StartOutageSimulationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *StartOutageSimulationApiParams) StartOutageSimulationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	StartOutageSimulationExecute(r StartOutageSimulationApiRequest) (*ClusterOutageSimulation, *http.Response, error)
}

type ClusterOutageSimulationApiService ¶

type ClusterOutageSimulationApiService service

ClusterOutageSimulationApiService ClusterOutageSimulationApi service

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) EndOutageSimulation ¶

func (a *ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) EndOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) EndOutageSimulationApiRequest

EndOutageSimulation End an Outage Simulation

[experimental] Ends a cluster outage simulation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that is undergoing outage simulation.
@return EndOutageSimulationApiRequest

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) EndOutageSimulationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterOutageSimulation

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) EndOutageSimulationWithParams ¶

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) GetOutageSimulation ¶

func (a *ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) GetOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetOutageSimulationApiRequest

GetOutageSimulation Return One Outage Simulation

[experimental] Returns one outage simulation for one cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that is undergoing outage simulation.
@return GetOutageSimulationApiRequest

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) GetOutageSimulationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterOutageSimulation

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) GetOutageSimulationWithParams ¶

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) StartOutageSimulation ¶

func (a *ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) StartOutageSimulation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterOutageSimulation *ClusterOutageSimulation) StartOutageSimulationApiRequest

StartOutageSimulation Start an Outage Simulation

[experimental] Starts a cluster outage simulation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to undergo an outage simulation.
@return StartOutageSimulationApiRequest

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) StartOutageSimulationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterOutageSimulation

func (*ClusterOutageSimulationApiService) StartOutageSimulationWithParams ¶

type ClusterProviderSettings ¶

type ClusterProviderSettings struct {
	ProviderName string                  `json:"providerName"`
	AutoScaling  *ClusterFreeAutoScaling `json:"autoScaling,omitempty"`
	// Maximum Disk Input/Output Operations per Second (IOPS) that the database host can perform.
	DiskIOPS *int `json:"diskIOPS,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the Amazon Elastic Block Store (EBS) encryption feature encrypts the host's root volume for both data at rest within the volume and for data moving between the volume and the cluster. Clusters always have this setting enabled.
	// Deprecated
	EncryptEBSVolume *bool `json:"encryptEBSVolume,omitempty"`
	// Cluster tier, with a default storage and memory capacity, that applies to all the data-bearing hosts in your cluster.  Alternatively: Cluster tier, with a default storage and memory capacity, that applies to all the data-bearing hosts in your cluster. You must set **providerSettings.providerName** to `TENANT` and specify the cloud service provider in **providerSettings.backingProviderName**.
	InstanceSizeName *string `json:"instanceSizeName,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud deploys your AWS-hosted MongoDB cluster nodes. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. When MongoDB Cloud deploys a dedicated cluster, it checks if a VPC or VPC connection exists for that provider and region. If not, MongoDB Cloud creates them as part of the deployment. MongoDB Cloud assigns the VPC a CIDR block. To limit a new VPC peering connection to one CIDR block and region, create the connection first. Deploy the cluster after the connection starts.  Alternatively: Microsoft Azure Regions.  Alternatively: Google Compute Regions.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the geographic location of your MongoDB cluster. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. For a complete list of region names, see [AWS](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/amazon-aws/#std-label-amazon-aws), [GCP](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/google-gcp/), and [Azure](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/microsoft-azure/). For multi-region clusters, see **replicationSpec.{region}**.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// Disk Input/Output Operations per Second (IOPS) setting for Amazon Web Services (AWS) storage that you configure only for abbr title=\"Amazon Web Services\">AWS</abbr>. Specify whether Disk Input/Output Operations per Second (IOPS) must not exceed the default Input/Output Operations per Second (IOPS) rate for the selected volume size (`STANDARD`), or must fall within the allowable Input/Output Operations per Second (IOPS) range for the selected volume size (`PROVISIONED`). You must set this value to (`PROVISIONED`) for NVMe clusters.
	VolumeType *string `json:"volumeType,omitempty"`
	// Disk type that corresponds to the host's root volume for Azure instances. If omitted, the default disk type for the selected **providerSettings.instanceSizeName** applies.
	DiskTypeName *string `json:"diskTypeName,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider on which MongoDB Cloud provisioned the multi-tenant host. The resource returns this parameter when **providerSettings.providerName** is `TENANT` and **providerSetting.instanceSizeName** is `M0`, `M2` or `M5`.
	BackingProviderName *string `json:"backingProviderName,omitempty"`
}

ClusterProviderSettings Group of cloud provider settings that configure the provisioned MongoDB hosts.

func NewClusterProviderSettings ¶

func NewClusterProviderSettings(providerName string) *ClusterProviderSettings

NewClusterProviderSettings instantiates a new ClusterProviderSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterProviderSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterProviderSettingsWithDefaults() *ClusterProviderSettings

NewClusterProviderSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterProviderSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetAutoScaling() ClusterFreeAutoScaling

GetAutoScaling returns the AutoScaling field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetAutoScalingOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetAutoScalingOk() (*ClusterFreeAutoScaling, bool)

GetAutoScalingOk returns a tuple with the AutoScaling field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderName() string

GetBackingProviderName returns the BackingProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBackingProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the BackingProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskIOPS() int

GetDiskIOPS returns the DiskIOPS field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskIOPSOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskIOPSOk() (*int, bool)

GetDiskIOPSOk returns a tuple with the DiskIOPS field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskTypeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskTypeName() string

GetDiskTypeName returns the DiskTypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetDiskTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDiskTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the DiskTypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetEncryptEBSVolume ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetEncryptEBSVolume() bool

GetEncryptEBSVolume returns the EncryptEBSVolume field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetEncryptEBSVolumeOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetEncryptEBSVolumeOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEncryptEBSVolumeOk returns a tuple with the EncryptEBSVolume field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetInstanceSizeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetInstanceSizeName() string

GetInstanceSizeName returns the InstanceSizeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetInstanceSizeNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetInstanceSizeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetInstanceSizeNameOk returns a tuple with the InstanceSizeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetVolumeType ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetVolumeType() string

GetVolumeType returns the VolumeType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) GetVolumeTypeOk ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) GetVolumeTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetVolumeTypeOk returns a tuple with the VolumeType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasAutoScaling ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasAutoScaling() bool

HasAutoScaling returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasBackingProviderName() bool

HasBackingProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasDiskIOPS() bool

HasDiskIOPS returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasDiskTypeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasDiskTypeName() bool

HasDiskTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasEncryptEBSVolume ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasEncryptEBSVolume() bool

HasEncryptEBSVolume returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasInstanceSizeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasInstanceSizeName() bool

HasInstanceSizeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) HasVolumeType ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) HasVolumeType() bool

HasVolumeType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterProviderSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterProviderSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetAutoScaling(v ClusterFreeAutoScaling)

SetAutoScaling gets a reference to the given ClusterFreeAutoScaling and assigns it to the AutoScaling field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetBackingProviderName(v string)

SetBackingProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackingProviderName field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetDiskIOPS(v int)

SetDiskIOPS gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DiskIOPS field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetDiskTypeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetDiskTypeName(v string)

SetDiskTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DiskTypeName field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetEncryptEBSVolume ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetEncryptEBSVolume(v bool)

SetEncryptEBSVolume gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptEBSVolume field. Deprecated

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetInstanceSizeName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetInstanceSizeName(v string)

SetInstanceSizeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceSizeName field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName sets field value

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*ClusterProviderSettings) SetVolumeType ¶

func (o *ClusterProviderSettings) SetVolumeType(v string)

SetVolumeType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VolumeType field.

func (ClusterProviderSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterProviderSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterSearchIndex ¶

type ClusterSearchIndex struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection that contains one or more Atlas Search indexes.
	CollectionName string `json:"collectionName"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that contains the collection with one or more Atlas Search indexes.
	Database string `json:"database"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this Atlas Search index.
	// Read only field.
	IndexID *string `json:"indexID,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this index. Within each namespace, names of all indexes in the namespace must be unique.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Condition of the search index when you made this request.  | Status | Index Condition |  |---|---|  | IN_PROGRESS | Atlas is building or re-building the index after an edit. |  | STEADY | You can use this search index. |  | FAILED | Atlas could not build the index. |  | MIGRATING | Atlas is upgrading the underlying cluster tier and migrating indexes. |  | PAUSED | The cluster is paused. |
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Type of the index. Default type is search.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Specific pre-defined method chosen to convert database field text into searchable words. This conversion reduces the text of fields into the smallest units of text. These units are called a **term** or **token**. This process, known as tokenization, involves a variety of changes made to the text in fields:  - extracting words - removing punctuation - removing accents - changing to lowercase - removing common words - reducing words to their root form (stemming) - changing words to their base form (lemmatization)  MongoDB Cloud uses the selected process to build the Atlas Search index.
	Analyzer *string `json:"analyzer,omitempty"`
	// List of user-defined methods to convert database field text into searchable words.
	Analyzers *[]ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers `json:"analyzers,omitempty"`
	Mappings  *ApiAtlasFTSMappings    `json:"mappings,omitempty"`
	// Method applied to identify words when searching this index.
	SearchAnalyzer *string `json:"searchAnalyzer,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to store all fields (true) on Atlas Search. By default, Atlas doesn't store (false) the fields on Atlas Search.  Alternatively, you can specify an object that only contains the list of fields to store (include) or not store (exclude) on Atlas Search. To learn more, see documentation.
	StoredSource map[string]interface{} `json:"storedSource,omitempty"`
	// Rule sets that map words to their synonyms in this index.
	Synonyms *[]SearchSynonymMappingDefinition `json:"synonyms,omitempty"`
	// Settings that configure the fields, one per object, to index. You must define at least one \"vector\" type field. You can optionally define \"filter\" type fields also.
	Fields *[]map[string]interface{} `json:"fields,omitempty"`
}

ClusterSearchIndex struct for ClusterSearchIndex

func NewClusterSearchIndex ¶

func NewClusterSearchIndex(collectionName string, database string, name string) *ClusterSearchIndex

NewClusterSearchIndex instantiates a new ClusterSearchIndex object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterSearchIndexWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterSearchIndexWithDefaults() *ClusterSearchIndex

NewClusterSearchIndexWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterSearchIndex object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzer() string

GetAnalyzer returns the Analyzer field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzerOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzerOk() (*string, bool)

GetAnalyzerOk returns a tuple with the Analyzer field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzers ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzers() []ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers

GetAnalyzers returns the Analyzers field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzersOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetAnalyzersOk() (*[]ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers, bool)

GetAnalyzersOk returns a tuple with the Analyzers field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetCollectionName ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetCollectionNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetDatabase ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetDatabase() string

GetDatabase returns the Database field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetDatabaseOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetDatabaseOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the Database field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetFields ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetFields() []map[string]interface{}

GetFields returns the Fields field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetFieldsOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetFieldsOk() (*[]map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetFieldsOk returns a tuple with the Fields field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetIndexID ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetIndexID() string

GetIndexID returns the IndexID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetIndexIDOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetIndexIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetIndexIDOk returns a tuple with the IndexID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetMappings ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetMappings() ApiAtlasFTSMappings

GetMappings returns the Mappings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetMappingsOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetMappingsOk() (*ApiAtlasFTSMappings, bool)

GetMappingsOk returns a tuple with the Mappings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetName ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetSearchAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetSearchAnalyzer() string

GetSearchAnalyzer returns the SearchAnalyzer field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetSearchAnalyzerOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetSearchAnalyzerOk() (*string, bool)

GetSearchAnalyzerOk returns a tuple with the SearchAnalyzer field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetStoredSource ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetStoredSource() map[string]interface{}

GetStoredSource returns the StoredSource field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetStoredSourceOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetStoredSourceOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetStoredSourceOk returns a tuple with the StoredSource field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetSynonyms ¶

GetSynonyms returns the Synonyms field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetSynonymsOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetSynonymsOk() (*[]SearchSynonymMappingDefinition, bool)

GetSynonymsOk returns a tuple with the Synonyms field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetType ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasAnalyzer() bool

HasAnalyzer returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasAnalyzers ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasAnalyzers() bool

HasAnalyzers returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasFields ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasFields() bool

HasFields returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasIndexID ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasIndexID() bool

HasIndexID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasMappings ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasMappings() bool

HasMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasSearchAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasSearchAnalyzer() bool

HasSearchAnalyzer returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasStoredSource ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasStoredSource() bool

HasStoredSource returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasSynonyms ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasSynonyms() bool

HasSynonyms returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) HasType ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterSearchIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterSearchIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetAnalyzer(v string)

SetAnalyzer gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Analyzer field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetAnalyzers ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetAnalyzers(v []ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers)

SetAnalyzers gets a reference to the given []ApiAtlasFTSAnalyzers and assigns it to the Analyzers field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetCollectionName ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName sets field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetDatabase ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetDatabase(v string)

SetDatabase sets field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetFields ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetFields(v []map[string]interface{})

SetFields gets a reference to the given []map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Fields field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetIndexID ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetIndexID(v string)

SetIndexID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IndexID field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetMappings ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetMappings(v ApiAtlasFTSMappings)

SetMappings gets a reference to the given ApiAtlasFTSMappings and assigns it to the Mappings field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetName ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetSearchAnalyzer ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetSearchAnalyzer(v string)

SetSearchAnalyzer gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SearchAnalyzer field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetStoredSource ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetStoredSource(v map[string]interface{})

SetStoredSource gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the StoredSource field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetSynonyms ¶

SetSynonyms gets a reference to the given []SearchSynonymMappingDefinition and assigns it to the Synonyms field.

func (*ClusterSearchIndex) SetType ¶

func (o *ClusterSearchIndex) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (ClusterSearchIndex) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterSearchIndex) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterServerlessBackupOptions ¶

type ClusterServerlessBackupOptions struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether the serverless instance uses **Serverless Continuous Backup**.  If this parameter is `false`, the serverless instance uses **Basic Backup**.   | Option | Description |  |---|---|  | Serverless Continuous Backup | Atlas takes incremental [snapshots](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/overview/#std-label-serverless-snapshots) of the data in your serverless instance every six hours and lets you restore the data from a selected point in time within the last 72 hours. Atlas also takes daily snapshots and retains these daily snapshots for 35 days. To learn more, see [Serverless Instance Costs](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/billing/serverless-instance-costs/#std-label-serverless-instance-costs). |  | Basic Backup | Atlas takes incremental [snapshots](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/overview/#std-label-serverless-snapshots) of the data in your serverless instance every six hours and retains only the two most recent snapshots. You can use this option for free. |
	ServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled *bool `json:"serverlessContinuousBackupEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ClusterServerlessBackupOptions Group of settings that configure serverless backup.

func NewClusterServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func NewClusterServerlessBackupOptions() *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions

NewClusterServerlessBackupOptions instantiates a new ClusterServerlessBackupOptions object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterServerlessBackupOptionsWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterServerlessBackupOptionsWithDefaults() *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions

NewClusterServerlessBackupOptionsWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterServerlessBackupOptions object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled() bool

GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled returns the ServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the ServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) HasServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) HasServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled() bool

HasServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) SetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) SetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ServerlessContinuousBackupEnabled field.

func (ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterServerlessBackupOptions) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClusterStatus ¶

type ClusterStatus struct {
	// State of cluster at the time of this request. Atlas returns **Applied** if it completed adding a user to, or removing a user from, your cluster. Atlas returns **Pending** if it's still making the requested user changes. When status is **Pending**, new users can't log in.
	ChangeStatus *string `json:"changeStatus,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

ClusterStatus struct for ClusterStatus

func NewClusterStatus ¶

func NewClusterStatus() *ClusterStatus

NewClusterStatus instantiates a new ClusterStatus object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewClusterStatusWithDefaults ¶

func NewClusterStatusWithDefaults() *ClusterStatus

NewClusterStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new ClusterStatus object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ClusterStatus) GetChangeStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterStatus) GetChangeStatus() string

GetChangeStatus returns the ChangeStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterStatus) GetChangeStatusOk ¶

func (o *ClusterStatus) GetChangeStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetChangeStatusOk returns a tuple with the ChangeStatus field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ClusterStatus) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ClusterStatus) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ClusterStatus) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ClusterStatus) HasChangeStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterStatus) HasChangeStatus() bool

HasChangeStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ClusterStatus) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ClusterStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ClusterStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ClusterStatus) SetChangeStatus ¶

func (o *ClusterStatus) SetChangeStatus(v string)

SetChangeStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChangeStatus field.

func (o *ClusterStatus) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (ClusterStatus) ToMap ¶

func (o ClusterStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ClustersApi ¶

type ClustersApi interface {

	/*
		CreateCluster Create One Cluster from One Project

		Creates one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. This resource can create multi-cloud clusters. Each project supports up to 25 database deployments. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateClusterApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, advancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription) CreateClusterApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCluster Create One Cluster from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateClusterApiRequest
	*/
	CreateClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateClusterApiParams) CreateClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateClusterExecute(r CreateClusterApiRequest) (*AdvancedClusterDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteCluster Remove One Cluster from One Project

		Removes one cluster from the specified project. The cluster must have termination protection disabled in order to be deleted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return DeleteClusterApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteClusterApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteCluster Remove One Cluster from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteClusterApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteClusterApiParams) DeleteClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteClusterExecute(r DeleteClusterApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCluster Return One Cluster from One Project

		Returns the details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response includes multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@return GetClusterApiRequest
	*/
	GetCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterApiRequest
	/*
		GetCluster Return One Cluster from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetClusterApiRequest
	*/
	GetClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetClusterApiParams) GetClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetClusterExecute(r GetClusterApiRequest) (*AdvancedClusterDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration Return One Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster

		Returns the advanced configuration details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. Advanced configuration details include the read/write concern, index and oplog limits, and other database settings. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2` and `M5` shared-tier clusters, or serverless clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration Return One Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams) GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationExecute(r GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest) (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetClusterStatus Return Status of All Cluster Operations

		[experimental] Returns the status of all changes that you made to the specified cluster in the specified project. Use this resource to check the progress MongoDB Cloud has made in processing your changes. The response does not include the deployment of new dedicated clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return GetClusterStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetClusterStatus Return Status of All Cluster Operations


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetClusterStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetClusterStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetClusterStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetClusterStatusApiParams) GetClusterStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetClusterStatusExecute(r GetClusterStatusApiRequest) (*ClusterStatus, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus Check Status of Cluster Sample Dataset Request

		Checks the progress of loading the sample dataset into one cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param sampleDatasetId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the loaded sample dataset.
		@return GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, sampleDatasetId string) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus Check Status of Cluster Sample Dataset Request


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiParams) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusExecute(r GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest) (*SampleDatasetStatus, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListCloudProviderRegions Return All Cloud Provider Regions

		Returns the list of regions available for the specified cloud provider at the specified tier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListCloudProviderRegions(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest
	/*
		ListCloudProviderRegions Return All Cloud Provider Regions


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListCloudProviderRegionsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListCloudProviderRegionsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListCloudProviderRegionsApiParams) ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListCloudProviderRegionsExecute(r ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListClusters Return All Clusters in One Project

		Returns the details for all clusters in the specific project to which you have access. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response includes multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListClustersApiRequest
	*/
	ListClusters(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListClustersApiRequest
	/*
		ListClusters Return All Clusters in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListClustersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListClustersApiRequest
	*/
	ListClustersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListClustersApiParams) ListClustersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListClustersExecute(r ListClustersApiRequest) (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListClustersForAllProjects Return All Authorized Clusters in All Projects

		[experimental] Returns the details for all clusters in all projects to which you have access. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response does not include multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any cluster-level role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListClustersForAllProjects(ctx context.Context) ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest
	/*
		ListClustersForAllProjects Return All Authorized Clusters in All Projects


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListClustersForAllProjectsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListClustersForAllProjectsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListClustersForAllProjectsApiParams) ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListClustersForAllProjectsExecute(r ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) (*PaginatedOrgGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		LoadSampleDataset Load Sample Dataset Request into Cluster

		Requests loading the MongoDB sample dataset into the specified cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param name Human-readable label that identifies the cluster into which you load the sample dataset.
		@return LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest
	*/
	LoadSampleDataset(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest
	/*
		LoadSampleDataset Load Sample Dataset Request into Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param LoadSampleDatasetApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest
	*/
	LoadSampleDatasetWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *LoadSampleDatasetApiParams) LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	LoadSampleDatasetExecute(r LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest) (*SampleDatasetStatus, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		TestFailover Test Failover for One Cluster

		Starts a failover test for the specified cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. A failover test checks how MongoDB Cloud handles the failure of the cluster's primary node. During the test, MongoDB Cloud shuts down the primary node and elects a new primary. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return TestFailoverApiRequest
	*/
	TestFailover(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) TestFailoverApiRequest
	/*
		TestFailover Test Failover for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param TestFailoverApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return TestFailoverApiRequest
	*/
	TestFailoverWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *TestFailoverApiParams) TestFailoverApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	TestFailoverExecute(r TestFailoverApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateCluster Modify One Cluster from One Project

		Updates the details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. This resource can update multi-cloud clusters. To update a cluster's termination protection, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. For all other updates, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. You can't modify a paused cluster (`paused : true`). You must call this endpoint to set `paused : false`. After this endpoint responds with `paused : false`, you can call it again with the changes you want to make to the cluster. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return UpdateClusterApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, advancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription) UpdateClusterApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateCluster Modify One Cluster from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateClusterApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateClusterApiParams) UpdateClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateClusterExecute(r UpdateClusterApiRequest) (*AdvancedClusterDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration Update Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster

		Updates the advanced configuration details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. Advanced configuration details include the read/write concern, index and oplog limits, and other database settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2` and `M5` shared-tier clusters, or serverless clusters.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterDescriptionProcessArgs *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration Update Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationExecute(r UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest) (*ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpgradeSharedCluster Upgrade One Shared-tier Cluster

		[experimental] Upgrades a shared-tier cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. Each project supports up to 25 clusters.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest
	*/
	UpgradeSharedCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, legacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest
	/*
		UpgradeSharedCluster Upgrade One Shared-tier Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpgradeSharedClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest
	*/
	UpgradeSharedClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpgradeSharedClusterApiParams) UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpgradeSharedClusterExecute(r UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest) (*LegacyAtlasCluster, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless Upgrades One Shared-Tier Cluster to the Serverless Instance

		[experimental] Upgrades a shared-tier cluster to a serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API key must have the Project Cluster Manager role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest
	*/
	UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless(ctx context.Context, groupId string, serverlessInstanceDescription *ServerlessInstanceDescription) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest
	/*
		UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless Upgrades One Shared-Tier Cluster to the Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest
	*/
	UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiParams) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessExecute(r UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest) (*ServerlessInstanceDescription, *http.Response, error)
}

type ClustersApiService ¶

type ClustersApiService service

ClustersApiService ClustersApi service

func (*ClustersApiService) CreateCluster ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) CreateCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, advancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription) CreateClusterApiRequest

CreateCluster Create One Cluster from One Project

Creates one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. This resource can create multi-cloud clusters. Each project supports up to 25 database deployments. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) CreateClusterExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AdvancedClusterDescription

func (*ClustersApiService) CreateClusterWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) CreateClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateClusterApiParams) CreateClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) DeleteCluster ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) DeleteCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteClusterApiRequest

DeleteCluster Remove One Cluster from One Project

Removes one cluster from the specified project. The cluster must have termination protection disabled in order to be deleted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return DeleteClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) DeleteClusterExecute ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) DeleteClusterExecute(r DeleteClusterApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*ClustersApiService) DeleteClusterWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) DeleteClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteClusterApiParams) DeleteClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetCluster ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterApiRequest

GetCluster Return One Cluster from One Project

Returns the details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response includes multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@return GetClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

GetClusterAdvancedConfiguration Return One Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster

Returns the advanced configuration details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. Advanced configuration details include the read/write concern, index and oplog limits, and other database settings. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2` and `M5` shared-tier clusters, or serverless clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AdvancedClusterDescription

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterStatus ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetClusterStatusApiRequest

GetClusterStatus Return Status of All Cluster Operations

[experimental] Returns the status of all changes that you made to the specified cluster in the specified project. Use this resource to check the progress MongoDB Cloud has made in processing your changes. The response does not include the deployment of new dedicated clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return GetClusterStatusApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterStatusExecute ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetClusterStatusExecute(r GetClusterStatusApiRequest) (*ClusterStatus, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterStatus

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterStatusWithParams ¶

func (*ClustersApiService) GetClusterWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetClusterApiParams) GetClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, sampleDatasetId string) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest

GetSampleDatasetLoadStatus Check Status of Cluster Sample Dataset Request

Checks the progress of loading the sample dataset into one cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param sampleDatasetId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the loaded sample dataset.
@return GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusExecute ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusExecute(r GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest) (*SampleDatasetStatus, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return SampleDatasetStatus

func (*ClustersApiService) ListCloudProviderRegions ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) ListCloudProviderRegions(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest

ListCloudProviderRegions Return All Cloud Provider Regions

Returns the list of regions available for the specified cloud provider at the specified tier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) ListCloudProviderRegionsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions

func (*ClustersApiService) ListCloudProviderRegionsWithParams ¶

func (*ClustersApiService) ListClusters ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) ListClusters(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListClustersApiRequest

ListClusters Return All Clusters in One Project

Returns the details for all clusters in the specific project to which you have access. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response includes multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListClustersApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) ListClustersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription

func (*ClustersApiService) ListClustersForAllProjects ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) ListClustersForAllProjects(ctx context.Context) ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest

ListClustersForAllProjects Return All Authorized Clusters in All Projects

[experimental] Returns the details for all clusters in all projects to which you have access. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. The response does not include multi-cloud clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any cluster-level role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) ListClustersForAllProjectsExecute ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) ListClustersForAllProjectsExecute(r ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) (*PaginatedOrgGroup, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedOrgGroup

func (*ClustersApiService) ListClustersWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) ListClustersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListClustersApiParams) ListClustersApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) LoadSampleDataset ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) LoadSampleDataset(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest

LoadSampleDataset Load Sample Dataset Request into Cluster

Requests loading the MongoDB sample dataset into the specified cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param name Human-readable label that identifies the cluster into which you load the sample dataset.
@return LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) LoadSampleDatasetExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return SampleDatasetStatus

func (*ClustersApiService) LoadSampleDatasetWithParams ¶

func (*ClustersApiService) TestFailover ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) TestFailover(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) TestFailoverApiRequest

TestFailover Test Failover for One Cluster

Starts a failover test for the specified cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. A failover test checks how MongoDB Cloud handles the failure of the cluster's primary node. During the test, MongoDB Cloud shuts down the primary node and elects a new primary. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return TestFailoverApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) TestFailoverExecute ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) TestFailoverExecute(r TestFailoverApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*ClustersApiService) TestFailoverWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) TestFailoverWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *TestFailoverApiParams) TestFailoverApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpdateCluster ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) UpdateCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, advancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription) UpdateClusterApiRequest

UpdateCluster Modify One Cluster from One Project

Updates the details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. This resource can update multi-cloud clusters. To update a cluster's termination protection, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. For all other updates, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. You can't modify a paused cluster (`paused : true`). You must call this endpoint to set `paused : false`. After this endpoint responds with `paused : false`, you can call it again with the changes you want to make to the cluster. This feature is not available for serverless clusters. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return UpdateClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterDescriptionProcessArgs *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

UpdateClusterAdvancedConfiguration Update Advanced Configuration Options for One Cluster

Updates the advanced configuration details for one cluster in the specified project. Clusters contain a group of hosts that maintain the same data set. Advanced configuration details include the read/write concern, index and oplog limits, and other database settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2` and `M5` shared-tier clusters, or serverless clusters.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs

func (*ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AdvancedClusterDescription

func (*ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterWithParams ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) UpdateClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateClusterApiParams) UpdateClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedCluster ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, legacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest

UpgradeSharedCluster Upgrade One Shared-tier Cluster

[experimental] Upgrades a shared-tier cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API key must have the Project Cluster Manager role. Each project supports up to 25 clusters.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedClusterExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LegacyAtlasCluster

func (*ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless ¶

func (a *ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless(ctx context.Context, groupId string, serverlessInstanceDescription *ServerlessInstanceDescription) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest

UpgradeSharedClusterToServerless Upgrades One Shared-Tier Cluster to the Serverless Instance

[experimental] Upgrades a shared-tier cluster to a serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API key must have the Project Cluster Manager role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest

func (*ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessInstanceDescription

func (*ClustersApiService) UpgradeSharedClusterWithParams ¶

type CollStatsRankedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type CollStatsRankedNamespaces struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the request project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the request process.
	// Read only field.
	IdentifierId *string `json:"identifierId,omitempty"`
	// Ordered list of the hottest namespaces, highest value first.
	// Read only field.
	RankedNamespaces *[]string `json:"rankedNamespaces,omitempty"`
}

CollStatsRankedNamespaces struct for CollStatsRankedNamespaces

func NewCollStatsRankedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewCollStatsRankedNamespaces() *CollStatsRankedNamespaces

NewCollStatsRankedNamespaces instantiates a new CollStatsRankedNamespaces object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCollStatsRankedNamespacesWithDefaults ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewCollStatsRankedNamespacesWithDefaults() *CollStatsRankedNamespaces

NewCollStatsRankedNamespacesWithDefaults instantiates a new CollStatsRankedNamespaces object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetGroupIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetIdentifierId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetIdentifierId() string

GetIdentifierId returns the IdentifierId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetIdentifierIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetIdentifierIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdentifierIdOk returns a tuple with the IdentifierId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetRankedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetRankedNamespaces() []string

GetRankedNamespaces returns the RankedNamespaces field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetRankedNamespacesOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) GetRankedNamespacesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRankedNamespacesOk returns a tuple with the RankedNamespaces field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasIdentifierId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasIdentifierId() bool

HasIdentifierId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasRankedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) HasRankedNamespaces() bool

HasRankedNamespaces returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CollStatsRankedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o CollStatsRankedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetIdentifierId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetIdentifierId(v string)

SetIdentifierId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IdentifierId field.

func (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetRankedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *CollStatsRankedNamespaces) SetRankedNamespaces(v []string)

SetRankedNamespaces gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RankedNamespaces field.

func (CollStatsRankedNamespaces) ToMap ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o CollStatsRankedNamespaces) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Collation ¶

type Collation struct {
	// Method to handle whitespace and punctuation as base characters for purposes of comparison.  | Value | Evaluate Whitespace and Punctuation as Base Characters | |---|---| | `\"non-ignorable\"` | Yes | | `\"shifted\"` | No. MongoDB Cloud distinguishes these characters when `\"strength\" > 3`. |
	Alternate *string `json:"alternate,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether strings with diacritics sort from back of the string. Some French dictionary orders strings in this way.  | Value | String Comparison Method |  |---|---| | `true` | Compare from back to front. | | `false` | Compare from front to back. |
	Backwards *bool `json:"backwards,omitempty"`
	// Method to handle sort order of case differences during tertiary level comparisons.  | Value | Sort Order Method |  |---|---|  | `\"upper\"` | Uppercase sorts before lowercase. |  | `\"lower\"` | Lowercase sorts before uppercase. |  | `\"off\"` | Similar to \"lower\" with slight differences. |
	CaseFirst *string `json:"caseFirst,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to include case comparison when `\"strength\" : 1` or `\"strength\" : 2`.  | Value | Compare case at level 1 or 2? | Strength Level | Comparisons Include |  |---|---|---|---|  | true | Yes | 1 | Base characters and case. |  |  |  | 2 | Base characters, diacritics (and possible other secondary differences),   and case. |  | false | No |  |  |
	CaseLevel *bool `json:"caseLevel,omitempty"`
	// International Components for Unicode (ICU) code that represents a localized language. To specify simple binary comparison, set `\"locale\" : \"simple\"`.
	Locale string `json:"locale"`
	// Field that indicates which characters can be ignored when `\"alternate\" : \"shifted\"`. This has no affect if `\"alternate\" : \"non-ignorable\"`.  | Value | Ignore |  |---|---| | `\"punct\"` | Both whitespace and punctuation | | `\"space\"` | Whitespace |
	MaxVariable *string `json:"maxVariable,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to check if the text requires normalization and then perform it. Most text doesn't require this normalization processing.  | Value | Normalization Method |  |---|---| | `true` | Yes, check if fully normalized and perform normalization to compare text. | | `false` | No, don't check. |
	Normalization *bool `json:"normalization,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to compare sequences of digits as numbers or as strings.  | Value | Comparison Method |  |---|---| | `true` | Compare as numbers. This results in `10 > 2`. | | `false` | Compare as strings. This results in `\"10\" < \"2\"`. |
	NumericOrdering *bool `json:"numericOrdering,omitempty"`
	// Degree of comparison to perform when sorting words. MongoDB Cloud accepts the following values:  | Value | Comparison Level | Comparison Method | |---|---|---| | 1 | Primary | Compares the base characters only, ignoring other differences such as diacritics and case. | | 2 | Secondary | Compares base characters (primary) and diacritics (secondary). Primary differences take precedence over secondary differences. | | 3 | Tertiary | Compares base characters (primary), diacritics (secondary), and case and variants (tertiary). Differences between base characters takes precedence over secondary differences which take precedence over tertiary differences. | | 4 | Quaternary | Compares for the specific use case to consider punctuation when levels 1 through 3 ignore punctuation or for processing Japanese text. | | 5 | Identical | Compares for the specific use case of tie breaker. |
	Strength *int `json:"strength,omitempty"`
}

Collation One or more settings that specify language-specific rules to compare strings within this index.

func NewCollation ¶

func NewCollation(locale string) *Collation

NewCollation instantiates a new Collation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCollationWithDefaults ¶

func NewCollationWithDefaults() *Collation

NewCollationWithDefaults instantiates a new Collation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Collation) GetAlternate ¶

func (o *Collation) GetAlternate() string

GetAlternate returns the Alternate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetAlternateOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetAlternateOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlternateOk returns a tuple with the Alternate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetBackwards ¶

func (o *Collation) GetBackwards() bool

GetBackwards returns the Backwards field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetBackwardsOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetBackwardsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackwardsOk returns a tuple with the Backwards field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetCaseFirst ¶

func (o *Collation) GetCaseFirst() string

GetCaseFirst returns the CaseFirst field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetCaseFirstOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetCaseFirstOk() (*string, bool)

GetCaseFirstOk returns a tuple with the CaseFirst field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetCaseLevel ¶

func (o *Collation) GetCaseLevel() bool

GetCaseLevel returns the CaseLevel field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetCaseLevelOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetCaseLevelOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCaseLevelOk returns a tuple with the CaseLevel field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetLocale ¶

func (o *Collation) GetLocale() string

GetLocale returns the Locale field value

func (*Collation) GetLocaleOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetLocaleOk() (*string, bool)

GetLocaleOk returns a tuple with the Locale field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetMaxVariable ¶

func (o *Collation) GetMaxVariable() string

GetMaxVariable returns the MaxVariable field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetMaxVariableOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetMaxVariableOk() (*string, bool)

GetMaxVariableOk returns a tuple with the MaxVariable field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetNormalization ¶

func (o *Collation) GetNormalization() bool

GetNormalization returns the Normalization field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetNormalizationOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetNormalizationOk() (*bool, bool)

GetNormalizationOk returns a tuple with the Normalization field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetNumericOrdering ¶

func (o *Collation) GetNumericOrdering() bool

GetNumericOrdering returns the NumericOrdering field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetNumericOrderingOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetNumericOrderingOk() (*bool, bool)

GetNumericOrderingOk returns a tuple with the NumericOrdering field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) GetStrength ¶

func (o *Collation) GetStrength() int

GetStrength returns the Strength field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Collation) GetStrengthOk ¶

func (o *Collation) GetStrengthOk() (*int, bool)

GetStrengthOk returns a tuple with the Strength field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Collation) HasAlternate ¶

func (o *Collation) HasAlternate() bool

HasAlternate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasBackwards ¶

func (o *Collation) HasBackwards() bool

HasBackwards returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasCaseFirst ¶

func (o *Collation) HasCaseFirst() bool

HasCaseFirst returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasCaseLevel ¶

func (o *Collation) HasCaseLevel() bool

HasCaseLevel returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasMaxVariable ¶

func (o *Collation) HasMaxVariable() bool

HasMaxVariable returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasNormalization ¶

func (o *Collation) HasNormalization() bool

HasNormalization returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasNumericOrdering ¶

func (o *Collation) HasNumericOrdering() bool

HasNumericOrdering returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Collation) HasStrength ¶

func (o *Collation) HasStrength() bool

HasStrength returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Collation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Collation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Collation) SetAlternate ¶

func (o *Collation) SetAlternate(v string)

SetAlternate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Alternate field.

func (*Collation) SetBackwards ¶

func (o *Collation) SetBackwards(v bool)

SetBackwards gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Backwards field.

func (*Collation) SetCaseFirst ¶

func (o *Collation) SetCaseFirst(v string)

SetCaseFirst gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CaseFirst field.

func (*Collation) SetCaseLevel ¶

func (o *Collation) SetCaseLevel(v bool)

SetCaseLevel gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CaseLevel field.

func (*Collation) SetLocale ¶

func (o *Collation) SetLocale(v string)

SetLocale sets field value

func (*Collation) SetMaxVariable ¶

func (o *Collation) SetMaxVariable(v string)

SetMaxVariable gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MaxVariable field.

func (*Collation) SetNormalization ¶

func (o *Collation) SetNormalization(v bool)

SetNormalization gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Normalization field.

func (*Collation) SetNumericOrdering ¶

func (o *Collation) SetNumericOrdering(v bool)

SetNumericOrdering gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the NumericOrdering field.

func (*Collation) SetStrength ¶

func (o *Collation) SetStrength(v int)

SetStrength gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Strength field.

func (Collation) ToMap ¶

func (o Collation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CollectionLevelMetricsApi ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type CollectionLevelMetricsApi interface {

	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements Return Cluster-Level Query Latency

		[experimental] Get a list of the Coll Stats Latency cluster-level measurements for the given namespace.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to retrieve metrics for.
		@param clusterView Human-readable label that identifies the cluster topology to retrieve metrics for.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
		@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterView string, databaseName string, collectionName string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements Return Cluster-Level Query Latency


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiParams) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements Return Host-Level Query Latency

		[experimental] Get a list of the Coll Stats Latency process-level measurements for the given namespace

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
		@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string, databaseName string, collectionName string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements Return Host-Level Query Latency


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiParams) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics Return all metric names

		[experimental] Returns all available Coll Stats Latency metric names and their respective units for the specified project at the time of request.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest
	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics Return all metric names


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiParams) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster Return Ranked Namespaces from a Cluster

		[experimental] Return the subset of namespaces from the given cluster sorted by highest total execution time (descending) within the given time window.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
		@param clusterView Human-readable label that identifies the cluster topology to retrieve metrics for.
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterView string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest
	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster Return Ranked Namespaces from a Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiParams) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest) (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost Return Ranked Namespaces from a Host

		[experimental] Return the subset of namespaces from the given process ranked by highest total execution time (descending) within the given time window.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest
	/*
		GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost Return Ranked Namespaces from a Host


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest
	*/
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiParams) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest) (*CollStatsRankedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPinnedNamespaces Return Pinned Namespaces

		[experimental] Returns a list of given cluster's pinned namespaces, a set of namespaces manually selected by users to collect query latency metrics on.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to retrieve pinned namespaces for.
		@return GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	GetPinnedNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest
	/*
		GetPinnedNamespaces Return Pinned Namespaces


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPinnedNamespacesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	GetPinnedNamespacesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPinnedNamespacesApiParams) GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPinnedNamespacesExecute(r GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest) (*PinnedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		PinNamespacesPatch Add Pinned Namespaces

		[experimental] Add provided list of namespaces to existing pinned namespaces list for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
		@return PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest
	*/
	PinNamespacesPatch(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest
	/*
		PinNamespacesPatch Add Pinned Namespaces


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param PinNamespacesPatchApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest
	*/
	PinNamespacesPatchWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *PinNamespacesPatchApiParams) PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	PinNamespacesPatchExecute(r PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest) (*PinnedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		PinNamespacesPut Pin Namespaces

		[experimental] Pin provided list of namespaces for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster. This initializes a pinned namespaces list or replaces any existing pinned namespaces list for the Group and Cluster.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
		@return PinNamespacesPutApiRequest
	*/
	PinNamespacesPut(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) PinNamespacesPutApiRequest
	/*
		PinNamespacesPut Pin Namespaces


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param PinNamespacesPutApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return PinNamespacesPutApiRequest
	*/
	PinNamespacesPutWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *PinNamespacesPutApiParams) PinNamespacesPutApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	PinNamespacesPutExecute(r PinNamespacesPutApiRequest) (*PinnedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UnpinNamespaces Unpin namespaces

		[experimental] Unpin provided list of namespaces for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to unpin namespaces from.
		@return UnpinNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	UnpinNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) UnpinNamespacesApiRequest
	/*
		UnpinNamespaces Unpin namespaces


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UnpinNamespacesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UnpinNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	UnpinNamespacesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UnpinNamespacesApiParams) UnpinNamespacesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UnpinNamespacesExecute(r UnpinNamespacesApiRequest) (*PinnedNamespaces, *http.Response, error)
}

type CollectionLevelMetricsApiService ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type CollectionLevelMetricsApiService service

CollectionLevelMetricsApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi service

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterView string, databaseName string, collectionName string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest

GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurements Return Cluster-Level Query Latency

[experimental] Get a list of the Coll Stats Latency cluster-level measurements for the given namespace.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to retrieve metrics for.
@param clusterView Human-readable label that identifies the cluster topology to retrieve metrics for.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string, databaseName string, collectionName string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest

GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurements Return Host-Level Query Latency

[experimental] Get a list of the Coll Stats Latency process-level measurements for the given namespace

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest

GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetrics Return all metric names

[experimental] Returns all available Coll Stats Latency metric names and their respective units for the specified project at the time of request.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsExecute(r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, clusterView string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest

GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForCluster Return Ranked Namespaces from a Cluster

[experimental] Return the subset of namespaces from the given cluster sorted by highest total execution time (descending) within the given time window.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
@param clusterView Human-readable label that identifies the cluster topology to retrieve metrics for.
@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return CollStatsRankedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest

GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHost Return Ranked Namespaces from a Host

[experimental] Return the subset of namespaces from the given process ranked by highest total execution time (descending) within the given time window.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return CollStatsRankedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetPinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetPinnedNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest

GetPinnedNamespaces Return Pinned Namespaces

[experimental] Returns a list of given cluster's pinned namespaces, a set of namespaces manually selected by users to collect query latency metrics on.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to retrieve pinned namespaces for.
@return GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetPinnedNamespacesExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return PinnedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) GetPinnedNamespacesWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPatch ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPatch(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest

PinNamespacesPatch Add Pinned Namespaces

[experimental] Add provided list of namespaces to existing pinned namespaces list for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
@return PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPatchExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return PinnedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPatchWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPut ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPut(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) PinNamespacesPutApiRequest

PinNamespacesPut Pin Namespaces

[experimental] Pin provided list of namespaces for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster. This initializes a pinned namespaces list or replaces any existing pinned namespaces list for the Group and Cluster.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to pin namespaces to.
@return PinNamespacesPutApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPutExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return PinnedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) PinNamespacesPutWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) UnpinNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (a *CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) UnpinNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, namespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest) UnpinNamespacesApiRequest

UnpinNamespaces Unpin namespaces

[experimental] Unpin provided list of namespaces for collection-level latency metrics collection for the given Group and Cluster

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster to unpin namespaces from.
@return UnpinNamespacesApiRequest

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) UnpinNamespacesExecute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Execute executes the request

@return PinnedNamespaces

func (*CollectionLevelMetricsApiService) UnpinNamespacesWithParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type ComponentLabel ¶

type ComponentLabel struct {
	// Key applied to tag and categorize this component.
	Key *string `json:"key,omitempty"`
	// Value set to the Key applied to tag and categorize this component.
	Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"`
}

ComponentLabel Human-readable labels applied to this MongoDB Cloud component.

func NewComponentLabel ¶

func NewComponentLabel() *ComponentLabel

NewComponentLabel instantiates a new ComponentLabel object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewComponentLabelWithDefaults ¶

func NewComponentLabelWithDefaults() *ComponentLabel

NewComponentLabelWithDefaults instantiates a new ComponentLabel object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ComponentLabel) GetKey ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) GetKey() string

GetKey returns the Key field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ComponentLabel) GetKeyOk ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) GetKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyOk returns a tuple with the Key field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ComponentLabel) GetValue ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) GetValue() string

GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ComponentLabel) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) GetValueOk() (*string, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ComponentLabel) HasKey ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) HasKey() bool

HasKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ComponentLabel) HasValue ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) HasValue() bool

HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ComponentLabel) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ComponentLabel) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ComponentLabel) SetKey ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) SetKey(v string)

SetKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Key field.

func (*ComponentLabel) SetValue ¶

func (o *ComponentLabel) SetValue(v string)

SetValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Value field.

func (ComponentLabel) ToMap ¶

func (o ComponentLabel) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Configuration ¶

type Configuration struct {
	Host             string            `json:"host,omitempty"`
	Scheme           string            `json:"scheme,omitempty"`
	DefaultHeader    map[string]string `json:"defaultHeader,omitempty"`
	UserAgent        string            `json:"userAgent,omitempty"`
	Debug            bool              `json:"debug,omitempty"`
	Servers          ServerConfigurations
	OperationServers map[string]ServerConfigurations
	HTTPClient       *http.Client
}

Configuration stores the configuration of the API client

func NewConfiguration ¶

func NewConfiguration() *Configuration

NewConfiguration returns a new Configuration object

func (*Configuration) AddDefaultHeader ¶

func (c *Configuration) AddDefaultHeader(key string, value string)

AddDefaultHeader adds a new HTTP header to the default header in the request

func (*Configuration) ServerURL ¶

func (c *Configuration) ServerURL(index int, variables map[string]string) (string, error)

ServerURL returns URL based on server settings

func (*Configuration) ServerURLWithContext ¶

func (c *Configuration) ServerURLWithContext(ctx context.Context, endpoint string) (string, error)

ServerURLWithContext returns a new server URL given an endpoint

type ConnectedOrgConfig ¶

type ConnectedOrgConfig struct {
	// The collection of unique ids representing the identity providers that can be used for data access in this organization.
	DataAccessIdentityProviderIds *[]string `json:"dataAccessIdentityProviderIds,omitempty"`
	// Approved domains that restrict users who can join the organization based on their email address.
	DomainAllowList *[]string `json:"domainAllowList,omitempty"`
	// Value that indicates whether domain restriction is enabled for this connected org.
	DomainRestrictionEnabled bool `json:"domainRestrictionEnabled"`
	// Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the UI access identity provider that this connected org config is associated with.
	IdentityProviderId string `json:"identityProviderId"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId string `json:"orgId"`
	// Atlas roles that are granted to a user in this organization after authenticating. Roles are a human-readable label that identifies the collection of privileges that MongoDB Cloud grants a specific MongoDB Cloud user. These roles can only be organization specific roles.
	PostAuthRoleGrants *[]string `json:"postAuthRoleGrants,omitempty"`
	// Role mappings that are configured in this organization.
	RoleMappings *[]AuthFederationRoleMapping `json:"roleMappings,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the users who have an email address that doesn't match any domain on the allowed list.
	UserConflicts *[]FederatedUser `json:"userConflicts,omitempty"`
}

ConnectedOrgConfig struct for ConnectedOrgConfig

func NewConnectedOrgConfig ¶

func NewConnectedOrgConfig(domainRestrictionEnabled bool, identityProviderId string, orgId string) *ConnectedOrgConfig

NewConnectedOrgConfig instantiates a new ConnectedOrgConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewConnectedOrgConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewConnectedOrgConfigWithDefaults() *ConnectedOrgConfig

NewConnectedOrgConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new ConnectedOrgConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds() []string

GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds returns the DataAccessIdentityProviderIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIdsOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetDataAccessIdentityProviderIdsOk returns a tuple with the DataAccessIdentityProviderIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainAllowList ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainAllowList() []string

GetDomainAllowList returns the DomainAllowList field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainAllowListOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainAllowListOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetDomainAllowListOk returns a tuple with the DomainAllowList field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainRestrictionEnabled ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainRestrictionEnabled() bool

GetDomainRestrictionEnabled returns the DomainRestrictionEnabled field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainRestrictionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetDomainRestrictionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDomainRestrictionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DomainRestrictionEnabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetIdentityProviderId ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetIdentityProviderId() string

GetIdentityProviderId returns the IdentityProviderId field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetIdentityProviderIdOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetIdentityProviderIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdentityProviderIdOk returns a tuple with the IdentityProviderId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetPostAuthRoleGrants ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetPostAuthRoleGrants() []string

GetPostAuthRoleGrants returns the PostAuthRoleGrants field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetPostAuthRoleGrantsOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetPostAuthRoleGrantsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPostAuthRoleGrantsOk returns a tuple with the PostAuthRoleGrants field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetRoleMappings ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetRoleMappings() []AuthFederationRoleMapping

GetRoleMappings returns the RoleMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetRoleMappingsOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetRoleMappingsOk() (*[]AuthFederationRoleMapping, bool)

GetRoleMappingsOk returns a tuple with the RoleMappings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetUserConflicts ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetUserConflicts() []FederatedUser

GetUserConflicts returns the UserConflicts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) GetUserConflictsOk ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) GetUserConflictsOk() (*[]FederatedUser, bool)

GetUserConflictsOk returns a tuple with the UserConflicts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) HasDataAccessIdentityProviderIds ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) HasDataAccessIdentityProviderIds() bool

HasDataAccessIdentityProviderIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) HasDomainAllowList ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) HasDomainAllowList() bool

HasDomainAllowList returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) HasPostAuthRoleGrants ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) HasPostAuthRoleGrants() bool

HasPostAuthRoleGrants returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) HasRoleMappings ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) HasRoleMappings() bool

HasRoleMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) HasUserConflicts ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) HasUserConflicts() bool

HasUserConflicts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ConnectedOrgConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ConnectedOrgConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds(v []string)

SetDataAccessIdentityProviderIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DataAccessIdentityProviderIds field.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDomainAllowList ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDomainAllowList(v []string)

SetDomainAllowList gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DomainAllowList field.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDomainRestrictionEnabled ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetDomainRestrictionEnabled(v bool)

SetDomainRestrictionEnabled sets field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetIdentityProviderId ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetIdentityProviderId(v string)

SetIdentityProviderId sets field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId sets field value

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetPostAuthRoleGrants ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetPostAuthRoleGrants(v []string)

SetPostAuthRoleGrants gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PostAuthRoleGrants field.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetRoleMappings ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetRoleMappings(v []AuthFederationRoleMapping)

SetRoleMappings gets a reference to the given []AuthFederationRoleMapping and assigns it to the RoleMappings field.

func (*ConnectedOrgConfig) SetUserConflicts ¶

func (o *ConnectedOrgConfig) SetUserConflicts(v []FederatedUser)

SetUserConflicts gets a reference to the given []FederatedUser and assigns it to the UserConflicts field.

func (ConnectedOrgConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o ConnectedOrgConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ControlPlaneIPAddresses ¶

type ControlPlaneIPAddresses struct {
	Inbound  *InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses  `json:"inbound,omitempty"`
	Outbound *OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses `json:"outbound,omitempty"`
}

ControlPlaneIPAddresses List of IP addresses in the Atlas control plane.

func NewControlPlaneIPAddresses ¶

func NewControlPlaneIPAddresses() *ControlPlaneIPAddresses

NewControlPlaneIPAddresses instantiates a new ControlPlaneIPAddresses object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewControlPlaneIPAddressesWithDefaults ¶

func NewControlPlaneIPAddressesWithDefaults() *ControlPlaneIPAddresses

NewControlPlaneIPAddressesWithDefaults instantiates a new ControlPlaneIPAddresses object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) GetInbound ¶

GetInbound returns the Inbound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) GetInboundOk ¶

GetInboundOk returns a tuple with the Inbound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) GetOutbound ¶

GetOutbound returns the Outbound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) GetOutboundOk ¶

GetOutboundOk returns a tuple with the Outbound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) HasInbound ¶

func (o *ControlPlaneIPAddresses) HasInbound() bool

HasInbound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) HasOutbound ¶

func (o *ControlPlaneIPAddresses) HasOutbound() bool

HasOutbound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ControlPlaneIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ControlPlaneIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) SetInbound ¶

SetInbound gets a reference to the given InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses and assigns it to the Inbound field.

func (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses) SetOutbound ¶

SetOutbound gets a reference to the given OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses and assigns it to the Outbound field.

func (ControlPlaneIPAddresses) ToMap ¶

func (o ControlPlaneIPAddresses) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CostExplorerFilterRequestBody ¶

type CostExplorerFilterRequestBody struct {
	// The list of projects to be included in the Cost Explorer Query.
	Clusters *[]string `json:"clusters,omitempty"`
	// The exclusive ending date for the Cost Explorer query. The date must be the start of a month.
	EndDate string `json:"endDate"`
	// The dimension to group the returned usage results by. At least one filter value needs to be provided for a dimension to be used.
	GroupBy *string `json:"groupBy,omitempty"`
	// Flag to control whether usage that matches the filter criteria, but does not have values for all filter criteria is included in response. Default is false, which excludes the partially matching data.
	IncludePartialMatches *bool `json:"includePartialMatches,omitempty"`
	// The list of organizations to be included in the Cost Explorer Query.
	Organizations *[]string `json:"organizations,omitempty"`
	// The list of projects to be included in the Cost Explorer Query.
	Projects *[]string `json:"projects,omitempty"`
	// The list of projects to be included in the Cost Explorer Query.
	Services *[]string `json:"services,omitempty"`
	// The inclusive starting date for the Cost Explorer query. The date must be the start of a month.
	StartDate string `json:"startDate"`
}

CostExplorerFilterRequestBody Request body for a cost explorer query.

func NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBody ¶

func NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBody(endDate string, startDate string) *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody

NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBody instantiates a new CostExplorerFilterRequestBody object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBodyWithDefaults ¶

func NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBodyWithDefaults() *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody

NewCostExplorerFilterRequestBodyWithDefaults instantiates a new CostExplorerFilterRequestBody object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetClusters ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetClusters() []string

GetClusters returns the Clusters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetClustersOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetClustersOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetClustersOk returns a tuple with the Clusters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetEndDate ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetEndDate() string

GetEndDate returns the EndDate field value

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetEndDateOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetEndDateOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndDateOk returns a tuple with the EndDate field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetGroupBy ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetGroupBy() string

GetGroupBy returns the GroupBy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetGroupByOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetGroupByOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupByOk returns a tuple with the GroupBy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetIncludePartialMatches ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetIncludePartialMatches() bool

GetIncludePartialMatches returns the IncludePartialMatches field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetIncludePartialMatchesOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetIncludePartialMatchesOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIncludePartialMatchesOk returns a tuple with the IncludePartialMatches field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetOrganizations ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetOrganizations() []string

GetOrganizations returns the Organizations field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetOrganizationsOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetOrganizationsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetOrganizationsOk returns a tuple with the Organizations field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetProjects ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetProjects() []string

GetProjects returns the Projects field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetProjectsOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetProjectsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetProjectsOk returns a tuple with the Projects field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetServices ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetServices() []string

GetServices returns the Services field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetServicesOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetServicesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetServicesOk returns a tuple with the Services field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetStartDate ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetStartDate() string

GetStartDate returns the StartDate field value

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetStartDateOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) GetStartDateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStartDateOk returns a tuple with the StartDate field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasClusters ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasClusters() bool

HasClusters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasGroupBy ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasGroupBy() bool

HasGroupBy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasIncludePartialMatches ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasIncludePartialMatches() bool

HasIncludePartialMatches returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasOrganizations ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasOrganizations() bool

HasOrganizations returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasProjects ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasProjects() bool

HasProjects returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasServices ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) HasServices() bool

HasServices returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetClusters ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetClusters(v []string)

SetClusters gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Clusters field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetEndDate ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetEndDate(v string)

SetEndDate sets field value

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetGroupBy ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetGroupBy(v string)

SetGroupBy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupBy field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetIncludePartialMatches ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetIncludePartialMatches(v bool)

SetIncludePartialMatches gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IncludePartialMatches field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetOrganizations ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetOrganizations(v []string)

SetOrganizations gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Organizations field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetProjects ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetProjects(v []string)

SetProjects gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Projects field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetServices ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetServices(v []string)

SetServices gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Services field.

func (*CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetStartDate ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) SetStartDate(v string)

SetStartDate sets field value

func (CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) ToMap ¶

func (o CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CostExplorerFilterResponse ¶

type CostExplorerFilterResponse struct {
	// The token used to identify the created Cost Explorer query.
	Token *string `json:"token,omitempty"`
}

CostExplorerFilterResponse Response object to give information about created query.

func NewCostExplorerFilterResponse ¶

func NewCostExplorerFilterResponse() *CostExplorerFilterResponse

NewCostExplorerFilterResponse instantiates a new CostExplorerFilterResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCostExplorerFilterResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewCostExplorerFilterResponseWithDefaults() *CostExplorerFilterResponse

NewCostExplorerFilterResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CostExplorerFilterResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CostExplorerFilterResponse) GetToken ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterResponse) GetToken() string

GetToken returns the Token field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CostExplorerFilterResponse) GetTokenOk ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterResponse) GetTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetTokenOk returns a tuple with the Token field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CostExplorerFilterResponse) HasToken ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterResponse) HasToken() bool

HasToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CostExplorerFilterResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CostExplorerFilterResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CostExplorerFilterResponse) SetToken ¶

func (o *CostExplorerFilterResponse) SetToken(v string)

SetToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Token field.

func (CostExplorerFilterResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o CostExplorerFilterResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateAlertConfigurationApiParams ¶

type CreateAlertConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	GroupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig
}

type CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateAlertConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateApiKeyAccessListApiParams ¶

type CreateApiKeyAccessListApiParams struct {
	OrgId                 string
	ApiUserId             string
	UserAccessListRequest *[]UserAccessListRequest
	IncludeCount          *bool
	ItemsPerPage          *int
	PageNum               *int
}

type CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest ¶

type CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type CreateApiKeyApiParams ¶

type CreateApiKeyApiParams struct {
	OrgId                         string
	CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey
}

type CreateApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type CreateApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey ¶

type CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey struct {
	// Purpose or explanation provided when someone created this organization API key.
	Desc string `json:"desc"`
	// List of roles to grant this API key. If you provide this list, provide a minimum of one role and ensure each role applies to this organization.
	Roles []string `json:"roles"`
}

CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey Details of the programmatic API key to be created.

func NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey ¶

func NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey(desc string, roles []string) *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey

NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey instantiates a new CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults() *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey

NewCreateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDesc ¶

GetDesc returns the Desc field value

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDescOk ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDescOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescOk returns a tuple with the Desc field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRoles ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetDesc ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetDesc(v string)

SetDesc sets field value

func (*CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetRoles ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles sets field value

func (CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateAtlasProjectApiKey ¶

type CreateAtlasProjectApiKey struct {
	// Purpose or explanation provided when someone created this project API key.
	Desc string `json:"desc"`
	// List of roles to grant this API key. If you provide this list, provide a minimum of one role and ensure each role applies to this project.
	Roles []string `json:"roles"`
}

CreateAtlasProjectApiKey struct for CreateAtlasProjectApiKey

func NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKey ¶

func NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKey(desc string, roles []string) *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey

NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKey instantiates a new CreateAtlasProjectApiKey object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults() *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey

NewCreateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateAtlasProjectApiKey object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDesc ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDesc() string

GetDesc returns the Desc field value

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDescOk ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDescOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescOk returns a tuple with the Desc field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRoles ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetDesc ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetDesc(v string)

SetDesc sets field value

func (*CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetRoles ¶

func (o *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles sets field value

func (CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams ¶

type CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	ApiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest
}

type CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest ¶

type CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams ¶

type CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	ClusterName        string
	ClusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex
}

type CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest ¶

type CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateBackupExportJobApiParams ¶

type CreateBackupExportJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	DiskBackupExportJobRequest *DiskBackupExportJobRequest
}

type CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest ¶

type CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateBackupExportJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type CreateBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId                      string
	ClusterName                  string
	DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob
}

type CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams ¶

type CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId                 string
	CloudProviderAccessRole *CloudProviderAccessRole
}

type CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest ¶

type CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudProviderAccessApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateClusterApiParams ¶

type CreateClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	AdvancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription
}

type CreateClusterApiRequest ¶

type CreateClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiParams ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
	Token string
}

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiParams ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiParams struct {
	OrgId                         string
	CostExplorerFilterRequestBody *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody
}

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest ¶

type CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams ¶

type CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId          string
	UserCustomDBRole *UserCustomDBRole
}

type CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest ¶

type CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateCustomZoneMappingApiParams ¶

type CreateCustomZoneMappingApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	ClusterName        string
	CustomZoneMappings *CustomZoneMappings
}

type CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest ¶

type CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService GlobalClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId                       string
	PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry
}

type CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateDataProcessRegion ¶

type CreateDataProcessRegion struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Cloud service provider where you wish to store your archived data.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the geographic location of the region where you wish to store your archived data.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
}

CreateDataProcessRegion Settings to configure the region where you wish to store your archived data.

func NewCreateDataProcessRegion ¶

func NewCreateDataProcessRegion() *CreateDataProcessRegion

NewCreateDataProcessRegion instantiates a new CreateDataProcessRegion object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateDataProcessRegionWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateDataProcessRegionWithDefaults() *CreateDataProcessRegion

NewCreateDataProcessRegionWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateDataProcessRegion object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) GetRegion ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) HasRegion ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CreateDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*CreateDataProcessRegion) SetRegion ¶

func (o *CreateDataProcessRegion) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (CreateDataProcessRegion) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateDataProcessRegion) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateDatabaseUserApiParams ¶

type CreateDatabaseUserApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	CloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser
}

type CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest ¶

type CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DatabaseUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiParams ¶

type CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	Username string
	UserCert *UserCert
}

type CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest ¶

type CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest struct {
	ApiService X509AuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateEndpointRequest ¶

type CreateEndpointRequest struct {
	// Unique string that identifies the private endpoint's network interface that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	// Write only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 address of the private endpoint in your Azure VNet that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	PrivateEndpointIPAddress *string `json:"privateEndpointIPAddress,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies a set of endpoints.
	// Write only field.
	EndpointGroupName *string `json:"endpointGroupName,omitempty"`
	// List of individual private endpoints that comprise this endpoint group.
	Endpoints *[]CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest `json:"endpoints,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Google Cloud project in which you created the endpoints.
	// Write only field.
	GcpProjectId *string `json:"gcpProjectId,omitempty"`
}

CreateEndpointRequest struct for CreateEndpointRequest

func NewCreateEndpointRequest ¶

func NewCreateEndpointRequest() *CreateEndpointRequest

NewCreateEndpointRequest instantiates a new CreateEndpointRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateEndpointRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateEndpointRequestWithDefaults() *CreateEndpointRequest

NewCreateEndpointRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateEndpointRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointGroupName() string

GetEndpointGroupName returns the EndpointGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpoints ¶

GetEndpoints returns the Endpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointsOk ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetEndpointsOk() (*[]CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest, bool)

GetEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the Endpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetGcpProjectId() string

GetGcpProjectId returns the GcpProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetGcpProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetGcpProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGcpProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the GcpProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress() string

GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress returns the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) HasEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) HasEndpointGroupName() bool

HasEndpointGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) HasEndpoints ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) HasEndpoints() bool

HasEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) HasGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) HasGcpProjectId() bool

HasGcpProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) HasId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress() bool

HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CreateEndpointRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateEndpointRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) SetEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) SetEndpointGroupName(v string)

SetEndpointGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointGroupName field.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) SetEndpoints ¶

SetEndpoints gets a reference to the given []CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest and assigns it to the Endpoints field.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) SetGcpProjectId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) SetGcpProjectId(v string)

SetGcpProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GcpProjectId field.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) SetId ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*CreateEndpointRequest) SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *CreateEndpointRequest) SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field.

func (CreateEndpointRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateEndpointRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateExportBucketApiParams ¶

type CreateExportBucketApiParams struct {
	GroupId                           string
	DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket
}

type CreateExportBucketApiRequest ¶

type CreateExportBucketApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateExportBucketApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateFederatedDatabaseApiParams ¶

type CreateFederatedDatabaseApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	DataLakeTenant     *DataLakeTenant
	SkipRoleValidation *bool
}

type CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest ¶

type CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) SkipRoleValidation ¶

func (r CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) SkipRoleValidation(skipRoleValidation bool) CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether this request should check if the requesting IAM role can read from the S3 bucket. AWS checks if the role can list the objects in the bucket before writing to it. Some IAM roles only need write permissions. This flag allows you to skip that check.

type CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest ¶

type CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Google Cloud consumer forwarding rule that you created.
	// Write only field.
	EndpointName *string `json:"endpointName,omitempty"`
	// One Private Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) address to which this Google Cloud consumer forwarding rule resolves.
	// Write only field.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
}

CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest struct for CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest

func NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest ¶

func NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest() *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest

NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest instantiates a new CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequestWithDefaults() *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest

NewCreateGCPForwardingRuleRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetEndpointName ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetEndpointName() string

GetEndpointName returns the EndpointName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetEndpointNameOk ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetEndpointNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) HasEndpointName ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) HasEndpointName() bool

HasEndpointName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) SetEndpointName ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) SetEndpointName(v string)

SetEndpointName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointName field.

func (*CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateGCPForwardingRuleRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateIdentityProviderApiParams ¶

type CreateIdentityProviderApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId                 string
	FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate
}

type CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest ¶

type CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId          string
	ClusterName      string
	BackupRestoreJob *BackupRestoreJob
}

type CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateLinkTokenApiParams ¶

type CreateLinkTokenApiParams struct {
	OrgId            string
	TargetOrgRequest *TargetOrgRequest
}

type CreateLinkTokenApiRequest ¶

type CreateLinkTokenApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateLinkTokenApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateManagedNamespaceApiParams ¶

type CreateManagedNamespaceApiParams struct {
	GroupId          string
	ClusterName      string
	ManagedNamespace *ManagedNamespace
}

type CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest ¶

type CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService GlobalClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiParams ¶

type CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiParams struct {
	GroupId                        string
	TenantName                     string
	LimitName                      string
	DataFederationTenantQueryLimit *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit
}

type CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest ¶

type CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateOnlineArchiveApiParams ¶

type CreateOnlineArchiveApiParams struct {
	GroupId                   string
	ClusterName               string
	BackupOnlineArchiveCreate *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate
}

type CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest ¶

type CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateOrganizationApiParams ¶

type CreateOrganizationApiParams struct {
	CreateOrganizationRequest *CreateOrganizationRequest
}

type CreateOrganizationApiRequest ¶

type CreateOrganizationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOrganizationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateOrganizationInvitationApiParams ¶

type CreateOrganizationInvitationApiParams struct {
	OrgId                         string
	OrganizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest
}

type CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest ¶

type CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateOrganizationRequest ¶

type CreateOrganizationRequest struct {
	ApiKey *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey `json:"apiKey,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the federation to link the newly created organization to. If specified, the proposed Organization Owner of the new organization must have the Organization Owner role in an organization associated with the federation.
	FederationSettingsId *string `json:"federationSettingsId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the organization.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud user that you want to assign the Organization Owner role. This user must be a member of the same organization as the calling API key. If you provide `federationSettingsId`,  this user must instead have the Organization Owner role on an organization in the specified federation. This parameter is required only when you authenticate with Programmatic API Keys.
	OrgOwnerId *string `json:"orgOwnerId,omitempty"`
}

CreateOrganizationRequest struct for CreateOrganizationRequest

func NewCreateOrganizationRequest ¶

func NewCreateOrganizationRequest(name string) *CreateOrganizationRequest

NewCreateOrganizationRequest instantiates a new CreateOrganizationRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateOrganizationRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateOrganizationRequestWithDefaults() *CreateOrganizationRequest

NewCreateOrganizationRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateOrganizationRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetApiKey ¶

GetApiKey returns the ApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetApiKeyOk ¶

GetApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the ApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetFederationSettingsId() string

GetFederationSettingsId returns the FederationSettingsId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetFederationSettingsIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetFederationSettingsIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetFederationSettingsIdOk returns a tuple with the FederationSettingsId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetName ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetOrgOwnerId() string

GetOrgOwnerId returns the OrgOwnerId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) GetOrgOwnerIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) GetOrgOwnerIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgOwnerIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgOwnerId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) HasApiKey ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) HasApiKey() bool

HasApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) HasFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) HasFederationSettingsId() bool

HasFederationSettingsId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) HasOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) HasOrgOwnerId() bool

HasOrgOwnerId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CreateOrganizationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateOrganizationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) SetApiKey ¶

SetApiKey gets a reference to the given CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey and assigns it to the ApiKey field.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) SetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) SetFederationSettingsId(v string)

SetFederationSettingsId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FederationSettingsId field.

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) SetName ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*CreateOrganizationRequest) SetOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationRequest) SetOrgOwnerId(v string)

SetOrgOwnerId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgOwnerId field.

func (CreateOrganizationRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateOrganizationRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreateOrganizationResponse ¶

type CreateOrganizationResponse struct {
	ApiKey *ApiKeyUserDetails `json:"apiKey,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the federation that you linked the newly created organization to.
	// Read only field.
	FederationSettingsId *string `json:"federationSettingsId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud user that you assigned the Organization Owner role in the new organization.
	// Read only field.
	OrgOwnerId   *string            `json:"orgOwnerId,omitempty"`
	Organization *AtlasOrganization `json:"organization,omitempty"`
}

CreateOrganizationResponse struct for CreateOrganizationResponse

func NewCreateOrganizationResponse ¶

func NewCreateOrganizationResponse() *CreateOrganizationResponse

NewCreateOrganizationResponse instantiates a new CreateOrganizationResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCreateOrganizationResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewCreateOrganizationResponseWithDefaults() *CreateOrganizationResponse

NewCreateOrganizationResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new CreateOrganizationResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetApiKey ¶

GetApiKey returns the ApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetApiKeyOk() (*ApiKeyUserDetails, bool)

GetApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the ApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetFederationSettingsId() string

GetFederationSettingsId returns the FederationSettingsId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetFederationSettingsIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetFederationSettingsIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetFederationSettingsIdOk returns a tuple with the FederationSettingsId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrgOwnerId() string

GetOrgOwnerId returns the OrgOwnerId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrgOwnerIdOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrgOwnerIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgOwnerIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgOwnerId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrganization ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrganization() AtlasOrganization

GetOrganization returns the Organization field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrganizationOk ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) GetOrganizationOk() (*AtlasOrganization, bool)

GetOrganizationOk returns a tuple with the Organization field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) HasApiKey ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) HasApiKey() bool

HasApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) HasFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) HasFederationSettingsId() bool

HasFederationSettingsId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) HasOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) HasOrgOwnerId() bool

HasOrgOwnerId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) HasOrganization ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) HasOrganization() bool

HasOrganization returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CreateOrganizationResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CreateOrganizationResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) SetApiKey ¶

SetApiKey gets a reference to the given ApiKeyUserDetails and assigns it to the ApiKey field.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) SetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) SetFederationSettingsId(v string)

SetFederationSettingsId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FederationSettingsId field.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) SetOrgOwnerId ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) SetOrgOwnerId(v string)

SetOrgOwnerId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgOwnerId field.

func (*CreateOrganizationResponse) SetOrganization ¶

func (o *CreateOrganizationResponse) SetOrganization(v AtlasOrganization)

SetOrganization gets a reference to the given AtlasOrganization and assigns it to the Organization field.

func (CreateOrganizationResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o CreateOrganizationResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CreatePeeringConnectionApiParams ¶

type CreatePeeringConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId                              string
	BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings
}

type CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest ¶

type CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreatePeeringContainerApiParams ¶

type CreatePeeringContainerApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	CloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer
}

type CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest ¶

type CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreatePipelineApiParams ¶

type CreatePipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId                   string
	DataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline
}

type CreatePipelineApiRequest ¶

type CreatePipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId               string
	CloudProvider         string
	EndpointServiceId     string
	CreateEndpointRequest *CreateEndpointRequest
}

type CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams struct {
	GroupId                             string
	CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest
}

type CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest ¶

type CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateProjectApiKeyApiParams ¶

type CreateProjectApiKeyApiParams struct {
	GroupId                  string
	CreateAtlasProjectApiKey *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey
}

type CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateProjectApiParams ¶

type CreateProjectApiParams struct {
	Group          *Group
	ProjectOwnerId *string
}

type CreateProjectApiRequest ¶

type CreateProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r CreateProjectApiRequest) Execute() (*Group, *http.Response, error)

func (CreateProjectApiRequest) ProjectOwnerId ¶

func (r CreateProjectApiRequest) ProjectOwnerId(projectOwnerId string) CreateProjectApiRequest

Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud user to whom to grant the Project Owner role on the specified project. If you set this parameter, it overrides the default value of the oldest Organization Owner.

type CreateProjectInvitationApiParams ¶

type CreateProjectInvitationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	GroupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest
}

type CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest ¶

type CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateProjectIpAccessListApiParams ¶

type CreateProjectIpAccessListApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	NetworkPermissionEntry *[]NetworkPermissionEntry
	IncludeCount           *bool
	ItemsPerPage           *int
	PageNum                *int
}

type CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest ¶

type CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams ¶

type CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                   string
	PushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject
}

type CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PushBasedLogExportApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreatePushMigrationApiParams ¶

type CreatePushMigrationApiParams struct {
	GroupId              string
	LiveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest
}

type CreatePushMigrationApiRequest ¶

type CreatePushMigrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePushMigrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateRoleMappingApiParams ¶

type CreateRoleMappingApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId      string
	OrgId                     string
	AuthFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping
}

type CreateRoleMappingApiRequest ¶

type CreateRoleMappingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateRoleMappingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateRollingIndexApiParams ¶

type CreateRollingIndexApiParams struct {
	GroupId                     string
	ClusterName                 string
	DatabaseRollingIndexRequest *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest
}

type CreateRollingIndexApiRequest ¶

type CreateRollingIndexApiRequest struct {
	ApiService RollingIndexApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateRollingIndexApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	ServerlessBackupRestoreJob *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob
}

type CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateServerlessInstanceApiParams ¶

type CreateServerlessInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId                             string
	ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate
}

type CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest ¶

type CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessInstancesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId                       string
	InstanceName                  string
	ServerlessTenantCreateRequest *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest
}

type CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	ClusterName   string
	GroupId       string
	TenantRestore *TenantRestore
}

type CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierRestoreJobsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateStreamConnectionApiParams ¶

type CreateStreamConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	TenantName        string
	StreamsConnection *StreamsConnection
}

type CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest ¶

type CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateStreamInstanceApiParams ¶

type CreateStreamInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	StreamsTenant *StreamsTenant
}

type CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest ¶

type CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type CreateTeamApiParams ¶

type CreateTeamApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
	Team  *Team
}

type CreateTeamApiRequest ¶

type CreateTeamApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTeamApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r CreateTeamApiRequest) Execute() (*Team, *http.Response, error)

type CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams ¶

type CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams struct {
	IntegrationType       string
	GroupId               string
	ThirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration
	IncludeCount          *bool
	ItemsPerPage          *int
	PageNum               *int
}

type CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest ¶

type CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type CreateUserApiParams ¶

type CreateUserApiParams struct {
	CloudAppUser *CloudAppUser
}

type CreateUserApiRequest ¶

type CreateUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MongoDBCloudUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type Criteria ¶

type Criteria struct {
	// Means by which MongoDB Cloud selects data to archive. Data can be chosen using the age of the data or a MongoDB query. **DATE** selects documents to archive based on a date. **CUSTOM** selects documents to archive based on a custom JSON query. MongoDB Cloud doesn't support **CUSTOM** when `\"collectionType\": \"TIMESERIES\"`.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB find query that selects documents to archive. The specified query follows the syntax of the `db.collection.find(query)` command. This query can't use the empty document (`{}`) to return all documents. Set this parameter when **\"criteria.type\" : \"CUSTOM\"**.
	Query *string `json:"query,omitempty"`
	// Indexed database parameter that stores the date that determines when data moves to the online archive. MongoDB Cloud archives the data when the current date exceeds the date in this database parameter plus the number of days specified through the **expireAfterDays** parameter. Set this parameter when you set `\"criteria.type\" : \"DATE\"`.
	DateField *string `json:"dateField,omitempty"`
	// Syntax used to write the date after which data moves to the online archive. Date can be expressed as ISO 8601 or Epoch timestamps. The Epoch timestamp can be expressed as nanoseconds, milliseconds, or seconds. Set this parameter when **\"criteria.type\" : \"DATE\"**. You must set **\"criteria.type\" : \"DATE\"** if **\"collectionType\": \"TIMESERIES\"**.
	DateFormat *string `json:"dateFormat,omitempty"`
	// Number of days after the value in the **criteria.dateField** when MongoDB Cloud archives data in the specified cluster. Set this parameter when you set **\"criteria.type\" : \"DATE\"**.
	ExpireAfterDays *int `json:"expireAfterDays,omitempty"`
}

Criteria Rules by which MongoDB Cloud archives data. Use the **criteria.type** field to choose how MongoDB Cloud selects data to archive. Choose data using the age of the data or a MongoDB query. **\"criteria.type\": \"DATE\"** selects documents to archive based on a date. **\"criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\"** selects documents to archive based on a custom JSON query. MongoDB Cloud doesn't support **\"criteria.type\": \"CUSTOM\"** when **\"collectionType\": \"TIMESERIES\"**.

func NewCriteria ¶

func NewCriteria() *Criteria

NewCriteria instantiates a new Criteria object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCriteriaWithDefaults ¶

func NewCriteriaWithDefaults() *Criteria

NewCriteriaWithDefaults instantiates a new Criteria object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Criteria) GetDateField ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetDateField() string

GetDateField returns the DateField field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Criteria) GetDateFieldOk ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetDateFieldOk() (*string, bool)

GetDateFieldOk returns a tuple with the DateField field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Criteria) GetDateFormat ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetDateFormat() string

GetDateFormat returns the DateFormat field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Criteria) GetDateFormatOk ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetDateFormatOk() (*string, bool)

GetDateFormatOk returns a tuple with the DateFormat field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Criteria) GetExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetExpireAfterDays() int

GetExpireAfterDays returns the ExpireAfterDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Criteria) GetExpireAfterDaysOk ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetExpireAfterDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetExpireAfterDaysOk returns a tuple with the ExpireAfterDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Criteria) GetQuery ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetQuery() string

GetQuery returns the Query field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Criteria) GetQueryOk ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetQueryOk() (*string, bool)

GetQueryOk returns a tuple with the Query field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Criteria) GetType ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Criteria) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *Criteria) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Criteria) HasDateField ¶

func (o *Criteria) HasDateField() bool

HasDateField returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Criteria) HasDateFormat ¶

func (o *Criteria) HasDateFormat() bool

HasDateFormat returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Criteria) HasExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *Criteria) HasExpireAfterDays() bool

HasExpireAfterDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Criteria) HasQuery ¶

func (o *Criteria) HasQuery() bool

HasQuery returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Criteria) HasType ¶

func (o *Criteria) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Criteria) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Criteria) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Criteria) SetDateField ¶

func (o *Criteria) SetDateField(v string)

SetDateField gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DateField field.

func (*Criteria) SetDateFormat ¶

func (o *Criteria) SetDateFormat(v string)

SetDateFormat gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DateFormat field.

func (*Criteria) SetExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *Criteria) SetExpireAfterDays(v int)

SetExpireAfterDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ExpireAfterDays field.

func (*Criteria) SetQuery ¶

func (o *Criteria) SetQuery(v string)

SetQuery gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Query field.

func (*Criteria) SetType ¶

func (o *Criteria) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (Criteria) ToMap ¶

func (o Criteria) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CustomDatabaseRolesApi ¶

type CustomDatabaseRolesApi interface {

	/*
		CreateCustomDatabaseRole Create One Custom Role

		Creates one custom role in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userCustomDBRole *UserCustomDBRole) CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCustomDatabaseRole Create One Custom Role


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams) CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateCustomDatabaseRoleExecute(r CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) (*UserCustomDBRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteCustomDatabaseRole Remove One Custom Role from One Project

		Removes one custom role from the specified project. You can't remove a custom role that would leave one or more child roles with no parent roles or actions. You also can't remove a custom role that would leave one or more database users without roles. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must be unique for this custom role in this project.
		@return DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteCustomDatabaseRole Remove One Custom Role from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleExecute(r DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetCustomDatabaseRole Return One Custom Role in One Project

		Returns one custom role for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must be unique for this custom role in this project.
		@return GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	GetCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string) GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	/*
		GetCustomDatabaseRole Return One Custom Role in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	GetCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams) GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetCustomDatabaseRoleExecute(r GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) (*UserCustomDBRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListCustomDatabaseRoles Return All Custom Roles in One Project

		Returns all custom roles for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest
	*/
	ListCustomDatabaseRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest
	/*
		ListCustomDatabaseRoles Return All Custom Roles in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest
	*/
	ListCustomDatabaseRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiParams) ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListCustomDatabaseRolesExecute(r ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest) ([]UserCustomDBRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateCustomDatabaseRole Update One Custom Role in One Project

		Updates one custom role in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must beunique for this custom role in this project.
		@return UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string, updateCustomDBRole *UpdateCustomDBRole) UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateCustomDatabaseRole Update One Custom Role in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams) UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleExecute(r UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) (*UserCustomDBRole, *http.Response, error)
}

type CustomDatabaseRolesApiService ¶

type CustomDatabaseRolesApiService service

CustomDatabaseRolesApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi service

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) CreateCustomDatabaseRole ¶

func (a *CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) CreateCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userCustomDBRole *UserCustomDBRole) CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

CreateCustomDatabaseRole Create One Custom Role

Creates one custom role in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) CreateCustomDatabaseRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserCustomDBRole

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) CreateCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams ¶

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) DeleteCustomDatabaseRole ¶

func (a *CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) DeleteCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

DeleteCustomDatabaseRole Remove One Custom Role from One Project

Removes one custom role from the specified project. You can't remove a custom role that would leave one or more child roles with no parent roles or actions. You also can't remove a custom role that would leave one or more database users without roles. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Atlas Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must be unique for this custom role in this project.
@return DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleExecute ¶

func (a *CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleExecute(r DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams ¶

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) GetCustomDatabaseRole ¶

func (a *CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) GetCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string) GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

GetCustomDatabaseRole Return One Custom Role in One Project

Returns one custom role for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must be unique for this custom role in this project.
@return GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) GetCustomDatabaseRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserCustomDBRole

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) GetCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams ¶

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) ListCustomDatabaseRoles ¶

ListCustomDatabaseRoles Return All Custom Roles in One Project

Returns all custom roles for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) ListCustomDatabaseRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []UserCustomDBRole

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) ListCustomDatabaseRolesWithParams ¶

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) UpdateCustomDatabaseRole ¶

func (a *CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) UpdateCustomDatabaseRole(ctx context.Context, groupId string, roleName string, updateCustomDBRole *UpdateCustomDBRole) UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

UpdateCustomDatabaseRole Update One Custom Role in One Project

Updates one custom role in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param roleName Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must beunique for this custom role in this project.
@return UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserCustomDBRole

func (*CustomDatabaseRolesApiService) UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleWithParams ¶

type CustomZoneMappings ¶

type CustomZoneMappings struct {
	// List that contains comma-separated key value pairs to map zones to geographic regions. These pairs map an ISO 3166-1a2 location code, with an ISO 3166-2 subdivision code when possible, to the human-readable label for the desired custom zone. MongoDB Cloud maps the ISO 3166-1a2 code to the nearest geographical zone by default. Include this parameter to override the default mappings.  This parameter returns an empty object if no custom zones exist.
	CustomZoneMappings *[]ZoneMapping `json:"customZoneMappings,omitempty"`
}

CustomZoneMappings struct for CustomZoneMappings

func NewCustomZoneMappings ¶

func NewCustomZoneMappings() *CustomZoneMappings

NewCustomZoneMappings instantiates a new CustomZoneMappings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewCustomZoneMappingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewCustomZoneMappingsWithDefaults() *CustomZoneMappings

NewCustomZoneMappingsWithDefaults instantiates a new CustomZoneMappings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*CustomZoneMappings) GetCustomZoneMappings ¶

func (o *CustomZoneMappings) GetCustomZoneMappings() []ZoneMapping

GetCustomZoneMappings returns the CustomZoneMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*CustomZoneMappings) GetCustomZoneMappingsOk ¶

func (o *CustomZoneMappings) GetCustomZoneMappingsOk() (*[]ZoneMapping, bool)

GetCustomZoneMappingsOk returns a tuple with the CustomZoneMappings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*CustomZoneMappings) HasCustomZoneMappings ¶

func (o *CustomZoneMappings) HasCustomZoneMappings() bool

HasCustomZoneMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (CustomZoneMappings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o CustomZoneMappings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*CustomZoneMappings) SetCustomZoneMappings ¶

func (o *CustomZoneMappings) SetCustomZoneMappings(v []ZoneMapping)

SetCustomZoneMappings gets a reference to the given []ZoneMapping and assigns it to the CustomZoneMappings field.

func (CustomZoneMappings) ToMap ¶

func (o CustomZoneMappings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type CutoverMigrationApiParams ¶

type CutoverMigrationApiParams struct {
	GroupId         string
	LiveMigrationId string
}

type CutoverMigrationApiRequest ¶

type CutoverMigrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CutoverMigrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DBRoleToExecute ¶

type DBRoleToExecute struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// The name of the role to use. Can be a built in role or a custom role.
	Role *string `json:"role,omitempty"`
	// Type of the DB role. Can be either BuiltIn or Custom.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

DBRoleToExecute The name of a Built in or Custom DB Role to connect to an Atlas Cluster.

func NewDBRoleToExecute ¶

func NewDBRoleToExecute() *DBRoleToExecute

NewDBRoleToExecute instantiates a new DBRoleToExecute object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDBRoleToExecuteWithDefaults ¶

func NewDBRoleToExecuteWithDefaults() *DBRoleToExecute

NewDBRoleToExecuteWithDefaults instantiates a new DBRoleToExecute object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DBRoleToExecute) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) GetRole ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetRole() string

GetRole returns the Role field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DBRoleToExecute) GetRoleOk ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetRoleOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleOk returns a tuple with the Role field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) GetType ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DBRoleToExecute) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) HasRole ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) HasRole() bool

HasRole returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) HasType ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DBRoleToExecute) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DBRoleToExecute) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *DBRoleToExecute) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) SetRole ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) SetRole(v string)

SetRole gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Role field.

func (*DBRoleToExecute) SetType ¶

func (o *DBRoleToExecute) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (DBRoleToExecute) ToMap ¶

func (o DBRoleToExecute) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DBUserTLSX509Settings ¶

type DBUserTLSX509Settings struct {
	// Concatenated list of customer certificate authority (CA) certificates needed to authenticate database users. MongoDB Cloud expects this as a PEM-formatted certificate.
	Cas *string `json:"cas,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

DBUserTLSX509Settings Settings to configure TLS Certificates for database users.

func NewDBUserTLSX509Settings ¶

func NewDBUserTLSX509Settings() *DBUserTLSX509Settings

NewDBUserTLSX509Settings instantiates a new DBUserTLSX509Settings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDBUserTLSX509SettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewDBUserTLSX509SettingsWithDefaults() *DBUserTLSX509Settings

NewDBUserTLSX509SettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new DBUserTLSX509Settings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetCas ¶

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetCas() string

GetCas returns the Cas field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetCasOk ¶

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetCasOk() (*string, bool)

GetCasOk returns a tuple with the Cas field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DBUserTLSX509Settings) HasCas ¶

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) HasCas() bool

HasCas returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DBUserTLSX509Settings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DBUserTLSX509Settings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DBUserTLSX509Settings) SetCas ¶

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) SetCas(v string)

SetCas gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Cas field.

func (o *DBUserTLSX509Settings) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (DBUserTLSX509Settings) ToMap ¶

func (o DBUserTLSX509Settings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataExpirationRule ¶

type DataExpirationRule struct {
	// Number of days used in the date criteria for nominating documents for deletion.
	ExpireAfterDays *int `json:"expireAfterDays,omitempty"`
}

DataExpirationRule Rule for specifying when data should be deleted from the archive.

func NewDataExpirationRule ¶

func NewDataExpirationRule() *DataExpirationRule

NewDataExpirationRule instantiates a new DataExpirationRule object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataExpirationRuleWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataExpirationRuleWithDefaults() *DataExpirationRule

NewDataExpirationRuleWithDefaults instantiates a new DataExpirationRule object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataExpirationRule) GetExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *DataExpirationRule) GetExpireAfterDays() int

GetExpireAfterDays returns the ExpireAfterDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataExpirationRule) GetExpireAfterDaysOk ¶

func (o *DataExpirationRule) GetExpireAfterDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetExpireAfterDaysOk returns a tuple with the ExpireAfterDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataExpirationRule) HasExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *DataExpirationRule) HasExpireAfterDays() bool

HasExpireAfterDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataExpirationRule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataExpirationRule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataExpirationRule) SetExpireAfterDays ¶

func (o *DataExpirationRule) SetExpireAfterDays(v int)

SetExpireAfterDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ExpireAfterDays field.

func (DataExpirationRule) ToMap ¶

func (o DataExpirationRule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataFederationApi ¶

type DataFederationApi interface {

	/*
			CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Create One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint for One Project

			Adds one private endpoint for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives to the specified projects. If the endpoint ID already exists and the associated comment is unchanged, Atlas Data Federation makes no change to the endpoint ID list. If the endpoint ID already exists and the associated comment is changed, Atlas Data Federation updates the comment value only in the endpoint ID list. If the endpoint ID doesn't exist, Atlas Data Federation appends the new endpoint to the list of endpoints in the endpoint ID list. Each region has an associated service name for the various endpoints in each region.

		 `us-east-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.us-east-1.vpce-svc-00e311695874992b4`.

		 `us-west-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.us-west-2.vpce-svc-09d86b19e59d1b4bb`.

		 `eu-west-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-west-1.vpce-svc-0824460b72e1a420e`.

		 `eu-west-2` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-west-2.vpce-svc-052f1840aa0c4f1f9`.

		 `eu-central-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-central-1.vpce-svc-0ac8ce91871138c0d`.

		 `sa-east-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.sa-east-1.vpce-svc-0b56e75e8cdf50044`.

		 `ap-southeast-2` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.ap-southeast-2.vpce-svc-036f1de74d761706e`.

		 `ap-south-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.ap-south-1.vpce-svc-03eb8a541f96d356d`.

		 To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, privateNetworkEndpointIdEntry *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Create One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute(r CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateFederatedDatabase Create One Federated Database Instance in One Project

		Creates one federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	CreateFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataLakeTenant *DataLakeTenant) CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	/*
		CreateFederatedDatabase Create One Federated Database Instance in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateFederatedDatabaseApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	CreateFederatedDatabaseWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateFederatedDatabaseApiParams) CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateFederatedDatabaseExecute(r CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) (*DataLakeTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit Configure One Query Limit for One Federated Database Instance

		Creates or updates one query limit for one federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
		@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
		@return CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string, dataFederationTenantQueryLimit *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest
	/*
		CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit Configure One Query Limit for One Federated Database Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiParams) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitExecute(r CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest) (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Remove One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint from One Project

		Removes one private endpoint for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param endpointId Unique 22-character alphanumeric string that identifies the private endpoint to remove. Atlas Data Federation supports AWS private endpoints using the AWS PrivateLink feature.
		@return DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, endpointId string) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Remove One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute(r DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteFederatedDatabase Remove One Federated Database Instance from One Project

		Removes one federated database instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to remove.
		@return DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteFederatedDatabase Remove One Federated Database Instance from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteFederatedDatabaseWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiParams) DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteFederatedDatabaseExecute(r DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit Delete One Query Limit For One Federated Database Instance

		Deletes one query limit for one federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
		@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
		@return DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit Delete One Query Limit For One Federated Database Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiParams) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitExecute(r DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs Download Query Logs for One Federated Database Instance

		Downloads the query logs for the specified federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Data Access Read Write roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance for which you want to download query logs.
		@return DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest
	/*
		DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs Download Query Logs for One Federated Database Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiParams) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsExecute(r DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Return One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint in One Project

		Returns the specified private endpoint for Federated Database Instances or Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param endpointId Unique 22-character alphanumeric string that identifies the private endpoint to return. Atlas Data Federation supports AWS private endpoints using the AWS PrivateLink feature.
		@return GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, endpointId string) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Return One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute(r GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetFederatedDatabase Return One Federated Database Instance in One Project

		Returns the details of one federated database instance within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the Federated Database to return.
		@return GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	GetFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	/*
		GetFederatedDatabase Return One Federated Database Instance in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetFederatedDatabaseApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	GetFederatedDatabaseWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetFederatedDatabaseApiParams) GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetFederatedDatabaseExecute(r GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) (*DataLakeTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints Return All Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoints in One Project

		Returns all private endpoints for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	/*
		ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints Return All Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoints in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiParams) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsExecute(r ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListFederatedDatabases Return All Federated Database Instances in One Project

		Returns the details of all federated database instances in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or higher role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest
	*/
	ListFederatedDatabases(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest
	/*
		ListFederatedDatabases Return All Federated Database Instances in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListFederatedDatabasesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest
	*/
	ListFederatedDatabasesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListFederatedDatabasesApiParams) ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListFederatedDatabasesExecute(r ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest) ([]DataLakeTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit Return One Federated Database Instance Query Limit for One Project

		Returns the details of one query limit for the specified federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
		@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
		@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest
	/*
		ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit Return One Federated Database Instance Query Limit for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiParams) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitExecute(r ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest) (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits Return All Query Limits for One Federated Database Instance

		Returns query limits for a federated databases instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance for which you want to retrieve query limits.
		@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest
	/*
		ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits Return All Query Limits for One Federated Database Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiParams) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsExecute(r ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest) ([]DataFederationTenantQueryLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateFederatedDatabase Update One Federated Database Instance in One Project

		Updates the details of one federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or higher role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to update.
		@return UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, dataLakeTenant *DataLakeTenant) UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateFederatedDatabase Update One Federated Database Instance in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateFederatedDatabaseWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiParams) UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateFederatedDatabaseExecute(r UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) (*DataLakeTenant, *http.Response, error)
}

type DataFederationApiService ¶

type DataFederationApiService service

DataFederationApiService DataFederationApi service

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, privateNetworkEndpointIdEntry *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Create One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint for One Project

Adds one private endpoint for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives to the specified projects. If the endpoint ID already exists and the associated comment is unchanged, Atlas Data Federation makes no change to the endpoint ID list. If the endpoint ID already exists and the associated comment is changed, Atlas Data Federation updates the comment value only in the endpoint ID list. If the endpoint ID doesn't exist, Atlas Data Federation appends the new endpoint to the list of endpoints in the endpoint ID list. Each region has an associated service name for the various endpoints in each region.

`us-east-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.us-east-1.vpce-svc-00e311695874992b4`.

`us-west-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.us-west-2.vpce-svc-09d86b19e59d1b4bb`.

`eu-west-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-west-1.vpce-svc-0824460b72e1a420e`.

`eu-west-2` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-west-2.vpce-svc-052f1840aa0c4f1f9`.

`eu-central-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.eu-central-1.vpce-svc-0ac8ce91871138c0d`.

`sa-east-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.sa-east-1.vpce-svc-0b56e75e8cdf50044`.

`ap-southeast-2` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.ap-southeast-2.vpce-svc-036f1de74d761706e`.

`ap-south-1` is `com.amazonaws.vpce.ap-south-1.vpce-svc-03eb8a541f96d356d`.

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateFederatedDatabase ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) CreateFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataLakeTenant *DataLakeTenant) CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

CreateFederatedDatabase Create One Federated Database Instance in One Project

Creates one federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateFederatedDatabaseExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeTenant

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateFederatedDatabaseWithParams ¶

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string, dataFederationTenantQueryLimit *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest

CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimit Configure One Query Limit for One Federated Database Instance

Creates or updates one query limit for one federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
@return CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) CreateOneDataFederationQueryLimitExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataFederationTenantQueryLimit

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, endpointId string) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Remove One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint from One Project

Removes one private endpoint for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param endpointId Unique 22-character alphanumeric string that identifies the private endpoint to remove. Atlas Data Federation supports AWS private endpoints using the AWS PrivateLink feature.
@return DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute(r DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteFederatedDatabase ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

DeleteFederatedDatabase Remove One Federated Database Instance from One Project

Removes one federated database instance from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to remove.
@return DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteFederatedDatabaseExecute ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteFederatedDatabaseExecute(r DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteFederatedDatabaseWithParams ¶

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest

DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimit Delete One Query Limit For One Federated Database Instance

Deletes one query limit for one federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
@return DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitExecute ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitExecute(r DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DataFederationApiService) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest

DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogs Download Query Logs for One Federated Database Instance

Downloads the query logs for the specified federated database instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Data Access Read Write roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance for which you want to download query logs.
@return DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsExecute ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsExecute(r DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return io.ReadCloser

func (*DataFederationApiService) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, endpointId string) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

GetDataFederationPrivateEndpoint Return One Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoint in One Project

Returns the specified private endpoint for Federated Database Instances or Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param endpointId Unique 22-character alphanumeric string that identifies the private endpoint to return. Atlas Data Federation supports AWS private endpoints using the AWS PrivateLink feature.
@return GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

func (*DataFederationApiService) GetFederatedDatabase ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) GetFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

GetFederatedDatabase Return One Federated Database Instance in One Project

Returns the details of one federated database instance within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the Federated Database to return.
@return GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) GetFederatedDatabaseExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeTenant

func (*DataFederationApiService) GetFederatedDatabaseWithParams ¶

func (*DataFederationApiService) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

ListDataFederationPrivateEndpoints Return All Federated Database Instance and Online Archive Private Endpoints in One Project

Returns all private endpoints for Federated Database Instances and Online Archives in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

func (*DataFederationApiService) ListFederatedDatabases ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) ListFederatedDatabases(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest

ListFederatedDatabases Return All Federated Database Instances in One Project

Returns the details of all federated database instances in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or higher role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) ListFederatedDatabasesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []DataLakeTenant

func (*DataFederationApiService) ListFederatedDatabasesWithParams ¶

func (*DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, limitName string) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest

ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimit Return One Federated Database Instance Query Limit for One Project

Returns the details of one query limit for the specified federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to which the query limit applies.
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this data federation instance limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | | --- | --- | --- | | bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single data federation query | N/A | | bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current day | N/A | | bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current week | N/A | | bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed for the data federation instance for the current month | N/A |
@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataFederationTenantQueryLimit

func (*DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest

ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimits Return All Query Limits for One Federated Database Instance

Returns query limits for a federated databases instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance for which you want to retrieve query limits.
@return ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []DataFederationTenantQueryLimit

func (*DataFederationApiService) UpdateFederatedDatabase ¶

func (a *DataFederationApiService) UpdateFederatedDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, dataLakeTenant *DataLakeTenant) UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

UpdateFederatedDatabase Update One Federated Database Instance in One Project

Updates the details of one federated database instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or higher role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the federated database instance to update.
@return UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

func (*DataFederationApiService) UpdateFederatedDatabaseExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeTenant

func (*DataFederationApiService) UpdateFederatedDatabaseWithParams ¶

type DataFederationLimit ¶

type DataFederationLimit struct {
	// Amount that indicates the current usage of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	CurrentUsage *int64 `json:"currentUsage,omitempty"`
	// Default value of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	DefaultLimit *int64 `json:"defaultLimit,omitempty"`
	// Maximum value of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	MaximumLimit *int64 `json:"maximumLimit,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the user-managed limit to modify.
	// Read only field.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Amount to set the limit to.
	Value int64 `json:"value"`
	// Only used for Data Federation limits. Timestamp that indicates when this usage limit was last modified. This field uses the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `json:"lastModifiedDate,omitempty"`
	// Only used for Data Federation limits. Action to take when the usage limit is exceeded. If limit span is set to QUERY, this is ignored because MongoDB Cloud stops the query when it exceeds the usage limit.
	OverrunPolicy *string `json:"overrunPolicy,omitempty"`
}

DataFederationLimit Details of user managed limits.

func NewDataFederationLimit ¶

func NewDataFederationLimit(name string, value int64) *DataFederationLimit

NewDataFederationLimit instantiates a new DataFederationLimit object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataFederationLimitWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataFederationLimitWithDefaults() *DataFederationLimit

NewDataFederationLimitWithDefaults instantiates a new DataFederationLimit object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetCurrentUsage() int64

GetCurrentUsage returns the CurrentUsage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetCurrentUsageOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetCurrentUsageOk() (*int64, bool)

GetCurrentUsageOk returns a tuple with the CurrentUsage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetDefaultLimit() int64

GetDefaultLimit returns the DefaultLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetDefaultLimitOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetDefaultLimitOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDefaultLimitOk returns a tuple with the DefaultLimit field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetLastModifiedDate() time.Time

GetLastModifiedDate returns the LastModifiedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetLastModifiedDateOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetLastModifiedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastModifiedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastModifiedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetMaximumLimit() int64

GetMaximumLimit returns the MaximumLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetMaximumLimitOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetMaximumLimitOk() (*int64, bool)

GetMaximumLimitOk returns a tuple with the MaximumLimit field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetName ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetOverrunPolicy() string

GetOverrunPolicy returns the OverrunPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetOverrunPolicyOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetOverrunPolicyOk() (*string, bool)

GetOverrunPolicyOk returns a tuple with the OverrunPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetValue ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetValue() int64

GetValue returns the Value field value

func (*DataFederationLimit) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) GetValueOk() (*int64, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) HasCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) HasCurrentUsage() bool

HasCurrentUsage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) HasDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) HasDefaultLimit() bool

HasDefaultLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) HasLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) HasLastModifiedDate() bool

HasLastModifiedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) HasMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) HasMaximumLimit() bool

HasMaximumLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationLimit) HasOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) HasOverrunPolicy() bool

HasOverrunPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataFederationLimit) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataFederationLimit) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetCurrentUsage(v int64)

SetCurrentUsage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentUsage field.

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetDefaultLimit(v int64)

SetDefaultLimit gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DefaultLimit field.

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastModifiedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastModifiedDate field.

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetMaximumLimit(v int64)

SetMaximumLimit gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the MaximumLimit field.

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetName ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetOverrunPolicy(v string)

SetOverrunPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OverrunPolicy field.

func (*DataFederationLimit) SetValue ¶

func (o *DataFederationLimit) SetValue(v int64)

SetValue sets field value

func (DataFederationLimit) ToMap ¶

func (o DataFederationLimit) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataFederationTenantQueryLimit ¶

type DataFederationTenantQueryLimit struct {
	// Amount that indicates the current usage of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	CurrentUsage *int64 `json:"currentUsage,omitempty"`
	// Default value of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	DefaultLimit *int64 `json:"defaultLimit,omitempty"`
	// Only used for Data Federation limits. Timestamp that indicates when this usage limit was last modified. This field uses the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `json:"lastModifiedDate,omitempty"`
	// Maximum value of the limit.
	// Read only field.
	MaximumLimit *int64 `json:"maximumLimit,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the user-managed limit to modify.
	// Read only field.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Only used for Data Federation limits. Action to take when the usage limit is exceeded. If limit span is set to QUERY, this is ignored because MongoDB Cloud stops the query when it exceeds the usage limit.
	OverrunPolicy *string `json:"overrunPolicy,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Federated Database Instance. If specified, the usage limit is for the specified federated database instance only. If omitted, the usage limit is for all federated database instances in the project.
	// Read only field.
	TenantName *string `json:"tenantName,omitempty"`
	// Amount to set the limit to.
	Value int64 `json:"value"`
}

DataFederationTenantQueryLimit Details of a tenant-level query limit for Data Federation. Query limit is the limit on the amount of usage during a time period based on cost.

func NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimit ¶

func NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimit(name string, value int64) *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit

NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimit instantiates a new DataFederationTenantQueryLimit object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimitWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimitWithDefaults() *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit

NewDataFederationTenantQueryLimitWithDefaults instantiates a new DataFederationTenantQueryLimit object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetCurrentUsage() int64

GetCurrentUsage returns the CurrentUsage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetCurrentUsageOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetCurrentUsageOk() (*int64, bool)

GetCurrentUsageOk returns a tuple with the CurrentUsage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetDefaultLimit() int64

GetDefaultLimit returns the DefaultLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetDefaultLimitOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetDefaultLimitOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDefaultLimitOk returns a tuple with the DefaultLimit field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetLastModifiedDate() time.Time

GetLastModifiedDate returns the LastModifiedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetLastModifiedDateOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetLastModifiedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastModifiedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastModifiedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetMaximumLimit() int64

GetMaximumLimit returns the MaximumLimit field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetMaximumLimitOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetMaximumLimitOk() (*int64, bool)

GetMaximumLimitOk returns a tuple with the MaximumLimit field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetOverrunPolicy() string

GetOverrunPolicy returns the OverrunPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetOverrunPolicyOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetOverrunPolicyOk() (*string, bool)

GetOverrunPolicyOk returns a tuple with the OverrunPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetTenantName ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetTenantName() string

GetTenantName returns the TenantName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetTenantNameOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetTenantNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTenantNameOk returns a tuple with the TenantName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetValue ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetValue() int64

GetValue returns the Value field value

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) GetValueOk() (*int64, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasCurrentUsage() bool

HasCurrentUsage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasDefaultLimit() bool

HasDefaultLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasLastModifiedDate() bool

HasLastModifiedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasMaximumLimit() bool

HasMaximumLimit returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasOverrunPolicy() bool

HasOverrunPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasTenantName ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) HasTenantName() bool

HasTenantName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetCurrentUsage ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetCurrentUsage(v int64)

SetCurrentUsage gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the CurrentUsage field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetDefaultLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetDefaultLimit(v int64)

SetDefaultLimit gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DefaultLimit field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastModifiedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastModifiedDate field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetMaximumLimit ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetMaximumLimit(v int64)

SetMaximumLimit gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the MaximumLimit field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetName ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetOverrunPolicy ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetOverrunPolicy(v string)

SetOverrunPolicy gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OverrunPolicy field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetTenantName ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetTenantName(v string)

SetTenantName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TenantName field.

func (*DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetValue ¶

func (o *DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) SetValue(v int64)

SetValue sets field value

func (DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) ToMap ¶

func (o DataFederationTenantQueryLimit) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig ¶

type DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig struct {
	// Unique identifier associated with the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that the data lake assumes when accessing the data stores.
	// Read only field.
	ExternalId *string `json:"externalId,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that the data lake assumes when accessing data stores.
	// Read only field.
	IamAssumedRoleARN *string `json:"iamAssumedRoleARN,omitempty"`
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user that the data lake assumes when accessing data stores.
	// Read only field.
	IamUserARN *string `json:"iamUserARN,omitempty"`
	// Unique identifier of the role that the data lake can use to access the data stores.Required if specifying cloudProviderConfig.
	RoleId string `json:"roleId"`
	// Name of the S3 data bucket that the provided role ID is authorized to access.Required if specifying cloudProviderConfig.
	// Write only field.
	TestS3Bucket string `json:"testS3Bucket"`
}

DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig Name of the cloud service that hosts the data lake's data stores.

func NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig ¶

func NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig(roleId string, testS3Bucket string) *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig

NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig instantiates a new DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults() *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig

NewDataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetExternalId ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetExternalId() string

GetExternalId returns the ExternalId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetExternalIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetExternalIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetExternalIdOk returns a tuple with the ExternalId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamAssumedRoleARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamAssumedRoleARN() string

GetIamAssumedRoleARN returns the IamAssumedRoleARN field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamAssumedRoleARNOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamAssumedRoleARNOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamAssumedRoleARNOk returns a tuple with the IamAssumedRoleARN field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamUserARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamUserARN() string

GetIamUserARN returns the IamUserARN field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamUserARNOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetIamUserARNOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamUserARNOk returns a tuple with the IamUserARN field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetRoleId ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetRoleId() string

GetRoleId returns the RoleId field value

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the RoleId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetTestS3Bucket ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetTestS3Bucket() string

GetTestS3Bucket returns the TestS3Bucket field value

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetTestS3BucketOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) GetTestS3BucketOk() (*string, bool)

GetTestS3BucketOk returns a tuple with the TestS3Bucket field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasExternalId ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasExternalId() bool

HasExternalId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasIamAssumedRoleARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasIamAssumedRoleARN() bool

HasIamAssumedRoleARN returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasIamUserARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) HasIamUserARN() bool

HasIamUserARN returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetExternalId ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetExternalId(v string)

SetExternalId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ExternalId field.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetIamAssumedRoleARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetIamAssumedRoleARN(v string)

SetIamAssumedRoleARN gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamAssumedRoleARN field.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetIamUserARN ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetIamUserARN(v string)

SetIamUserARN gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamUserARN field.

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetRoleId ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetRoleId(v string)

SetRoleId sets field value

func (*DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetTestS3Bucket ¶

func (o *DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) SetTestS3Bucket(v string)

SetTestS3Bucket sets field value

func (DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeApiBase ¶

type DataLakeApiBase struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the view, which corresponds to an aggregation pipeline on a collection.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Aggregation pipeline stages to apply to the source collection.
	Pipeline *string `json:"pipeline,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the source collection for the view.
	Source *string `json:"source,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeApiBase An aggregation pipeline that applies to the collection.

func NewDataLakeApiBase ¶

func NewDataLakeApiBase() *DataLakeApiBase

NewDataLakeApiBase instantiates a new DataLakeApiBase object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeApiBaseWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeApiBaseWithDefaults() *DataLakeApiBase

NewDataLakeApiBaseWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeApiBase object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetPipeline ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetPipeline() string

GetPipeline returns the Pipeline field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetPipelineOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetPipelineOk() (*string, bool)

GetPipelineOk returns a tuple with the Pipeline field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetSource ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetSource() string

GetSource returns the Source field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeApiBase) GetSourceOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) GetSourceOk() (*string, bool)

GetSourceOk returns a tuple with the Source field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) HasPipeline ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) HasPipeline() bool

HasPipeline returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) HasSource ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) HasSource() bool

HasSource returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeApiBase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeApiBase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeApiBase) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) SetPipeline ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) SetPipeline(v string)

SetPipeline gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Pipeline field.

func (*DataLakeApiBase) SetSource ¶

func (o *DataLakeApiBase) SetSource(v string)

SetSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Source field.

func (DataLakeApiBase) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeApiBase) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern ¶

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern struct {
	// Read Concern level that specifies the consistency and availability of the data read.
	Level *string `json:"level,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern MongoDB Cloud cluster read concern, which determines the consistency and isolation properties of the data read from an Atlas cluster.

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcernWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcernWithDefaults() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcernWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) GetLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) GetLevel() string

GetLevel returns the Level field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) GetLevelOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) GetLevelOk() (*string, bool)

GetLevelOk returns a tuple with the Level field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) HasLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) HasLevel() bool

HasLevel returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) SetLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) SetLevel(v string)

SetLevel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Level field.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference ¶

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference struct {
	// Maximum replication lag, or **staleness**, for reads from secondaries.
	MaxStalenessSeconds *int `json:"maxStalenessSeconds,omitempty"`
	// Read preference mode that specifies to which replica set member to route the read requests.
	Mode *string `json:"mode,omitempty"`
	// List that contains tag sets or tag specification documents. If specified, Atlas Data Lake routes read requests to replica set member or members that are associated with the specified tags.
	TagSets *[][]DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag `json:"tagSets,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference MongoDB Cloud cluster read preference, which describes how to route read requests to the cluster.

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceWithDefaults() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetMaxStalenessSeconds ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetMaxStalenessSeconds() int

GetMaxStalenessSeconds returns the MaxStalenessSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetMaxStalenessSecondsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetMaxStalenessSecondsOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxStalenessSecondsOk returns a tuple with the MaxStalenessSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetMode ¶

GetMode returns the Mode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetModeOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetModeOk() (*string, bool)

GetModeOk returns a tuple with the Mode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetTagSets ¶

GetTagSets returns the TagSets field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) GetTagSetsOk ¶

GetTagSetsOk returns a tuple with the TagSets field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) HasMaxStalenessSeconds ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) HasMaxStalenessSeconds() bool

HasMaxStalenessSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) HasMode ¶

HasMode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) HasTagSets ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) HasTagSets() bool

HasTagSets returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) SetMaxStalenessSeconds ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) SetMaxStalenessSeconds(v int)

SetMaxStalenessSeconds gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MaxStalenessSeconds field.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) SetMode ¶

SetMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Mode field.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) SetTagSets ¶

SetTagSets gets a reference to the given [][]DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag and assigns it to the TagSets field.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag ¶

type DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag struct {
	// Human-readable label of the tag.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Value of the tag.
	Value *string `json:"value,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag struct for DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTagWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTagWithDefaults() *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag

NewDataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTagWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetValue ¶

GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) GetValueOk() (*string, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) HasName ¶

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) HasValue ¶

HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) SetName ¶

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) SetValue ¶

SetValue gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Value field.

func (DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreferenceTag) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeCloudProviderConfig ¶

type DataLakeCloudProviderConfig struct {
	Aws DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig `json:"aws"`
}

DataLakeCloudProviderConfig Cloud provider linked to this data lake.

func NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfig ¶

func NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfig(aws DataLakeAWSCloudProviderConfig) *DataLakeCloudProviderConfig

NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfig instantiates a new DataLakeCloudProviderConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults() *DataLakeCloudProviderConfig

NewDataLakeCloudProviderConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeCloudProviderConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) GetAws ¶

GetAws returns the Aws field value

func (*DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) GetAwsOk ¶

GetAwsOk returns a tuple with the Aws field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) SetAws ¶

SetAws sets field value

func (DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeCloudProviderConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeDataProcessRegion ¶

type DataLakeDataProcessRegion struct {
	// Name of the cloud service that hosts the data lake's data stores.
	CloudProvider string `json:"cloudProvider"`
	// Name of the region to which the data lake routes client connections.
	Region string `json:"region"`
}

DataLakeDataProcessRegion Information about the cloud provider region to which the data lake routes client connections.

func NewDataLakeDataProcessRegion ¶

func NewDataLakeDataProcessRegion(cloudProvider string, region string) *DataLakeDataProcessRegion

NewDataLakeDataProcessRegion instantiates a new DataLakeDataProcessRegion object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeDataProcessRegionWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeDataProcessRegionWithDefaults() *DataLakeDataProcessRegion

NewDataLakeDataProcessRegionWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeDataProcessRegion object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DataLakeDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider sets field value

func (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion) SetRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeDataProcessRegion) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion sets field value

func (DataLakeDataProcessRegion) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeDataProcessRegion) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeDatabaseCollection ¶

type DataLakeDatabaseCollection struct {
	// Array that contains the data stores that map to a collection for this data lake.
	DataSources *[]DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings `json:"dataSources,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection to which MongoDB Cloud maps the data in the data stores.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeDatabaseCollection A collection and data sources that map to a “stores“ data store.

func NewDataLakeDatabaseCollection ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseCollection() *DataLakeDatabaseCollection

NewDataLakeDatabaseCollection instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseCollection object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeDatabaseCollectionWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseCollectionWithDefaults() *DataLakeDatabaseCollection

NewDataLakeDatabaseCollectionWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseCollection object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetDataSources ¶

GetDataSources returns the DataSources field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetDataSourcesOk ¶

GetDataSourcesOk returns a tuple with the DataSources field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseCollection) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) HasDataSources ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseCollection) HasDataSources() bool

HasDataSources returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseCollection) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeDatabaseCollection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseCollection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) SetDataSources ¶

SetDataSources gets a reference to the given []DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings and assigns it to the DataSources field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseCollection) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseCollection) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (DataLakeDatabaseCollection) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseCollection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings ¶

type DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings struct {
	// Flag that validates the scheme in the specified URLs. If `true`, allows insecure `HTTP` scheme, doesn't verify the server's certificate chain and hostname, and accepts any certificate with any hostname presented by the server. If `false`, allows secure `HTTPS` scheme only.
	AllowInsecure *bool `json:"allowInsecure,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection in the database. For creating a wildcard (`*`) collection, you must omit this parameter.
	Collection *string `json:"collection,omitempty"`
	// Regex pattern to use for creating the wildcard (*) collection. To learn more about the regex syntax, see [Go programming language](https://pkg.go.dev/regexp).
	CollectionRegex *string `json:"collectionRegex,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database, which contains the collection in the cluster. You must omit this parameter to generate wildcard (`*`) collections for dynamically generated databases.
	Database *string `json:"database,omitempty"`
	// Regex pattern to use for creating the wildcard (*) database. To learn more about the regex syntax, see [Go programming language](https://pkg.go.dev/regexp).
	DatabaseRegex *string `json:"databaseRegex,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the dataset that Atlas generates for an ingestion pipeline run or Online Archive.
	DatasetName *string `json:"datasetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that matches against the dataset names for ingestion pipeline runs or Online Archives.
	DatasetPrefix *string `json:"datasetPrefix,omitempty"`
	// File format that MongoDB Cloud uses if it encounters a file without a file extension while searching **storeName**.
	DefaultFormat *string `json:"defaultFormat,omitempty"`
	// File path that controls how MongoDB Cloud searches for and parses files in the **storeName** before mapping them to a collection.Specify “/“ to capture all files and folders from the “prefix“ path.
	Path *string `json:"path,omitempty"`
	// Name for the field that includes the provenance of the documents in the results. MongoDB Cloud returns different fields in the results for each supported provider.
	ProvenanceFieldName *string `json:"provenanceFieldName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the data store that MongoDB Cloud maps to the collection.
	StoreName *string `json:"storeName,omitempty"`
	// Unsigned integer that specifies how many fields of the dataset name to trim from the left of the dataset name before mapping the remaining fields to a wildcard collection name.
	TrimLevel *int `json:"trimLevel,omitempty"`
	// URLs of the publicly accessible data files. You can't specify URLs that require authentication. Atlas Data Lake creates a partition for each URL. If empty or omitted, Data Lake uses the URLs from the store specified in the **dataSources.storeName** parameter.
	Urls *[]string `json:"urls,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings Data store that maps to a collection for this data lake.

func NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings() *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings

NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettingsWithDefaults() *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings

NewDataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetAllowInsecure() bool

GetAllowInsecure returns the AllowInsecure field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetAllowInsecureOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetAllowInsecureOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAllowInsecureOk returns a tuple with the AllowInsecure field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollection ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionRegex() string

GetCollectionRegex returns the CollectionRegex field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionRegexOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetCollectionRegexOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionRegexOk returns a tuple with the CollectionRegex field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabase ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabase() string

GetDatabase returns the Database field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the Database field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseRegex() string

GetDatabaseRegex returns the DatabaseRegex field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseRegexOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatabaseRegexOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseRegexOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseRegex field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetName() string

GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetPrefix() string

GetDatasetPrefix returns the DatasetPrefix field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetPrefixOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDatasetPrefixOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatasetPrefixOk returns a tuple with the DatasetPrefix field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDefaultFormat() string

GetDefaultFormat returns the DefaultFormat field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDefaultFormatOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetDefaultFormatOk() (*string, bool)

GetDefaultFormatOk returns a tuple with the DefaultFormat field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetPath ¶

GetPath returns the Path field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetPathOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetPathOk() (*string, bool)

GetPathOk returns a tuple with the Path field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetProvenanceFieldName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetProvenanceFieldName() string

GetProvenanceFieldName returns the ProvenanceFieldName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetProvenanceFieldNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetProvenanceFieldNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProvenanceFieldNameOk returns a tuple with the ProvenanceFieldName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetStoreName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetStoreName() string

GetStoreName returns the StoreName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetStoreNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetStoreNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStoreNameOk returns a tuple with the StoreName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetTrimLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetTrimLevel() int

GetTrimLevel returns the TrimLevel field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetTrimLevelOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetTrimLevelOk() (*int, bool)

GetTrimLevelOk returns a tuple with the TrimLevel field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetUrls ¶

GetUrls returns the Urls field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetUrlsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) GetUrlsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetUrlsOk returns a tuple with the Urls field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasAllowInsecure() bool

HasAllowInsecure returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasCollection ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasCollection() bool

HasCollection returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasCollectionRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasCollectionRegex() bool

HasCollectionRegex returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatabase ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatabase() bool

HasDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatabaseRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatabaseRegex() bool

HasDatabaseRegex returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatasetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatasetName() bool

HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatasetPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDatasetPrefix() bool

HasDatasetPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasDefaultFormat() bool

HasDefaultFormat returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasPath ¶

HasPath returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasProvenanceFieldName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasProvenanceFieldName() bool

HasProvenanceFieldName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasStoreName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasStoreName() bool

HasStoreName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasTrimLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasTrimLevel() bool

HasTrimLevel returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) HasUrls ¶

HasUrls returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetAllowInsecure(v bool)

SetAllowInsecure gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowInsecure field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetCollection ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Collection field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetCollectionRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetCollectionRegex(v string)

SetCollectionRegex gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionRegex field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatabase ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatabase(v string)

SetDatabase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Database field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatabaseRegex ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatabaseRegex(v string)

SetDatabaseRegex gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseRegex field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatasetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatasetName(v string)

SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatasetPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDatasetPrefix(v string)

SetDatasetPrefix gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetPrefix field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetDefaultFormat(v string)

SetDefaultFormat gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DefaultFormat field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetPath ¶

SetPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Path field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetProvenanceFieldName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetProvenanceFieldName(v string)

SetProvenanceFieldName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProvenanceFieldName field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetStoreName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetStoreName(v string)

SetStoreName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StoreName field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetTrimLevel ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetTrimLevel(v int)

SetTrimLevel gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TrimLevel field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) SetUrls ¶

SetUrls gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Urls field.

func (DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseDataSourceSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeDatabaseInstance ¶

type DataLakeDatabaseInstance struct {
	// Array of collections and data sources that map to a “stores“ data store.
	Collections *[]DataLakeDatabaseCollection `json:"collections,omitempty"`
	// Maximum number of wildcard collections in the database. This only applies to S3 data sources.
	MaxWildcardCollections *int `json:"maxWildcardCollections,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database to which the data lake maps data.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Array of aggregation pipelines that apply to the collection. This only applies to S3 data sources.
	Views *[]DataLakeApiBase `json:"views,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeDatabaseInstance Database associated with this data lake. Databases contain collections and views.

func NewDataLakeDatabaseInstance ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseInstance() *DataLakeDatabaseInstance

NewDataLakeDatabaseInstance instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseInstance object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeDatabaseInstanceWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeDatabaseInstanceWithDefaults() *DataLakeDatabaseInstance

NewDataLakeDatabaseInstanceWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeDatabaseInstance object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetCollections ¶

GetCollections returns the Collections field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetCollectionsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetCollectionsOk() (*[]DataLakeDatabaseCollection, bool)

GetCollectionsOk returns a tuple with the Collections field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetMaxWildcardCollections ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetMaxWildcardCollections() int

GetMaxWildcardCollections returns the MaxWildcardCollections field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetMaxWildcardCollectionsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetMaxWildcardCollectionsOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxWildcardCollectionsOk returns a tuple with the MaxWildcardCollections field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetViews ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetViews() []DataLakeApiBase

GetViews returns the Views field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetViewsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) GetViewsOk() (*[]DataLakeApiBase, bool)

GetViewsOk returns a tuple with the Views field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasCollections ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasCollections() bool

HasCollections returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasMaxWildcardCollections ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasMaxWildcardCollections() bool

HasMaxWildcardCollections returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasViews ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) HasViews() bool

HasViews returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeDatabaseInstance) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseInstance) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetCollections ¶

SetCollections gets a reference to the given []DataLakeDatabaseCollection and assigns it to the Collections field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetMaxWildcardCollections ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetMaxWildcardCollections(v int)

SetMaxWildcardCollections gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MaxWildcardCollections field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetViews ¶

func (o *DataLakeDatabaseInstance) SetViews(v []DataLakeApiBase)

SetViews gets a reference to the given []DataLakeApiBase and assigns it to the Views field.

func (DataLakeDatabaseInstance) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeDatabaseInstance) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeIngestionPipeline ¶

type DataLakeIngestionPipeline struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp that indicates when the Data Lake Pipeline was created.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedDate            *time.Time              `json:"createdDate,omitempty"`
	DatasetRetentionPolicy *DatasetRetentionPolicy `json:"datasetRetentionPolicy,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the group.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp that indicates the last time that the Data Lake Pipeline was updated.
	// Read only field.
	LastUpdatedDate *time.Time `json:"lastUpdatedDate,omitempty"`
	// Name of this Data Lake Pipeline.
	Name   *string          `json:"name,omitempty"`
	Sink   *IngestionSink   `json:"sink,omitempty"`
	Source *IngestionSource `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// State of this Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
	// Fields to be excluded for this Data Lake Pipeline.
	Transformations *[]FieldTransformation `json:"transformations,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeIngestionPipeline Details of a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewDataLakeIngestionPipeline ¶

func NewDataLakeIngestionPipeline() *DataLakeIngestionPipeline

NewDataLakeIngestionPipeline instantiates a new DataLakeIngestionPipeline object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeIngestionPipelineWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeIngestionPipelineWithDefaults() *DataLakeIngestionPipeline

NewDataLakeIngestionPipelineWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeIngestionPipeline object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetCreatedDate() time.Time

GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetCreatedDateOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy() DatasetRetentionPolicy

GetDatasetRetentionPolicy returns the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk() (*DatasetRetentionPolicy, bool)

GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk returns a tuple with the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetLastUpdatedDate() time.Time

GetLastUpdatedDate returns the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetLastUpdatedDateOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetLastUpdatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastUpdatedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSink ¶

GetSink returns the Sink field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSinkOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSinkOk() (*IngestionSink, bool)

GetSinkOk returns a tuple with the Sink field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSource ¶

GetSource returns the Source field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSourceOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetSourceOk() (*IngestionSource, bool)

GetSourceOk returns a tuple with the Source field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetState ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetTransformations ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetTransformations() []FieldTransformation

GetTransformations returns the Transformations field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetTransformationsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) GetTransformationsOk() (*[]FieldTransformation, bool)

GetTransformationsOk returns a tuple with the Transformations field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasCreatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasCreatedDate() bool

HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy() bool

HasDatasetRetentionPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasLastUpdatedDate() bool

HasLastUpdatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasSink ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasSink() bool

HasSink returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasSource ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasSource() bool

HasSource returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasState ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasTransformations ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) HasTransformations() bool

HasTransformations returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeIngestionPipeline) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeIngestionPipeline) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time)

SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy(v DatasetRetentionPolicy)

SetDatasetRetentionPolicy gets a reference to the given DatasetRetentionPolicy and assigns it to the DatasetRetentionPolicy field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetId ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetLastUpdatedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastUpdatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastUpdatedDate field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetSink ¶

SetSink gets a reference to the given IngestionSink and assigns it to the Sink field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetSource ¶

SetSource gets a reference to the given IngestionSource and assigns it to the Source field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetState ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetTransformations ¶

func (o *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) SetTransformations(v []FieldTransformation)

SetTransformations gets a reference to the given []FieldTransformation and assigns it to the Transformations field.

func (DataLakeIngestionPipeline) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeIngestionPipeline) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakePipelinesApi ¶

type DataLakePipelinesApi interface {

	/*
		CreatePipeline Create One Data Lake Pipeline

		Creates one Data Lake Pipeline.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreatePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) CreatePipelineApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePipeline Create One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePipelineApiParams) CreatePipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePipelineExecute(r CreatePipelineApiRequest) (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePipeline Remove One Data Lake Pipeline

		Removes one Data Lake Pipeline.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return DeletePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) DeletePipelineApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePipeline Remove One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePipelineApiParams) DeletePipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePipelineExecute(r DeletePipelineApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePipelineRunDataset Delete Pipeline Run Dataset

		Deletes dataset that Atlas generated during the specified pipeline run.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@param pipelineRunId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline run.
		@return DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePipelineRunDataset(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, pipelineRunId string) DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePipelineRunDataset Delete Pipeline Run Dataset


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePipelineRunDatasetWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiParams) DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePipelineRunDatasetExecute(r DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPipeline Return One Data Lake Pipeline

		Returns the details of one Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return GetPipelineApiRequest
	*/
	GetPipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) GetPipelineApiRequest
	/*
		GetPipeline Return One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPipelineApiRequest
	*/
	GetPipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPipelineApiParams) GetPipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPipelineExecute(r GetPipelineApiRequest) (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPipelineRun Return One Data Lake Pipeline Run

		Returns the details of one Data Lake Pipeline run within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@param pipelineRunId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline run.
		@return GetPipelineRunApiRequest
	*/
	GetPipelineRun(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, pipelineRunId string) GetPipelineRunApiRequest
	/*
		GetPipelineRun Return One Data Lake Pipeline Run


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPipelineRunApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPipelineRunApiRequest
	*/
	GetPipelineRunWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPipelineRunApiParams) GetPipelineRunApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPipelineRunExecute(r GetPipelineRunApiRequest) (*IngestionPipelineRun, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPipelineRuns Return All Data Lake Pipeline Runs from One Project

		Returns a list of past Data Lake Pipeline runs. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return ListPipelineRunsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineRuns(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest
	/*
		ListPipelineRuns Return All Data Lake Pipeline Runs from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPipelineRunsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPipelineRunsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineRunsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPipelineRunsApiParams) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPipelineRunsExecute(r ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) (*PaginatedPipelineRun, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPipelineSchedules Return Available Ingestion Schedules for One Data Lake Pipeline

		Returns a list of backup schedule policy items that you can use as a Data Lake Pipeline source. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineSchedules(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest
	/*
		ListPipelineSchedules Return Available Ingestion Schedules for One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPipelineSchedulesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineSchedulesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPipelineSchedulesApiParams) ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPipelineSchedulesExecute(r ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest) ([]DiskBackupApiPolicyItem, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPipelineSnapshots Return Available Backup Snapshots for One Data Lake Pipeline

		Returns a list of backup snapshots that you can use to trigger an on demand pipeline run. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineSnapshots(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest
	/*
		ListPipelineSnapshots Return Available Backup Snapshots for One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPipelineSnapshotsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelineSnapshotsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPipelineSnapshotsApiParams) ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPipelineSnapshotsExecute(r ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPipelines Return All Data Lake Pipelines from One Project

		Returns a list of Data Lake Pipelines. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListPipelinesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelines(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPipelinesApiRequest
	/*
		ListPipelines Return All Data Lake Pipelines from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPipelinesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPipelinesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPipelinesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPipelinesApiParams) ListPipelinesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPipelinesExecute(r ListPipelinesApiRequest) ([]DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		PausePipeline Pause One Data Lake Pipeline

		Pauses ingestion for a Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return PausePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	PausePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) PausePipelineApiRequest
	/*
		PausePipeline Pause One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param PausePipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return PausePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	PausePipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *PausePipelineApiParams) PausePipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	PausePipelineExecute(r PausePipelineApiRequest) (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ResumePipeline Resume One Data Lake Pipeline

		Resumes ingestion for a Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return ResumePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	ResumePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ResumePipelineApiRequest
	/*
		ResumePipeline Resume One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ResumePipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ResumePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	ResumePipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ResumePipelineApiParams) ResumePipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ResumePipelineExecute(r ResumePipelineApiRequest) (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		TriggerSnapshotIngestion Trigger on demand snapshot ingestion

		Triggers a Data Lake Pipeline ingestion of a specified snapshot.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest
	*/
	TriggerSnapshotIngestion(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, triggerIngestionPipelineRequest *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest
	/*
		TriggerSnapshotIngestion Trigger on demand snapshot ingestion


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest
	*/
	TriggerSnapshotIngestionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiParams) TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	TriggerSnapshotIngestionExecute(r TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest) (*IngestionPipelineRun, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdatePipeline Update One Data Lake Pipeline

		Updates one Data Lake Pipeline.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
		@return UpdatePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, dataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) UpdatePipelineApiRequest
	/*
		UpdatePipeline Update One Data Lake Pipeline


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdatePipelineApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdatePipelineApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePipelineWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdatePipelineApiParams) UpdatePipelineApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdatePipelineExecute(r UpdatePipelineApiRequest) (*DataLakeIngestionPipeline, *http.Response, error)
}

type DataLakePipelinesApiService ¶

type DataLakePipelinesApiService service

DataLakePipelinesApiService DataLakePipelinesApi service

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) CreatePipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) CreatePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, dataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) CreatePipelineApiRequest

CreatePipeline Create One Data Lake Pipeline

Creates one Data Lake Pipeline.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) CreatePipelineExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) CreatePipelineWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) DeletePipelineApiRequest

DeletePipeline Remove One Data Lake Pipeline

Removes one Data Lake Pipeline.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return DeletePipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineExecute ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineExecute(r DeletePipelineApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineRunDataset ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineRunDataset(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, pipelineRunId string) DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest

DeletePipelineRunDataset Delete Pipeline Run Dataset

Deletes dataset that Atlas generated during the specified pipeline run.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@param pipelineRunId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline run.
@return DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineRunDatasetExecute ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineRunDatasetExecute(r DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineRunDatasetWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) DeletePipelineWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) GetPipelineApiRequest

GetPipeline Return One Data Lake Pipeline

Returns the details of one Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return GetPipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineRun ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineRun(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, pipelineRunId string) GetPipelineRunApiRequest

GetPipelineRun Return One Data Lake Pipeline Run

Returns the details of one Data Lake Pipeline run within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@param pipelineRunId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline run.
@return GetPipelineRunApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineRunExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return IngestionPipelineRun

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineRunWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) GetPipelineWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineRuns ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineRuns(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

ListPipelineRuns Return All Data Lake Pipeline Runs from One Project

Returns a list of past Data Lake Pipeline runs. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineRunsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedPipelineRun

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineRunsWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSchedules ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSchedules(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest

ListPipelineSchedules Return Available Ingestion Schedules for One Data Lake Pipeline

Returns a list of backup schedule policy items that you can use as a Data Lake Pipeline source. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSchedulesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []DiskBackupApiPolicyItem

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSchedulesWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSnapshots ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSnapshots(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest

ListPipelineSnapshots Return Available Backup Snapshots for One Data Lake Pipeline

Returns a list of backup snapshots that you can use to trigger an on demand pipeline run. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSnapshotsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedBackupSnapshot

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelineSnapshotsWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelines ¶

ListPipelines Return All Data Lake Pipelines from One Project

Returns a list of Data Lake Pipelines. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListPipelinesApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelinesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ListPipelinesWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) PausePipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) PausePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) PausePipelineApiRequest

PausePipeline Pause One Data Lake Pipeline

Pauses ingestion for a Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return PausePipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) PausePipelineExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) PausePipelineWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ResumePipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) ResumePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string) ResumePipelineApiRequest

ResumePipeline Resume One Data Lake Pipeline

Resumes ingestion for a Data Lake Pipeline within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return ResumePipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ResumePipelineExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) ResumePipelineWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) TriggerSnapshotIngestion ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) TriggerSnapshotIngestion(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, triggerIngestionPipelineRequest *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest

TriggerSnapshotIngestion Trigger on demand snapshot ingestion

Triggers a Data Lake Pipeline ingestion of a specified snapshot.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) TriggerSnapshotIngestionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return IngestionPipelineRun

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) TriggerSnapshotIngestionWithParams ¶

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) UpdatePipeline ¶

func (a *DataLakePipelinesApiService) UpdatePipeline(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pipelineName string, dataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline) UpdatePipelineApiRequest

UpdatePipeline Update One Data Lake Pipeline

Updates one Data Lake Pipeline.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param pipelineName Human-readable label that identifies the Data Lake Pipeline.
@return UpdatePipelineApiRequest

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) UpdatePipelineExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataLakeIngestionPipeline

func (*DataLakePipelinesApiService) UpdatePipelineWithParams ¶

type DataLakePipelinesPartitionField ¶

type DataLakePipelinesPartitionField struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the field name used to partition data.
	FieldName string `json:"fieldName"`
	// Sequence in which MongoDB Cloud slices the collection data to create partitions. The resource expresses this sequence starting with zero.
	Order int `json:"order"`
}

DataLakePipelinesPartitionField Partition Field in the Data Lake Storage provider for a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionField ¶

func NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionField(fieldName string, order int) *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField

NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionField instantiates a new DataLakePipelinesPartitionField object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionFieldWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionFieldWithDefaults() *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField

NewDataLakePipelinesPartitionFieldWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakePipelinesPartitionField object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetFieldName ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetFieldName() string

GetFieldName returns the FieldName field value

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetFieldNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetFieldNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFieldNameOk returns a tuple with the FieldName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetOrder ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetOrder() int

GetOrder returns the Order field value

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetOrderOk ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) GetOrderOk() (*int, bool)

GetOrderOk returns a tuple with the Order field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) SetFieldName ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) SetFieldName(v string)

SetFieldName sets field value

func (*DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) SetOrder ¶

func (o *DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) SetOrder(v int)

SetOrder sets field value

func (DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakePipelinesPartitionField) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeStorage ¶

type DataLakeStorage struct {
	// Array that contains the queryable databases and collections for this data lake.
	Databases *[]DataLakeDatabaseInstance `json:"databases,omitempty"`
	// Array that contains the data stores for the data lake.
	Stores *[]DataLakeStoreSettings `json:"stores,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeStorage Configuration information for each data store and its mapping to MongoDB Cloud databases.

func NewDataLakeStorage ¶

func NewDataLakeStorage() *DataLakeStorage

NewDataLakeStorage instantiates a new DataLakeStorage object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeStorageWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeStorageWithDefaults() *DataLakeStorage

NewDataLakeStorageWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeStorage object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeStorage) GetDatabases ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) GetDatabases() []DataLakeDatabaseInstance

GetDatabases returns the Databases field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStorage) GetDatabasesOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) GetDatabasesOk() (*[]DataLakeDatabaseInstance, bool)

GetDatabasesOk returns a tuple with the Databases field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStorage) GetStores ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) GetStores() []DataLakeStoreSettings

GetStores returns the Stores field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStorage) GetStoresOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) GetStoresOk() (*[]DataLakeStoreSettings, bool)

GetStoresOk returns a tuple with the Stores field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStorage) HasDatabases ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) HasDatabases() bool

HasDatabases returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStorage) HasStores ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) HasStores() bool

HasStores returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeStorage) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeStorage) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeStorage) SetDatabases ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) SetDatabases(v []DataLakeDatabaseInstance)

SetDatabases gets a reference to the given []DataLakeDatabaseInstance and assigns it to the Databases field.

func (*DataLakeStorage) SetStores ¶

func (o *DataLakeStorage) SetStores(v []DataLakeStoreSettings)

SetStores gets a reference to the given []DataLakeStoreSettings and assigns it to the Stores field.

func (DataLakeStorage) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeStorage) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeStoreSettings ¶

type DataLakeStoreSettings struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the data store. The **databases.[n].collections.[n].dataSources.[n].storeName** field references this values as part of the mapping configuration. To use MongoDB Cloud as a data store, the data lake requires a serverless instance or an `M10` or higher cluster.
	Name     *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	Provider string  `json:"provider"`
	// Collection of AWS S3 [storage classes](https://aws.amazon.com/s3/storage-classes/). Atlas Data Lake includes the files in these storage classes in the query results.
	AdditionalStorageClasses *[]string `json:"additionalStorageClasses,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the AWS S3 bucket. This label must exactly match the name of an S3 bucket that the data lake can access with the configured AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) credentials.
	Bucket *string `json:"bucket,omitempty"`
	// The delimiter that separates **databases.[n].collections.[n].dataSources.[n].path** segments in the data store. MongoDB Cloud uses the delimiter to efficiently traverse S3 buckets with a hierarchical directory structure. You can specify any character supported by the S3 object keys as the delimiter. For example, you can specify an underscore (_) or a plus sign (+) or multiple characters, such as double underscores (__) as the delimiter. If omitted, defaults to `/`.
	Delimiter *string `json:"delimiter,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to use S3 tags on the files in the given path as additional partition attributes. If set to `true`, data lake adds the S3 tags as additional partition attributes and adds new top-level BSON elements associating each tag to each document.
	IncludeTags *bool `json:"includeTags,omitempty"`
	// Prefix that MongoDB Cloud applies when searching for files in the S3 bucket. The data store prepends the value of prefix to the **databases.[n].collections.[n].dataSources.[n].path** to create the full path for files to ingest. If omitted, MongoDB Cloud searches all files from the root of the S3 bucket.
	Prefix *string `json:"prefix,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the bucket is public. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud doesn't use the configured AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to access the S3 bucket. If set to `false`, the configured AWS IAM role must include permissions to access the S3 bucket.
	Public *bool `json:"public,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud deploys your AWS-hosted MongoDB cluster nodes. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. When MongoDB Cloud deploys a dedicated cluster, it checks if a VPC or VPC connection exists for that provider and region. If not, MongoDB Cloud creates them as part of the deployment. MongoDB Cloud assigns the VPC a CIDR block. To limit a new VPC peering connection to one CIDR block and region, create the connection first. Deploy the cluster after the connection starts.  Alternatively: Microsoft Azure Regions.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the MongoDB Cloud cluster on which the store is based.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	ProjectId      *string                           `json:"projectId,omitempty"`
	ReadConcern    *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern    `json:"readConcern,omitempty"`
	ReadPreference *DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference `json:"readPreference,omitempty"`
	// Flag that validates the scheme in the specified URLs. If `true`, allows insecure `HTTP` scheme, doesn't verify the server's certificate chain and hostname, and accepts any certificate with any hostname presented by the server. If `false`, allows secure `HTTPS` scheme only.
	AllowInsecure *bool `json:"allowInsecure,omitempty"`
	// Default format that Data Lake assumes if it encounters a file without an extension while searching the `storeName`. If omitted, Data Lake attempts to detect the file type by processing a few bytes of the file. The specified format only applies to the URLs specified in the **databases.[n].collections.[n].dataSources** object.
	DefaultFormat *string `json:"defaultFormat,omitempty"`
	// Comma-separated list of publicly accessible HTTP URLs where data is stored. You can't specify URLs that require authentication.
	Urls *[]string `json:"urls,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeStoreSettings Group of settings that define where the data is stored.

func NewDataLakeStoreSettings ¶

func NewDataLakeStoreSettings(provider string) *DataLakeStoreSettings

NewDataLakeStoreSettings instantiates a new DataLakeStoreSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeStoreSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeStoreSettingsWithDefaults() *DataLakeStoreSettings

NewDataLakeStoreSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeStoreSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAdditionalStorageClasses ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAdditionalStorageClasses() []string

GetAdditionalStorageClasses returns the AdditionalStorageClasses field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAdditionalStorageClassesOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAdditionalStorageClassesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAdditionalStorageClassesOk returns a tuple with the AdditionalStorageClasses field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAllowInsecure() bool

GetAllowInsecure returns the AllowInsecure field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAllowInsecureOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetAllowInsecureOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAllowInsecureOk returns a tuple with the AllowInsecure field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetBucket ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetBucket() string

GetBucket returns the Bucket field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetBucketOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetBucketOk() (*string, bool)

GetBucketOk returns a tuple with the Bucket field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDefaultFormat() string

GetDefaultFormat returns the DefaultFormat field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDefaultFormatOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDefaultFormatOk() (*string, bool)

GetDefaultFormatOk returns a tuple with the DefaultFormat field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDelimiter ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDelimiter() string

GetDelimiter returns the Delimiter field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDelimiterOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetDelimiterOk() (*string, bool)

GetDelimiterOk returns a tuple with the Delimiter field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetIncludeTags ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetIncludeTags() bool

GetIncludeTags returns the IncludeTags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetIncludeTagsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetIncludeTagsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIncludeTagsOk returns a tuple with the IncludeTags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPrefix() string

GetPrefix returns the Prefix field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPrefixOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPrefixOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrefixOk returns a tuple with the Prefix field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProjectId ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProjectId() string

GetProjectId returns the ProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProvider ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProvider() string

GetProvider returns the Provider field value

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProviderOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderOk returns a tuple with the Provider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPublic ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPublic() bool

GetPublic returns the Public field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPublicOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetPublicOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPublicOk returns a tuple with the Public field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadConcern ¶

GetReadConcern returns the ReadConcern field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadConcernOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadConcernOk() (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern, bool)

GetReadConcernOk returns a tuple with the ReadConcern field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadPreference ¶

GetReadPreference returns the ReadPreference field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadPreferenceOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetReadPreferenceOk() (*DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference, bool)

GetReadPreferenceOk returns a tuple with the ReadPreference field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetUrls ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetUrls() []string

GetUrls returns the Urls field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) GetUrlsOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) GetUrlsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetUrlsOk returns a tuple with the Urls field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasAdditionalStorageClasses ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasAdditionalStorageClasses() bool

HasAdditionalStorageClasses returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasAllowInsecure() bool

HasAllowInsecure returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasBucket ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasBucket() bool

HasBucket returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasDefaultFormat() bool

HasDefaultFormat returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasDelimiter ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasDelimiter() bool

HasDelimiter returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasIncludeTags ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasIncludeTags() bool

HasIncludeTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasPrefix() bool

HasPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasProjectId ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasProjectId() bool

HasProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasPublic ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasPublic() bool

HasPublic returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasReadConcern ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasReadConcern() bool

HasReadConcern returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasReadPreference ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasReadPreference() bool

HasReadPreference returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) HasUrls ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) HasUrls() bool

HasUrls returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeStoreSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeStoreSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetAdditionalStorageClasses ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetAdditionalStorageClasses(v []string)

SetAdditionalStorageClasses gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AdditionalStorageClasses field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetAllowInsecure ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetAllowInsecure(v bool)

SetAllowInsecure gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AllowInsecure field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetBucket ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetBucket(v string)

SetBucket gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Bucket field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetDefaultFormat ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetDefaultFormat(v string)

SetDefaultFormat gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DefaultFormat field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetDelimiter ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetDelimiter(v string)

SetDelimiter gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Delimiter field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetIncludeTags ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetIncludeTags(v bool)

SetIncludeTags gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IncludeTags field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetPrefix ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetPrefix(v string)

SetPrefix gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Prefix field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetProjectId ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetProjectId(v string)

SetProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProjectId field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetProvider ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetProvider(v string)

SetProvider sets field value

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetPublic ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetPublic(v bool)

SetPublic gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Public field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetReadConcern ¶

SetReadConcern gets a reference to the given DataLakeAtlasStoreReadConcern and assigns it to the ReadConcern field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetReadPreference ¶

SetReadPreference gets a reference to the given DataLakeAtlasStoreReadPreference and assigns it to the ReadPreference field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*DataLakeStoreSettings) SetUrls ¶

func (o *DataLakeStoreSettings) SetUrls(v []string)

SetUrls gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Urls field.

func (DataLakeStoreSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeStoreSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataLakeTenant ¶

type DataLakeTenant struct {
	CloudProviderConfig *DataLakeCloudProviderConfig `json:"cloudProviderConfig,omitempty"`
	DataProcessRegion   *DataLakeDataProcessRegion   `json:"dataProcessRegion,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the hostnames assigned to the Data Lake instance.
	// Read only field.
	Hostnames *[]string `json:"hostnames,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the data lake.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the sets of private endpoints and hostnames.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpointHostnames *[]PrivateEndpointHostname `json:"privateEndpointHostnames,omitempty"`
	// Label that indicates the status of the Data Lake instance.
	// Read only field.
	State   *string          `json:"state,omitempty"`
	Storage *DataLakeStorage `json:"storage,omitempty"`
}

DataLakeTenant struct for DataLakeTenant

func NewDataLakeTenant ¶

func NewDataLakeTenant() *DataLakeTenant

NewDataLakeTenant instantiates a new DataLakeTenant object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataLakeTenantWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataLakeTenantWithDefaults() *DataLakeTenant

NewDataLakeTenantWithDefaults instantiates a new DataLakeTenant object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetCloudProviderConfig ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetCloudProviderConfig() DataLakeCloudProviderConfig

GetCloudProviderConfig returns the CloudProviderConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetCloudProviderConfigOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetCloudProviderConfigOk() (*DataLakeCloudProviderConfig, bool)

GetCloudProviderConfigOk returns a tuple with the CloudProviderConfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetDataProcessRegion() DataLakeDataProcessRegion

GetDataProcessRegion returns the DataProcessRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetDataProcessRegionOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetDataProcessRegionOk() (*DataLakeDataProcessRegion, bool)

GetDataProcessRegionOk returns a tuple with the DataProcessRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetHostnames() []string

GetHostnames returns the Hostnames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetHostnamesOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetHostnamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetHostnamesOk returns a tuple with the Hostnames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetPrivateEndpointHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetPrivateEndpointHostnames() []PrivateEndpointHostname

GetPrivateEndpointHostnames returns the PrivateEndpointHostnames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetPrivateEndpointHostnamesOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetPrivateEndpointHostnamesOk() (*[]PrivateEndpointHostname, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointHostnamesOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointHostnames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetState ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetStorage ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetStorage() DataLakeStorage

GetStorage returns the Storage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataLakeTenant) GetStorageOk ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) GetStorageOk() (*DataLakeStorage, bool)

GetStorageOk returns a tuple with the Storage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasCloudProviderConfig ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasCloudProviderConfig() bool

HasCloudProviderConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasDataProcessRegion() bool

HasDataProcessRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasHostnames() bool

HasHostnames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasName ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasPrivateEndpointHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasPrivateEndpointHostnames() bool

HasPrivateEndpointHostnames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasState ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataLakeTenant) HasStorage ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) HasStorage() bool

HasStorage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataLakeTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataLakeTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetCloudProviderConfig ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetCloudProviderConfig(v DataLakeCloudProviderConfig)

SetCloudProviderConfig gets a reference to the given DataLakeCloudProviderConfig and assigns it to the CloudProviderConfig field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetDataProcessRegion(v DataLakeDataProcessRegion)

SetDataProcessRegion gets a reference to the given DataLakeDataProcessRegion and assigns it to the DataProcessRegion field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetHostnames(v []string)

SetHostnames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Hostnames field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetName ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetPrivateEndpointHostnames ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetPrivateEndpointHostnames(v []PrivateEndpointHostname)

SetPrivateEndpointHostnames gets a reference to the given []PrivateEndpointHostname and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointHostnames field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetState ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (*DataLakeTenant) SetStorage ¶

func (o *DataLakeTenant) SetStorage(v DataLakeStorage)

SetStorage gets a reference to the given DataLakeStorage and assigns it to the Storage field.

func (DataLakeTenant) ToMap ¶

func (o DataLakeTenant) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataProcessRegion ¶

type DataProcessRegion struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Cloud service provider where you store your archived data.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the geographic location of the region where you store your archived data.
	// Read only field.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
}

DataProcessRegion Settings related to the region where you to store your archived data.

func NewDataProcessRegion ¶

func NewDataProcessRegion() *DataProcessRegion

NewDataProcessRegion instantiates a new DataProcessRegion object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataProcessRegionWithDefaults ¶

func NewDataProcessRegionWithDefaults() *DataProcessRegion

NewDataProcessRegionWithDefaults instantiates a new DataProcessRegion object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProcessRegion) GetRegion ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProcessRegion) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProcessRegion) HasRegion ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DataProcessRegion) SetRegion ¶

func (o *DataProcessRegion) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (DataProcessRegion) ToMap ¶

func (o DataProcessRegion) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DataProtectionSettings20231001 ¶

type DataProtectionSettings20231001 struct {
	// Email address of the user who authorized to update the Backup Compliance Policy  settings.
	AuthorizedEmail string `json:"authorizedEmail"`
	// First name of the user who authorized to updated the Backup Compliance Policy  settings.
	AuthorizedUserFirstName string `json:"authorizedUserFirstName"`
	// Last name of the user who authorized to updated the Backup Compliance Policy  settings.
	AuthorizedUserLastName string `json:"authorizedUserLastName"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to prevent cluster users from deleting backups copied to other regions, even if those additional snapshot regions are removed. If unspecified, this value defaults to false.
	CopyProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"copyProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether Encryption at Rest using Customer Key  Management is required for all clusters with a Backup Compliance Policy. If unspecified, this value defaults to false.
	EncryptionAtRestEnabled *bool                               `json:"encryptionAtRestEnabled,omitempty"`
	OnDemandPolicyItem      *BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem `json:"onDemandPolicyItem,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster uses Continuous Cloud Backups with a Backup Compliance Policy. If unspecified, this value defaults to false.
	PitEnabled *bool `json:"pitEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project for the Backup Compliance Policy.
	ProjectId *string `json:"projectId,omitempty"`
	// Number of previous days that you can restore back to with Continuous Cloud Backup with a Backup Compliance Policy. You must specify a positive, non-zero integer, and the maximum retention window can't exceed the hourly retention time. This parameter applies only to Continuous Cloud Backups with a Backup Compliance Policy.
	RestoreWindowDays *int `json:"restoreWindowDays,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the specifications for one scheduled policy.
	ScheduledPolicyItems *[]BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem `json:"scheduledPolicyItems,omitempty"`
	// Label that indicates the state of the Backup Compliance Policy settings. MongoDB Cloud ignores this setting when you enable or update the Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
	// ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC that indicates when the user updated the Data Protection Policy settings. MongoDB Cloud ignores this setting when you enable or update the Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	// Read only field.
	UpdatedDate *time.Time `json:"updatedDate,omitempty"`
	// Email address that identifies the user who updated the Backup Compliance Policy settings. MongoDB Cloud ignores this email setting when you enable or update the Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	// Read only field.
	UpdatedUser *string `json:"updatedUser,omitempty"`
}

DataProtectionSettings20231001 struct for DataProtectionSettings20231001

func NewDataProtectionSettings20231001 ¶

func NewDataProtectionSettings20231001(authorizedEmail string, authorizedUserFirstName string, authorizedUserLastName string) *DataProtectionSettings20231001

NewDataProtectionSettings20231001 instantiates a new DataProtectionSettings20231001 object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDataProtectionSettings20231001WithDefaults ¶

func NewDataProtectionSettings20231001WithDefaults() *DataProtectionSettings20231001

NewDataProtectionSettings20231001WithDefaults instantiates a new DataProtectionSettings20231001 object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedEmail ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedEmail() string

GetAuthorizedEmail returns the AuthorizedEmail field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedEmailOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedEmailOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthorizedEmailOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedEmail field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserFirstName ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserFirstName() string

GetAuthorizedUserFirstName returns the AuthorizedUserFirstName field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserFirstNameOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserFirstNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthorizedUserFirstNameOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedUserFirstName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserLastName ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserLastName() string

GetAuthorizedUserLastName returns the AuthorizedUserLastName field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserLastNameOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetAuthorizedUserLastNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthorizedUserLastNameOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizedUserLastName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetCopyProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetCopyProtectionEnabled() bool

GetCopyProtectionEnabled returns the CopyProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetCopyProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetCopyProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCopyProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the CopyProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetEncryptionAtRestEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetEncryptionAtRestEnabled() bool

GetEncryptionAtRestEnabled returns the EncryptionAtRestEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetEncryptionAtRestEnabledOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetEncryptionAtRestEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEncryptionAtRestEnabledOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionAtRestEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetOnDemandPolicyItem ¶

GetOnDemandPolicyItem returns the OnDemandPolicyItem field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetOnDemandPolicyItemOk ¶

GetOnDemandPolicyItemOk returns a tuple with the OnDemandPolicyItem field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetPitEnabled() bool

GetPitEnabled returns the PitEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetPitEnabledOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetPitEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPitEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PitEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetProjectId ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetProjectId() string

GetProjectId returns the ProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetRestoreWindowDays() int

GetRestoreWindowDays returns the RestoreWindowDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetRestoreWindowDaysOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetRestoreWindowDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetRestoreWindowDaysOk returns a tuple with the RestoreWindowDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetScheduledPolicyItems ¶

GetScheduledPolicyItems returns the ScheduledPolicyItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetScheduledPolicyItemsOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetScheduledPolicyItemsOk() (*[]BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem, bool)

GetScheduledPolicyItemsOk returns a tuple with the ScheduledPolicyItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetState ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedDate() time.Time

GetUpdatedDate returns the UpdatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedDateOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedDateOk returns a tuple with the UpdatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedUser ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedUser() string

GetUpdatedUser returns the UpdatedUser field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedUserOk ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) GetUpdatedUserOk() (*string, bool)

GetUpdatedUserOk returns a tuple with the UpdatedUser field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasCopyProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasCopyProtectionEnabled() bool

HasCopyProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasEncryptionAtRestEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasEncryptionAtRestEnabled() bool

HasEncryptionAtRestEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasOnDemandPolicyItem ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasOnDemandPolicyItem() bool

HasOnDemandPolicyItem returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasPitEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasPitEnabled() bool

HasPitEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasProjectId ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasProjectId() bool

HasProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasRestoreWindowDays() bool

HasRestoreWindowDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasScheduledPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasScheduledPolicyItems() bool

HasScheduledPolicyItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasState ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasUpdatedDate() bool

HasUpdatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasUpdatedUser ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) HasUpdatedUser() bool

HasUpdatedUser returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DataProtectionSettings20231001) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DataProtectionSettings20231001) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedEmail ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedEmail(v string)

SetAuthorizedEmail sets field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedUserFirstName ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedUserFirstName(v string)

SetAuthorizedUserFirstName sets field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedUserLastName ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetAuthorizedUserLastName(v string)

SetAuthorizedUserLastName sets field value

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetCopyProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetCopyProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetCopyProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the CopyProtectionEnabled field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetEncryptionAtRestEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetEncryptionAtRestEnabled(v bool)

SetEncryptionAtRestEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the EncryptionAtRestEnabled field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetOnDemandPolicyItem ¶

SetOnDemandPolicyItem gets a reference to the given BackupComplianceOnDemandPolicyItem and assigns it to the OnDemandPolicyItem field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetPitEnabled(v bool)

SetPitEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PitEnabled field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetProjectId ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetProjectId(v string)

SetProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProjectId field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetRestoreWindowDays(v int)

SetRestoreWindowDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the RestoreWindowDays field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetScheduledPolicyItems ¶

SetScheduledPolicyItems gets a reference to the given []BackupComplianceScheduledPolicyItem and assigns it to the ScheduledPolicyItems field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetState ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetUpdatedDate(v time.Time)

SetUpdatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the UpdatedDate field.

func (*DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetUpdatedUser ¶

func (o *DataProtectionSettings20231001) SetUpdatedUser(v string)

SetUpdatedUser gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UpdatedUser field.

func (DataProtectionSettings20231001) ToMap ¶

func (o DataProtectionSettings20231001) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabaseInheritedRole ¶

type DatabaseInheritedRole struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database on which someone grants the action to one MongoDB user.
	Db string `json:"db"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the role inherited. Set this value to `admin` for every role except `read` or `readWrite`.
	Role string `json:"role"`
}

DatabaseInheritedRole Role inherited from another context for this database user.

func NewDatabaseInheritedRole ¶

func NewDatabaseInheritedRole(db string, role string) *DatabaseInheritedRole

NewDatabaseInheritedRole instantiates a new DatabaseInheritedRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatabaseInheritedRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatabaseInheritedRoleWithDefaults() *DatabaseInheritedRole

NewDatabaseInheritedRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseInheritedRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) GetDb ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) GetDb() string

GetDb returns the Db field value

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) GetDbOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) GetDbOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbOk returns a tuple with the Db field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) GetRole ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) GetRole() string

GetRole returns the Role field value

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) GetRoleOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) GetRoleOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleOk returns a tuple with the Role field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DatabaseInheritedRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatabaseInheritedRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) SetDb ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) SetDb(v string)

SetDb sets field value

func (*DatabaseInheritedRole) SetRole ¶

func (o *DatabaseInheritedRole) SetRole(v string)

SetRole sets field value

func (DatabaseInheritedRole) ToMap ¶

func (o DatabaseInheritedRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource ¶

type DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether to grant the action on the cluster resource. If `true`, MongoDB Cloud ignores the **actions.resources.collection** and **actions.resources.db** parameters.
	Cluster bool `json:"cluster"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection on which you grant the action to one MongoDB user. If you don't set this parameter, you grant the action to all collections in the database specified in the **actions.resources.db** parameter. If you set `\"actions.resources.cluster\" : true`, MongoDB Cloud ignores this parameter.
	Collection string `json:"collection"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database on which you grant the action to one MongoDB user. If you set `\"actions.resources.cluster\" : true`, MongoDB Cloud ignores this parameter.
	Db string `json:"db"`
}

DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource Namespace to which this database user has access.

func NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResource ¶

func NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResource(cluster bool, collection string, db string) *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource

NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResource instantiates a new DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResourceWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResourceWithDefaults() *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource

NewDatabasePermittedNamespaceResourceWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCluster ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCluster() bool

GetCluster returns the Cluster field value

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetClusterOk ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetClusterOk() (*bool, bool)

GetClusterOk returns a tuple with the Cluster field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCollection ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetDb ¶

GetDb returns the Db field value

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) GetDbOk ¶

GetDbOk returns a tuple with the Db field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) SetCluster ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) SetCluster(v bool)

SetCluster sets field value

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) SetCollection ¶

func (o *DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection sets field value

func (*DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) SetDb ¶

SetDb sets field value

func (DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) ToMap ¶

func (o DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabasePrivilegeAction ¶

type DatabasePrivilegeAction struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the privilege action.
	Action string `json:"action"`
	// List of resources on which you grant the action.
	Resources *[]DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource `json:"resources,omitempty"`
}

DatabasePrivilegeAction Privilege action that the role grants.

func NewDatabasePrivilegeAction ¶

func NewDatabasePrivilegeAction(action string) *DatabasePrivilegeAction

NewDatabasePrivilegeAction instantiates a new DatabasePrivilegeAction object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatabasePrivilegeActionWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatabasePrivilegeActionWithDefaults() *DatabasePrivilegeAction

NewDatabasePrivilegeActionWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabasePrivilegeAction object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetAction ¶

func (o *DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetAction() string

GetAction returns the Action field value

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetActionOk ¶

func (o *DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetActionOk() (*string, bool)

GetActionOk returns a tuple with the Action field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetResources ¶

GetResources returns the Resources field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) GetResourcesOk ¶

GetResourcesOk returns a tuple with the Resources field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) HasResources ¶

func (o *DatabasePrivilegeAction) HasResources() bool

HasResources returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DatabasePrivilegeAction) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatabasePrivilegeAction) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) SetAction ¶

func (o *DatabasePrivilegeAction) SetAction(v string)

SetAction sets field value

func (*DatabasePrivilegeAction) SetResources ¶

SetResources gets a reference to the given []DatabasePermittedNamespaceResource and assigns it to the Resources field.

func (DatabasePrivilegeAction) ToMap ¶

func (o DatabasePrivilegeAction) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabaseRollingIndexRequest ¶

type DatabaseRollingIndexRequest struct {
	Collation *Collation `json:"collation,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the collection for which MongoDB Cloud creates an index.
	// Write only field.
	Collection string `json:"collection"`
	// Human-readable label of the database that holds the collection on which MongoDB Cloud creates an index.
	// Write only field.
	Db string `json:"db"`
	// List that contains one or more objects that describe the parameters that you want to index.
	// Write only field.
	Keys    *[]map[string]string `json:"keys,omitempty"`
	Options *IndexOptions        `json:"options,omitempty"`
}

DatabaseRollingIndexRequest struct for DatabaseRollingIndexRequest

func NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequest ¶

func NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequest(collection string, db string) *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest

NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequest instantiates a new DatabaseRollingIndexRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequestWithDefaults() *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest

NewDatabaseRollingIndexRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseRollingIndexRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollation ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollation() Collation

GetCollation returns the Collation field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollationOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollationOk() (*Collation, bool)

GetCollationOk returns a tuple with the Collation field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollection ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetDb ¶

GetDb returns the Db field value

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetDbOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetDbOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbOk returns a tuple with the Db field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetKeys ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetKeys() []map[string]string

GetKeys returns the Keys field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetKeysOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetKeysOk() (*[]map[string]string, bool)

GetKeysOk returns a tuple with the Keys field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetOptions ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetOptions() IndexOptions

GetOptions returns the Options field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetOptionsOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) GetOptionsOk() (*IndexOptions, bool)

GetOptionsOk returns a tuple with the Options field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasCollation ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasCollation() bool

HasCollation returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasKeys ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasKeys() bool

HasKeys returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasOptions ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) HasOptions() bool

HasOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetCollation ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetCollation(v Collation)

SetCollation gets a reference to the given Collation and assigns it to the Collation field.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetCollection ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection sets field value

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetDb ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetDb(v string)

SetDb sets field value

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetKeys ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetKeys(v []map[string]string)

SetKeys gets a reference to the given []map[string]string and assigns it to the Keys field.

func (*DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetOptions ¶

func (o *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) SetOptions(v IndexOptions)

SetOptions gets a reference to the given IndexOptions and assigns it to the Options field.

func (DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabaseUserRole ¶

type DatabaseUserRole struct {
	// Collection on which this role applies.
	CollectionName *string `json:"collectionName,omitempty"`
	// Database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB.
	DatabaseName string `json:"databaseName"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies a group of privileges assigned to a database user. This value can either be a built-in role or a custom role.
	RoleName string `json:"roleName"`
}

DatabaseUserRole Range of resources available to this database user.

func NewDatabaseUserRole ¶

func NewDatabaseUserRole(databaseName string, roleName string) *DatabaseUserRole

NewDatabaseUserRole instantiates a new DatabaseUserRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatabaseUserRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatabaseUserRoleWithDefaults() *DatabaseUserRole

NewDatabaseUserRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new DatabaseUserRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetCollectionName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetCollectionNameOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetRoleName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetRoleName() string

GetRoleName returns the RoleName field value

func (*DatabaseUserRole) GetRoleNameOk ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) GetRoleNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleNameOk returns a tuple with the RoleName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatabaseUserRole) HasCollectionName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) HasCollectionName() bool

HasCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DatabaseUserRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatabaseUserRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatabaseUserRole) SetCollectionName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionName field.

func (*DatabaseUserRole) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName sets field value

func (*DatabaseUserRole) SetRoleName ¶

func (o *DatabaseUserRole) SetRoleName(v string)

SetRoleName sets field value

func (DatabaseUserRole) ToMap ¶

func (o DatabaseUserRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DatabaseUsersApi ¶

type DatabaseUsersApi interface {

	/*
		CreateDatabaseUser Create One Database User in One Project

		Creates one database user in the specified project. This MongoDB Cloud supports a maximum of 100 database users per project. If you require more than 100 database users on a project, contact [Support](https://cloud.mongodb.com/support). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser) CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	/*
		CreateDatabaseUser Create One Database User in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateDatabaseUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDatabaseUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateDatabaseUserApiParams) CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateDatabaseUserExecute(r CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest) (*CloudDatabaseUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteDatabaseUser Remove One Database User from One Project

		Removes one database user from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
		@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
		@return DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string) DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteDatabaseUser Remove One Database User from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteDatabaseUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteDatabaseUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteDatabaseUserApiParams) DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteDatabaseUserExecute(r DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetDatabaseUser Return One Database User from One Project

		Returns one database user that belong to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
		@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
		@return GetDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string) GetDatabaseUserApiRequest
	/*
		GetDatabaseUser Return One Database User from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDatabaseUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabaseUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDatabaseUserApiParams) GetDatabaseUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDatabaseUserExecute(r GetDatabaseUserApiRequest) (*CloudDatabaseUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDatabaseUsers Return All Database Users from One Project

		Returns all database users that belong to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabaseUsers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest
	/*
		ListDatabaseUsers Return All Database Users from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDatabaseUsersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabaseUsersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDatabaseUsersApiParams) ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDatabaseUsersExecute(r ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateDatabaseUser Update One Database User in One Project

		Updates one database user that belongs to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
		@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
		@return UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string, cloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser) UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateDatabaseUser Update One Database User in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateDatabaseUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateDatabaseUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateDatabaseUserApiParams) UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateDatabaseUserExecute(r UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest) (*CloudDatabaseUser, *http.Response, error)
}

type DatabaseUsersApiService ¶

type DatabaseUsersApiService service

DatabaseUsersApiService DatabaseUsersApi service

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) CreateDatabaseUser ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) CreateDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser) CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest

CreateDatabaseUser Create One Database User in One Project

Creates one database user in the specified project. This MongoDB Cloud supports a maximum of 100 database users per project. If you require more than 100 database users on a project, contact [Support](https://cloud.mongodb.com/support). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateDatabaseUserApiRequest

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) CreateDatabaseUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudDatabaseUser

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) CreateDatabaseUserWithParams ¶

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) DeleteDatabaseUser ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) DeleteDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string) DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest

DeleteDatabaseUser Remove One Database User from One Project

Removes one database user from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
@return DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) DeleteDatabaseUserExecute ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) DeleteDatabaseUserExecute(r DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) DeleteDatabaseUserWithParams ¶

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) GetDatabaseUser ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) GetDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string) GetDatabaseUserApiRequest

GetDatabaseUser Return One Database User from One Project

Returns one database user that belong to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
@return GetDatabaseUserApiRequest

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) GetDatabaseUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudDatabaseUser

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) GetDatabaseUserWithParams ¶

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) ListDatabaseUsers ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) ListDatabaseUsers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest

ListDatabaseUsers Return All Database Users from One Project

Returns all database users that belong to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) ListDatabaseUsersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) ListDatabaseUsersWithParams ¶

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) UpdateDatabaseUser ¶

func (a *DatabaseUsersApiService) UpdateDatabaseUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, username string, cloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser) UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest

UpdateDatabaseUser Update One Database User in One Project

Updates one database user that belongs to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database against which the database user authenticates. Database users must provide both a username and authentication database to log into MongoDB. If the user authenticates with AWS IAM, x.509, or LDAP, this value should be `$external`. If the user authenticates with SCRAM-SHA or OIDC, this value should be `admin`.
@param username Human-readable label that represents the user that authenticates to MongoDB. The format of this label depends on the method of authentication:  | Authentication Method | Parameter Needed | Parameter Value | username Format | |---|---|---|---| | AWS IAM | awsType | ROLE | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | AWS IAM | awsType | USER | <abbr title=\"Amazon Resource Name\">ARN</abbr> | | x.509 | x509Type | CUSTOMER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | x.509 | x509Type | MANAGED | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | USER | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | LDAP | ldapAuthType | GROUP | [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253) Distinguished Name | | OIDC | oidcAuthType | IDP_GROUP | Atlas OIDC IdP ID (found in federation settings), followed by a '/', followed by the IdP group name | | SCRAM-SHA | awsType, x509Type, ldapAuthType, oidcAuthType | NONE | Alphanumeric string |
@return UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) UpdateDatabaseUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudDatabaseUser

func (*DatabaseUsersApiService) UpdateDatabaseUserWithParams ¶

type DatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

type DatasetRetentionPolicy struct {
	// Date when retention policy was last modified.
	// Read only field.
	LastModifiedDate *time.Time `json:"lastModifiedDate,omitempty"`
	// Quantity of time in which the Data Lake Pipeline measures dataset retention.
	Units string `json:"units"`
	// Number that indicates the amount of days, weeks, or months that the Data Lake Pipeline will retain datasets.
	Value int `json:"value"`
}

DatasetRetentionPolicy Dataset Retention Policy for a Scheduled Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func NewDatasetRetentionPolicy(units string, value int) *DatasetRetentionPolicy

NewDatasetRetentionPolicy instantiates a new DatasetRetentionPolicy object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDatasetRetentionPolicyWithDefaults ¶

func NewDatasetRetentionPolicyWithDefaults() *DatasetRetentionPolicy

NewDatasetRetentionPolicyWithDefaults instantiates a new DatasetRetentionPolicy object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetLastModifiedDate() time.Time

GetLastModifiedDate returns the LastModifiedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetLastModifiedDateOk ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetLastModifiedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastModifiedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastModifiedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetUnits ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetValue ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetValue() int

GetValue returns the Value field value

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) GetValueOk() (*int, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) HasLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) HasLastModifiedDate() bool

HasLastModifiedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DatasetRetentionPolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DatasetRetentionPolicy) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetLastModifiedDate ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastModifiedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastModifiedDate field.

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetUnits ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits sets field value

func (*DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetValue ¶

func (o *DatasetRetentionPolicy) SetValue(v int)

SetValue sets field value

func (DatasetRetentionPolicy) ToMap ¶

func (o DatasetRetentionPolicy) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams ¶

type DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	CloudProvider string
	RoleId        string
}

type DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest ¶

type DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudProviderAccessApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeauthorizeCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DedicatedHardwareSpec ¶

type DedicatedHardwareSpec struct {
	// Number of nodes of the given type for MongoDB Cloud to deploy to the region.
	NodeCount *int `json:"nodeCount,omitempty"`
	// Target throughput desired for storage attached to your AWS-provisioned cluster. Change this parameter only if you:  - set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].providerName\" : \"AWS\"`. - set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].electableSpecs.instanceSize\" : \"M30\"` or greater not including `Mxx_NVME` tiers.  The maximum input/output operations per second (IOPS) depend on the selected **.instanceSize** and **.diskSizeGB**. This parameter defaults to the cluster tier's standard IOPS value. Changing this value impacts cluster cost. MongoDB Cloud enforces minimum ratios of storage capacity to system memory for given cluster tiers. This keeps cluster performance consistent with large datasets.  - Instance sizes `M10` to `M40` have a ratio of disk capacity to system memory of 60:1. - Instance sizes greater than `M40` have a ratio of 120:1.
	DiskIOPS *int `json:"diskIOPS,omitempty"`
	// Type of storage you want to attach to your AWS-provisioned cluster.  - `STANDARD` volume types can't exceed the default input/output operations per second (IOPS) rate for the selected volume size.   - `PROVISIONED` volume types must fall within the allowable IOPS range for the selected volume size. You must set this value to (`PROVISIONED`) for NVMe clusters.
	EbsVolumeType *string `json:"ebsVolumeType,omitempty"`
	// Hardware specification for the instance sizes in this region. Each instance size has a default storage and memory capacity. The instance size you select applies to all the data-bearing hosts in your instance size.
	InstanceSize *string `json:"instanceSize,omitempty"`
}

DedicatedHardwareSpec Hardware specifications for read-only nodes in the region. Read-only nodes can never become the primary member, but can enable local reads.If you don't specify this parameter, no read-only nodes are deployed to the region.

func NewDedicatedHardwareSpec ¶

func NewDedicatedHardwareSpec() *DedicatedHardwareSpec

NewDedicatedHardwareSpec instantiates a new DedicatedHardwareSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDedicatedHardwareSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewDedicatedHardwareSpecWithDefaults() *DedicatedHardwareSpec

NewDedicatedHardwareSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new DedicatedHardwareSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPS() int

GetDiskIOPS returns the DiskIOPS field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPSOk ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPSOk() (*int, bool)

GetDiskIOPSOk returns a tuple with the DiskIOPS field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeType() string

GetEbsVolumeType returns the EbsVolumeType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeTypeOk ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetEbsVolumeTypeOk returns a tuple with the EbsVolumeType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetInstanceSize() string

GetInstanceSize returns the InstanceSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk() (*string, bool)

GetInstanceSizeOk returns a tuple with the InstanceSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetNodeCount ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetNodeCount() int

GetNodeCount returns the NodeCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetNodeCountOk ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) GetNodeCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetNodeCountOk returns a tuple with the NodeCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasDiskIOPS() bool

HasDiskIOPS returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasEbsVolumeType() bool

HasEbsVolumeType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasInstanceSize ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasInstanceSize() bool

HasInstanceSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasNodeCount ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) HasNodeCount() bool

HasNodeCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DedicatedHardwareSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DedicatedHardwareSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetDiskIOPS(v int)

SetDiskIOPS gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DiskIOPS field.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetEbsVolumeType(v string)

SetEbsVolumeType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EbsVolumeType field.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetInstanceSize(v string)

SetInstanceSize gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceSize field.

func (*DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetNodeCount ¶

func (o *DedicatedHardwareSpec) SetNodeCount(v int)

SetNodeCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NodeCount field.

func (DedicatedHardwareSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o DedicatedHardwareSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DeferMaintenanceWindowApiParams ¶

type DeferMaintenanceWindowApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest ¶

type DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteAlertConfigurationApiParams ¶

type DeleteAlertConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	AlertConfigId string
}

type DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteAlertConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiParams ¶

type DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest ¶

type DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteAllBackupSchedulesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiParams ¶

type DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest ¶

type DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService GlobalClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiParams ¶

type DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	ApiUserId string
	IpAddress string
}

type DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest ¶

type DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteApiKeyApiParams ¶

type DeleteApiKeyApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	ApiUserId string
}

type DeleteApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type DeleteApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteApiKeyApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams ¶

type DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest ¶

type DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiParams ¶

type DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	IndexId     string
}

type DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest ¶

type DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteClusterApiParams ¶

type DeleteClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	ClusterName   string
	RetainBackups *bool
}

type DeleteClusterApiRequest ¶

type DeleteClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteClusterApiRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error)

func (DeleteClusterApiRequest) RetainBackups ¶

func (r DeleteClusterApiRequest) RetainBackups(retainBackups bool) DeleteClusterApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether to retain backup snapshots for the deleted dedicated cluster.

type DeleteCopiedBackups ¶

type DeleteCopiedBackups struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider for the deleted copy setting whose backup copies you want to delete.
	// Write only field.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// Target region for the deleted copy setting whose backup copies you want to delete. Please supply the 'Atlas Region' which can be found under [Cloud Providers](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/reference/cloud-providers/) 'regions' link.
	// Write only field.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the replication object for a zone in a cluster. For global clusters, there can be multiple zones to choose from. For sharded clusters and replica setclusters, there is only one zone in the cluster. To find the Replication Spec Id, do a GET request to Return One Cluster in One Project and consult the replicationSpecs array [Return One Cluster in One Project](#operation/getLegacyCluster).
	// Write only field.
	ReplicationSpecId *string `json:"replicationSpecId,omitempty"`
}

DeleteCopiedBackups Deleted copy setting whose backup copies need to also be deleted.

func NewDeleteCopiedBackups ¶

func NewDeleteCopiedBackups() *DeleteCopiedBackups

NewDeleteCopiedBackups instantiates a new DeleteCopiedBackups object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDeleteCopiedBackupsWithDefaults ¶

func NewDeleteCopiedBackupsWithDefaults() *DeleteCopiedBackups

NewDeleteCopiedBackupsWithDefaults instantiates a new DeleteCopiedBackups object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetReplicationSpecId() string

GetReplicationSpecId returns the ReplicationSpecId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) GetReplicationSpecIdOk ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) GetReplicationSpecIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicationSpecIdOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpecId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) HasReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) HasReplicationSpecId() bool

HasReplicationSpecId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DeleteCopiedBackups) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DeleteCopiedBackups) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*DeleteCopiedBackups) SetReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DeleteCopiedBackups) SetReplicationSpecId(v string)

SetReplicationSpecId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationSpecId field.

func (DeleteCopiedBackups) ToMap ¶

func (o DeleteCopiedBackups) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams ¶

type DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	RoleName string
}

type DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest ¶

type DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EndpointId string
}

type DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteDatabaseUserApiParams ¶

type DeleteDatabaseUserApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	DatabaseName string
	Username     string
}

type DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest ¶

type DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DatabaseUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteDatabaseUserApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteExportBucketApiParams ¶

type DeleteExportBucketApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ExportBucketId string
}

type DeleteExportBucketApiRequest ¶

type DeleteExportBucketApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteExportBucketApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteExportBucketApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiParams ¶

type DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
}

type DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest ¶

type DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteFederationAppApiParams ¶

type DeleteFederationAppApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
}

type DeleteFederationAppApiRequest ¶

type DeleteFederationAppApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteFederationAppApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteIdentityProviderApiParams ¶

type DeleteIdentityProviderApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	IdentityProviderId   string
}

type DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest ¶

type DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiParams ¶

type DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LDAPConfigurationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteLegacySnapshotApiParams ¶

type DeleteLegacySnapshotApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest ¶

type DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteLinkTokenApiParams ¶

type DeleteLinkTokenApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest ¶

type DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteLinkTokenApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteManagedNamespaceApiParams ¶

type DeleteManagedNamespaceApiParams struct {
	ClusterName string
	GroupId     string
	Db          *string
	Collection  *string
}

type DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest ¶

type DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService GlobalClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest) Collection ¶

Human-readable label that identifies the collection associated with the managed namespace.

func (DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest) Db ¶

Human-readable label that identifies the database that contains the collection.

func (DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiParams ¶

type DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
	LimitName  string
}

type DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest ¶

type DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOneDataFederationInstanceQueryLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteOnlineArchiveApiParams ¶

type DeleteOnlineArchiveApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ArchiveId   string
	ClusterName string
}

type DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest ¶

type DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteOrganizationApiParams ¶

type DeleteOrganizationApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type DeleteOrganizationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteOrganizationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOrganizationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteOrganizationApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiParams ¶

type DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	InvitationId string
}

type DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePeeringConnectionApiParams ¶

type DeletePeeringConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	PeerId  string
}

type DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest ¶

type DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePeeringContainerApiParams ¶

type DeletePeeringContainerApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ContainerId string
}

type DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest ¶

type DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePipelineApiParams ¶

type DeletePipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	PipelineName string
}

type DeletePipelineApiRequest ¶

type DeletePipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePipelineApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiParams ¶

type DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	PipelineName  string
	PipelineRunId string
}

type DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest ¶

type DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePipelineRunDatasetApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type DeletePrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	CloudProvider     string
	EndpointId        string
	EndpointServiceId string
}

type DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams ¶

type DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	CloudProvider     string
	EndpointServiceId string
}

type DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest ¶

type DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteProjectApiParams ¶

type DeleteProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DeleteProjectApiRequest ¶

type DeleteProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteProjectApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteProjectInvitationApiParams ¶

type DeleteProjectInvitationApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	InvitationId string
}

type DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiParams ¶

type DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EntryValue string
}

type DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest ¶

type DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteProjectLimitApiParams ¶

type DeleteProjectLimitApiParams struct {
	LimitName string
	GroupId   string
}

type DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest ¶

type DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams ¶

type DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PushBasedLogExportApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiParams ¶

type DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest ¶

type DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteRoleMappingApiParams ¶

type DeleteRoleMappingApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	Id                   string
	OrgId                string
}

type DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest ¶

type DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DeleteServerlessInstanceApiParams ¶

type DeleteServerlessInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	Name    string
}

type DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest ¶

type DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessInstancesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	InstanceName string
	EndpointId   string
}

type DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiParams ¶

type DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest ¶

type DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteStreamConnectionApiParams ¶

type DeleteStreamConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	TenantName     string
	ConnectionName string
}

type DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest ¶

type DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteStreamInstanceApiParams ¶

type DeleteStreamInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
}

type DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest ¶

type DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteTeamApiParams ¶

type DeleteTeamApiParams struct {
	OrgId  string
	TeamId string
}

type DeleteTeamApiRequest ¶

type DeleteTeamApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTeamApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteTeamApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams ¶

type DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams struct {
	IntegrationType string
	GroupId         string
}

type DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest ¶

type DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type Destination ¶

type Destination struct {
	// Label that identifies the destination cluster.
	ClusterName string `json:"clusterName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the destination project.
	GroupId string `json:"groupId"`
	// The network type to use between the migration host and the target cluster.
	HostnameSchemaType string `json:"hostnameSchemaType"`
	// Represents the endpoint to use when the host schema type is `PRIVATE_LINK`.
	PrivateLinkId *string `json:"privateLinkId,omitempty"`
}

Destination Document that describes the destination of the migration.

func NewDestination ¶

func NewDestination(clusterName string, groupId string, hostnameSchemaType string) *Destination

NewDestination instantiates a new Destination object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDestinationWithDefaults ¶

func NewDestinationWithDefaults() *Destination

NewDestinationWithDefaults instantiates a new Destination object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Destination) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *Destination) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value

func (*Destination) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *Destination) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Destination) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *Destination) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value

func (*Destination) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *Destination) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Destination) GetHostnameSchemaType ¶

func (o *Destination) GetHostnameSchemaType() string

GetHostnameSchemaType returns the HostnameSchemaType field value

func (*Destination) GetHostnameSchemaTypeOk ¶

func (o *Destination) GetHostnameSchemaTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameSchemaTypeOk returns a tuple with the HostnameSchemaType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Destination) GetPrivateLinkId ¶

func (o *Destination) GetPrivateLinkId() string

GetPrivateLinkId returns the PrivateLinkId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Destination) GetPrivateLinkIdOk ¶

func (o *Destination) GetPrivateLinkIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateLinkIdOk returns a tuple with the PrivateLinkId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Destination) HasPrivateLinkId ¶

func (o *Destination) HasPrivateLinkId() bool

HasPrivateLinkId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Destination) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Destination) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Destination) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *Destination) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName sets field value

func (*Destination) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *Destination) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId sets field value

func (*Destination) SetHostnameSchemaType ¶

func (o *Destination) SetHostnameSchemaType(v string)

SetHostnameSchemaType sets field value

func (*Destination) SetPrivateLinkId ¶

func (o *Destination) SetPrivateLinkId(v string)

SetPrivateLinkId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateLinkId field.

func (Destination) ToMap ¶

func (o Destination) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiParams ¶

type DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest ¶

type DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest struct {
	ApiService X509AuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DisablePeeringApiParams ¶

type DisablePeeringApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	PrivateIPMode *PrivateIPMode
}

type DisablePeeringApiRequest ¶

type DisablePeeringApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisablePeeringApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams ¶

type DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest ¶

type DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DiskBackupApiPolicyItem ¶

type DiskBackupApiPolicyItem struct {
	// Number that indicates the frequency interval for a set of snapshots. A value of `1` specifies the first instance of the corresponding `frequencyType`.  - In a yearly policy item, `1` indicates that the yearly snapshot occurs on the first day of January and `12` indicates the first day of December.  - In a monthly policy item, `1` indicates that the monthly snapshot occurs on the first day of the month and `40` indicates the last day of the month.  - In a weekly policy item, `1` indicates that the weekly snapshot occurs on Monday and `7` indicates Sunday.  - In an hourly policy item, you can set the frequency interval to `1`, `2`, `4`, `6`, `8`, or `12`. For hourly policy items for NVMe clusters, MongoDB Cloud accepts only `12` as the frequency interval value.   MongoDB Cloud ignores this setting for non-hourly policy items in Backup Compliance Policy settings.
	FrequencyInterval int `json:"frequencyInterval"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the frequency type associated with the backup policy.
	FrequencyType string `json:"frequencyType"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this backup policy item.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Unit of time in which MongoDB Cloud measures snapshot retention.
	RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit"`
	// Duration in days, weeks, months, or years that MongoDB Cloud retains the snapshot. For less frequent policy items, MongoDB Cloud requires that you specify a value greater than or equal to the value specified for more frequent policy items.  For example: If the hourly policy item specifies a retention of two days, you must specify two days or greater for the retention of the weekly policy item.
	RetentionValue int `json:"retentionValue"`
}

DiskBackupApiPolicyItem Specifications for one policy.

func NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItem ¶

func NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItem(frequencyInterval int, frequencyType string, retentionUnit string, retentionValue int) *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem

NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItem instantiates a new DiskBackupApiPolicyItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItemWithDefaults() *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem

NewDiskBackupApiPolicyItemWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupApiPolicyItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyInterval() int

GetFrequencyInterval returns the FrequencyInterval field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyIntervalOk() (*int, bool)

GetFrequencyIntervalOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyInterval field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnit() string

GetRetentionUnit returns the RetentionUnit field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionUnitOk() (*string, bool)

GetRetentionUnitOk returns a tuple with the RetentionUnit field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionValue() int

GetRetentionValue returns the RetentionValue field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) GetRetentionValueOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionValueOk returns a tuple with the RetentionValue field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) HasId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetFrequencyInterval(v int)

SetFrequencyInterval sets field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType sets field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetRetentionUnit(v string)

SetRetentionUnit sets field value

func (*DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue ¶

func (o *DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) SetRetentionValue(v int)

SetRetentionValue sets field value

func (DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupApiPolicyItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember ¶

type DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set on the sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember struct for DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember

func NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMember ¶

func NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMember() *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember

NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMember instantiates a new DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMemberWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMemberWithDefaults() *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember

NewDiskBackupBaseRestoreMemberWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupCopySetting ¶

type DiskBackupCopySetting struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider that stores the snapshot copy.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// List that describes which types of snapshots to copy.
	Frequencies *[]string `json:"frequencies,omitempty"`
	// Target region to copy snapshots belonging to replicationSpecId to. Please supply the 'Atlas Region' which can be found under [Cloud Providers](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/reference/cloud-providers/) 'regions' link.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the replication object for a zone in a cluster. For global clusters, there can be multiple zones to choose from. For sharded clusters and replica set clusters, there is only one zone in the cluster. To find the Replication Spec Id, do a GET request to Return One Cluster in One Project and consult the replicationSpecs array [Return One Cluster in One Project](#operation/getLegacyCluster).
	ReplicationSpecId *string `json:"replicationSpecId,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to copy the oplogs to the target region. You can use the oplogs to perform point-in-time restores.
	ShouldCopyOplogs *bool `json:"shouldCopyOplogs,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupCopySetting Copy setting item in the desired backup policy.

func NewDiskBackupCopySetting ¶

func NewDiskBackupCopySetting() *DiskBackupCopySetting

NewDiskBackupCopySetting instantiates a new DiskBackupCopySetting object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupCopySettingWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupCopySettingWithDefaults() *DiskBackupCopySetting

NewDiskBackupCopySettingWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupCopySetting object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetFrequencies ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetFrequencies() []string

GetFrequencies returns the Frequencies field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetFrequenciesOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetFrequenciesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetFrequenciesOk returns a tuple with the Frequencies field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetReplicationSpecId() string

GetReplicationSpecId returns the ReplicationSpecId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetReplicationSpecIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetReplicationSpecIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicationSpecIdOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpecId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetShouldCopyOplogs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetShouldCopyOplogs() bool

GetShouldCopyOplogs returns the ShouldCopyOplogs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) GetShouldCopyOplogsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) GetShouldCopyOplogsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetShouldCopyOplogsOk returns a tuple with the ShouldCopyOplogs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) HasFrequencies ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) HasFrequencies() bool

HasFrequencies returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) HasReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) HasReplicationSpecId() bool

HasReplicationSpecId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) HasShouldCopyOplogs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) HasShouldCopyOplogs() bool

HasShouldCopyOplogs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupCopySetting) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupCopySetting) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) SetFrequencies ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) SetFrequencies(v []string)

SetFrequencies gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Frequencies field.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) SetReplicationSpecId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) SetReplicationSpecId(v string)

SetReplicationSpecId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicationSpecId field.

func (*DiskBackupCopySetting) SetShouldCopyOplogs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupCopySetting) SetShouldCopyOplogs(v bool)

SetShouldCopyOplogs gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ShouldCopyOplogs field.

func (DiskBackupCopySetting) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupCopySetting) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupExportJob ¶

type DiskBackupExportJob struct {
	// Information on the export job for each replica set in the sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Components *[]DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember `json:"components,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone created this export job. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Collection of key-value pairs that represent custom data for the metadata file that MongoDB Cloud uploads to the bucket when the export job finishes.
	CustomData *[]BackupLabel `json:"customData,omitempty"`
	// One or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to the compressed snapshot files for manual download. MongoDB Cloud returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"download\"`.
	// Read only field.
	DeliveryUrl *[]string `json:"deliveryUrl,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the AWS bucket to which MongoDB Cloud exports the Cloud Backup snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	ExportBucketId string        `json:"exportBucketId"`
	ExportStatus   *ExportStatus `json:"exportStatus,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this export job completed. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	FinishedAt *time.Time `json:"finishedAt,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Full path on the cloud provider bucket to the folder where the snapshot is exported.
	// Read only field.
	Prefix *string `json:"prefix,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshotId,omitempty"`
	// State of the export job.
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupExportJob struct for DiskBackupExportJob

func NewDiskBackupExportJob ¶

func NewDiskBackupExportJob(exportBucketId string) *DiskBackupExportJob

NewDiskBackupExportJob instantiates a new DiskBackupExportJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults() *DiskBackupExportJob

NewDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupExportJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetComponents ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetComponents() []DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember

GetComponents returns the Components field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetComponentsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetComponentsOk() (*[]DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember, bool)

GetComponentsOk returns a tuple with the Components field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetCustomData() []BackupLabel

GetCustomData returns the CustomData field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetCustomDataOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetCustomDataOk() (*[]BackupLabel, bool)

GetCustomDataOk returns a tuple with the CustomData field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetDeliveryUrl() []string

GetDeliveryUrl returns the DeliveryUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetDeliveryUrlOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportBucketId() string

GetExportBucketId returns the ExportBucketId field value

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportBucketIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportBucketIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetExportBucketIdOk returns a tuple with the ExportBucketId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportStatus() ExportStatus

GetExportStatus returns the ExportStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportStatusOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetExportStatusOk() (*ExportStatus, bool)

GetExportStatusOk returns a tuple with the ExportStatus field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetFinishedAt() time.Time

GetFinishedAt returns the FinishedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetFinishedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetFinishedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetFinishedAtOk returns a tuple with the FinishedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetPrefix() string

GetPrefix returns the Prefix field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetPrefixOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetPrefixOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrefixOk returns a tuple with the Prefix field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetState ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasComponents ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasComponents() bool

HasComponents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasCustomData() bool

HasCustomData returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasDeliveryUrl() bool

HasDeliveryUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasExportStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasExportStatus() bool

HasExportStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasFinishedAt() bool

HasFinishedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasPrefix() bool

HasPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasSnapshotId() bool

HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) HasState ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupExportJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupExportJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetComponents ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetComponents(v []DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember)

SetComponents gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember and assigns it to the Components field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetCustomData(v []BackupLabel)

SetCustomData gets a reference to the given []BackupLabel and assigns it to the CustomData field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetDeliveryUrl(v []string)

SetDeliveryUrl gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DeliveryUrl field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetExportBucketId(v string)

SetExportBucketId sets field value

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetExportStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetExportStatus(v ExportStatus)

SetExportStatus gets a reference to the given ExportStatus and assigns it to the ExportStatus field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetFinishedAt(v time.Time)

SetFinishedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the FinishedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetPrefix(v string)

SetPrefix gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Prefix field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJob) SetState ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJob) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (DiskBackupExportJob) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupExportJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupExportJobRequest ¶

type DiskBackupExportJobRequest struct {
	// Collection of key-value pairs that represent custom data to add to the metadata file that MongoDB Cloud uploads to the bucket when the export job finishes.
	CustomData *[]BackupLabel `json:"customData,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the AWS bucket to which MongoDB Cloud exports the Cloud Backup snapshot.
	// Write only field.
	ExportBucketId string `json:"exportBucketId"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the Cloud Backup snasphot to export.
	// Write only field.
	SnapshotId string `json:"snapshotId"`
}

DiskBackupExportJobRequest struct for DiskBackupExportJobRequest

func NewDiskBackupExportJobRequest ¶

func NewDiskBackupExportJobRequest(exportBucketId string, snapshotId string) *DiskBackupExportJobRequest

NewDiskBackupExportJobRequest instantiates a new DiskBackupExportJobRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupExportJobRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupExportJobRequestWithDefaults() *DiskBackupExportJobRequest

NewDiskBackupExportJobRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupExportJobRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetCustomData() []BackupLabel

GetCustomData returns the CustomData field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetCustomDataOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetCustomDataOk() (*[]BackupLabel, bool)

GetCustomDataOk returns a tuple with the CustomData field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetExportBucketId() string

GetExportBucketId returns the ExportBucketId field value

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetExportBucketIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetExportBucketIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetExportBucketIdOk returns a tuple with the ExportBucketId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) HasCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) HasCustomData() bool

HasCustomData returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupExportJobRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupExportJobRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetCustomData ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetCustomData(v []BackupLabel)

SetCustomData gets a reference to the given []BackupLabel and assigns it to the CustomData field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetExportBucketId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetExportBucketId(v string)

SetExportBucketId sets field value

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupExportJobRequest) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId sets field value

func (DiskBackupExportJobRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupExportJobRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest ¶

type DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest struct {
	// Human-readable phrase or sentence that explains the purpose of the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"status\" : \"onDemand\"`.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Number of days that MongoDB Cloud should retain the on-demand snapshot. Must be at least **1**.
	RetentionInDays *int `json:"retentionInDays,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest struct for DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest

func NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest ¶

func NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest() *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest

NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest instantiates a new DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequestWithDefaults() *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest

NewDiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetRetentionInDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetRetentionInDays() int

GetRetentionInDays returns the RetentionInDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetRetentionInDaysOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) GetRetentionInDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionInDaysOk returns a tuple with the RetentionInDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) HasDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) HasRetentionInDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) HasRetentionInDays() bool

HasRetentionInDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) SetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) SetRetentionInDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) SetRetentionInDays(v int)

SetRetentionInDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the RetentionInDays field.

func (DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupReplicaSet ¶

type DiskBackupReplicaSet struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider that stores this snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"replicaSet\"`.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// List that identifies the regions to which MongoDB Cloud copies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	CopyRegions *[]string `json:"copyRegions,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable phrase or sentence that explains the purpose of the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"status\": \"onDemand\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies how often this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Key Management Service (KMS) Customer Master Key (CMK) used to encrypt the snapshot. The resource returns this value when `\"encryptionEnabled\" : true`.
	// Read only field.
	MasterKeyUUID *string `json:"masterKeyUUID,omitempty"`
	// Version of the MongoDB host that this snapshot backs up.
	// Read only field.
	MongodVersion *string `json:"mongodVersion,omitempty"`
	// List that contains unique identifiers for the policy items.
	// Read only field.
	PolicyItems *[]string `json:"policyItems,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set from which MongoDB Cloud took this snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"replicaSet\"`.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies when this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotType *string `json:"snapshotType,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the stage of the backup process for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Number of bytes taken to store the backup at time of snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	StorageSizeBytes *int64 `json:"storageSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that categorizes the cluster as a replica set or sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupReplicaSet Details of the replica set snapshot that MongoDB Cloud created.

func NewDiskBackupReplicaSet ¶

func NewDiskBackupReplicaSet() *DiskBackupReplicaSet

NewDiskBackupReplicaSet instantiates a new DiskBackupReplicaSet object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults() *DiskBackupReplicaSet

NewDiskBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupReplicaSet object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCopyRegions() []string

GetCopyRegions returns the CopyRegions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCopyRegionsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCopyRegionsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetCopyRegionsOk returns a tuple with the CopyRegions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMasterKeyUUID() string

GetMasterKeyUUID returns the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetMasterKeyUUIDOk returns a tuple with the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMongodVersion() string

GetMongodVersion returns the MongodVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMongodVersionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetMongodVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongodVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongodVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetPolicyItems() []string

GetPolicyItems returns the PolicyItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetPolicyItemsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetPolicyItemsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPolicyItemsOk returns a tuple with the PolicyItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetSnapshotType() string

GetSnapshotType returns the SnapshotType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetSnapshotTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetSnapshotTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotTypeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStorageSizeBytes() int64

GetStorageSizeBytes returns the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStorageSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetStorageSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStorageSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCopyRegions() bool

HasCopyRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasMasterKeyUUID() bool

HasMasterKeyUUID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasMongodVersion() bool

HasMongodVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasPolicyItems() bool

HasPolicyItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasSnapshotType() bool

HasSnapshotType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasStorageSizeBytes() bool

HasStorageSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupReplicaSet) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupReplicaSet) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCopyRegions(v []string)

SetCopyRegions gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CopyRegions field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetMasterKeyUUID(v string)

SetMasterKeyUUID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MasterKeyUUID field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetMongodVersion(v string)

SetMongodVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongodVersion field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetPolicyItems(v []string)

SetPolicyItems gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PolicyItems field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetSnapshotType(v string)

SetSnapshotType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotType field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetStorageSizeBytes(v int64)

SetStorageSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSizeBytes field.

func (*DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupReplicaSet) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (DiskBackupReplicaSet) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupReplicaSet) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot ¶

type DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the config server type for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	ConfigServerType *string `json:"configServerType,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable phrase or sentence that explains the purpose of the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"status\": \"onDemand\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies how often this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Key Management Service (KMS) Customer Master Key (CMK) used to encrypt the snapshot. The resource returns this value when `\"encryptionEnabled\" : true`.
	// Read only field.
	MasterKeyUUID *string `json:"masterKeyUUID,omitempty"`
	// List that includes the snapshots and the cloud provider that stores the snapshots. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\" : \"SHARDED_CLUSTER\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Members *[]DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember `json:"members,omitempty"`
	// Version of the MongoDB host that this snapshot backs up.
	// Read only field.
	MongodVersion *string `json:"mongodVersion,omitempty"`
	// List that contains unique identifiers for the policy items.
	// Read only field.
	PolicyItems *[]string `json:"policyItems,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the unique identifiers of the snapshots created for the shards and config host for a sharded cluster. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"SHARDED_CLUSTER\"`. These identifiers should match the ones specified in the **members[n].id** parameters. This allows you to map a snapshot to its shard or config host name.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotIds *[]string `json:"snapshotIds,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies when this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotType *string `json:"snapshotType,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the stage of the backup process for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Number of bytes taken to store the backup at time of snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	StorageSizeBytes *int64 `json:"storageSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that categorizes the cluster as a replica set or sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot Details of the sharded cluster snapshot that MongoDB Cloud created.

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot ¶

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot() *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot instantiates a new DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults() *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetConfigServerType() string

GetConfigServerType returns the ConfigServerType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetConfigServerTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetConfigServerTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetConfigServerTypeOk returns a tuple with the ConfigServerType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUID() string

GetMasterKeyUUID returns the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetMasterKeyUUIDOk returns a tuple with the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMembers ¶

GetMembers returns the Members field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMembersOk ¶

GetMembersOk returns a tuple with the Members field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMongodVersion() string

GetMongodVersion returns the MongodVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongodVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongodVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetPolicyItems() []string

GetPolicyItems returns the PolicyItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetPolicyItemsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetPolicyItemsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPolicyItemsOk returns a tuple with the PolicyItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotIds() []string

GetSnapshotIds returns the SnapshotIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotIdsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdsOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotType() string

GetSnapshotType returns the SnapshotType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotTypeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStatus ¶

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes() int64

GetStorageSizeBytes returns the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStorageSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasConfigServerType() bool

HasConfigServerType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMasterKeyUUID() bool

HasMasterKeyUUID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMembers ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMembers() bool

HasMembers returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasMongodVersion() bool

HasMongodVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasPolicyItems() bool

HasPolicyItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasSnapshotIds() bool

HasSnapshotIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasSnapshotType() bool

HasSnapshotType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes() bool

HasStorageSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasType ¶

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetConfigServerType(v string)

SetConfigServerType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConfigServerType field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetMasterKeyUUID(v string)

SetMasterKeyUUID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MasterKeyUUID field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetMembers ¶

SetMembers gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember and assigns it to the Members field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetMongodVersion(v string)

SetMongodVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongodVersion field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetPolicyItems(v []string)

SetPolicyItems gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PolicyItems field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotIds(v []string)

SetSnapshotIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the SnapshotIds field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string)

SetSnapshotType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotType field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes(v int64)

SetStorageSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSizeBytes field.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetType ¶

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember ¶

type DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider that stores this snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"replicaSet\"`.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider string `json:"cloudProvider"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id string `json:"id"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the shard or config host from which MongoDB Cloud took this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName string `json:"replicaSetName"`
}

DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember struct for DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember ¶

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember(cloudProvider string, id string, replicaSetName string) *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember

NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember instantiates a new DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMemberWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMemberWithDefaults() *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember

NewDiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMemberWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider sets field value

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) SetId ¶

SetId sets field value

func (*DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName sets field value

func (DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupSnapshot ¶

type DiskBackupSnapshot struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable phrase or sentence that explains the purpose of the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"status\": \"onDemand\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies how often this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Key Management Service (KMS) Customer Master Key (CMK) used to encrypt the snapshot. The resource returns this value when `\"encryptionEnabled\" : true`.
	// Read only field.
	MasterKeyUUID *string `json:"masterKeyUUID,omitempty"`
	// Version of the MongoDB host that this snapshot backs up.
	// Read only field.
	MongodVersion *string `json:"mongodVersion,omitempty"`
	// List that contains unique identifiers for the policy items.
	// Read only field.
	PolicyItems *[]string `json:"policyItems,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies when this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotType *string `json:"snapshotType,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the stage of the backup process for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Number of bytes taken to store the backup at time of snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	StorageSizeBytes *int64 `json:"storageSizeBytes,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that categorizes the cluster as a replica set or sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider that stores this snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"replicaSet\"`.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// List that identifies the regions to which MongoDB Cloud copies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	CopyRegions *[]string `json:"copyRegions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the replica set from which MongoDB Cloud took this snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"replicaSet\"`.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the config server type for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	ConfigServerType *string `json:"configServerType,omitempty"`
	// List that includes the snapshots and the cloud provider that stores the snapshots. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\" : \"SHARDED_CLUSTER\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Members *[]DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember `json:"members,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the unique identifiers of the snapshots created for the shards and config host for a sharded cluster. The resource returns this parameter when `\"type\": \"SHARDED_CLUSTER\"`. These identifiers should match the ones specified in the **members[n].id** parameters. This allows you to map a snapshot to its shard or config host name.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotIds *[]string `json:"snapshotIds,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupSnapshot struct for DiskBackupSnapshot

func NewDiskBackupSnapshot ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshot() *DiskBackupSnapshot

NewDiskBackupSnapshot instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotWithDefaults() *DiskBackupSnapshot

NewDiskBackupSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetConfigServerType() string

GetConfigServerType returns the ConfigServerType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetConfigServerTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetConfigServerTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetConfigServerTypeOk returns a tuple with the ConfigServerType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCopyRegions() []string

GetCopyRegions returns the CopyRegions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCopyRegionsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCopyRegionsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetCopyRegionsOk returns a tuple with the CopyRegions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUID() string

GetMasterKeyUUID returns the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMasterKeyUUIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetMasterKeyUUIDOk returns a tuple with the MasterKeyUUID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMembers ¶

GetMembers returns the Members field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMembersOk ¶

GetMembersOk returns a tuple with the Members field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersion() string

GetMongodVersion returns the MongodVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongodVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongodVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetPolicyItems() []string

GetPolicyItems returns the PolicyItems field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetPolicyItemsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetPolicyItemsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPolicyItemsOk returns a tuple with the PolicyItems field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotIds() []string

GetSnapshotIds returns the SnapshotIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotIdsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdsOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotType() string

GetSnapshotType returns the SnapshotType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotTypeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes() int64

GetStorageSizeBytes returns the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStorageSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasConfigServerType() bool

HasConfigServerType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCopyRegions() bool

HasCopyRegions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMasterKeyUUID() bool

HasMasterKeyUUID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMembers ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMembers() bool

HasMembers returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasMongodVersion() bool

HasMongodVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasPolicyItems() bool

HasPolicyItems returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotIds() bool

HasSnapshotIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotType() bool

HasSnapshotType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes() bool

HasStorageSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) HasType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetConfigServerType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetConfigServerType(v string)

SetConfigServerType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConfigServerType field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCopyRegions ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCopyRegions(v []string)

SetCopyRegions gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the CopyRegions field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetDescription ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetMasterKeyUUID ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetMasterKeyUUID(v string)

SetMasterKeyUUID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MasterKeyUUID field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetMembers ¶

SetMembers gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshotMember and assigns it to the Members field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetMongodVersion(v string)

SetMongodVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongodVersion field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetPolicyItems ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetPolicyItems(v []string)

SetPolicyItems gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PolicyItems field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotIds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotIds(v []string)

SetSnapshotIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the SnapshotIds field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string)

SetSnapshotType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotType field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetStatus ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes(v int64)

SetStorageSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSizeBytes field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshot) SetType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshot) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (DiskBackupSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket ¶

type DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Simple Storage Service (S3) export bucket.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the AWS bucket that the role is authorized to access.
	BucketName *string `json:"bucketName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider that stores this snapshot.
	CloudProvider *string `json:"cloudProvider,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the <a href='https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security/set-up-unified-aws-access/' target='_blank'>Unified AWS Access role ID</a>  that MongoDB Cloud uses to access the AWS S3 bucket.
	IamRoleId *string `json:"iamRoleId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket struct for DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket() *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket

NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucketWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucketWithDefaults() *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket

NewDiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucketWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetBucketName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetBucketName() string

GetBucketName returns the BucketName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetBucketNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetBucketNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBucketNameOk returns a tuple with the BucketName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetIamRoleId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetIamRoleId() string

GetIamRoleId returns the IamRoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetIamRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetIamRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the IamRoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasBucketName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasBucketName() bool

HasBucketName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasCloudProvider() bool

HasCloudProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasIamRoleId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasIamRoleId() bool

HasIamRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetBucketName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetBucketName(v string)

SetBucketName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BucketName field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProvider field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetIamRoleId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetIamRoleId(v string)

SetIamRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamRoleId field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob ¶

type DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone canceled this restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Cancelled *bool `json:"cancelled,omitempty"`
	// Information on the restore job for each replica set in the sharded cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Components *[]DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember `json:"components,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that categorizes the restore job to create.
	DeliveryType string `json:"deliveryType"`
	// One or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to the compressed snapshot files for manual download. MongoDB Cloud returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"download\"`.
	// Read only field.
	DeliveryUrl      *[]string         `json:"deliveryUrl,omitempty"`
	DesiredTimestamp *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"desiredTimestamp,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the restore job expired.
	// Read only field.
	Expired *bool `json:"expired,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the restore job expires. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the restore job failed.
	// Read only field.
	Failed *bool `json:"failed,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the restore job completed. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	FinishedAt *time.Time `json:"finishedAt,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Oplog operation number from which you want to restore this snapshot. This number represents the second part of an Oplog timestamp. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **oplogTs** exceeds `0`.
	OplogInc *int `json:"oplogInc,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which you want to restore this snapshot. This parameter expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch. This number represents the first part of an Oplog timestamp. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **oplogTs** exceeds `0`.
	OplogTs *int `json:"oplogTs,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which MongoDB Cloud restored this snapshot. This parameter expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **pointInTimeUTCSeconds** exceeds `0`.
	PointInTimeUTCSeconds *int `json:"pointInTimeUTCSeconds,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshotId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the target cluster to which the restore job restores the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\":` `\"automated\"`. Required for `automated` and `pointInTime` restore types.
	TargetClusterName *string `json:"targetClusterName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the target project for the specified **targetClusterName**. Required for `automated` and `pointInTime` restore types.
	TargetGroupId *string `json:"targetGroupId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot associated with **snapshotId**. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob struct for DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob(deliveryType string) *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob

NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJobWithDefaults() *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob

NewDiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetCancelled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetCancelled() bool

GetCancelled returns the Cancelled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetCancelledOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetCancelledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCancelledOk returns a tuple with the Cancelled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetComponents ¶

GetComponents returns the Components field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetComponentsOk ¶

GetComponentsOk returns a tuple with the Components field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryType() string

GetDeliveryType returns the DeliveryType field value

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryTypeOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDeliveryTypeOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrl() []string

GetDeliveryUrl returns the DeliveryUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetDeliveryUrlOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestamp() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetDesiredTimestamp returns the DesiredTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestampOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestampOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetDesiredTimestampOk returns a tuple with the DesiredTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpired ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpired() bool

GetExpired returns the Expired field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiredOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiredOk() (*bool, bool)

GetExpiredOk returns a tuple with the Expired field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFailed ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFailed() bool

GetFailed returns the Failed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFailedOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFailedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetFailedOk returns a tuple with the Failed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFinishedAt() time.Time

GetFinishedAt returns the FinishedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFinishedAtOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetFinishedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetFinishedAtOk returns a tuple with the FinishedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogInc ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogInc() int

GetOplogInc returns the OplogInc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogIncOk returns a tuple with the OplogInc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogTs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogTs() int

GetOplogTs returns the OplogTs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogTsOk returns a tuple with the OplogTs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds() int

GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds returns the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk() (*int, bool)

GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk returns a tuple with the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterName() string

GetTargetClusterName returns the TargetClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupId() string

GetTargetGroupId returns the TargetGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTimestamp() time.Time

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasCancelled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasCancelled() bool

HasCancelled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasComponents ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasComponents() bool

HasComponents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasDeliveryUrl() bool

HasDeliveryUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasDesiredTimestamp() bool

HasDesiredTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasExpired ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasExpired() bool

HasExpired returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasFailed ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasFailed() bool

HasFailed returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasFinishedAt() bool

HasFinishedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasOplogInc ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasOplogInc() bool

HasOplogInc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasOplogTs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasOplogTs() bool

HasOplogTs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds() bool

HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId() bool

HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTargetClusterName() bool

HasTargetClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTargetGroupId() bool

HasTargetGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetCancelled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetCancelled(v bool)

SetCancelled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Cancelled field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetComponents ¶

SetComponents gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupBaseRestoreMember and assigns it to the Components field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDeliveryType(v string)

SetDeliveryType sets field value

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDeliveryUrl(v []string)

SetDeliveryUrl gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DeliveryUrl field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetDesiredTimestamp(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetDesiredTimestamp gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the DesiredTimestamp field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetExpired ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetExpired(v bool)

SetExpired gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Expired field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetFailed ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetFailed(v bool)

SetFailed gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Failed field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetFinishedAt(v time.Time)

SetFinishedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the FinishedAt field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetOplogInc ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetOplogInc(v int)

SetOplogInc gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogInc field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetOplogTs ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetOplogTs(v int)

SetOplogTs gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogTs field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds(v int)

SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTargetClusterName(v string)

SetTargetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetClusterName field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTargetGroupId(v string)

SetTargetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetGroupId field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) SetTimestamp(v time.Time)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule ¶

type DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud automatically exports cloud backup snapshots to the AWS bucket.
	AutoExportEnabled *bool `json:"autoExportEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains a document for each copy setting item in the desired backup policy.
	CopySettings *[]DiskBackupCopySetting `json:"copySettings,omitempty"`
	// List that contains a document for each deleted copy setting whose backup copies you want to delete.
	// Write only field.
	DeleteCopiedBackups *[]DeleteCopiedBackups `json:"deleteCopiedBackups,omitempty"`
	Export              *AutoExportPolicy      `json:"export,omitempty"`
	// List that contains a document for each extra retention setting item in the desired backup policy.
	ExtraRetentionSettings *[]ExtraRetentionSetting `json:"extraRetentionSettings,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud takes the next snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	NextSnapshot *time.Time `json:"nextSnapshot,omitempty"`
	// Rules set for this backup schedule.
	Policies *[]AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy `json:"policies,omitempty"`
	// Hour of day in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) that represents when MongoDB Cloud takes the snapshot.
	ReferenceHourOfDay *int `json:"referenceHourOfDay,omitempty"`
	// Minute of the **referenceHourOfDay** that represents when MongoDB Cloud takes the snapshot.
	ReferenceMinuteOfHour *int `json:"referenceMinuteOfHour,omitempty"`
	// Number of previous days that you can restore back to with Continuous Cloud Backup accuracy. You must specify a positive, non-zero integer. This parameter applies to continuous cloud backups only.
	RestoreWindowDays *int `json:"restoreWindowDays,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to apply the retention changes in the updated backup policy to snapshots that MongoDB Cloud took previously.
	// Write only field.
	UpdateSnapshots *bool `json:"updateSnapshots,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to use organization and project names instead of organization and project UUIDs in the path to the metadata files that MongoDB Cloud uploads to your AWS bucket.
	UseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix *bool `json:"useOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix,omitempty"`
}

DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule struct for DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotSchedule ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotSchedule() *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

NewDiskBackupSnapshotSchedule instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskBackupSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults() *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule

NewDiskBackupSnapshotScheduleWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetAutoExportEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetAutoExportEnabled() bool

GetAutoExportEnabled returns the AutoExportEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetAutoExportEnabledOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetAutoExportEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAutoExportEnabledOk returns a tuple with the AutoExportEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterIdOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetCopySettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetCopySettings() []DiskBackupCopySetting

GetCopySettings returns the CopySettings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetCopySettingsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetCopySettingsOk() (*[]DiskBackupCopySetting, bool)

GetCopySettingsOk returns a tuple with the CopySettings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetDeleteCopiedBackups ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetDeleteCopiedBackups() []DeleteCopiedBackups

GetDeleteCopiedBackups returns the DeleteCopiedBackups field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetDeleteCopiedBackupsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetDeleteCopiedBackupsOk() (*[]DeleteCopiedBackups, bool)

GetDeleteCopiedBackupsOk returns a tuple with the DeleteCopiedBackups field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExport ¶

GetExport returns the Export field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExportOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExportOk() (*AutoExportPolicy, bool)

GetExportOk returns a tuple with the Export field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExtraRetentionSettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExtraRetentionSettings() []ExtraRetentionSetting

GetExtraRetentionSettings returns the ExtraRetentionSettings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExtraRetentionSettingsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetExtraRetentionSettingsOk() (*[]ExtraRetentionSetting, bool)

GetExtraRetentionSettingsOk returns a tuple with the ExtraRetentionSettings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetNextSnapshot ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetNextSnapshot() time.Time

GetNextSnapshot returns the NextSnapshot field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetNextSnapshotOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetNextSnapshotOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNextSnapshotOk returns a tuple with the NextSnapshot field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetPolicies ¶

GetPolicies returns the Policies field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetPoliciesOk ¶

GetPoliciesOk returns a tuple with the Policies field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceHourOfDay ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceHourOfDay() int

GetReferenceHourOfDay returns the ReferenceHourOfDay field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceHourOfDayOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceHourOfDayOk() (*int, bool)

GetReferenceHourOfDayOk returns a tuple with the ReferenceHourOfDay field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceMinuteOfHour ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceMinuteOfHour() int

GetReferenceMinuteOfHour returns the ReferenceMinuteOfHour field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceMinuteOfHourOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetReferenceMinuteOfHourOk() (*int, bool)

GetReferenceMinuteOfHourOk returns a tuple with the ReferenceMinuteOfHour field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetRestoreWindowDays() int

GetRestoreWindowDays returns the RestoreWindowDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetRestoreWindowDaysOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetRestoreWindowDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetRestoreWindowDaysOk returns a tuple with the RestoreWindowDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUpdateSnapshots ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUpdateSnapshots() bool

GetUpdateSnapshots returns the UpdateSnapshots field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUpdateSnapshotsOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUpdateSnapshotsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetUpdateSnapshotsOk returns a tuple with the UpdateSnapshots field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix() bool

GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix returns the UseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefixOk ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefixOk() (*bool, bool)

GetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefixOk returns a tuple with the UseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasAutoExportEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasAutoExportEnabled() bool

HasAutoExportEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasClusterId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasCopySettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasCopySettings() bool

HasCopySettings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasDeleteCopiedBackups ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasDeleteCopiedBackups() bool

HasDeleteCopiedBackups returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasExport ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasExport() bool

HasExport returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasExtraRetentionSettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasExtraRetentionSettings() bool

HasExtraRetentionSettings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasNextSnapshot ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasNextSnapshot() bool

HasNextSnapshot returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasPolicies ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasPolicies() bool

HasPolicies returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasReferenceHourOfDay ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasReferenceHourOfDay() bool

HasReferenceHourOfDay returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasReferenceMinuteOfHour ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasReferenceMinuteOfHour() bool

HasReferenceMinuteOfHour returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasRestoreWindowDays() bool

HasRestoreWindowDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasUpdateSnapshots ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasUpdateSnapshots() bool

HasUpdateSnapshots returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) HasUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix() bool

HasUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetAutoExportEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetAutoExportEnabled(v bool)

SetAutoExportEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoExportEnabled field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterId ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetCopySettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetCopySettings(v []DiskBackupCopySetting)

SetCopySettings gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupCopySetting and assigns it to the CopySettings field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetDeleteCopiedBackups ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetDeleteCopiedBackups(v []DeleteCopiedBackups)

SetDeleteCopiedBackups gets a reference to the given []DeleteCopiedBackups and assigns it to the DeleteCopiedBackups field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetExport ¶

SetExport gets a reference to the given AutoExportPolicy and assigns it to the Export field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetExtraRetentionSettings ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetExtraRetentionSettings(v []ExtraRetentionSetting)

SetExtraRetentionSettings gets a reference to the given []ExtraRetentionSetting and assigns it to the ExtraRetentionSettings field.

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetNextSnapshot ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetNextSnapshot(v time.Time)

SetNextSnapshot gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NextSnapshot field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetPolicies ¶

SetPolicies gets a reference to the given []AdvancedDiskBackupSnapshotSchedulePolicy and assigns it to the Policies field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetReferenceHourOfDay ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetReferenceHourOfDay(v int)

SetReferenceHourOfDay gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ReferenceHourOfDay field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetReferenceMinuteOfHour ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetReferenceMinuteOfHour(v int)

SetReferenceMinuteOfHour gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ReferenceMinuteOfHour field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetRestoreWindowDays ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetRestoreWindowDays(v int)

SetRestoreWindowDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the RestoreWindowDays field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetUpdateSnapshots ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetUpdateSnapshots(v bool)

SetUpdateSnapshots gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UpdateSnapshots field.

func (*DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix ¶

func (o *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) SetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix(v bool)

SetUseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the UseOrgAndGroupNamesInExportPrefix field.

func (DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DiskGBAutoScaling ¶

type DiskGBAutoScaling struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether this cluster enables disk auto-scaling. The maximum memory allowed for the selected cluster tier and the oplog size can limit storage auto-scaling.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
}

DiskGBAutoScaling Setting that enables disk auto-scaling.

func NewDiskGBAutoScaling ¶

func NewDiskGBAutoScaling() *DiskGBAutoScaling

NewDiskGBAutoScaling instantiates a new DiskGBAutoScaling object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewDiskGBAutoScalingWithDefaults ¶

func NewDiskGBAutoScalingWithDefaults() *DiskGBAutoScaling

NewDiskGBAutoScalingWithDefaults instantiates a new DiskGBAutoScaling object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*DiskGBAutoScaling) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskGBAutoScaling) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*DiskGBAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *DiskGBAutoScaling) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*DiskGBAutoScaling) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskGBAutoScaling) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (DiskGBAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o DiskGBAutoScaling) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*DiskGBAutoScaling) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *DiskGBAutoScaling) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (DiskGBAutoScaling) ToMap ¶

func (o DiskGBAutoScaling) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiParams ¶

type DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
	EndDate    *int64
	StartDate  *int64
}

type DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest ¶

type DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest) EndDate ¶

Timestamp that specifies the end point for the range of log messages to download. MongoDB Cloud expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

func (DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (DownloadFederatedDatabaseQueryLogsApiRequest) StartDate ¶

Timestamp that specifies the starting point for the range of log messages to download. MongoDB Cloud expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

type DownloadInvoiceCSVApiParams ¶

type DownloadInvoiceCSVApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	InvoiceId string
}

type DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest ¶

type DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiParams ¶

type DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	StartDate   *int64
	EndDate     *int64
	ArchiveOnly *bool
}

type DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest ¶

type DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) ArchiveOnly ¶

Flag that indicates whether to download logs for queries against your online archive only or both your online archive and cluster.

func (DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) EndDate ¶

Date and time that specifies the end point for the range of log messages to return. This resource expresses this value in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time).

func (DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) StartDate ¶

Date and time that specifies the starting point for the range of log messages to return. This resource expresses this value in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time).

type DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiParams ¶

type DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiParams struct {
	ClusterName   string
	GroupId       string
	TenantRestore *TenantRestore
}

type DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest ¶

type DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierSnapshotsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

type DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiParams ¶

type DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
	EndDate    *int64
	StartDate  *int64
}

type DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest ¶

type DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest) EndDate ¶

Timestamp that specifies the end point for the range of log messages to download. MongoDB Cloud expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

func (DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest) StartDate ¶

Timestamp that specifies the starting point for the range of log messages to download. MongoDB Cloud expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

type EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams ¶

type EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest ¶

type EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type EncryptionAtRest ¶

type EncryptionAtRest struct {
	AwsKms         *AWSKMSConfiguration `json:"awsKms,omitempty"`
	AzureKeyVault  *AzureKeyVault       `json:"azureKeyVault,omitempty"`
	GoogleCloudKms *GoogleCloudKMS      `json:"googleCloudKms,omitempty"`
}

EncryptionAtRest struct for EncryptionAtRest

func NewEncryptionAtRest ¶

func NewEncryptionAtRest() *EncryptionAtRest

NewEncryptionAtRest instantiates a new EncryptionAtRest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewEncryptionAtRestWithDefaults ¶

func NewEncryptionAtRestWithDefaults() *EncryptionAtRest

NewEncryptionAtRestWithDefaults instantiates a new EncryptionAtRest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetAwsKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetAwsKms() AWSKMSConfiguration

GetAwsKms returns the AwsKms field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetAwsKmsOk ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetAwsKmsOk() (*AWSKMSConfiguration, bool)

GetAwsKmsOk returns a tuple with the AwsKms field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetAzureKeyVault ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetAzureKeyVault() AzureKeyVault

GetAzureKeyVault returns the AzureKeyVault field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetAzureKeyVaultOk ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetAzureKeyVaultOk() (*AzureKeyVault, bool)

GetAzureKeyVaultOk returns a tuple with the AzureKeyVault field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetGoogleCloudKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetGoogleCloudKms() GoogleCloudKMS

GetGoogleCloudKms returns the GoogleCloudKms field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EncryptionAtRest) GetGoogleCloudKmsOk ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) GetGoogleCloudKmsOk() (*GoogleCloudKMS, bool)

GetGoogleCloudKmsOk returns a tuple with the GoogleCloudKms field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) HasAwsKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) HasAwsKms() bool

HasAwsKms returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) HasAzureKeyVault ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) HasAzureKeyVault() bool

HasAzureKeyVault returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) HasGoogleCloudKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) HasGoogleCloudKms() bool

HasGoogleCloudKms returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (EncryptionAtRest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o EncryptionAtRest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*EncryptionAtRest) SetAwsKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) SetAwsKms(v AWSKMSConfiguration)

SetAwsKms gets a reference to the given AWSKMSConfiguration and assigns it to the AwsKms field.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) SetAzureKeyVault ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) SetAzureKeyVault(v AzureKeyVault)

SetAzureKeyVault gets a reference to the given AzureKeyVault and assigns it to the AzureKeyVault field.

func (*EncryptionAtRest) SetGoogleCloudKms ¶

func (o *EncryptionAtRest) SetGoogleCloudKms(v GoogleCloudKMS)

SetGoogleCloudKms gets a reference to the given GoogleCloudKMS and assigns it to the GoogleCloudKms field.

func (EncryptionAtRest) ToMap ¶

func (o EncryptionAtRest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi ¶

type EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi interface {

	/*
			GetEncryptionAtRest Return One Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project

			Returns the configuration for encryption at rest using the keys you manage through your cloud provider. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage even if you don't use your own key management. This resource requires the requesting API Key to have the Project Owner role.

		**LIMITED TO M10 OR GREATER:** MongoDB Cloud limits this feature to dedicated cluster tiers of M10 and greater.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	*/
	GetEncryptionAtRest(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	/*
		GetEncryptionAtRest Return One Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetEncryptionAtRestApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	*/
	GetEncryptionAtRestWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetEncryptionAtRestApiParams) GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetEncryptionAtRestExecute(r GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest) (*EncryptionAtRest, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			UpdateEncryptionAtRest Update Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project

			[experimental] Updates the configuration for encryption at rest using the keys you manage through your cloud provider. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage even if you don't use your own key management. This resource requires the requesting API Key to have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

		 After you configure at least one Encryption at Rest using a Customer Key Management provider for the MongoDB Cloud project, Project Owners can enable Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management for each MongoDB Cloud cluster for which they require encryption. The Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management provider doesn't have to match the cluster cloud service provider. MongoDB Cloud doesn't automatically rotate user-managed encryption keys. Defer to your preferred Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management provider's documentation and guidance for best practices on key rotation. MongoDB Cloud automatically creates a 90-day key rotation alert when you configure Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management using your Key Management in an MongoDB Cloud project. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage whether or not you use your own key management.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateEncryptionAtRest(ctx context.Context, groupId string, encryptionAtRest *EncryptionAtRest) UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateEncryptionAtRest Update Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateEncryptionAtRestWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiParams) UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateEncryptionAtRestExecute(r UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest) (*EncryptionAtRest, *http.Response, error)
}

type EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService ¶

type EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService service

EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi service

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) GetEncryptionAtRest ¶

GetEncryptionAtRest Return One Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project

Returns the configuration for encryption at rest using the keys you manage through your cloud provider. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage even if you don't use your own key management. This resource requires the requesting API Key to have the Project Owner role.

**LIMITED TO M10 OR GREATER:** MongoDB Cloud limits this feature to dedicated cluster tiers of M10 and greater.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) GetEncryptionAtRestExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return EncryptionAtRest

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) GetEncryptionAtRestWithParams ¶

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) UpdateEncryptionAtRest ¶

UpdateEncryptionAtRest Update Configuration for Encryption at Rest using Customer-Managed Keys for One Project

[experimental] Updates the configuration for encryption at rest using the keys you manage through your cloud provider. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage even if you don't use your own key management. This resource requires the requesting API Key to have the Project Owner role. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters.

After you configure at least one Encryption at Rest using a Customer Key Management provider for the MongoDB Cloud project, Project Owners can enable Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management for each MongoDB Cloud cluster for which they require encryption. The Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management provider doesn't have to match the cluster cloud service provider. MongoDB Cloud doesn't automatically rotate user-managed encryption keys. Defer to your preferred Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management provider's documentation and guidance for best practices on key rotation. MongoDB Cloud automatically creates a 90-day key rotation alert when you configure Encryption at Rest using Customer Key Management using your Key Management in an MongoDB Cloud project. MongoDB Cloud encrypts all storage whether or not you use your own key management.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) UpdateEncryptionAtRestExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return EncryptionAtRest

func (*EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApiService) UpdateEncryptionAtRestWithParams ¶

type EndOutageSimulationApiParams ¶

type EndOutageSimulationApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type EndOutageSimulationApiRequest ¶

type EndOutageSimulationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClusterOutageSimulationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EndOutageSimulationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type EndpointService ¶

type EndpointService struct {
	// Cloud service provider that serves the requested endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider string `json:"cloudProvider"`
	// Error message returned when requesting private connection resource. The resource returns `null` if the request succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the Private Endpoint Service.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Cloud provider region that manages this Private Endpoint Service.
	// Read only field.
	RegionName *string `json:"regionName,omitempty"`
	// State of the Private Endpoint Service connection when MongoDB Cloud received this request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) PrivateLink endpoint service. MongoDB Cloud returns null while it creates the endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointServiceName *string `json:"endpointServiceName,omitempty"`
	// List of strings that identify private endpoint interfaces applied to the specified project.
	// Read only field.
	InterfaceEndpoints *[]string `json:"interfaceEndpoints,omitempty"`
	// List of private endpoints assigned to this Azure Private Link Service.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpoints *[]string `json:"privateEndpoints,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure Private Link Service that MongoDB Cloud manages.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateLinkServiceName *string `json:"privateLinkServiceName,omitempty"`
	// Root-relative path that identifies of the Azure Private Link Service that MongoDB Cloud manages. Use this value to create a private endpoint connection to an Azure VNet.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateLinkServiceResourceId *string `json:"privateLinkServiceResourceId,omitempty"`
	// List of Google Cloud network endpoint groups that corresponds to the Private Service Connect endpoint service.
	EndpointGroupNames *[]string `json:"endpointGroupNames,omitempty"`
	// List of Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that identifies endpoints that MongoDB Cloud can use to access one Google Cloud Service across a Google Cloud Virtual Private Connection (VPC) network.
	ServiceAttachmentNames *[]string `json:"serviceAttachmentNames,omitempty"`
}

EndpointService struct for EndpointService

func NewEndpointService ¶

func NewEndpointService(cloudProvider string) *EndpointService

NewEndpointService instantiates a new EndpointService object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewEndpointServiceWithDefaults ¶

func NewEndpointServiceWithDefaults() *EndpointService

NewEndpointServiceWithDefaults instantiates a new EndpointService object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*EndpointService) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value

func (*EndpointService) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetEndpointGroupNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetEndpointGroupNames() []string

GetEndpointGroupNames returns the EndpointGroupNames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetEndpointGroupNamesOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetEndpointGroupNamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetEndpointGroupNamesOk returns a tuple with the EndpointGroupNames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetEndpointServiceName() string

GetEndpointServiceName returns the EndpointServiceName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetEndpointServiceNameOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetEndpointServiceNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointServiceNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointServiceName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetInterfaceEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetInterfaceEndpoints() []string

GetInterfaceEndpoints returns the InterfaceEndpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetInterfaceEndpointsOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetInterfaceEndpointsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetInterfaceEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the InterfaceEndpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateEndpoints() []string

GetPrivateEndpoints returns the PrivateEndpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateEndpointsOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateEndpointsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceName() string

GetPrivateLinkServiceName returns the PrivateLinkServiceName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceNameOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateLinkServiceNameOk returns a tuple with the PrivateLinkServiceName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId() string

GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId returns the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk returns a tuple with the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetServiceAttachmentNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetServiceAttachmentNames() []string

GetServiceAttachmentNames returns the ServiceAttachmentNames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetServiceAttachmentNamesOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetServiceAttachmentNamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetServiceAttachmentNamesOk returns a tuple with the ServiceAttachmentNames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) GetStatus ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EndpointService) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *EndpointService) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasEndpointGroupNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasEndpointGroupNames() bool

HasEndpointGroupNames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasEndpointServiceName() bool

HasEndpointServiceName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasInterfaceEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasInterfaceEndpoints() bool

HasInterfaceEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasPrivateEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasPrivateEndpoints() bool

HasPrivateEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasPrivateLinkServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasPrivateLinkServiceName() bool

HasPrivateLinkServiceName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId() bool

HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasRegionName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasRegionName() bool

HasRegionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasServiceAttachmentNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasServiceAttachmentNames() bool

HasServiceAttachmentNames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EndpointService) HasStatus ¶

func (o *EndpointService) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (EndpointService) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o EndpointService) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*EndpointService) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider sets field value

func (*EndpointService) SetEndpointGroupNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetEndpointGroupNames(v []string)

SetEndpointGroupNames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the EndpointGroupNames field.

func (*EndpointService) SetEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetEndpointServiceName(v string)

SetEndpointServiceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointServiceName field.

func (*EndpointService) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*EndpointService) SetId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*EndpointService) SetInterfaceEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetInterfaceEndpoints(v []string)

SetInterfaceEndpoints gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the InterfaceEndpoints field.

func (*EndpointService) SetPrivateEndpoints ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetPrivateEndpoints(v []string)

SetPrivateEndpoints gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpoints field.

func (*EndpointService) SetPrivateLinkServiceName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetPrivateLinkServiceName(v string)

SetPrivateLinkServiceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateLinkServiceName field.

func (*EndpointService) SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId(v string)

SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field.

func (*EndpointService) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionName field.

func (*EndpointService) SetServiceAttachmentNames ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetServiceAttachmentNames(v []string)

SetServiceAttachmentNames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the ServiceAttachmentNames field.

func (*EndpointService) SetStatus ¶

func (o *EndpointService) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (EndpointService) ToMap ¶

func (o EndpointService) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type EventViewForNdsGroup ¶

type EventViewForNdsGroup struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the [API Key](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-create-prog-api-key) that triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **userId** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	ApiKeyId *string `json:"apiKeyId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this event occurred. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Unique identifier of event type.
	EventTypeName *string `json:"eventTypeName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project in which the event occurred. The **eventId** identifies the specific event.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether a MongoDB employee triggered the specified event.
	// Read only field.
	IsGlobalAdmin *bool `json:"isGlobalAdmin,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization to which these events apply.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Public part of the [API Key](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-create-prog-api-key) that triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **username** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	PublicKey *string `json:"publicKey,omitempty"`
	Raw       *Raw    `json:"raw,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 or IPv6 address from which the user triggered this event.
	// Read only field.
	RemoteAddress *string `json:"remoteAddress,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the console user who triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **apiKeyId** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	UserId *string `json:"userId,omitempty"`
	// Email address for the user who triggered this event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **publicApiKey** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	AlertId *string `json:"alertId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration associated with the **alertId**.
	// Read only field.
	AlertConfigId *string `json:"alertConfigId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies of the invoice associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	InvoiceId *string `json:"invoiceId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice payment associated with this event.
	// Read only field.
	PaymentId *string `json:"paymentId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the shard associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	ShardName *string `json:"shardName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the collection on which the event occurred. The resource returns this parameter when the **eventTypeName** includes `DATA_EXPLORER`.
	// Read only field.
	Collection *string `json:"collection,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the database on which this incident occurred. The resource returns this parameter when `\"eventTypeName\" : \"DATA_EXPLORER\"` or `\"eventTypeName\" : \"DATA_EXPLORER_CRUD\"`.
	// Read only field.
	Database *string `json:"database,omitempty"`
	// Action that the database attempted to execute when the event triggered. The response returns this parameter when `eventTypeName\" : \"DATA_EXPLORER\"`.
	// Read only field.
	OpType *string `json:"opType,omitempty"`
	// IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	Port *int `json:"port,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the replica set associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	ReplicaSetName *string            `json:"replicaSetName,omitempty"`
	CurrentValue   *NumberMetricValue `json:"currentValue,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the metric associated with the **alertId**. This field may change type of **currentValue** field.
	// Read only field.
	MetricName *string `json:"metricName,omitempty"`
	// The username of the MongoDB User that was created, deleted, or edited.
	// Read only field.
	DbUserUsername *string `json:"dbUserUsername,omitempty"`
	// Entry in the list of source host addresses that the API key accepts and this event targets.
	// Read only field.
	WhitelistEntry *string `json:"whitelistEntry,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the endpoint associated with this event.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointId *string `json:"endpointId,omitempty"`
	// Unique identification string that the cloud provider uses to identify the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	ProviderEndpointId *string `json:"providerEndpointId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization team associated with this event.
	// Read only field.
	TeamId *string `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
	// Email address for the console user that this event targets. The resource returns this parameter when `\"eventTypeName\" : \"USER\"`.
	// Read only field.
	TargetUsername *string `json:"targetUsername,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the resource associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	ResourceId *string `json:"resourceId,omitempty"`
	// Unique identifier of resource type.
	ResourceType *string `json:"resourceType,omitempty"`
}

EventViewForNdsGroup struct for EventViewForNdsGroup

func NewEventViewForNdsGroup ¶

func NewEventViewForNdsGroup() *EventViewForNdsGroup

NewEventViewForNdsGroup instantiates a new EventViewForNdsGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewEventViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewEventViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults() *EventViewForNdsGroup

NewEventViewForNdsGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new EventViewForNdsGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigId() string

GetAlertConfigId returns the AlertConfigId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertConfigIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertConfigIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertConfigId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertId() string

GetAlertId returns the AlertId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetAlertIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetApiKeyId() string

GetApiKeyId returns the ApiKeyId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetApiKeyIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetApiKeyIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiKeyIdOk returns a tuple with the ApiKeyId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCollection ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValue ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValue() NumberMetricValue

GetCurrentValue returns the CurrentValue field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValueOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetCurrentValueOk() (*NumberMetricValue, bool)

GetCurrentValueOk returns a tuple with the CurrentValue field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDatabase ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDatabase() string

GetDatabase returns the Database field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDatabaseOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDatabaseOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the Database field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDbUserUsername() string

GetDbUserUsername returns the DbUserUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDbUserUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetDbUserUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbUserUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUserUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEndpointId() string

GetEndpointId returns the EndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the EndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeName() string

GetEventTypeName returns the EventTypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetEventTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEventTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the EventTypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetInvoiceId() string

GetInvoiceId returns the InvoiceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetInvoiceIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetInvoiceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetInvoiceIdOk returns a tuple with the InvoiceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIsGlobalAdmin() bool

GetIsGlobalAdmin returns the IsGlobalAdmin field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIsGlobalAdminOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetIsGlobalAdminOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsGlobalAdminOk returns a tuple with the IsGlobalAdmin field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricName() string

GetMetricName returns the MetricName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricNameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetMetricNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetricNameOk returns a tuple with the MetricName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOpType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOpType() string

GetOpType returns the OpType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOpTypeOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOpTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetOpTypeOk returns a tuple with the OpType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPaymentId() string

GetPaymentId returns the PaymentId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPaymentIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPaymentIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPaymentIdOk returns a tuple with the PaymentId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPort ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPort() int

GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPortOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPortOk() (*int, bool)

GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetProviderEndpointId() string

GetProviderEndpointId returns the ProviderEndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetProviderEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetProviderEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the ProviderEndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPublicKey() string

GetPublicKey returns the PublicKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPublicKeyOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetPublicKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetPublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the PublicKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRaw() Raw

GetRaw returns the Raw field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRawOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRawOk() (*Raw, bool)

GetRawOk returns a tuple with the Raw field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRemoteAddress() string

GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRemoteAddressOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetName() string

GetReplicaSetName returns the ReplicaSetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetNameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetReplicaSetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetReplicaSetNameOk returns a tuple with the ReplicaSetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceId() string

GetResourceId returns the ResourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceIdOk returns a tuple with the ResourceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceType() string

GetResourceType returns the ResourceType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceTypeOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetResourceTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceTypeOk returns a tuple with the ResourceType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetShardName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetShardName() string

GetShardName returns the ShardName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetShardNameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetShardNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetShardNameOk returns a tuple with the ShardName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTargetUsername() string

GetTargetUsername returns the TargetUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTargetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTargetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the TargetUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTeamId() string

GetTeamId returns the TeamId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTeamIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetTeamIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamIdOk returns a tuple with the TeamId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUserId() string

GetUserId returns the UserId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUserIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUserIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserIdOk returns a tuple with the UserId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetWhitelistEntry() string

GetWhitelistEntry returns the WhitelistEntry field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) GetWhitelistEntryOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) GetWhitelistEntryOk() (*string, bool)

GetWhitelistEntryOk returns a tuple with the WhitelistEntry field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertConfigId() bool

HasAlertConfigId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasAlertId() bool

HasAlertId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasApiKeyId() bool

HasApiKeyId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCollection ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCollection() bool

HasCollection returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCurrentValue ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasCurrentValue() bool

HasCurrentValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasDatabase ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasDatabase() bool

HasDatabase returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasDbUserUsername() bool

HasDbUserUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasEndpointId() bool

HasEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasEventTypeName() bool

HasEventTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasInvoiceId() bool

HasInvoiceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasIsGlobalAdmin() bool

HasIsGlobalAdmin returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasMetricName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasMetricName() bool

HasMetricName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasOpType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasOpType() bool

HasOpType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPaymentId() bool

HasPaymentId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPort ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPort() bool

HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasProviderEndpointId() bool

HasProviderEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasPublicKey() bool

HasPublicKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasRaw() bool

HasRaw returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasRemoteAddress() bool

HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasReplicaSetName() bool

HasReplicaSetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasResourceId() bool

HasResourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasResourceType() bool

HasResourceType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasShardName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasShardName() bool

HasShardName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasTargetUsername() bool

HasTargetUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasTeamId() bool

HasTeamId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasUserId() bool

HasUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) HasWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) HasWhitelistEntry() bool

HasWhitelistEntry returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (EventViewForNdsGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o EventViewForNdsGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertConfigId(v string)

SetAlertConfigId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertConfigId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetAlertId(v string)

SetAlertId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetApiKeyId(v string)

SetApiKeyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiKeyId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCollection ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Collection field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCurrentValue ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetCurrentValue(v NumberMetricValue)

SetCurrentValue gets a reference to the given NumberMetricValue and assigns it to the CurrentValue field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetDatabase ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetDatabase(v string)

SetDatabase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Database field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetDbUserUsername(v string)

SetDbUserUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUserUsername field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetEndpointId(v string)

SetEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetEventTypeName(v string)

SetEventTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventTypeName field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetInvoiceId(v string)

SetInvoiceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InvoiceId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetIsGlobalAdmin(v bool)

SetIsGlobalAdmin gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsGlobalAdmin field.

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetMetricName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetMetricName(v string)

SetMetricName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetricName field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetOpType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetOpType(v string)

SetOpType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OpType field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPaymentId(v string)

SetPaymentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PaymentId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPort ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPort(v int)

SetPort gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Port field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetProviderEndpointId(v string)

SetProviderEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderEndpointId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetPublicKey(v string)

SetPublicKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PublicKey field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetRaw(v Raw)

SetRaw gets a reference to the given Raw and assigns it to the Raw field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetRemoteAddress(v string)

SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetReplicaSetName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetReplicaSetName(v string)

SetReplicaSetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReplicaSetName field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetResourceId(v string)

SetResourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetResourceType(v string)

SetResourceType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceType field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetShardName ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetShardName(v string)

SetShardName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ShardName field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetTargetUsername(v string)

SetTargetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetUsername field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetTeamId(v string)

SetTeamId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetUserId(v string)

SetUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserId field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (*EventViewForNdsGroup) SetWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForNdsGroup) SetWhitelistEntry(v string)

SetWhitelistEntry gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WhitelistEntry field.

func (EventViewForNdsGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o EventViewForNdsGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type EventViewForOrg ¶

type EventViewForOrg struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the [API Key](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-create-prog-api-key) that triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **userId** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	ApiKeyId *string `json:"apiKeyId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this event occurred. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Unique identifier of event type.
	EventTypeName *string `json:"eventTypeName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project in which the event occurred. The **eventId** identifies the specific event.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether a MongoDB employee triggered the specified event.
	// Read only field.
	IsGlobalAdmin *bool `json:"isGlobalAdmin,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization to which these events apply.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Public part of the [API Key](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/atlas-create-prog-api-key) that triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **username** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	PublicKey *string `json:"publicKey,omitempty"`
	Raw       *Raw    `json:"raw,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 or IPv6 address from which the user triggered this event.
	// Read only field.
	RemoteAddress *string `json:"remoteAddress,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the console user who triggered the event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **apiKeyId** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	UserId *string `json:"userId,omitempty"`
	// Email address for the user who triggered this event. If this resource returns this parameter, it doesn't return the **publicApiKey** parameter.
	// Read only field.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	AlertId *string `json:"alertId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration associated with the **alertId**.
	// Read only field.
	AlertConfigId *string `json:"alertConfigId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies of the invoice associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	InvoiceId *string `json:"invoiceId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice payment associated with this event.
	// Read only field.
	PaymentId *string `json:"paymentId,omitempty"`
	// The username of the MongoDB User that was created, deleted, or edited.
	// Read only field.
	DbUserUsername *string `json:"dbUserUsername,omitempty"`
	// Entry in the list of source host addresses that the API key accepts and this event targets.
	// Read only field.
	WhitelistEntry *string `json:"whitelistEntry,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization team associated with this event.
	// Read only field.
	TeamId *string `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
	// Email address for the console user that this event targets. The resource returns this parameter when `\"eventTypeName\" : \"USER\"`.
	// Read only field.
	TargetUsername *string `json:"targetUsername,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the resource associated with the event.
	// Read only field.
	ResourceId *string `json:"resourceId,omitempty"`
	// Unique identifier of resource type.
	ResourceType *string `json:"resourceType,omitempty"`
}

EventViewForOrg struct for EventViewForOrg

func NewEventViewForOrg ¶

func NewEventViewForOrg() *EventViewForOrg

NewEventViewForOrg instantiates a new EventViewForOrg object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewEventViewForOrgWithDefaults ¶

func NewEventViewForOrgWithDefaults() *EventViewForOrg

NewEventViewForOrgWithDefaults instantiates a new EventViewForOrg object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetAlertConfigId() string

GetAlertConfigId returns the AlertConfigId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetAlertConfigIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetAlertConfigIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertConfigIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertConfigId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetAlertId() string

GetAlertId returns the AlertId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetAlertIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetAlertIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetApiKeyId() string

GetApiKeyId returns the ApiKeyId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetApiKeyIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetApiKeyIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiKeyIdOk returns a tuple with the ApiKeyId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetDbUserUsername() string

GetDbUserUsername returns the DbUserUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetDbUserUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetDbUserUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbUserUsernameOk returns a tuple with the DbUserUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetEventTypeName() string

GetEventTypeName returns the EventTypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetEventTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetEventTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEventTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the EventTypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetInvoiceId() string

GetInvoiceId returns the InvoiceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetInvoiceIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetInvoiceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetInvoiceIdOk returns a tuple with the InvoiceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetIsGlobalAdmin() bool

GetIsGlobalAdmin returns the IsGlobalAdmin field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetIsGlobalAdminOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetIsGlobalAdminOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsGlobalAdminOk returns a tuple with the IsGlobalAdmin field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetPaymentId() string

GetPaymentId returns the PaymentId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetPaymentIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetPaymentIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPaymentIdOk returns a tuple with the PaymentId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetPublicKey() string

GetPublicKey returns the PublicKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetPublicKeyOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetPublicKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetPublicKeyOk returns a tuple with the PublicKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetRaw() Raw

GetRaw returns the Raw field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetRawOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetRawOk() (*Raw, bool)

GetRawOk returns a tuple with the Raw field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetRemoteAddress() string

GetRemoteAddress returns the RemoteAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetRemoteAddressOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetRemoteAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetRemoteAddressOk returns a tuple with the RemoteAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetResourceId() string

GetResourceId returns the ResourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetResourceIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetResourceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceIdOk returns a tuple with the ResourceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetResourceType() string

GetResourceType returns the ResourceType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetResourceTypeOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetResourceTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetResourceTypeOk returns a tuple with the ResourceType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetTargetUsername() string

GetTargetUsername returns the TargetUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetTargetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetTargetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the TargetUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetTeamId() string

GetTeamId returns the TeamId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetTeamIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetTeamIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamIdOk returns a tuple with the TeamId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetUserId() string

GetUserId returns the UserId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetUserIdOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetUserIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserIdOk returns a tuple with the UserId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetWhitelistEntry() string

GetWhitelistEntry returns the WhitelistEntry field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*EventViewForOrg) GetWhitelistEntryOk ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) GetWhitelistEntryOk() (*string, bool)

GetWhitelistEntryOk returns a tuple with the WhitelistEntry field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasAlertConfigId() bool

HasAlertConfigId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasAlertId() bool

HasAlertId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasApiKeyId() bool

HasApiKeyId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasDbUserUsername() bool

HasDbUserUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasEventTypeName() bool

HasEventTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasInvoiceId() bool

HasInvoiceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasIsGlobalAdmin() bool

HasIsGlobalAdmin returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasPaymentId() bool

HasPaymentId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasPublicKey() bool

HasPublicKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasRaw() bool

HasRaw returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasRemoteAddress() bool

HasRemoteAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasResourceId() bool

HasResourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasResourceType() bool

HasResourceType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasTargetUsername() bool

HasTargetUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasTeamId() bool

HasTeamId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasUserId() bool

HasUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*EventViewForOrg) HasWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) HasWhitelistEntry() bool

HasWhitelistEntry returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (EventViewForOrg) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o EventViewForOrg) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetAlertConfigId(v string)

SetAlertConfigId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertConfigId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetAlertId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetAlertId(v string)

SetAlertId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetApiKeyId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetApiKeyId(v string)

SetApiKeyId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiKeyId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetCreated ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetDbUserUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetDbUserUsername(v string)

SetDbUserUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DbUserUsername field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetEventTypeName(v string)

SetEventTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventTypeName field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetInvoiceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetInvoiceId(v string)

SetInvoiceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InvoiceId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetIsGlobalAdmin ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetIsGlobalAdmin(v bool)

SetIsGlobalAdmin gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsGlobalAdmin field.

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetPaymentId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetPaymentId(v string)

SetPaymentId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PaymentId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetPublicKey ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetPublicKey(v string)

SetPublicKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PublicKey field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetRaw ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetRaw(v Raw)

SetRaw gets a reference to the given Raw and assigns it to the Raw field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetRemoteAddress ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetRemoteAddress(v string)

SetRemoteAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RemoteAddress field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetResourceId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetResourceId(v string)

SetResourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetResourceType ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetResourceType(v string)

SetResourceType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResourceType field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetTargetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetTargetUsername(v string)

SetTargetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetUsername field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetTeamId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetTeamId(v string)

SetTeamId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetUserId ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetUserId(v string)

SetUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserId field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetUsername ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (*EventViewForOrg) SetWhitelistEntry ¶

func (o *EventViewForOrg) SetWhitelistEntry(v string)

SetWhitelistEntry gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WhitelistEntry field.

func (EventViewForOrg) ToMap ¶

func (o EventViewForOrg) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type EventsApi ¶

type EventsApi interface {

	/*
			GetOrganizationEvent Return One Event from One Organization

			[experimental] Returns one event for the specified organization. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@param eventId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event that you want to return. Use the [/events](#tag/Events/operation/listOrganizationEvents) endpoint to retrieve all events to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return GetOrganizationEventApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationEvent(ctx context.Context, orgId string, eventId string) GetOrganizationEventApiRequest
	/*
		GetOrganizationEvent Return One Event from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOrganizationEventApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOrganizationEventApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationEventWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOrganizationEventApiParams) GetOrganizationEventApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOrganizationEventExecute(r GetOrganizationEventApiRequest) (*EventViewForOrg, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetProjectEvent Return One Event from One Project

			[experimental] Returns one event for the specified project. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param eventId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event that you want to return. Use the [/events](#tag/Events/operation/listProjectEvents) endpoint to retrieve all events to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return GetProjectEventApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectEvent(ctx context.Context, groupId string, eventId string) GetProjectEventApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectEvent Return One Event from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectEventApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectEventApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectEventWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectEventApiParams) GetProjectEventApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectEventExecute(r GetProjectEventApiRequest) (*EventViewForNdsGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListOrganizationEvents Return All Events from One Organization

			Returns all events for the specified organization. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationEvents(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizationEvents Return All Events from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationEventsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationEventsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationEventsApiParams) ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationEventsExecute(r ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) (*OrgPaginatedEvent, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListProjectEvents Return All Events from One Project

			Returns one event for the specified project. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		This resource remains under revision and may change.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return ListProjectEventsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectEvents(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectEventsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectEvents Return All Events from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectEventsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectEventsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectEventsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectEventsApiParams) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectEventsExecute(r ListProjectEventsApiRequest) (*GroupPaginatedEvent, *http.Response, error)
}

type EventsApiService ¶

type EventsApiService service

EventsApiService EventsApi service

func (*EventsApiService) GetOrganizationEvent ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) GetOrganizationEvent(ctx context.Context, orgId string, eventId string) GetOrganizationEventApiRequest

GetOrganizationEvent Return One Event from One Organization

[experimental] Returns one event for the specified organization. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param eventId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event that you want to return. Use the [/events](#tag/Events/operation/listOrganizationEvents) endpoint to retrieve all events to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetOrganizationEventApiRequest

func (*EventsApiService) GetOrganizationEventExecute ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) GetOrganizationEventExecute(r GetOrganizationEventApiRequest) (*EventViewForOrg, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return EventViewForOrg

func (*EventsApiService) GetOrganizationEventWithParams ¶

func (*EventsApiService) GetProjectEvent ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) GetProjectEvent(ctx context.Context, groupId string, eventId string) GetProjectEventApiRequest

GetProjectEvent Return One Event from One Project

[experimental] Returns one event for the specified project. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param eventId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event that you want to return. Use the [/events](#tag/Events/operation/listProjectEvents) endpoint to retrieve all events to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetProjectEventApiRequest

func (*EventsApiService) GetProjectEventExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return EventViewForNdsGroup

func (*EventsApiService) GetProjectEventWithParams ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) GetProjectEventWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectEventApiParams) GetProjectEventApiRequest

func (*EventsApiService) ListOrganizationEvents ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) ListOrganizationEvents(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest

ListOrganizationEvents Return All Events from One Organization

Returns all events for the specified organization. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest

func (*EventsApiService) ListOrganizationEventsExecute ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) ListOrganizationEventsExecute(r ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) (*OrgPaginatedEvent, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return OrgPaginatedEvent

func (*EventsApiService) ListOrganizationEventsWithParams ¶

func (*EventsApiService) ListProjectEvents ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) ListProjectEvents(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

ListProjectEvents Return All Events from One Project

Returns one event for the specified project. Events identify significant database, billing, or security activities or status changes. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

This resource remains under revision and may change.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectEventsApiRequest

func (*EventsApiService) ListProjectEventsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupPaginatedEvent

func (*EventsApiService) ListProjectEventsWithParams ¶

func (a *EventsApiService) ListProjectEventsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectEventsApiParams) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

type ExportStatus ¶

type ExportStatus struct {
	// Number of collections on the replica set that MongoDB Cloud exported.
	// Read only field.
	ExportedCollections *int `json:"exportedCollections,omitempty"`
	// Total number of collections on the replica set to export.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCollections *int `json:"totalCollections,omitempty"`
}

ExportStatus State of the export job for the collections on the replica set only.

func NewExportStatus ¶

func NewExportStatus() *ExportStatus

NewExportStatus instantiates a new ExportStatus object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewExportStatusWithDefaults ¶

func NewExportStatusWithDefaults() *ExportStatus

NewExportStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new ExportStatus object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ExportStatus) GetExportedCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) GetExportedCollections() int

GetExportedCollections returns the ExportedCollections field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ExportStatus) GetExportedCollectionsOk ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) GetExportedCollectionsOk() (*int, bool)

GetExportedCollectionsOk returns a tuple with the ExportedCollections field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ExportStatus) GetTotalCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) GetTotalCollections() int

GetTotalCollections returns the TotalCollections field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ExportStatus) GetTotalCollectionsOk ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) GetTotalCollectionsOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCollectionsOk returns a tuple with the TotalCollections field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ExportStatus) HasExportedCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) HasExportedCollections() bool

HasExportedCollections returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ExportStatus) HasTotalCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) HasTotalCollections() bool

HasTotalCollections returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ExportStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ExportStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ExportStatus) SetExportedCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) SetExportedCollections(v int)

SetExportedCollections gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ExportedCollections field.

func (*ExportStatus) SetTotalCollections ¶

func (o *ExportStatus) SetTotalCollections(v int)

SetTotalCollections gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCollections field.

func (ExportStatus) ToMap ¶

func (o ExportStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ExtraRetentionSetting ¶

type ExtraRetentionSetting struct {
	// The frequency type for the extra retention settings for the cluster.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
	// The number of extra retention days for the cluster.
	RetentionDays *int `json:"retentionDays,omitempty"`
}

ExtraRetentionSetting extra retention setting item in the desired backup policy.

func NewExtraRetentionSetting ¶

func NewExtraRetentionSetting() *ExtraRetentionSetting

NewExtraRetentionSetting instantiates a new ExtraRetentionSetting object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewExtraRetentionSettingWithDefaults ¶

func NewExtraRetentionSettingWithDefaults() *ExtraRetentionSetting

NewExtraRetentionSettingWithDefaults instantiates a new ExtraRetentionSetting object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) GetRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) GetRetentionDays() int

GetRetentionDays returns the RetentionDays field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) GetRetentionDaysOk ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) GetRetentionDaysOk() (*int, bool)

GetRetentionDaysOk returns a tuple with the RetentionDays field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) HasRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) HasRetentionDays() bool

HasRetentionDays returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ExtraRetentionSetting) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ExtraRetentionSetting) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (*ExtraRetentionSetting) SetRetentionDays ¶

func (o *ExtraRetentionSetting) SetRetentionDays(v int)

SetRetentionDays gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the RetentionDays field.

func (ExtraRetentionSetting) ToMap ¶

func (o ExtraRetentionSetting) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FTSMetric ¶

type FTSMetric struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies this Atlas Search hardware, status, or index measurement.
	// Read only field.
	MetricName string `json:"metricName"`
	// Unit of measurement that applies to this Atlas Search metric.
	// Read only field.
	Units string `json:"units"`
}

FTSMetric Measurement of one Atlas Search status when MongoDB Atlas received this request.

func NewFTSMetric ¶

func NewFTSMetric(metricName string, units string) *FTSMetric

NewFTSMetric instantiates a new FTSMetric object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFTSMetricWithDefaults ¶

func NewFTSMetricWithDefaults() *FTSMetric

NewFTSMetricWithDefaults instantiates a new FTSMetric object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FTSMetric) GetMetricName ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) GetMetricName() string

GetMetricName returns the MetricName field value

func (*FTSMetric) GetMetricNameOk ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) GetMetricNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetricNameOk returns a tuple with the MetricName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FTSMetric) GetUnits ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value

func (*FTSMetric) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (FTSMetric) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FTSMetric) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FTSMetric) SetMetricName ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) SetMetricName(v string)

SetMetricName sets field value

func (*FTSMetric) SetUnits ¶

func (o *FTSMetric) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits sets field value

func (FTSMetric) ToMap ¶

func (o FTSMetric) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FederatedAuthenticationApi ¶

type FederatedAuthenticationApi interface {

	/*
			CreateIdentityProvider Create one identity provider

			[experimental] Creates one identity provider within the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		**Note**: This resource only supports the creation of OIDC identity providers.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
			@return CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	CreateIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, federationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	/*
		CreateIdentityProvider Create one identity provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateIdentityProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	CreateIdentityProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateIdentityProviderApiParams) CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateIdentityProviderExecute(r CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateRoleMapping Add One Role Mapping to One Organization

		[experimental] Adds one role mapping to the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	CreateRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string, authFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping) CreateRoleMappingApiRequest
	/*
		CreateRoleMapping Add One Role Mapping to One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateRoleMappingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	CreateRoleMappingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateRoleMappingApiParams) CreateRoleMappingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateRoleMappingExecute(r CreateRoleMappingApiRequest) (*AuthFederationRoleMapping, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteFederationApp Delete the federation settings instance.

		[experimental] Deletes the federation settings instance and all associated data, including identity providers and domains. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the last remaining connected organization. **Note**: requests to this resource will fail if there is more than one connected organization in the federation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@return DeleteFederationAppApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteFederationApp(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) DeleteFederationAppApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteFederationApp Delete the federation settings instance.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteFederationAppApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteFederationAppApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteFederationAppWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteFederationAppApiParams) DeleteFederationAppApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteFederationAppExecute(r DeleteFederationAppApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
			DeleteIdentityProvider Delete the identity provider.

			[experimental] Deletes one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		**Note**: Requests to this resource will fail if the identity provider has any connected organizations. Before deleting an identity provider, disconnect all organizations and confirm that no organization in your account uses this identity provider. To learn more, see [Manage Organization Mapping for Federated Authentication](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security/manage-org-mapping/).

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
			@param identityProviderId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider to connect.
			@return DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteIdentityProvider Delete the identity provider.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteIdentityProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteIdentityProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteIdentityProviderApiParams) DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteIdentityProviderExecute(r DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteRoleMapping Remove One Role Mapping from One Organization

		[experimental] Removes one role mapping in the specified organization from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to remove.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string) DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteRoleMapping Remove One Role Mapping from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteRoleMappingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteRoleMappingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteRoleMappingApiParams) DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteRoleMappingExecute(r DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetConnectedOrgConfig Return One Org Config Connected to One Federation

		[experimental] Returns the specified connected org config from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the connected org.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to return.
		@return GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	GetConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	/*
		GetConnectedOrgConfig Return One Org Config Connected to One Federation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetConnectedOrgConfigApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	GetConnectedOrgConfigWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetConnectedOrgConfigApiParams) GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetConnectedOrgConfigExecute(r GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) (*ConnectedOrgConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetFederationSettings Return Federation Settings for One Organization

		[experimental] Returns information about the federation settings for the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the connected org.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return GetFederationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetFederationSettings(ctx context.Context, orgId string) GetFederationSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		GetFederationSettings Return Federation Settings for One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetFederationSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetFederationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetFederationSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetFederationSettingsApiParams) GetFederationSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetFederationSettingsExecute(r GetFederationSettingsApiRequest) (*OrgFederationSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetIdentityProvider Return one identity provider from the specified federation by id.

		[experimental] Returns one identity provider in the specified federation by the identity provider's id. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param identityProviderId Unique string that identifies the identity provider to connect. If using an API version before 11-15-2023, use the 20-hexadecimal digit oktaIdpId. For all other versions, use the 24-hexadecimal digit id.
		@return GetIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	GetIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) GetIdentityProviderApiRequest
	/*
		GetIdentityProvider Return one identity provider from the specified federation by id.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetIdentityProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	GetIdentityProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetIdentityProviderApiParams) GetIdentityProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetIdentityProviderExecute(r GetIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*FederationIdentityProvider, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetIdentityProviderMetadata Return the metadata of one identity provider in the specified federation.

		[experimental] Returns the metadata of one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param identityProviderId Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
		@return GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest
	*/
	GetIdentityProviderMetadata(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest
	/*
		GetIdentityProviderMetadata Return the metadata of one identity provider in the specified federation.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest
	*/
	GetIdentityProviderMetadataWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiParams) GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetIdentityProviderMetadataExecute(r GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetRoleMapping Return One Role Mapping from One Organization

		[experimental] Returns one role mapping from the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to return.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return GetRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	GetRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string) GetRoleMappingApiRequest
	/*
		GetRoleMapping Return One Role Mapping from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetRoleMappingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	GetRoleMappingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetRoleMappingApiParams) GetRoleMappingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetRoleMappingExecute(r GetRoleMappingApiRequest) (*AuthFederationRoleMapping, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListConnectedOrgConfigs Return All Connected Org Configs from the Federation

		[experimental] Returns all connected org configs in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected orgs.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@return ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest
	*/
	ListConnectedOrgConfigs(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest
	/*
		ListConnectedOrgConfigs Return All Connected Org Configs from the Federation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest
	*/
	ListConnectedOrgConfigsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiParams) ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListConnectedOrgConfigsExecute(r ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest) ([]ConnectedOrgConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListIdentityProviders Return all identity providers from the specified federation.

		[experimental] Returns all identity providers with the provided protocol and type in the specified federation. If no protocol is specified, only SAML identity providers will be returned. If no idpType is specified, only WORKFORCE identity providers will be returned. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@return ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest
	*/
	ListIdentityProviders(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest
	/*
		ListIdentityProviders Return all identity providers from the specified federation.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListIdentityProvidersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest
	*/
	ListIdentityProvidersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListIdentityProvidersApiParams) ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListIdentityProvidersExecute(r ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest) (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListRoleMappings Return All Role Mappings from One Organization

		[experimental] Returns all role mappings from the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListRoleMappingsApiRequest
	*/
	ListRoleMappings(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) ListRoleMappingsApiRequest
	/*
		ListRoleMappings Return All Role Mappings from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListRoleMappingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListRoleMappingsApiRequest
	*/
	ListRoleMappingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListRoleMappingsApiParams) ListRoleMappingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListRoleMappingsExecute(r ListRoleMappingsApiRequest) (*PaginatedRoleMapping, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveConnectedOrgConfig Remove One Org Config Connected to One Federation

		[experimental] Removes one connected organization configuration from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role. Note: This request fails if only one connected organization exists in the federation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to remove.
		@return RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveConnectedOrgConfig Remove One Org Config Connected to One Federation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveConnectedOrgConfigWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiParams) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveConnectedOrgConfigExecute(r RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider Revoke the JWKS tokens from an OIDC identity provider.

			[experimental] Revokes the JWKS tokens from the requested OIDC identity provider. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		**Note**: Revoking your JWKS tokens immediately refreshes your IdP public keys from all your Atlas clusters, invalidating previously signed access tokens and logging out all users. You may need to restart your MongoDB clients. All organizations connected to the identity provider will be affected. To learn more, see [Configure OIDC Authorization](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security-oidc/#revoke-jwks).

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
			@param identityProviderId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider to connect.
			@return RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest
	/*
		RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider Revoke the JWKS tokens from an OIDC identity provider.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiParams) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderExecute(r RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
			UpdateConnectedOrgConfig Update One Org Config Connected to One Federation

			[experimental] Updates one connected organization configuration from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		**Note** If the organization configuration has no associated identity provider, you can't use this resource to update role mappings or post authorization role grants.

		**Note**: The domainRestrictionEnabled field defaults to false if not provided in the request.

		**Note**: If the identityProviderId field is not provided, you will disconnect the organization and the identity provider.

		**Note**: Currently connected data access identity providers missing from the dataAccessIdentityProviderIds field will be disconnected.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
			@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to update.
			@return UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string, connectedOrgConfig *ConnectedOrgConfig) UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateConnectedOrgConfig Update One Org Config Connected to One Federation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateConnectedOrgConfigWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiParams) UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateConnectedOrgConfigExecute(r UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) (*ConnectedOrgConfig, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			UpdateIdentityProvider Update the identity provider.

			[experimental] Updates one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

		**Note**: Changing authorization types and/or updating authorization claims can prevent current users and/or groups from accessing the database. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
			@param identityProviderId Unique string that identifies the identity provider to connect. If using an API version before 11-15-2023, use the 20-hexadecimal digit oktaIdpId. For all other versions, use the 24-hexadecimal digit id.
			@return UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string, federationIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateIdentityProvider Update the identity provider.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateIdentityProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateIdentityProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateIdentityProviderApiParams) UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateIdentityProviderExecute(r UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*FederationIdentityProvider, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateRoleMapping Update One Role Mapping in One Organization

		[experimental] Updates one role mapping in the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
		@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to update.
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string, authFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping) UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateRoleMapping Update One Role Mapping in One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateRoleMappingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateRoleMappingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateRoleMappingApiParams) UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateRoleMappingExecute(r UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest) (*AuthFederationRoleMapping, *http.Response, error)
}

type FederatedAuthenticationApiService ¶

type FederatedAuthenticationApiService service

FederatedAuthenticationApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi service

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateIdentityProvider ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, federationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest

CreateIdentityProvider Create one identity provider

[experimental] Creates one identity provider within the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

**Note**: This resource only supports the creation of OIDC identity providers.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@return CreateIdentityProviderApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateIdentityProviderExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return FederationOidcIdentityProvider

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateIdentityProviderWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateRoleMapping ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string, authFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping) CreateRoleMappingApiRequest

CreateRoleMapping Add One Role Mapping to One Organization

[experimental] Adds one role mapping to the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateRoleMappingApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateRoleMappingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AuthFederationRoleMapping

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) CreateRoleMappingWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteFederationApp ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteFederationApp(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) DeleteFederationAppApiRequest

DeleteFederationApp Delete the federation settings instance.

[experimental] Deletes the federation settings instance and all associated data, including identity providers and domains. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the last remaining connected organization. **Note**: requests to this resource will fail if there is more than one connected organization in the federation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@return DeleteFederationAppApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteFederationAppExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteFederationAppWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteIdentityProvider ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest

DeleteIdentityProvider Delete the identity provider.

[experimental] Deletes one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

**Note**: Requests to this resource will fail if the identity provider has any connected organizations. Before deleting an identity provider, disconnect all organizations and confirm that no organization in your account uses this identity provider. To learn more, see [Manage Organization Mapping for Federated Authentication](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security/manage-org-mapping/).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param identityProviderId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider to connect.
@return DeleteIdentityProviderApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteIdentityProviderExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteIdentityProviderWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteRoleMapping ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string) DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest

DeleteRoleMapping Remove One Role Mapping from One Organization

[experimental] Removes one role mapping in the specified organization from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to remove.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return DeleteRoleMappingApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteRoleMappingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) DeleteRoleMappingWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetConnectedOrgConfig ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

GetConnectedOrgConfig Return One Org Config Connected to One Federation

[experimental] Returns the specified connected org config from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the connected org.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to return.
@return GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetConnectedOrgConfigExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ConnectedOrgConfig

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetConnectedOrgConfigWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetFederationSettings ¶

GetFederationSettings Return Federation Settings for One Organization

[experimental] Returns information about the federation settings for the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in the connected org.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetFederationSettingsApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetFederationSettingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrgFederationSettings

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetFederationSettingsWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProvider ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) GetIdentityProviderApiRequest

GetIdentityProvider Return one identity provider from the specified federation by id.

[experimental] Returns one identity provider in the specified federation by the identity provider's id. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param identityProviderId Unique string that identifies the identity provider to connect. If using an API version before 11-15-2023, use the 20-hexadecimal digit oktaIdpId. For all other versions, use the 24-hexadecimal digit id.
@return GetIdentityProviderApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return FederationIdentityProvider

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderMetadata ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderMetadata(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest

GetIdentityProviderMetadata Return the metadata of one identity provider in the specified federation.

[experimental] Returns the metadata of one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param identityProviderId Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
@return GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderMetadataExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return string

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderMetadataWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetIdentityProviderWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetRoleMapping ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string) GetRoleMappingApiRequest

GetRoleMapping Return One Role Mapping from One Organization

[experimental] Returns one role mapping from the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to return.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetRoleMappingApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetRoleMappingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AuthFederationRoleMapping

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) GetRoleMappingWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListConnectedOrgConfigs ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListConnectedOrgConfigs(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest

ListConnectedOrgConfigs Return All Connected Org Configs from the Federation

[experimental] Returns all connected org configs in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected orgs.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@return ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListConnectedOrgConfigsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []ConnectedOrgConfig

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListConnectedOrgConfigsWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListIdentityProviders ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListIdentityProviders(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string) ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest

ListIdentityProviders Return all identity providers from the specified federation.

[experimental] Returns all identity providers with the provided protocol and type in the specified federation. If no protocol is specified, only SAML identity providers will be returned. If no idpType is specified, only WORKFORCE identity providers will be returned. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@return ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListIdentityProvidersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListIdentityProvidersWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListRoleMappings ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListRoleMappings(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) ListRoleMappingsApiRequest

ListRoleMappings Return All Role Mappings from One Organization

[experimental] Returns all role mappings from the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListRoleMappingsApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListRoleMappingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedRoleMapping

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) ListRoleMappingsWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RemoveConnectedOrgConfig ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RemoveConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

RemoveConnectedOrgConfig Remove One Org Config Connected to One Federation

[experimental] Removes one connected organization configuration from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role. Note: This request fails if only one connected organization exists in the federation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to remove.
@return RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigExecute ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigExecute(r RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RemoveConnectedOrgConfigWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest

RevokeJwksFromIdentityProvider Revoke the JWKS tokens from an OIDC identity provider.

[experimental] Revokes the JWKS tokens from the requested OIDC identity provider. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

**Note**: Revoking your JWKS tokens immediately refreshes your IdP public keys from all your Atlas clusters, invalidating previously signed access tokens and logging out all users. You may need to restart your MongoDB clients. All organizations connected to the identity provider will be affected. To learn more, see [Configure OIDC Authorization](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security-oidc/#revoke-jwks).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param identityProviderId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider to connect.
@return RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderExecute ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderExecute(r RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateConnectedOrgConfig ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateConnectedOrgConfig(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, orgId string, connectedOrgConfig *ConnectedOrgConfig) UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

UpdateConnectedOrgConfig Update One Org Config Connected to One Federation

[experimental] Updates one connected organization configuration from the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

**Note** If the organization configuration has no associated identity provider, you can't use this resource to update role mappings or post authorization role grants.

**Note**: The domainRestrictionEnabled field defaults to false if not provided in the request.

**Note**: If the identityProviderId field is not provided, you will disconnect the organization and the identity provider.

**Note**: Currently connected data access identity providers missing from the dataAccessIdentityProviderIds field will be disconnected.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the connected organization configuration to update.
@return UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateConnectedOrgConfigExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ConnectedOrgConfig

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateConnectedOrgConfigWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateIdentityProvider ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateIdentityProvider(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, identityProviderId string, federationIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest

UpdateIdentityProvider Update the identity provider.

[experimental] Updates one identity provider in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role in one of the connected organizations.

**Note**: Changing authorization types and/or updating authorization claims can prevent current users and/or groups from accessing the database. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param identityProviderId Unique string that identifies the identity provider to connect. If using an API version before 11-15-2023, use the 20-hexadecimal digit oktaIdpId. For all other versions, use the 24-hexadecimal digit id.
@return UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateIdentityProviderExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return FederationIdentityProvider

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateIdentityProviderWithParams ¶

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateRoleMapping ¶

func (a *FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateRoleMapping(ctx context.Context, federationSettingsId string, id string, orgId string, authFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping) UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest

UpdateRoleMapping Update One Role Mapping in One Organization

[experimental] Updates one role mapping in the specified organization in the specified federation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param federationSettingsId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your federation.
@param id Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the role mapping that you want to update.
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateRoleMappingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AuthFederationRoleMapping

func (*FederatedAuthenticationApiService) UpdateRoleMappingWithParams ¶

type FederatedUser ¶

type FederatedUser struct {
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user linked to the federated organization.
	EmailAddress string `json:"emailAddress"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the federation to which this MongoDB Cloud user belongs.
	FederationSettingsId string `json:"federationSettingsId"`
	// First or given name that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	FirstName string `json:"firstName"`
	// Last name, family name, or surname that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	LastName string `json:"lastName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this user.
	// Read only field.
	UserId *string `json:"userId,omitempty"`
}

FederatedUser MongoDB Cloud user linked to this federated authentication.

func NewFederatedUser ¶

func NewFederatedUser(emailAddress string, federationSettingsId string, firstName string, lastName string) *FederatedUser

NewFederatedUser instantiates a new FederatedUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFederatedUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewFederatedUserWithDefaults() *FederatedUser

NewFederatedUserWithDefaults instantiates a new FederatedUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FederatedUser) GetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetEmailAddress() string

GetEmailAddress returns the EmailAddress field value

func (*FederatedUser) GetEmailAddressOk ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetEmailAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetEmailAddressOk returns a tuple with the EmailAddress field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederatedUser) GetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetFederationSettingsId() string

GetFederationSettingsId returns the FederationSettingsId field value

func (*FederatedUser) GetFederationSettingsIdOk ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetFederationSettingsIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetFederationSettingsIdOk returns a tuple with the FederationSettingsId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederatedUser) GetFirstName ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetFirstName() string

GetFirstName returns the FirstName field value

func (*FederatedUser) GetFirstNameOk ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetFirstNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFirstNameOk returns a tuple with the FirstName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederatedUser) GetLastName ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetLastName() string

GetLastName returns the LastName field value

func (*FederatedUser) GetLastNameOk ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetLastNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetLastNameOk returns a tuple with the LastName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederatedUser) GetUserId ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetUserId() string

GetUserId returns the UserId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederatedUser) GetUserIdOk ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) GetUserIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserIdOk returns a tuple with the UserId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederatedUser) HasUserId ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) HasUserId() bool

HasUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FederatedUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FederatedUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FederatedUser) SetEmailAddress ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) SetEmailAddress(v string)

SetEmailAddress sets field value

func (*FederatedUser) SetFederationSettingsId ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) SetFederationSettingsId(v string)

SetFederationSettingsId sets field value

func (*FederatedUser) SetFirstName ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) SetFirstName(v string)

SetFirstName sets field value

func (*FederatedUser) SetLastName ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) SetLastName(v string)

SetLastName sets field value

func (*FederatedUser) SetUserId ¶

func (o *FederatedUser) SetUserId(v string)

SetUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserId field.

func (FederatedUser) ToMap ¶

func (o FederatedUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FederationIdentityProvider ¶

type FederationIdentityProvider struct {
	// List that contains the connected organization configurations associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedOrgs *[]ConnectedOrgConfig `json:"associatedOrgs,omitempty"`
	// Date that the identity provider was created on.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// The description of the identity provider.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the identity provider.
	DisplayName *string `json:"displayName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
	// Read only field.
	Id string `json:"id"`
	// Unique string that identifies the issuer of the SAML Assertion or OIDC metadata/discovery document URL.
	IssuerUri *string `json:"issuerUri,omitempty"`
	// Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
	OktaIdpId string `json:"oktaIdpId"`
	// The protocol of the identity provider. Either SAML or OIDC.
	Protocol *string `json:"protocol,omitempty"`
	// Date that the identity provider was last updated on.
	// Read only field.
	UpdatedAt *time.Time `json:"updatedAt,omitempty"`
	// URL that points to where to send the SAML response.
	AcsUrl *string `json:"acsUrl,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the domains associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedDomains *[]string `json:"associatedDomains,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the intended audience of the SAML assertion.
	AudienceUri *string      `json:"audienceUri,omitempty"`
	PemFileInfo *PemFileInfo `json:"pemFileInfo,omitempty"`
	// SAML Authentication Request Protocol HTTP method binding (POST or REDIRECT) that Federated Authentication uses to send the authentication request.
	RequestBinding *string `json:"requestBinding,omitempty"`
	// Signature algorithm that Federated Authentication uses to encrypt the identity provider signature.
	ResponseSignatureAlgorithm *string `json:"responseSignatureAlgorithm,omitempty"`
	// Custom SSO Url for the identity provider.
	Slug *string `json:"slug,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the identity provider has SSO debug enabled.
	SsoDebugEnabled *bool `json:"ssoDebugEnabled,omitempty"`
	// URL that points to the receiver of the SAML authentication request.
	SsoUrl *string `json:"ssoUrl,omitempty"`
	// String enum that indicates whether the identity provider is active.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token.
	Audience *string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token. The audienceClaim field is deprecated and will be removed in the 04/17/2024 release, use the audience field instead.
	// Deprecated
	AudienceClaim *[]string `json:"audienceClaim,omitempty"`
	// Client identifier that is assigned to an application by the Identity Provider.
	ClientId *string `json:"clientId,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains IdP Group IDs in the token.
	GroupsClaim *string `json:"groupsClaim,omitempty"`
	// Scopes that MongoDB applications will request from the authorization endpoint.
	RequestedScopes *[]string `json:"requestedScopes,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains the user ID in the token.
	UserClaim *string `json:"userClaim,omitempty"`
}

FederationIdentityProvider struct for FederationIdentityProvider

func NewFederationIdentityProvider ¶

func NewFederationIdentityProvider(id string, oktaIdpId string) *FederationIdentityProvider

NewFederationIdentityProvider instantiates a new FederationIdentityProvider object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults ¶

func NewFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults() *FederationIdentityProvider

NewFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults instantiates a new FederationIdentityProvider object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAcsUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAcsUrl() string

GetAcsUrl returns the AcsUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAcsUrlOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAcsUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetAcsUrlOk returns a tuple with the AcsUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomains() []string

GetAssociatedDomains returns the AssociatedDomains field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomainsOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomainsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAssociatedDomainsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedDomains field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgs() []ConnectedOrgConfig

GetAssociatedOrgs returns the AssociatedOrgs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgsOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgsOk() (*[]ConnectedOrgConfig, bool)

GetAssociatedOrgsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedOrgs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudience() string

GetAudience returns the Audience field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaim() []string

GetAudienceClaim returns the AudienceClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaimOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAudienceClaimOk returns a tuple with the AudienceClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceOk ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceOk() (*string, bool)

GetAudienceOk returns a tuple with the Audience field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceUri() string

GetAudienceUri returns the AudienceUri field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceUriOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetAudienceUriOk() (*string, bool)

GetAudienceUriOk returns a tuple with the AudienceUri field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetClientId() string

GetClientId returns the ClientId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetClientIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetClientIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClientIdOk returns a tuple with the ClientId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetDisplayName() string

GetDisplayName returns the DisplayName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetDisplayNameOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetDisplayNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDisplayNameOk returns a tuple with the DisplayName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaim() string

GetGroupsClaim returns the GroupsClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupsClaimOk returns a tuple with the GroupsClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUri() string

GetIssuerUri returns the IssuerUri field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUriOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUriOk() (*string, bool)

GetIssuerUriOk returns a tuple with the IssuerUri field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpId() string

GetOktaIdpId returns the OktaIdpId field value

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOktaIdpIdOk returns a tuple with the OktaIdpId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetPemFileInfo ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetPemFileInfo() PemFileInfo

GetPemFileInfo returns the PemFileInfo field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetPemFileInfoOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetPemFileInfoOk() (*PemFileInfo, bool)

GetPemFileInfoOk returns a tuple with the PemFileInfo field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetProtocol() string

GetProtocol returns the Protocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetProtocolOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetProtocolOk returns a tuple with the Protocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestBinding() string

GetRequestBinding returns the RequestBinding field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestBindingOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestBindingOk() (*string, bool)

GetRequestBindingOk returns a tuple with the RequestBinding field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopes() []string

GetRequestedScopes returns the RequestedScopes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopesOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRequestedScopesOk returns a tuple with the RequestedScopes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm() string

GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm returns the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk() (*string, bool)

GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk returns a tuple with the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSlug ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSlug() string

GetSlug returns the Slug field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSlugOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSlugOk() (*string, bool)

GetSlugOk returns a tuple with the Slug field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoDebugEnabled() bool

GetSsoDebugEnabled returns the SsoDebugEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoDebugEnabledOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoDebugEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSsoDebugEnabledOk returns a tuple with the SsoDebugEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoUrl() string

GetSsoUrl returns the SsoUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoUrlOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetSsoUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetSsoUrlOk returns a tuple with the SsoUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetStatus ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAt() time.Time

GetUpdatedAt returns the UpdatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAtOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedAtOk returns a tuple with the UpdatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetUserClaim() string

GetUserClaim returns the UserClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) GetUserClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) GetUserClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserClaimOk returns a tuple with the UserClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAcsUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAcsUrl() bool

HasAcsUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedDomains() bool

HasAssociatedDomains returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedOrgs() bool

HasAssociatedOrgs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudience() bool

HasAudience returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudienceClaim() bool

HasAudienceClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudienceUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasAudienceUri() bool

HasAudienceUri returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasClientId() bool

HasClientId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasDisplayName() bool

HasDisplayName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasGroupsClaim() bool

HasGroupsClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasIssuerUri() bool

HasIssuerUri returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasPemFileInfo ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasPemFileInfo() bool

HasPemFileInfo returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasProtocol() bool

HasProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasRequestBinding() bool

HasRequestBinding returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasRequestedScopes() bool

HasRequestedScopes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm() bool

HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasSlug ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasSlug() bool

HasSlug returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasSsoDebugEnabled() bool

HasSsoDebugEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasSsoUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasSsoUrl() bool

HasSsoUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasStatus ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasUpdatedAt() bool

HasUpdatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) HasUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) HasUserClaim() bool

HasUserClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FederationIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FederationIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAcsUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAcsUrl(v string)

SetAcsUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AcsUrl field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedDomains(v []string)

SetAssociatedDomains gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AssociatedDomains field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedOrgs(v []ConnectedOrgConfig)

SetAssociatedOrgs gets a reference to the given []ConnectedOrgConfig and assigns it to the AssociatedOrgs field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudience(v string)

SetAudience gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Audience field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudienceClaim(v []string)

SetAudienceClaim gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AudienceClaim field. Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudienceUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetAudienceUri(v string)

SetAudienceUri gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AudienceUri field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetClientId(v string)

SetClientId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClientId field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetDisplayName(v string)

SetDisplayName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DisplayName field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetGroupsClaim(v string)

SetGroupsClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupsClaim field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetId(v string)

SetId sets field value

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetIssuerUri(v string)

SetIssuerUri gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IssuerUri field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetOktaIdpId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetOktaIdpId(v string)

SetOktaIdpId sets field value

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetPemFileInfo ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetPemFileInfo(v PemFileInfo)

SetPemFileInfo gets a reference to the given PemFileInfo and assigns it to the PemFileInfo field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetProtocol(v string)

SetProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Protocol field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetRequestBinding(v string)

SetRequestBinding gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RequestBinding field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetRequestedScopes(v []string)

SetRequestedScopes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RequestedScopes field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm(v string)

SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetSlug ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetSlug(v string)

SetSlug gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Slug field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetSsoDebugEnabled(v bool)

SetSsoDebugEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SsoDebugEnabled field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetSsoUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetSsoUrl(v string)

SetSsoUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsoUrl field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetStatus ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetUpdatedAt(v time.Time)

SetUpdatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the UpdatedAt field.

func (*FederationIdentityProvider) SetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProvider) SetUserClaim(v string)

SetUserClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserClaim field.

func (FederationIdentityProvider) ToMap ¶

func (o FederationIdentityProvider) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FederationIdentityProviderUpdate ¶

type FederationIdentityProviderUpdate struct {
	// The description of the identity provider.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the identity provider.
	DisplayName *string `json:"displayName,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the issuer of the SAML Assertion or OIDC metadata/discovery document URL.
	IssuerUri *string `json:"issuerUri,omitempty"`
	// The protocol of the identity provider. Either SAML or OIDC.
	Protocol *string `json:"protocol,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the domains associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedDomains *[]string          `json:"associatedDomains,omitempty"`
	PemFileInfo       *PemFileInfoUpdate `json:"pemFileInfo,omitempty"`
	// SAML Authentication Request Protocol HTTP method binding (POST or REDIRECT) that Federated Authentication uses to send the authentication request.
	RequestBinding *string `json:"requestBinding,omitempty"`
	// Signature algorithm that Federated Authentication uses to encrypt the identity provider signature.
	ResponseSignatureAlgorithm *string `json:"responseSignatureAlgorithm,omitempty"`
	// Custom SSO Url for the identity provider.
	Slug *string `json:"slug,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the identity provider has SSO debug enabled.
	SsoDebugEnabled *bool `json:"ssoDebugEnabled,omitempty"`
	// URL that points to the receiver of the SAML authentication request.
	SsoUrl *string `json:"ssoUrl,omitempty"`
	// String enum that indicates whether the identity provider is active.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token.
	Audience *string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token. The audienceClaim field is deprecated and will be removed in the 04/17/2024 release, use the audience field instead.
	// Deprecated
	AudienceClaim *[]string `json:"audienceClaim,omitempty"`
	// Client identifier that is assigned to an application by the Identity Provider.
	ClientId *string `json:"clientId,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains IdP Group IDs in the token.
	GroupsClaim *string `json:"groupsClaim,omitempty"`
	// Scopes that MongoDB applications will request from the authorization endpoint.
	RequestedScopes *[]string `json:"requestedScopes,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains the user ID in the token.
	UserClaim *string `json:"userClaim,omitempty"`
}

FederationIdentityProviderUpdate struct for FederationIdentityProviderUpdate

func NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdate ¶

func NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdate() *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate

NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdate instantiates a new FederationIdentityProviderUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults() *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate

NewFederationIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new FederationIdentityProviderUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomains() []string

GetAssociatedDomains returns the AssociatedDomains field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomainsOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomainsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAssociatedDomainsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedDomains field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudience() string

GetAudience returns the Audience field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaim() []string

GetAudienceClaim returns the AudienceClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaimOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAudienceClaimOk returns a tuple with the AudienceClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceOk ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceOk() (*string, bool)

GetAudienceOk returns a tuple with the Audience field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientId() string

GetClientId returns the ClientId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClientIdOk returns a tuple with the ClientId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayName() string

GetDisplayName returns the DisplayName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayNameOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDisplayNameOk returns a tuple with the DisplayName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaim() string

GetGroupsClaim returns the GroupsClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupsClaimOk returns a tuple with the GroupsClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUri() string

GetIssuerUri returns the IssuerUri field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUriOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUriOk() (*string, bool)

GetIssuerUriOk returns a tuple with the IssuerUri field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetPemFileInfo ¶

GetPemFileInfo returns the PemFileInfo field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetPemFileInfoOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetPemFileInfoOk() (*PemFileInfoUpdate, bool)

GetPemFileInfoOk returns a tuple with the PemFileInfo field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocol() string

GetProtocol returns the Protocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocolOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetProtocolOk returns a tuple with the Protocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestBinding() string

GetRequestBinding returns the RequestBinding field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestBindingOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestBindingOk() (*string, bool)

GetRequestBindingOk returns a tuple with the RequestBinding field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopes() []string

GetRequestedScopes returns the RequestedScopes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopesOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRequestedScopesOk returns a tuple with the RequestedScopes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm() string

GetResponseSignatureAlgorithm returns the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk() (*string, bool)

GetResponseSignatureAlgorithmOk returns a tuple with the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSlug ¶

GetSlug returns the Slug field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSlugOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSlugOk() (*string, bool)

GetSlugOk returns a tuple with the Slug field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoDebugEnabled() bool

GetSsoDebugEnabled returns the SsoDebugEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoDebugEnabledOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoDebugEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSsoDebugEnabledOk returns a tuple with the SsoDebugEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoUrl ¶

GetSsoUrl returns the SsoUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoUrlOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetSsoUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetSsoUrlOk returns a tuple with the SsoUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetStatus ¶

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaim() string

GetUserClaim returns the UserClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserClaimOk returns a tuple with the UserClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAssociatedDomains() bool

HasAssociatedDomains returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudience() bool

HasAudience returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudienceClaim() bool

HasAudienceClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasClientId() bool

HasClientId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDisplayName() bool

HasDisplayName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasGroupsClaim() bool

HasGroupsClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasIssuerUri() bool

HasIssuerUri returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasPemFileInfo ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasPemFileInfo() bool

HasPemFileInfo returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasProtocol() bool

HasProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestBinding() bool

HasRequestBinding returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestedScopes() bool

HasRequestedScopes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm() bool

HasResponseSignatureAlgorithm returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasSlug ¶

HasSlug returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasSsoDebugEnabled() bool

HasSsoDebugEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasSsoUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasSsoUrl() bool

HasSsoUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasStatus ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) HasUserClaim() bool

HasUserClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAssociatedDomains(v []string)

SetAssociatedDomains gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AssociatedDomains field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudience(v string)

SetAudience gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Audience field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudienceClaim(v []string)

SetAudienceClaim gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AudienceClaim field. Deprecated

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetClientId(v string)

SetClientId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClientId field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDisplayName(v string)

SetDisplayName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DisplayName field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetGroupsClaim(v string)

SetGroupsClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupsClaim field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetIssuerUri(v string)

SetIssuerUri gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IssuerUri field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetPemFileInfo ¶

SetPemFileInfo gets a reference to the given PemFileInfoUpdate and assigns it to the PemFileInfo field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetProtocol(v string)

SetProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Protocol field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestBinding ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestBinding(v string)

SetRequestBinding gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RequestBinding field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestedScopes(v []string)

SetRequestedScopes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RequestedScopes field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm(v string)

SetResponseSignatureAlgorithm gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ResponseSignatureAlgorithm field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetSlug ¶

SetSlug gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Slug field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetSsoDebugEnabled ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetSsoDebugEnabled(v bool)

SetSsoDebugEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the SsoDebugEnabled field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetSsoUrl ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetSsoUrl(v string)

SetSsoUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SsoUrl field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetStatus ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) SetUserClaim(v string)

SetUserClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserClaim field.

func (FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o FederationIdentityProviderUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FederationOidcIdentityProvider ¶

type FederationOidcIdentityProvider struct {
	// List that contains the connected organization configurations associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedOrgs *[]ConnectedOrgConfig `json:"associatedOrgs,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token.
	Audience *string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token. The audienceClaim field is deprecated and will be removed in the 04/17/2024 release, use the audience field instead.
	// Deprecated
	AudienceClaim *[]string `json:"audienceClaim,omitempty"`
	// Date that the identity provider was created on.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// The description of the identity provider.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the identity provider.
	DisplayName *string `json:"displayName,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains IdP Group IDs in the token.
	GroupsClaim *string `json:"groupsClaim,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
	// Read only field.
	Id string `json:"id"`
	// Unique string that identifies the issuer of the SAML Assertion or OIDC metadata/discovery document URL.
	IssuerUri *string `json:"issuerUri,omitempty"`
	// Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider.
	OktaIdpId string `json:"oktaIdpId"`
	// The protocol of the identity provider. Either SAML or OIDC.
	Protocol *string `json:"protocol,omitempty"`
	// Date that the identity provider was last updated on.
	// Read only field.
	UpdatedAt *time.Time `json:"updatedAt,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains the user ID in the token.
	UserClaim *string `json:"userClaim,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the domains associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedDomains *[]string `json:"associatedDomains,omitempty"`
	// Client identifier that is assigned to an application by the Identity Provider.
	ClientId *string `json:"clientId,omitempty"`
	// Scopes that MongoDB applications will request from the authorization endpoint.
	RequestedScopes *[]string `json:"requestedScopes,omitempty"`
}

FederationOidcIdentityProvider struct for FederationOidcIdentityProvider

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProvider ¶

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProvider(id string, oktaIdpId string) *FederationOidcIdentityProvider

NewFederationOidcIdentityProvider instantiates a new FederationOidcIdentityProvider object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderWithDefaults ¶

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderWithDefaults() *FederationOidcIdentityProvider

NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderWithDefaults instantiates a new FederationOidcIdentityProvider object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomains() []string

GetAssociatedDomains returns the AssociatedDomains field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomainsOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedDomainsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAssociatedDomainsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedDomains field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgs() []ConnectedOrgConfig

GetAssociatedOrgs returns the AssociatedOrgs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgsOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAssociatedOrgsOk() (*[]ConnectedOrgConfig, bool)

GetAssociatedOrgsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedOrgs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudience() string

GetAudience returns the Audience field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaim() []string

GetAudienceClaim returns the AudienceClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceClaimOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAudienceClaimOk returns a tuple with the AudienceClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceOk ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetAudienceOk() (*string, bool)

GetAudienceOk returns a tuple with the Audience field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetClientId() string

GetClientId returns the ClientId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetClientIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetClientIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClientIdOk returns a tuple with the ClientId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDisplayName() string

GetDisplayName returns the DisplayName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDisplayNameOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetDisplayNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDisplayNameOk returns a tuple with the DisplayName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaim() string

GetGroupsClaim returns the GroupsClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetGroupsClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupsClaimOk returns a tuple with the GroupsClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUri() string

GetIssuerUri returns the IssuerUri field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUriOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetIssuerUriOk() (*string, bool)

GetIssuerUriOk returns a tuple with the IssuerUri field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpId() string

GetOktaIdpId returns the OktaIdpId field value

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetOktaIdpIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOktaIdpIdOk returns a tuple with the OktaIdpId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetProtocol() string

GetProtocol returns the Protocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetProtocolOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetProtocolOk returns a tuple with the Protocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopes() []string

GetRequestedScopes returns the RequestedScopes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopesOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetRequestedScopesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRequestedScopesOk returns a tuple with the RequestedScopes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAt() time.Time

GetUpdatedAt returns the UpdatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAtOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUpdatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedAtOk returns a tuple with the UpdatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUserClaim() string

GetUserClaim returns the UserClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUserClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) GetUserClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserClaimOk returns a tuple with the UserClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedDomains() bool

HasAssociatedDomains returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAssociatedOrgs() bool

HasAssociatedOrgs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAudience() bool

HasAudience returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasAudienceClaim() bool

HasAudienceClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasClientId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasClientId() bool

HasClientId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasDisplayName() bool

HasDisplayName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasGroupsClaim() bool

HasGroupsClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasIssuerUri() bool

HasIssuerUri returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasProtocol() bool

HasProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasRequestedScopes() bool

HasRequestedScopes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasUpdatedAt() bool

HasUpdatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) HasUserClaim() bool

HasUserClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FederationOidcIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FederationOidcIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedDomains(v []string)

SetAssociatedDomains gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AssociatedDomains field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedOrgs ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAssociatedOrgs(v []ConnectedOrgConfig)

SetAssociatedOrgs gets a reference to the given []ConnectedOrgConfig and assigns it to the AssociatedOrgs field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAudience(v string)

SetAudience gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Audience field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetAudienceClaim(v []string)

SetAudienceClaim gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AudienceClaim field. Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetClientId(v string)

SetClientId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClientId field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetDisplayName(v string)

SetDisplayName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DisplayName field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetGroupsClaim(v string)

SetGroupsClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupsClaim field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetId ¶

SetId sets field value

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetIssuerUri(v string)

SetIssuerUri gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IssuerUri field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetOktaIdpId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetOktaIdpId(v string)

SetOktaIdpId sets field value

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetProtocol(v string)

SetProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Protocol field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetRequestedScopes(v []string)

SetRequestedScopes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RequestedScopes field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetUpdatedAt ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetUpdatedAt(v time.Time)

SetUpdatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the UpdatedAt field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProvider) SetUserClaim(v string)

SetUserClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserClaim field.

func (FederationOidcIdentityProvider) ToMap ¶

func (o FederationOidcIdentityProvider) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate ¶

type FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate struct {
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token.
	Audience *string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the intended recipient of the token. The audienceClaim field is deprecated and will be removed in the 04/17/2024 release, use the audience field instead.
	// Deprecated
	AudienceClaim *[]string `json:"audienceClaim,omitempty"`
	// The description of the identity provider.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the identity provider.
	DisplayName *string `json:"displayName,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains IdP Group IDs in the token.
	GroupsClaim *string `json:"groupsClaim,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the issuer of the SAML Assertion or OIDC metadata/discovery document URL.
	IssuerUri *string `json:"issuerUri,omitempty"`
	// The protocol of the identity provider. Either SAML or OIDC.
	Protocol *string `json:"protocol,omitempty"`
	// Identifier of the claim which contains the user ID in the token.
	UserClaim *string `json:"userClaim,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the domains associated with the identity provider.
	AssociatedDomains *[]string `json:"associatedDomains,omitempty"`
	// Client identifier that is assigned to an application by the Identity Provider.
	ClientId *string `json:"clientId,omitempty"`
	// Scopes that MongoDB applications will request from the authorization endpoint.
	RequestedScopes *[]string `json:"requestedScopes,omitempty"`
}

FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate struct for FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate ¶

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate() *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate

NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate instantiates a new FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults() *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate

NewFederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomains() []string

GetAssociatedDomains returns the AssociatedDomains field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomainsOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAssociatedDomainsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAssociatedDomainsOk returns a tuple with the AssociatedDomains field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

GetAudience returns the Audience field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaim() []string

GetAudienceClaim returns the AudienceClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceClaimOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAudienceClaimOk returns a tuple with the AudienceClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceOk ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetAudienceOk() (*string, bool)

GetAudienceOk returns a tuple with the Audience field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientId ¶

GetClientId returns the ClientId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientIdOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetClientIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClientIdOk returns a tuple with the ClientId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayName() string

GetDisplayName returns the DisplayName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayNameOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetDisplayNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDisplayNameOk returns a tuple with the DisplayName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaim() string

GetGroupsClaim returns the GroupsClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetGroupsClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupsClaimOk returns a tuple with the GroupsClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUri() string

GetIssuerUri returns the IssuerUri field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUriOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetIssuerUriOk() (*string, bool)

GetIssuerUriOk returns a tuple with the IssuerUri field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocol ¶

GetProtocol returns the Protocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocolOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetProtocolOk returns a tuple with the Protocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopes() []string

GetRequestedScopes returns the RequestedScopes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopesOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetRequestedScopesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRequestedScopesOk returns a tuple with the RequestedScopes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaim() string

GetUserClaim returns the UserClaim field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaimOk ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) GetUserClaimOk() (*string, bool)

GetUserClaimOk returns a tuple with the UserClaim field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAssociatedDomains() bool

HasAssociatedDomains returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudience() bool

HasAudience returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasAudienceClaim() bool

HasAudienceClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasClientId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasClientId() bool

HasClientId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasDisplayName() bool

HasDisplayName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasGroupsClaim() bool

HasGroupsClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasIssuerUri() bool

HasIssuerUri returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasProtocol() bool

HasProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasRequestedScopes() bool

HasRequestedScopes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) HasUserClaim() bool

HasUserClaim returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAssociatedDomains ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAssociatedDomains(v []string)

SetAssociatedDomains gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AssociatedDomains field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudience ¶ added in v20231115008.2.0

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudience(v string)

SetAudience gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Audience field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudienceClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetAudienceClaim(v []string)

SetAudienceClaim gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AudienceClaim field. Deprecated

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetClientId ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetClientId(v string)

SetClientId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClientId field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDescription ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDisplayName ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetDisplayName(v string)

SetDisplayName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DisplayName field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetGroupsClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetGroupsClaim(v string)

SetGroupsClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupsClaim field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetIssuerUri ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetIssuerUri(v string)

SetIssuerUri gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IssuerUri field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetProtocol ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetProtocol(v string)

SetProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Protocol field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestedScopes ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetRequestedScopes(v []string)

SetRequestedScopes gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RequestedScopes field.

func (*FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetUserClaim ¶

func (o *FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) SetUserClaim(v string)

SetUserClaim gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the UserClaim field.

func (FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o FederationOidcIdentityProviderUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type FieldTransformation ¶

type FieldTransformation struct {
	// Key in the document.
	Field *string `json:"field,omitempty"`
	// Type of transformation applied during the export of the namespace in a Data Lake Pipeline.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

FieldTransformation Field Transformations during ingestion of a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewFieldTransformation ¶

func NewFieldTransformation() *FieldTransformation

NewFieldTransformation instantiates a new FieldTransformation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewFieldTransformationWithDefaults ¶

func NewFieldTransformationWithDefaults() *FieldTransformation

NewFieldTransformationWithDefaults instantiates a new FieldTransformation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*FieldTransformation) GetField ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) GetField() string

GetField returns the Field field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FieldTransformation) GetFieldOk ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) GetFieldOk() (*string, bool)

GetFieldOk returns a tuple with the Field field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FieldTransformation) GetType ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*FieldTransformation) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*FieldTransformation) HasField ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) HasField() bool

HasField returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*FieldTransformation) HasType ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (FieldTransformation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o FieldTransformation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*FieldTransformation) SetField ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) SetField(v string)

SetField gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Field field.

func (*FieldTransformation) SetType ¶

func (o *FieldTransformation) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (FieldTransformation) ToMap ¶

func (o FieldTransformation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GCPConsumerForwardingRule ¶

type GCPConsumerForwardingRule struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Google Cloud consumer forwarding rule that you created.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointName *string `json:"endpointName,omitempty"`
	// One Private Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) address to which this Google Cloud consumer forwarding rule resolves.
	// Read only field.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
	// State of the MongoDB Cloud endpoint group when MongoDB Cloud received this request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
}

GCPConsumerForwardingRule struct for GCPConsumerForwardingRule

func NewGCPConsumerForwardingRule ¶

func NewGCPConsumerForwardingRule() *GCPConsumerForwardingRule

NewGCPConsumerForwardingRule instantiates a new GCPConsumerForwardingRule object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGCPConsumerForwardingRuleWithDefaults ¶

func NewGCPConsumerForwardingRuleWithDefaults() *GCPConsumerForwardingRule

NewGCPConsumerForwardingRuleWithDefaults instantiates a new GCPConsumerForwardingRule object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetEndpointName ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetEndpointName() string

GetEndpointName returns the EndpointName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetEndpointNameOk ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetEndpointNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetStatus ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasEndpointName ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasEndpointName() bool

HasEndpointName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasStatus ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GCPConsumerForwardingRule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GCPConsumerForwardingRule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetEndpointName ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetEndpointName(v string)

SetEndpointName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointName field.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (*GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetStatus ¶

func (o *GCPConsumerForwardingRule) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (GCPConsumerForwardingRule) ToMap ¶

func (o GCPConsumerForwardingRule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GenericOpenAPIError ¶

type GenericOpenAPIError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GenericOpenAPIError Provides access to the body, error and model on returned errors.

func (GenericOpenAPIError) Body ¶

func (e GenericOpenAPIError) Body() []byte

Body returns the raw bytes of the response

func (GenericOpenAPIError) Error ¶

func (e GenericOpenAPIError) Error() string

Error returns non-empty string if there was an error.

func (GenericOpenAPIError) Model ¶

func (e GenericOpenAPIError) Model() ApiError

Model returns the unpacked model of the error

func (*GenericOpenAPIError) SetError ¶

func (e *GenericOpenAPIError) SetError(errorString string)

SetError sets error string: Should be only used for testing

func (*GenericOpenAPIError) SetModel ¶

func (e *GenericOpenAPIError) SetModel(errorModel ApiError)

SetModel sets model instance: Should be only used for testing

type GeoSharding ¶

type GeoSharding struct {
	// List that contains comma-separated key value pairs to map zones to geographic regions. These pairs map an ISO 3166-1a2 location code, with an ISO 3166-2 subdivision code when possible, to a unique 24-hexadecimal string that identifies the custom zone.  This parameter returns an empty object if no custom zones exist.
	// Read only field.
	CustomZoneMapping *map[string]string `json:"customZoneMapping,omitempty"`
	// List that contains a namespace for a Global Cluster. MongoDB Cloud manages this cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ManagedNamespaces *[]ManagedNamespaces `json:"managedNamespaces,omitempty"`
}

GeoSharding struct for GeoSharding

func NewGeoSharding ¶

func NewGeoSharding() *GeoSharding

NewGeoSharding instantiates a new GeoSharding object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGeoShardingWithDefaults ¶

func NewGeoShardingWithDefaults() *GeoSharding

NewGeoShardingWithDefaults instantiates a new GeoSharding object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GeoSharding) GetCustomZoneMapping ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) GetCustomZoneMapping() map[string]string

GetCustomZoneMapping returns the CustomZoneMapping field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GeoSharding) GetCustomZoneMappingOk ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) GetCustomZoneMappingOk() (*map[string]string, bool)

GetCustomZoneMappingOk returns a tuple with the CustomZoneMapping field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GeoSharding) GetManagedNamespaces ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) GetManagedNamespaces() []ManagedNamespaces

GetManagedNamespaces returns the ManagedNamespaces field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GeoSharding) GetManagedNamespacesOk ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) GetManagedNamespacesOk() (*[]ManagedNamespaces, bool)

GetManagedNamespacesOk returns a tuple with the ManagedNamespaces field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GeoSharding) HasCustomZoneMapping ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) HasCustomZoneMapping() bool

HasCustomZoneMapping returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GeoSharding) HasManagedNamespaces ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) HasManagedNamespaces() bool

HasManagedNamespaces returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GeoSharding) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GeoSharding) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GeoSharding) SetCustomZoneMapping ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) SetCustomZoneMapping(v map[string]string)

SetCustomZoneMapping gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the CustomZoneMapping field.

func (*GeoSharding) SetManagedNamespaces ¶

func (o *GeoSharding) SetManagedNamespaces(v []ManagedNamespaces)

SetManagedNamespaces gets a reference to the given []ManagedNamespaces and assigns it to the ManagedNamespaces field.

func (GeoSharding) ToMap ¶

func (o GeoSharding) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GetAWSCustomDNSApiParams ¶

type GetAWSCustomDNSApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest ¶

type GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AWSClustersDNSApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAWSCustomDNSApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAlertApiParams ¶

type GetAlertApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	AlertId string
}

type GetAlertApiRequest ¶

type GetAlertApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAlertApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAlertConfigurationApiParams ¶

type GetAlertConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	AlertConfigId string
}

type GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAlertConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetApiKeyAccessListApiParams ¶

type GetApiKeyAccessListApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	IpAddress string
	ApiUserId string
}

type GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest ¶

type GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetApiKeyApiParams ¶

type GetApiKeyApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	ApiUserId string
}

type GetApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type GetApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAtlasProcessApiParams ¶

type GetAtlasProcessApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	ProcessId string
}

type GetAtlasProcessApiRequest ¶

type GetAtlasProcessApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAtlasProcessApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams ¶

type GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest ¶

type GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAtlasSearchIndexApiParams ¶

type GetAtlasSearchIndexApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	IndexId     string
}

type GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest ¶

type GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetAuditingConfigurationApiParams ¶

type GetAuditingConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AuditingApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetBackupExportJobApiParams ¶

type GetBackupExportJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	ExportId    string
}

type GetBackupExportJobApiRequest ¶

type GetBackupExportJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBackupExportJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type GetBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	RestoreJobId string
}

type GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetBackupScheduleApiParams ¶

type GetBackupScheduleApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetBackupScheduleApiRequest ¶

type GetBackupScheduleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetBackupScheduleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams ¶

type GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	RoleId  string
}

type GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest ¶

type GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudProviderAccessApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCloudProviderAccessRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams ¶

type GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetClusterApiParams ¶

type GetClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetClusterApiRequest ¶

type GetClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetClusterStatusApiParams ¶

type GetClusterStatusApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetClusterStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetClusterStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetClusterStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ClusterName    string
	ClusterView    string
	DatabaseName   string
	CollectionName string
	Metrics        *[]string
	Start          *time.Time
	End            *time.Time
	Period         *string
}

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) Metrics ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

List that contains the metrics that you want to retrieve for the associated data series. If you don&#39;t set this parameter, this resource returns data series for all Coll Stats Latency metrics.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceClusterMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ProcessId      string
	DatabaseName   string
	CollectionName string
	Metrics        *[]string
	Start          *time.Time
	End            *time.Time
	Period         *string
}

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Metrics ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

List that contains the metrics that you want to retrieve for the associated data series. If you don&#39;t set this parameter, this resource returns data series for all Coll Stats Latency metrics.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (r GetCollStatsLatencyNamespaceMetricsApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	ClusterView string
	Start       *time.Time
	End         *time.Time
	Period      *string
}

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest) End ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest) Period ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForClusterApiRequest) Start ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	ProcessId string
	Start     *time.Time
	End       *time.Time
	Period    *string
}

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest) End ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest) Period ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetCollStatsLatencyNamespacesForHostApiRequest) Start ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetConnectedOrgConfigApiParams ¶

type GetConnectedOrgConfigApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	OrgId                string
}

type GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest ¶

type GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams ¶

type GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	RoleName string
}

type GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest ¶

type GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EndpointId string
}

type GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataFederationPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetDataProtectionSettingsApiParams ¶

type GetDataProtectionSettingsApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest ¶

type GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetDatabaseApiParams ¶

type GetDatabaseApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	DatabaseName string
	ProcessId    string
}

type GetDatabaseApiRequest ¶

type GetDatabaseApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabaseApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiParams ¶

type GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	DatabaseName string
	ProcessId    string
	Granularity  *string
	M            *[]string
	Period       *string
	Start        *time.Time
	End          *time.Time
}

type GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest ¶

type GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) M ¶

One or more types of measurement to request for this MongoDB process. If omitted, the resource returns all measurements. To specify multiple values for &#x60;m&#x60;, repeat the &#x60;m&#x60; parameter for each value. Specify measurements that apply to the specified host. MongoDB Cloud returns an error if you specified any invalid measurements.

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetDatabaseUserApiParams ¶

type GetDatabaseUserApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	DatabaseName string
	Username     string
}

type GetDatabaseUserApiRequest ¶

type GetDatabaseUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DatabaseUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDatabaseUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetDiskMeasurementsApiParams ¶

type GetDiskMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	PartitionName string
	ProcessId     string
	Granularity   *string
	M             *[]string
	Period        *string
	Start         *time.Time
	End           *time.Time
}

type GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest ¶

type GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) M ¶

One or more types of measurement to request for this MongoDB process. If omitted, the resource returns all measurements. To specify multiple values for &#x60;m&#x60;, repeat the &#x60;m&#x60; parameter for each value. Specify measurements that apply to the specified host. MongoDB Cloud returns an error if you specified any invalid measurements.

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetEncryptionAtRestApiParams ¶

type GetEncryptionAtRestApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest ¶

type GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetEncryptionAtRestApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetExportBucketApiParams ¶

type GetExportBucketApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ExportBucketId string
}

type GetExportBucketApiRequest ¶

type GetExportBucketApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetExportBucketApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetFederatedDatabaseApiParams ¶

type GetFederatedDatabaseApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
}

type GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest ¶

type GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetFederationSettingsApiParams ¶

type GetFederationSettingsApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type GetFederationSettingsApiRequest ¶

type GetFederationSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetFederationSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetHostLogsApiParams ¶

type GetHostLogsApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	HostName  string
	LogName   string
	EndDate   *int64
	StartDate *int64
}

type GetHostLogsApiRequest ¶

type GetHostLogsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetHostLogsApiRequest) EndDate ¶

Date and time when the period specifies the inclusive ending point for the range of log messages to retrieve. This parameter expresses its value in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

func (GetHostLogsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetHostLogsApiRequest) StartDate ¶

func (r GetHostLogsApiRequest) StartDate(startDate int64) GetHostLogsApiRequest

Date and time when the period specifies the inclusive starting point for the range of log messages to retrieve. This parameter expresses its value in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch.

type GetHostMeasurementsApiParams ¶

type GetHostMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ProcessId   string
	Granularity *string
	M           *[]string
	Period      *string
	Start       *time.Time
	End         *time.Time
}

type GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest ¶

type GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) M ¶

One or more types of measurement to request for this MongoDB process. If omitted, the resource returns all measurements. To specify multiple values for &#x60;m&#x60;, repeat the &#x60;m&#x60; parameter for each value. Specify measurements that apply to the specified host. MongoDB Cloud returns an error if you specified any invalid measurements.

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetIdentityProviderApiParams ¶

type GetIdentityProviderApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	IdentityProviderId   string
}

type GetIdentityProviderApiRequest ¶

type GetIdentityProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetIdentityProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiParams ¶

type GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	IdentityProviderId   string
}

type GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest ¶

type GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetIdentityProviderMetadataApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetIndexMetricsApiParams ¶

type GetIndexMetricsApiParams struct {
	ProcessId      string
	IndexName      string
	DatabaseName   string
	CollectionName string
	GroupId        string
	Granularity    *string
	Metrics        *[]string
	Period         *string
	Start          *time.Time
	End            *time.Time
}

type GetIndexMetricsApiRequest ¶

type GetIndexMetricsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

func (r GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Granularity(granularity string) GetIndexMetricsApiRequest

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Metrics ¶

List that contains the measurements that MongoDB Atlas reports for the associated data series.

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetInvoiceApiParams ¶

type GetInvoiceApiParams struct {
	OrgId     string
	InvoiceId string
}

type GetInvoiceApiRequest ¶

type GetInvoiceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetInvoiceApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r GetInvoiceApiRequest) Execute() (string, *http.Response, error)

type GetLDAPConfigurationApiParams ¶

type GetLDAPConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LDAPConfigurationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiParams ¶

type GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	RequestId string
}

type GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LDAPConfigurationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiParams ¶

type GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	CheckpointId string
	ClusterName  string
}

type GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest ¶

type GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	JobId       string
}

type GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotApiParams ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest ¶

type GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetMaintenanceWindowApiParams ¶

type GetMaintenanceWindowApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest ¶

type GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetManagedNamespaceApiParams ¶

type GetManagedNamespaceApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest ¶

type GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService GlobalClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetMeasurementsApiParams ¶

type GetMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	ProcessId   string
	GroupId     string
	Granularity *string
	Metrics     *[]string
	Period      *string
	Start       *time.Time
	End         *time.Time
}

type GetMeasurementsApiRequest ¶

type GetMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

func (r GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Granularity(granularity string) GetMeasurementsApiRequest

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Metrics ¶

List that contains the metrics that you want MongoDB Atlas to report for the associated data series. If you don&#39;t set this parameter, this resource returns all hardware and status metrics for the associated data series.

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (GetMeasurementsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type GetOnlineArchiveApiParams ¶

type GetOnlineArchiveApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ArchiveId   string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest ¶

type GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetOrganizationApiParams ¶

type GetOrganizationApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type GetOrganizationApiRequest ¶

type GetOrganizationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOrganizationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetOrganizationEventApiParams ¶

type GetOrganizationEventApiParams struct {
	OrgId      string
	EventId    string
	IncludeRaw *bool
}

type GetOrganizationEventApiRequest ¶

type GetOrganizationEventApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EventsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOrganizationEventApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetOrganizationEventApiRequest) IncludeRaw ¶

Flag that indicates whether to include the raw document in the output. The raw document contains additional meta information about the event.

type GetOrganizationInvitationApiParams ¶

type GetOrganizationInvitationApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	InvitationId string
}

type GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest ¶

type GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetOrganizationSettingsApiParams ¶

type GetOrganizationSettingsApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest ¶

type GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetOutageSimulationApiParams ¶

type GetOutageSimulationApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetOutageSimulationApiRequest ¶

type GetOutageSimulationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClusterOutageSimulationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetOutageSimulationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPeeringConnectionApiParams ¶

type GetPeeringConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	PeerId  string
}

type GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest ¶

type GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPeeringContainerApiParams ¶

type GetPeeringContainerApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ContainerId string
}

type GetPeeringContainerApiRequest ¶

type GetPeeringContainerApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPeeringContainerApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPinnedNamespacesApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetPinnedNamespacesApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPinnedNamespacesApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type GetPipelineApiParams ¶

type GetPipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	PipelineName string
}

type GetPipelineApiRequest ¶

type GetPipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPipelineRunApiParams ¶

type GetPipelineRunApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	PipelineName  string
	PipelineRunId string
}

type GetPipelineRunApiRequest ¶

type GetPipelineRunApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPipelineRunApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	CloudProvider     string
	EndpointId        string
	EndpointServiceId string
}

type GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiParams ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	CloudProvider     string
	EndpointServiceId string
}

type GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest ¶

type GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectApiParams ¶

type GetProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetProjectApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r GetProjectApiRequest) Execute() (*Group, *http.Response, error)

type GetProjectByNameApiParams ¶

type GetProjectByNameApiParams struct {
	GroupName string
}

type GetProjectByNameApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectByNameApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectByNameApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectEventApiParams ¶

type GetProjectEventApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EventId    string
	IncludeRaw *bool
}

type GetProjectEventApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectEventApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EventsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectEventApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetProjectEventApiRequest) IncludeRaw ¶

func (r GetProjectEventApiRequest) IncludeRaw(includeRaw bool) GetProjectEventApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether to include the raw document in the output. The raw document contains additional meta information about the event.

type GetProjectInvitationApiParams ¶

type GetProjectInvitationApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	InvitationId string
}

type GetProjectInvitationApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiParams ¶

type GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EntryValue string
}

type GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectIpListApiParams ¶

type GetProjectIpListApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	EntryValue string
}

type GetProjectIpListApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectIpListApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectIpListApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectLimitApiParams ¶

type GetProjectLimitApiParams struct {
	LimitName string
	GroupId   string
}

type GetProjectLimitApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetProjectSettingsApiParams ¶

type GetProjectSettingsApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetProjectSettingsApiRequest ¶

type GetProjectSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetProjectSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams ¶

type GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PushBasedLogExportApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetPushMigrationApiParams ¶

type GetPushMigrationApiParams struct {
	GroupId         string
	LiveMigrationId string
}

type GetPushMigrationApiRequest ¶

type GetPushMigrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetPushMigrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams ¶

type GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest ¶

type GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetReplicaSetBackupApiParams ¶

type GetReplicaSetBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest ¶

type GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetReplicaSetBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetRoleMappingApiParams ¶

type GetRoleMappingApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	Id                   string
	OrgId                string
}

type GetRoleMappingApiRequest ¶

type GetRoleMappingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetRoleMappingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiParams ¶

type GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiParams struct {
	GroupId         string
	SampleDatasetId string
}

type GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSampleDatasetLoadStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams ¶

type GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest ¶

type GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetServerlessBackupApiParams ¶

type GetServerlessBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type GetServerlessBackupApiRequest ¶

type GetServerlessBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetServerlessBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	RestoreJobId string
}

type GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetServerlessBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetServerlessInstanceApiParams ¶

type GetServerlessInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	Name    string
}

type GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest ¶

type GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessInstancesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	InstanceName string
	EndpointId   string
}

type GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetShardedClusterBackupApiParams ¶

type GetShardedClusterBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest ¶

type GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetShardedClusterBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupApiParams ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	SnapshotId  string
}

type GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierSnapshotsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams struct {
	ClusterName string
	GroupId     string
	RestoreId   string
}

type GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest ¶

type GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierRestoreJobsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetStreamConnectionApiParams ¶

type GetStreamConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	TenantName     string
	ConnectionName string
}

type GetStreamConnectionApiRequest ¶

type GetStreamConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetStreamConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetStreamInstanceApiParams ¶

type GetStreamInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	TenantName         string
	IncludeConnections *bool
}

type GetStreamInstanceApiRequest ¶

type GetStreamInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetStreamInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (GetStreamInstanceApiRequest) IncludeConnections ¶

func (r GetStreamInstanceApiRequest) IncludeConnections(includeConnections bool) GetStreamInstanceApiRequest

Flag to indicate whether connections information should be included in the stream instance.

type GetSystemStatusApiParams ¶

type GetSystemStatusApiParams struct {
}

type GetSystemStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetSystemStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService RootApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetSystemStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetTeamByIdApiParams ¶

type GetTeamByIdApiParams struct {
	OrgId  string
	TeamId string
}

type GetTeamByIdApiRequest ¶

type GetTeamByIdApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTeamByIdApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetTeamByNameApiParams ¶

type GetTeamByNameApiParams struct {
	OrgId    string
	TeamName string
}

type GetTeamByNameApiRequest ¶

type GetTeamByNameApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetTeamByNameApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams ¶

type GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams struct {
	GroupId         string
	IntegrationType string
}

type GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest ¶

type GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetUserApiParams ¶

type GetUserApiParams struct {
	UserId string
}

type GetUserApiRequest ¶

type GetUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MongoDBCloudUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r GetUserApiRequest) Execute() (*CloudAppUser, *http.Response, error)

type GetUserByUsernameApiParams ¶

type GetUserByUsernameApiParams struct {
	UserName string
}

type GetUserByUsernameApiRequest ¶

type GetUserByUsernameApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MongoDBCloudUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetUserByUsernameApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GetValidationStatusApiParams ¶

type GetValidationStatusApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ValidationId string
}

type GetValidationStatusApiRequest ¶

type GetValidationStatusApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetValidationStatusApiRequest) Execute ¶

type GlobalClustersApi ¶

type GlobalClustersApi interface {

	/*
		CreateCustomZoneMapping Add One Entry to One Custom Zone Mapping

		[experimental] Creates one custom zone mapping for the specified global cluster. A custom zone mapping matches one ISO 3166-2 location code to a zone in your global cluster. By default, MongoDB Cloud maps each location code to the closest geographical zone. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@return CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCustomZoneMapping(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, customZoneMappings *CustomZoneMappings) CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCustomZoneMapping Add One Entry to One Custom Zone Mapping


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateCustomZoneMappingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCustomZoneMappingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateCustomZoneMappingApiParams) CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateCustomZoneMappingExecute(r CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateManagedNamespace Create One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster

		[experimental] Creates one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@return CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, managedNamespace *ManagedNamespace) CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	/*
		CreateManagedNamespace Create One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateManagedNamespaceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateManagedNamespaceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateManagedNamespaceApiParams) CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateManagedNamespaceExecute(r CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings Remove All Custom Zone Mappings from One Global Cluster

		[experimental] Removes all custom zone mappings for the specified global cluster. A custom zone mapping matches one ISO 3166-2 location code to a zone in your global cluster. Removing the custom zone mappings restores the default mapping. By default, MongoDB Cloud maps each location code to the closest geographical zone. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@return DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings Remove All Custom Zone Mappings from One Global Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiParams) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsExecute(r DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteManagedNamespace Remove One Managed Namespace from One Global Cluster

		[experimental] Removes one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. Deleting a managed namespace does not remove the associated collection or data. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string) DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteManagedNamespace Remove One Managed Namespace from One Global Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteManagedNamespaceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteManagedNamespaceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteManagedNamespaceApiParams) DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteManagedNamespaceExecute(r DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetManagedNamespace Return One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster

		Returns one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
		@return GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	GetManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	/*
		GetManagedNamespace Return One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetManagedNamespaceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest
	*/
	GetManagedNamespaceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetManagedNamespaceApiParams) GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetManagedNamespaceExecute(r GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)
}

type GlobalClustersApiService ¶

type GlobalClustersApiService service

GlobalClustersApiService GlobalClustersApi service

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateCustomZoneMapping ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) CreateCustomZoneMapping(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, customZoneMappings *CustomZoneMappings) CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest

CreateCustomZoneMapping Add One Entry to One Custom Zone Mapping

[experimental] Creates one custom zone mapping for the specified global cluster. A custom zone mapping matches one ISO 3166-2 location code to a zone in your global cluster. By default, MongoDB Cloud maps each location code to the closest geographical zone. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@return CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateCustomZoneMappingExecute ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) CreateCustomZoneMappingExecute(r CreateCustomZoneMappingApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GeoSharding

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateCustomZoneMappingWithParams ¶

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateManagedNamespace ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) CreateManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, managedNamespace *ManagedNamespace) CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest

CreateManagedNamespace Create One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster

[experimental] Creates one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@return CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateManagedNamespaceExecute ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) CreateManagedNamespaceExecute(r CreateManagedNamespaceApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GeoSharding

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) CreateManagedNamespaceWithParams ¶

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest

DeleteAllCustomZoneMappings Remove All Custom Zone Mappings from One Global Cluster

[experimental] Removes all custom zone mappings for the specified global cluster. A custom zone mapping matches one ISO 3166-2 location code to a zone in your global cluster. Removing the custom zone mappings restores the default mapping. By default, MongoDB Cloud maps each location code to the closest geographical zone. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@return DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsExecute ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsExecute(r DeleteAllCustomZoneMappingsApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GeoSharding

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteManagedNamespace ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string) DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest

DeleteManagedNamespace Remove One Managed Namespace from One Global Cluster

[experimental] Removes one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. Deleting a managed namespace does not remove the associated collection or data. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteManagedNamespaceExecute ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteManagedNamespaceExecute(r DeleteManagedNamespaceApiRequest) (*GeoSharding, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GeoSharding

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) DeleteManagedNamespaceWithParams ¶

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) GetManagedNamespace ¶

func (a *GlobalClustersApiService) GetManagedNamespace(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest

GetManagedNamespace Return One Managed Namespace in One Global Cluster

Returns one managed namespace within the specified global cluster. A managed namespace identifies a collection using the database name, the dot separator, and the collection name. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies this cluster.
@return GetManagedNamespaceApiRequest

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) GetManagedNamespaceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GeoSharding

func (*GlobalClustersApiService) GetManagedNamespaceWithParams ¶

type GoogleCloudKMS ¶

type GoogleCloudKMS struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled encryption at rest for the specified  project. To disable encryption at rest using customer key management and remove the configuration details, pass only this parameter with a value of `false`.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Resource path that displays the key version resource ID for your Google Cloud KMS.
	KeyVersionResourceID *string `json:"keyVersionResourceID,omitempty"`
	// JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) object that contains the Google Cloud Key Management Service (KMS). Format the JSON as a string and not as an object.
	// Write only field.
	ServiceAccountKey *string `json:"serviceAccountKey,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the Google Cloud Key Management Service (KMS) encryption key can encrypt and decrypt data.
	// Read only field.
	Valid *bool `json:"valid,omitempty"`
}

GoogleCloudKMS Details that define the configuration of Encryption at Rest using Google Cloud Key Management Service (KMS).

func NewGoogleCloudKMS ¶

func NewGoogleCloudKMS() *GoogleCloudKMS

NewGoogleCloudKMS instantiates a new GoogleCloudKMS object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGoogleCloudKMSWithDefaults ¶

func NewGoogleCloudKMSWithDefaults() *GoogleCloudKMS

NewGoogleCloudKMSWithDefaults instantiates a new GoogleCloudKMS object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetKeyVersionResourceID ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetKeyVersionResourceID() string

GetKeyVersionResourceID returns the KeyVersionResourceID field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetKeyVersionResourceIDOk ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetKeyVersionResourceIDOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyVersionResourceIDOk returns a tuple with the KeyVersionResourceID field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetServiceAccountKey ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetServiceAccountKey() string

GetServiceAccountKey returns the ServiceAccountKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetServiceAccountKeyOk ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetServiceAccountKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetServiceAccountKeyOk returns a tuple with the ServiceAccountKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetValid ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetValid() bool

GetValid returns the Valid field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) GetValidOk ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) GetValidOk() (*bool, bool)

GetValidOk returns a tuple with the Valid field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) HasKeyVersionResourceID ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) HasKeyVersionResourceID() bool

HasKeyVersionResourceID returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) HasServiceAccountKey ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) HasServiceAccountKey() bool

HasServiceAccountKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) HasValid ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) HasValid() bool

HasValid returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GoogleCloudKMS) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GoogleCloudKMS) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) SetKeyVersionResourceID ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) SetKeyVersionResourceID(v string)

SetKeyVersionResourceID gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the KeyVersionResourceID field.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) SetServiceAccountKey ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) SetServiceAccountKey(v string)

SetServiceAccountKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServiceAccountKey field.

func (*GoogleCloudKMS) SetValid ¶

func (o *GoogleCloudKMS) SetValid(v bool)

SetValid gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Valid field.

func (GoogleCloudKMS) ToMap ¶

func (o GoogleCloudKMS) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GreaterThanRawThreshold ¶

type GreaterThanRawThreshold struct {
	// Comparison operator to apply when checking the current metric value.
	Operator *string `json:"operator,omitempty"`
	// Value of metric that, when exceeded, triggers an alert.
	Threshold *int `json:"threshold,omitempty"`
	// Element used to express the quantity. This can be an element of time, storage capacity, and the like.
	Units *string `json:"units,omitempty"`
}

GreaterThanRawThreshold A Limit that triggers an alert when greater than a number.

func NewGreaterThanRawThreshold ¶

func NewGreaterThanRawThreshold() *GreaterThanRawThreshold

NewGreaterThanRawThreshold instantiates a new GreaterThanRawThreshold object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGreaterThanRawThresholdWithDefaults ¶

func NewGreaterThanRawThresholdWithDefaults() *GreaterThanRawThreshold

NewGreaterThanRawThresholdWithDefaults instantiates a new GreaterThanRawThreshold object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetOperator ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetOperator() string

GetOperator returns the Operator field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetOperatorOk ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetOperatorOk() (*string, bool)

GetOperatorOk returns a tuple with the Operator field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetThreshold ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetThreshold() int

GetThreshold returns the Threshold field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetThresholdOk ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetThresholdOk() (*int, bool)

GetThresholdOk returns a tuple with the Threshold field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetUnits ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasOperator ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasOperator() bool

HasOperator returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasThreshold ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasThreshold() bool

HasThreshold returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasUnits ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) HasUnits() bool

HasUnits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GreaterThanRawThreshold) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GreaterThanRawThreshold) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetOperator ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetOperator(v string)

SetOperator gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Operator field.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetThreshold ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetThreshold(v int)

SetThreshold gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Threshold field.

func (*GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetUnits ¶

func (o *GreaterThanRawThreshold) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Units field.

func (GreaterThanRawThreshold) ToMap ¶

func (o GreaterThanRawThreshold) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Group ¶

type Group struct {
	// Quantity of MongoDB Cloud clusters deployed in this project.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterCount int64 `json:"clusterCount"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this project. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud project.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project included in the MongoDB Cloud organization.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud organization to which the project belongs.
	OrgId string `json:"orgId"`
	// Applies to Atlas for Government only.  In Commercial Atlas, this field will be rejected in requests and missing in responses.  This field sets restrictions on available regions in the project.  | Value                             | Available Regions | |-----------------------------------|------------| | `COMMERCIAL_FEDRAMP_REGIONS_ONLY` | Only allows deployments in FedRAMP Moderate regions.| | `GOV_REGIONS_ONLY`                | Only allows deployments in GovCloud regions.|
	RegionUsageRestrictions *string `json:"regionUsageRestrictions,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the project.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to create the project with default alert settings.
	// Write only field.
	WithDefaultAlertsSettings *bool `json:"withDefaultAlertsSettings,omitempty"`
}

Group struct for Group

func NewGroup ¶

func NewGroup(clusterCount int64, created time.Time, name string, orgId string) *Group

NewGroup instantiates a new Group object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupWithDefaults() *Group

NewGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new Group object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Group) GetClusterCount ¶

func (o *Group) GetClusterCount() int64

GetClusterCount returns the ClusterCount field value

func (*Group) GetClusterCountOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetClusterCountOk() (*int64, bool)

GetClusterCountOk returns a tuple with the ClusterCount field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetCreated ¶

func (o *Group) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value

func (*Group) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetId ¶

func (o *Group) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Group) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *Group) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Group) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetName ¶

func (o *Group) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*Group) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *Group) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value

func (*Group) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetRegionUsageRestrictions ¶

func (o *Group) GetRegionUsageRestrictions() string

GetRegionUsageRestrictions returns the RegionUsageRestrictions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Group) GetRegionUsageRestrictionsOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetRegionUsageRestrictionsOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionUsageRestrictionsOk returns a tuple with the RegionUsageRestrictions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetTags ¶

func (o *Group) GetTags() []ResourceTag

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Group) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetTagsOk() (*[]ResourceTag, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) GetWithDefaultAlertsSettings ¶

func (o *Group) GetWithDefaultAlertsSettings() bool

GetWithDefaultAlertsSettings returns the WithDefaultAlertsSettings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Group) GetWithDefaultAlertsSettingsOk ¶

func (o *Group) GetWithDefaultAlertsSettingsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetWithDefaultAlertsSettingsOk returns a tuple with the WithDefaultAlertsSettings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Group) HasId ¶

func (o *Group) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *Group) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Group) HasRegionUsageRestrictions ¶

func (o *Group) HasRegionUsageRestrictions() bool

HasRegionUsageRestrictions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Group) HasTags ¶

func (o *Group) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Group) HasWithDefaultAlertsSettings ¶

func (o *Group) HasWithDefaultAlertsSettings() bool

HasWithDefaultAlertsSettings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Group) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Group) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Group) SetClusterCount ¶

func (o *Group) SetClusterCount(v int64)

SetClusterCount sets field value

func (*Group) SetCreated ¶

func (o *Group) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated sets field value

func (*Group) SetId ¶

func (o *Group) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *Group) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*Group) SetName ¶

func (o *Group) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*Group) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *Group) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId sets field value

func (*Group) SetRegionUsageRestrictions ¶

func (o *Group) SetRegionUsageRestrictions(v string)

SetRegionUsageRestrictions gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RegionUsageRestrictions field.

func (*Group) SetTags ¶

func (o *Group) SetTags(v []ResourceTag)

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*Group) SetWithDefaultAlertsSettings ¶

func (o *Group) SetWithDefaultAlertsSettings(v bool)

SetWithDefaultAlertsSettings gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the WithDefaultAlertsSettings field.

func (Group) ToMap ¶

func (o Group) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupAlertsConfig ¶

type GroupAlertsConfig struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created the alert configuration. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled this alert configuration for the specified project.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Event type that triggers an alert.
	EventTypeName *string `json:"eventTypeName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that owns this alert configuration.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this alert configuration.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.  Alternatively: No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: List of rules that determine whether MongoDB Cloud checks an object for the alert configuration. You can filter using the matchers array if the **eventTypeName** specifies an event for a host, replica set, or sharded cluster.  Alternatively: No matchers are available for these alert types. The list is always empty.
	// Read only field.
	Matchers *[]map[string]interface{} `json:"matchers,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the targets that MongoDB Cloud sends notifications.
	Notifications *[]AlertsNotificationRootForGroup `json:"notifications,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone last updated this alert configuration. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Updated         *time.Time                 `json:"updated,omitempty"`
	MetricThreshold *ServerlessMetricThreshold `json:"metricThreshold,omitempty"`
	Threshold       *GreaterThanRawThreshold   `json:"threshold,omitempty"`
}

GroupAlertsConfig struct for GroupAlertsConfig

func NewGroupAlertsConfig ¶

func NewGroupAlertsConfig() *GroupAlertsConfig

NewGroupAlertsConfig instantiates a new GroupAlertsConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupAlertsConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupAlertsConfigWithDefaults() *GroupAlertsConfig

NewGroupAlertsConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupAlertsConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetCreated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetEventTypeName() string

GetEventTypeName returns the EventTypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetEventTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetEventTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEventTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the EventTypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetMatchers ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetMatchers() []map[string]interface{}

GetMatchers returns the Matchers field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetMatchersOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetMatchersOk() (*[]map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetMatchersOk returns a tuple with the Matchers field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetMetricThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetMetricThreshold() ServerlessMetricThreshold

GetMetricThreshold returns the MetricThreshold field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetMetricThresholdOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetMetricThresholdOk() (*ServerlessMetricThreshold, bool)

GetMetricThresholdOk returns a tuple with the MetricThreshold field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetNotifications ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetNotifications() []AlertsNotificationRootForGroup

GetNotifications returns the Notifications field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetNotificationsOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetNotificationsOk() (*[]AlertsNotificationRootForGroup, bool)

GetNotificationsOk returns a tuple with the Notifications field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetThreshold() GreaterThanRawThreshold

GetThreshold returns the Threshold field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetThresholdOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetThresholdOk() (*GreaterThanRawThreshold, bool)

GetThresholdOk returns a tuple with the Threshold field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetUpdated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetUpdated() time.Time

GetUpdated returns the Updated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) GetUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) GetUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the Updated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasCreated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasEventTypeName ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasEventTypeName() bool

HasEventTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasMatchers ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasMatchers() bool

HasMatchers returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasMetricThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasMetricThreshold() bool

HasMetricThreshold returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasNotifications ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasNotifications() bool

HasNotifications returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasThreshold() bool

HasThreshold returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) HasUpdated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) HasUpdated() bool

HasUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupAlertsConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupAlertsConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetCreated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetEventTypeName ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetEventTypeName(v string)

SetEventTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EventTypeName field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetId ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetMatchers ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetMatchers(v []map[string]interface{})

SetMatchers gets a reference to the given []map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Matchers field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetMetricThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetMetricThreshold(v ServerlessMetricThreshold)

SetMetricThreshold gets a reference to the given ServerlessMetricThreshold and assigns it to the MetricThreshold field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetNotifications ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetNotifications(v []AlertsNotificationRootForGroup)

SetNotifications gets a reference to the given []AlertsNotificationRootForGroup and assigns it to the Notifications field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetThreshold ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetThreshold(v GreaterThanRawThreshold)

SetThreshold gets a reference to the given GreaterThanRawThreshold and assigns it to the Threshold field.

func (*GroupAlertsConfig) SetUpdated ¶

func (o *GroupAlertsConfig) SetUpdated(v time.Time)

SetUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Updated field.

func (GroupAlertsConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupAlertsConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupIPAddresses ¶

type GroupIPAddresses struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId  *string       `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	Services *GroupService `json:"services,omitempty"`
}

GroupIPAddresses List of IP addresses in a project.

func NewGroupIPAddresses ¶

func NewGroupIPAddresses() *GroupIPAddresses

NewGroupIPAddresses instantiates a new GroupIPAddresses object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupIPAddressesWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupIPAddressesWithDefaults() *GroupIPAddresses

NewGroupIPAddressesWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupIPAddresses object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupIPAddresses) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupIPAddresses) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupIPAddresses) GetServices ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) GetServices() GroupService

GetServices returns the Services field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupIPAddresses) GetServicesOk ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) GetServicesOk() (*GroupService, bool)

GetServicesOk returns a tuple with the Services field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupIPAddresses) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupIPAddresses) HasServices ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) HasServices() bool

HasServices returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupIPAddresses) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*GroupIPAddresses) SetServices ¶

func (o *GroupIPAddresses) SetServices(v GroupService)

SetServices gets a reference to the given GroupService and assigns it to the Services field.

func (GroupIPAddresses) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupIPAddresses) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupInvitation ¶

type GroupInvitation struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud sent the invitation. This parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud expires the invitation. This parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project to which you invited the MongoDB Cloud user.
	// Read only field.
	GroupName *string `json:"groupName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the invitation.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user who sent the invitation.
	// Read only field.
	InviterUsername *string `json:"inviterUsername,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// One or more organization or project level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user invited to join the project.
	// Read only field.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

GroupInvitation struct for GroupInvitation

func NewGroupInvitation ¶

func NewGroupInvitation() *GroupInvitation

NewGroupInvitation instantiates a new GroupInvitation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupInvitationWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupInvitationWithDefaults() *GroupInvitation

NewGroupInvitationWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupInvitation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupInvitation) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetGroupName ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetGroupName() string

GetGroupName returns the GroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the GroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetInviterUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetInviterUsername() string

GetInviterUsername returns the InviterUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetInviterUsernameOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetInviterUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetInviterUsernameOk returns a tuple with the InviterUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) GetUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitation) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasGroupName ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasGroupName() bool

HasGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasInviterUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasInviterUsername() bool

HasInviterUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitation) HasUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupInvitation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupInvitation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupInvitation) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetGroupName ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetGroupName(v string)

SetGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupName field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetId ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetInviterUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetInviterUsername(v string)

SetInviterUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InviterUsername field.

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*GroupInvitation) SetUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitation) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (GroupInvitation) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupInvitation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupInvitationRequest ¶

type GroupInvitationRequest struct {
	// One or more project level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user invited to the specified project.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

GroupInvitationRequest struct for GroupInvitationRequest

func NewGroupInvitationRequest ¶

func NewGroupInvitationRequest() *GroupInvitationRequest

NewGroupInvitationRequest instantiates a new GroupInvitationRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupInvitationRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupInvitationRequestWithDefaults() *GroupInvitationRequest

NewGroupInvitationRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupInvitationRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) GetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) GetUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) HasRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) HasUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupInvitationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupInvitationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) SetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*GroupInvitationRequest) SetUsername ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationRequest) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (GroupInvitationRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupInvitationRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupInvitationUpdateRequest ¶

type GroupInvitationUpdateRequest struct {
	// One or more organization or project level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

GroupInvitationUpdateRequest struct for GroupInvitationUpdateRequest

func NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequest ¶

func NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequest() *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest

NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequest instantiates a new GroupInvitationUpdateRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults() *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest

NewGroupInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupInvitationUpdateRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) HasRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) SetRoles ¶

func (o *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupMaintenanceWindow ¶

type GroupMaintenanceWindow struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud should defer all maintenance windows for one week after you enable them.
	AutoDeferOnceEnabled *bool `json:"autoDeferOnceEnabled,omitempty"`
	// One-based integer that represents the day of the week that the maintenance window starts.  | Value | Day of Week | |---|---| | `1` | Sunday | | `2` | Monday | | `3` | Tuesday | | `4` | Wednesday | | `5` | Thursday | | `6` | Friday | | `7` | Saturday |
	DayOfWeek int `json:"dayOfWeek"`
	// Zero-based integer that represents the hour of the of the day that the maintenance window starts according to a 24-hour clock. Use `0` for midnight and `12` for noon.
	HourOfDay *int `json:"hourOfDay,omitempty"`
	// Number of times the current maintenance event for this project has been deferred.
	// Read only field.
	NumberOfDeferrals *int `json:"numberOfDeferrals,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud starts the maintenance window immediately upon receiving this request. To start the maintenance window immediately for your project, MongoDB Cloud must have maintenance scheduled and you must set a maintenance window. This flag resets to `false` after MongoDB Cloud completes maintenance.
	StartASAP *bool `json:"startASAP,omitempty"`
}

GroupMaintenanceWindow struct for GroupMaintenanceWindow

func NewGroupMaintenanceWindow ¶

func NewGroupMaintenanceWindow(dayOfWeek int) *GroupMaintenanceWindow

NewGroupMaintenanceWindow instantiates a new GroupMaintenanceWindow object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupMaintenanceWindowWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupMaintenanceWindowWithDefaults() *GroupMaintenanceWindow

NewGroupMaintenanceWindowWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupMaintenanceWindow object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetAutoDeferOnceEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetAutoDeferOnceEnabled() bool

GetAutoDeferOnceEnabled returns the AutoDeferOnceEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetAutoDeferOnceEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetAutoDeferOnceEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAutoDeferOnceEnabledOk returns a tuple with the AutoDeferOnceEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetDayOfWeek ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetDayOfWeek() int

GetDayOfWeek returns the DayOfWeek field value

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetDayOfWeekOk ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetDayOfWeekOk() (*int, bool)

GetDayOfWeekOk returns a tuple with the DayOfWeek field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetHourOfDay ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetHourOfDay() int

GetHourOfDay returns the HourOfDay field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetHourOfDayOk ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetHourOfDayOk() (*int, bool)

GetHourOfDayOk returns a tuple with the HourOfDay field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetNumberOfDeferrals ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetNumberOfDeferrals() int

GetNumberOfDeferrals returns the NumberOfDeferrals field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetNumberOfDeferralsOk ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetNumberOfDeferralsOk() (*int, bool)

GetNumberOfDeferralsOk returns a tuple with the NumberOfDeferrals field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetStartASAP ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetStartASAP() bool

GetStartASAP returns the StartASAP field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetStartASAPOk ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) GetStartASAPOk() (*bool, bool)

GetStartASAPOk returns a tuple with the StartASAP field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasAutoDeferOnceEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasAutoDeferOnceEnabled() bool

HasAutoDeferOnceEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasHourOfDay ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasHourOfDay() bool

HasHourOfDay returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasNumberOfDeferrals ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasNumberOfDeferrals() bool

HasNumberOfDeferrals returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasStartASAP ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) HasStartASAP() bool

HasStartASAP returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupMaintenanceWindow) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupMaintenanceWindow) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetAutoDeferOnceEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetAutoDeferOnceEnabled(v bool)

SetAutoDeferOnceEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AutoDeferOnceEnabled field.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetDayOfWeek ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetDayOfWeek(v int)

SetDayOfWeek sets field value

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetHourOfDay ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetHourOfDay(v int)

SetHourOfDay gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the HourOfDay field.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetNumberOfDeferrals ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetNumberOfDeferrals(v int)

SetNumberOfDeferrals gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NumberOfDeferrals field.

func (*GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetStartASAP ¶

func (o *GroupMaintenanceWindow) SetStartASAP(v bool)

SetStartASAP gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the StartASAP field.

func (GroupMaintenanceWindow) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupMaintenanceWindow) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupPaginatedEvent ¶

type GroupPaginatedEvent struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]EventViewForNdsGroup `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

GroupPaginatedEvent struct for GroupPaginatedEvent

func NewGroupPaginatedEvent ¶

func NewGroupPaginatedEvent() *GroupPaginatedEvent

NewGroupPaginatedEvent instantiates a new GroupPaginatedEvent object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupPaginatedEventWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupPaginatedEventWithDefaults() *GroupPaginatedEvent

NewGroupPaginatedEventWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupPaginatedEvent object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) GetResults ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetResults() []EventViewForNdsGroup

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetResultsOk() (*[]EventViewForNdsGroup, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) HasResults ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupPaginatedEvent) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupPaginatedEvent) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) SetResults ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) SetResults(v []EventViewForNdsGroup)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []EventViewForNdsGroup and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*GroupPaginatedEvent) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *GroupPaginatedEvent) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (GroupPaginatedEvent) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupPaginatedEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupRole ¶

type GroupRole struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to which this role belongs.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection of privileges that MongoDB Cloud grants a specific API key, MongoDB Cloud user, or MongoDB Cloud team. These roles include project-level roles.  Project Roles  * GROUP_CLUSTER_MANAGER * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_ADMIN * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_ONLY * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_WRITE * GROUP_OWNER * GROUP_READ_ONLY * GROUP_SEARCH_INDEX_EDITOR * GROUP_STREAM_PROCESSING_OWNER
	GroupRole *string `json:"groupRole,omitempty"`
}

GroupRole struct for GroupRole

func NewGroupRole ¶

func NewGroupRole() *GroupRole

NewGroupRole instantiates a new GroupRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupRoleWithDefaults() *GroupRole

NewGroupRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupRole) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupRole) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupRole) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *GroupRole) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupRole) GetGroupRole ¶

func (o *GroupRole) GetGroupRole() string

GetGroupRole returns the GroupRole field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupRole) GetGroupRoleOk ¶

func (o *GroupRole) GetGroupRoleOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupRoleOk returns a tuple with the GroupRole field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupRole) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupRole) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupRole) HasGroupRole ¶

func (o *GroupRole) HasGroupRole() bool

HasGroupRole returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupRole) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *GroupRole) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*GroupRole) SetGroupRole ¶

func (o *GroupRole) SetGroupRole(v string)

SetGroupRole gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupRole field.

func (GroupRole) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupService ¶

type GroupService struct {
	// IP addresses of clusters.
	// Read only field.
	Clusters *[]ClusterIPAddresses `json:"clusters,omitempty"`
}

GroupService List of IP addresses in a project categorized by services.

func NewGroupService ¶

func NewGroupService() *GroupService

NewGroupService instantiates a new GroupService object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupServiceWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupServiceWithDefaults() *GroupService

NewGroupServiceWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupService object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupService) GetClusters ¶

func (o *GroupService) GetClusters() []ClusterIPAddresses

GetClusters returns the Clusters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupService) GetClustersOk ¶

func (o *GroupService) GetClustersOk() (*[]ClusterIPAddresses, bool)

GetClustersOk returns a tuple with the Clusters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupService) HasClusters ¶

func (o *GroupService) HasClusters() bool

HasClusters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupService) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupService) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupService) SetClusters ¶

func (o *GroupService) SetClusters(v []ClusterIPAddresses)

SetClusters gets a reference to the given []ClusterIPAddresses and assigns it to the Clusters field.

func (GroupService) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupService) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupSettings ¶

type GroupSettings struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether to collect database-specific metrics  for the specified project.
	IsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled *bool `json:"isCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable the Data Explorer for the specified project.
	IsDataExplorerEnabled *bool `json:"isDataExplorerEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable extended storage sizes  for the specified project.
	IsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled *bool `json:"isExtendedStorageSizesEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable the Performance Advisor and Profiler  for the specified project.
	IsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled *bool `json:"isPerformanceAdvisorEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable the Real Time Performance Panel for the specified project.
	IsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled *bool `json:"isRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to enable the Schema Advisor for the specified project.
	IsSchemaAdvisorEnabled *bool `json:"isSchemaAdvisorEnabled,omitempty"`
}

GroupSettings Collection of settings that configures the project.

func NewGroupSettings ¶

func NewGroupSettings() *GroupSettings

NewGroupSettings instantiates a new GroupSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupSettingsWithDefaults() *GroupSettings

NewGroupSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled() bool

GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled returns the IsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsDataExplorerEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsDataExplorerEnabled() bool

GetIsDataExplorerEnabled returns the IsDataExplorerEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsDataExplorerEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsDataExplorerEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsDataExplorerEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsDataExplorerEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled() bool

GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled returns the IsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled() bool

GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled returns the IsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled() bool

GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled returns the IsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled() bool

GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled returns the IsSchemaAdvisorEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupSettings) GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabledOk ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabledOk returns a tuple with the IsSchemaAdvisorEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled() bool

HasIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsDataExplorerEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsDataExplorerEnabled() bool

HasIsDataExplorerEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled() bool

HasIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled() bool

HasIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled() bool

HasIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupSettings) HasIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) HasIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled() bool

HasIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled(v bool)

SetIsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsCollectDatabaseSpecificsStatisticsEnabled field.

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsDataExplorerEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsDataExplorerEnabled(v bool)

SetIsDataExplorerEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsDataExplorerEnabled field.

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled(v bool)

SetIsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsExtendedStorageSizesEnabled field.

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled(v bool)

SetIsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsPerformanceAdvisorEnabled field.

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled(v bool)

SetIsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsRealtimePerformancePanelEnabled field.

func (*GroupSettings) SetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled ¶

func (o *GroupSettings) SetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled(v bool)

SetIsSchemaAdvisorEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsSchemaAdvisorEnabled field.

func (GroupSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type GroupUpdate ¶

type GroupUpdate struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project included in the MongoDB Cloud organization.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the project.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
}

GroupUpdate Request view to update the group.

func NewGroupUpdate ¶

func NewGroupUpdate() *GroupUpdate

NewGroupUpdate instantiates a new GroupUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewGroupUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewGroupUpdateWithDefaults() *GroupUpdate

NewGroupUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new GroupUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*GroupUpdate) GetName ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupUpdate) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupUpdate) GetTags ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) GetTags() []ResourceTag

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*GroupUpdate) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) GetTagsOk() (*[]ResourceTag, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*GroupUpdate) HasName ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*GroupUpdate) HasTags ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (GroupUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o GroupUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*GroupUpdate) SetName ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*GroupUpdate) SetTags ¶

func (o *GroupUpdate) SetTags(v []ResourceTag)

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (GroupUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o GroupUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type HardwareSpec ¶

type HardwareSpec struct {
	// Target throughput desired for storage attached to your AWS-provisioned cluster. Change this parameter only if you:  - set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].providerName\" : \"AWS\"`. - set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].electableSpecs.instanceSize\" : \"M30\"` or greater not including `Mxx_NVME` tiers.  The maximum input/output operations per second (IOPS) depend on the selected **.instanceSize** and **.diskSizeGB**. This parameter defaults to the cluster tier's standard IOPS value. Changing this value impacts cluster cost. MongoDB Cloud enforces minimum ratios of storage capacity to system memory for given cluster tiers. This keeps cluster performance consistent with large datasets.  - Instance sizes `M10` to `M40` have a ratio of disk capacity to system memory of 60:1. - Instance sizes greater than `M40` have a ratio of 120:1.
	DiskIOPS *int `json:"diskIOPS,omitempty"`
	// Type of storage you want to attach to your AWS-provisioned cluster.  - `STANDARD` volume types can't exceed the default input/output operations per second (IOPS) rate for the selected volume size.   - `PROVISIONED` volume types must fall within the allowable IOPS range for the selected volume size. You must set this value to (`PROVISIONED`) for NVMe clusters.
	EbsVolumeType *string `json:"ebsVolumeType,omitempty"`
	// Hardware specification for the instance sizes in this region. Each instance size has a default storage and memory capacity. The instance size you select applies to all the data-bearing hosts in your instance size.
	InstanceSize *string `json:"instanceSize,omitempty"`
	// Number of nodes of the given type for MongoDB Cloud to deploy to the region.
	NodeCount *int `json:"nodeCount,omitempty"`
}

HardwareSpec Hardware specifications for all electable nodes deployed in the region. Electable nodes can become the primary and can enable local reads. If you don't specify this option, MongoDB Cloud deploys no electable nodes to the region.

func NewHardwareSpec ¶

func NewHardwareSpec() *HardwareSpec

NewHardwareSpec instantiates a new HardwareSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewHardwareSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewHardwareSpecWithDefaults() *HardwareSpec

NewHardwareSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new HardwareSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*HardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPS() int

GetDiskIOPS returns the DiskIOPS field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*HardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPSOk ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetDiskIOPSOk() (*int, bool)

GetDiskIOPSOk returns a tuple with the DiskIOPS field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeType() string

GetEbsVolumeType returns the EbsVolumeType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*HardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeTypeOk ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetEbsVolumeTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetEbsVolumeTypeOk returns a tuple with the EbsVolumeType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) GetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetInstanceSize() string

GetInstanceSize returns the InstanceSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*HardwareSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetInstanceSizeOk() (*string, bool)

GetInstanceSizeOk returns a tuple with the InstanceSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) GetNodeCount ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetNodeCount() int

GetNodeCount returns the NodeCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*HardwareSpec) GetNodeCountOk ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) GetNodeCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetNodeCountOk returns a tuple with the NodeCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) HasDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) HasDiskIOPS() bool

HasDiskIOPS returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) HasEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) HasEbsVolumeType() bool

HasEbsVolumeType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) HasInstanceSize ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) HasInstanceSize() bool

HasInstanceSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*HardwareSpec) HasNodeCount ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) HasNodeCount() bool

HasNodeCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (HardwareSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o HardwareSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*HardwareSpec) SetDiskIOPS ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) SetDiskIOPS(v int)

SetDiskIOPS gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DiskIOPS field.

func (*HardwareSpec) SetEbsVolumeType ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) SetEbsVolumeType(v string)

SetEbsVolumeType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EbsVolumeType field.

func (*HardwareSpec) SetInstanceSize ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) SetInstanceSize(v string)

SetInstanceSize gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InstanceSize field.

func (*HardwareSpec) SetNodeCount ¶

func (o *HardwareSpec) SetNodeCount(v int)

SetNodeCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NodeCount field.

func (HardwareSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o HardwareSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses ¶

type InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses struct {
	// Control plane IP addresses in AWS. Each key identifies an Amazon Web Services (AWS) region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the AWS region.
	// Read only field.
	Aws *map[string][]string `json:"aws,omitempty"`
	// Control plane IP addresses in Azure. Each key identifies an Azure region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the Azure region.
	// Read only field.
	Azure *map[string][]string `json:"azure,omitempty"`
	// Control plane IP addresses in GCP. Each key identifies a Google Cloud (GCP) region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the GCP region.
	// Read only field.
	Gcp *map[string][]string `json:"gcp,omitempty"`
}

InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses List of inbound IP addresses to the Atlas control plane, categorized by cloud provider. If your application allows outbound HTTP requests only to specific IP addresses, you must allow access to the following IP addresses so that your API requests can reach the Atlas control plane.

func NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses ¶

func NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses() *InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses

NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses instantiates a new InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults ¶

func NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults() *InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses

NewInboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults instantiates a new InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAws ¶

GetAws returns the Aws field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAwsOk ¶

GetAwsOk returns a tuple with the Aws field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAzure ¶

GetAzure returns the Azure field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAzureOk ¶

GetAzureOk returns a tuple with the Azure field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetGcp ¶

GetGcp returns the Gcp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetGcpOk ¶

GetGcpOk returns a tuple with the Gcp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasAws ¶

HasAws returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasAzure ¶

HasAzure returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasGcp ¶

HasGcp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetAws ¶

SetAws gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Aws field.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetAzure ¶

SetAzure gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Azure field.

func (*InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetGcp ¶

SetGcp gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Gcp field.

func (InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) ToMap ¶

func (o InboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type IndexOptions ¶

type IndexOptions struct {
	// Index version number applied to the 2dsphere index. MongoDB 3.2 and later use version 3. Use this option to override the default version number. This option applies to the **2dsphere** index type only.
	Var2dsphereIndexVersion *int `json:"2dsphereIndexVersion,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB should build the index in the background. This applies to MongoDB databases running feature compatibility version 4.0 or earlier. MongoDB databases running FCV 4.2 or later build indexes using an optimized build process. This process holds the exclusive lock only at the beginning and end of the build process. The rest of the build process yields to interleaving read and write operations. MongoDB databases running FCV 4.2 or later ignore this option. This option applies to all index types.
	Background *bool `json:"background,omitempty"`
	// Number of precision applied to the stored geohash value of the location data. This option applies to the **2d** index type only.
	Bits *int `json:"bits,omitempty"`
	// Number of units within which to group the location values. You could group in the same bucket those location values within the specified number of units to each other. This option applies to the geoHaystack index type only.  MongoDB 5.0 removed geoHaystack Indexes and the `geoSearch` command.
	BucketSize *int `json:"bucketSize,omitempty"`
	// The columnstoreProjection document allows to include or exclude subschemas schema. One cannot combine inclusion and exclusion statements. Accordingly, the <value> can be either of the following: 1 or true to include the field and recursively all fields it is a prefix of in the index 0 or false to exclude the field and recursively all fields it is a prefix of from the index.
	ColumnstoreProjection *map[string]int `json:"columnstoreProjection,omitempty"`
	// Human language that determines the list of stop words and the rules for the stemmer and tokenizer. This option accepts the supported languages using its name in lowercase english or the ISO 639-2 code. If you set this parameter to `\"none\"`, then the text search uses simple tokenization with no list of stop words and no stemming. This option applies to the **text** index type only.
	DefaultLanguage *string `json:"default_language,omitempty"`
	// Number of seconds that MongoDB retains documents in a Time To Live (TTL) index.
	ExpireAfterSeconds *int `json:"expireAfterSeconds,omitempty"`
	// Flag that determines whether the index is hidden from the query planner. A hidden index is not evaluated as part of the query plan selection.
	Hidden *bool `json:"hidden,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the document parameter that contains the override language for the document. This option applies to the **text** index type only.
	LanguageOverride *string `json:"language_override,omitempty"`
	// Upper inclusive boundary to limit the longitude and latitude values. This option applies to the 2d index type only.
	Max *int `json:"max,omitempty"`
	// Lower inclusive boundary to limit the longitude and latitude values. This option applies to the 2d index type only.
	Min *int `json:"min,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this index. This option applies to all index types.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Rules that limit the documents that the index references to a filter expression. All MongoDB index types accept a **partialFilterExpression** option. **partialFilterExpression** can include following expressions:  - equality (`\"parameter\" : \"value\"` or using the `$eq` operator) - `\"$exists\": true` , maximum: `$gt`, `$gte`, `$lt`, `$lte` comparisons - `$type` - `$and` (top-level only)  This option applies to all index types.
	PartialFilterExpression map[string]interface{} `json:"partialFilterExpression,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the index references documents that only have the specified parameter. These indexes use less space but behave differently in some situations like when sorting. The following index types default to sparse and ignore this option: `2dsphere`, `2d`, `geoHaystack`, `text`.  Compound indexes that includes one or more indexes with `2dsphere` keys alongside other key types, only the `2dsphere` index parameters determine which documents the index references. If you run MongoDB 3.2 or later, use partial indexes. This option applies to all index types.
	Sparse *bool `json:"sparse,omitempty"`
	// Storage engine set for the specific index. This value can be set only at creation. This option uses the following format: `\"storageEngine\" : { \"<storage-engine-name>\" : \"<options>\" }` MongoDB validates storage engine configuration options when creating indexes. To support replica sets with members with different storage engines, MongoDB logs these options to the oplog during replication. This option applies to all index types.
	StorageEngine map[string]interface{} `json:"storageEngine,omitempty"`
	// Version applied to this text index. MongoDB 3.2 and later use version `3`. Use this option to override the default version number. This option applies to the **text** index type only.
	TextIndexVersion *int `json:"textIndexVersion,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether this index can accept insertion or update of documents when the index key value matches an existing index key value. Set `\"unique\" : true` to set this index as unique. You can't set a hashed index to be unique. This option applies to all index types. This option is unsupported for rolling indexes.
	Unique *bool `json:"unique,omitempty"`
	// Relative importance to place upon provided index parameters. This object expresses this as key/value pairs of index parameter and weight to apply to that parameter. You can specify weights for some or all the indexed parameters. The weight must be an integer between 1 and 99,999. MongoDB 5.0 and later can apply **weights** to **text** indexes only.
	Weights map[string]interface{} `json:"weights,omitempty"`
}

IndexOptions One or more settings that determine how the MongoDB Cloud creates this MongoDB index.

func NewIndexOptions ¶

func NewIndexOptions() *IndexOptions

NewIndexOptions instantiates a new IndexOptions object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewIndexOptionsWithDefaults ¶

func NewIndexOptionsWithDefaults() *IndexOptions

NewIndexOptionsWithDefaults instantiates a new IndexOptions object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*IndexOptions) GetBackground ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBackground() bool

GetBackground returns the Background field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetBackgroundOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBackgroundOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackgroundOk returns a tuple with the Background field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetBits ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBits() int

GetBits returns the Bits field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetBitsOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBitsOk() (*int, bool)

GetBitsOk returns a tuple with the Bits field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetBucketSize ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBucketSize() int

GetBucketSize returns the BucketSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetBucketSizeOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetBucketSizeOk() (*int, bool)

GetBucketSizeOk returns a tuple with the BucketSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetColumnstoreProjection ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetColumnstoreProjection() map[string]int

GetColumnstoreProjection returns the ColumnstoreProjection field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetColumnstoreProjectionOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetColumnstoreProjectionOk() (*map[string]int, bool)

GetColumnstoreProjectionOk returns a tuple with the ColumnstoreProjection field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetDefaultLanguage ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetDefaultLanguage() string

GetDefaultLanguage returns the DefaultLanguage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetDefaultLanguageOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetDefaultLanguageOk() (*string, bool)

GetDefaultLanguageOk returns a tuple with the DefaultLanguage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetExpireAfterSeconds ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetExpireAfterSeconds() int

GetExpireAfterSeconds returns the ExpireAfterSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetExpireAfterSecondsOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetExpireAfterSecondsOk() (*int, bool)

GetExpireAfterSecondsOk returns a tuple with the ExpireAfterSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetHidden ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetHidden() bool

GetHidden returns the Hidden field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetHiddenOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetHiddenOk() (*bool, bool)

GetHiddenOk returns a tuple with the Hidden field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetLanguageOverride ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetLanguageOverride() string

GetLanguageOverride returns the LanguageOverride field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetLanguageOverrideOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetLanguageOverrideOk() (*string, bool)

GetLanguageOverrideOk returns a tuple with the LanguageOverride field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetMax ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetMax() int

GetMax returns the Max field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetMaxOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetMaxOk() (*int, bool)

GetMaxOk returns a tuple with the Max field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetMin ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetMin() int

GetMin returns the Min field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetMinOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetMinOk() (*int, bool)

GetMinOk returns a tuple with the Min field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetName ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetPartialFilterExpression ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetPartialFilterExpression() map[string]interface{}

GetPartialFilterExpression returns the PartialFilterExpression field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetPartialFilterExpressionOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetPartialFilterExpressionOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetPartialFilterExpressionOk returns a tuple with the PartialFilterExpression field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetSparse ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetSparse() bool

GetSparse returns the Sparse field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetSparseOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetSparseOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSparseOk returns a tuple with the Sparse field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetStorageEngine ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetStorageEngine() map[string]interface{}

GetStorageEngine returns the StorageEngine field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetStorageEngineOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetStorageEngineOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetStorageEngineOk returns a tuple with the StorageEngine field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetTextIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetTextIndexVersion() int

GetTextIndexVersion returns the TextIndexVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetTextIndexVersionOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetTextIndexVersionOk() (*int, bool)

GetTextIndexVersionOk returns a tuple with the TextIndexVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetUnique ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetUnique() bool

GetUnique returns the Unique field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetUniqueOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetUniqueOk() (*bool, bool)

GetUniqueOk returns a tuple with the Unique field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetVar2dsphereIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetVar2dsphereIndexVersion() int

GetVar2dsphereIndexVersion returns the Var2dsphereIndexVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetVar2dsphereIndexVersionOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetVar2dsphereIndexVersionOk() (*int, bool)

GetVar2dsphereIndexVersionOk returns a tuple with the Var2dsphereIndexVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) GetWeights ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetWeights() map[string]interface{}

GetWeights returns the Weights field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IndexOptions) GetWeightsOk ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) GetWeightsOk() (map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetWeightsOk returns a tuple with the Weights field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasBackground ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasBackground() bool

HasBackground returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasBits ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasBits() bool

HasBits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasBucketSize ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasBucketSize() bool

HasBucketSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasColumnstoreProjection ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasColumnstoreProjection() bool

HasColumnstoreProjection returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasDefaultLanguage ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasDefaultLanguage() bool

HasDefaultLanguage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasExpireAfterSeconds ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasExpireAfterSeconds() bool

HasExpireAfterSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasHidden ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasHidden() bool

HasHidden returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasLanguageOverride ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasLanguageOverride() bool

HasLanguageOverride returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasMax ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasMax() bool

HasMax returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasMin ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasMin() bool

HasMin returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasName ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasPartialFilterExpression ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasPartialFilterExpression() bool

HasPartialFilterExpression returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasSparse ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasSparse() bool

HasSparse returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasStorageEngine ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasStorageEngine() bool

HasStorageEngine returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasTextIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasTextIndexVersion() bool

HasTextIndexVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasUnique ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasUnique() bool

HasUnique returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasVar2dsphereIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasVar2dsphereIndexVersion() bool

HasVar2dsphereIndexVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IndexOptions) HasWeights ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) HasWeights() bool

HasWeights returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (IndexOptions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o IndexOptions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*IndexOptions) SetBackground ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetBackground(v bool)

SetBackground gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Background field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetBits ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetBits(v int)

SetBits gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Bits field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetBucketSize ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetBucketSize(v int)

SetBucketSize gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the BucketSize field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetColumnstoreProjection ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetColumnstoreProjection(v map[string]int)

SetColumnstoreProjection gets a reference to the given map[string]int and assigns it to the ColumnstoreProjection field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetDefaultLanguage ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetDefaultLanguage(v string)

SetDefaultLanguage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DefaultLanguage field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetExpireAfterSeconds ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetExpireAfterSeconds(v int)

SetExpireAfterSeconds gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ExpireAfterSeconds field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetHidden ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetHidden(v bool)

SetHidden gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Hidden field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetLanguageOverride ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetLanguageOverride(v string)

SetLanguageOverride gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LanguageOverride field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetMax ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetMax(v int)

SetMax gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Max field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetMin ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetMin(v int)

SetMin gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Min field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetName ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetPartialFilterExpression ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetPartialFilterExpression(v map[string]interface{})

SetPartialFilterExpression gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the PartialFilterExpression field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetSparse ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetSparse(v bool)

SetSparse gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Sparse field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetStorageEngine ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetStorageEngine(v map[string]interface{})

SetStorageEngine gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the StorageEngine field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetTextIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetTextIndexVersion(v int)

SetTextIndexVersion gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TextIndexVersion field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetUnique ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetUnique(v bool)

SetUnique gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Unique field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetVar2dsphereIndexVersion ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetVar2dsphereIndexVersion(v int)

SetVar2dsphereIndexVersion gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Var2dsphereIndexVersion field.

func (*IndexOptions) SetWeights ¶

func (o *IndexOptions) SetWeights(v map[string]interface{})

SetWeights gets a reference to the given map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Weights field.

func (IndexOptions) ToMap ¶

func (o IndexOptions) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type IngestionPipelineRun ¶

type IngestionPipelineRun struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline run.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Backup schedule interval of the Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	BackupFrequencyType *string `json:"backupFrequencyType,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp that indicates when the pipeline run was created.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedDate *time.Time `json:"createdDate,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the dataset that Atlas generates during this pipeline run. You can use this dataset as a `dataSource` in a Federated Database collection.
	// Read only field.
	DatasetName            *string                 `json:"datasetName,omitempty"`
	DatasetRetentionPolicy *DatasetRetentionPolicy `json:"datasetRetentionPolicy,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp that indicates the last time that the pipeline run was updated.
	// Read only field.
	LastUpdatedDate *time.Time `json:"lastUpdatedDate,omitempty"`
	// Processing phase of the Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	Phase *string `json:"phase,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	PipelineId *string `json:"pipelineId,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp that indicates when the pipeline run will expire and its dataset will be deleted.
	// Read only field.
	ScheduledDeletionDate *time.Time `json:"scheduledDeletionDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the snapshot of a cluster.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshotId,omitempty"`
	// State of the pipeline run.
	// Read only field.
	State *string           `json:"state,omitempty"`
	Stats *PipelineRunStats `json:"stats,omitempty"`
}

IngestionPipelineRun Run details of a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewIngestionPipelineRun ¶

func NewIngestionPipelineRun() *IngestionPipelineRun

NewIngestionPipelineRun instantiates a new IngestionPipelineRun object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewIngestionPipelineRunWithDefaults ¶

func NewIngestionPipelineRunWithDefaults() *IngestionPipelineRun

NewIngestionPipelineRunWithDefaults instantiates a new IngestionPipelineRun object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetBackupFrequencyType ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetBackupFrequencyType() string

GetBackupFrequencyType returns the BackupFrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetBackupFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetBackupFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetBackupFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the BackupFrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetCreatedDate() time.Time

GetCreatedDate returns the CreatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetCreatedDateOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetCreatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedDateOk returns a tuple with the CreatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetName ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetName() string

GetDatasetName returns the DatasetName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetNameOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatasetNameOk returns a tuple with the DatasetName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy() DatasetRetentionPolicy

GetDatasetRetentionPolicy returns the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk() (*DatasetRetentionPolicy, bool)

GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk returns a tuple with the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetLastUpdatedDate() time.Time

GetLastUpdatedDate returns the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetLastUpdatedDateOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetLastUpdatedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastUpdatedDateOk returns a tuple with the LastUpdatedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetPhase ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetPhase() string

GetPhase returns the Phase field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetPhaseOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetPhaseOk() (*string, bool)

GetPhaseOk returns a tuple with the Phase field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetPipelineId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetPipelineId() string

GetPipelineId returns the PipelineId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetPipelineIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetPipelineIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPipelineIdOk returns a tuple with the PipelineId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetScheduledDeletionDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetScheduledDeletionDate() time.Time

GetScheduledDeletionDate returns the ScheduledDeletionDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetScheduledDeletionDateOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetScheduledDeletionDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetScheduledDeletionDateOk returns a tuple with the ScheduledDeletionDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetState ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetStats ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetStats() PipelineRunStats

GetStats returns the Stats field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) GetStatsOk ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) GetStatsOk() (*PipelineRunStats, bool)

GetStatsOk returns a tuple with the Stats field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasBackupFrequencyType ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasBackupFrequencyType() bool

HasBackupFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasCreatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasCreatedDate() bool

HasCreatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasDatasetName ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasDatasetName() bool

HasDatasetName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy() bool

HasDatasetRetentionPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasLastUpdatedDate() bool

HasLastUpdatedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasPhase ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasPhase() bool

HasPhase returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasPipelineId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasPipelineId() bool

HasPipelineId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasScheduledDeletionDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasScheduledDeletionDate() bool

HasScheduledDeletionDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasSnapshotId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasSnapshotId() bool

HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasState ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) HasStats ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) HasStats() bool

HasStats returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (IngestionPipelineRun) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o IngestionPipelineRun) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetBackupFrequencyType ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetBackupFrequencyType(v string)

SetBackupFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BackupFrequencyType field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetCreatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time)

SetCreatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedDate field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetDatasetName ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetDatasetName(v string)

SetDatasetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatasetName field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy(v DatasetRetentionPolicy)

SetDatasetRetentionPolicy gets a reference to the given DatasetRetentionPolicy and assigns it to the DatasetRetentionPolicy field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetLastUpdatedDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetLastUpdatedDate(v time.Time)

SetLastUpdatedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastUpdatedDate field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetPhase ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetPhase(v string)

SetPhase gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Phase field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetPipelineId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetPipelineId(v string)

SetPipelineId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PipelineId field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetScheduledDeletionDate ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetScheduledDeletionDate(v time.Time)

SetScheduledDeletionDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ScheduledDeletionDate field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetState ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (*IngestionPipelineRun) SetStats ¶

func (o *IngestionPipelineRun) SetStats(v PipelineRunStats)

SetStats gets a reference to the given PipelineRunStats and assigns it to the Stats field.

func (IngestionPipelineRun) ToMap ¶

func (o IngestionPipelineRun) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type IngestionSink ¶

type IngestionSink struct {
	// Type of ingestion destination of this Data Lake Pipeline.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Target cloud provider for this Data Lake Pipeline.
	MetadataProvider *string `json:"metadataProvider,omitempty"`
	// Target cloud provider region for this Data Lake Pipeline.
	MetadataRegion *string `json:"metadataRegion,omitempty"`
	// Ordered fields used to physically organize data in the destination.
	PartitionFields *[]DataLakePipelinesPartitionField `json:"partitionFields,omitempty"`
}

IngestionSink Ingestion destination of a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewIngestionSink ¶

func NewIngestionSink() *IngestionSink

NewIngestionSink instantiates a new IngestionSink object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewIngestionSinkWithDefaults ¶

func NewIngestionSinkWithDefaults() *IngestionSink

NewIngestionSinkWithDefaults instantiates a new IngestionSink object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*IngestionSink) GetMetadataProvider ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetMetadataProvider() string

GetMetadataProvider returns the MetadataProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSink) GetMetadataProviderOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetMetadataProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetadataProviderOk returns a tuple with the MetadataProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) GetMetadataRegion ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetMetadataRegion() string

GetMetadataRegion returns the MetadataRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSink) GetMetadataRegionOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetMetadataRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetadataRegionOk returns a tuple with the MetadataRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) GetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetPartitionFields() []DataLakePipelinesPartitionField

GetPartitionFields returns the PartitionFields field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSink) GetPartitionFieldsOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetPartitionFieldsOk() (*[]DataLakePipelinesPartitionField, bool)

GetPartitionFieldsOk returns a tuple with the PartitionFields field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) GetType ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSink) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) HasMetadataProvider ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) HasMetadataProvider() bool

HasMetadataProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) HasMetadataRegion ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) HasMetadataRegion() bool

HasMetadataRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) HasPartitionFields ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) HasPartitionFields() bool

HasPartitionFields returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSink) HasType ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (IngestionSink) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o IngestionSink) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*IngestionSink) SetMetadataProvider ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) SetMetadataProvider(v string)

SetMetadataProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetadataProvider field.

func (*IngestionSink) SetMetadataRegion ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) SetMetadataRegion(v string)

SetMetadataRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MetadataRegion field.

func (*IngestionSink) SetPartitionFields ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) SetPartitionFields(v []DataLakePipelinesPartitionField)

SetPartitionFields gets a reference to the given []DataLakePipelinesPartitionField and assigns it to the PartitionFields field.

func (*IngestionSink) SetType ¶

func (o *IngestionSink) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (IngestionSink) ToMap ¶

func (o IngestionSink) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type IngestionSource ¶

type IngestionSource struct {
	// Type of ingestion source of this Data Lake Pipeline.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable name that identifies the cluster.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable name that identifies the collection.
	CollectionName *string `json:"collectionName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable name that identifies the database.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies a policy item.
	PolicyItemId *string `json:"policyItemId,omitempty"`
}

IngestionSource Ingestion Source of a Data Lake Pipeline.

func NewIngestionSource ¶

func NewIngestionSource() *IngestionSource

NewIngestionSource instantiates a new IngestionSource object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewIngestionSourceWithDefaults ¶

func NewIngestionSourceWithDefaults() *IngestionSource

NewIngestionSourceWithDefaults instantiates a new IngestionSource object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*IngestionSource) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) GetCollectionName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetCollectionNameOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) GetPolicyItemId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetPolicyItemId() string

GetPolicyItemId returns the PolicyItemId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetPolicyItemIdOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetPolicyItemIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPolicyItemIdOk returns a tuple with the PolicyItemId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) GetType ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*IngestionSource) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasCollectionName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasCollectionName() bool

HasCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasDatabaseName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasPolicyItemId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasPolicyItemId() bool

HasPolicyItemId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*IngestionSource) HasType ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (IngestionSource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o IngestionSource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*IngestionSource) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*IngestionSource) SetCollectionName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionName field.

func (*IngestionSource) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (*IngestionSource) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*IngestionSource) SetPolicyItemId ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetPolicyItemId(v string)

SetPolicyItemId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PolicyItemId field.

func (*IngestionSource) SetType ¶

func (o *IngestionSource) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (IngestionSource) ToMap ¶

func (o IngestionSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type InvoiceLineItem ¶

type InvoiceLineItem struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that incurred the charge.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this line item. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Sum by which MongoDB discounted this line item. MongoDB Cloud expresses this value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar). The resource returns this parameter when a discount applies.
	// Read only field.
	DiscountCents *int64 `json:"discountCents,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when when MongoDB Cloud finished charging for this line item. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	EndDate *time.Time `json:"endDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project associated to this line item.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project.
	GroupName *string `json:"groupName,omitempty"`
	// Comment that applies to this line item.
	// Read only field.
	Note *string `json:"note,omitempty"`
	// Percentage by which MongoDB discounted this line item. The resource returns this parameter when a discount applies.
	// Read only field.
	PercentDiscount *float32 `json:"percentDiscount,omitempty"`
	// Number of units included for the line item. These can be expressions of storage (GB), time (hours), or other units.
	// Read only field.
	Quantity *float64 `json:"quantity,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable description of the service that this line item provided. This Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) could be the instance type, a support charge, advanced security, or another service.
	// Read only field.
	Sku *string `json:"sku,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud began charging for this line item. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	StartDate *time.Time `json:"startDate,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the Atlas App Services application associated with this line item.
	// Read only field.
	StitchAppName *string `json:"stitchAppName,omitempty"`
	// A map of key-value pairs corresponding to the tags associated with the line item resource.
	// Read only field.
	Tags *map[string][]string `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Lower bound for usage amount range in current SKU tier.   **NOTE**: **lineItems[n].tierLowerBound** appears only if your **lineItems[n].sku** is tiered.
	// Read only field.
	TierLowerBound *float64 `json:"tierLowerBound,omitempty"`
	// Upper bound for usage amount range in current SKU tier.   **NOTE**: **lineItems[n].tierUpperBound** appears only if your **lineItems[n].sku** is tiered.
	// Read only field.
	TierUpperBound *float64 `json:"tierUpperBound,omitempty"`
	// Sum of the cost set for this line item. MongoDB Cloud expresses this value in cents (100ths of one US Dollar) and calculates this value as **unitPriceDollars** Ă— **quantity** Ă— 100.
	// Read only field.
	TotalPriceCents *int64 `json:"totalPriceCents,omitempty"`
	// Element used to express what **quantity** this line item measures. This value can be elements of time, storage capacity, and the like.
	// Read only field.
	Unit *string `json:"unit,omitempty"`
	// Value per **unit** for this line item expressed in US Dollars.
	// Read only field.
	UnitPriceDollars *float64 `json:"unitPriceDollars,omitempty"`
}

InvoiceLineItem One service included in this invoice.

func NewInvoiceLineItem ¶

func NewInvoiceLineItem() *InvoiceLineItem

NewInvoiceLineItem instantiates a new InvoiceLineItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewInvoiceLineItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewInvoiceLineItemWithDefaults() *InvoiceLineItem

NewInvoiceLineItemWithDefaults instantiates a new InvoiceLineItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetCreated ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetDiscountCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetDiscountCents() int64

GetDiscountCents returns the DiscountCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetDiscountCentsOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetDiscountCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetDiscountCentsOk returns a tuple with the DiscountCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetEndDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetEndDate() time.Time

GetEndDate returns the EndDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetEndDateOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetEndDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndDateOk returns a tuple with the EndDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupName() string

GetGroupName returns the GroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the GroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetNote ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetNote() string

GetNote returns the Note field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetNoteOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetNoteOk() (*string, bool)

GetNoteOk returns a tuple with the Note field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetPercentDiscount ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetPercentDiscount() float32

GetPercentDiscount returns the PercentDiscount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetPercentDiscountOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetPercentDiscountOk() (*float32, bool)

GetPercentDiscountOk returns a tuple with the PercentDiscount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetQuantity ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetQuantity() float64

GetQuantity returns the Quantity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetQuantityOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetQuantityOk() (*float64, bool)

GetQuantityOk returns a tuple with the Quantity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetSku ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetSku() string

GetSku returns the Sku field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetSkuOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetSkuOk() (*string, bool)

GetSkuOk returns a tuple with the Sku field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetStartDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetStartDate() time.Time

GetStartDate returns the StartDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetStartDateOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetStartDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartDateOk returns a tuple with the StartDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetStitchAppName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetStitchAppName() string

GetStitchAppName returns the StitchAppName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetStitchAppNameOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetStitchAppNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStitchAppNameOk returns a tuple with the StitchAppName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTags ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTags() map[string][]string

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTagsOk() (*map[string][]string, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTierLowerBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTierLowerBound() float64

GetTierLowerBound returns the TierLowerBound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTierLowerBoundOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTierLowerBoundOk() (*float64, bool)

GetTierLowerBoundOk returns a tuple with the TierLowerBound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTierUpperBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTierUpperBound() float64

GetTierUpperBound returns the TierUpperBound field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTierUpperBoundOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTierUpperBoundOk() (*float64, bool)

GetTierUpperBoundOk returns a tuple with the TierUpperBound field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTotalPriceCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTotalPriceCents() int64

GetTotalPriceCents returns the TotalPriceCents field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetTotalPriceCentsOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetTotalPriceCentsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetTotalPriceCentsOk returns a tuple with the TotalPriceCents field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetUnit ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetUnit() string

GetUnit returns the Unit field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitOk returns a tuple with the Unit field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitPriceDollars ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitPriceDollars() float64

GetUnitPriceDollars returns the UnitPriceDollars field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitPriceDollarsOk ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) GetUnitPriceDollarsOk() (*float64, bool)

GetUnitPriceDollarsOk returns a tuple with the UnitPriceDollars field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasCreated ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasDiscountCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasDiscountCents() bool

HasDiscountCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasEndDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasEndDate() bool

HasEndDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasGroupName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasGroupName() bool

HasGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasNote ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasNote() bool

HasNote returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasPercentDiscount ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasPercentDiscount() bool

HasPercentDiscount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasQuantity ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasQuantity() bool

HasQuantity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasSku ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasSku() bool

HasSku returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasStartDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasStartDate() bool

HasStartDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasStitchAppName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasStitchAppName() bool

HasStitchAppName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasTags ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasTierLowerBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasTierLowerBound() bool

HasTierLowerBound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasTierUpperBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasTierUpperBound() bool

HasTierUpperBound returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasTotalPriceCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasTotalPriceCents() bool

HasTotalPriceCents returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasUnit ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasUnit() bool

HasUnit returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) HasUnitPriceDollars ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) HasUnitPriceDollars() bool

HasUnitPriceDollars returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (InvoiceLineItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o InvoiceLineItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetCreated ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetDiscountCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetDiscountCents(v int64)

SetDiscountCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the DiscountCents field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetEndDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetEndDate(v time.Time)

SetEndDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the EndDate field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetGroupName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetGroupName(v string)

SetGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupName field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetNote ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetNote(v string)

SetNote gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Note field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetPercentDiscount ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetPercentDiscount(v float32)

SetPercentDiscount gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the PercentDiscount field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetQuantity ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetQuantity(v float64)

SetQuantity gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the Quantity field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetSku ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetSku(v string)

SetSku gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Sku field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetStartDate ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetStartDate(v time.Time)

SetStartDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the StartDate field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetStitchAppName ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetStitchAppName(v string)

SetStitchAppName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StitchAppName field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetTags ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetTags(v map[string][]string)

SetTags gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetTierLowerBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetTierLowerBound(v float64)

SetTierLowerBound gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the TierLowerBound field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetTierUpperBound ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetTierUpperBound(v float64)

SetTierUpperBound gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the TierUpperBound field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetTotalPriceCents ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetTotalPriceCents(v int64)

SetTotalPriceCents gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the TotalPriceCents field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetUnit ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetUnit(v string)

SetUnit gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Unit field.

func (*InvoiceLineItem) SetUnitPriceDollars ¶

func (o *InvoiceLineItem) SetUnitPriceDollars(v float64)

SetUnitPriceDollars gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the UnitPriceDollars field.

func (InvoiceLineItem) ToMap ¶

func (o InvoiceLineItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type InvoicesApi ¶

type InvoicesApi interface {

	/*
		CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess Create Cost Explorer query process

		[experimental] Creates a query process within the Cost Explorer for the given parameters. A token is returned that can be used to poll the status of the query and eventually retrieve the results.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess(ctx context.Context, orgId string, costExplorerFilterRequestBody *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess Create Cost Explorer query process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiParams) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessExecute(r CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest) (*CostExplorerFilterResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1 Return results from a given Cost Explorer query, or notify that the results are not ready yet.

		[experimental] Returns the usage details for a Cost Explorer query, if the query is finished and the data is ready to be viewed. If the data is not ready, a 'processing' response willindicate that another request should be sent later to view the data.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param token Unique 64 digit string that identifies the Cost Explorer query.
		@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1(ctx context.Context, orgId string, token string) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest
	/*
		CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1 Return results from a given Cost Explorer query, or notify that the results are not ready yet.


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest
	*/
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1WithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiParams) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1Execute(r CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DownloadInvoiceCSV Return One Organization Invoice as CSV

		[experimental] Returns one invoice that MongoDB issued to the specified organization in CSV format. A unique 24-hexadecimal digit string identifies the invoice. To use this resource, the requesting API Key have at least the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can query for a linked invoice if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner Role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param invoiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice submitted to the specified organization. Charges typically post the next day.
		@return DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadInvoiceCSV(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invoiceId string) DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest
	/*
		DownloadInvoiceCSV Return One Organization Invoice as CSV


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DownloadInvoiceCSVApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadInvoiceCSVWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DownloadInvoiceCSVApiParams) DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DownloadInvoiceCSVExecute(r DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetInvoice Return One Organization Invoice

		[experimental] Returns one invoice that MongoDB issued to the specified organization. A unique 24-hexadecimal digit string identifies the invoice. You can choose to receive this invoice in JSON or CSV format. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can query for a linked invoice if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param invoiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice submitted to the specified organization. Charges typically post the next day.
		@return GetInvoiceApiRequest
	*/
	GetInvoice(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invoiceId string) GetInvoiceApiRequest
	/*
		GetInvoice Return One Organization Invoice


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetInvoiceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetInvoiceApiRequest
	*/
	GetInvoiceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetInvoiceApiParams) GetInvoiceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetInvoiceExecute(r GetInvoiceApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListInvoices Return All Invoices for One Organization

		[experimental] Returns all invoices that MongoDB issued to the specified organization. This list includes all invoices regardless of invoice status. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can view linked invoices if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListInvoicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListInvoices(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListInvoicesApiRequest
	/*
		ListInvoices Return All Invoices for One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListInvoicesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListInvoicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListInvoicesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListInvoicesApiParams) ListInvoicesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListInvoicesExecute(r ListInvoicesApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiInvoice, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPendingInvoices Return All Pending Invoices for One Organization

		[experimental] Returns all invoices accruing charges for the current billing cycle for the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can view linked invoices if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner Role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPendingInvoices(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest
	/*
		ListPendingInvoices Return All Pending Invoices for One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPendingInvoicesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPendingInvoicesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPendingInvoicesApiParams) ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPendingInvoicesExecute(r ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiInvoice, *http.Response, error)
}

type InvoicesApiService ¶

type InvoicesApiService service

InvoicesApiService InvoicesApi service

func (*InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess(ctx context.Context, orgId string, costExplorerFilterRequestBody *CostExplorerFilterRequestBody) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest

CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess Create Cost Explorer query process

[experimental] Creates a query process within the Cost Explorer for the given parameters. A token is returned that can be used to poll the status of the query and eventually retrieve the results.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1 ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1(ctx context.Context, orgId string, token string) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest

CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1 Return results from a given Cost Explorer query, or notify that the results are not ready yet.

[experimental] Returns the usage details for a Cost Explorer query, if the query is finished and the data is ready to be viewed. If the data is not ready, a 'processing' response willindicate that another request should be sent later to view the data.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param token Unique 64 digit string that identifies the Cost Explorer query.
@return CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1Execute ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1Execute(r CreateCostExplorerQueryProcess1ApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return string

func (*InvoicesApiService) CreateCostExplorerQueryProcessExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CostExplorerFilterResponse

func (*InvoicesApiService) DownloadInvoiceCSV ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) DownloadInvoiceCSV(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invoiceId string) DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest

DownloadInvoiceCSV Return One Organization Invoice as CSV

[experimental] Returns one invoice that MongoDB issued to the specified organization in CSV format. A unique 24-hexadecimal digit string identifies the invoice. To use this resource, the requesting API Key have at least the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can query for a linked invoice if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner Role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param invoiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice submitted to the specified organization. Charges typically post the next day.
@return DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) DownloadInvoiceCSVExecute ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) DownloadInvoiceCSVExecute(r DownloadInvoiceCSVApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return string

func (*InvoicesApiService) DownloadInvoiceCSVWithParams ¶

func (*InvoicesApiService) GetInvoice ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) GetInvoice(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invoiceId string) GetInvoiceApiRequest

GetInvoice Return One Organization Invoice

[experimental] Returns one invoice that MongoDB issued to the specified organization. A unique 24-hexadecimal digit string identifies the invoice. You can choose to receive this invoice in JSON or CSV format. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can query for a linked invoice if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param invoiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invoice submitted to the specified organization. Charges typically post the next day.
@return GetInvoiceApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) GetInvoiceExecute ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) GetInvoiceExecute(r GetInvoiceApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return string

func (*InvoicesApiService) GetInvoiceWithParams ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) GetInvoiceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetInvoiceApiParams) GetInvoiceApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListInvoices ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) ListInvoices(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListInvoicesApiRequest

ListInvoices Return All Invoices for One Organization

[experimental] Returns all invoices that MongoDB issued to the specified organization. This list includes all invoices regardless of invoice status. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can view linked invoices if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListInvoicesApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListInvoicesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiInvoice

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListInvoicesWithParams ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) ListInvoicesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListInvoicesApiParams) ListInvoicesApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListPendingInvoices ¶

func (a *InvoicesApiService) ListPendingInvoices(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest

ListPendingInvoices Return All Pending Invoices for One Organization

[experimental] Returns all invoices accruing charges for the current billing cycle for the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Billing Viewer, Organization Billing Admin, or Organization Owner role. If you have a cross-organization setup, you can view linked invoices if you have the Organization Billing Admin or Organization Owner Role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListPendingInvoicesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiInvoice

func (*InvoicesApiService) ListPendingInvoicesWithParams ¶

type LDAPConfigurationApi ¶

type LDAPConfigurationApi interface {

	/*
		DeleteLDAPConfiguration Remove the Current LDAP User to DN Mapping

		Removes the current LDAP Distinguished Name mapping captured in the “userToDNMapping“ document from the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteLDAPConfiguration Remove the Current LDAP User to DN Mapping


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteLDAPConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiParams) DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteLDAPConfigurationExecute(r DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) (*UserSecurity, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetLDAPConfiguration Return the Current LDAP or X.509 Configuration

		Returns the current LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		GetLDAPConfiguration Return the Current LDAP or X.509 Configuration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLDAPConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetLDAPConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLDAPConfigurationApiParams) GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLDAPConfigurationExecute(r GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) (*UserSecurity, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetLDAPConfigurationStatus Return the Status of One Verify LDAP Configuration Request

		Returns the status of one request to verify one LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param requestId Unique string that identifies the request to verify an <abbr title=\"Lightweight Directory Access Protocol\">LDAP</abbr> configuration.
		@return GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetLDAPConfigurationStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, requestId string) GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetLDAPConfigurationStatus Return the Status of One Verify LDAP Configuration Request


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetLDAPConfigurationStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiParams) GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLDAPConfigurationStatusExecute(r GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest) (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			SaveLDAPConfiguration Edit the LDAP or X.509 Configuration

			Edits the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		Updating this configuration triggers a rolling restart of the database.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	SaveLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userSecurity *UserSecurity) SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		SaveLDAPConfiguration Edit the LDAP or X.509 Configuration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param SaveLDAPConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	SaveLDAPConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *SaveLDAPConfigurationApiParams) SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	SaveLDAPConfigurationExecute(r SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) (*UserSecurity, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		VerifyLDAPConfiguration Verify the LDAP Configuration in One Project

		Verifies the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	VerifyLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, lDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		VerifyLDAPConfiguration Verify the LDAP Configuration in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	VerifyLDAPConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiParams) VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	VerifyLDAPConfigurationExecute(r VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest, *http.Response, error)
}

type LDAPConfigurationApiService ¶

type LDAPConfigurationApiService service

LDAPConfigurationApiService LDAPConfigurationApi service

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) DeleteLDAPConfiguration ¶

func (a *LDAPConfigurationApiService) DeleteLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

DeleteLDAPConfiguration Remove the Current LDAP User to DN Mapping

Removes the current LDAP Distinguished Name mapping captured in the “userToDNMapping“ document from the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeleteLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) DeleteLDAPConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserSecurity

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) DeleteLDAPConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfiguration ¶

GetLDAPConfiguration Return the Current LDAP or X.509 Configuration

Returns the current LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserSecurity

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationStatus ¶

func (a *LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, requestId string) GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest

GetLDAPConfigurationStatus Return the Status of One Verify LDAP Configuration Request

Returns the status of one request to verify one LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param requestId Unique string that identifies the request to verify an <abbr title=\"Lightweight Directory Access Protocol\">LDAP</abbr> configuration.
@return GetLDAPConfigurationStatusApiRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationStatusExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationStatusWithParams ¶

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) GetLDAPConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) SaveLDAPConfiguration ¶

func (a *LDAPConfigurationApiService) SaveLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userSecurity *UserSecurity) SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

SaveLDAPConfiguration Edit the LDAP or X.509 Configuration

Edits the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

Updating this configuration triggers a rolling restart of the database.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) SaveLDAPConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserSecurity

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) SaveLDAPConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) VerifyLDAPConfiguration ¶

func (a *LDAPConfigurationApiService) VerifyLDAPConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, lDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

VerifyLDAPConfiguration Verify the LDAP Configuration in One Project

Verifies the LDAP configuration for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) VerifyLDAPConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest

func (*LDAPConfigurationApiService) VerifyLDAPConfigurationWithParams ¶

type LDAPSecuritySettings ¶

type LDAPSecuritySettings struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether users can authenticate using an Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host.
	AuthenticationEnabled *bool `json:"authenticationEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether users can authorize access to MongoDB Cloud resources using an Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host.
	AuthorizationEnabled *bool `json:"authorizationEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) query template that MongoDB Cloud runs to obtain the LDAP groups associated with the authenticated user. MongoDB Cloud uses this parameter only for user authorization. Use the `{USER}` placeholder in the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to substitute the authenticated username. The query relates to the host specified with the hostname. Format this query according to [RFC 4515](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4515) and [RFC 4516](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4516).
	AuthzQueryTemplate *string `json:"authzQueryTemplate,omitempty"`
	// Password that MongoDB Cloud uses to authenticate the **bindUsername**.
	// Write only field.
	BindPassword *string `json:"bindPassword,omitempty"`
	// Full Distinguished Name (DN) of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) user that MongoDB Cloud uses to connect to the LDAP host. LDAP distinguished names must be formatted according to RFC 2253.
	BindUsername *string `json:"bindUsername,omitempty"`
	// Certificate Authority (CA) certificate that MongoDB Cloud uses to verify the identity of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host. MongoDB Cloud allows self-signed certificates. To delete an assigned value, pass an empty string: `\"caCertificate\": \"\"`.
	CaCertificate *string `json:"caCertificate,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hostname or Internet Protocol (IP) address of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host. This host must have access to the internet or have a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) peering connection to your cluster.
	Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Port to which the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host listens for client connections.
	Port *int `json:"port,omitempty"`
	// User-to-Distinguished Name (DN) map that MongoDB Cloud uses to transform a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) username into an LDAP DN.
	UserToDNMapping *[]UserToDNMapping `json:"userToDNMapping,omitempty"`
}

LDAPSecuritySettings Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration details that apply to the specified project.

func NewLDAPSecuritySettings ¶

func NewLDAPSecuritySettings() *LDAPSecuritySettings

NewLDAPSecuritySettings instantiates a new LDAPSecuritySettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLDAPSecuritySettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewLDAPSecuritySettingsWithDefaults() *LDAPSecuritySettings

NewLDAPSecuritySettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new LDAPSecuritySettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthenticationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthenticationEnabled() bool

GetAuthenticationEnabled returns the AuthenticationEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthenticationEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthenticationEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAuthenticationEnabledOk returns a tuple with the AuthenticationEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthorizationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthorizationEnabled() bool

GetAuthorizationEnabled returns the AuthorizationEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthorizationEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthorizationEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAuthorizationEnabledOk returns a tuple with the AuthorizationEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthzQueryTemplate() string

GetAuthzQueryTemplate returns the AuthzQueryTemplate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk returns a tuple with the AuthzQueryTemplate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindPassword ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindPassword() string

GetBindPassword returns the BindPassword field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindPasswordOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetBindPasswordOk returns a tuple with the BindPassword field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindUsername ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindUsername() string

GetBindUsername returns the BindUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindUsernameOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetBindUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBindUsernameOk returns a tuple with the BindUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetCaCertificate() string

GetCaCertificate returns the CaCertificate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetCaCertificateOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetCaCertificateOk() (*string, bool)

GetCaCertificateOk returns a tuple with the CaCertificate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetHostname ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetHostname() string

GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetHostnameOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetPort ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetPort() int

GetPort returns the Port field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetPortOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetPortOk() (*int, bool)

GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetUserToDNMapping ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetUserToDNMapping() []UserToDNMapping

GetUserToDNMapping returns the UserToDNMapping field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) GetUserToDNMappingOk ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) GetUserToDNMappingOk() (*[]UserToDNMapping, bool)

GetUserToDNMappingOk returns a tuple with the UserToDNMapping field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthenticationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthenticationEnabled() bool

HasAuthenticationEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthorizationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthorizationEnabled() bool

HasAuthorizationEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasAuthzQueryTemplate() bool

HasAuthzQueryTemplate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasBindPassword ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasBindPassword() bool

HasBindPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasBindUsername ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasBindUsername() bool

HasBindUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasCaCertificate() bool

HasCaCertificate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasHostname ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasHostname() bool

HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasPort ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasPort() bool

HasPort returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) HasUserToDNMapping ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) HasUserToDNMapping() bool

HasUserToDNMapping returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LDAPSecuritySettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LDAPSecuritySettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthenticationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthenticationEnabled(v bool)

SetAuthenticationEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuthenticationEnabled field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthorizationEnabled ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthorizationEnabled(v bool)

SetAuthorizationEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuthorizationEnabled field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetAuthzQueryTemplate(v string)

SetAuthzQueryTemplate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthzQueryTemplate field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetBindPassword ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetBindPassword(v string)

SetBindPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BindPassword field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetBindUsername ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetBindUsername(v string)

SetBindUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BindUsername field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetCaCertificate(v string)

SetCaCertificate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CaCertificate field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetHostname ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetHostname(v string)

SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field.

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetPort ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetPort(v int)

SetPort gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Port field.

func (*LDAPSecuritySettings) SetUserToDNMapping ¶

func (o *LDAPSecuritySettings) SetUserToDNMapping(v []UserToDNMapping)

SetUserToDNMapping gets a reference to the given []UserToDNMapping and assigns it to the UserToDNMapping field.

func (LDAPSecuritySettings) ToMap ¶

func (o LDAPSecuritySettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest ¶

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project associated with this Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links   *[]Link                                 `json:"links,omitempty"`
	Request *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams `json:"request,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this request to verify an Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) configuration.
	// Read only field.
	RequestId *string `json:"requestId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable string that indicates the status of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the validation messages related to the verification of the provided Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration details. The list contains a document for each test that MongoDB Cloud runs. MongoDB Cloud stops running tests after the first failure.
	// Read only field.
	Validations *[]LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation `json:"validations,omitempty"`
}

LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest struct for LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest() *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestWithDefaults() *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequest ¶

GetRequest returns the Request field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequestId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequestId() string

GetRequestId returns the RequestId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequestIdOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequestIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetRequestIdOk returns a tuple with the RequestId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetRequestOk ¶

GetRequestOk returns a tuple with the Request field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetStatus ¶

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetValidations ¶

GetValidations returns the Validations field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) GetValidationsOk ¶

GetValidationsOk returns a tuple with the Validations field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasRequest ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasRequest() bool

HasRequest returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasRequestId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasRequestId() bool

HasRequestId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasStatus ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasValidations ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) HasValidations() bool

HasValidations returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetRequest ¶

SetRequest gets a reference to the given LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams and assigns it to the Request field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetRequestId ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetRequestId(v string)

SetRequestId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RequestId field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetStatus ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) SetValidations ¶

SetValidations gets a reference to the given []LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation and assigns it to the Validations field.

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams ¶

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams struct {
	// Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) query template that MongoDB Cloud applies to create an LDAP query to return the LDAP groups associated with the authenticated MongoDB user. MongoDB Cloud uses this parameter only for user authorization.  Use the `{USER}` placeholder in the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to substitute the authenticated username. The query relates to the host specified with the hostname. Format this query per [RFC 4515](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4515) and [RFC 4516](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4516).
	// Write only field.
	AuthzQueryTemplate *string `json:"authzQueryTemplate,omitempty"`
	// Password that MongoDB Cloud uses to authenticate the **bindUsername**.
	// Write only field.
	BindPassword string `json:"bindPassword"`
	// Full Distinguished Name (DN) of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) user that MongoDB Cloud uses to connect to the LDAP host. LDAP distinguished names must be formatted according to RFC 2253.
	BindUsername string `json:"bindUsername"`
	// Certificate Authority (CA) certificate that MongoDB Cloud uses to verify the identity of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host. MongoDB Cloud allows self-signed certificates. To delete an assigned value, pass an empty string: `\"caCertificate\": \"\"`.
	CaCertificate *string `json:"caCertificate,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hostname or Internet Protocol (IP) address of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host. This host must have access to the internet or have a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) peering connection to your cluster.
	Hostname string `json:"hostname"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// IANA port to which the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) host listens for client connections.
	Port int `json:"port"`
}

LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams Request information needed to verify an Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration. The response does not return the **bindPassword**.

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams(bindPassword string, bindUsername string, hostname string, port int) *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParamsWithDefaults ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParamsWithDefaults() *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParamsWithDefaults instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetAuthzQueryTemplate() string

GetAuthzQueryTemplate returns the AuthzQueryTemplate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthzQueryTemplateOk returns a tuple with the AuthzQueryTemplate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindPassword ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindPassword() string

GetBindPassword returns the BindPassword field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindPasswordOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetBindPasswordOk returns a tuple with the BindPassword field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindUsername ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindUsername() string

GetBindUsername returns the BindUsername field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindUsernameOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetBindUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBindUsernameOk returns a tuple with the BindUsername field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetCaCertificate() string

GetCaCertificate returns the CaCertificate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetCaCertificateOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetCaCertificateOk() (*string, bool)

GetCaCertificateOk returns a tuple with the CaCertificate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetHostname ¶

GetHostname returns the Hostname field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetHostnameOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetPort ¶

GetPort returns the Port field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetPortOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) GetPortOk() (*int, bool)

GetPortOk returns a tuple with the Port field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) HasAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) HasAuthzQueryTemplate() bool

HasAuthzQueryTemplate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) HasCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) HasCaCertificate() bool

HasCaCertificate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetAuthzQueryTemplate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetAuthzQueryTemplate(v string)

SetAuthzQueryTemplate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthzQueryTemplate field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetBindPassword ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetBindPassword(v string)

SetBindPassword sets field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetBindUsername ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetBindUsername(v string)

SetBindUsername sets field value

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetCaCertificate ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetCaCertificate(v string)

SetCaCertificate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CaCertificate field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetHostname ¶

SetHostname sets field value

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) SetPort ¶

SetPort sets field value

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) ToMap ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation ¶

type LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation struct {
	// Human-readable string that indicates the result of this verification test.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this verification test that MongoDB Cloud runs.
	// Read only field.
	ValidationType *string `json:"validationType,omitempty"`
}

LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation One test that MongoDB Cloud runs to test verification of the provided Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) over Transport Layer Security (TLS) configuration details.

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation() *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidationWithDefaults ¶

func NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidationWithDefaults() *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation

NewLDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidationWithDefaults instantiates a new LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetStatus ¶

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetStatusOk ¶

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetValidationType ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetValidationType() string

GetValidationType returns the ValidationType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetValidationTypeOk ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) GetValidationTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetValidationTypeOk returns a tuple with the ValidationType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) HasStatus ¶

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) HasValidationType ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) HasValidationType() bool

HasValidationType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) SetStatus ¶

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) SetValidationType ¶

func (o *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) SetValidationType(v string)

SetValidationType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ValidationType field.

func (LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) ToMap ¶

func (o LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestValidation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LegacyAtlasCluster ¶

type LegacyAtlasCluster struct {
	// If reconfiguration is necessary to regain a primary due to a regional outage, submit this field alongside your topology reconfiguration to request a new regional outage resistant topology. Forced reconfigurations during an outage of the majority of electable nodes carry a risk of data loss if replicated writes (even majority committed writes) have not been replicated to the new primary node. MongoDB Atlas docs contain more information. To proceed with an operation which carries that risk, set **acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig** to the current date.
	AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig *time.Time                  `json:"acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig,omitempty"`
	AutoScaling                               *ClusterAutoScalingSettings `json:"autoScaling,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster can perform backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. You must set this value to `true` for NVMe clusters. Backup uses Cloud Backups for dedicated clusters and Shared Cluster Backups for tenant clusters. If set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use MongoDB Cloud backups.
	BackupEnabled *bool        `json:"backupEnabled,omitempty"`
	BiConnector   *BiConnector `json:"biConnector,omitempty"`
	// Configuration of nodes that comprise the cluster.
	ClusterType       *string                   `json:"clusterType,omitempty"`
	ConnectionStrings *ClusterConnectionStrings `json:"connectionStrings,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this serverless instance. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// Storage capacity that the host's root volume possesses expressed in gigabytes. Increase this number to add capacity. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if you set **replicationSpecs**. If you specify a disk size below the minimum (10 GB), this parameter defaults to the minimum disk size value. Storage charge calculations depend on whether you choose the default value or a custom value.  The maximum value for disk storage cannot exceed 50 times the maximum RAM for the selected cluster. If you require more storage space, consider upgrading your cluster to a higher tier.
	DiskSizeGB *float64 `json:"diskSizeGB,omitempty"`
	// Disk warming mode selection.
	DiskWarmingMode *string `json:"diskWarmingMode,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider that manages your customer keys to provide an additional layer of Encryption at Rest for the cluster.
	EncryptionAtRestProvider *string `json:"encryptionAtRestProvider,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Collection of key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length that tag and categorize the cluster. The MongoDB Cloud console doesn't display your labels.  Cluster labels are deprecated and will be removed in a future release. We strongly recommend that you use [resource tags](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/add-cluster-tag-atlas) instead.
	// Deprecated
	Labels *[]ComponentLabel `json:"labels,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Major MongoDB version of the cluster. MongoDB Cloud deploys the cluster with the latest stable release of the specified version.
	MongoDBMajorVersion *string `json:"mongoDBMajorVersion,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB that the cluster runs.
	MongoDBVersion *string `json:"mongoDBVersion,omitempty"`
	// Base connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster. MongoDB Cloud displays the string only after the cluster starts, not while it builds the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURI *string `json:"mongoURI,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone last updated the connection string. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURIUpdated *time.Time `json:"mongoURIUpdated,omitempty"`
	// Connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster including the `replicaSet`, `ssl`, and `authSource` query parameters with values appropriate for the cluster. You may need to add MongoDB database users. The response returns this parameter once the cluster can receive requests, not while it builds the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURIWithOptions *string `json:"mongoURIWithOptions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Number of shards up to 50 to deploy for a sharded cluster. The resource returns `1` to indicate a replica set and values of `2` and higher to indicate a sharded cluster. The returned value equals the number of shards in the cluster.
	NumShards *int `json:"numShards,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster is paused.
	Paused *bool `json:"paused,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster uses continuous cloud backups.
	PitEnabled *bool `json:"pitEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the M10 or higher cluster can perform Cloud Backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. If this and **backupEnabled** are set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use MongoDB Cloud backups.
	ProviderBackupEnabled *bool                    `json:"providerBackupEnabled,omitempty"`
	ProviderSettings      *ClusterProviderSettings `json:"providerSettings,omitempty"`
	// Number of members that belong to the replica set. Each member retains a copy of your databases, providing high availability and data redundancy. Use **replicationSpecs** instead.
	// Deprecated
	ReplicationFactor *int `json:"replicationFactor,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud provisions cluster nodes.
	ReplicationSpec *map[string]RegionSpec `json:"replicationSpec,omitempty"`
	// List of settings that configure your cluster regions.  - For Global Clusters, each object in the array represents one zone where MongoDB Cloud deploys your clusters nodes. - For non-Global sharded clusters and replica sets, the single object represents where MongoDB Cloud deploys your clusters nodes.
	ReplicationSpecs *[]LegacyReplicationSpec `json:"replicationSpecs,omitempty"`
	// Root Certificate Authority that MongoDB Atlas clusters uses. MongoDB Cloud supports Internet Security Research Group.
	RootCertType *string `json:"rootCertType,omitempty"`
	// Connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster. The `+srv` modifier forces the connection to use Transport Layer Security (TLS). The `mongoURI` parameter lists additional options.
	// Read only field.
	SrvAddress *string `json:"srvAddress,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the cluster.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the cluster. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the cluster. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the cluster.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Method by which the cluster maintains the MongoDB versions. If value is `CONTINUOUS`, you must not specify **mongoDBMajorVersion**.
	VersionReleaseSystem *string `json:"versionReleaseSystem,omitempty"`
}

LegacyAtlasCluster Group of settings that configure a MongoDB cluster.

func NewLegacyAtlasCluster ¶

func NewLegacyAtlasCluster() *LegacyAtlasCluster

NewLegacyAtlasCluster instantiates a new LegacyAtlasCluster object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLegacyAtlasClusterWithDefaults ¶

func NewLegacyAtlasClusterWithDefaults() *LegacyAtlasCluster

NewLegacyAtlasClusterWithDefaults instantiates a new LegacyAtlasCluster object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() time.Time

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk returns a tuple with the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAutoScaling() ClusterAutoScalingSettings

GetAutoScaling returns the AutoScaling field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAutoScalingOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetAutoScalingOk() (*ClusterAutoScalingSettings, bool)

GetAutoScalingOk returns a tuple with the AutoScaling field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBackupEnabled() bool

GetBackupEnabled returns the BackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBiConnector ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBiConnector() BiConnector

GetBiConnector returns the BiConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBiConnectorOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetBiConnectorOk() (*BiConnector, bool)

GetBiConnectorOk returns a tuple with the BiConnector field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetClusterType() string

GetClusterType returns the ClusterType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetClusterTypeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetClusterTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterTypeOk returns a tuple with the ClusterType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetConnectionStrings() ClusterConnectionStrings

GetConnectionStrings returns the ConnectionStrings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetConnectionStringsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetConnectionStringsOk() (*ClusterConnectionStrings, bool)

GetConnectionStringsOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStrings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetCreateDate ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetCreateDate() time.Time

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskSizeGB() float64

GetDiskSizeGB returns the DiskSizeGB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskSizeGBOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskSizeGBOk() (*float64, bool)

GetDiskSizeGBOk returns a tuple with the DiskSizeGB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskWarmingMode() string

GetDiskWarmingMode returns the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskWarmingModeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetDiskWarmingModeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDiskWarmingModeOk returns a tuple with the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider() string

GetEncryptionAtRestProvider returns the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLabels ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLabels() []ComponentLabel

GetLabels returns the Labels field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLabelsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLabelsOk() (*[]ComponentLabel, bool)

GetLabelsOk returns a tuple with the Labels field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBMajorVersion() string

GetMongoDBMajorVersion returns the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURI ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURI() string

GetMongoURI returns the MongoURI field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoURIOk returns a tuple with the MongoURI field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIUpdated() time.Time

GetMongoURIUpdated returns the MongoURIUpdated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetMongoURIUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the MongoURIUpdated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIWithOptions() string

GetMongoURIWithOptions returns the MongoURIWithOptions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk returns a tuple with the MongoURIWithOptions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNumShards() int

GetNumShards returns the NumShards field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNumShardsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetNumShardsOk() (*int, bool)

GetNumShardsOk returns a tuple with the NumShards field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPaused ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPaused() bool

GetPaused returns the Paused field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPausedOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPausedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPausedOk returns a tuple with the Paused field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPitEnabled() bool

GetPitEnabled returns the PitEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPitEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetPitEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPitEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PitEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderBackupEnabled() bool

GetProviderBackupEnabled returns the ProviderBackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetProviderBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the ProviderBackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderSettings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderSettings() ClusterProviderSettings

GetProviderSettings returns the ProviderSettings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderSettingsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetProviderSettingsOk() (*ClusterProviderSettings, bool)

GetProviderSettingsOk returns a tuple with the ProviderSettings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationFactor() int

GetReplicationFactor returns the ReplicationFactor field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationFactorOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationFactorOk() (*int, bool)

GetReplicationFactorOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationFactor field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpec() map[string]RegionSpec

GetReplicationSpec returns the ReplicationSpec field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecOk() (*map[string]RegionSpec, bool)

GetReplicationSpecOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpec field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecs() []LegacyReplicationSpec

GetReplicationSpecs returns the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetReplicationSpecsOk() (*[]LegacyReplicationSpec, bool)

GetReplicationSpecsOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetRootCertType() string

GetRootCertType returns the RootCertType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetRootCertTypeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetRootCertTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetRootCertTypeOk returns a tuple with the RootCertType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetSrvAddress ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetSrvAddress() string

GetSrvAddress returns the SrvAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetSrvAddressOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetSrvAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetSrvAddressOk returns a tuple with the SrvAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetStateName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetStateName() string

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTags ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTags() []ResourceTag

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTagsOk() (*[]ResourceTag, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetVersionReleaseSystem() string

GetVersionReleaseSystem returns the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk() (*string, bool)

GetVersionReleaseSystemOk returns a tuple with the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() bool

HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasAutoScaling ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasAutoScaling() bool

HasAutoScaling returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasBackupEnabled() bool

HasBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasBiConnector ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasBiConnector() bool

HasBiConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasClusterType() bool

HasClusterType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasConnectionStrings() bool

HasConnectionStrings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasDiskSizeGB() bool

HasDiskSizeGB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasDiskWarmingMode() bool

HasDiskWarmingMode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider() bool

HasEncryptionAtRestProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasLabels ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasLabels() bool

HasLabels returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoDBMajorVersion() bool

HasMongoDBMajorVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoDBVersion() bool

HasMongoDBVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURI ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURI() bool

HasMongoURI returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURIUpdated() bool

HasMongoURIUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasMongoURIWithOptions() bool

HasMongoURIWithOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasNumShards() bool

HasNumShards returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasPaused ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasPaused() bool

HasPaused returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasPitEnabled() bool

HasPitEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasProviderBackupEnabled() bool

HasProviderBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasProviderSettings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasProviderSettings() bool

HasProviderSettings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationFactor() bool

HasReplicationFactor returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationSpec() bool

HasReplicationSpec returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasReplicationSpecs() bool

HasReplicationSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasRootCertType() bool

HasRootCertType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasSrvAddress ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasSrvAddress() bool

HasSrvAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasStateName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasTags ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) HasVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) HasVersionReleaseSystem() bool

HasVersionReleaseSystem returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LegacyAtlasCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LegacyAtlasCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig(v time.Time)

SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetAutoScaling ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetAutoScaling(v ClusterAutoScalingSettings)

SetAutoScaling gets a reference to the given ClusterAutoScalingSettings and assigns it to the AutoScaling field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetBiConnector ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetBiConnector(v BiConnector)

SetBiConnector gets a reference to the given BiConnector and assigns it to the BiConnector field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetClusterType(v string)

SetClusterType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterType field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetConnectionStrings(v ClusterConnectionStrings)

SetConnectionStrings gets a reference to the given ClusterConnectionStrings and assigns it to the ConnectionStrings field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetDiskSizeGB(v float64)

SetDiskSizeGB gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the DiskSizeGB field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetDiskWarmingMode(v string)

SetDiskWarmingMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DiskWarmingMode field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider(v string)

SetEncryptionAtRestProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionAtRestProvider field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetId ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetLabels ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetLabels(v []ComponentLabel)

SetLabels gets a reference to the given []ComponentLabel and assigns it to the Labels field. Deprecated

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoDBMajorVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBMajorVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBMajorVersion field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBVersion field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURI ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURI(v string)

SetMongoURI gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoURI field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURIUpdated(v time.Time)

SetMongoURIUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the MongoURIUpdated field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetMongoURIWithOptions(v string)

SetMongoURIWithOptions gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoURIWithOptions field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetNumShards(v int)

SetNumShards gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NumShards field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetPaused ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetPaused(v bool)

SetPaused gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Paused field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetPitEnabled(v bool)

SetPitEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PitEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetProviderBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetProviderBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ProviderBackupEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetProviderSettings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetProviderSettings(v ClusterProviderSettings)

SetProviderSettings gets a reference to the given ClusterProviderSettings and assigns it to the ProviderSettings field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationFactor(v int)

SetReplicationFactor gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ReplicationFactor field. Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationSpec(v map[string]RegionSpec)

SetReplicationSpec gets a reference to the given map[string]RegionSpec and assigns it to the ReplicationSpec field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetReplicationSpecs(v []LegacyReplicationSpec)

SetReplicationSpecs gets a reference to the given []LegacyReplicationSpec and assigns it to the ReplicationSpecs field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetRootCertType(v string)

SetRootCertType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RootCertType field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetSrvAddress ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetSrvAddress(v string)

SetSrvAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SrvAddress field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetStateName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetStateName(v string)

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetTags ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetTags(v []ResourceTag)

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasCluster) SetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasCluster) SetVersionReleaseSystem(v string)

SetVersionReleaseSystem gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VersionReleaseSystem field.

func (LegacyAtlasCluster) ToMap ¶

func (o LegacyAtlasCluster) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest ¶

type LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest struct {
	// If reconfiguration is necessary to regain a primary due to a regional outage, submit this field alongside your topology reconfiguration to request a new regional outage resistant topology. Forced reconfigurations during an outage of the majority of electable nodes carry a risk of data loss if replicated writes (even majority committed writes) have not been replicated to the new primary node. MongoDB Atlas docs contain more information. To proceed with an operation which carries that risk, set **acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig** to the current date.
	AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig *time.Time                  `json:"acceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig,omitempty"`
	AutoScaling                               *ClusterAutoScalingSettings `json:"autoScaling,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster can perform backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. You must set this value to `true` for NVMe clusters. Backup uses Cloud Backups for dedicated clusters and Shared Cluster Backups for tenant clusters. If set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use MongoDB Cloud backups.
	BackupEnabled *bool        `json:"backupEnabled,omitempty"`
	BiConnector   *BiConnector `json:"biConnector,omitempty"`
	// Configuration of nodes that comprise the cluster.
	ClusterType       *string                   `json:"clusterType,omitempty"`
	ConnectionStrings *ClusterConnectionStrings `json:"connectionStrings,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this serverless instance. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// Storage capacity that the host's root volume possesses expressed in gigabytes. Increase this number to add capacity. MongoDB Cloud requires this parameter if you set **replicationSpecs**. If you specify a disk size below the minimum (10 GB), this parameter defaults to the minimum disk size value. Storage charge calculations depend on whether you choose the default value or a custom value.  The maximum value for disk storage cannot exceed 50 times the maximum RAM for the selected cluster. If you require more storage space, consider upgrading your cluster to a higher tier.
	DiskSizeGB *float64 `json:"diskSizeGB,omitempty"`
	// Disk warming mode selection.
	DiskWarmingMode *string `json:"diskWarmingMode,omitempty"`
	// Cloud service provider that manages your customer keys to provide an additional layer of Encryption at Rest for the cluster.
	EncryptionAtRestProvider *string `json:"encryptionAtRestProvider,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Collection of key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length that tag and categorize the cluster. The MongoDB Cloud console doesn't display your labels.  Cluster labels are deprecated and will be removed in a future release. We strongly recommend that you use [resource tags](https://dochub.mongodb.org/core/add-cluster-tag-atlas) instead.
	// Deprecated
	Labels *[]ComponentLabel `json:"labels,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Major MongoDB version of the cluster. MongoDB Cloud deploys the cluster with the latest stable release of the specified version.
	MongoDBMajorVersion *string `json:"mongoDBMajorVersion,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB that the cluster runs.
	MongoDBVersion *string `json:"mongoDBVersion,omitempty"`
	// Base connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster. MongoDB Cloud displays the string only after the cluster starts, not while it builds the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURI *string `json:"mongoURI,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone last updated the connection string. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURIUpdated *time.Time `json:"mongoURIUpdated,omitempty"`
	// Connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster including the `replicaSet`, `ssl`, and `authSource` query parameters with values appropriate for the cluster. You may need to add MongoDB database users. The response returns this parameter once the cluster can receive requests, not while it builds the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	MongoURIWithOptions *string `json:"mongoURIWithOptions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Number of shards up to 50 to deploy for a sharded cluster. The resource returns `1` to indicate a replica set and values of `2` and higher to indicate a sharded cluster. The returned value equals the number of shards in the cluster.
	NumShards *int `json:"numShards,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster is paused.
	Paused *bool `json:"paused,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the cluster uses continuous cloud backups.
	PitEnabled *bool `json:"pitEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the M10 or higher cluster can perform Cloud Backups. If set to `true`, the cluster can perform backups. If this and **backupEnabled** are set to `false`, the cluster doesn't use MongoDB Cloud backups.
	ProviderBackupEnabled *bool                    `json:"providerBackupEnabled,omitempty"`
	ProviderSettings      *ClusterProviderSettings `json:"providerSettings,omitempty"`
	// Number of members that belong to the replica set. Each member retains a copy of your databases, providing high availability and data redundancy. Use **replicationSpecs** instead.
	// Deprecated
	ReplicationFactor *int `json:"replicationFactor,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud provisions cluster nodes.
	ReplicationSpec *map[string]RegionSpec `json:"replicationSpec,omitempty"`
	// List of settings that configure your cluster regions.  - For Global Clusters, each object in the array represents one zone where MongoDB Cloud deploys your clusters nodes. - For non-Global sharded clusters and replica sets, the single object represents where MongoDB Cloud deploys your clusters nodes.
	ReplicationSpecs *[]LegacyReplicationSpec `json:"replicationSpecs,omitempty"`
	// Root Certificate Authority that MongoDB Atlas clusters uses. MongoDB Cloud supports Internet Security Research Group.
	RootCertType *string `json:"rootCertType,omitempty"`
	// Connection string that you can use to connect to the cluster. The `+srv` modifier forces the connection to use Transport Layer Security (TLS). The `mongoURI` parameter lists additional options.
	// Read only field.
	SrvAddress *string `json:"srvAddress,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the cluster.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the cluster. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the cluster. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the cluster.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
	// Method by which the cluster maintains the MongoDB versions. If value is `CONTINUOUS`, you must not specify **mongoDBMajorVersion**.
	VersionReleaseSystem *string `json:"versionReleaseSystem,omitempty"`
}

LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest Request containing target state of tenant cluster to be upgraded

func NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest ¶

func NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest(name string) *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest

NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest instantiates a new LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequestWithDefaults() *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest

NewLegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() time.Time

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfigOk returns a tuple with the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAutoScaling ¶

GetAutoScaling returns the AutoScaling field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetAutoScalingOk ¶

GetAutoScalingOk returns a tuple with the AutoScaling field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBackupEnabled() bool

GetBackupEnabled returns the BackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the BackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBiConnector ¶

GetBiConnector returns the BiConnector field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBiConnectorOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetBiConnectorOk() (*BiConnector, bool)

GetBiConnectorOk returns a tuple with the BiConnector field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetClusterType() string

GetClusterType returns the ClusterType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetClusterTypeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetClusterTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterTypeOk returns a tuple with the ClusterType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetConnectionStrings ¶

GetConnectionStrings returns the ConnectionStrings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetConnectionStringsOk ¶

GetConnectionStringsOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStrings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetCreateDate ¶

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskSizeGB ¶

GetDiskSizeGB returns the DiskSizeGB field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskSizeGBOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskSizeGBOk() (*float64, bool)

GetDiskSizeGBOk returns a tuple with the DiskSizeGB field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskWarmingMode() string

GetDiskWarmingMode returns the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskWarmingModeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetDiskWarmingModeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDiskWarmingModeOk returns a tuple with the DiskWarmingMode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetEncryptionAtRestProvider() string

GetEncryptionAtRestProvider returns the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetEncryptionAtRestProviderOk returns a tuple with the EncryptionAtRestProvider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetGroupId ¶

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetIdOk ¶

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetLabels ¶

GetLabels returns the Labels field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetLabelsOk ¶

GetLabelsOk returns a tuple with the Labels field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBMajorVersion() string

GetMongoDBMajorVersion returns the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBMajorVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBMajorVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURI ¶

GetMongoURI returns the MongoURI field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoURIOk returns a tuple with the MongoURI field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIUpdated() time.Time

GetMongoURIUpdated returns the MongoURIUpdated field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIUpdatedOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIUpdatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetMongoURIUpdatedOk returns a tuple with the MongoURIUpdated field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIWithOptions() string

GetMongoURIWithOptions returns the MongoURIWithOptions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoURIWithOptionsOk returns a tuple with the MongoURIWithOptions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetNameOk ¶

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetNumShards() int

GetNumShards returns the NumShards field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetNumShardsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetNumShardsOk() (*int, bool)

GetNumShardsOk returns a tuple with the NumShards field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPaused ¶

GetPaused returns the Paused field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPausedOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPausedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPausedOk returns a tuple with the Paused field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPitEnabled() bool

GetPitEnabled returns the PitEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPitEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetPitEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPitEnabledOk returns a tuple with the PitEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderBackupEnabled() bool

GetProviderBackupEnabled returns the ProviderBackupEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderBackupEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderBackupEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetProviderBackupEnabledOk returns a tuple with the ProviderBackupEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderSettings ¶

GetProviderSettings returns the ProviderSettings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetProviderSettingsOk ¶

GetProviderSettingsOk returns a tuple with the ProviderSettings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationFactor() int

GetReplicationFactor returns the ReplicationFactor field value if set, zero value otherwise Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationFactorOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationFactorOk() (*int, bool)

GetReplicationFactorOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationFactor field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set. Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpec() map[string]RegionSpec

GetReplicationSpec returns the ReplicationSpec field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpecOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpecOk() (*map[string]RegionSpec, bool)

GetReplicationSpecOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpec field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpecs ¶

GetReplicationSpecs returns the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpecsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetReplicationSpecsOk() (*[]LegacyReplicationSpec, bool)

GetReplicationSpecsOk returns a tuple with the ReplicationSpecs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetRootCertType() string

GetRootCertType returns the RootCertType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetRootCertTypeOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetRootCertTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetRootCertTypeOk returns a tuple with the RootCertType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetSrvAddress ¶

GetSrvAddress returns the SrvAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetSrvAddressOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetSrvAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetSrvAddressOk returns a tuple with the SrvAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetStateName ¶

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTags ¶

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTagsOk ¶

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetVersionReleaseSystem() string

GetVersionReleaseSystem returns the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) GetVersionReleaseSystemOk() (*string, bool)

GetVersionReleaseSystemOk returns a tuple with the VersionReleaseSystem field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig() bool

HasAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasAutoScaling ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasAutoScaling() bool

HasAutoScaling returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasBackupEnabled() bool

HasBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasBiConnector ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasBiConnector() bool

HasBiConnector returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasClusterType() bool

HasClusterType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasConnectionStrings() bool

HasConnectionStrings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasDiskSizeGB() bool

HasDiskSizeGB returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasDiskWarmingMode() bool

HasDiskWarmingMode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasEncryptionAtRestProvider() bool

HasEncryptionAtRestProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasGroupId ¶

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasLabels ¶

HasLabels returns a boolean if a field has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoDBMajorVersion() bool

HasMongoDBMajorVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoDBVersion() bool

HasMongoDBVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoURI ¶

HasMongoURI returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoURIUpdated() bool

HasMongoURIUpdated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasMongoURIWithOptions() bool

HasMongoURIWithOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasNumShards() bool

HasNumShards returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasPaused ¶

HasPaused returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasPitEnabled() bool

HasPitEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasProviderBackupEnabled() bool

HasProviderBackupEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasProviderSettings ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasProviderSettings() bool

HasProviderSettings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationFactor() bool

HasReplicationFactor returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationSpec() bool

HasReplicationSpec returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationSpecs ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasReplicationSpecs() bool

HasReplicationSpecs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasRootCertType() bool

HasRootCertType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasSrvAddress ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasSrvAddress() bool

HasSrvAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasStateName ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasTags ¶

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) HasVersionReleaseSystem() bool

HasVersionReleaseSystem returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig(v time.Time)

SetAcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the AcceptDataRisksAndForceReplicaSetReconfig field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetAutoScaling ¶

SetAutoScaling gets a reference to the given ClusterAutoScalingSettings and assigns it to the AutoScaling field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the BackupEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetBiConnector ¶

SetBiConnector gets a reference to the given BiConnector and assigns it to the BiConnector field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetClusterType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetClusterType(v string)

SetClusterType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterType field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetConnectionStrings ¶

SetConnectionStrings gets a reference to the given ClusterConnectionStrings and assigns it to the ConnectionStrings field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetDiskSizeGB ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetDiskSizeGB(v float64)

SetDiskSizeGB gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the DiskSizeGB field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetDiskWarmingMode ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetDiskWarmingMode(v string)

SetDiskWarmingMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DiskWarmingMode field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetEncryptionAtRestProvider(v string)

SetEncryptionAtRestProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EncryptionAtRestProvider field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetGroupId ¶

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetLabels ¶

SetLabels gets a reference to the given []ComponentLabel and assigns it to the Labels field. Deprecated

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoDBMajorVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoDBMajorVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBMajorVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBMajorVersion field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBVersion field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoURI ¶

SetMongoURI gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoURI field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoURIUpdated ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoURIUpdated(v time.Time)

SetMongoURIUpdated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the MongoURIUpdated field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoURIWithOptions ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetMongoURIWithOptions(v string)

SetMongoURIWithOptions gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoURIWithOptions field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetName ¶

SetName sets field value

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetNumShards(v int)

SetNumShards gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NumShards field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetPaused ¶

SetPaused gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Paused field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetPitEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetPitEnabled(v bool)

SetPitEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PitEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetProviderBackupEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetProviderBackupEnabled(v bool)

SetProviderBackupEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ProviderBackupEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetProviderSettings ¶

SetProviderSettings gets a reference to the given ClusterProviderSettings and assigns it to the ProviderSettings field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetReplicationFactor ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetReplicationFactor(v int)

SetReplicationFactor gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ReplicationFactor field. Deprecated

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetReplicationSpec ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetReplicationSpec(v map[string]RegionSpec)

SetReplicationSpec gets a reference to the given map[string]RegionSpec and assigns it to the ReplicationSpec field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetReplicationSpecs ¶

SetReplicationSpecs gets a reference to the given []LegacyReplicationSpec and assigns it to the ReplicationSpecs field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetRootCertType ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetRootCertType(v string)

SetRootCertType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RootCertType field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetSrvAddress ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetSrvAddress(v string)

SetSrvAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SrvAddress field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetStateName ¶

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetTags ¶

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (*LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetVersionReleaseSystem ¶

func (o *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) SetVersionReleaseSystem(v string)

SetVersionReleaseSystem gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the VersionReleaseSystem field.

func (LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LegacyBackupApi ¶

type LegacyBackupApi interface {

	/*
		DeleteLegacySnapshot Remove One Legacy Backup Snapshot

		[experimental] Removes one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	DeleteLegacySnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteLegacySnapshot Remove One Legacy Backup Snapshot


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteLegacySnapshotApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	DeleteLegacySnapshotWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteLegacySnapshotApiParams) DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteLegacySnapshotExecute(r DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint Return One Legacy Backup Checkpoint

		[experimental] Returns one legacy backup checkpoint for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param checkpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the checkpoint.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the checkpoints that you want to return.
		@return GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, checkpointId string, clusterName string) GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest
	/*
		GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint Return One Legacy Backup Checkpoint


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacyBackupCheckpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiParams) GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLegacyBackupCheckpointExecute(r GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest) (*ApiAtlasCheckpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob Return One Legacy Backup Restore Job

			[experimental] Returns one legacy backup restore job for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		 Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
			@param jobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job.
			@return GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

			Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, jobId string) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob Return One Legacy Backup Restore Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobExecute(r GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*BackupRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetLegacySnapshot Return One Legacy Backup Snapshot

		[experimental] Returns one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacySnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest
	/*
		GetLegacySnapshot Return One Legacy Backup Snapshot


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLegacySnapshotApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacySnapshotWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLegacySnapshotApiParams) GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLegacySnapshotExecute(r GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest) (*BackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetLegacySnapshotSchedule Return One Snapshot Schedule

			[experimental] Returns the snapshot schedule for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		 Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
			@return GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

			Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacySnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest
	/*
		GetLegacySnapshotSchedule Return One Snapshot Schedule


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	GetLegacySnapshotScheduleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams) GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetLegacySnapshotScheduleExecute(r GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest) (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints Return All Legacy Backup Checkpoints

		[experimental] Returns all legacy backup checkpoints for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the checkpoints that you want to return.
		@return ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest
	/*
		ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints Return All Legacy Backup Checkpoints


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiParams) ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsExecute(r ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs Return All Legacy Backup Restore Jobs

			[experimental] Returns all legacy backup restore jobs for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		 Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule). If you use the `BATCH-ID` query parameter, you can retrieve all restore jobs in the specified batch. When creating a restore job for a sharded cluster, MongoDB Cloud creates a separate job for each shard, plus another for the config server. Each of those jobs are part of a batch. However, a batch can't include a restore job for a replica set.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
			@return ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

			Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	/*
		ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs Return All Legacy Backup Restore Jobs


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiParams) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsExecute(r ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) (*PaginatedRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListLegacySnapshots Return All Legacy Backup Snapshots

		[experimental] Returns all legacy backup snapshots for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacySnapshots(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest
	/*
		ListLegacySnapshots Return All Legacy Backup Snapshots


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListLegacySnapshotsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	ListLegacySnapshotsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListLegacySnapshotsApiParams) ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListLegacySnapshotsExecute(r ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) (*PaginatedSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention Change One Legacy Backup Snapshot Expiration

		[experimental] Changes the expiration date for one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string, backupSnapshot *BackupSnapshot) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention Change One Legacy Backup Snapshot Expiration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiParams) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionExecute(r UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest) (*BackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule Update Snapshot Schedule for One Cluster

			[experimental] Updates the snapshot schedule for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		 Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
			@return UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

			Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiAtlasSnapshotSchedule *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule Update Snapshot Schedule for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupApi
	*/
	UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams) UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleExecute(r UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest) (*ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule, *http.Response, error)
}

type LegacyBackupApiService ¶

type LegacyBackupApiService service

LegacyBackupApiService LegacyBackupApi service

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) DeleteLegacySnapshot ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) DeleteLegacySnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest

DeleteLegacySnapshot Remove One Legacy Backup Snapshot

[experimental] Removes one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) DeleteLegacySnapshotExecute ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) DeleteLegacySnapshotExecute(r DeleteLegacySnapshotApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) DeleteLegacySnapshotWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, checkpointId string, clusterName string) GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest

GetLegacyBackupCheckpoint Return One Legacy Backup Checkpoint

[experimental] Returns one legacy backup checkpoint for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param checkpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the checkpoint.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the checkpoints that you want to return.
@return GetLegacyBackupCheckpointApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupCheckpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiAtlasCheckpoint

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupCheckpointWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, jobId string) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

GetLegacyBackupRestoreJob Return One Legacy Backup Restore Job

[experimental] Returns one legacy backup restore job for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
@param jobId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job.
@return GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupRestoreJob

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacyBackupRestoreJobWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshot ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshot(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest

GetLegacySnapshot Return One Legacy Backup Snapshot

[experimental] Returns one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return GetLegacySnapshotApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupSnapshot

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotSchedule ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

GetLegacySnapshotSchedule Return One Snapshot Schedule

[experimental] Returns the snapshot schedule for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
@return GetLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotScheduleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotScheduleWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) GetLegacySnapshotWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest

ListLegacyBackupCheckpoints Return All Legacy Backup Checkpoints

[experimental] Returns all legacy backup checkpoints for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the checkpoints that you want to return.
@return ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobs Return All Legacy Backup Restore Jobs

[experimental] Returns all legacy backup restore jobs for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule). If you use the `BATCH-ID` query parameter, you can retrieve all restore jobs in the specified batch. When creating a restore job for a sharded cluster, MongoDB Cloud creates a separate job for each shard, plus another for the config server. Each of those jobs are part of a batch. However, a batch can't include a restore job for a replica set.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
@return ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedRestoreJob

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacySnapshots ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacySnapshots(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest

ListLegacySnapshots Return All Legacy Backup Snapshots

[experimental] Returns all legacy backup snapshots for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacySnapshotsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedSnapshot

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) ListLegacySnapshotsWithParams ¶

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string, backupSnapshot *BackupSnapshot) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest

UpdateLegacySnapshotRetention Change One Legacy Backup Snapshot Expiration

[experimental] Changes the expiration date for one legacy backup snapshot for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionExecute ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionExecute(r UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest) (*BackupSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return BackupSnapshot

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, apiAtlasSnapshotSchedule *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule) UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

UpdateLegacySnapshotSchedule Update Snapshot Schedule for One Cluster

[experimental] Updates the snapshot schedule for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule).

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
@return UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupApiService) UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule

Deprecated

type LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi ¶

type LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi interface {

	/*
		CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob Create One Legacy Backup Restore Job

		[experimental] Restores one legacy backup for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule). This endpoint doesn't support creating checkpoint restore jobs for sharded clusters, or creating restore jobs for queryable backup snapshots. If you create an automated restore job by specifying `delivery.methodName` of `AUTOMATED_RESTORE` in your request body, MongoDB Cloud removes all existing data on the target cluster prior to the restore.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
		@return CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi
	*/
	CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, backupRestoreJob *BackupRestoreJob) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob Create One Legacy Backup Restore Job


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi
	*/
	CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiParams) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*PaginatedRestoreJob, *http.Response, error)
}

type LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService ¶

type LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService service

LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApi service

func (*LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, backupRestoreJob *BackupRestoreJob) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJob Create One Legacy Backup Restore Job

[experimental] Restores one legacy backup for one cluster in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Effective 23 March 2020, all new clusters can use only Cloud Backups. When you upgrade to 4.2, your backup system upgrades to cloud backup if it is currently set to legacy backup. After this upgrade, all your existing legacy backup snapshots remain available. They expire over time in accordance with your retention policy. Your backup policy resets to the default schedule. If you had a custom backup policy in place with legacy backups, you must re-create it with the procedure outlined in the [Cloud Backup documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/backup/cloud-backup/scheduling/#std-label-cloud-provider-backup-schedule). This endpoint doesn't support creating checkpoint restore jobs for sharded clusters, or creating restore jobs for queryable backup snapshots. If you create an automated restore job by specifying `delivery.methodName` of `AUTOMATED_RESTORE` in your request body, MongoDB Cloud removes all existing data on the target cluster prior to the restore.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster with the snapshot you want to return.
@return CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedRestoreJob

Deprecated

func (*LegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiService) CreateLegacyBackupRestoreJobWithParams ¶

type LegacyReplicationSpec ¶

type LegacyReplicationSpec struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the replication object for a zone in a Global Cluster.  - If you include existing zones in the request, you must specify this parameter.  - If you add a new zone to an existing Global Cluster, you may specify this parameter. The request deletes any existing zones in a Global Cluster that you exclude from the request.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Positive integer that specifies the number of shards to deploy in each specified zone If you set this value to `1` and **clusterType** is `SHARDED`, MongoDB Cloud deploys a single-shard sharded cluster. Don't create a sharded cluster with a single shard for production environments. Single-shard sharded clusters don't provide the same benefits as multi-shard configurations.   If you are upgrading a replica set to a sharded cluster, you cannot increase the number of shards in the same update request.  You should wait until after the cluster has completed upgrading to sharded and you have reconnected all application clients to the MongoDB router before adding additional shards. Otherwise, your data might become inconsistent once MongoDB Cloud begins distributing data across shards.
	NumShards *int `json:"numShards,omitempty"`
	// Physical location where MongoDB Cloud provisions cluster nodes.
	RegionsConfig *map[string]RegionSpec `json:"regionsConfig,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the zone in a Global Cluster. Provide this value only if **clusterType** is `GEOSHARDED`.
	ZoneName *string `json:"zoneName,omitempty"`
}

LegacyReplicationSpec struct for LegacyReplicationSpec

func NewLegacyReplicationSpec ¶

func NewLegacyReplicationSpec() *LegacyReplicationSpec

NewLegacyReplicationSpec instantiates a new LegacyReplicationSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLegacyReplicationSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewLegacyReplicationSpecWithDefaults() *LegacyReplicationSpec

NewLegacyReplicationSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new LegacyReplicationSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetId ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetNumShards() int

GetNumShards returns the NumShards field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetNumShardsOk ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetNumShardsOk() (*int, bool)

GetNumShardsOk returns a tuple with the NumShards field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetRegionsConfig ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetRegionsConfig() map[string]RegionSpec

GetRegionsConfig returns the RegionsConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetRegionsConfigOk ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetRegionsConfigOk() (*map[string]RegionSpec, bool)

GetRegionsConfigOk returns a tuple with the RegionsConfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetZoneName ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetZoneName() string

GetZoneName returns the ZoneName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) GetZoneNameOk ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) GetZoneNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetZoneNameOk returns a tuple with the ZoneName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) HasId ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) HasNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) HasNumShards() bool

HasNumShards returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) HasRegionsConfig ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) HasRegionsConfig() bool

HasRegionsConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) HasZoneName ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) HasZoneName() bool

HasZoneName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LegacyReplicationSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LegacyReplicationSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) SetId ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) SetNumShards ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) SetNumShards(v int)

SetNumShards gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NumShards field.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) SetRegionsConfig ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) SetRegionsConfig(v map[string]RegionSpec)

SetRegionsConfig gets a reference to the given map[string]RegionSpec and assigns it to the RegionsConfig field.

func (*LegacyReplicationSpec) SetZoneName ¶

func (o *LegacyReplicationSpec) SetZoneName(v string)

SetZoneName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ZoneName field.

func (LegacyReplicationSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o LegacyReplicationSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)
type Link struct {
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that points another API resource to which this response has some relationship. This URL often begins with `https://cloud.mongodb.com/api/atlas`.
	Href *string `json:"href,omitempty"`
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that defines the semantic relationship between this resource and another API resource. This URL often begins with `https://cloud.mongodb.com/api/atlas`.
	Rel *string `json:"rel,omitempty"`
}

Link struct for Link

func NewLink() *Link

NewLink instantiates a new Link object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLinkWithDefaults ¶

func NewLinkWithDefaults() *Link

NewLinkWithDefaults instantiates a new Link object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Link) GetHref ¶

func (o *Link) GetHref() string

GetHref returns the Href field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Link) GetHrefOk ¶

func (o *Link) GetHrefOk() (*string, bool)

GetHrefOk returns a tuple with the Href field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Link) GetRel ¶

func (o *Link) GetRel() string

GetRel returns the Rel field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Link) GetRelOk ¶

func (o *Link) GetRelOk() (*string, bool)

GetRelOk returns a tuple with the Rel field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Link) HasHref ¶

func (o *Link) HasHref() bool

HasHref returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Link) HasRel ¶

func (o *Link) HasRel() bool

HasRel returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Link) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Link) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Link) SetHref ¶

func (o *Link) SetHref(v string)

SetHref gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Href field.

func (*Link) SetRel ¶

func (o *Link) SetRel(v string)

SetRel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Rel field.

func (Link) ToMap ¶

func (o Link) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LinkAtlas ¶

type LinkAtlas struct {
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that points another API resource to which this response has some relationship. This URL often begins with `https://cloud.mongodb.com/api/atlas`.
	Href *string `json:"href,omitempty"`
	// Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that defines the semantic relationship between this resource and another API resource. This URL often begins with `https://cloud.mongodb.com/api/atlas`.
	Rel *string `json:"rel,omitempty"`
}

LinkAtlas struct for LinkAtlas

func NewLinkAtlas ¶

func NewLinkAtlas() *LinkAtlas

NewLinkAtlas instantiates a new LinkAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLinkAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewLinkAtlasWithDefaults() *LinkAtlas

NewLinkAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new LinkAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LinkAtlas) GetHref ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) GetHref() string

GetHref returns the Href field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LinkAtlas) GetHrefOk ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) GetHrefOk() (*string, bool)

GetHrefOk returns a tuple with the Href field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LinkAtlas) GetRel ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) GetRel() string

GetRel returns the Rel field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LinkAtlas) GetRelOk ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) GetRelOk() (*string, bool)

GetRelOk returns a tuple with the Rel field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LinkAtlas) HasHref ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) HasHref() bool

HasHref returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LinkAtlas) HasRel ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) HasRel() bool

HasRel returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LinkAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LinkAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LinkAtlas) SetHref ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) SetHref(v string)

SetHref gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Href field.

func (*LinkAtlas) SetRel ¶

func (o *LinkAtlas) SetRel(v string)

SetRel gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Rel field.

func (LinkAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o LinkAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiParams ¶

type ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	AuthResult  *bool
	End         *int64
	IpAddress   *string
	NLogs       *int
	Start       *int64
}

type ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest ¶

type ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AccessTrackingApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) AuthResult ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the successful authentication attempts only.

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when to stop retrieving database history. If you specify **end**, you must also specify **start**. This parameter uses UNIX epoch time in milliseconds.

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) IpAddress ¶

One Internet Protocol address that attempted to authenticate with the database.

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) NLogs ¶

Maximum number of lines from the log to return.

func (ListAccessLogsByClusterNameApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins retrieving database history. If you specify **start**, you must also specify **end**. This parameter uses UNIX epoch time in milliseconds.

type ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiParams ¶

type ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	Hostname   string
	AuthResult *bool
	End        *int64
	IpAddress  *string
	NLogs      *int
	Start      *int64
}

type ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest ¶

type ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AccessTrackingApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) AuthResult ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the successful authentication attempts only.

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when to stop retrieving database history. If you specify **end**, you must also specify **start**. This parameter uses UNIX epoch time in milliseconds.

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) IpAddress ¶

One Internet Protocol address that attempted to authenticate with the database.

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) NLogs ¶

Maximum number of lines from the log to return.

func (ListAccessLogsByHostnameApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins retrieving database history. If you specify **start**, you must also specify **end**. This parameter uses UNIX epoch time in milliseconds.

type ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiParams ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiParams struct {
}

type ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAlertConfigurationMatchersFieldNamesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationsApiParams ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListAlertConfigurationsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiParams ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	AlertId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest ¶

type ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListAlertConfigurationsByAlertIdApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListAlertsApiParams ¶

type ListAlertsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Status       *string
}

type ListAlertsApiRequest ¶

type ListAlertsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAlertsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAlertsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListAlertsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListAlertsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListAlertsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListAlertsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListAlertsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListAlertsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

func (r ListAlertsApiRequest) PageNum(pageNum int) ListAlertsApiRequest

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

func (ListAlertsApiRequest) Status ¶

Status of the alerts to return. Omit to return all alerts in all statuses.

type ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiParams ¶

type ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	AlertConfigId string
	IncludeCount  *bool
	ItemsPerPage  *int
	PageNum       *int
}

type ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest ¶

type ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListAlertsByAlertConfigurationIdApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiParams ¶

type ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	ApiUserId    string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest ¶

type ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListApiKeysApiParams ¶

type ListApiKeysApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListApiKeysApiRequest ¶

type ListApiKeysApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListApiKeysApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListApiKeysApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListApiKeysApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListApiKeysApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListApiKeysApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListApiKeysApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListApiKeysApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListApiKeysApiRequest) PageNum ¶

func (r ListApiKeysApiRequest) PageNum(pageNum int) ListApiKeysApiRequest

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListAtlasProcessesApiParams ¶

type ListAtlasProcessesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest ¶

type ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiParams ¶

type ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ClusterName    string
	CollectionName string
	DatabaseName   string
}

type ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest ¶

type ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListAtlasSearchIndexesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListBackupExportJobsApiParams ¶

type ListBackupExportJobsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest ¶

type ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListBackupExportJobsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListBackupRestoreJobsApiParams ¶

type ListBackupRestoreJobsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest ¶

type ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiParams ¶

type ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest ¶

type ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudProviderAccessApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListCloudProviderAccessRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListCloudProviderRegionsApiParams ¶

type ListCloudProviderRegionsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Providers    *[]string
	Tier         *string
}

type ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest ¶

type ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) Providers ¶

Cloud providers whose regions to retrieve. When you specify multiple providers, the response can return only tiers and regions that support multi-cloud clusters.

func (ListCloudProviderRegionsApiRequest) Tier ¶

Cluster tier for which to retrieve the regions.

type ListClustersApiParams ¶

type ListClustersApiParams struct {
	GroupId                           string
	IncludeCount                      *bool
	ItemsPerPage                      *int
	PageNum                           *int
	IncludeDeletedWithRetainedBackups *bool
}

type ListClustersApiRequest ¶

type ListClustersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListClustersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListClustersApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListClustersApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListClustersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListClustersApiRequest) IncludeDeletedWithRetainedBackups ¶

func (r ListClustersApiRequest) IncludeDeletedWithRetainedBackups(includeDeletedWithRetainedBackups bool) ListClustersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether to return Clusters with retain backups.

func (ListClustersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListClustersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListClustersApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListClustersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListClustersForAllProjectsApiParams ¶

type ListClustersForAllProjectsApiParams struct {
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest ¶

type ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListClustersForAllProjectsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiParams ¶

type ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
}

type ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest ¶

type ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListConnectedOrgConfigsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiParams ¶

type ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest ¶

type ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListCustomDatabaseRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiParams ¶

type ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest ¶

type ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListDataFederationPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiParams ¶

type ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	Username     string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest ¶

type ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService X509AuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListDatabaseUsersApiParams ¶

type ListDatabaseUsersApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest ¶

type ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DatabaseUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListDatabaseUsersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListDatabasesApiParams ¶

type ListDatabasesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ProcessId    string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListDatabasesApiRequest ¶

type ListDatabasesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDatabasesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListDatabasesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListDatabasesApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListDatabasesApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListDatabasesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListDatabasesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListDatabasesApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListDatabasesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListDiskMeasurementsApiParams ¶

type ListDiskMeasurementsApiParams struct {
	PartitionName string
	GroupId       string
	ProcessId     string
}

type ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest ¶

type ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListDiskPartitionsApiParams ¶

type ListDiskPartitionsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ProcessId    string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest ¶

type ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListExportBucketsApiParams ¶

type ListExportBucketsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListExportBucketsApiRequest ¶

type ListExportBucketsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListExportBucketsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListExportBucketsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListExportBucketsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListExportBucketsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListExportBucketsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListExportBucketsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListExportBucketsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListExportBucketsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListFederatedDatabasesApiParams ¶

type ListFederatedDatabasesApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	Type_   *string
}

type ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest ¶

type ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListFederatedDatabasesApiRequest) Type_ ¶

Type of Federated Database Instances to return.

type ListIdentityProvidersApiParams ¶

type ListIdentityProvidersApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	Protocol             *[]string
	IdpType              *[]string
}

type ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest ¶

type ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest) IdpType ¶

The types of the target identity providers.

func (ListIdentityProvidersApiRequest) Protocol ¶

The protocols of the target identity providers.

type ListIndexMetricsApiParams ¶

type ListIndexMetricsApiParams struct {
	ProcessId      string
	DatabaseName   string
	CollectionName string
	GroupId        string
	Granularity    *string
	Metrics        *[]string
	Period         *string
	Start          *time.Time
	End            *time.Time
}

type ListIndexMetricsApiRequest ¶

type ListIndexMetricsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) End ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud stops reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) Granularity ¶

Duration that specifies the interval at which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC.

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) Metrics ¶

List that contains the measurements that MongoDB Atlas reports for the associated data series.

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) Period ¶

Duration over which Atlas reports the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 duration format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **start** and **end**.

func (ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) Start ¶

Date and time when MongoDB Cloud begins reporting the metrics. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. Include this parameter when you do not set **period**.

type ListInvoicesApiParams ¶

type ListInvoicesApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListInvoicesApiRequest ¶

type ListInvoicesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInvoicesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListInvoicesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListInvoicesApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListInvoicesApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListInvoicesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListInvoicesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListInvoicesApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListInvoicesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiParams ¶

type ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest ¶

type ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListLegacyBackupCheckpointsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiParams ¶

type ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	BatchId      *string
}

type ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest ¶

type ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) BatchId ¶

Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the batch of restore jobs to return. Timestamp in ISO 8601 date and time format in UTC when creating a restore job for a sharded cluster, Application creates a separate job for each shard, plus another for the config host. Each of these jobs comprise one batch. A restore job for a replica set can&#39;t be part of a batch.

func (ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListLegacyBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListLegacySnapshotsApiParams ¶

type ListLegacySnapshotsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Completed    *string
}

type ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest ¶

type ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) Completed ¶

Human-readable label that specifies whether to return only completed, incomplete, or all snapshots. By default, MongoDB Cloud only returns completed snapshots.

func (ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListLegacySnapshotsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListMetricTypesApiParams ¶

type ListMetricTypesApiParams struct {
	ProcessId string
	GroupId   string
}

type ListMetricTypesApiRequest ¶

type ListMetricTypesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMetricTypesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListOnlineArchivesApiParams ¶

type ListOnlineArchivesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest ¶

type ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListOrganizationEventsApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationEventsApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	EventType    *[]string
	IncludeRaw   *bool
	MaxDate      *time.Time
	MinDate      *time.Time
}

type ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EventsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) EventType ¶

Category of incident recorded at this moment in time. **IMPORTANT**: The complete list of event type values changes frequently.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) IncludeRaw ¶

Flag that indicates whether to include the raw document in the output. The raw document contains additional meta information about the event.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) MaxDate ¶

Date and time from when MongoDB Cloud stops returning events. This parameter uses the &lt;a href&#x3D;\&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\&quot; target&#x3D;\&quot;_blank\&quot; rel&#x3D;\&quot;noopener noreferrer\&quot;&gt;ISO 8601&lt;/a&gt; timestamp format in UTC.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) MinDate ¶

Date and time from when MongoDB Cloud starts returning events. This parameter uses the &lt;a href&#x3D;\&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\&quot; target&#x3D;\&quot;_blank\&quot; rel&#x3D;\&quot;noopener noreferrer\&quot;&gt;ISO 8601&lt;/a&gt; timestamp format in UTC.

func (ListOrganizationEventsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListOrganizationInvitationsApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationInvitationsApiParams struct {
	OrgId    string
	Username *string
}

type ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest) Username ¶

Email address of the user account invited to this organization. If you exclude this parameter, this resource returns all pending invitations.

type ListOrganizationProjectsApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationProjectsApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Name         *string
}

type ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) Name ¶

Human-readable label of the project to use to filter the returned list. Performs a case-insensitive search for a project within the organization which is prefixed by the specified name.

func (ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListOrganizationTeamsApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationTeamsApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	ItemsPerPage *int
	IncludeCount *bool
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListOrganizationUsersApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationUsersApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListOrganizationsApiParams ¶

type ListOrganizationsApiParams struct {
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Name         *string
}

type ListOrganizationsApiRequest ¶

type ListOrganizationsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOrganizationsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListOrganizationsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListOrganizationsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListOrganizationsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListOrganizationsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListOrganizationsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListOrganizationsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListOrganizationsApiRequest) Name ¶

Human-readable label of the organization to use to filter the returned list. Performs a case-insensitive search for an organization that starts with the specified name.

func (ListOrganizationsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListPeeringConnectionsApiParams ¶

type ListPeeringConnectionsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	ProviderName *string
}

type ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest ¶

type ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

func (ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) ProviderName ¶

Cloud service provider to use for this VPC peering connection.

type ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiParams ¶

type ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ProviderName *string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest ¶

type ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

func (ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) ProviderName ¶

Cloud service provider that serves the desired network peering containers.

type ListPeeringContainersApiParams ¶

type ListPeeringContainersApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListPeeringContainersApiRequest ¶

type ListPeeringContainersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPeeringContainersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListPeeringContainersApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListPeeringContainersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListPeeringContainersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListPendingInvoicesApiParams ¶

type ListPendingInvoicesApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest ¶

type ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService InvoicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPendingInvoicesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListPipelineRunsApiParams ¶

type ListPipelineRunsApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	PipelineName  string
	IncludeCount  *bool
	ItemsPerPage  *int
	PageNum       *int
	CreatedBefore *time.Time
}

type ListPipelineRunsApiRequest ¶

type ListPipelineRunsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) CreatedBefore ¶

func (r ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) CreatedBefore(createdBefore time.Time) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

If specified, Atlas returns only Data Lake Pipeline runs initiated before this time and date.

func (ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListPipelineRunsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListPipelineRunsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListPipelineSchedulesApiParams ¶

type ListPipelineSchedulesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	PipelineName string
}

type ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest ¶

type ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPipelineSchedulesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListPipelineSnapshotsApiParams ¶

type ListPipelineSnapshotsApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	PipelineName   string
	IncludeCount   *bool
	ItemsPerPage   *int
	PageNum        *int
	CompletedAfter *time.Time
}

type ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest ¶

type ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) CompletedAfter ¶

Date and time after which MongoDB Cloud created the snapshot. If specified, MongoDB Cloud returns available backup snapshots created after this time and date only. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.

func (ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListPipelineSnapshotsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListPipelinesApiParams ¶

type ListPipelinesApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ListPipelinesApiRequest ¶

type ListPipelinesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPipelinesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiParams ¶

type ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	CloudProvider string
}

type ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest ¶

type ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListProjectApiKeysApiParams ¶

type ListProjectApiKeysApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListProjectEventsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectEventsApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	IncludeCount      *bool
	ItemsPerPage      *int
	PageNum           *int
	ClusterNames      *[]string
	EventType         *[]string
	ExcludedEventType *[]string
	IncludeRaw        *bool
	MaxDate           *time.Time
	MinDate           *time.Time
}

type ListProjectEventsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectEventsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EventsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ClusterNames ¶

func (r ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ClusterNames(clusterNames []string) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) EventType ¶

Category of incident recorded at this moment in time. **IMPORTANT**: The complete list of event type values changes frequently.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ExcludedEventType ¶

func (r ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ExcludedEventType(excludedEventType []string) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

Category of event that you would like to exclude from query results, such as CLUSTER_CREATED **IMPORTANT**: Event type names change frequently. Verify that you specify the event type correctly by checking the complete list of event types.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListProjectEventsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) IncludeRaw ¶

Flag that indicates whether to include the raw document in the output. The raw document contains additional meta information about the event.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListProjectEventsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListProjectEventsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) MaxDate ¶

Date and time from when MongoDB Cloud stops returning events. This parameter uses the &lt;a href&#x3D;\&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\&quot; target&#x3D;\&quot;_blank\&quot; rel&#x3D;\&quot;noopener noreferrer\&quot;&gt;ISO 8601&lt;/a&gt; timestamp format in UTC.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) MinDate ¶

Date and time from when MongoDB Cloud starts returning events. This parameter uses the &lt;a href&#x3D;\&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\&quot; target&#x3D;\&quot;_blank\&quot; rel&#x3D;\&quot;noopener noreferrer\&quot;&gt;ISO 8601&lt;/a&gt; timestamp format in UTC.

func (ListProjectEventsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListProjectInvitationsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectInvitationsApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	Username *string
}

type ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest) Username ¶

Email address of the user account invited to this project.

type ListProjectIpAccessListsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectIpAccessListsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListProjectLimitsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectLimitsApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ListProjectLimitsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectLimitsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectLimitsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListProjectTeamsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectTeamsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListProjectTeamsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectTeamsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListProjectUsersApiParams ¶

type ListProjectUsersApiParams struct {
	GroupId         string
	IncludeCount    *bool
	ItemsPerPage    *int
	PageNum         *int
	FlattenTeams    *bool
	IncludeOrgUsers *bool
}

type ListProjectUsersApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectUsersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) FlattenTeams ¶

func (r ListProjectUsersApiRequest) FlattenTeams(flattenTeams bool) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the returned list should include users who belong to a team with a role in this project. You might not have assigned the individual users a role in this project. If &#x60;\&quot;flattenTeams\&quot; : false&#x60;, this resource returns only users with a role in the project. If &#x60;\&quot;flattenTeams\&quot; : true&#x60;, this resource returns both users with roles in the project and users who belong to teams with roles in the project.

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListProjectUsersApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) IncludeOrgUsers ¶

func (r ListProjectUsersApiRequest) IncludeOrgUsers(includeOrgUsers bool) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the returned list should include users with implicit access to the project, the Organization Owner or Organization Read Only role. You might not have assigned the individual users a role in this project. If &#x60;\&quot;includeOrgUsers\&quot;: false&#x60;, this resource returns only users with a role in the project. If &#x60;\&quot;includeOrgUsers\&quot;: true&#x60;, this resource returns both users with roles in the project and users who have implicit access to the project through their organization role.

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListProjectUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectUsersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListProjectsApiParams ¶

type ListProjectsApiParams struct {
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListProjectsApiRequest ¶

type ListProjectsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListProjectsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListProjectsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r ListProjectsApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) ListProjectsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListProjectsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListProjectsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListProjectsApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListProjectsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListReplicaSetBackupsApiParams ¶

type ListReplicaSetBackupsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest ¶

type ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListReplicaSetBackupsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListRoleMappingsApiParams ¶

type ListRoleMappingsApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	OrgId                string
}

type ListRoleMappingsApiRequest ¶

type ListRoleMappingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListRoleMappingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiParams ¶

type ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest ¶

type ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListServerlessBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListServerlessBackupsApiParams ¶

type ListServerlessBackupsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ClusterName  string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest ¶

type ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListServerlessBackupsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListServerlessInstancesApiParams ¶

type ListServerlessInstancesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest ¶

type ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessInstancesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiParams ¶

type ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	InstanceName string
}

type ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest ¶

type ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListShardedClusterBackupsApiParams ¶

type ListShardedClusterBackupsApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest ¶

type ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListShardedClusterBackupsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiParams ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiParams struct {
	ClusterName string
	GroupId     string
}

type ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierRestoreJobsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupsApiParams ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupsApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest ¶

type ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService SharedTierSnapshotsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListSlowQueriesApiParams ¶

type ListSlowQueriesApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	ProcessId  string
	Duration   *int64
	Namespaces *[]string
	NLogs      *int64
	Since      *int64
}

type ListSlowQueriesApiRequest ¶

type ListSlowQueriesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) Duration ¶

Length of time expressed during which the query finds slow queries among the managed namespaces in the cluster. This parameter expresses its value in milliseconds. - If you don&#39;t specify the **since** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering the duration before the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

func (ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) NLogs ¶

Maximum number of lines from the log to return.

func (ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) Namespaces ¶

func (r ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) Namespaces(namespaces []string) ListSlowQueriesApiRequest

Namespaces from which to retrieve slow queries. A namespace consists of one database and one collection resource written as &#x60;.&#x60;: &#x60;&lt;database&gt;.&lt;collection&gt;&#x60;. To include multiple namespaces, pass the parameter multiple times delimited with an ampersand (&#x60;&amp;&#x60;) between each namespace. Omit this parameter to return results for all namespaces.

func (ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) Since ¶

Date and time from which the query retrieves the slow queries. This parameter expresses its value in the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). - If you don&#39;t specify the **duration** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering from the **since** value and the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor the **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

type ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiParams ¶

type ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	ProcessId string
	Duration  *int64
	Since     *int64
}

type ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest ¶

type ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest) Duration ¶

Length of time expressed during which the query finds suggested indexes among the managed namespaces in the cluster. This parameter expresses its value in milliseconds. - If you don&#39;t specify the **since** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering the duration before the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

func (ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest) Since ¶

Date and time from which the query retrieves the suggested indexes. This parameter expresses its value in the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). - If you don&#39;t specify the **duration** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering from the **since** value and the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor the **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

type ListSourceProjectsApiParams ¶

type ListSourceProjectsApiParams struct {
	OrgId string
}

type ListSourceProjectsApiRequest ¶

type ListSourceProjectsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSourceProjectsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ListStreamConnectionsApiParams ¶

type ListStreamConnectionsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	TenantName   string
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest ¶

type ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListStreamInstancesApiParams ¶

type ListStreamInstancesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListStreamInstancesApiRequest ¶

type ListStreamInstancesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListStreamInstancesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListStreamInstancesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListStreamInstancesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListSuggestedIndexesApiParams ¶

type ListSuggestedIndexesApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	ProcessId    string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
	Duration     *int64
	Namespaces   *[]string
	NExamples    *int64
	NIndexes     *int64
	Since        *int64
}

type ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest ¶

type ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) Duration ¶

Length of time expressed during which the query finds suggested indexes among the managed namespaces in the cluster. This parameter expresses its value in milliseconds. - If you don&#39;t specify the **since** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering the duration before the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) NExamples ¶

Maximum number of example queries that benefit from the suggested index.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) NIndexes ¶

Number that indicates the maximum indexes to suggest.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) Namespaces ¶

Namespaces from which to retrieve suggested indexes. A namespace consists of one database and one collection resource written as &#x60;.&#x60;: &#x60;&lt;database&gt;.&lt;collection&gt;&#x60;. To include multiple namespaces, pass the parameter multiple times delimited with an ampersand (&#x60;&amp;&#x60;) between each namespace. Omit this parameter to return results for all namespaces.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

func (ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) Since ¶

Date and time from which the query retrieves the suggested indexes. This parameter expresses its value in the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). - If you don&#39;t specify the **duration** parameter, the endpoint returns data covering from the **since** value and the current time. - If you specify neither the **duration** nor the **since** parameters, the endpoint returns data from the previous 24 hours.

type ListTeamUsersApiParams ¶

type ListTeamUsersApiParams struct {
	OrgId        string
	TeamId       string
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListTeamUsersApiRequest ¶

type ListTeamUsersApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTeamUsersApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListTeamUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r ListTeamUsersApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) ListTeamUsersApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListTeamUsersApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiParams ¶

type ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	IncludeCount *bool
	ItemsPerPage *int
	PageNum      *int
}

type ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest ¶

type ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type LiveImportAvailableProject ¶

type LiveImportAvailableProject struct {
	// List of clusters that can be migrated to MongoDB Cloud.
	Deployments *[]AvailableClustersDeployment `json:"deployments,omitempty"`
	// Hostname of MongoDB Agent list that you configured to perform a migration.
	MigrationHosts *[]string `json:"migrationHosts,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this project.
	// Read only field.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to be migrated.
	// Read only field.
	ProjectId string `json:"projectId"`
}

LiveImportAvailableProject struct for LiveImportAvailableProject

func NewLiveImportAvailableProject ¶

func NewLiveImportAvailableProject(name string, projectId string) *LiveImportAvailableProject

NewLiveImportAvailableProject instantiates a new LiveImportAvailableProject object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLiveImportAvailableProjectWithDefaults ¶

func NewLiveImportAvailableProjectWithDefaults() *LiveImportAvailableProject

NewLiveImportAvailableProjectWithDefaults instantiates a new LiveImportAvailableProject object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetDeployments ¶

GetDeployments returns the Deployments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetDeploymentsOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetDeploymentsOk() (*[]AvailableClustersDeployment, bool)

GetDeploymentsOk returns a tuple with the Deployments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetMigrationHosts() []string

GetMigrationHosts returns the MigrationHosts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetMigrationHostsOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetMigrationHostsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetMigrationHostsOk returns a tuple with the MigrationHosts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetName ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetProjectId ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetProjectId() string

GetProjectId returns the ProjectId field value

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) GetProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) GetProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ProjectId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) HasDeployments ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) HasDeployments() bool

HasDeployments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) HasMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) HasMigrationHosts() bool

HasMigrationHosts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LiveImportAvailableProject) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LiveImportAvailableProject) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) SetDeployments ¶

SetDeployments gets a reference to the given []AvailableClustersDeployment and assigns it to the Deployments field.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) SetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) SetMigrationHosts(v []string)

SetMigrationHosts gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MigrationHosts field.

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) SetName ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*LiveImportAvailableProject) SetProjectId ¶

func (o *LiveImportAvailableProject) SetProjectId(v string)

SetProjectId sets field value

func (LiveImportAvailableProject) ToMap ¶

func (o LiveImportAvailableProject) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LiveImportValidation ¶

type LiveImportValidation struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the validation.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Reason why the validation job failed.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to validate.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the source project.
	SourceGroupId *string `json:"sourceGroupId,omitempty"`
	// State of the specified validation job returned at the time of the request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
}

LiveImportValidation struct for LiveImportValidation

func NewLiveImportValidation ¶

func NewLiveImportValidation() *LiveImportValidation

NewLiveImportValidation instantiates a new LiveImportValidation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLiveImportValidationWithDefaults ¶

func NewLiveImportValidationWithDefaults() *LiveImportValidation

NewLiveImportValidationWithDefaults instantiates a new LiveImportValidation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetSourceGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetSourceGroupId() string

GetSourceGroupId returns the SourceGroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetSourceGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetSourceGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSourceGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the SourceGroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetStatus ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveImportValidation) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) HasId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) HasSourceGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) HasSourceGroupId() bool

HasSourceGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveImportValidation) HasStatus ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LiveImportValidation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LiveImportValidation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LiveImportValidation) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*LiveImportValidation) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*LiveImportValidation) SetId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LiveImportValidation) SetSourceGroupId ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) SetSourceGroupId(v string)

SetSourceGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SourceGroupId field.

func (*LiveImportValidation) SetStatus ¶

func (o *LiveImportValidation) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (LiveImportValidation) ToMap ¶

func (o LiveImportValidation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LiveMigrationRequest ¶

type LiveMigrationRequest struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration request.
	// Read only field.
	Id          *string     `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	Destination Destination `json:"destination"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the migration process drops all collections from the destination cluster before the migration starts.
	// Write only field.
	DropEnabled bool `json:"dropEnabled"`
	// List of migration hosts used for this migration.
	MigrationHosts *[]string        `json:"migrationHosts,omitempty"`
	Sharding       *ShardingRequest `json:"sharding,omitempty"`
	Source         Source           `json:"source"`
}

LiveMigrationRequest struct for LiveMigrationRequest

func NewLiveMigrationRequest ¶

func NewLiveMigrationRequest(destination Destination, dropEnabled bool, source Source) *LiveMigrationRequest

NewLiveMigrationRequest instantiates a new LiveMigrationRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLiveMigrationRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewLiveMigrationRequestWithDefaults() *LiveMigrationRequest

NewLiveMigrationRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new LiveMigrationRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetDestination ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetDestination() Destination

GetDestination returns the Destination field value

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetDestinationOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetDestinationOk() (*Destination, bool)

GetDestinationOk returns a tuple with the Destination field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetDropEnabled ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetDropEnabled() bool

GetDropEnabled returns the DropEnabled field value

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetDropEnabledOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetDropEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDropEnabledOk returns a tuple with the DropEnabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetMigrationHosts() []string

GetMigrationHosts returns the MigrationHosts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetMigrationHostsOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetMigrationHostsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetMigrationHostsOk returns a tuple with the MigrationHosts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetSharding ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetSharding() ShardingRequest

GetSharding returns the Sharding field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetShardingOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetShardingOk() (*ShardingRequest, bool)

GetShardingOk returns a tuple with the Sharding field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetSource ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetSource() Source

GetSource returns the Source field value

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) GetSourceOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) GetSourceOk() (*Source, bool)

GetSourceOk returns a tuple with the Source field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) HasId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) HasMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) HasMigrationHosts() bool

HasMigrationHosts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) HasSharding ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) HasSharding() bool

HasSharding returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LiveMigrationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LiveMigrationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetDestination ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetDestination(v Destination)

SetDestination sets field value

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetDropEnabled ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetDropEnabled(v bool)

SetDropEnabled sets field value

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetMigrationHosts(v []string)

SetMigrationHosts gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MigrationHosts field.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetSharding ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetSharding(v ShardingRequest)

SetSharding gets a reference to the given ShardingRequest and assigns it to the Sharding field.

func (*LiveMigrationRequest) SetSource ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationRequest) SetSource(v Source)

SetSource sets field value

func (LiveMigrationRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o LiveMigrationRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LiveMigrationResponse ¶

type LiveMigrationResponse struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the migration job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Replication lag between the source and destination clusters. Atlas returns this setting only during an active migration, before the cutover phase.
	// Read only field.
	LagTimeSeconds *int64 `json:"lagTimeSeconds,omitempty"`
	// List of hosts running MongoDB Agents. These Agents can transfer your MongoDB data between one source and one target cluster.
	// Read only field.
	MigrationHosts *[]string `json:"migrationHosts,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates the migrated cluster can be cut over to MongoDB Atlas.
	// Read only field.
	ReadyForCutover *bool `json:"readyForCutover,omitempty"`
	// Progress made in migrating one cluster to MongoDB Atlas.  | Status   | Explanation | |----------|-------------| | NEW      | Someone scheduled a local cluster migration to MongoDB Atlas. | | FAILED   | The cluster migration to MongoDB Atlas failed.                | | COMPLETE | The cluster migration to MongoDB Atlas succeeded.             | | EXPIRED  | MongoDB Atlas prepares to begin the cut over of the migrating cluster when source and target clusters have almost synchronized. If `\"readyForCutover\" : true`, this synchronization starts a timer of 120 hours. You can extend this timer. If the timer expires, MongoDB Atlas returns this status. | | WORKING  | The cluster migration to MongoDB Atlas is performing one of the following tasks:<ul><li>Preparing connections to source and target clusters</li><li>Replicating data from source to target</li><li>Verifying MongoDB Atlas connection settings</li><li>Stopping replication after the cut over</li></ul> |
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
}

LiveMigrationResponse struct for LiveMigrationResponse

func NewLiveMigrationResponse ¶

func NewLiveMigrationResponse() *LiveMigrationResponse

NewLiveMigrationResponse instantiates a new LiveMigrationResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewLiveMigrationResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewLiveMigrationResponseWithDefaults() *LiveMigrationResponse

NewLiveMigrationResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new LiveMigrationResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetLagTimeSeconds ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetLagTimeSeconds() int64

GetLagTimeSeconds returns the LagTimeSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetLagTimeSecondsOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetLagTimeSecondsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetLagTimeSecondsOk returns a tuple with the LagTimeSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetMigrationHosts() []string

GetMigrationHosts returns the MigrationHosts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetMigrationHostsOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetMigrationHostsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetMigrationHostsOk returns a tuple with the MigrationHosts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetReadyForCutover ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetReadyForCutover() bool

GetReadyForCutover returns the ReadyForCutover field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetReadyForCutoverOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetReadyForCutoverOk() (*bool, bool)

GetReadyForCutoverOk returns a tuple with the ReadyForCutover field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetStatus ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) HasId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) HasLagTimeSeconds ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) HasLagTimeSeconds() bool

HasLagTimeSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) HasMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) HasMigrationHosts() bool

HasMigrationHosts returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) HasReadyForCutover ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) HasReadyForCutover() bool

HasReadyForCutover returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) HasStatus ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (LiveMigrationResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o LiveMigrationResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) SetId ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) SetLagTimeSeconds ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) SetLagTimeSeconds(v int64)

SetLagTimeSeconds gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the LagTimeSeconds field.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) SetMigrationHosts ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) SetMigrationHosts(v []string)

SetMigrationHosts gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the MigrationHosts field.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) SetReadyForCutover ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) SetReadyForCutover(v bool)

SetReadyForCutover gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ReadyForCutover field.

func (*LiveMigrationResponse) SetStatus ¶

func (o *LiveMigrationResponse) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (LiveMigrationResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o LiveMigrationResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type LoadSampleDatasetApiParams ¶

type LoadSampleDatasetApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	Name    string
}

type LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest ¶

type LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (LoadSampleDatasetApiRequest) Execute ¶

type MaintenanceWindowsApi ¶

type MaintenanceWindowsApi interface {

	/*
		DeferMaintenanceWindow Defer One Maintenance Window for One Project

		Defers the maintenance window for the specified project. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	DeferMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	/*
		DeferMaintenanceWindow Defer One Maintenance Window for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeferMaintenanceWindowApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	DeferMaintenanceWindowWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeferMaintenanceWindowApiParams) DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeferMaintenanceWindowExecute(r DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetMaintenanceWindow Return One Maintenance Window for One Project

		Returns the maintenance window for the specified project. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. You can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	GetMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	/*
		GetMaintenanceWindow Return One Maintenance Window for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetMaintenanceWindowApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	GetMaintenanceWindowWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetMaintenanceWindowApiParams) GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetMaintenanceWindowExecute(r GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (*GroupMaintenanceWindow, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ResetMaintenanceWindow Reset One Maintenance Window for One Project

		Resets the maintenance window for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	ResetMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	/*
		ResetMaintenanceWindow Reset One Maintenance Window for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ResetMaintenanceWindowApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	ResetMaintenanceWindowWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ResetMaintenanceWindowApiParams) ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ResetMaintenanceWindowExecute(r ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer Toggle Automatic Deferral of Maintenance for One Project

		[experimental] Toggles automatic deferral of the maintenance window for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest
	/*
		ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer Toggle Automatic Deferral of Maintenance for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiParams) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferExecute(r ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateMaintenanceWindow Update Maintenance Window for One Project

		Updates the maintenance window for the specified project. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupMaintenanceWindow *GroupMaintenanceWindow) UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateMaintenanceWindow Update Maintenance Window for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateMaintenanceWindowWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiParams) UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateMaintenanceWindowExecute(r UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)
}

type MaintenanceWindowsApiService ¶

type MaintenanceWindowsApiService service

MaintenanceWindowsApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi service

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) DeferMaintenanceWindow ¶

DeferMaintenanceWindow Defer One Maintenance Window for One Project

Defers the maintenance window for the specified project. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) DeferMaintenanceWindowExecute ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) DeferMaintenanceWindowExecute(r DeferMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) DeferMaintenanceWindowWithParams ¶

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) GetMaintenanceWindow ¶

GetMaintenanceWindow Return One Maintenance Window for One Project

Returns the maintenance window for the specified project. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. You can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) GetMaintenanceWindowExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return GroupMaintenanceWindow

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) GetMaintenanceWindowWithParams ¶

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ResetMaintenanceWindow ¶

ResetMaintenanceWindow Reset One Maintenance Window for One Project

Resets the maintenance window for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ResetMaintenanceWindowExecute ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ResetMaintenanceWindowExecute(r ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ResetMaintenanceWindowWithParams ¶

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest

ToggleMaintenanceAutoDefer Toggle Automatic Deferral of Maintenance for One Project

[experimental] Toggles automatic deferral of the maintenance window for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferExecute ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferExecute(r ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferWithParams ¶

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) UpdateMaintenanceWindow ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) UpdateMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupMaintenanceWindow *GroupMaintenanceWindow) UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

UpdateMaintenanceWindow Update Maintenance Window for One Project

Updates the maintenance window for the specified project. Urgent maintenance activities such as security patches can't wait for your chosen window. MongoDB Cloud starts those maintenance activities when needed. After you schedule maintenance for your cluster, you can't change your maintenance window until the current maintenance efforts complete. The maintenance procedure that MongoDB Cloud performs requires at least one replica set election during the maintenance window per replica set. Maintenance always begins as close to the scheduled hour as possible, but in-progress cluster updates or unexpected system issues could delay the start time. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) UpdateMaintenanceWindowExecute ¶

func (a *MaintenanceWindowsApiService) UpdateMaintenanceWindowExecute(r UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*MaintenanceWindowsApiService) UpdateMaintenanceWindowWithParams ¶

type ManagedNamespace ¶

type ManagedNamespace struct {
	// Human-readable label of the collection to manage for this Global Cluster.
	Collection *string `json:"collection,omitempty"`
	// Database parameter used to divide the *collection* into shards. Global clusters require a compound shard key. This compound shard key combines the location parameter and the user-selected custom key.
	CustomShardKey *string `json:"customShardKey,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the database to manage for this Global Cluster.
	Db *string `json:"db,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone hashed the custom shard key. If this parameter returns `false`, this cluster uses ranged sharding.
	IsCustomShardKeyHashed *bool `json:"isCustomShardKeyHashed,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the underlying index enforces unique values.
	IsShardKeyUnique *bool `json:"isShardKeyUnique,omitempty"`
	// Minimum number of chunks to create initially when sharding an empty collection with a hashed shard key.
	NumInitialChunks *int64 `json:"numInitialChunks,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud should create and distribute initial chunks for an empty or non-existing collection. MongoDB Cloud distributes data based on the defined zones and zone ranges for the collection.
	PresplitHashedZones *bool `json:"presplitHashedZones,omitempty"`
}

ManagedNamespace struct for ManagedNamespace

func NewManagedNamespace ¶

func NewManagedNamespace() *ManagedNamespace

NewManagedNamespace instantiates a new ManagedNamespace object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewManagedNamespaceWithDefaults ¶

func NewManagedNamespaceWithDefaults() *ManagedNamespace

NewManagedNamespaceWithDefaults instantiates a new ManagedNamespace object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetCollection ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetCustomShardKey ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetCustomShardKey() string

GetCustomShardKey returns the CustomShardKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetCustomShardKeyOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetCustomShardKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetCustomShardKeyOk returns a tuple with the CustomShardKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetDb ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetDb() string

GetDb returns the Db field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetDbOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetDbOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbOk returns a tuple with the Db field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed() bool

GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed returns the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk returns a tuple with the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetIsShardKeyUnique() bool

GetIsShardKeyUnique returns the IsShardKeyUnique field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk returns a tuple with the IsShardKeyUnique field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetNumInitialChunks() int64

GetNumInitialChunks returns the NumInitialChunks field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetNumInitialChunksOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetNumInitialChunksOk() (*int64, bool)

GetNumInitialChunksOk returns a tuple with the NumInitialChunks field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetPresplitHashedZones() bool

GetPresplitHashedZones returns the PresplitHashedZones field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespace) GetPresplitHashedZonesOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) GetPresplitHashedZonesOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPresplitHashedZonesOk returns a tuple with the PresplitHashedZones field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasCollection ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasCollection() bool

HasCollection returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasCustomShardKey ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasCustomShardKey() bool

HasCustomShardKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasDb ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasDb() bool

HasDb returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed() bool

HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasIsShardKeyUnique() bool

HasIsShardKeyUnique returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasNumInitialChunks() bool

HasNumInitialChunks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespace) HasPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) HasPresplitHashedZones() bool

HasPresplitHashedZones returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ManagedNamespace) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ManagedNamespace) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetCollection ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Collection field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetCustomShardKey ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetCustomShardKey(v string)

SetCustomShardKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomShardKey field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetDb ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetDb(v string)

SetDb gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Db field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed(v bool)

SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetIsShardKeyUnique(v bool)

SetIsShardKeyUnique gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsShardKeyUnique field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetNumInitialChunks(v int64)

SetNumInitialChunks gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NumInitialChunks field.

func (*ManagedNamespace) SetPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespace) SetPresplitHashedZones(v bool)

SetPresplitHashedZones gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PresplitHashedZones field.

func (ManagedNamespace) ToMap ¶

func (o ManagedNamespace) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ManagedNamespaces ¶

type ManagedNamespaces struct {
	// Human-readable label of the collection to manage for this Global Cluster.
	Collection string `json:"collection"`
	// Database parameter used to divide the *collection* into shards. Global clusters require a compound shard key. This compound shard key combines the location parameter and the user-selected custom key.
	// Read only field.
	CustomShardKey string `json:"customShardKey"`
	// Human-readable label of the database to manage for this Global Cluster.
	Db string `json:"db"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone hashed the custom shard key for the specified collection. If you set this value to `false`, MongoDB Cloud uses ranged sharding.
	// Write only field.
	IsCustomShardKeyHashed *bool `json:"isCustomShardKeyHashed,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone [hashed](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/method/sh.shardCollection/#hashed-shard-keys) the custom shard key. If this parameter returns `false`, this cluster uses [ranged sharding](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/ranged-sharding/).
	// Write only field.
	IsShardKeyUnique *bool `json:"isShardKeyUnique,omitempty"`
	// Minimum number of chunks to create initially when sharding an empty collection with a [hashed shard key](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/hashed-sharding/).
	// Write only field.
	NumInitialChunks *int64 `json:"numInitialChunks,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud should create and distribute initial chunks for an empty or non-existing collection. MongoDB Cloud distributes data based on the defined zones and zone ranges for the collection.
	// Write only field.
	PresplitHashedZones *bool `json:"presplitHashedZones,omitempty"`
}

ManagedNamespaces struct for ManagedNamespaces

func NewManagedNamespaces ¶

func NewManagedNamespaces(collection string, customShardKey string, db string) *ManagedNamespaces

NewManagedNamespaces instantiates a new ManagedNamespaces object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewManagedNamespacesWithDefaults ¶

func NewManagedNamespacesWithDefaults() *ManagedNamespaces

NewManagedNamespacesWithDefaults instantiates a new ManagedNamespaces object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetCollection ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetCustomShardKey ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetCustomShardKey() string

GetCustomShardKey returns the CustomShardKey field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetCustomShardKeyOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetCustomShardKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetCustomShardKeyOk returns a tuple with the CustomShardKey field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetDb ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetDb() string

GetDb returns the Db field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetDbOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetDbOk() (*string, bool)

GetDbOk returns a tuple with the Db field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed() bool

GetIsCustomShardKeyHashed returns the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsCustomShardKeyHashedOk returns a tuple with the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetIsShardKeyUnique() bool

GetIsShardKeyUnique returns the IsShardKeyUnique field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk() (*bool, bool)

GetIsShardKeyUniqueOk returns a tuple with the IsShardKeyUnique field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetNumInitialChunks() int64

GetNumInitialChunks returns the NumInitialChunks field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetNumInitialChunksOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetNumInitialChunksOk() (*int64, bool)

GetNumInitialChunksOk returns a tuple with the NumInitialChunks field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetPresplitHashedZones() bool

GetPresplitHashedZones returns the PresplitHashedZones field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ManagedNamespaces) GetPresplitHashedZonesOk ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) GetPresplitHashedZonesOk() (*bool, bool)

GetPresplitHashedZonesOk returns a tuple with the PresplitHashedZones field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed() bool

HasIsCustomShardKeyHashed returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) HasIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) HasIsShardKeyUnique() bool

HasIsShardKeyUnique returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) HasNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) HasNumInitialChunks() bool

HasNumInitialChunks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) HasPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) HasPresplitHashedZones() bool

HasPresplitHashedZones returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ManagedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ManagedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetCollection ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection sets field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetCustomShardKey ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetCustomShardKey(v string)

SetCustomShardKey sets field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetDb ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetDb(v string)

SetDb sets field value

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed(v bool)

SetIsCustomShardKeyHashed gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsCustomShardKeyHashed field.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetIsShardKeyUnique ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetIsShardKeyUnique(v bool)

SetIsShardKeyUnique gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the IsShardKeyUnique field.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetNumInitialChunks ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetNumInitialChunks(v int64)

SetNumInitialChunks gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NumInitialChunks field.

func (*ManagedNamespaces) SetPresplitHashedZones ¶

func (o *ManagedNamespaces) SetPresplitHashedZones(v bool)

SetPresplitHashedZones gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the PresplitHashedZones field.

func (ManagedNamespaces) ToMap ¶

func (o ManagedNamespaces) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MeasurementDiskPartition ¶

type MeasurementDiskPartition struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
	// Read only field.
	PartitionName *string `json:"partitionName,omitempty"`
}

MeasurementDiskPartition struct for MeasurementDiskPartition

func NewMeasurementDiskPartition ¶

func NewMeasurementDiskPartition() *MeasurementDiskPartition

NewMeasurementDiskPartition instantiates a new MeasurementDiskPartition object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMeasurementDiskPartitionWithDefaults ¶

func NewMeasurementDiskPartitionWithDefaults() *MeasurementDiskPartition

NewMeasurementDiskPartitionWithDefaults instantiates a new MeasurementDiskPartition object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementDiskPartition) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementDiskPartition) GetPartitionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) GetPartitionName() string

GetPartitionName returns the PartitionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementDiskPartition) GetPartitionNameOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) GetPartitionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetPartitionNameOk returns a tuple with the PartitionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementDiskPartition) HasPartitionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) HasPartitionName() bool

HasPartitionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MeasurementDiskPartition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MeasurementDiskPartition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*MeasurementDiskPartition) SetPartitionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementDiskPartition) SetPartitionName(v string)

SetPartitionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PartitionName field.

func (MeasurementDiskPartition) ToMap ¶

func (o MeasurementDiskPartition) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster struct {
	// Unique identifier for Clusters.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Cluster topology view.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterView *string `json:"clusterView,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
	// Read only field.
	CollectionName *string `json:"collectionName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
	// Read only field.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to stop retrieving measurements. If you set **end**, you must set **start**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	End *time.Time `json:"end,omitempty"`
	// Duration that specifies the interval between measurement data points. The parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. If you set this parameter, you must set either **period** or **start** and **end**.
	// Read only field.
	Granularity *string `json:"granularity,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List that contains measurements and their data points.
	// Read only field.
	Measurements *[]MetricsMeasurement `json:"measurements,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId *string `json:"processId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to start retrieving measurements. If you set **start**, you must set **end**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Start *time.Time `json:"start,omitempty"`
}

MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster struct for MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster() *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster

NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster instantiates a new MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyClusterWithDefaults ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyClusterWithDefaults() *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster

NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyClusterWithDefaults instantiates a new MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterView ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterView() string

GetClusterView returns the ClusterView field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterViewOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetClusterViewOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterViewOk returns a tuple with the ClusterView field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetCollectionNameOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetEnd returns the End field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetEndOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGranularity() string

GetGranularity returns the Granularity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGranularityOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGranularityOk() (*string, bool)

GetGranularityOk returns a tuple with the Granularity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGroupIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetLinksOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetMeasurements returns the Measurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetMeasurementsOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurement, bool)

GetMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the Measurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetProcessIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetStart returns the Start field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetStartOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasClusterView ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasClusterView() bool

HasClusterView returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasCollectionName() bool

HasCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

HasEnd returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasGranularity() bool

HasGranularity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasMeasurements() bool

HasMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasProcessId() bool

HasProcessId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) HasStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

HasStart returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetClusterView ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetClusterView(v string)

SetClusterView gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterView field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionName field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetEnd gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the End field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetGranularity(v string)

SetGranularity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Granularity field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurement and assigns it to the Measurements field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProcessId field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) SetStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetStart gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Start field.

func (MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) ToMap ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyCluster) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
	// Read only field.
	CollectionName *string `json:"collectionName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
	// Read only field.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to stop retrieving measurements. If you set **end**, you must set **start**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	End *time.Time `json:"end,omitempty"`
	// Duration that specifies the interval between measurement data points. The parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. If you set this parameter, you must set either **period** or **start** and **end**.
	// Read only field.
	Granularity *string `json:"granularity,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List that contains measurements and their data points.
	// Read only field.
	Measurements *[]MetricsMeasurement `json:"measurements,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId *string `json:"processId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to start retrieving measurements. If you set **start**, you must set **end**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Start *time.Time `json:"start,omitempty"`
}

MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost struct for MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost() *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost

NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost instantiates a new MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHostWithDefaults ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHostWithDefaults() *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost

NewMeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHostWithDefaults instantiates a new MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetCollectionNameOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetEnd returns the End field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetEndOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetEndOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGranularity() string

GetGranularity returns the Granularity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGranularityOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGranularityOk() (*string, bool)

GetGranularityOk returns a tuple with the Granularity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGroupIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetLinksOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetMeasurements returns the Measurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetMeasurementsOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurement, bool)

GetMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the Measurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetProcessIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

GetStart returns the Start field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetStartOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasCollectionName() bool

HasCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

HasEnd returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasGranularity() bool

HasGranularity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasMeasurements() bool

HasMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasProcessId() bool

HasProcessId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) HasStart() bool

HasStart returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetCollectionName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionName field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetDatabaseName ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetEnd ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetEnd gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the End field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetGranularity ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetGranularity(v string)

SetGranularity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Granularity field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetMeasurements ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetMeasurements(v []MetricsMeasurement)

SetMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurement and assigns it to the Measurements field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetProcessId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProcessId field.

func (*MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) SetStart ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

SetStart gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Start field.

func (MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) ToMap ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o MeasurementsCollStatsLatencyHost) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MeasurementsIndexes ¶

type MeasurementsIndexes struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
	// Read only field.
	CollectionName *string `json:"collectionName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
	// Read only field.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to stop retrieving measurements. If you set **end**, you must set **start**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	End *time.Time `json:"end,omitempty"`
	// Duration that specifies the interval between measurement data points. The parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. If you set this parameter, you must set either **period** or **start** and **end**.
	// Read only field.
	Granularity *string `json:"granularity,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the Atlas Search index identifiers.
	// Read only field.
	IndexIds *[]string `json:"indexIds,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the Atlas Search index stats measurements.
	// Read only field.
	IndexStatsMeasurements *[]MetricsMeasurement `json:"indexStatsMeasurements,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId *string `json:"processId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to start retrieving measurements. If you set **start**, you must set **end**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Start *time.Time `json:"start,omitempty"`
}

MeasurementsIndexes struct for MeasurementsIndexes

func NewMeasurementsIndexes ¶

func NewMeasurementsIndexes() *MeasurementsIndexes

NewMeasurementsIndexes instantiates a new MeasurementsIndexes object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMeasurementsIndexesWithDefaults ¶

func NewMeasurementsIndexesWithDefaults() *MeasurementsIndexes

NewMeasurementsIndexesWithDefaults instantiates a new MeasurementsIndexes object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetCollectionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetCollectionName() string

GetCollectionName returns the CollectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetCollectionNameOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetCollectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionNameOk returns a tuple with the CollectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetEnd() time.Time

GetEnd returns the End field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetEndOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetEndOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetGranularity() string

GetGranularity returns the Granularity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetGranularityOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetGranularityOk() (*string, bool)

GetGranularityOk returns a tuple with the Granularity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexIds ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexIds() []string

GetIndexIds returns the IndexIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexIdsOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetIndexIdsOk returns a tuple with the IndexIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexStatsMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexStatsMeasurements() []MetricsMeasurement

GetIndexStatsMeasurements returns the IndexStatsMeasurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexStatsMeasurementsOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetIndexStatsMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurement, bool)

GetIndexStatsMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the IndexStatsMeasurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetProcessIdOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetStart() time.Time

GetStart returns the Start field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) GetStartOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasCollectionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasCollectionName() bool

HasCollectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasEnd() bool

HasEnd returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasGranularity() bool

HasGranularity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasIndexIds ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasIndexIds() bool

HasIndexIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasIndexStatsMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasIndexStatsMeasurements() bool

HasIndexStatsMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasProcessId() bool

HasProcessId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) HasStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) HasStart() bool

HasStart returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MeasurementsIndexes) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MeasurementsIndexes) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetCollectionName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetCollectionName(v string)

SetCollectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CollectionName field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetEnd(v time.Time)

SetEnd gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the End field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetGranularity(v string)

SetGranularity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Granularity field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetIndexIds ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetIndexIds(v []string)

SetIndexIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the IndexIds field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetIndexStatsMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetIndexStatsMeasurements(v []MetricsMeasurement)

SetIndexStatsMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurement and assigns it to the IndexStatsMeasurements field.

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProcessId field.

func (*MeasurementsIndexes) SetStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsIndexes) SetStart(v time.Time)

SetStart gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Start field.

func (MeasurementsIndexes) ToMap ¶

func (o MeasurementsIndexes) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MeasurementsNonIndex ¶

type MeasurementsNonIndex struct {
	// Date and time that specifies when to stop retrieving measurements. If you set **end**, you must set **start**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	End *time.Time `json:"end,omitempty"`
	// Duration that specifies the interval between measurement data points. The parameter expresses its value in ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC. If you set this parameter, you must set either **period** or **start** and **end**.
	// Read only field.
	Granularity *string `json:"granularity,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project. The project contains MongoDB processes that you want to return. The MongoDB process can be either the `mongod` or `mongos`.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the Atlas Search hardware measurements.
	// Read only field.
	HardwareMeasurements *[]MetricsMeasurement `json:"hardwareMeasurements,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
	// Read only field.
	ProcessId *string `json:"processId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that specifies when to start retrieving measurements. If you set **start**, you must set **end**. You can't set this parameter and **period** in the same request. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Start *time.Time `json:"start,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the Atlas Search status measurements.
	// Read only field.
	StatusMeasurements *[]MetricsMeasurement `json:"statusMeasurements,omitempty"`
}

MeasurementsNonIndex struct for MeasurementsNonIndex

func NewMeasurementsNonIndex ¶

func NewMeasurementsNonIndex() *MeasurementsNonIndex

NewMeasurementsNonIndex instantiates a new MeasurementsNonIndex object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMeasurementsNonIndexWithDefaults ¶

func NewMeasurementsNonIndexWithDefaults() *MeasurementsNonIndex

NewMeasurementsNonIndexWithDefaults instantiates a new MeasurementsNonIndex object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetEnd() time.Time

GetEnd returns the End field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetEndOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetEndOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetEndOk returns a tuple with the End field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGranularity() string

GetGranularity returns the Granularity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGranularityOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGranularityOk() (*string, bool)

GetGranularityOk returns a tuple with the Granularity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetHardwareMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetHardwareMeasurements() []MetricsMeasurement

GetHardwareMeasurements returns the HardwareMeasurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetHardwareMeasurementsOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetHardwareMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurement, bool)

GetHardwareMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the HardwareMeasurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetProcessId() string

GetProcessId returns the ProcessId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetProcessIdOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetProcessIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProcessIdOk returns a tuple with the ProcessId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStart() time.Time

GetStart returns the Start field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStartOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStartOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetStartOk returns a tuple with the Start field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStatusMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStatusMeasurements() []MetricsMeasurement

GetStatusMeasurements returns the StatusMeasurements field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStatusMeasurementsOk ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) GetStatusMeasurementsOk() (*[]MetricsMeasurement, bool)

GetStatusMeasurementsOk returns a tuple with the StatusMeasurements field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasEnd() bool

HasEnd returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasGranularity() bool

HasGranularity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasHardwareMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasHardwareMeasurements() bool

HasHardwareMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasProcessId() bool

HasProcessId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasStart() bool

HasStart returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) HasStatusMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) HasStatusMeasurements() bool

HasStatusMeasurements returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MeasurementsNonIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MeasurementsNonIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetEnd ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetEnd(v time.Time)

SetEnd gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the End field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetGranularity ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetGranularity(v string)

SetGranularity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Granularity field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetHardwareMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetHardwareMeasurements(v []MetricsMeasurement)

SetHardwareMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurement and assigns it to the HardwareMeasurements field.

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetProcessId ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetProcessId(v string)

SetProcessId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProcessId field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetStart ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetStart(v time.Time)

SetStart gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Start field.

func (*MeasurementsNonIndex) SetStatusMeasurements ¶

func (o *MeasurementsNonIndex) SetStatusMeasurements(v []MetricsMeasurement)

SetStatusMeasurements gets a reference to the given []MetricsMeasurement and assigns it to the StatusMeasurements field.

func (MeasurementsNonIndex) ToMap ¶

func (o MeasurementsNonIndex) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MesurementsDatabase ¶

type MesurementsDatabase struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
	DatabaseName *string `json:"databaseName,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

MesurementsDatabase struct for MesurementsDatabase

func NewMesurementsDatabase ¶

func NewMesurementsDatabase() *MesurementsDatabase

NewMesurementsDatabase instantiates a new MesurementsDatabase object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMesurementsDatabaseWithDefaults ¶

func NewMesurementsDatabaseWithDefaults() *MesurementsDatabase

NewMesurementsDatabaseWithDefaults instantiates a new MesurementsDatabase object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MesurementsDatabase) GetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) GetDatabaseName() string

GetDatabaseName returns the DatabaseName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MesurementsDatabase) GetDatabaseNameOk ¶

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) GetDatabaseNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseNameOk returns a tuple with the DatabaseName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MesurementsDatabase) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MesurementsDatabase) HasDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) HasDatabaseName() bool

HasDatabaseName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MesurementsDatabase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MesurementsDatabase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MesurementsDatabase) SetDatabaseName ¶

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) SetDatabaseName(v string)

SetDatabaseName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DatabaseName field.

func (o *MesurementsDatabase) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (MesurementsDatabase) ToMap ¶

func (o MesurementsDatabase) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MetricDataPoint ¶

type MetricDataPoint struct {
	// Date and time when this data point occurred. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
	// Value that comprises this data point.
	// Read only field.
	Value *float32 `json:"value,omitempty"`
}

MetricDataPoint value of, and metadata provided for, one data point generated at a particular moment in time. If no data point exists for a particular moment in time, the `value` parameter returns `null`.

func NewMetricDataPoint ¶

func NewMetricDataPoint() *MetricDataPoint

NewMetricDataPoint instantiates a new MetricDataPoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMetricDataPointWithDefaults ¶

func NewMetricDataPointWithDefaults() *MetricDataPoint

NewMetricDataPointWithDefaults instantiates a new MetricDataPoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MetricDataPoint) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) GetTimestamp() time.Time

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricDataPoint) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricDataPoint) GetValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) GetValue() float32

GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricDataPoint) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) GetValueOk() (*float32, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricDataPoint) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricDataPoint) HasValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) HasValue() bool

HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MetricDataPoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MetricDataPoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MetricDataPoint) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) SetTimestamp(v time.Time)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (*MetricDataPoint) SetValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPoint) SetValue(v float32)

SetValue gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the Value field.

func (MetricDataPoint) ToMap ¶

func (o MetricDataPoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MetricDataPointAtlas ¶

type MetricDataPointAtlas struct {
	// Date and time when this data point occurred. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
	// Value that comprises this data point.
	// Read only field.
	Value *float32 `json:"value,omitempty"`
}

MetricDataPointAtlas value of, and metadata provided for, one data point generated at a particular moment in time. If no data point exists for a particular moment in time, the `value` parameter returns `null`.

func NewMetricDataPointAtlas ¶

func NewMetricDataPointAtlas() *MetricDataPointAtlas

NewMetricDataPointAtlas instantiates a new MetricDataPointAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMetricDataPointAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewMetricDataPointAtlasWithDefaults() *MetricDataPointAtlas

NewMetricDataPointAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new MetricDataPointAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) GetTimestamp() time.Time

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) GetValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) GetValue() float32

GetValue returns the Value field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) GetValueOk() (*float32, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) HasValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) HasValue() bool

HasValue returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MetricDataPointAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MetricDataPointAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) SetTimestamp(v time.Time)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (*MetricDataPointAtlas) SetValue ¶

func (o *MetricDataPointAtlas) SetValue(v float32)

SetValue gets a reference to the given float32 and assigns it to the Value field.

func (MetricDataPointAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o MetricDataPointAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MetricsMeasurement ¶

type MetricsMeasurement struct {
	// List that contains the value of, and metadata provided for, one data point generated at a particular moment in time. If no data point exists for a particular moment in time, the `value` parameter returns `null`.
	// Read only field.
	DataPoints *[]MetricDataPoint `json:"dataPoints,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the measurement that this data point covers.
	// Read only field.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Element used to quantify the measurement. The resource returns units of throughput, storage, and time.
	// Read only field.
	Units *string `json:"units,omitempty"`
}

MetricsMeasurement struct for MetricsMeasurement

func NewMetricsMeasurement ¶

func NewMetricsMeasurement() *MetricsMeasurement

NewMetricsMeasurement instantiates a new MetricsMeasurement object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMetricsMeasurementWithDefaults ¶

func NewMetricsMeasurementWithDefaults() *MetricsMeasurement

NewMetricsMeasurementWithDefaults instantiates a new MetricsMeasurement object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetDataPoints() []MetricDataPoint

GetDataPoints returns the DataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetDataPointsOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetDataPointsOk() (*[]MetricDataPoint, bool)

GetDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the DataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurement) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) HasDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) HasDataPoints() bool

HasDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) HasName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) HasUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) HasUnits() bool

HasUnits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MetricsMeasurement) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MetricsMeasurement) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MetricsMeasurement) SetDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) SetDataPoints(v []MetricDataPoint)

SetDataPoints gets a reference to the given []MetricDataPoint and assigns it to the DataPoints field.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) SetName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*MetricsMeasurement) SetUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurement) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Units field.

func (MetricsMeasurement) ToMap ¶

func (o MetricsMeasurement) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MetricsMeasurementAtlas ¶

type MetricsMeasurementAtlas struct {
	// List that contains the value of, and metadata provided for, one data point generated at a particular moment in time. If no data point exists for a particular moment in time, the `value` parameter returns `null`.
	// Read only field.
	DataPoints *[]MetricDataPointAtlas `json:"dataPoints,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label of the measurement that this data point covers.
	// Read only field.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Element used to quantify the measurement. The resource returns units of throughput, storage, and time.
	// Read only field.
	Units *string `json:"units,omitempty"`
}

MetricsMeasurementAtlas struct for MetricsMeasurementAtlas

func NewMetricsMeasurementAtlas ¶

func NewMetricsMeasurementAtlas() *MetricsMeasurementAtlas

NewMetricsMeasurementAtlas instantiates a new MetricsMeasurementAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMetricsMeasurementAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewMetricsMeasurementAtlasWithDefaults() *MetricsMeasurementAtlas

NewMetricsMeasurementAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new MetricsMeasurementAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetDataPoints() []MetricDataPointAtlas

GetDataPoints returns the DataPoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetDataPointsOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetDataPointsOk() (*[]MetricDataPointAtlas, bool)

GetDataPointsOk returns a tuple with the DataPoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasDataPoints() bool

HasDataPoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) HasUnits() bool

HasUnits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MetricsMeasurementAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MetricsMeasurementAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetDataPoints ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetDataPoints(v []MetricDataPointAtlas)

SetDataPoints gets a reference to the given []MetricDataPointAtlas and assigns it to the DataPoints field.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetName ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetUnits ¶

func (o *MetricsMeasurementAtlas) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Units field.

func (MetricsMeasurementAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o MetricsMeasurementAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MongoDBAccessLogs ¶

type MongoDBAccessLogs struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether the response should return successful authentication attempts only.
	AuthResult *bool `json:"authResult,omitempty"`
	// Database against which someone attempted to authenticate.
	// Read only field.
	AuthSource *string `json:"authSource,omitempty"`
	// Reason that the authentication failed. Null if authentication succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	FailureReason *string `json:"failureReason,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hostname of the target node that received the authentication attempt.
	// Read only field.
	Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"`
	// Internet Protocol address that attempted to authenticate with the database.
	// Read only field.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
	// Text of the host log concerning the authentication attempt.
	// Read only field.
	LogLine *string `json:"logLine,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone made this authentication attempt. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *string `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
	// Username used to authenticate against the database.
	// Read only field.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

MongoDBAccessLogs Authentication attempt, one per object, made against the cluster.

func NewMongoDBAccessLogs ¶

func NewMongoDBAccessLogs() *MongoDBAccessLogs

NewMongoDBAccessLogs instantiates a new MongoDBAccessLogs object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsWithDefaults ¶

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsWithDefaults() *MongoDBAccessLogs

NewMongoDBAccessLogsWithDefaults instantiates a new MongoDBAccessLogs object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthResult ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthResult() bool

GetAuthResult returns the AuthResult field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthResultOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthResultOk() (*bool, bool)

GetAuthResultOk returns a tuple with the AuthResult field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthSource ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthSource() string

GetAuthSource returns the AuthSource field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthSourceOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetAuthSourceOk() (*string, bool)

GetAuthSourceOk returns a tuple with the AuthSource field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetFailureReason ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetFailureReason() string

GetFailureReason returns the FailureReason field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetFailureReasonOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetFailureReasonOk() (*string, bool)

GetFailureReasonOk returns a tuple with the FailureReason field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetHostname ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetHostname() string

GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetHostnameOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetLogLine ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetLogLine() string

GetLogLine returns the LogLine field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetLogLineOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetLogLineOk() (*string, bool)

GetLogLineOk returns a tuple with the LogLine field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetTimestamp() string

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetTimestampOk() (*string, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetUsername ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasAuthResult ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasAuthResult() bool

HasAuthResult returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasAuthSource ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasAuthSource() bool

HasAuthSource returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasFailureReason ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasFailureReason() bool

HasFailureReason returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasHostname ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasHostname() bool

HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasLogLine ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasLogLine() bool

HasLogLine returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) HasUsername ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MongoDBAccessLogs) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MongoDBAccessLogs) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetAuthResult ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetAuthResult(v bool)

SetAuthResult gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the AuthResult field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetAuthSource ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetAuthSource(v string)

SetAuthSource gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AuthSource field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetFailureReason ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetFailureReason(v string)

SetFailureReason gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FailureReason field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetHostname ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetHostname(v string)

SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetLogLine ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetLogLine(v string)

SetLogLine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LogLine field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetTimestamp(v string)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogs) SetUsername ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogs) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (MongoDBAccessLogs) ToMap ¶

func (o MongoDBAccessLogs) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MongoDBAccessLogsList ¶

type MongoDBAccessLogsList struct {
	// Authentication attempt, one per object, made against the cluster.
	// Read only field.
	AccessLogs *[]MongoDBAccessLogs `json:"accessLogs,omitempty"`
}

MongoDBAccessLogsList struct for MongoDBAccessLogsList

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsList ¶

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsList() *MongoDBAccessLogsList

NewMongoDBAccessLogsList instantiates a new MongoDBAccessLogsList object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsListWithDefaults ¶

func NewMongoDBAccessLogsListWithDefaults() *MongoDBAccessLogsList

NewMongoDBAccessLogsListWithDefaults instantiates a new MongoDBAccessLogsList object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*MongoDBAccessLogsList) GetAccessLogs ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogsList) GetAccessLogs() []MongoDBAccessLogs

GetAccessLogs returns the AccessLogs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*MongoDBAccessLogsList) GetAccessLogsOk ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogsList) GetAccessLogsOk() (*[]MongoDBAccessLogs, bool)

GetAccessLogsOk returns a tuple with the AccessLogs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*MongoDBAccessLogsList) HasAccessLogs ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogsList) HasAccessLogs() bool

HasAccessLogs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (MongoDBAccessLogsList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o MongoDBAccessLogsList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*MongoDBAccessLogsList) SetAccessLogs ¶

func (o *MongoDBAccessLogsList) SetAccessLogs(v []MongoDBAccessLogs)

SetAccessLogs gets a reference to the given []MongoDBAccessLogs and assigns it to the AccessLogs field.

func (MongoDBAccessLogsList) ToMap ¶

func (o MongoDBAccessLogsList) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type MongoDBCloudUsersApi ¶

type MongoDBCloudUsersApi interface {

	/*
			CreateUser Create One MongoDB Cloud User

			Creates one MongoDB Cloud user account. A MongoDB Cloud user account grants access to only the MongoDB Cloud application. To grant database access, create a database user. MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the users you specify, inviting them to join the project. Invited users don't have access to the project until they accept the invitation. Invitations expire after 30 days.

		 MongoDB Cloud limits MongoDB Cloud user membership to a maximum of 250 MongoDB Cloud users per team. MongoDB Cloud limits MongoDB Cloud user membership to 500 MongoDB Cloud users per project and 500 MongoDB Cloud users per organization, which includes the combined membership of all projects in the organization. MongoDB Cloud raises an error if an operation exceeds these limits. For example, if you have an organization with five projects, and each project has 100 MongoDB Cloud users, and each MongoDB Cloud user belongs to only one project, you can't add any MongoDB Cloud users to this organization without first removing existing MongoDB Cloud users from the organization.

		 To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@return CreateUserApiRequest
	*/
	CreateUser(ctx context.Context, cloudAppUser *CloudAppUser) CreateUserApiRequest
	/*
		CreateUser Create One MongoDB Cloud User


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateUserApiRequest
	*/
	CreateUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateUserApiParams) CreateUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateUserExecute(r CreateUserApiRequest) (*CloudAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetUser Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Its ID

		Returns the details for one MongoDB Cloud user account with the specified unique identifier for the user. You can't use this endpoint to return information on an API Key. To return information about an API Key, use the [Return One Organization](#tag/Organizations/operation/getOrganization) API Key endpoint. You can always retrieve your own user account. If you are the owner of a MongoDB Cloud organization or project, you can also retrieve the user profile for any user with membership in that organization or project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this user.
		@return GetUserApiRequest
	*/
	GetUser(ctx context.Context, userId string) GetUserApiRequest
	/*
		GetUser Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Its ID


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetUserApiRequest
	*/
	GetUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetUserApiParams) GetUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetUserExecute(r GetUserApiRequest) (*CloudAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetUserByUsername Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Their Username

		Returns the details for one MongoDB Cloud user account with the specified username. You can't use this endpoint to return information about an API Key. To return information about an API Key, use the [Return One Organization](#tag/Organizations/operation/getOrganization) API Key endpoint. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param userName Email address that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user account. You cannot modify this address after creating the user.
		@return GetUserByUsernameApiRequest
	*/
	GetUserByUsername(ctx context.Context, userName string) GetUserByUsernameApiRequest
	/*
		GetUserByUsername Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Their Username


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetUserByUsernameApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetUserByUsernameApiRequest
	*/
	GetUserByUsernameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetUserByUsernameApiParams) GetUserByUsernameApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetUserByUsernameExecute(r GetUserByUsernameApiRequest) (*CloudAppUser, *http.Response, error)
}

type MongoDBCloudUsersApiService ¶

type MongoDBCloudUsersApiService service

MongoDBCloudUsersApiService MongoDBCloudUsersApi service

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) CreateUser ¶

CreateUser Create One MongoDB Cloud User

Creates one MongoDB Cloud user account. A MongoDB Cloud user account grants access to only the MongoDB Cloud application. To grant database access, create a database user. MongoDB Cloud sends an email to the users you specify, inviting them to join the project. Invited users don't have access to the project until they accept the invitation. Invitations expire after 30 days.

MongoDB Cloud limits MongoDB Cloud user membership to a maximum of 250 MongoDB Cloud users per team. MongoDB Cloud limits MongoDB Cloud user membership to 500 MongoDB Cloud users per project and 500 MongoDB Cloud users per organization, which includes the combined membership of all projects in the organization. MongoDB Cloud raises an error if an operation exceeds these limits. For example, if you have an organization with five projects, and each project has 100 MongoDB Cloud users, and each MongoDB Cloud user belongs to only one project, you can't add any MongoDB Cloud users to this organization without first removing existing MongoDB Cloud users from the organization.

To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return CreateUserApiRequest

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) CreateUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudAppUser

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) CreateUserWithParams ¶

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUser ¶

GetUser Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Its ID

Returns the details for one MongoDB Cloud user account with the specified unique identifier for the user. You can't use this endpoint to return information on an API Key. To return information about an API Key, use the [Return One Organization](#tag/Organizations/operation/getOrganization) API Key endpoint. You can always retrieve your own user account. If you are the owner of a MongoDB Cloud organization or project, you can also retrieve the user profile for any user with membership in that organization or project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this user.
@return GetUserApiRequest

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUserByUsername ¶

GetUserByUsername Return One MongoDB Cloud User using Their Username

Returns the details for one MongoDB Cloud user account with the specified username. You can't use this endpoint to return information about an API Key. To return information about an API Key, use the [Return One Organization](#tag/Organizations/operation/getOrganization) API Key endpoint. To use this resource, the requesting API Key can have any role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param userName Email address that belongs to the MongoDB Cloud user account. You cannot modify this address after creating the user.
@return GetUserByUsernameApiRequest

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUserByUsernameExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudAppUser

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUserByUsernameWithParams ¶

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudAppUser

func (*MongoDBCloudUsersApiService) GetUserWithParams ¶

type MonitoringAndLogsApi ¶

type MonitoringAndLogsApi interface {

	/*
		GetAtlasProcess Return One MongoDB Process by ID

		Returns the processes for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return GetAtlasProcessApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasProcess(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetAtlasProcessApiRequest
	/*
		GetAtlasProcess Return One MongoDB Process by ID


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetAtlasProcessApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetAtlasProcessApiRequest
	*/
	GetAtlasProcessWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetAtlasProcessApiParams) GetAtlasProcessApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetAtlasProcessExecute(r GetAtlasProcessApiRequest) (*ApiHostViewAtlas, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetDatabase Return One Database for a MongoDB Process

		[experimental] Returns one database running on the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return GetDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, processId string) GetDatabaseApiRequest
	/*
		GetDatabase Return One Database for a MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDatabaseApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDatabaseApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabaseWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDatabaseApiParams) GetDatabaseApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDatabaseExecute(r GetDatabaseApiRequest) (*MesurementsDatabase, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetDatabaseMeasurements Return Measurements of One Database for One MongoDB Process

		Returns the measurements of one database for the specified host for the specified project. Returns the database's on-disk storage space based on the MongoDB `dbStats` command output. To calculate some metric series, Atlas takes the rate between every two adjacent points. For these metric series, the first data point has a null value because Atlas can't calculate a rate for the first data point given the query time range. Atlas retrieves database metrics every 20 minutes but reduces frequency when necessary to optimize database performance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabaseMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, processId string) GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetDatabaseMeasurements Return Measurements of One Database for One MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDatabaseMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiParams) GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDatabaseMeasurementsExecute(r GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest) (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk for One MongoDB Process

			Returns the measurements of one disk or partition for the specified host for the specified project. Returned value can be one of the following:
		- Throughput of I/O operations for the disk partition used for the MongoDB process
		- Percentage of time during which requests the partition issued and serviced
		- Latency per operation type of the disk partition used for the MongoDB process
		- Amount of free and used disk space on the disk partition used for the MongoDB process

		To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param partitionName Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
			@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
			@return GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDiskMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, partitionName string, processId string) GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk for One MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetDiskMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetDiskMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetDiskMeasurementsApiParams) GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetDiskMeasurementsExecute(r GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetHostLogs Download Logs for One Cluster Host in One Project

		Returns a compressed (.gz) log file that contains a range of log messages for the specified host for the specified project. MongoDB updates process and audit logs from the cluster backend infrastructure every five minutes and contain log data from the previous five minutes. If you poll the API for log files, we recommend polling every five minutes. For example, if the logs are updated at 4:00 UTC and then you poll the API, the API returns log data from the interval between 3:55 UTC and 4:00 UTC. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Only or higher role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param hostName Human-readable label that identifies the host that stores the log files that you want to download.
		@param logName Human-readable label that identifies the log file that you want to return. To return audit logs, enable *Database Auditing* for the specified project.
		@return GetHostLogsApiRequest
	*/
	GetHostLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, hostName string, logName string) GetHostLogsApiRequest
	/*
		GetHostLogs Download Logs for One Cluster Host in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetHostLogsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetHostLogsApiRequest
	*/
	GetHostLogsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetHostLogsApiParams) GetHostLogsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetHostLogsExecute(r GetHostLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			GetHostMeasurements Return Measurements for One MongoDB Process

			Returns disk, partition, or host measurements per process for the specified host for the specified project. Returned value can be one of the following:
		- Throughput of I/O operations for the disk partition used for the MongoDB process
		- Percentage of time during which requests the partition issued and serviced
		- Latency per operation type of the disk partition used for the MongoDB process
		- Amount of free and used disk space on the disk partition used for the MongoDB process
		- Measurements for the host, such as CPU usage or number of I/O operations

		To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
			@return GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetHostMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetHostMeasurements Return Measurements for One MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetHostMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetHostMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetHostMeasurementsApiParams) GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetHostMeasurementsExecute(r GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest) (*ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetIndexMetrics Return Atlas Search Metrics for One Index in One Specified Namespace

		[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search metrics data series within the provided time range for one namespace and index name on the specified process. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@param indexName Human-readable label that identifies the index.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
		@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetIndexMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	GetIndexMetrics(ctx context.Context, processId string, indexName string, databaseName string, collectionName string, groupId string) GetIndexMetricsApiRequest
	/*
		GetIndexMetrics Return Atlas Search Metrics for One Index in One Specified Namespace


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetIndexMetricsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetIndexMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	GetIndexMetricsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetIndexMetricsApiParams) GetIndexMetricsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetIndexMetricsExecute(r GetIndexMetricsApiRequest) (*MeasurementsIndexes, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetMeasurements Return Atlas Search Hardware and Status Metrics

		[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search hardware and status data series within the provided time range for one process in the specified project. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetMeasurements(ctx context.Context, processId string, groupId string) GetMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		GetMeasurements Return Atlas Search Hardware and Status Metrics


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	GetMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetMeasurementsApiParams) GetMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetMeasurementsExecute(r GetMeasurementsApiRequest) (*MeasurementsNonIndex, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListAtlasProcesses Return All MongoDB Processes in One Project

		Returns details of all processes for the specified project. A MongoDB process can be either a `mongod` or `mongos`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAtlasProcesses(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest
	/*
		ListAtlasProcesses Return All MongoDB Processes in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListAtlasProcessesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest
	*/
	ListAtlasProcessesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListAtlasProcessesApiParams) ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListAtlasProcessesExecute(r ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest) (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDatabases Return Available Databases for One MongoDB Process

		Returns the list of databases running on the specified host for the specified project. `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, and serverless clusters have some [operational limits](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/reference/free-shared-limitations/#operational-limitations). The MongoDB Cloud process must be a `mongod`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListDatabasesApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabases(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListDatabasesApiRequest
	/*
		ListDatabases Return Available Databases for One MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDatabasesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDatabasesApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabasesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDatabasesApiParams) ListDatabasesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDatabasesExecute(r ListDatabasesApiRequest) (*PaginatedDatabase, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk

		[experimental] Returns measurement details for one disk or partition for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param partitionName Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDiskMeasurements(ctx context.Context, partitionName string, groupId string, processId string) ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	/*
		ListDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDiskMeasurementsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDiskMeasurementsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDiskMeasurementsApiParams) ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDiskMeasurementsExecute(r ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest) (*MeasurementDiskPartition, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDiskPartitions Return Available Disks for One MongoDB Process

		Returns the list of disks or partitions for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDiskPartitions(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest
	/*
		ListDiskPartitions Return Available Disks for One MongoDB Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDiskPartitionsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListDiskPartitionsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDiskPartitionsApiParams) ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDiskPartitionsExecute(r ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest) (*PaginatedDiskPartition, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListIndexMetrics Return All Atlas Search Index Metrics for One Namespace

		[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search index metrics within the specified time range for one namespace in the specified process.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
		@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListIndexMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	ListIndexMetrics(ctx context.Context, processId string, databaseName string, collectionName string, groupId string) ListIndexMetricsApiRequest
	/*
		ListIndexMetrics Return All Atlas Search Index Metrics for One Namespace


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListIndexMetricsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListIndexMetricsApiRequest
	*/
	ListIndexMetricsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListIndexMetricsApiParams) ListIndexMetricsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListIndexMetricsExecute(r ListIndexMetricsApiRequest) (*MeasurementsIndexes, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListMetricTypes Return All Atlas Search Metric Types for One Process

		[experimental] Returns all Atlas Search metric types available for one process in the specified project. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListMetricTypesApiRequest
	*/
	ListMetricTypes(ctx context.Context, processId string, groupId string) ListMetricTypesApiRequest
	/*
		ListMetricTypes Return All Atlas Search Metric Types for One Process


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListMetricTypesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListMetricTypesApiRequest
	*/
	ListMetricTypesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListMetricTypesApiParams) ListMetricTypesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListMetricTypesExecute(r ListMetricTypesApiRequest) (*CloudSearchMetrics, *http.Response, error)
}

type MonitoringAndLogsApiService ¶

type MonitoringAndLogsApiService service

MonitoringAndLogsApiService MonitoringAndLogsApi service

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetAtlasProcess ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetAtlasProcess(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetAtlasProcessApiRequest

GetAtlasProcess Return One MongoDB Process by ID

Returns the processes for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetAtlasProcessApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetAtlasProcessExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiHostViewAtlas

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetAtlasProcessWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabase ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabase(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, processId string) GetDatabaseApiRequest

GetDatabase Return One Database for a MongoDB Process

[experimental] Returns one database running on the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetDatabaseApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MesurementsDatabase

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseMeasurements ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, databaseName string, processId string) GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest

GetDatabaseMeasurements Return Measurements of One Database for One MongoDB Process

Returns the measurements of one database for the specified host for the specified project. Returns the database's on-disk storage space based on the MongoDB `dbStats` command output. To calculate some metric series, Atlas takes the rate between every two adjacent points. For these metric series, the first data point has a null value because Atlas can't calculate a rate for the first data point given the query time range. Atlas retrieves database metrics every 20 minutes but reduces frequency when necessary to optimize database performance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database that the specified MongoDB process serves.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetDatabaseMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseMeasurementsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseMeasurementsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDatabaseWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDiskMeasurements ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDiskMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, partitionName string, processId string) GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

GetDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk for One MongoDB Process

Returns the measurements of one disk or partition for the specified host for the specified project. Returned value can be one of the following: - Throughput of I/O operations for the disk partition used for the MongoDB process - Percentage of time during which requests the partition issued and serviced - Latency per operation type of the disk partition used for the MongoDB process - Amount of free and used disk space on the disk partition used for the MongoDB process

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param partitionName Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDiskMeasurementsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetDiskMeasurementsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostLogs ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, hostName string, logName string) GetHostLogsApiRequest

GetHostLogs Download Logs for One Cluster Host in One Project

Returns a compressed (.gz) log file that contains a range of log messages for the specified host for the specified project. MongoDB updates process and audit logs from the cluster backend infrastructure every five minutes and contain log data from the previous five minutes. If you poll the API for log files, we recommend polling every five minutes. For example, if the logs are updated at 4:00 UTC and then you poll the API, the API returns log data from the interval between 3:55 UTC and 4:00 UTC. This feature isn't available for `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, or serverless clusters. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Only or higher role. Deprecated versions: v2-{2023-01-01}

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param hostName Human-readable label that identifies the host that stores the log files that you want to download.
@param logName Human-readable label that identifies the log file that you want to return. To return audit logs, enable *Database Auditing* for the specified project.
@return GetHostLogsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostLogsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return io.ReadCloser

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostLogsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostMeasurements ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostMeasurements(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest

GetHostMeasurements Return Measurements for One MongoDB Process

Returns disk, partition, or host measurements per process for the specified host for the specified project. Returned value can be one of the following: - Throughput of I/O operations for the disk partition used for the MongoDB process - Percentage of time during which requests the partition issued and serviced - Latency per operation type of the disk partition used for the MongoDB process - Amount of free and used disk space on the disk partition used for the MongoDB process - Measurements for the host, such as CPU usage or number of I/O operations

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return GetHostMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostMeasurementsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiMeasurementsGeneralViewAtlas

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetHostMeasurementsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetIndexMetrics ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetIndexMetrics(ctx context.Context, processId string, indexName string, databaseName string, collectionName string, groupId string) GetIndexMetricsApiRequest

GetIndexMetrics Return Atlas Search Metrics for One Index in One Specified Namespace

[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search metrics data series within the provided time range for one namespace and index name on the specified process. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@param indexName Human-readable label that identifies the index.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetIndexMetricsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetIndexMetricsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementsIndexes

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetIndexMetricsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetMeasurements ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetMeasurements(ctx context.Context, processId string, groupId string) GetMeasurementsApiRequest

GetMeasurements Return Atlas Search Hardware and Status Metrics

[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search hardware and status data series within the provided time range for one process in the specified project. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetMeasurementsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementsNonIndex

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) GetMeasurementsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListAtlasProcesses ¶

ListAtlasProcesses Return All MongoDB Processes in One Project

Returns details of all processes for the specified project. A MongoDB process can be either a `mongod` or `mongos`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListAtlasProcessesApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListAtlasProcessesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedHostViewAtlas

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListAtlasProcessesWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDatabases ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDatabases(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListDatabasesApiRequest

ListDatabases Return Available Databases for One MongoDB Process

Returns the list of databases running on the specified host for the specified project. `M0` free clusters, `M2`, `M5`, and serverless clusters have some [operational limits](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/reference/free-shared-limitations/#operational-limitations). The MongoDB Cloud process must be a `mongod`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListDatabasesApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDatabasesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedDatabase

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDatabasesWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskMeasurements ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskMeasurements(ctx context.Context, partitionName string, groupId string, processId string) ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

ListDiskMeasurements Return Measurements of One Disk

[experimental] Returns measurement details for one disk or partition for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param partitionName Human-readable label of the disk or partition to which the measurements apply.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListDiskMeasurementsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskMeasurementsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementDiskPartition

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskMeasurementsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskPartitions ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskPartitions(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest

ListDiskPartitions Return Available Disks for One MongoDB Process

Returns the list of disks or partitions for the specified host for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of hostname and Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListDiskPartitionsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskPartitionsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedDiskPartition

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListDiskPartitionsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListIndexMetrics ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListIndexMetrics(ctx context.Context, processId string, databaseName string, collectionName string, groupId string) ListIndexMetricsApiRequest

ListIndexMetrics Return All Atlas Search Index Metrics for One Namespace

[experimental] Returns the Atlas Search index metrics within the specified time range for one namespace in the specified process.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@param databaseName Human-readable label that identifies the database.
@param collectionName Human-readable label that identifies the collection.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListIndexMetricsApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListIndexMetricsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return MeasurementsIndexes

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListIndexMetricsWithParams ¶

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListMetricTypes ¶

func (a *MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListMetricTypes(ctx context.Context, processId string, groupId string) ListMetricTypesApiRequest

ListMetricTypes Return All Atlas Search Metric Types for One Process

[experimental] Returns all Atlas Search metric types available for one process in the specified project. You must have the Project Read Only or higher role to view the Atlas Search metric types.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param processId Combination of hostname and IANA port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, fully qualified domain name (FQDN), or Internet Protocol address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the host that runs the MongoDB process (mongod or mongos). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListMetricTypesApiRequest

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListMetricTypesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudSearchMetrics

func (*MonitoringAndLogsApiService) ListMetricTypesWithParams ¶

type NamespaceObj ¶

type NamespaceObj struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the namespace on the specified host. The resource expresses this parameter value as `<database>.<collection>`.
	// Read only field.
	Namespace *string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the type of namespace.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

NamespaceObj Human-readable label that identifies the namespace on the specified host. The resource expresses this parameter value as `<database>.<collection>`.

func NewNamespaceObj ¶

func NewNamespaceObj() *NamespaceObj

NewNamespaceObj instantiates a new NamespaceObj object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNamespaceObjWithDefaults ¶

func NewNamespaceObjWithDefaults() *NamespaceObj

NewNamespaceObjWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespaceObj object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*NamespaceObj) GetNamespace ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace returns the Namespace field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NamespaceObj) GetNamespaceOk ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) GetNamespaceOk() (*string, bool)

GetNamespaceOk returns a tuple with the Namespace field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NamespaceObj) GetType ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NamespaceObj) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NamespaceObj) HasNamespace ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) HasNamespace() bool

HasNamespace returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NamespaceObj) HasType ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (NamespaceObj) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o NamespaceObj) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*NamespaceObj) SetNamespace ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) SetNamespace(v string)

SetNamespace gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Namespace field.

func (*NamespaceObj) SetType ¶

func (o *NamespaceObj) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (NamespaceObj) ToMap ¶

func (o NamespaceObj) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Namespaces ¶

type Namespaces struct {
	// List that contains each combination of database, collection, and type on the specified host.
	// Read only field.
	Namespaces *[]NamespaceObj `json:"namespaces,omitempty"`
}

Namespaces struct for Namespaces

func NewNamespaces ¶

func NewNamespaces() *Namespaces

NewNamespaces instantiates a new Namespaces object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNamespacesWithDefaults ¶

func NewNamespacesWithDefaults() *Namespaces

NewNamespacesWithDefaults instantiates a new Namespaces object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Namespaces) GetNamespaces ¶

func (o *Namespaces) GetNamespaces() []NamespaceObj

GetNamespaces returns the Namespaces field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Namespaces) GetNamespacesOk ¶

func (o *Namespaces) GetNamespacesOk() (*[]NamespaceObj, bool)

GetNamespacesOk returns a tuple with the Namespaces field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Namespaces) HasNamespaces ¶

func (o *Namespaces) HasNamespaces() bool

HasNamespaces returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Namespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Namespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Namespaces) SetNamespaces ¶

func (o *Namespaces) SetNamespaces(v []NamespaceObj)

SetNamespaces gets a reference to the given []NamespaceObj and assigns it to the Namespaces field.

func (Namespaces) ToMap ¶

func (o Namespaces) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type NamespacesRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type NamespacesRequest struct {
	// List of namespace strings (combination of database and collection) on the specified host or cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Namespaces *[]string `json:"namespaces,omitempty"`
}

NamespacesRequest struct for NamespacesRequest

func NewNamespacesRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewNamespacesRequest() *NamespacesRequest

NewNamespacesRequest instantiates a new NamespacesRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNamespacesRequestWithDefaults ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewNamespacesRequestWithDefaults() *NamespacesRequest

NewNamespacesRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new NamespacesRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*NamespacesRequest) GetNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *NamespacesRequest) GetNamespaces() []string

GetNamespaces returns the Namespaces field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NamespacesRequest) GetNamespacesOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *NamespacesRequest) GetNamespacesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetNamespacesOk returns a tuple with the Namespaces field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NamespacesRequest) HasNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *NamespacesRequest) HasNamespaces() bool

HasNamespaces returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (NamespacesRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o NamespacesRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*NamespacesRequest) SetNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *NamespacesRequest) SetNamespaces(v []string)

SetNamespaces gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Namespaces field.

func (NamespacesRequest) ToMap ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o NamespacesRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type NetworkPeeringApi ¶

type NetworkPeeringApi interface {

	/*
		CreatePeeringConnection Create One New Network Peering Connection

		Creates one new network peering connection in the specified project. Network peering allows multiple cloud-hosted applications to securely connect to the same project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. To learn more about considerations and prerequisites, see the Network Peering Documentation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, baseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePeeringConnection Create One New Network Peering Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePeeringConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePeeringConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePeeringConnectionApiParams) CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePeeringConnectionExecute(r CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest) (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreatePeeringContainer Create One New Network Peering Container

		Creates one new network peering container in the specified project. MongoDB Cloud can deploy Network Peering connections in a network peering container. GCP can have one container per project. AWS and Azure can have one container per cloud provider region. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer) CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePeeringContainer Create One New Network Peering Container


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePeeringContainerApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePeeringContainerWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePeeringContainerApiParams) CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePeeringContainerExecute(r CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest) (*CloudProviderContainer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePeeringConnection Remove One Existing Network Peering Connection

		Removes one network peering connection in the specified project. If you Removes the last network peering connection associated with a project, MongoDB Cloud also removes any AWS security groups from the project IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to delete.
		@return DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string) DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePeeringConnection Remove One Existing Network Peering Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePeeringConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePeeringConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePeeringConnectionApiParams) DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePeeringConnectionExecute(r DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePeeringContainer Remove One Network Peering Container

		Removes one network peering container in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
		@return DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string) DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePeeringContainer Remove One Network Peering Container


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePeeringContainerApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePeeringContainerWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePeeringContainerApiParams) DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePeeringContainerExecute(r DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DisablePeering Disable Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project

		[experimental] Disables Connect via Peering Only mode for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DisablePeeringApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for NetworkPeeringApi
	*/
	DisablePeering(ctx context.Context, groupId string, privateIPMode *PrivateIPMode) DisablePeeringApiRequest
	/*
		DisablePeering Disable Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DisablePeeringApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DisablePeeringApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for NetworkPeeringApi
	*/
	DisablePeeringWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DisablePeeringApiParams) DisablePeeringApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DisablePeeringExecute(r DisablePeeringApiRequest) (*PrivateIPMode, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPeeringConnection Return One Network Peering Connection in One Project

		Returns details about one specified network peering connection in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to retrieve.
		@return GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	GetPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string) GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		GetPeeringConnection Return One Network Peering Connection in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPeeringConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	GetPeeringConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPeeringConnectionApiParams) GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPeeringConnectionExecute(r GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest) (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPeeringContainer Return One Network Peering Container

		Returns details about one network peering container in one specified project. Network peering containers contain network peering connections. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
		@return GetPeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	GetPeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string) GetPeeringContainerApiRequest
	/*
		GetPeeringContainer Return One Network Peering Container


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPeeringContainerApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	GetPeeringContainerWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPeeringContainerApiParams) GetPeeringContainerApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPeeringContainerExecute(r GetPeeringContainerApiRequest) (*CloudProviderContainer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPeeringConnections Return All Network Peering Connections in One Project

		Returns details about all network peering connections in the specified project. Network peering allows multiple cloud-hosted applications to securely connect to the same project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringConnections(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest
	/*
		ListPeeringConnections Return All Network Peering Connections in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPeeringConnectionsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringConnectionsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPeeringConnectionsApiParams) ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPeeringConnectionsExecute(r ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest) (*PaginatedContainerPeer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project for One Cloud Provider

		Returns details about all network peering containers in the specified project for the specified cloud provider. If you do not specify the cloud provider, MongoDB Cloud returns details about all network peering containers in the project for Amazon Web Services (AWS). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest
	/*
		ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project for One Cloud Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiParams) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderExecute(r ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest) (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPeeringContainers Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project

		Returns details about all network peering containers in the specified project. Network peering containers contain network peering connections. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListPeeringContainersApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringContainers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringContainersApiRequest
	/*
		ListPeeringContainers Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPeeringContainersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPeeringContainersApiRequest
	*/
	ListPeeringContainersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPeeringContainersApiParams) ListPeeringContainersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPeeringContainersExecute(r ListPeeringContainersApiRequest) (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdatePeeringConnection Update One New Network Peering Connection

		[experimental] Updates one specified network peering connection in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to update.
		@return UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string, baseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		UpdatePeeringConnection Update One New Network Peering Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdatePeeringConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePeeringConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdatePeeringConnectionApiParams) UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdatePeeringConnectionExecute(r UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest) (*BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdatePeeringContainer Update One Network Peering Container

		[experimental] Updates the network details and labels of one specified network peering container in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
		@return UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string, cloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer) UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	/*
		UpdatePeeringContainer Update One Network Peering Container


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdatePeeringContainerApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePeeringContainerWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdatePeeringContainerApiParams) UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdatePeeringContainerExecute(r UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest) (*CloudProviderContainer, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject Verify Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project

		[experimental] Verifies if someone set the specified project to **Connect via Peering Only** mode. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for NetworkPeeringApi
	*/
	VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest
	/*
		VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject Verify Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for NetworkPeeringApi
	*/
	VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiParams) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectExecute(r VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest) (*PrivateIPMode, *http.Response, error)
}

type NetworkPeeringApiService ¶

type NetworkPeeringApiService service

NetworkPeeringApiService NetworkPeeringApi service

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringConnection ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, baseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

CreatePeeringConnection Create One New Network Peering Connection

Creates one new network peering connection in the specified project. Network peering allows multiple cloud-hosted applications to securely connect to the same project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. To learn more about considerations and prerequisites, see the Network Peering Documentation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringConnectionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringContainer ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer) CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest

CreatePeeringContainer Create One New Network Peering Container

Creates one new network peering container in the specified project. MongoDB Cloud can deploy Network Peering connections in a network peering container. GCP can have one container per project. AWS and Azure can have one container per cloud provider region. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePeeringContainerApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringContainerExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderContainer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) CreatePeeringContainerWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringConnection ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string) DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest

DeletePeeringConnection Remove One Existing Network Peering Connection

Removes one network peering connection in the specified project. If you Removes the last network peering connection associated with a project, MongoDB Cloud also removes any AWS security groups from the project IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to delete.
@return DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringConnectionExecute ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringConnectionExecute(r DeletePeeringConnectionApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringContainer ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string) DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest

DeletePeeringContainer Remove One Network Peering Container

Removes one network peering container in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
@return DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringContainerExecute ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringContainerExecute(r DeletePeeringContainerApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DeletePeeringContainerWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DisablePeering ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) DisablePeering(ctx context.Context, groupId string, privateIPMode *PrivateIPMode) DisablePeeringApiRequest

DisablePeering Disable Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project

[experimental] Disables Connect via Peering Only mode for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DisablePeeringApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DisablePeeringExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PrivateIPMode

Deprecated

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) DisablePeeringWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringConnection ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string) GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest

GetPeeringConnection Return One Network Peering Connection in One Project

Returns details about one specified network peering connection in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to retrieve.
@return GetPeeringConnectionApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringConnectionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringContainer ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string) GetPeeringContainerApiRequest

GetPeeringContainer Return One Network Peering Container

Returns details about one network peering container in one specified project. Network peering containers contain network peering connections. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
@return GetPeeringContainerApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringContainerExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderContainer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) GetPeeringContainerWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringConnections ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringConnections(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest

ListPeeringConnections Return All Network Peering Connections in One Project

Returns details about all network peering connections in the specified project. Network peering allows multiple cloud-hosted applications to securely connect to the same project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListPeeringConnectionsApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringConnectionsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedContainerPeer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringConnectionsWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest

ListPeeringContainerByCloudProvider Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project for One Cloud Provider

Returns details about all network peering containers in the specified project for the specified cloud provider. If you do not specify the cloud provider, MongoDB Cloud returns details about all network peering containers in the project for Amazon Web Services (AWS). To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainerByCloudProviderExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedCloudProviderContainer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainers ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListPeeringContainersApiRequest

ListPeeringContainers Return All Network Peering Containers in One Project

Returns details about all network peering containers in the specified project. Network peering containers contain network peering connections. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListPeeringContainersApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedCloudProviderContainer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) ListPeeringContainersWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringConnection ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, peerId string, baseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings) UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

UpdatePeeringConnection Update One New Network Peering Connection

[experimental] Updates one specified network peering connection in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param peerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the network peering connection that you want to update.
@return UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringConnectionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringContainer ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringContainer(ctx context.Context, groupId string, containerId string, cloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer) UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest

UpdatePeeringContainer Update One Network Peering Container

[experimental] Updates the network details and labels of one specified network peering container in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param containerId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the MongoDB Cloud network container that you want to remove.
@return UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringContainerExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CloudProviderContainer

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) UpdatePeeringContainerWithParams ¶

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest

VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProject Verify Connect via Peering Only Mode for One Project

[experimental] Verifies if someone set the specified project to **Connect via Peering Only** mode. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*NetworkPeeringApiService) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectExecute ¶

func (a *NetworkPeeringApiService) VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectExecute(r VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest) (*PrivateIPMode, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PrivateIPMode

Deprecated

type NetworkPermissionEntry ¶

type NetworkPermissionEntry struct {
	// Unique string of the Amazon Web Services (AWS) security group that you want to add to the project's IP access list. Your IP access list entry can be one **awsSecurityGroup**, one **cidrBlock**, or one **ipAddress**. You must configure Virtual Private Connection (VPC) peering for your project before you can add an AWS security group to an IP access list. You cannot set AWS security groups as temporary access list entries. Don't set this parameter if you set **cidrBlock** or **ipAddress**.
	AwsSecurityGroup *string `json:"awsSecurityGroup,omitempty"`
	// Range of IP addresses in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation that you want to add to the project's IP access list. Your IP access list entry can be one **awsSecurityGroup**, one **cidrBlock**, or one **ipAddress**. Don't set this parameter if you set **awsSecurityGroup** or **ipAddress**.
	CidrBlock *string `json:"cidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// Remark that explains the purpose or scope of this IP access list entry.
	Comment *string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
	// Date and time after which MongoDB Cloud deletes the temporary access list entry. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC and can include the time zone designation. The date must be later than the current date but no later than one week after you submit this request. The resource returns this parameter if you specified an expiration date when creating this IP access list entry.
	DeleteAfterDate *time.Time `json:"deleteAfterDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the IP access list to which you want to add one or more entries.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// IP address that you want to add to the project's IP access list. Your IP access list entry can be one **awsSecurityGroup**, one **cidrBlock**, or one **ipAddress**. Don't set this parameter if you set **awsSecurityGroup** or **cidrBlock**.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

NetworkPermissionEntry struct for NetworkPermissionEntry

func NewNetworkPermissionEntry ¶

func NewNetworkPermissionEntry() *NetworkPermissionEntry

NewNetworkPermissionEntry instantiates a new NetworkPermissionEntry object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryWithDefaults ¶

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryWithDefaults() *NetworkPermissionEntry

NewNetworkPermissionEntryWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkPermissionEntry object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetAwsSecurityGroup ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetAwsSecurityGroup() string

GetAwsSecurityGroup returns the AwsSecurityGroup field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetAwsSecurityGroupOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetAwsSecurityGroupOk() (*string, bool)

GetAwsSecurityGroupOk returns a tuple with the AwsSecurityGroup field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCidrBlock() string

GetCidrBlock returns the CidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the CidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetComment ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetComment() string

GetComment returns the Comment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCommentOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetCommentOk returns a tuple with the Comment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetDeleteAfterDate() time.Time

GetDeleteAfterDate returns the DeleteAfterDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetDeleteAfterDateOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetDeleteAfterDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetDeleteAfterDateOk returns a tuple with the DeleteAfterDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasAwsSecurityGroup ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasAwsSecurityGroup() bool

HasAwsSecurityGroup returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasCidrBlock() bool

HasCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasComment ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasComment() bool

HasComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasDeleteAfterDate() bool

HasDeleteAfterDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (NetworkPermissionEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o NetworkPermissionEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetAwsSecurityGroup ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetAwsSecurityGroup(v string)

SetAwsSecurityGroup gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AwsSecurityGroup field.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetCidrBlock(v string)

SetCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CidrBlock field.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetComment ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetComment(v string)

SetComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Comment field.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetDeleteAfterDate ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetDeleteAfterDate(v time.Time)

SetDeleteAfterDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the DeleteAfterDate field.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*NetworkPermissionEntry) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntry) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (NetworkPermissionEntry) ToMap ¶

func (o NetworkPermissionEntry) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type NetworkPermissionEntryStatus ¶

type NetworkPermissionEntryStatus struct {
	// State of the access list entry when MongoDB Cloud made this request.  | Status | Activity | |---|---| | `ACTIVE` | This access list entry applies to all relevant cloud providers. | | `PENDING` | MongoDB Cloud has started to add access list entry. This access list entry may not apply to all cloud providers at the time of this request. | | `FAILED` | MongoDB Cloud didn't succeed in adding this access list entry. |
	// Read only field.
	STATUS string `json:"STATUS"`
}

NetworkPermissionEntryStatus struct for NetworkPermissionEntryStatus

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatus ¶

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatus(sTATUS string) *NetworkPermissionEntryStatus

NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatus instantiates a new NetworkPermissionEntryStatus object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatusWithDefaults ¶

func NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatusWithDefaults() *NetworkPermissionEntryStatus

NewNetworkPermissionEntryStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new NetworkPermissionEntryStatus object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) GetSTATUS ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) GetSTATUS() string

GetSTATUS returns the STATUS field value

func (*NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) GetSTATUSOk ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) GetSTATUSOk() (*string, bool)

GetSTATUSOk returns a tuple with the STATUS field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) SetSTATUS ¶

func (o *NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) SetSTATUS(v string)

SetSTATUS sets field value

func (NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) ToMap ¶

func (o NetworkPermissionEntryStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type NumberMetricValue ¶

type NumberMetricValue struct {
	// Amount of the **metricName** recorded at the time of the event. This value triggered the alert.
	// Read only field.
	Number *float64 `json:"number,omitempty"`
	// Element used to express the quantity. This can be an element of time, storage capacity, and the like.
	Units *string `json:"units,omitempty"`
}

NumberMetricValue Measurement of the **metricName** recorded at the time of the event.

func NewNumberMetricValue ¶

func NewNumberMetricValue() *NumberMetricValue

NewNumberMetricValue instantiates a new NumberMetricValue object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewNumberMetricValueWithDefaults ¶

func NewNumberMetricValueWithDefaults() *NumberMetricValue

NewNumberMetricValueWithDefaults instantiates a new NumberMetricValue object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*NumberMetricValue) GetNumber ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) GetNumber() float64

GetNumber returns the Number field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NumberMetricValue) GetNumberOk ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) GetNumberOk() (*float64, bool)

GetNumberOk returns a tuple with the Number field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NumberMetricValue) GetUnits ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*NumberMetricValue) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*NumberMetricValue) HasNumber ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) HasNumber() bool

HasNumber returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*NumberMetricValue) HasUnits ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) HasUnits() bool

HasUnits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (NumberMetricValue) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o NumberMetricValue) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*NumberMetricValue) SetNumber ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) SetNumber(v float64)

SetNumber gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the Number field.

func (*NumberMetricValue) SetUnits ¶

func (o *NumberMetricValue) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Units field.

func (NumberMetricValue) ToMap ¶

func (o NumberMetricValue) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OnlineArchiveApi ¶

type OnlineArchiveApi interface {

	/*
		CreateOnlineArchive Create One Online Archive

		Creates one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to create one online archive.
		@return CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, backupOnlineArchiveCreate *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	/*
		CreateOnlineArchive Create One Online Archive


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateOnlineArchiveApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOnlineArchiveWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateOnlineArchiveApiParams) CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateOnlineArchiveExecute(r CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest) (*BackupOnlineArchive, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteOnlineArchive Remove One Online Archive

		Removes one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to delete.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection from which you want to remove an online archive.
		@return DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string) DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteOnlineArchive Remove One Online Archive


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteOnlineArchiveApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOnlineArchiveWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteOnlineArchiveApiParams) DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteOnlineArchiveExecute(r DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs Download Online Archive Query Logs

		[experimental] Downloads query logs for the specified online archive. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Only or higher role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to return the query logs from one online archive.
		@return DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest
	/*
		DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs Download Online Archive Query Logs


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiParams) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsExecute(r DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetOnlineArchive Return One Online Archive

		Returns one online archive for one cluster. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to return.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the specified collection from which Application created the online archive.
		@return GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	GetOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string) GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	/*
		GetOnlineArchive Return One Online Archive


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOnlineArchiveApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	GetOnlineArchiveWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOnlineArchiveApiParams) GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOnlineArchiveExecute(r GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest) (*BackupOnlineArchive, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListOnlineArchives Return All Online Archives for One Cluster

		Returns details of all online archives. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to return the online archives.
		@return ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest
	*/
	ListOnlineArchives(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest
	/*
		ListOnlineArchives Return All Online Archives for One Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOnlineArchivesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest
	*/
	ListOnlineArchivesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOnlineArchivesApiParams) ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOnlineArchivesExecute(r ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest) (*PaginatedOnlineArchive, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateOnlineArchive Update One Online Archive

		Updates, pauses, or resumes one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to update.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the specified collection from which Application created the online archive.
		@return UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string, backupOnlineArchive *BackupOnlineArchive) UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateOnlineArchive Update One Online Archive


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateOnlineArchiveApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOnlineArchiveWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateOnlineArchiveApiParams) UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateOnlineArchiveExecute(r UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest) (*BackupOnlineArchive, *http.Response, error)
}

type OnlineArchiveApiService ¶

type OnlineArchiveApiService service

OnlineArchiveApiService OnlineArchiveApi service

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) CreateOnlineArchive ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) CreateOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, backupOnlineArchiveCreate *BackupOnlineArchiveCreate) CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

CreateOnlineArchive Create One Online Archive

Creates one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to create one online archive.
@return CreateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) CreateOnlineArchiveExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupOnlineArchive

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) CreateOnlineArchiveWithParams ¶

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) DeleteOnlineArchive ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) DeleteOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string) DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest

DeleteOnlineArchive Remove One Online Archive

Removes one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to delete.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection from which you want to remove an online archive.
@return DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) DeleteOnlineArchiveExecute ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) DeleteOnlineArchiveExecute(r DeleteOnlineArchiveApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) DeleteOnlineArchiveWithParams ¶

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest

DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogs Download Online Archive Query Logs

[experimental] Downloads query logs for the specified online archive. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Only or higher role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to return the query logs from one online archive.
@return DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsExecute ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsExecute(r DownloadOnlineArchiveQueryLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return io.ReadCloser

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) GetOnlineArchive ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) GetOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string) GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest

GetOnlineArchive Return One Online Archive

Returns one online archive for one cluster. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to return.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the specified collection from which Application created the online archive.
@return GetOnlineArchiveApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) GetOnlineArchiveExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupOnlineArchive

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) GetOnlineArchiveWithParams ¶

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) ListOnlineArchives ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) ListOnlineArchives(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest

ListOnlineArchives Return All Online Archives for One Cluster

Returns details of all online archives. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the collection for which you want to return the online archives.
@return ListOnlineArchivesApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) ListOnlineArchivesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedOnlineArchive

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) ListOnlineArchivesWithParams ¶

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) UpdateOnlineArchive ¶

func (a *OnlineArchiveApiService) UpdateOnlineArchive(ctx context.Context, groupId string, archiveId string, clusterName string, backupOnlineArchive *BackupOnlineArchive) UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

UpdateOnlineArchive Update One Online Archive

Updates, pauses, or resumes one online archive. This archive stores data from one cluster within one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param archiveId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the online archive to update.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster that contains the specified collection from which Application created the online archive.
@return UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) UpdateOnlineArchiveExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupOnlineArchive

func (*OnlineArchiveApiService) UpdateOnlineArchiveWithParams ¶

type OnlineArchiveSchedule ¶

type OnlineArchiveSchedule struct {
	// Type of schedule.
	Type string `json:"type"`
	// Hour of the day when the scheduled window to run one online archive ends.
	EndHour *int `json:"endHour,omitempty"`
	// Minute of the hour when the scheduled window to run one online archive ends.
	EndMinute *int `json:"endMinute,omitempty"`
	// Hour of the day when the when the scheduled window to run one online archive starts.
	StartHour *int `json:"startHour,omitempty"`
	// Minute of the hour when the scheduled window to run one online archive starts.
	StartMinute *int `json:"startMinute,omitempty"`
	// Day of the week when the scheduled archive starts. The week starts with Monday (`1`) and ends with Sunday (`7`).
	DayOfWeek *int `json:"dayOfWeek,omitempty"`
	// Day of the month when the scheduled archive starts.
	DayOfMonth *int `json:"dayOfMonth,omitempty"`
}

OnlineArchiveSchedule Regular frequency and duration when archiving process occurs.

func NewOnlineArchiveSchedule ¶

func NewOnlineArchiveSchedule(type_ string) *OnlineArchiveSchedule

NewOnlineArchiveSchedule instantiates a new OnlineArchiveSchedule object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOnlineArchiveScheduleWithDefaults ¶

func NewOnlineArchiveScheduleWithDefaults() *OnlineArchiveSchedule

NewOnlineArchiveScheduleWithDefaults instantiates a new OnlineArchiveSchedule object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfMonth ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfMonth() int

GetDayOfMonth returns the DayOfMonth field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfMonthOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfMonthOk() (*int, bool)

GetDayOfMonthOk returns a tuple with the DayOfMonth field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfWeek ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfWeek() int

GetDayOfWeek returns the DayOfWeek field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfWeekOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetDayOfWeekOk() (*int, bool)

GetDayOfWeekOk returns a tuple with the DayOfWeek field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndHour() int

GetEndHour returns the EndHour field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndHourOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndHourOk() (*int, bool)

GetEndHourOk returns a tuple with the EndHour field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndMinute() int

GetEndMinute returns the EndMinute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndMinuteOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetEndMinuteOk() (*int, bool)

GetEndMinuteOk returns a tuple with the EndMinute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartHour() int

GetStartHour returns the StartHour field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartHourOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartHourOk() (*int, bool)

GetStartHourOk returns a tuple with the StartHour field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartMinute() int

GetStartMinute returns the StartMinute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartMinuteOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetStartMinuteOk() (*int, bool)

GetStartMinuteOk returns a tuple with the StartMinute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetType ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasDayOfMonth ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasDayOfMonth() bool

HasDayOfMonth returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasDayOfWeek ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasDayOfWeek() bool

HasDayOfWeek returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasEndHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasEndHour() bool

HasEndHour returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasEndMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasEndMinute() bool

HasEndMinute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasStartHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasStartHour() bool

HasStartHour returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasStartMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) HasStartMinute() bool

HasStartMinute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OnlineArchiveSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OnlineArchiveSchedule) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetDayOfMonth ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetDayOfMonth(v int)

SetDayOfMonth gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DayOfMonth field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetDayOfWeek ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetDayOfWeek(v int)

SetDayOfWeek gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the DayOfWeek field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetEndHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetEndHour(v int)

SetEndHour gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the EndHour field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetEndMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetEndMinute(v int)

SetEndMinute gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the EndMinute field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetStartHour ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetStartHour(v int)

SetStartHour gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the StartHour field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetStartMinute ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetStartMinute(v int)

SetStartMinute gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the StartMinute field.

func (*OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetType ¶

func (o *OnlineArchiveSchedule) SetType(v string)

SetType sets field value

func (OnlineArchiveSchedule) ToMap ¶

func (o OnlineArchiveSchedule) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrgFederationSettings ¶

type OrgFederationSettings struct {
	// List of domains associated with the organization's identity provider.
	FederatedDomains *[]string `json:"federatedDomains,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether this organization has role mappings configured.
	HasRoleMappings *bool `json:"hasRoleMappings,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this federation.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Unique 20-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the identity provider connected to this organization.
	IdentityProviderId *string `json:"identityProviderId,omitempty"`
	// String enum that indicates whether the identity provider is active.
	IdentityProviderStatus *string `json:"identityProviderStatus,omitempty"`
}

OrgFederationSettings Details that define how to connect one MongoDB Cloud organization to one federated authentication service.

func NewOrgFederationSettings ¶

func NewOrgFederationSettings() *OrgFederationSettings

NewOrgFederationSettings instantiates a new OrgFederationSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrgFederationSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrgFederationSettingsWithDefaults() *OrgFederationSettings

NewOrgFederationSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new OrgFederationSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetFederatedDomains ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetFederatedDomains() []string

GetFederatedDomains returns the FederatedDomains field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetFederatedDomainsOk ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetFederatedDomainsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetFederatedDomainsOk returns a tuple with the FederatedDomains field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetHasRoleMappings ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetHasRoleMappings() bool

GetHasRoleMappings returns the HasRoleMappings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetHasRoleMappingsOk ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetHasRoleMappingsOk() (*bool, bool)

GetHasRoleMappingsOk returns a tuple with the HasRoleMappings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderId() string

GetIdentityProviderId returns the IdentityProviderId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderIdOk ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdentityProviderIdOk returns a tuple with the IdentityProviderId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderStatus ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderStatus() string

GetIdentityProviderStatus returns the IdentityProviderStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderStatusOk ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) GetIdentityProviderStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdentityProviderStatusOk returns a tuple with the IdentityProviderStatus field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) HasFederatedDomains ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) HasFederatedDomains() bool

HasFederatedDomains returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) HasHasRoleMappings ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) HasHasRoleMappings() bool

HasHasRoleMappings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) HasId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) HasIdentityProviderId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) HasIdentityProviderId() bool

HasIdentityProviderId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) HasIdentityProviderStatus ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) HasIdentityProviderStatus() bool

HasIdentityProviderStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrgFederationSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrgFederationSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrgFederationSettings) SetFederatedDomains ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) SetFederatedDomains(v []string)

SetFederatedDomains gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the FederatedDomains field.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) SetHasRoleMappings ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) SetHasRoleMappings(v bool)

SetHasRoleMappings gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the HasRoleMappings field.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) SetId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) SetIdentityProviderId ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) SetIdentityProviderId(v string)

SetIdentityProviderId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IdentityProviderId field.

func (*OrgFederationSettings) SetIdentityProviderStatus ¶

func (o *OrgFederationSettings) SetIdentityProviderStatus(v string)

SetIdentityProviderStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IdentityProviderStatus field.

func (OrgFederationSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o OrgFederationSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrgGroup ¶

type OrgGroup struct {
	// Settings that describe the clusters in each project that the API key is authorized to view.
	// Read only field.
	Clusters *[]CloudCluster `json:"clusters,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project.
	GroupName *string `json:"groupName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the organization that contains the project.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the organization that contains the project.
	OrgName *string `json:"orgName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the plan type.
	// Read only field.
	PlanType *string `json:"planType,omitempty"`
	// List of human-readable labels that categorize the specified project. MongoDB Cloud returns an empty array.
	// Read only field.
	Tags *[]string `json:"tags,omitempty"`
}

OrgGroup struct for OrgGroup

func NewOrgGroup ¶

func NewOrgGroup() *OrgGroup

NewOrgGroup instantiates a new OrgGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrgGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrgGroupWithDefaults() *OrgGroup

NewOrgGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new OrgGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrgGroup) GetClusters ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetClusters() []CloudCluster

GetClusters returns the Clusters field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetClustersOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetClustersOk() (*[]CloudCluster, bool)

GetClustersOk returns a tuple with the Clusters field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetGroupName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetGroupName() string

GetGroupName returns the GroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the GroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetOrgName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetOrgName() string

GetOrgName returns the OrgName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetOrgNameOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetOrgNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgNameOk returns a tuple with the OrgName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetPlanType ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetPlanType() string

GetPlanType returns the PlanType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetPlanTypeOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetPlanTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetPlanTypeOk returns a tuple with the PlanType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) GetTags ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetTags() []string

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgGroup) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) GetTagsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasClusters ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasClusters() bool

HasClusters returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasGroupName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasGroupName() bool

HasGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasOrgName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasOrgName() bool

HasOrgName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasPlanType ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasPlanType() bool

HasPlanType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgGroup) HasTags ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrgGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrgGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrgGroup) SetClusters ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetClusters(v []CloudCluster)

SetClusters gets a reference to the given []CloudCluster and assigns it to the Clusters field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetGroupName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetGroupName(v string)

SetGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupName field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetOrgName ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetOrgName(v string)

SetOrgName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgName field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetPlanType ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetPlanType(v string)

SetPlanType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PlanType field.

func (*OrgGroup) SetTags ¶

func (o *OrgGroup) SetTags(v []string)

SetTags gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (OrgGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o OrgGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrgPaginatedEvent ¶

type OrgPaginatedEvent struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]EventViewForOrg `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

OrgPaginatedEvent struct for OrgPaginatedEvent

func NewOrgPaginatedEvent ¶

func NewOrgPaginatedEvent() *OrgPaginatedEvent

NewOrgPaginatedEvent instantiates a new OrgPaginatedEvent object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrgPaginatedEventWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrgPaginatedEventWithDefaults() *OrgPaginatedEvent

NewOrgPaginatedEventWithDefaults instantiates a new OrgPaginatedEvent object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) GetResults ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetResults() []EventViewForOrg

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetResultsOk() (*[]EventViewForOrg, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) HasResults ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrgPaginatedEvent) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrgPaginatedEvent) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) SetResults ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) SetResults(v []EventViewForOrg)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []EventViewForOrg and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*OrgPaginatedEvent) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *OrgPaginatedEvent) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (OrgPaginatedEvent) ToMap ¶

func (o OrgPaginatedEvent) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationInvitation ¶

type OrganizationInvitation struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud sent the invitation. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the invitation from MongoDB Cloud expires. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// List of projects that the user will be added to when they accept their invitation to the organization.
	GroupRoleAssignments *[]GroupRole `json:"groupRoleAssignments,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this invitation.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user who sent the invitation to join the organization.
	// Read only field.
	InviterUsername *string `json:"inviterUsername,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies this organization.
	OrgName string `json:"orgName"`
	// One or more organization level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// List of unique 24-hexadecimal digit strings that identifies each team.
	// Read only field.
	TeamIds *[]string `json:"teamIds,omitempty"`
	// Email address of the MongoDB Cloud user invited to join the organization.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

OrganizationInvitation struct for OrganizationInvitation

func NewOrganizationInvitation ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitation(orgName string) *OrganizationInvitation

NewOrganizationInvitation instantiates a new OrganizationInvitation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrganizationInvitationWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationWithDefaults() *OrganizationInvitation

NewOrganizationInvitationWithDefaults instantiates a new OrganizationInvitation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetGroupRoleAssignments() []GroupRole

GetGroupRoleAssignments returns the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk() (*[]GroupRole, bool)

GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk returns a tuple with the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetInviterUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetInviterUsername() string

GetInviterUsername returns the InviterUsername field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetInviterUsernameOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetInviterUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetInviterUsernameOk returns a tuple with the InviterUsername field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgName ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgName() string

GetOrgName returns the OrgName field value

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgNameOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetOrgNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgNameOk returns a tuple with the OrgName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetTeamIds() []string

GetTeamIds returns the TeamIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetTeamIdsOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetTeamIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetTeamIdsOk returns a tuple with the TeamIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitation) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasGroupRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasGroupRoleAssignments() bool

HasGroupRoleAssignments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasInviterUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasInviterUsername() bool

HasInviterUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasTeamIds() bool

HasTeamIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) HasUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrganizationInvitation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetGroupRoleAssignments(v []GroupRole)

SetGroupRoleAssignments gets a reference to the given []GroupRole and assigns it to the GroupRoleAssignments field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetInviterUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetInviterUsername(v string)

SetInviterUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InviterUsername field.

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetOrgName ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetOrgName(v string)

SetOrgName sets field value

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetTeamIds(v []string)

SetTeamIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the TeamIds field.

func (*OrganizationInvitation) SetUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitation) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (OrganizationInvitation) ToMap ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest ¶

type OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to which these roles belong.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// One or more project level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest struct for OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest

func NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest() *OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequestWithDefaults() *OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) GetGroupId ¶

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) GetGroupIdOk ¶

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) GetRoles ¶

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) GetRolesOk ¶

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) HasGroupId ¶

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) HasRoles ¶

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) SetGroupId ¶

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) SetRoles ¶

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationInvitationRequest ¶

type OrganizationInvitationRequest struct {
	// List of projects that the user will be added to when they accept their invitation to the organization.
	GroupRoleAssignments *[]OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest `json:"groupRoleAssignments,omitempty"`
	// One or more organization level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// List of teams to which you want to invite the desired MongoDB Cloud user.
	TeamIds *[]string `json:"teamIds,omitempty"`
	// Email address that belongs to the desired MongoDB Cloud user.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

OrganizationInvitationRequest struct for OrganizationInvitationRequest

func NewOrganizationInvitationRequest ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationRequest() *OrganizationInvitationRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationRequest instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrganizationInvitationRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationRequestWithDefaults() *OrganizationInvitationRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

GetGroupRoleAssignments returns the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk ¶

GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk returns a tuple with the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetTeamIds() []string

GetTeamIds returns the TeamIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetTeamIdsOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetTeamIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetTeamIdsOk returns a tuple with the TeamIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasGroupRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasGroupRoleAssignments() bool

HasGroupRoleAssignments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasTeamIds() bool

HasTeamIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrganizationInvitationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

SetGroupRoleAssignments gets a reference to the given []OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest and assigns it to the GroupRoleAssignments field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetRoles ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetTeamIds(v []string)

SetTeamIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the TeamIds field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetUsername ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationRequest) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (OrganizationInvitationRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest ¶

type OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest struct {
	// List of projects that the user will be added to when they accept their invitation to the organization.
	GroupRoleAssignments *[]OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest `json:"groupRoleAssignments,omitempty"`
	// One or more organization level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
	// List of teams to which you want to invite the desired MongoDB Cloud user.
	TeamIds *[]string `json:"teamIds,omitempty"`
}

OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest struct for OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest

func NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest() *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults() *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest

NewOrganizationInvitationUpdateRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

GetGroupRoleAssignments returns the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk ¶

GetGroupRoleAssignmentsOk returns a tuple with the GroupRoleAssignments field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRoles ¶

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetTeamIds() []string

GetTeamIds returns the TeamIds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetTeamIdsOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) GetTeamIdsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetTeamIdsOk returns a tuple with the TeamIds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) HasGroupRoleAssignments ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) HasGroupRoleAssignments() bool

HasGroupRoleAssignments returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) HasRoles ¶

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) HasTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) HasTeamIds() bool

HasTeamIds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) SetGroupRoleAssignments ¶

SetGroupRoleAssignments gets a reference to the given []OrganizationInvitationGroupRoleAssignmentsRequest and assigns it to the GroupRoleAssignments field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) SetRoles ¶

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (*OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) SetTeamIds ¶

func (o *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) SetTeamIds(v []string)

SetTeamIds gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the TeamIds field.

func (OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationSettings ¶

type OrganizationSettings struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether to require API operations to originate from an IP Address added to the API access list for the specified organization.
	ApiAccessListRequired *bool `json:"apiAccessListRequired,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to require users to set up Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) before accessing the specified organization. To learn more, see: https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security-multi-factor-authentication/.
	MultiFactorAuthRequired *bool `json:"multiFactorAuthRequired,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether to block MongoDB Support from accessing Atlas infrastructure for any deployment in the specified organization without explicit permission. Once this setting is turned on, you can grant MongoDB Support a 24-hour bypass access to the Atlas deployment to resolve support issues. To learn more, see: https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/security-restrict-support-access/.
	RestrictEmployeeAccess *bool `json:"restrictEmployeeAccess,omitempty"`
}

OrganizationSettings Collection of settings that configures the organization.

func NewOrganizationSettings ¶

func NewOrganizationSettings() *OrganizationSettings

NewOrganizationSettings instantiates a new OrganizationSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOrganizationSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewOrganizationSettingsWithDefaults() *OrganizationSettings

NewOrganizationSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new OrganizationSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetApiAccessListRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetApiAccessListRequired() bool

GetApiAccessListRequired returns the ApiAccessListRequired field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetApiAccessListRequiredOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetApiAccessListRequiredOk() (*bool, bool)

GetApiAccessListRequiredOk returns a tuple with the ApiAccessListRequired field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetMultiFactorAuthRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetMultiFactorAuthRequired() bool

GetMultiFactorAuthRequired returns the MultiFactorAuthRequired field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetMultiFactorAuthRequiredOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetMultiFactorAuthRequiredOk() (*bool, bool)

GetMultiFactorAuthRequiredOk returns a tuple with the MultiFactorAuthRequired field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetRestrictEmployeeAccess ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetRestrictEmployeeAccess() bool

GetRestrictEmployeeAccess returns the RestrictEmployeeAccess field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OrganizationSettings) GetRestrictEmployeeAccessOk ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) GetRestrictEmployeeAccessOk() (*bool, bool)

GetRestrictEmployeeAccessOk returns a tuple with the RestrictEmployeeAccess field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OrganizationSettings) HasApiAccessListRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) HasApiAccessListRequired() bool

HasApiAccessListRequired returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationSettings) HasMultiFactorAuthRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) HasMultiFactorAuthRequired() bool

HasMultiFactorAuthRequired returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OrganizationSettings) HasRestrictEmployeeAccess ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) HasRestrictEmployeeAccess() bool

HasRestrictEmployeeAccess returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OrganizationSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OrganizationSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OrganizationSettings) SetApiAccessListRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) SetApiAccessListRequired(v bool)

SetApiAccessListRequired gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the ApiAccessListRequired field.

func (*OrganizationSettings) SetMultiFactorAuthRequired ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) SetMultiFactorAuthRequired(v bool)

SetMultiFactorAuthRequired gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the MultiFactorAuthRequired field.

func (*OrganizationSettings) SetRestrictEmployeeAccess ¶

func (o *OrganizationSettings) SetRestrictEmployeeAccess(v bool)

SetRestrictEmployeeAccess gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the RestrictEmployeeAccess field.

func (OrganizationSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o OrganizationSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type OrganizationsApi ¶

type OrganizationsApi interface {

	/*
		CreateOrganization Create One Organization

		Creates one organization in MongoDB Cloud and links it to the requesting API Key's organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role. The requesting API Key's organization must be a paying organization. To learn more, see [Configure a Paying Organization](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/billing/#configure-a-paying-organization) in the MongoDB Atlas documentation.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return CreateOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOrganization(ctx context.Context, createOrganizationRequest *CreateOrganizationRequest) CreateOrganizationApiRequest
	/*
		CreateOrganization Create One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateOrganizationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOrganizationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateOrganizationApiParams) CreateOrganizationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateOrganizationExecute(r CreateOrganizationApiRequest) (*CreateOrganizationResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateOrganizationInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Atlas Organization

		Invites one MongoDB Cloud user to join the specified organization. The user must accept the invitation to access information within the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest) CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		CreateOrganizationInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Atlas Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateOrganizationInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateOrganizationInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateOrganizationInvitationApiParams) CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateOrganizationInvitationExecute(r CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) (*OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			DeleteOrganization Remove One Organization

			Removes one specified organization. MongoDB Cloud imposes the following limits on this resource:

		 - Organizations with active projects cannot be removed.
		 - All projects in the organization must be removed before you can remove the organization.
		 To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return DeleteOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOrganization(ctx context.Context, orgId string) DeleteOrganizationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteOrganization Remove One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteOrganizationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOrganizationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteOrganizationApiParams) DeleteOrganizationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteOrganizationExecute(r DeleteOrganizationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteOrganizationInvitation Cancel One Organization Invitation

		Cancels one pending invitation sent to the specified MongoDB Cloud user to join an organization. You can't cancel an invitation that the user accepted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string) DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteOrganizationInvitation Cancel One Organization Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteOrganizationInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiParams) DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteOrganizationInvitationExecute(r DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetOrganization Return One Organization

		Returns one organization to which the requesting API key has access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return GetOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganization(ctx context.Context, orgId string) GetOrganizationApiRequest
	/*
		GetOrganization Return One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOrganizationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOrganizationApiParams) GetOrganizationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOrganizationExecute(r GetOrganizationApiRequest) (*AtlasOrganization, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetOrganizationInvitation Return One Organization Invitation

		Returns the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string) GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		GetOrganizationInvitation Return One Organization Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOrganizationInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOrganizationInvitationApiParams) GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOrganizationInvitationExecute(r GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) (*OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetOrganizationSettings Return Settings for One Organization

		[experimental] Returns details about the specified organization's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationSettings(ctx context.Context, orgId string) GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		GetOrganizationSettings Return Settings for One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetOrganizationSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetOrganizationSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetOrganizationSettingsApiParams) GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetOrganizationSettingsExecute(r GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest) (*OrganizationSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListOrganizationInvitations Return All Organization Invitations

		Returns all pending invitations to the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationInvitations(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizationInvitations Return All Organization Invitations


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationInvitationsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationInvitationsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationInvitationsApiParams) ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationInvitationsExecute(r ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest) ([]OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			ListOrganizationProjects Return One or More Projects in One Organization

			Returns multiple projects in the specified organization. Each organization can have multiple projects. Use projects to:

		- Isolate different environments, such as development, test, or production environments, from each other.
		- Associate different MongoDB Cloud users or teams with different environments, or give different permission to MongoDB Cloud users in different environments.
		- Maintain separate cluster security configurations.
		- Create different alert settings.

		To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
			@return ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationProjects(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizationProjects Return One or More Projects in One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationProjectsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationProjectsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationProjectsApiParams) ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationProjectsExecute(r ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest) (*PaginatedAtlasGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListOrganizationUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users in One Organization

		Returns details about the MongoDB Cloud users associated with the specified organization. Each MongoDB Cloud user returned must belong to the specified organization or to a project within the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationUsers(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizationUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users in One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationUsersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationUsersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationUsersApiParams) ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationUsersExecute(r ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest) (*PaginatedAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListOrganizations Return All Organizations

		Returns all organizations to which the requesting API Key has access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return ListOrganizationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizations(ctx context.Context) ListOrganizationsApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizations Return All Organizations


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationsApiParams) ListOrganizationsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationsExecute(r ListOrganizationsApiRequest) (*PaginatedOrganization, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveOrganizationUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Organization

		[experimental] Removes one MongoDB Cloud user from the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization User Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to be deleted.
		@return RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveOrganizationUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, userId string) RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveOrganizationUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveOrganizationUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveOrganizationUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveOrganizationUserApiParams) RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveOrganizationUserExecute(r RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RenameOrganization Rename One Organization

		[experimental] Renames one organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return RenameOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	RenameOrganization(ctx context.Context, orgId string, atlasOrganization *AtlasOrganization) RenameOrganizationApiRequest
	/*
		RenameOrganization Rename One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RenameOrganizationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RenameOrganizationApiRequest
	*/
	RenameOrganizationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RenameOrganizationApiParams) RenameOrganizationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RenameOrganizationExecute(r RenameOrganizationApiRequest) (*AtlasOrganization, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateOrganizationInvitation Update One Organization Invitation

		Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To specify which invitation, provide the username of the invited user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest) UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateOrganizationInvitation Update One Organization Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiParams) UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateOrganizationInvitationExecute(r UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) (*OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateOrganizationInvitationById Update One Organization Invitation by Invitation ID

		Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To specify which invitation, provide the unique identification string for that invitation. Use the Return All Organization Invitations endpoint to retrieve IDs for all pending organization invitations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationInvitationById(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string, organizationInvitationUpdateRequest *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateOrganizationInvitationById Update One Organization Invitation by Invitation ID


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiParams) UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdExecute(r UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest) (*OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateOrganizationRoles Update Organization Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User

		[experimental] Updates the roles of the specified user in the specified organization. To specify the user to update, provide the unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user in the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization User Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to modify.
		@return UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationRoles(ctx context.Context, orgId string, userId string, updateOrgRolesForUser *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateOrganizationRoles Update Organization Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateOrganizationRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateOrganizationRolesApiParams) UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateOrganizationRolesExecute(r UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest) (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateOrganizationSettings Update Settings for One Organization

		[experimental] Updates the organization's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationSettings(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationSettings *OrganizationSettings) UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateOrganizationSettings Update Settings for One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateOrganizationSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiParams) UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateOrganizationSettingsExecute(r UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest) (*OrganizationSettings, *http.Response, error)
}

type OrganizationsApiService ¶

type OrganizationsApiService service

OrganizationsApiService OrganizationsApi service

func (*OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganization ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganization(ctx context.Context, createOrganizationRequest *CreateOrganizationRequest) CreateOrganizationApiRequest

CreateOrganization Create One Organization

Creates one organization in MongoDB Cloud and links it to the requesting API Key's organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role. The requesting API Key's organization must be a paying organization. To learn more, see [Configure a Paying Organization](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/billing/#configure-a-paying-organization) in the MongoDB Atlas documentation.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return CreateOrganizationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganizationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return CreateOrganizationResponse

func (*OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganizationInvitation ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest) CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

CreateOrganizationInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Atlas Organization

Invites one MongoDB Cloud user to join the specified organization. The user must accept the invitation to access information within the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganizationInvitationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationInvitation

func (*OrganizationsApiService) CreateOrganizationWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganization ¶

DeleteOrganization Remove One Organization

Removes one specified organization. MongoDB Cloud imposes the following limits on this resource:

  • Organizations with active projects cannot be removed.

  • All projects in the organization must be removed before you can remove the organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

    @param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background(). @param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access. @return DeleteOrganizationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationExecute ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationExecute(r DeleteOrganizationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationInvitation ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string) DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

DeleteOrganizationInvitation Cancel One Organization Invitation

Cancels one pending invitation sent to the specified MongoDB Cloud user to join an organization. You can't cancel an invitation that the user accepted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationInvitationExecute ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationInvitationExecute(r DeleteOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*OrganizationsApiService) DeleteOrganizationWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganization ¶

GetOrganization Return One Organization

Returns one organization to which the requesting API key has access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetOrganizationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AtlasOrganization

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationInvitation ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string) GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

GetOrganizationInvitation Return One Organization Invitation

Returns the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return GetOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationInvitationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationInvitation

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationInvitationWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationSettings ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationSettings(ctx context.Context, orgId string) GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

GetOrganizationSettings Return Settings for One Organization

[experimental] Returns details about the specified organization's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return GetOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationSettingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationSettings

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationSettingsWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) GetOrganizationWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationInvitations ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationInvitations(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest

ListOrganizationInvitations Return All Organization Invitations

Returns all pending invitations to the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListOrganizationInvitationsApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationInvitationsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []OrganizationInvitation

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationProjects ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationProjects(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest

ListOrganizationProjects Return One or More Projects in One Organization

Returns multiple projects in the specified organization. Each organization can have multiple projects. Use projects to:

- Isolate different environments, such as development, test, or production environments, from each other. - Associate different MongoDB Cloud users or teams with different environments, or give different permission to MongoDB Cloud users in different environments. - Maintain separate cluster security configurations. - Create different alert settings.

To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListOrganizationProjectsApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationProjectsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAtlasGroup

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationProjectsWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationUsers ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationUsers(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest

ListOrganizationUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users in One Organization

Returns details about the MongoDB Cloud users associated with the specified organization. Each MongoDB Cloud user returned must belong to the specified organization or to a project within the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListOrganizationUsersApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationUsersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAppUser

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationUsersWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizations ¶

ListOrganizations Return All Organizations

Returns all organizations to which the requesting API Key has access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return ListOrganizationsApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedOrganization

func (*OrganizationsApiService) ListOrganizationsWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RemoveOrganizationUser ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) RemoveOrganizationUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, userId string) RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest

RemoveOrganizationUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Organization

[experimental] Removes one MongoDB Cloud user from the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization User Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to be deleted.
@return RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RemoveOrganizationUserExecute ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) RemoveOrganizationUserExecute(r RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RemoveOrganizationUserWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RenameOrganization ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) RenameOrganization(ctx context.Context, orgId string, atlasOrganization *AtlasOrganization) RenameOrganizationApiRequest

RenameOrganization Rename One Organization

[experimental] Renames one organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return RenameOrganizationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RenameOrganizationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return AtlasOrganization

func (*OrganizationsApiService) RenameOrganizationWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitation ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitation(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest) UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

UpdateOrganizationInvitation Update One Organization Invitation

Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To specify which invitation, provide the username of the invited user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitationById ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitationById(ctx context.Context, orgId string, invitationId string, organizationInvitationUpdateRequest *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest) UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest

UpdateOrganizationInvitationById Update One Organization Invitation by Invitation ID

Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified organization. To specify which invitation, provide the unique identification string for that invitation. Use the Return All Organization Invitations endpoint to retrieve IDs for all pending organization invitations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationInvitation

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationInvitationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationInvitation

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationRoles ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationRoles(ctx context.Context, orgId string, userId string, updateOrgRolesForUser *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest

UpdateOrganizationRoles Update Organization Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User

[experimental] Updates the roles of the specified user in the specified organization. To specify the user to update, provide the unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user in the specified organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization User Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to modify.
@return UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UpdateOrgRolesForUser

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationRolesWithParams ¶

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationSettings ¶

func (a *OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationSettings(ctx context.Context, orgId string, organizationSettings *OrganizationSettings) UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

UpdateOrganizationSettings Update Settings for One Organization

[experimental] Updates the organization's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationSettingsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationSettings

func (*OrganizationsApiService) UpdateOrganizationSettingsWithParams ¶

type OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses ¶

type OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses struct {
	// Control plane IP addresses in AWS. Each key identifies an Amazon Web Services (AWS) region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the AWS region.
	// Read only field.
	Aws *map[string][]string `json:"aws,omitempty"`
	// Control plane IP addresses in Azure. Each key identifies an Azure region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the Azure region.
	// Read only field.
	Azure *map[string][]string `json:"azure,omitempty"`
	// Control plane IP addresses in GCP. Each key identifies a Google Cloud (GCP) region. Each value identifies control plane IP addresses in the GCP region.
	// Read only field.
	Gcp *map[string][]string `json:"gcp,omitempty"`
}

OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses List of outbound IP addresses from the Atlas control plane, categorized by cloud provider. If your network allows inbound HTTP requests only from specific IP addresses, you must allow access from the following IP addresses so that Atlas can communicate with your webhooks and KMS.

func NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses ¶

func NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses() *OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses

NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses instantiates a new OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults ¶

func NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults() *OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses

NewOutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddressesWithDefaults instantiates a new OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAws ¶

GetAws returns the Aws field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAwsOk ¶

GetAwsOk returns a tuple with the Aws field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAzure ¶

GetAzure returns the Azure field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetAzureOk ¶

GetAzureOk returns a tuple with the Azure field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetGcp ¶

GetGcp returns the Gcp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) GetGcpOk ¶

GetGcpOk returns a tuple with the Gcp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasAws ¶

HasAws returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasAzure ¶

HasAzure returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) HasGcp ¶

HasGcp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetAws ¶

SetAws gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Aws field.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetAzure ¶

SetAzure gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Azure field.

func (*OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) SetGcp ¶

SetGcp gets a reference to the given map[string][]string and assigns it to the Gcp field.

func (OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) ToMap ¶

func (o OutboundControlPlaneCloudProviderIPAddresses) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription ¶

type PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]AdvancedClusterDescription `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription struct for PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription

func NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription ¶

func NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription() *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription

NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription instantiates a new PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults() *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription

NewPaginatedAdvancedClusterDescriptionWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []AdvancedClusterDescription and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedAdvancedClusterDescription) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedAlert ¶

type PaginatedAlert struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]AlertViewForNdsGroup `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedAlert struct for PaginatedAlert

func NewPaginatedAlert ¶

func NewPaginatedAlert() *PaginatedAlert

NewPaginatedAlert instantiates a new PaginatedAlert object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedAlertWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedAlertWithDefaults() *PaginatedAlert

NewPaginatedAlertWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedAlert object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlert) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlert) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetResults() []AlertViewForNdsGroup

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlert) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetResultsOk() (*[]AlertViewForNdsGroup, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlert) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlert) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedAlert) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlert) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlert) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedAlert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedAlert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedAlert) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedAlert) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) SetResults(v []AlertViewForNdsGroup)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []AlertViewForNdsGroup and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedAlert) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlert) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedAlert) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedAlert) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedAlertConfig ¶

type PaginatedAlertConfig struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]GroupAlertsConfig `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedAlertConfig struct for PaginatedAlertConfig

func NewPaginatedAlertConfig ¶

func NewPaginatedAlertConfig() *PaginatedAlertConfig

NewPaginatedAlertConfig instantiates a new PaginatedAlertConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedAlertConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedAlertConfigWithDefaults() *PaginatedAlertConfig

NewPaginatedAlertConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedAlertConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetResults() []GroupAlertsConfig

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetResultsOk() (*[]GroupAlertsConfig, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedAlertConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedAlertConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) SetResults(v []GroupAlertsConfig)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []GroupAlertsConfig and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedAlertConfig) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAlertConfig) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedAlertConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedAlertConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiApiUser ¶

type PaginatedApiApiUser struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ApiKeyUserDetails `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiApiUser struct for PaginatedApiApiUser

func NewPaginatedApiApiUser ¶

func NewPaginatedApiApiUser() *PaginatedApiApiUser

NewPaginatedApiApiUser instantiates a new PaginatedApiApiUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiApiUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiApiUserWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiApiUser

NewPaginatedApiApiUserWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiApiUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetResults() []ApiKeyUserDetails

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetResultsOk() (*[]ApiKeyUserDetails, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiApiUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiApiUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) SetResults(v []ApiKeyUserDetails)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ApiKeyUserDetails and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiApiUser) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiApiUser) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiApiUser) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiApiUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAppUser ¶

type PaginatedApiAppUser struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]CloudAppUser `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAppUser struct for PaginatedApiAppUser

func NewPaginatedApiAppUser ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAppUser() *PaginatedApiAppUser

NewPaginatedApiAppUser instantiates a new PaginatedApiAppUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAppUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAppUserWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAppUser

NewPaginatedApiAppUserWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAppUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetResults() []CloudAppUser

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetResultsOk() (*[]CloudAppUser, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) SetResults(v []CloudAppUser)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []CloudAppUser and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAppUser) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAppUser) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAppUser) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAppUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ApiAtlasCheckpoint `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint struct for PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint() *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint

NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint

NewPaginatedApiAtlasCheckpointWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetResultsOk() (*[]ApiAtlasCheckpoint, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ApiAtlasCheckpoint and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasCheckpoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]CloudDatabaseUser `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser List of MongoDB Database users granted access to databases in the specified project.

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser() *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser

NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUserWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser

NewPaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUserWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetResultsOk() (*[]CloudDatabaseUser, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []CloudDatabaseUser and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasDatabaseUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupExportJob `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob struct for PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob() *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob

NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob

NewPaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJobWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupExportJob and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasDiskBackupExportJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]CloudProviderRegions `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions struct for PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions() *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions

NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegionsWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegionsWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions

NewPaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegionsWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderRegions and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasProviderRegions) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ServerlessBackupRestoreJob `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob struct for PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob() *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob

NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob

NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCount ¶

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasTotalCount ¶

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ServerlessBackupRestoreJob and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTotalCount ¶

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot ¶

type PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ServerlessBackupSnapshot `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot struct for PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot() *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot

NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot

NewPaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCount ¶

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasTotalCount ¶

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ServerlessBackupSnapshot and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiAtlasServerlessBackupSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiInvoice ¶

type PaginatedApiInvoice struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BillingInvoice `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiInvoice struct for PaginatedApiInvoice

func NewPaginatedApiInvoice ¶

func NewPaginatedApiInvoice() *PaginatedApiInvoice

NewPaginatedApiInvoice instantiates a new PaginatedApiInvoice object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiInvoiceWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiInvoiceWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiInvoice

NewPaginatedApiInvoiceWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiInvoice object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetResults() []BillingInvoice

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetResultsOk() (*[]BillingInvoice, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiInvoice) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiInvoice) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) SetResults(v []BillingInvoice)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BillingInvoice and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiInvoice) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiInvoice) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiInvoice) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiInvoice) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiStreamsConnection ¶

type PaginatedApiStreamsConnection struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]StreamsConnection `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiStreamsConnection struct for PaginatedApiStreamsConnection

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnection ¶

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnection() *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection

NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnection instantiates a new PaginatedApiStreamsConnection object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnectionWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnectionWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection

NewPaginatedApiStreamsConnectionWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiStreamsConnection object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetResultsOk() (*[]StreamsConnection, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []StreamsConnection and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiStreamsConnection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiStreamsTenant ¶

type PaginatedApiStreamsTenant struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]StreamsTenant `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiStreamsTenant struct for PaginatedApiStreamsTenant

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenant ¶

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenant() *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant

NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenant instantiates a new PaginatedApiStreamsTenant object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenantWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenantWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant

NewPaginatedApiStreamsTenantWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiStreamsTenant object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetResults() []StreamsTenant

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetResultsOk() (*[]StreamsTenant, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) SetResults(v []StreamsTenant)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []StreamsTenant and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiStreamsTenant) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse ¶

type PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]UserAccessListResponse `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse struct for PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse

func NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse ¶

func NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse() *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse

NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse instantiates a new PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults() *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse

NewPaginatedApiUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []UserAccessListResponse and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedAppUser ¶

type PaginatedAppUser struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]CloudAppUser `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedAppUser struct for PaginatedAppUser

func NewPaginatedAppUser ¶

func NewPaginatedAppUser() *PaginatedAppUser

NewPaginatedAppUser instantiates a new PaginatedAppUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedAppUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedAppUserWithDefaults() *PaginatedAppUser

NewPaginatedAppUserWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedAppUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAppUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetResults() []CloudAppUser

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAppUser) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetResultsOk() (*[]CloudAppUser, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAppUser) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedAppUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedAppUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) SetResults(v []CloudAppUser)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []CloudAppUser and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedAppUser) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAppUser) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedAppUser) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedAppUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedAtlasGroup ¶

type PaginatedAtlasGroup struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]Group `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedAtlasGroup struct for PaginatedAtlasGroup

func NewPaginatedAtlasGroup ¶

func NewPaginatedAtlasGroup() *PaginatedAtlasGroup

NewPaginatedAtlasGroup instantiates a new PaginatedAtlasGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedAtlasGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedAtlasGroupWithDefaults() *PaginatedAtlasGroup

NewPaginatedAtlasGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedAtlasGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetResults() []Group

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetResultsOk() (*[]Group, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedAtlasGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedAtlasGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) SetResults(v []Group)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []Group and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedAtlasGroup) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedAtlasGroup) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedAtlasGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedAtlasGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedBackupSnapshot ¶

type PaginatedBackupSnapshot struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupSnapshot `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedBackupSnapshot struct for PaginatedBackupSnapshot

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshot ¶

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshot() *PaginatedBackupSnapshot

NewPaginatedBackupSnapshot instantiates a new PaginatedBackupSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotWithDefaults() *PaginatedBackupSnapshot

NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedBackupSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetResults() []DiskBackupSnapshot

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetResultsOk() (*[]DiskBackupSnapshot, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) SetResults(v []DiskBackupSnapshot)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupSnapshot and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshot) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshot) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedBackupSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedBackupSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket ¶

type PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket struct for PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket ¶

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket() *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket

NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket instantiates a new PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucketWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucketWithDefaults() *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket

NewPaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucketWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupSnapshotAWSExportBucket and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedBackupSnapshotExportBucket) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet ¶

type PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupReplicaSet `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet struct for PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet() *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet

NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults() *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet

NewPaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSetWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupReplicaSet and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupReplicaSet) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob ¶

type PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob struct for PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob() *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob

NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults() *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob

NewPaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupSnapshotRestoreJob and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot ¶

type PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot struct for PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot() *PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults() *PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot

NewPaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetTotalCount ¶

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) HasTotalCount ¶

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []DiskBackupShardedClusterSnapshot and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudBackupShardedClusterSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedCloudProviderContainer ¶

type PaginatedCloudProviderContainer struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]CloudProviderContainer `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedCloudProviderContainer List of Network Peering Containers that Amazon Web Services serves.

func NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainer ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainer() *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer

NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainer instantiates a new PaginatedCloudProviderContainer object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults() *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer

NewPaginatedCloudProviderContainerWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedCloudProviderContainer object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []CloudProviderContainer and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedCloudProviderContainer) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedContainerPeer ¶

type PaginatedContainerPeer struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedContainerPeer Group of Network Peering connection settings.

func NewPaginatedContainerPeer ¶

func NewPaginatedContainerPeer() *PaginatedContainerPeer

NewPaginatedContainerPeer instantiates a new PaginatedContainerPeer object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedContainerPeerWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedContainerPeerWithDefaults() *PaginatedContainerPeer

NewPaginatedContainerPeerWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedContainerPeer object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedContainerPeer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedContainerPeer) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedContainerPeer) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedContainerPeer) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedContainerPeer) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedContainerPeer) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedDatabase ¶

type PaginatedDatabase struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]MesurementsDatabase `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedDatabase struct for PaginatedDatabase

func NewPaginatedDatabase ¶

func NewPaginatedDatabase() *PaginatedDatabase

NewPaginatedDatabase instantiates a new PaginatedDatabase object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedDatabaseWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedDatabaseWithDefaults() *PaginatedDatabase

NewPaginatedDatabaseWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedDatabase object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDatabase) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetResults() []MesurementsDatabase

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDatabase) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetResultsOk() (*[]MesurementsDatabase, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDatabase) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedDatabase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedDatabase) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedDatabase) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) SetResults(v []MesurementsDatabase)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []MesurementsDatabase and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedDatabase) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDatabase) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedDatabase) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedDatabase) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedDiskPartition ¶

type PaginatedDiskPartition struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]MeasurementDiskPartition `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedDiskPartition struct for PaginatedDiskPartition

func NewPaginatedDiskPartition ¶

func NewPaginatedDiskPartition() *PaginatedDiskPartition

NewPaginatedDiskPartition instantiates a new PaginatedDiskPartition object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedDiskPartitionWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedDiskPartitionWithDefaults() *PaginatedDiskPartition

NewPaginatedDiskPartitionWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedDiskPartition object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) GetResultsOk() (*[]MeasurementDiskPartition, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedDiskPartition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedDiskPartition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []MeasurementDiskPartition and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedDiskPartition) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedDiskPartition) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedDiskPartition) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedDiskPartition) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider ¶

type PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]FederationIdentityProvider `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider struct for PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider

func NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProvider ¶

func NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProvider() *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider

NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProvider instantiates a new PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults() *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider

NewPaginatedFederationIdentityProviderWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []FederationIdentityProvider and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedFederationIdentityProvider) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedHostViewAtlas ¶

type PaginatedHostViewAtlas struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]LinkAtlas `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ApiHostViewAtlas `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedHostViewAtlas struct for PaginatedHostViewAtlas

func NewPaginatedHostViewAtlas ¶

func NewPaginatedHostViewAtlas() *PaginatedHostViewAtlas

NewPaginatedHostViewAtlas instantiates a new PaginatedHostViewAtlas object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedHostViewAtlasWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedHostViewAtlasWithDefaults() *PaginatedHostViewAtlas

NewPaginatedHostViewAtlasWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedHostViewAtlas object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetLinks() []LinkAtlas

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetLinksOk() (*[]LinkAtlas, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetResults() []ApiHostViewAtlas

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetResultsOk() (*[]ApiHostViewAtlas, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedHostViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedHostViewAtlas) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) SetLinks(v []LinkAtlas)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []LinkAtlas and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) SetResults(v []ApiHostViewAtlas)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ApiHostViewAtlas and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedHostViewAtlas) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedHostViewAtlas) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedHostViewAtlas) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedHostViewAtlas) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedIntegration ¶

type PaginatedIntegration struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ThirdPartyIntegration `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedIntegration struct for PaginatedIntegration

func NewPaginatedIntegration ¶

func NewPaginatedIntegration() *PaginatedIntegration

NewPaginatedIntegration instantiates a new PaginatedIntegration object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedIntegrationWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedIntegrationWithDefaults() *PaginatedIntegration

NewPaginatedIntegrationWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedIntegration object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedIntegration) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetResults() []ThirdPartyIntegration

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedIntegration) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetResultsOk() (*[]ThirdPartyIntegration, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedIntegration) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedIntegration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedIntegration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedIntegration) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) SetResults(v []ThirdPartyIntegration)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ThirdPartyIntegration and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedIntegration) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedIntegration) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedIntegration) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedIntegration) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedNetworkAccess ¶

type PaginatedNetworkAccess struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]NetworkPermissionEntry `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedNetworkAccess struct for PaginatedNetworkAccess

func NewPaginatedNetworkAccess ¶

func NewPaginatedNetworkAccess() *PaginatedNetworkAccess

NewPaginatedNetworkAccess instantiates a new PaginatedNetworkAccess object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedNetworkAccessWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedNetworkAccessWithDefaults() *PaginatedNetworkAccess

NewPaginatedNetworkAccessWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedNetworkAccess object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetResultsOk() (*[]NetworkPermissionEntry, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedNetworkAccess) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedNetworkAccess) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []NetworkPermissionEntry and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedNetworkAccess) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedNetworkAccess) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedNetworkAccess) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedNetworkAccess) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedOnlineArchive ¶

type PaginatedOnlineArchive struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BackupOnlineArchive `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedOnlineArchive struct for PaginatedOnlineArchive

func NewPaginatedOnlineArchive ¶

func NewPaginatedOnlineArchive() *PaginatedOnlineArchive

NewPaginatedOnlineArchive instantiates a new PaginatedOnlineArchive object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedOnlineArchiveWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedOnlineArchiveWithDefaults() *PaginatedOnlineArchive

NewPaginatedOnlineArchiveWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedOnlineArchive object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetResults() []BackupOnlineArchive

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetResultsOk() (*[]BackupOnlineArchive, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedOnlineArchive) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedOnlineArchive) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) SetResults(v []BackupOnlineArchive)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BackupOnlineArchive and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedOnlineArchive) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOnlineArchive) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedOnlineArchive) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedOnlineArchive) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedOrgGroup ¶

type PaginatedOrgGroup struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]OrgGroup `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedOrgGroup struct for PaginatedOrgGroup

func NewPaginatedOrgGroup ¶

func NewPaginatedOrgGroup() *PaginatedOrgGroup

NewPaginatedOrgGroup instantiates a new PaginatedOrgGroup object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedOrgGroupWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedOrgGroupWithDefaults() *PaginatedOrgGroup

NewPaginatedOrgGroupWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedOrgGroup object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetResults() []OrgGroup

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetResultsOk() (*[]OrgGroup, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedOrgGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedOrgGroup) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) SetResults(v []OrgGroup)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []OrgGroup and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedOrgGroup) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrgGroup) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedOrgGroup) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedOrgGroup) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedOrganization ¶

type PaginatedOrganization struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]AtlasOrganization `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedOrganization struct for PaginatedOrganization

func NewPaginatedOrganization ¶

func NewPaginatedOrganization() *PaginatedOrganization

NewPaginatedOrganization instantiates a new PaginatedOrganization object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedOrganizationWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedOrganizationWithDefaults() *PaginatedOrganization

NewPaginatedOrganizationWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedOrganization object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrganization) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetResults() []AtlasOrganization

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrganization) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetResultsOk() (*[]AtlasOrganization, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedOrganization) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedOrganization) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedOrganization) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedOrganization) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) SetResults(v []AtlasOrganization)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []AtlasOrganization and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedOrganization) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedOrganization) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedOrganization) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedOrganization) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedPipelineRun ¶

type PaginatedPipelineRun struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]IngestionPipelineRun `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedPipelineRun struct for PaginatedPipelineRun

func NewPaginatedPipelineRun ¶

func NewPaginatedPipelineRun() *PaginatedPipelineRun

NewPaginatedPipelineRun instantiates a new PaginatedPipelineRun object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedPipelineRunWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedPipelineRunWithDefaults() *PaginatedPipelineRun

NewPaginatedPipelineRunWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedPipelineRun object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetResults() []IngestionPipelineRun

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetResultsOk() (*[]IngestionPipelineRun, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedPipelineRun) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedPipelineRun) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) SetResults(v []IngestionPipelineRun)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []IngestionPipelineRun and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedPipelineRun) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPipelineRun) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedPipelineRun) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedPipelineRun) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry ¶

type PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry struct for PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

func NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry ¶

func NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry() *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry instantiates a new PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults() *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

NewPaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedRestoreJob ¶

type PaginatedRestoreJob struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BackupRestoreJob `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedRestoreJob struct for PaginatedRestoreJob

func NewPaginatedRestoreJob ¶

func NewPaginatedRestoreJob() *PaginatedRestoreJob

NewPaginatedRestoreJob instantiates a new PaginatedRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedRestoreJobWithDefaults() *PaginatedRestoreJob

NewPaginatedRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetResults() []BackupRestoreJob

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetResultsOk() (*[]BackupRestoreJob, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) SetResults(v []BackupRestoreJob)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BackupRestoreJob and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedRestoreJob) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRestoreJob) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedRoleMapping ¶

type PaginatedRoleMapping struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]AuthFederationRoleMapping `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedRoleMapping List role mappings from the specified organization in the specified federation.

func NewPaginatedRoleMapping ¶

func NewPaginatedRoleMapping() *PaginatedRoleMapping

NewPaginatedRoleMapping instantiates a new PaginatedRoleMapping object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedRoleMappingWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedRoleMappingWithDefaults() *PaginatedRoleMapping

NewPaginatedRoleMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedRoleMapping object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) GetResultsOk() (*[]AuthFederationRoleMapping, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedRoleMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedRoleMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []AuthFederationRoleMapping and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedRoleMapping) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedRoleMapping) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedRoleMapping) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedRoleMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription ¶

type PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]ServerlessInstanceDescription `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription struct for PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription

func NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription ¶

func NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription() *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription

NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription instantiates a new PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults() *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription

NewPaginatedServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetResultsOk ¶

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) HasResults ¶

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) SetResults ¶

SetResults gets a reference to the given []ServerlessInstanceDescription and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedSnapshot ¶

type PaginatedSnapshot struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BackupSnapshot `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedSnapshot struct for PaginatedSnapshot

func NewPaginatedSnapshot ¶

func NewPaginatedSnapshot() *PaginatedSnapshot

NewPaginatedSnapshot instantiates a new PaginatedSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedSnapshotWithDefaults() *PaginatedSnapshot

NewPaginatedSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetResults() []BackupSnapshot

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetResultsOk() (*[]BackupSnapshot, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) SetResults(v []BackupSnapshot)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BackupSnapshot and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedSnapshot) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedSnapshot) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedTeam ¶

type PaginatedTeam struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]TeamResponse `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedTeam struct for PaginatedTeam

func NewPaginatedTeam ¶

func NewPaginatedTeam() *PaginatedTeam

NewPaginatedTeam instantiates a new PaginatedTeam object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedTeamWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedTeamWithDefaults() *PaginatedTeam

NewPaginatedTeamWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedTeam object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeam) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeam) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetResults() []TeamResponse

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeam) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetResultsOk() (*[]TeamResponse, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeam) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeam) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedTeam) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeam) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeam) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedTeam) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedTeam) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedTeam) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedTeam) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) SetResults(v []TeamResponse)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []TeamResponse and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedTeam) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeam) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedTeam) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedTeam) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedTeamRole ¶

type PaginatedTeamRole struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]TeamRole `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedTeamRole struct for PaginatedTeamRole

func NewPaginatedTeamRole ¶

func NewPaginatedTeamRole() *PaginatedTeamRole

NewPaginatedTeamRole instantiates a new PaginatedTeamRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedTeamRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedTeamRoleWithDefaults() *PaginatedTeamRole

NewPaginatedTeamRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedTeamRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetResults() []TeamRole

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetResultsOk() (*[]TeamRole, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedTeamRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedTeamRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) SetResults(v []TeamRole)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []TeamRole and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedTeamRole) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTeamRole) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedTeamRole) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedTeamRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedTenantRestore ¶

type PaginatedTenantRestore struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]TenantRestore `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedTenantRestore struct for PaginatedTenantRestore

func NewPaginatedTenantRestore ¶

func NewPaginatedTenantRestore() *PaginatedTenantRestore

NewPaginatedTenantRestore instantiates a new PaginatedTenantRestore object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedTenantRestoreWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedTenantRestoreWithDefaults() *PaginatedTenantRestore

NewPaginatedTenantRestoreWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedTenantRestore object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetResults() []TenantRestore

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetResultsOk() (*[]TenantRestore, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedTenantRestore) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedTenantRestore) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) SetResults(v []TenantRestore)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []TenantRestore and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedTenantRestore) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantRestore) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedTenantRestore) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedTenantRestore) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedTenantSnapshot ¶

type PaginatedTenantSnapshot struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]BackupTenantSnapshot `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedTenantSnapshot struct for PaginatedTenantSnapshot

func NewPaginatedTenantSnapshot ¶

func NewPaginatedTenantSnapshot() *PaginatedTenantSnapshot

NewPaginatedTenantSnapshot instantiates a new PaginatedTenantSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedTenantSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedTenantSnapshotWithDefaults() *PaginatedTenantSnapshot

NewPaginatedTenantSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedTenantSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetResults ¶

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetResultsOk() (*[]BackupTenantSnapshot, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedTenantSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedTenantSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) SetResults(v []BackupTenantSnapshot)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []BackupTenantSnapshot and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedTenantSnapshot) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedTenantSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedTenantSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PaginatedUserCert ¶

type PaginatedUserCert struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// List of returned documents that MongoDB Cloud providers when completing this request.
	// Read only field.
	Results *[]UserCert `json:"results,omitempty"`
	// Total number of documents available. MongoDB Cloud omits this value if `includeCount` is set to `false`.
	// Read only field.
	TotalCount *int `json:"totalCount,omitempty"`
}

PaginatedUserCert struct for PaginatedUserCert

func NewPaginatedUserCert ¶

func NewPaginatedUserCert() *PaginatedUserCert

NewPaginatedUserCert instantiates a new PaginatedUserCert object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPaginatedUserCertWithDefaults ¶

func NewPaginatedUserCertWithDefaults() *PaginatedUserCert

NewPaginatedUserCertWithDefaults instantiates a new PaginatedUserCert object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedUserCert) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) GetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetResults() []UserCert

GetResults returns the Results field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedUserCert) GetResultsOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetResultsOk() (*[]UserCert, bool)

GetResultsOk returns a tuple with the Results field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) GetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetTotalCount() int

GetTotalCount returns the TotalCount field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PaginatedUserCert) GetTotalCountOk ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) GetTotalCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetTotalCountOk returns a tuple with the TotalCount field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) HasResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) HasResults() bool

HasResults returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) HasTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) HasTotalCount() bool

HasTotalCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PaginatedUserCert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PaginatedUserCert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *PaginatedUserCert) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) SetResults ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) SetResults(v []UserCert)

SetResults gets a reference to the given []UserCert and assigns it to the Results field.

func (*PaginatedUserCert) SetTotalCount ¶

func (o *PaginatedUserCert) SetTotalCount(v int)

SetTotalCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the TotalCount field.

func (PaginatedUserCert) ToMap ¶

func (o PaginatedUserCert) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PartitionField ¶

type PartitionField struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the parameter that MongoDB Cloud uses to partition data. To specify a nested parameter, use the dot notation.
	FieldName string `json:"fieldName"`
	// Data type of the parameter that that MongoDB Cloud uses to partition data. Partition parameters of type [UUID](http://bsonspec.org/spec.html) must be of binary subtype 4. MongoDB Cloud skips partition parameters of type UUID with subtype 3.
	// Read only field.
	FieldType *string `json:"fieldType,omitempty"`
	// Sequence in which MongoDB Cloud slices the collection data to create partitions. The resource expresses this sequence starting with zero. The value of the **criteria.dateField** parameter defaults as the first item in the partition sequence.
	Order int `json:"order"`
}

PartitionField Metadata to partition this online archive.

func NewPartitionField ¶

func NewPartitionField(fieldName string, order int) *PartitionField

NewPartitionField instantiates a new PartitionField object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPartitionFieldWithDefaults ¶

func NewPartitionFieldWithDefaults() *PartitionField

NewPartitionFieldWithDefaults instantiates a new PartitionField object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PartitionField) GetFieldName ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetFieldName() string

GetFieldName returns the FieldName field value

func (*PartitionField) GetFieldNameOk ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetFieldNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFieldNameOk returns a tuple with the FieldName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PartitionField) GetFieldType ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetFieldType() string

GetFieldType returns the FieldType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PartitionField) GetFieldTypeOk ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetFieldTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFieldTypeOk returns a tuple with the FieldType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PartitionField) GetOrder ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetOrder() int

GetOrder returns the Order field value

func (*PartitionField) GetOrderOk ¶

func (o *PartitionField) GetOrderOk() (*int, bool)

GetOrderOk returns a tuple with the Order field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PartitionField) HasFieldType ¶

func (o *PartitionField) HasFieldType() bool

HasFieldType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PartitionField) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PartitionField) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PartitionField) SetFieldName ¶

func (o *PartitionField) SetFieldName(v string)

SetFieldName sets field value

func (*PartitionField) SetFieldType ¶

func (o *PartitionField) SetFieldType(v string)

SetFieldType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FieldType field.

func (*PartitionField) SetOrder ¶

func (o *PartitionField) SetOrder(v int)

SetOrder sets field value

func (PartitionField) ToMap ¶

func (o PartitionField) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PausePipelineApiParams ¶

type PausePipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	PipelineName string
}

type PausePipelineApiRequest ¶

type PausePipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PausePipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

type PemFileInfo ¶

type PemFileInfo struct {
	// List of certificates in the file.
	Certificates *[]X509Certificate `json:"certificates,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label given to the file.
	FileName *string `json:"fileName,omitempty"`
}

PemFileInfo PEM file information for the identity provider's current certificates.

func NewPemFileInfo ¶

func NewPemFileInfo() *PemFileInfo

NewPemFileInfo instantiates a new PemFileInfo object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPemFileInfoWithDefaults ¶

func NewPemFileInfoWithDefaults() *PemFileInfo

NewPemFileInfoWithDefaults instantiates a new PemFileInfo object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PemFileInfo) GetCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) GetCertificates() []X509Certificate

GetCertificates returns the Certificates field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PemFileInfo) GetCertificatesOk ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) GetCertificatesOk() (*[]X509Certificate, bool)

GetCertificatesOk returns a tuple with the Certificates field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PemFileInfo) GetFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) GetFileName() string

GetFileName returns the FileName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PemFileInfo) GetFileNameOk ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) GetFileNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFileNameOk returns a tuple with the FileName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PemFileInfo) HasCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) HasCertificates() bool

HasCertificates returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PemFileInfo) HasFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) HasFileName() bool

HasFileName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PemFileInfo) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PemFileInfo) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PemFileInfo) SetCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) SetCertificates(v []X509Certificate)

SetCertificates gets a reference to the given []X509Certificate and assigns it to the Certificates field.

func (*PemFileInfo) SetFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfo) SetFileName(v string)

SetFileName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileName field.

func (PemFileInfo) ToMap ¶

func (o PemFileInfo) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PemFileInfoUpdate ¶

type PemFileInfoUpdate struct {
	// List of certificates in the file.
	Certificates *[]X509CertificateUpdate `json:"certificates,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label given to the file.
	FileName *string `json:"fileName,omitempty"`
}

PemFileInfoUpdate PEM file information for the identity provider's current certificates.

func NewPemFileInfoUpdate ¶

func NewPemFileInfoUpdate() *PemFileInfoUpdate

NewPemFileInfoUpdate instantiates a new PemFileInfoUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPemFileInfoUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewPemFileInfoUpdateWithDefaults() *PemFileInfoUpdate

NewPemFileInfoUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new PemFileInfoUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) GetCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) GetCertificates() []X509CertificateUpdate

GetCertificates returns the Certificates field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) GetCertificatesOk ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) GetCertificatesOk() (*[]X509CertificateUpdate, bool)

GetCertificatesOk returns a tuple with the Certificates field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) GetFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) GetFileName() string

GetFileName returns the FileName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) GetFileNameOk ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) GetFileNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFileNameOk returns a tuple with the FileName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) HasCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) HasCertificates() bool

HasCertificates returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) HasFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) HasFileName() bool

HasFileName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PemFileInfoUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PemFileInfoUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) SetCertificates ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) SetCertificates(v []X509CertificateUpdate)

SetCertificates gets a reference to the given []X509CertificateUpdate and assigns it to the Certificates field.

func (*PemFileInfoUpdate) SetFileName ¶

func (o *PemFileInfoUpdate) SetFileName(v string)

SetFileName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileName field.

func (PemFileInfoUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o PemFileInfoUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorApi ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorApi interface {

	/*
		DisableSlowOperationThresholding Disable Managed Slow Operation Threshold

		Disables the slow operation threshold that MongoDB Cloud calculated for the specified project. The threshold determines which operations the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler considers slow. When enabled, MongoDB Cloud uses the average execution time for operations on your cluster to determine slow-running queries. As a result, the threshold is more pertinent to your cluster workload. The slow operation threshold is enabled by default for dedicated clusters (M10+). When disabled, MongoDB Cloud considers any operation that takes longer than 100 milliseconds to be slow. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	*/
	DisableSlowOperationThresholding(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	/*
		DisableSlowOperationThresholding Disable Managed Slow Operation Threshold


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	*/
	DisableSlowOperationThresholdingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams) DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DisableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute(r DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		EnableSlowOperationThresholding Enable Managed Slow Operation Threshold

		Enables MongoDB Cloud to use its slow operation threshold for the specified project. The threshold determines which operations the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler considers slow. When enabled, MongoDB Cloud uses the average execution time for operations on your cluster to determine slow-running queries. As a result, the threshold is more pertinent to your cluster workload. The slow operation threshold is enabled by default for dedicated clusters (M10+). When disabled, MongoDB Cloud considers any operation that takes longer than 100 milliseconds to be slow. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	*/
	EnableSlowOperationThresholding(ctx context.Context, groupId string) EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	/*
		EnableSlowOperationThresholding Enable Managed Slow Operation Threshold


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest
	*/
	EnableSlowOperationThresholdingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiParams) EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	EnableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute(r EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetServerlessAutoIndexing Return Serverless Auto Indexing Enabled

		[experimental] Get whether the Serverless Auto Indexing feature is enabled.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessAutoIndexing(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	/*
		GetServerlessAutoIndexing Return Serverless Auto Indexing Enabled


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessAutoIndexingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams) GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute(r GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSlowQueries Return Slow Queries

		Returns log lines for slow queries that the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler identified. The Performance Advisor monitors queries that MongoDB considers slow and suggests new indexes to improve query performance. MongoDB Cloud bases the threshold for slow queries on the average time of operations on your cluster. This enables workload-relevant recommendations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListSlowQueriesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSlowQueries(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSlowQueriesApiRequest
	/*
		ListSlowQueries Return Slow Queries


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSlowQueriesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSlowQueriesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSlowQueriesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSlowQueriesApiParams) ListSlowQueriesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSlowQueriesExecute(r ListSlowQueriesApiRequest) (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSlowQueryNamespaces Return All Namespaces for One Host

		Returns up to 20 namespaces for collections experiencing slow queries on the specified host. If you specify a secondary member of a replica set that hasn't received any database read operations, the endpoint doesn't return any namespaces. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSlowQueryNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest
	/*
		ListSlowQueryNamespaces Return All Namespaces for One Host


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSlowQueryNamespacesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiParams) ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSlowQueryNamespacesExecute(r ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest) (*Namespaces, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSuggestedIndexes Return Suggested Indexes

		Returns the indexes that the Performance Advisor suggests. The Performance Advisor monitors queries that MongoDB considers slow and suggests new indexes to improve query performance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
		@return ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSuggestedIndexes(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest
	/*
		ListSuggestedIndexes Return Suggested Indexes


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSuggestedIndexesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest
	*/
	ListSuggestedIndexesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSuggestedIndexesApiParams) ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSuggestedIndexesExecute(r ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest) (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		SetServerlessAutoIndexing Set Serverless Auto Indexing

		[experimental] Set whether the Serverless Auto Indexing feature is enabled.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	*/
	SetServerlessAutoIndexing(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	/*
		SetServerlessAutoIndexing Set Serverless Auto Indexing


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest
	*/
	SetServerlessAutoIndexingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams) SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	SetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute(r SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)
}

type PerformanceAdvisorApiService ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorApiService service

PerformanceAdvisorApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi service

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) DisableSlowOperationThresholding ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) DisableSlowOperationThresholding(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

DisableSlowOperationThresholding Disable Managed Slow Operation Threshold

Disables the slow operation threshold that MongoDB Cloud calculated for the specified project. The threshold determines which operations the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler considers slow. When enabled, MongoDB Cloud uses the average execution time for operations on your cluster to determine slow-running queries. As a result, the threshold is more pertinent to your cluster workload. The slow operation threshold is enabled by default for dedicated clusters (M10+). When disabled, MongoDB Cloud considers any operation that takes longer than 100 milliseconds to be slow. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) DisableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) DisableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute(r DisableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) EnableSlowOperationThresholding ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) EnableSlowOperationThresholding(ctx context.Context, groupId string) EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

EnableSlowOperationThresholding Enable Managed Slow Operation Threshold

Enables MongoDB Cloud to use its slow operation threshold for the specified project. The threshold determines which operations the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler considers slow. When enabled, MongoDB Cloud uses the average execution time for operations on your cluster to determine slow-running queries. As a result, the threshold is more pertinent to your cluster workload. The slow operation threshold is enabled by default for dedicated clusters (M10+). When disabled, MongoDB Cloud considers any operation that takes longer than 100 milliseconds to be slow. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) EnableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) EnableSlowOperationThresholdingExecute(r EnableSlowOperationThresholdingApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) GetServerlessAutoIndexing ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) GetServerlessAutoIndexing(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

GetServerlessAutoIndexing Return Serverless Auto Indexing Enabled

[experimental] Get whether the Serverless Auto Indexing feature is enabled.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) GetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) GetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute(r GetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) (bool, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return bool

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) GetServerlessAutoIndexingWithParams ¶

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueries ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueries(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSlowQueriesApiRequest

ListSlowQueries Return Slow Queries

Returns log lines for slow queries that the Performance Advisor and Query Profiler identified. The Performance Advisor monitors queries that MongoDB considers slow and suggests new indexes to improve query performance. MongoDB Cloud bases the threshold for slow queries on the average time of operations on your cluster. This enables workload-relevant recommendations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListSlowQueriesApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueriesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueriesWithParams ¶

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueryNamespaces ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueryNamespaces(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest

ListSlowQueryNamespaces Return All Namespaces for One Host

Returns up to 20 namespaces for collections experiencing slow queries on the specified host. If you specify a secondary member of a replica set that hasn't received any database read operations, the endpoint doesn't return any namespaces. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListSlowQueryNamespacesApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueryNamespacesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return Namespaces

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSlowQueryNamespacesWithParams ¶

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSuggestedIndexes ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSuggestedIndexes(ctx context.Context, groupId string, processId string) ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest

ListSuggestedIndexes Return Suggested Indexes

Returns the indexes that the Performance Advisor suggests. The Performance Advisor monitors queries that MongoDB considers slow and suggests new indexes to improve query performance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param processId Combination of host and port that serves the MongoDB process. The host must be the hostname, FQDN, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address of the host that runs the MongoDB process (`mongod` or `mongos`). The port must be the IANA port on which the MongoDB process listens for requests.
@return ListSuggestedIndexesApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSuggestedIndexesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PerformanceAdvisorResponse

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) ListSuggestedIndexesWithParams ¶

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) SetServerlessAutoIndexing ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) SetServerlessAutoIndexing(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

SetServerlessAutoIndexing Set Serverless Auto Indexing

[experimental] Set whether the Serverless Auto Indexing feature is enabled.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) SetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute ¶

func (a *PerformanceAdvisorApiService) SetServerlessAutoIndexingExecute(r SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*PerformanceAdvisorApiService) SetServerlessAutoIndexingWithParams ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorIndex ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorIndex struct {
	// The average size of an object in the collection of this index.
	// Read only field.
	AvgObjSize *float64 `json:"avgObjSize,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this index.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List that contains unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the query shapes in this response that the Performance Advisor suggests.
	// Read only field.
	Impact *[]string `json:"impact,omitempty"`
	// List that contains documents that specify a key in the index and its sort order.
	// Read only field.
	Index *[]map[string]int `json:"index,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the namespace on the specified host. The resource expresses this parameter value as `<database>.<collection>`.
	// Read only field.
	Namespace *string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// Estimated performance improvement that the suggested index provides. This value corresponds to **Impact** in the Performance Advisor user interface.
	// Read only field.
	Weight *float64 `json:"weight,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorIndex struct for PerformanceAdvisorIndex

func NewPerformanceAdvisorIndex ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorIndex() *PerformanceAdvisorIndex

NewPerformanceAdvisorIndex instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorIndex object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorIndexWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorIndexWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorIndex

NewPerformanceAdvisorIndexWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorIndex object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetAvgObjSize ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetAvgObjSize() float64

GetAvgObjSize returns the AvgObjSize field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetAvgObjSizeOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetAvgObjSizeOk() (*float64, bool)

GetAvgObjSizeOk returns a tuple with the AvgObjSize field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetImpact ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetImpact() []string

GetImpact returns the Impact field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetImpactOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetImpactOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetImpactOk returns a tuple with the Impact field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIndex ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIndex() []map[string]int

GetIndex returns the Index field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIndexOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetIndexOk() (*[]map[string]int, bool)

GetIndexOk returns a tuple with the Index field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace returns the Namespace field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetNamespaceOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetNamespaceOk() (*string, bool)

GetNamespaceOk returns a tuple with the Namespace field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetWeight ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetWeight() float64

GetWeight returns the Weight field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetWeightOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) GetWeightOk() (*float64, bool)

GetWeightOk returns a tuple with the Weight field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasAvgObjSize ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasAvgObjSize() bool

HasAvgObjSize returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasImpact ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasImpact() bool

HasImpact returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasIndex ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasIndex() bool

HasIndex returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasNamespace() bool

HasNamespace returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasWeight ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) HasWeight() bool

HasWeight returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorIndex) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetAvgObjSize ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetAvgObjSize(v float64)

SetAvgObjSize gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the AvgObjSize field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetImpact ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetImpact(v []string)

SetImpact gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Impact field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetIndex ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetIndex(v []map[string]int)

SetIndex gets a reference to the given []map[string]int and assigns it to the Index field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetNamespace(v string)

SetNamespace gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Namespace field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetWeight ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorIndex) SetWeight(v float64)

SetWeight gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the Weight field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorIndex) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorIndex) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorOpStats ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorOpStats struct {
	// Length of time expressed during which the query finds suggested indexes among the managed namespaces in the cluster. This parameter expresses its value in milliseconds. This parameter relates to the **duration** query parameter.
	// Read only field.
	Ms *int64 `json:"ms,omitempty"`
	// Number of results that the query returns.
	// Read only field.
	NReturned *int64 `json:"nReturned,omitempty"`
	// Number of documents that the query read.
	// Read only field.
	NScanned *int64 `json:"nScanned,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which the query retrieves the suggested indexes. This parameter expresses its value in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the [UNIX epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). This parameter relates to the **since** query parameter.
	// Read only field.
	Ts *int64 `json:"ts,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorOpStats Details that this resource returned about the specified query.

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStats ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStats() *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats

NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStats instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorOpStats object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStatsWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStatsWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats

NewPerformanceAdvisorOpStatsWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorOpStats object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetMs() int64

GetMs returns the Ms field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetMsOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetMsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetMsOk returns a tuple with the Ms field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNReturned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNReturned() int64

GetNReturned returns the NReturned field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNReturnedOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNReturnedOk() (*int64, bool)

GetNReturnedOk returns a tuple with the NReturned field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNScanned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNScanned() int64

GetNScanned returns the NScanned field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNScannedOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetNScannedOk() (*int64, bool)

GetNScannedOk returns a tuple with the NScanned field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetTs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetTs() int64

GetTs returns the Ts field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetTsOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) GetTsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetTsOk returns a tuple with the Ts field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasMs() bool

HasMs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasNReturned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasNReturned() bool

HasNReturned returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasNScanned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasNScanned() bool

HasNScanned returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasTs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) HasTs() bool

HasTs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetMs(v int64)

SetMs gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Ms field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetNReturned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetNReturned(v int64)

SetNReturned gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NReturned field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetNScanned ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetNScanned(v int64)

SetNScanned gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NScanned field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetTs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) SetTs(v int64)

SetTs gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Ts field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorOpStats) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorOperation ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorOperation struct {
	// List that contains the search criteria that the query uses. To use the values in key-value pairs in these predicates requires **Project Data Access Read Only** permissions or greater. Otherwise, MongoDB Cloud redacts these values.
	// Read only field.
	Predicates *[]map[string]interface{}  `json:"predicates,omitempty"`
	Stats      *PerformanceAdvisorOpStats `json:"stats,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorOperation struct for PerformanceAdvisorOperation

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOperation ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOperation() *PerformanceAdvisorOperation

NewPerformanceAdvisorOperation instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorOperation object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOperationWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorOperationWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorOperation

NewPerformanceAdvisorOperationWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorOperation object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetPredicates ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetPredicates() []map[string]interface{}

GetPredicates returns the Predicates field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetPredicatesOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetPredicatesOk() (*[]map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetPredicatesOk returns a tuple with the Predicates field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetStats ¶

GetStats returns the Stats field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) GetStatsOk ¶

GetStatsOk returns a tuple with the Stats field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) HasPredicates ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOperation) HasPredicates() bool

HasPredicates returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) HasStats ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOperation) HasStats() bool

HasStats returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorOperation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorOperation) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) SetPredicates ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorOperation) SetPredicates(v []map[string]interface{})

SetPredicates gets a reference to the given []map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Predicates field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorOperation) SetStats ¶

SetStats gets a reference to the given PerformanceAdvisorOpStats and assigns it to the Stats field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorOperation) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorOperation) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorResponse ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorResponse struct {
	// List of query predicates, sorts, and projections that the Performance Advisor suggests.
	// Read only field.
	Shapes *[]PerformanceAdvisorShape `json:"shapes,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the documents with information about the indexes that the Performance Advisor suggests.
	// Read only field.
	SuggestedIndexes *[]PerformanceAdvisorIndex `json:"suggestedIndexes,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorResponse struct for PerformanceAdvisorResponse

func NewPerformanceAdvisorResponse ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorResponse() *PerformanceAdvisorResponse

NewPerformanceAdvisorResponse instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorResponseWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorResponse

NewPerformanceAdvisorResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetShapes ¶

GetShapes returns the Shapes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetShapesOk ¶

GetShapesOk returns a tuple with the Shapes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetSuggestedIndexes ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetSuggestedIndexes() []PerformanceAdvisorIndex

GetSuggestedIndexes returns the SuggestedIndexes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetSuggestedIndexesOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorResponse) GetSuggestedIndexesOk() (*[]PerformanceAdvisorIndex, bool)

GetSuggestedIndexesOk returns a tuple with the SuggestedIndexes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) HasShapes ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorResponse) HasShapes() bool

HasShapes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) HasSuggestedIndexes ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorResponse) HasSuggestedIndexes() bool

HasSuggestedIndexes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) SetShapes ¶

SetShapes gets a reference to the given []PerformanceAdvisorShape and assigns it to the Shapes field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorResponse) SetSuggestedIndexes ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorResponse) SetSuggestedIndexes(v []PerformanceAdvisorIndex)

SetSuggestedIndexes gets a reference to the given []PerformanceAdvisorIndex and assigns it to the SuggestedIndexes field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorShape ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorShape struct {
	// Average duration in milliseconds for the queries examined that match this shape.
	// Read only field.
	AvgMs *int64 `json:"avgMs,omitempty"`
	// Number of queries examined that match this shape.
	// Read only field.
	Count *int64 `json:"count,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this shape. This string exists only for the duration of this API request.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Average number of documents read for every document that the query returns.
	// Read only field.
	InefficiencyScore *int64 `json:"inefficiencyScore,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the namespace on the specified host. The resource expresses this parameter value as `<database>.<collection>`.
	// Read only field.
	Namespace *string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// List that contains specific about individual queries.
	// Read only field.
	Operations *[]PerformanceAdvisorOperation `json:"operations,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorShape struct for PerformanceAdvisorShape

func NewPerformanceAdvisorShape ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorShape() *PerformanceAdvisorShape

NewPerformanceAdvisorShape instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorShape object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorShapeWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorShapeWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorShape

NewPerformanceAdvisorShapeWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorShape object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetAvgMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetAvgMs() int64

GetAvgMs returns the AvgMs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetAvgMsOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetAvgMsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetAvgMsOk returns a tuple with the AvgMs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetCount ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetCount() int64

GetCount returns the Count field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetCountOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetCountOk() (*int64, bool)

GetCountOk returns a tuple with the Count field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetInefficiencyScore ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetInefficiencyScore() int64

GetInefficiencyScore returns the InefficiencyScore field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetInefficiencyScoreOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetInefficiencyScoreOk() (*int64, bool)

GetInefficiencyScoreOk returns a tuple with the InefficiencyScore field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace returns the Namespace field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetNamespaceOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetNamespaceOk() (*string, bool)

GetNamespaceOk returns a tuple with the Namespace field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetOperations ¶

GetOperations returns the Operations field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetOperationsOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) GetOperationsOk() (*[]PerformanceAdvisorOperation, bool)

GetOperationsOk returns a tuple with the Operations field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasAvgMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasAvgMs() bool

HasAvgMs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasCount ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasCount() bool

HasCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasInefficiencyScore ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasInefficiencyScore() bool

HasInefficiencyScore returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasNamespace() bool

HasNamespace returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasOperations ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) HasOperations() bool

HasOperations returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorShape) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorShape) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetAvgMs ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetAvgMs(v int64)

SetAvgMs gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the AvgMs field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetCount ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetCount(v int64)

SetCount gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Count field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetId ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetInefficiencyScore ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetInefficiencyScore(v int64)

SetInefficiencyScore gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the InefficiencyScore field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetNamespace(v string)

SetNamespace gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Namespace field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorShape) SetOperations ¶

SetOperations gets a reference to the given []PerformanceAdvisorOperation and assigns it to the Operations field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorShape) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorShape) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery struct {
	// Text of the MongoDB log related to this slow query.
	// Read only field.
	Line *string `json:"line,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the namespace on the specified host. The resource expresses this parameter value as `<database>.<collection>`.
	// Read only field.
	Namespace *string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery Details of one slow query that the Performance Advisor detected.

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery() *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery

NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery

NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetLine ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetLine() string

GetLine returns the Line field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetLineOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetLineOk() (*string, bool)

GetLineOk returns a tuple with the Line field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace returns the Namespace field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetNamespaceOk ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) GetNamespaceOk() (*string, bool)

GetNamespaceOk returns a tuple with the Namespace field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) HasLine ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) HasLine() bool

HasLine returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) HasNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) HasNamespace() bool

HasNamespace returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) SetLine ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) SetLine(v string)

SetLine gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Line field.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) SetNamespace ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) SetNamespace(v string)

SetNamespace gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Namespace field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList ¶

type PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList struct {
	// List of operations that the Performance Advisor detected that took longer to execute than a specified threshold.
	// Read only field.
	SlowQueries *[]PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery `json:"slowQueries,omitempty"`
}

PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList struct for PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList() *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList

NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryListWithDefaults ¶

func NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryListWithDefaults() *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList

NewPerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryListWithDefaults instantiates a new PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) GetSlowQueries ¶

GetSlowQueries returns the SlowQueries field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) GetSlowQueriesOk ¶

GetSlowQueriesOk returns a tuple with the SlowQueries field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) HasSlowQueries ¶

func (o *PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) HasSlowQueries() bool

HasSlowQueries returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) SetSlowQueries ¶

SetSlowQueries gets a reference to the given []PerformanceAdvisorSlowQuery and assigns it to the SlowQueries field.

func (PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) ToMap ¶

func (o PerformanceAdvisorSlowQueryList) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PinNamespacesPatchApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinNamespacesPatchApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	ClusterName       string
	NamespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest
}

type PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PinNamespacesPatchApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinNamespacesPutApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinNamespacesPutApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	ClusterName       string
	NamespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest
}

type PinNamespacesPutApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinNamespacesPutApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PinNamespacesPutApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type PinnedNamespaces struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the request cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterId *string `json:"clusterId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the request project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List of all pinned namespaces.
	// Read only field.
	PinnedNamespaces *[]string `json:"pinnedNamespaces,omitempty"`
}

PinnedNamespaces Pinned namespaces view for cluster

func NewPinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewPinnedNamespaces() *PinnedNamespaces

NewPinnedNamespaces instantiates a new PinnedNamespaces object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPinnedNamespacesWithDefaults ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func NewPinnedNamespacesWithDefaults() *PinnedNamespaces

NewPinnedNamespacesWithDefaults instantiates a new PinnedNamespaces object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetClusterId() string

GetClusterId returns the ClusterId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetClusterIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetClusterIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterIdOk returns a tuple with the ClusterId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetGroupIdOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetPinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetPinnedNamespaces() []string

GetPinnedNamespaces returns the PinnedNamespaces field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PinnedNamespaces) GetPinnedNamespacesOk ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) GetPinnedNamespacesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetPinnedNamespacesOk returns a tuple with the PinnedNamespaces field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) HasClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) HasClusterId() bool

HasClusterId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) HasGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) HasPinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) HasPinnedNamespaces() bool

HasPinnedNamespaces returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PinnedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o PinnedNamespaces) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PinnedNamespaces) SetClusterId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) SetClusterId(v string)

SetClusterId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterId field.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) SetGroupId ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*PinnedNamespaces) SetPinnedNamespaces ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o *PinnedNamespaces) SetPinnedNamespaces(v []string)

SetPinnedNamespaces gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the PinnedNamespaces field.

func (PinnedNamespaces) ToMap ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

func (o PinnedNamespaces) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PipelineRunStats ¶

type PipelineRunStats struct {
	// Total data size in bytes exported for this pipeline run.
	// Read only field.
	BytesExported *int64 `json:"bytesExported,omitempty"`
	// Number of docs ingested for a this pipeline run.
	// Read only field.
	NumDocs *int64 `json:"numDocs,omitempty"`
}

PipelineRunStats Runtime statistics for this Data Lake Pipeline run.

func NewPipelineRunStats ¶

func NewPipelineRunStats() *PipelineRunStats

NewPipelineRunStats instantiates a new PipelineRunStats object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPipelineRunStatsWithDefaults ¶

func NewPipelineRunStatsWithDefaults() *PipelineRunStats

NewPipelineRunStatsWithDefaults instantiates a new PipelineRunStats object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PipelineRunStats) GetBytesExported ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) GetBytesExported() int64

GetBytesExported returns the BytesExported field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PipelineRunStats) GetBytesExportedOk ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) GetBytesExportedOk() (*int64, bool)

GetBytesExportedOk returns a tuple with the BytesExported field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PipelineRunStats) GetNumDocs ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) GetNumDocs() int64

GetNumDocs returns the NumDocs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PipelineRunStats) GetNumDocsOk ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) GetNumDocsOk() (*int64, bool)

GetNumDocsOk returns a tuple with the NumDocs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PipelineRunStats) HasBytesExported ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) HasBytesExported() bool

HasBytesExported returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PipelineRunStats) HasNumDocs ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) HasNumDocs() bool

HasNumDocs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PipelineRunStats) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PipelineRunStats) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PipelineRunStats) SetBytesExported ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) SetBytesExported(v int64)

SetBytesExported gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the BytesExported field.

func (*PipelineRunStats) SetNumDocs ¶

func (o *PipelineRunStats) SetNumDocs(v int64)

SetNumDocs gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the NumDocs field.

func (PipelineRunStats) ToMap ¶

func (o PipelineRunStats) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PrivateEndpointHostname ¶

type PrivateEndpointHostname struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hostname.
	// Read only field.
	Hostname *string `json:"hostname,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpoint *string `json:"privateEndpoint,omitempty"`
}

PrivateEndpointHostname Set of Private endpoint and hostnames.

func NewPrivateEndpointHostname ¶

func NewPrivateEndpointHostname() *PrivateEndpointHostname

NewPrivateEndpointHostname instantiates a new PrivateEndpointHostname object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPrivateEndpointHostnameWithDefaults ¶

func NewPrivateEndpointHostnameWithDefaults() *PrivateEndpointHostname

NewPrivateEndpointHostnameWithDefaults instantiates a new PrivateEndpointHostname object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) GetHostname ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) GetHostname() string

GetHostname returns the Hostname field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) GetHostnameOk ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) GetHostnameOk() (*string, bool)

GetHostnameOk returns a tuple with the Hostname field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) GetPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) GetPrivateEndpoint() string

GetPrivateEndpoint returns the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) GetPrivateEndpointOk ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) GetPrivateEndpointOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) HasHostname ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) HasHostname() bool

HasHostname returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) HasPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) HasPrivateEndpoint() bool

HasPrivateEndpoint returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PrivateEndpointHostname) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PrivateEndpointHostname) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) SetHostname ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) SetHostname(v string)

SetHostname gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hostname field.

func (*PrivateEndpointHostname) SetPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (o *PrivateEndpointHostname) SetPrivateEndpoint(v string)

SetPrivateEndpoint gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpoint field.

func (PrivateEndpointHostname) ToMap ¶

func (o PrivateEndpointHostname) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PrivateEndpointServicesApi ¶

type PrivateEndpointServicesApi interface {

	/*
		CreatePrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Provider

		Creates one private endpoint for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service, which in turn manages the private endpoints for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. To learn more about considerations, limitations, and prerequisites, see the MongoDB documentation for setting up a private endpoint.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
		@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service for which you want to create a private endpoint.
		@return CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string, createEndpointRequest *CreateEndpointRequest) CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePrivateEndpointApiParams) CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePrivateEndpointExecute(r CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*PrivateLinkEndpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreatePrivateEndpointService Create One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

		Creates one private endpoint service for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service for the project. When you create a private endpoint service, MongoDB Cloud creates a network container in the project for the cloud provider for which you create the private endpoint service if one doesn't already exist. To learn more about private endpoint terminology in MongoDB Cloud, see Private Endpoint Concepts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePrivateEndpointService Create One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePrivateEndpointServiceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams) CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePrivateEndpointServiceExecute(r CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) (*EndpointService, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Provider

		Removes one private endpoint from the specified project and private endpoint service, as managed by the specified cloud service provider. When the last private endpoint is removed from a given private endpoint service, that private endpoint service is also removed. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
		@param endpointId Unique string that identifies the private endpoint you want to delete. The format of the **endpointId** parameter differs for AWS and Azure. You must URL encode the **endpointId** for Azure private endpoints.
		@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service from which you want to delete a private endpoint.
		@return DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointId string, endpointServiceId string) DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePrivateEndpointApiParams) DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePrivateEndpointExecute(r DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePrivateEndpointService Remove One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

		Removes one private endpoint service from the specified project. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service that belongs to the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
		@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service that you want to delete.
		@return DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePrivateEndpointService Remove One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePrivateEndpointServiceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiParams) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePrivateEndpointServiceExecute(r DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Provider

		Returns the connection state of the specified private endpoint. The private endpoint service manages this private endpoint which belongs to one project hosted from one cloud service provider. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
		@param endpointId Unique string that identifies the private endpoint you want to return. The format of the **endpointId** parameter differs for AWS and Azure. You must URL encode the **endpointId** for Azure private endpoints.
		@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service for which you want to return a private endpoint.
		@return GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointId string, endpointServiceId string) GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		GetPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPrivateEndpointApiParams) GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPrivateEndpointExecute(r GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*PrivateLinkEndpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPrivateEndpointService Return One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

		Returns the name, interfaces, and state of the specified private endpoint service from one project. The cloud service provider hosted this private endpoint service that belongs to the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
		@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service that you want to return.
		@return GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	GetPrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string) GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	/*
		GetPrivateEndpointService Return One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest
	*/
	GetPrivateEndpointServiceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiParams) GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPrivateEndpointServiceExecute(r GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) (*EndpointService, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Return Regionalized Private Endpoint Status

		Checks whether each region in the specified cloud service provider can create multiple private endpoints per region. The cloud service provider manages the private endpoint for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	*/
	GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	/*
		GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Return Regionalized Private Endpoint Status


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	*/
	GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingExecute(r GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest) (*ProjectSettingItem, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListPrivateEndpointServices Return All Private Endpoint Services for One Provider

		Returns the name, interfaces, and state of all private endpoint services for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
		@return ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPrivateEndpointServices(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string) ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest
	/*
		ListPrivateEndpointServices Return All Private Endpoint Services for One Provider


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest
	*/
	ListPrivateEndpointServicesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiParams) ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListPrivateEndpointServicesExecute(r ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest) ([]EndpointService, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Toggle Regionalized Private Endpoint Status

		Enables or disables the ability to create multiple private endpoints per region in all cloud service providers in one project. The cloud service provider manages the private endpoints for the project. Connection strings to existing multi-region and global sharded clusters change when you enable this setting. You must update your applications to use the new connection strings. This might cause downtime. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role and all clusters in the deployment must be sharded clusters. Once enabled, you cannot create replica sets.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting(ctx context.Context, groupId string, projectSettingItem *ProjectSettingItem) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	/*
		ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Toggle Regionalized Private Endpoint Status


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest
	*/
	ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingExecute(r ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest) (*ProjectSettingItem, *http.Response, error)
}

type PrivateEndpointServicesApiService ¶

type PrivateEndpointServicesApiService service

PrivateEndpointServicesApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi service

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string, createEndpointRequest *CreateEndpointRequest) CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest

CreatePrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Provider

Creates one private endpoint for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service, which in turn manages the private endpoints for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. To learn more about considerations, limitations, and prerequisites, see the MongoDB documentation for setting up a private endpoint.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service for which you want to create a private endpoint.
@return CreatePrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PrivateLinkEndpoint

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointService ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest *CloudProviderEndpointServiceRequest) CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

CreatePrivateEndpointService Create One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

Creates one private endpoint service for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service for the project. When you create a private endpoint service, MongoDB Cloud creates a network container in the project for the cloud provider for which you create the private endpoint service if one doesn't already exist. To learn more about private endpoint terminology in MongoDB Cloud, see Private Endpoint Concepts. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointServiceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return EndpointService

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointServiceWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) CreatePrivateEndpointWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointId string, endpointServiceId string) DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest

DeletePrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Provider

Removes one private endpoint from the specified project and private endpoint service, as managed by the specified cloud service provider. When the last private endpoint is removed from a given private endpoint service, that private endpoint service is also removed. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
@param endpointId Unique string that identifies the private endpoint you want to delete. The format of the **endpointId** parameter differs for AWS and Azure. You must URL encode the **endpointId** for Azure private endpoints.
@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service from which you want to delete a private endpoint.
@return DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointExecute ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointExecute(r DeletePrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointService ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

DeletePrivateEndpointService Remove One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

Removes one private endpoint service from the specified project. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service that belongs to the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service that you want to delete.
@return DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceExecute ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceExecute(r DeletePrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointServiceWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) DeletePrivateEndpointWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointId string, endpointServiceId string) GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest

GetPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Provider

Returns the connection state of the specified private endpoint. The private endpoint service manages this private endpoint which belongs to one project hosted from one cloud service provider. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint.
@param endpointId Unique string that identifies the private endpoint you want to return. The format of the **endpointId** parameter differs for AWS and Azure. You must URL encode the **endpointId** for Azure private endpoints.
@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service for which you want to return a private endpoint.
@return GetPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PrivateLinkEndpoint

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointService ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointService(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string, endpointServiceId string) GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

GetPrivateEndpointService Return One Private Endpoint Service for One Provider

Returns the name, interfaces, and state of the specified private endpoint service from one project. The cloud service provider hosted this private endpoint service that belongs to the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
@param endpointServiceId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint service that you want to return.
@return GetPrivateEndpointServiceApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointServiceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return EndpointService

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointServiceWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetPrivateEndpointWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Return Regionalized Private Endpoint Status

Checks whether each region in the specified cloud service provider can create multiple private endpoints per region. The cloud service provider manages the private endpoint for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) GetRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ProjectSettingItem

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ListPrivateEndpointServices ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ListPrivateEndpointServices(ctx context.Context, groupId string, cloudProvider string) ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest

ListPrivateEndpointServices Return All Private Endpoint Services for One Provider

Returns the name, interfaces, and state of all private endpoint services for the specified cloud service provider. This cloud service provider manages the private endpoint service for the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param cloudProvider Cloud service provider that manages this private endpoint service.
@return ListPrivateEndpointServicesApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ListPrivateEndpointServicesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []EndpointService

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ListPrivateEndpointServicesWithParams ¶

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting ¶

func (a *PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting(ctx context.Context, groupId string, projectSettingItem *ProjectSettingItem) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSetting Toggle Regionalized Private Endpoint Status

Enables or disables the ability to create multiple private endpoints per region in all cloud service providers in one project. The cloud service provider manages the private endpoints for the project. Connection strings to existing multi-region and global sharded clusters change when you enable this setting. You must update your applications to use the new connection strings. This might cause downtime. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role and all clusters in the deployment must be sharded clusters. Once enabled, you cannot create replica sets.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest

func (*PrivateEndpointServicesApiService) ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ProjectSettingItem

type PrivateIPMode ¶

type PrivateIPMode struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled **Connect via Peering Only** mode for the specified project.
	Enabled bool `json:"enabled"`
}

PrivateIPMode struct for PrivateIPMode

func NewPrivateIPMode ¶

func NewPrivateIPMode(enabled bool) *PrivateIPMode

NewPrivateIPMode instantiates a new PrivateIPMode object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPrivateIPModeWithDefaults ¶

func NewPrivateIPModeWithDefaults() *PrivateIPMode

NewPrivateIPModeWithDefaults instantiates a new PrivateIPMode object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PrivateIPMode) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *PrivateIPMode) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value

func (*PrivateIPMode) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *PrivateIPMode) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (PrivateIPMode) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PrivateIPMode) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PrivateIPMode) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *PrivateIPMode) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled sets field value

func (PrivateIPMode) ToMap ¶

func (o PrivateIPMode) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PrivateLinkEndpoint ¶

type PrivateLinkEndpoint struct {
	// Cloud service provider that serves the requested endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProvider string `json:"cloudProvider"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Cloud received a request to remove the specified private endpoint from the private endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	DeleteRequested *bool `json:"deleteRequested,omitempty"`
	// Error message returned when requesting private connection resource. The resource returns `null` if the request succeeded.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// State of the Amazon Web Service PrivateLink connection when MongoDB Cloud received this request.
	// Read only field.
	ConnectionStatus *string `json:"connectionStatus,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the interface endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	InterfaceEndpointId *string `json:"interfaceEndpointId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that MongoDB Cloud generates that identifies the private endpoint connection.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpointConnectionName *string `json:"privateEndpointConnectionName,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 address of the private endpoint in your Azure VNet that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	PrivateEndpointIPAddress *string `json:"privateEndpointIPAddress,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the Azure private endpoint's network interface that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpointResourceId *string `json:"privateEndpointResourceId,omitempty"`
	// State of the Azure Private Link Service connection when MongoDB Cloud received this request.  Alternatively: State of the Google Cloud network endpoint group when MongoDB Cloud received this request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies a set of endpoints.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointGroupName *string `json:"endpointGroupName,omitempty"`
	// List of individual private endpoints that comprise this endpoint group.
	// Read only field.
	Endpoints *[]GCPConsumerForwardingRule `json:"endpoints,omitempty"`
}

PrivateLinkEndpoint struct for PrivateLinkEndpoint

func NewPrivateLinkEndpoint ¶

func NewPrivateLinkEndpoint(cloudProvider string) *PrivateLinkEndpoint

NewPrivateLinkEndpoint instantiates a new PrivateLinkEndpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPrivateLinkEndpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewPrivateLinkEndpointWithDefaults() *PrivateLinkEndpoint

NewPrivateLinkEndpointWithDefaults instantiates a new PrivateLinkEndpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetConnectionStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetConnectionStatus() string

GetConnectionStatus returns the ConnectionStatus field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetConnectionStatusOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetConnectionStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetConnectionStatusOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStatus field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetDeleteRequested ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetDeleteRequested() bool

GetDeleteRequested returns the DeleteRequested field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetDeleteRequestedOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetDeleteRequestedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetDeleteRequestedOk returns a tuple with the DeleteRequested field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointGroupName() string

GetEndpointGroupName returns the EndpointGroupName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointGroupNameOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointGroupNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointGroupNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointGroupName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpoints ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpoints() []GCPConsumerForwardingRule

GetEndpoints returns the Endpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointsOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetEndpointsOk() (*[]GCPConsumerForwardingRule, bool)

GetEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the Endpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetInterfaceEndpointId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetInterfaceEndpointId() string

GetInterfaceEndpointId returns the InterfaceEndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetInterfaceEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetInterfaceEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetInterfaceEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the InterfaceEndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointConnectionName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointConnectionName() string

GetPrivateEndpointConnectionName returns the PrivateEndpointConnectionName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointConnectionNameOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointConnectionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointConnectionNameOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointConnectionName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress() string

GetPrivateEndpointIPAddress returns the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointIPAddressOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointResourceId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointResourceId() string

GetPrivateEndpointResourceId returns the PrivateEndpointResourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointResourceIdOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointResourceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointResourceIdOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointResourceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasConnectionStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasConnectionStatus() bool

HasConnectionStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasDeleteRequested ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasDeleteRequested() bool

HasDeleteRequested returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasEndpointGroupName() bool

HasEndpointGroupName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasEndpoints ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasEndpoints() bool

HasEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasInterfaceEndpointId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasInterfaceEndpointId() bool

HasInterfaceEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointConnectionName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointConnectionName() bool

HasPrivateEndpointConnectionName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress() bool

HasPrivateEndpointIPAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointResourceId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointResourceId() bool

HasPrivateEndpointResourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PrivateLinkEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PrivateLinkEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider sets field value

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetConnectionStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetConnectionStatus(v string)

SetConnectionStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ConnectionStatus field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetDeleteRequested ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetDeleteRequested(v bool)

SetDeleteRequested gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the DeleteRequested field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetEndpointGroupName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetEndpointGroupName(v string)

SetEndpointGroupName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointGroupName field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetEndpoints ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetEndpoints(v []GCPConsumerForwardingRule)

SetEndpoints gets a reference to the given []GCPConsumerForwardingRule and assigns it to the Endpoints field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetInterfaceEndpointId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetInterfaceEndpointId(v string)

SetInterfaceEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the InterfaceEndpointId field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointConnectionName ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointConnectionName(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointConnectionName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointConnectionName field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointIPAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointIPAddress field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointResourceId ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointResourceId(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointResourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointResourceId field.

func (*PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetStatus ¶

func (o *PrivateLinkEndpoint) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (PrivateLinkEndpoint) ToMap ¶

func (o PrivateLinkEndpoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry ¶

type PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry struct {
	// Human-readable string to associate with this private endpoint.
	Comment *string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label to identify customer's VPC endpoint DNS name.
	CustomerEndpointDNSName *string `json:"customerEndpointDNSName,omitempty"`
	// Unique 22-character alphanumeric string that identifies the private endpoint.
	EndpointId string `json:"endpointId"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud service provider. Atlas Data Lake supports Amazon Web Services only.
	Provider *string `json:"provider,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label to identify the region of customer's VPC endpoint.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the resource type associated with this private endpoint.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry struct for PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

func NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry ¶

func NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry(endpointId string) *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry instantiates a new PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults ¶

func NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults() *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry

NewPrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntryWithDefaults instantiates a new PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetComment ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetComment() string

GetComment returns the Comment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCommentOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetCommentOk returns a tuple with the Comment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCustomerEndpointDNSName ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCustomerEndpointDNSName() string

GetCustomerEndpointDNSName returns the CustomerEndpointDNSName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCustomerEndpointDNSNameOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetCustomerEndpointDNSNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetCustomerEndpointDNSNameOk returns a tuple with the CustomerEndpointDNSName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetEndpointId ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetEndpointId() string

GetEndpointId returns the EndpointId field value

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the EndpointId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetProvider ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetProvider() string

GetProvider returns the Provider field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetProviderOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderOk returns a tuple with the Provider field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetRegion ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasComment ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasComment() bool

HasComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasCustomerEndpointDNSName ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasCustomerEndpointDNSName() bool

HasCustomerEndpointDNSName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasProvider ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasProvider() bool

HasProvider returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasRegion ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasType ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetComment ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetComment(v string)

SetComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Comment field.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetCustomerEndpointDNSName ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetCustomerEndpointDNSName(v string)

SetCustomerEndpointDNSName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CustomerEndpointDNSName field.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetEndpointId ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetEndpointId(v string)

SetEndpointId sets field value

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetProvider ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetProvider(v string)

SetProvider gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Provider field.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetRegion ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetType ¶

func (o *PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) ToMap ¶

func (o PrivateNetworkEndpointIdEntry) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi ¶

type ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi interface {

	/*
		AddProjectApiKey Assign One Organization API Key to One Project

		[experimental] Assigns the specified organization API key to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can then use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to assign to one project.
		@return AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	AddProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string, userAccessRoleAssignment *[]UserAccessRoleAssignment) AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		AddProjectApiKey Assign One Organization API Key to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AddProjectApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	AddProjectApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddProjectApiKeyApiParams) AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AddProjectApiKeyExecute(r AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateApiKey Create One Organization API Key

		Creates one API key for the specified organization. An organization API key grants programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into the console. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	CreateApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, createAtlasOrganizationApiKey *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) CreateApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		CreateApiKey Create One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	CreateApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateApiKeyApiParams) CreateApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateApiKeyExecute(r CreateApiKeyApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateApiKeyAccessList Create Access List Entries for One Organization API Key

		Creates the access list entries for the specified organization API key. Resources require all API requests originate from IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to create a new access list entry.
		@return CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	CreateApiKeyAccessList(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, userAccessListRequest *[]UserAccessListRequest) CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	/*
		CreateApiKeyAccessList Create Access List Entries for One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateApiKeyAccessListApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	CreateApiKeyAccessListWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateApiKeyAccessListApiParams) CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateApiKeyAccessListExecute(r CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateProjectApiKey Create and Assign One Organization API Key to One Project

		Creates and assigns the specified organization API key to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, createAtlasProjectApiKey *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		CreateProjectApiKey Create and Assign One Organization API Key to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateProjectApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProjectApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateProjectApiKeyApiParams) CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateProjectApiKeyExecute(r CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteApiKey Remove One Organization API Key

		Removes one organization API key from the specified organization. When you remove an API key from an organization, MongoDB Cloud also removes that key from any projects that use that key. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key.
		@return DeleteApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) DeleteApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteApiKey Remove One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteApiKeyApiParams) DeleteApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteApiKeyExecute(r DeleteApiKeyApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry Remove One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key

		Removes the specified access list entry from the specified organization API key. Resources require all API requests originate from the IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role. In addition, you cannot remove the requesting IP address from the requesting organization API key.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to remove access list entries.
		@param ipAddress One IP address or multiple IP addresses represented as one CIDR block to limit requests to API resources in the specified organization. When adding a CIDR block with a subnet mask, such as 192.0.2.0/24, use the URL-encoded value %2F for the forward slash /.
		@return DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, ipAddress string) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry Remove One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiParams) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryExecute(r DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetApiKey Return One Organization API Key

		Returns one organization API key. The organization API keys grant programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into MongoDB Cloud through the user interface. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the  Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that  you want to update.
		@return GetApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	GetApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) GetApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		GetApiKey Return One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	GetApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetApiKeyApiParams) GetApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetApiKeyExecute(r GetApiKeyApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetApiKeyAccessList Return One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key

		[experimental] Returns one access list entry for the specified organization API key. Resources require  all API requests originate from IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param ipAddress One IP address or multiple IP addresses represented as one CIDR block to limit  requests to API resources in the specified organization. When adding a CIDR block with a subnet mask, such as  192.0.2.0/24, use the URL-encoded value %2F for the forward slash /.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for  which you want to return access list entries.
		@return GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	GetApiKeyAccessList(ctx context.Context, orgId string, ipAddress string, apiUserId string) GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	/*
		GetApiKeyAccessList Return One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetApiKeyAccessListApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	GetApiKeyAccessListWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetApiKeyAccessListApiParams) GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetApiKeyAccessListExecute(r GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest) (*UserAccessListResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries Return All Access List Entries for One Organization API Key

		Returns all access list entries that you configured for the specified organization API key. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to return access list entries.
		@return ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest
	*/
	ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest
	/*
		ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries Return All Access List Entries for One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest
	*/
	ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiParams) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesExecute(r ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys

		Returns all organization API keys for the specified organization. The organization API keys grant programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into MongoDB Cloud through the console. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListApiKeysApiRequest
	*/
	ListApiKeys(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListApiKeysApiRequest
	/*
		ListApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListApiKeysApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListApiKeysApiRequest
	*/
	ListApiKeysWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListApiKeysApiParams) ListApiKeysApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListApiKeysExecute(r ListApiKeysApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiApiUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys Assigned to One Project

		Returns all organization API keys that you assigned to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectApiKeys(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys Assigned to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectApiKeysApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectApiKeysWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectApiKeysApiParams) ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectApiKeysExecute(r ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiApiUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveProjectApiKey Unassign One Organization API Key from One Project

		Removes one organization API key from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to unassign from one project.
		@return RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string) RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveProjectApiKey Unassign One Organization API Key from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveProjectApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveProjectApiKeyApiParams) RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveProjectApiKeyExecute(r RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateApiKey Update One Organization API Key

		Updates one organization API key in the specified organization. The organization API keys  grant programmatic access to an organization. To use this resource, the requesting  API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key you  want to update.
		@return UpdateApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, updateAtlasOrganizationApiKey *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) UpdateApiKeyApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateApiKey Update One Organization API Key


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateApiKeyApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateApiKeyApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateApiKeyWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateApiKeyApiParams) UpdateApiKeyApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateApiKeyExecute(r UpdateApiKeyApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateApiKeyRoles Update Roles of One Organization API Key to One Project

		Updates the roles of the organization API key that you specify for the project that you specify. You must specify at least one valid role for the project. The application removes any roles that you do not include in this request if they were previously set in the organization API key that you specify for the project.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to unassign from one project.
		@return UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateApiKeyRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string, updateAtlasProjectApiKey *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateApiKeyRoles Update Roles of One Organization API Key to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateApiKeyRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateApiKeyRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateApiKeyRolesApiParams) UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateApiKeyRolesExecute(r UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) (*ApiKeyUserDetails, *http.Response, error)
}

type ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService ¶

type ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService service

ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi service

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) AddProjectApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) AddProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string, userAccessRoleAssignment *[]UserAccessRoleAssignment) AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest

AddProjectApiKey Assign One Organization API Key to One Project

[experimental] Assigns the specified organization API key to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can then use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to assign to one project.
@return AddProjectApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) AddProjectApiKeyExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) AddProjectApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, createAtlasOrganizationApiKey *CreateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) CreateApiKeyApiRequest

CreateApiKey Create One Organization API Key

Creates one API key for the specified organization. An organization API key grants programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into the console. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyAccessList ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyAccessList(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, userAccessListRequest *[]UserAccessListRequest) CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

CreateApiKeyAccessList Create Access List Entries for One Organization API Key

Creates the access list entries for the specified organization API key. Resources require all API requests originate from IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to create a new access list entry.
@return CreateApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyAccessListExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyAccessListWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateProjectApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, createAtlasProjectApiKey *CreateAtlasProjectApiKey) CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest

CreateProjectApiKey Create and Assign One Organization API Key to One Project

Creates and assigns the specified organization API key to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateProjectApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateProjectApiKeyExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) CreateProjectApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) DeleteApiKeyApiRequest

DeleteApiKey Remove One Organization API Key

Removes one organization API key from the specified organization. When you remove an API key from an organization, MongoDB Cloud also removes that key from any projects that use that key. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key.
@return DeleteApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, ipAddress string) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest

DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntry Remove One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key

Removes the specified access list entry from the specified organization API key. Resources require all API requests originate from the IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role. In addition, you cannot remove the requesting IP address from the requesting organization API key.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to remove access list entries.
@param ipAddress One IP address or multiple IP addresses represented as one CIDR block to limit requests to API resources in the specified organization. When adding a CIDR block with a subnet mask, such as 192.0.2.0/24, use the URL-encoded value %2F for the forward slash /.
@return DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryExecute ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryExecute(r DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyAccessListEntryWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyExecute ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyExecute(r DeleteApiKeyApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) DeleteApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) GetApiKeyApiRequest

GetApiKey Return One Organization API Key

Returns one organization API key. The organization API keys grant programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into MongoDB Cloud through the user interface. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that  you want to update.
@return GetApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyAccessList ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyAccessList(ctx context.Context, orgId string, ipAddress string, apiUserId string) GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

GetApiKeyAccessList Return One Access List Entry for One Organization API Key

[experimental] Returns one access list entry for the specified organization API key. Resources require all API requests originate from IP addresses on the API access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param ipAddress One IP address or multiple IP addresses represented as one CIDR block to limit  requests to API resources in the specified organization. When adding a CIDR block with a subnet mask, such as  192.0.2.0/24, use the URL-encoded value %2F for the forward slash /.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for  which you want to return access list entries.
@return GetApiKeyAccessListApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyAccessListExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserAccessListResponse

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyAccessListWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) GetApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest

ListApiKeyAccessListsEntries Return All Access List Entries for One Organization API Key

Returns all access list entries that you configured for the specified organization API key. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key for which you want to return access list entries.
@return ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiUserAccessListResponse

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeyAccessListsEntriesWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeys ¶

ListApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys

Returns all organization API keys for the specified organization. The organization API keys grant programmatic access to an organization. You can't use the API key to log into MongoDB Cloud through the console. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListApiKeysApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeysExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiApiUser

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListApiKeysWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListProjectApiKeys ¶

ListProjectApiKeys Return All Organization API Keys Assigned to One Project

Returns all organization API keys that you assigned to the specified project. Users with the Project Owner role in the project associated with the API key can use the organization API key to access the resources. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectApiKeysApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListProjectApiKeysExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiApiUser

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) ListProjectApiKeysWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) RemoveProjectApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) RemoveProjectApiKey(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string) RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest

RemoveProjectApiKey Unassign One Organization API Key from One Project

Removes one organization API key from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to unassign from one project.
@return RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) RemoveProjectApiKeyExecute ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) RemoveProjectApiKeyExecute(r RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) RemoveProjectApiKeyWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKey ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKey(ctx context.Context, orgId string, apiUserId string, updateAtlasOrganizationApiKey *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) UpdateApiKeyApiRequest

UpdateApiKey Update One Organization API Key

Updates one organization API key in the specified organization. The organization API keys grant programmatic access to an organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key you  want to update.
@return UpdateApiKeyApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyRoles ¶

func (a *ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, apiUserId string, updateAtlasProjectApiKey *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest

UpdateApiKeyRoles Update Roles of One Organization API Key to One Project

Updates the roles of the organization API key that you specify for the project that you specify. You must specify at least one valid role for the project. The application removes any roles that you do not include in this request if they were previously set in the organization API key that you specify for the project.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param apiUserId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this organization API key that you want to unassign from one project.
@return UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ApiKeyUserDetails

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyRolesWithParams ¶

func (*ProgrammaticAPIKeysApiService) UpdateApiKeyWithParams ¶

type ProjectIPAccessListApi ¶

type ProjectIPAccessListApi interface {

	/*
		CreateProjectIpAccessList Add Entries to Project IP Access List

		Adds one or more access list entries to the specified project. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. Write each entry as either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations. This endpoint doesn't support concurrent `POST` requests. You must submit multiple `POST` requests synchronously.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProjectIpAccessList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, networkPermissionEntry *[]NetworkPermissionEntry) CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	/*
		CreateProjectIpAccessList Add Entries to Project IP Access List


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateProjectIpAccessListApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProjectIpAccessListWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateProjectIpAccessListApiParams) CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateProjectIpAccessListExecute(r CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) (*PaginatedNetworkAccess, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteProjectIpAccessList Remove One Entry from One Project IP Access List

		Removes one access list entry from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains one IP address, one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses, or one AWS Security Group ID. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param entryValue Access list entry that you want to remove from the project's IP access list. This value can use one of the following: one AWS security group ID, one IP address, or one CIDR block of addresses. For CIDR blocks that use a subnet mask, replace the forward slash (`/`) with its URL-encoded value (`%2F`). When you remove an entry from the IP access list, existing connections from the removed address or addresses may remain open for a variable amount of time. The amount of time it takes MongoDB Cloud to close the connection depends upon several factors, including:  - how your application established the connection, - how MongoDB Cloud or the driver using the address behaves, and - which protocol (like TCP or UDP) the connection uses.
		@return DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProjectIpAccessList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteProjectIpAccessList Remove One Entry from One Project IP Access List


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProjectIpAccessListWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiParams) DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteProjectIpAccessListExecute(r DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectIpAccessListStatus Return Status of One Project IP Access List Entry

		[experimental] Returns the status of one project IP access list entry. This resource checks if the provided project IP access list entry applies to all cloud providers serving clusters from the specified project.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param entryValue Network address or cloud provider security construct that identifies which project access list entry to be verified.
		@return GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectIpAccessListStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectIpAccessListStatus Return Status of One Project IP Access List Entry


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectIpAccessListStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiParams) GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectIpAccessListStatusExecute(r GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest) (*NetworkPermissionEntryStatus, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectIpList Return One Project IP Access List Entry

		Returns one access list entry from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. This endpoint (`/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList`) manages the Project IP Access List. It doesn't manage the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations. TheProgrammatic API Keys endpoint (`/orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist`) manages those access lists.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param entryValue Access list entry that you want to return from the project's IP access list. This value can use one of the following: one AWS security group ID, one IP address, or one CIDR block of addresses. For CIDR blocks that use a subnet mask, replace the forward slash (`/`) with its URL-encoded value (`%2F`).
		@return GetProjectIpListApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectIpList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) GetProjectIpListApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectIpList Return One Project IP Access List Entry


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectIpListApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectIpListApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectIpListWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectIpListApiParams) GetProjectIpListApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectIpListExecute(r GetProjectIpListApiRequest) (*NetworkPermissionEntry, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectIpAccessLists Return Project IP Access List

		Returns all access list entries from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectIpAccessLists(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectIpAccessLists Return Project IP Access List


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectIpAccessListsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectIpAccessListsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectIpAccessListsApiParams) ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectIpAccessListsExecute(r ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest) (*PaginatedNetworkAccess, *http.Response, error)
}

type ProjectIPAccessListApiService ¶

type ProjectIPAccessListApiService service

ProjectIPAccessListApiService ProjectIPAccessListApi service

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) CreateProjectIpAccessList ¶

func (a *ProjectIPAccessListApiService) CreateProjectIpAccessList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, networkPermissionEntry *[]NetworkPermissionEntry) CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

CreateProjectIpAccessList Add Entries to Project IP Access List

Adds one or more access list entries to the specified project. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. Write each entry as either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations. This endpoint doesn't support concurrent `POST` requests. You must submit multiple `POST` requests synchronously.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) CreateProjectIpAccessListExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedNetworkAccess

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) CreateProjectIpAccessListWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) DeleteProjectIpAccessList ¶

func (a *ProjectIPAccessListApiService) DeleteProjectIpAccessList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

DeleteProjectIpAccessList Remove One Entry from One Project IP Access List

Removes one access list entry from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains one IP address, one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses, or one AWS Security Group ID. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param entryValue Access list entry that you want to remove from the project's IP access list. This value can use one of the following: one AWS security group ID, one IP address, or one CIDR block of addresses. For CIDR blocks that use a subnet mask, replace the forward slash (`/`) with its URL-encoded value (`%2F`). When you remove an entry from the IP access list, existing connections from the removed address or addresses may remain open for a variable amount of time. The amount of time it takes MongoDB Cloud to close the connection depends upon several factors, including:  - how your application established the connection, - how MongoDB Cloud or the driver using the address behaves, and - which protocol (like TCP or UDP) the connection uses.
@return DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) DeleteProjectIpAccessListExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectIPAccessListApiService) DeleteProjectIpAccessListExecute(r DeleteProjectIpAccessListApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) DeleteProjectIpAccessListWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpAccessListStatus ¶

func (a *ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpAccessListStatus(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest

GetProjectIpAccessListStatus Return Status of One Project IP Access List Entry

[experimental] Returns the status of one project IP access list entry. This resource checks if the provided project IP access list entry applies to all cloud providers serving clusters from the specified project.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param entryValue Network address or cloud provider security construct that identifies which project access list entry to be verified.
@return GetProjectIpAccessListStatusApiRequest

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpAccessListStatusExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return NetworkPermissionEntryStatus

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpAccessListStatusWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpList ¶

func (a *ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpList(ctx context.Context, groupId string, entryValue string) GetProjectIpListApiRequest

GetProjectIpList Return One Project IP Access List Entry

Returns one access list entry from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. This endpoint (`/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList`) manages the Project IP Access List. It doesn't manage the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations. TheProgrammatic API Keys endpoint (`/orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist`) manages those access lists.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param entryValue Access list entry that you want to return from the project's IP access list. This value can use one of the following: one AWS security group ID, one IP address, or one CIDR block of addresses. For CIDR blocks that use a subnet mask, replace the forward slash (`/`) with its URL-encoded value (`%2F`).
@return GetProjectIpListApiRequest

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpListExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return NetworkPermissionEntry

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) GetProjectIpListWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) ListProjectIpAccessLists ¶

ListProjectIpAccessLists Return Project IP Access List

Returns all access list entries from the specified project's IP access list. Each entry in the project's IP access list contains either one IP address or one CIDR-notated block of IP addresses. MongoDB Cloud only allows client connections to the cluster from entries in the project's IP access list. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only or Project Charts Admin roles. This resource replaces the whitelist resource. MongoDB Cloud removed whitelists in July 2021. Update your applications to use this new resource. The `/groups/{GROUP-ID}/accessList` endpoint manages the database IP access list. This endpoint is distinct from the `orgs/{ORG-ID}/apiKeys/{API-KEY-ID}/accesslist` endpoint, which manages the access list for MongoDB Cloud organizations.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectIpAccessListsApiRequest

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) ListProjectIpAccessListsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedNetworkAccess

func (*ProjectIPAccessListApiService) ListProjectIpAccessListsWithParams ¶

type ProjectSettingItem ¶

type ProjectSettingItem struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled the regionalized private endpoint setting for the specified project.  - Set this value to `true` to enable regionalized private endpoints. This allows you to create more than one private endpoint in a cloud provider region. You need to enable this setting to connect to multi-region and global MongoDB Cloud sharded clusters. Enabling regionalized private endpoints introduces the following limitations:   - Your applications must use the new connection strings for existing multi-region and global sharded clusters. This might cause downtime.   - Your MongoDB Cloud project can't contain replica sets nor can you create new replica sets in this project.    - You can't disable this setting if you have:     - more than one private endpoint in more than one region     - more than one private endpoint in one region and one private endpoint in one or more regions.  - Set this value to `false` to disable regionalized private endpoints.
	Enabled bool `json:"enabled"`
}

ProjectSettingItem struct for ProjectSettingItem

func NewProjectSettingItem ¶

func NewProjectSettingItem(enabled bool) *ProjectSettingItem

NewProjectSettingItem instantiates a new ProjectSettingItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewProjectSettingItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewProjectSettingItemWithDefaults() *ProjectSettingItem

NewProjectSettingItemWithDefaults instantiates a new ProjectSettingItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ProjectSettingItem) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *ProjectSettingItem) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value

func (*ProjectSettingItem) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ProjectSettingItem) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ProjectSettingItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ProjectSettingItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ProjectSettingItem) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *ProjectSettingItem) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled sets field value

func (ProjectSettingItem) ToMap ¶

func (o ProjectSettingItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ProjectsApi ¶

type ProjectsApi interface {

	/*
		AddUserToProject Add One MongoDB Cloud User to One Project

		[experimental] Adds one MongoDB Cloud user to the specified project. If the MongoDB Cloud user is not a member of the project's organization, then the user must accept their invitation to the organization to access information within the specified project. If the MongoDB Cloud User is already a member of the project's organization, then they will be added to the project immediately and an invitation will not be returned by this resource. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Group User Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return AddUserToProjectApiRequest
	*/
	AddUserToProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) AddUserToProjectApiRequest
	/*
		AddUserToProject Add One MongoDB Cloud User to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AddUserToProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AddUserToProjectApiRequest
	*/
	AddUserToProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddUserToProjectApiParams) AddUserToProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AddUserToProjectExecute(r AddUserToProjectApiRequest) (*OrganizationInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateProject Create One Project

		Creates one project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return CreateProjectApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProject(ctx context.Context, group *Group) CreateProjectApiRequest
	/*
		CreateProject Create One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateProjectApiRequest
	*/
	CreateProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateProjectApiParams) CreateProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateProjectExecute(r CreateProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateProjectInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Project

		Invites one MongoDB Cloud user to join the specified project. The MongoDB Cloud user must accept the invitation to access information within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	CreateProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		CreateProjectInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateProjectInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	CreateProjectInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateProjectInvitationApiParams) CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateProjectInvitationExecute(r CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteProject Remove One Project

		Removes the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. You can delete a project only if there are no Online Archives for the clusters in the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeleteProjectApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeleteProjectApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteProject Remove One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteProjectApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteProjectApiParams) DeleteProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteProjectExecute(r DeleteProjectApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteProjectInvitation Cancel One Project Invitation

		Cancels one pending invitation sent to the specified MongoDB Cloud user to join a project. You can't cancel an invitation that the user accepted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	DeleteProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string) DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteProjectInvitation Cancel One Project Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteProjectInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	DeleteProjectInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteProjectInvitationApiParams) DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteProjectInvitationExecute(r DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteProjectLimit Remove One Project Limit

		[experimental] Removes the specified project limit. Depending on the limit, Atlas either resets the limit to its default value or removes the limit entirely. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string) DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteProjectLimit Remove One Project Limit


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteProjectLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteProjectLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteProjectLimitApiParams) DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteProjectLimitExecute(r DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProject Return One Project

		Returns details about the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetProjectApiRequest
	*/
	GetProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetProjectApiRequest
	/*
		GetProject Return One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectApiParams) GetProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectExecute(r GetProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectByName Return One Project using Its Name

		Returns details about the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupName Human-readable label that identifies this project.
		@return GetProjectByNameApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectByName(ctx context.Context, groupName string) GetProjectByNameApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectByName Return One Project using Its Name


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectByNameApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectByNameApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectByNameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectByNameApiParams) GetProjectByNameApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectByNameExecute(r GetProjectByNameApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectInvitation Return One Project Invitation

		Returns the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return GetProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	GetProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string) GetProjectInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectInvitation Return One Project Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	GetProjectInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectInvitationApiParams) GetProjectInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectInvitationExecute(r GetProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectLimit Return One Limit for One Project

		[experimental] Returns the specified limit for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string) GetProjectLimitApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectLimit Return One Limit for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectLimitApiParams) GetProjectLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectLimitExecute(r GetProjectLimitApiRequest) (*DataFederationLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetProjectSettings Return One Project Settings

		Returns details about the specified project's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetProjectSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetProjectSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		GetProjectSettings Return One Project Settings


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetProjectSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetProjectSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	GetProjectSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectSettingsApiParams) GetProjectSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetProjectSettingsExecute(r GetProjectSettingsApiRequest) (*GroupSettings, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectInvitations Return All Project Invitations

		Returns all pending invitations to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	ListProjectInvitations(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectInvitations Return All Project Invitations


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectInvitationsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	ListProjectInvitationsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectInvitationsApiParams) ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectInvitationsExecute(r ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest) ([]GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectLimits Return All Limits for One Project

		[experimental] Returns all the limits for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectLimitsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectLimits(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectLimitsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectLimits Return All Limits for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectLimitsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectLimitsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectLimitsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectLimitsApiParams) ListProjectLimitsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectLimitsExecute(r ListProjectLimitsApiRequest) ([]DataFederationLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectUsers Return All Users in One Project

		Returns details about all users in the specified project. Users belong to an organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectUsers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectUsersApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectUsers Return All Users in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectUsersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectUsersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectUsersApiParams) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectUsersExecute(r ListProjectUsersApiRequest) (*PaginatedAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjects Return All Projects

		Returns details about all projects. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return ListProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjects(ctx context.Context) ListProjectsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjects Return All Projects


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectsApiParams) ListProjectsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectsExecute(r ListProjectsApiRequest) (*PaginatedAtlasGroup, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveProjectUser Remove One User from One Project

		Removes the specified user from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal string that identifies MongoDB Cloud user you want to remove from the specified project. To return a application user's ID using their application username, use the Get All application users in One Project endpoint.
		@return RemoveProjectUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userId string) RemoveProjectUserApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveProjectUser Remove One User from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveProjectUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveProjectUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveProjectUserApiParams) RemoveProjectUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveProjectUserExecute(r RemoveProjectUserApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		ReturnAllIPAddresses Return All IP Addresses for One Project

		[experimental] Returns all IP addresses for this project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnAllIPAddresses(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest
	/*
		ReturnAllIPAddresses Return All IP Addresses for One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ReturnAllIPAddressesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnAllIPAddressesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ReturnAllIPAddressesApiParams) ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ReturnAllIPAddressesExecute(r ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest) (*GroupIPAddresses, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			SetProjectLimit Set One Project Limit

			[experimental] Sets the specified project limit. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		**NOTE**: Increasing the following configuration limits might lead to slower response times in the MongoDB Cloud UI or increased user management overhead leading to authentication or authorization re-architecture. If possible, we recommend that you create additional projects to gain access to more of these resources for a more sustainable growth pattern.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return SetProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	SetProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string, dataFederationLimit *DataFederationLimit) SetProjectLimitApiRequest
	/*
		SetProjectLimit Set One Project Limit


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param SetProjectLimitApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return SetProjectLimitApiRequest
	*/
	SetProjectLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *SetProjectLimitApiParams) SetProjectLimitApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	SetProjectLimitExecute(r SetProjectLimitApiRequest) (*DataFederationLimit, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateProject Update One Project

		[experimental] Updates the human-readable label that identifies the specified project, or the tags associated with the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateProjectApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupUpdate *GroupUpdate) UpdateProjectApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateProject Update One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateProjectApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectApiParams) UpdateProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateProjectExecute(r UpdateProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateProjectInvitation Update One Project Invitation

		Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To specify which invitation to update, provide the username of the invited user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	UpdateProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateProjectInvitation Update One Project Invitation


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateProjectInvitationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	UpdateProjectInvitationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectInvitationApiParams) UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateProjectInvitationExecute(r UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateProjectInvitationById Update One Project Invitation by Invitation ID

		Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To specify which invitation to update, provide the unique identification string for that invitation. Use the Return All Project Invitations endpoint to retrieve IDs for all pending project invitations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
		@return UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	UpdateProjectInvitationById(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string, groupInvitationUpdateRequest *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateProjectInvitationById Update One Project Invitation by Invitation ID


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest

		Deprecated: this method has been deprecated. Please check the latest resource version for ProjectsApi
	*/
	UpdateProjectInvitationByIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiParams) UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateProjectInvitationByIdExecute(r UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateProjectRoles Update Project Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User

		[experimental] Updates the roles of the specified user in the specified project. To specify the user to update, provide the unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Group User Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to modify.
		@return UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProjectRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userId string, updateGroupRolesForUser *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateProjectRoles Update Project Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateProjectRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProjectRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectRolesApiParams) UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateProjectRolesExecute(r UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest) (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateProjectSettings Update One Project Settings

		Updates the settings of the specified project. You can update any of the options available. MongoDB cloud only updates the options provided in the request. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProjectSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupSettings *GroupSettings) UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateProjectSettings Update One Project Settings


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateProjectSettingsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateProjectSettingsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectSettingsApiParams) UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateProjectSettingsExecute(r UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest) (*GroupSettings, *http.Response, error)
}

type ProjectsApiService ¶

type ProjectsApiService service

ProjectsApiService ProjectsApi service

func (*ProjectsApiService) AddUserToProject ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) AddUserToProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) AddUserToProjectApiRequest

AddUserToProject Add One MongoDB Cloud User to One Project

[experimental] Adds one MongoDB Cloud user to the specified project. If the MongoDB Cloud user is not a member of the project's organization, then the user must accept their invitation to the organization to access information within the specified project. If the MongoDB Cloud User is already a member of the project's organization, then they will be added to the project immediately and an invitation will not be returned by this resource. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Group User Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return AddUserToProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) AddUserToProjectExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return OrganizationInvitation

func (*ProjectsApiService) AddUserToProjectWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProject ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) CreateProject(ctx context.Context, group *Group) CreateProjectApiRequest

CreateProject Create One Project

Creates one project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return CreateProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectExecute(r CreateProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return Group

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectInvitation ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest

CreateProjectInvitation Invite One MongoDB Cloud User to Join One Project

Invites one MongoDB Cloud user to join the specified project. The MongoDB Cloud user must accept the invitation to access information within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectInvitationExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectInvitationExecute(r CreateProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupInvitation

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectInvitationWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) CreateProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateProjectApiParams) CreateProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProject ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeleteProjectApiRequest

DeleteProject Remove One Project

Removes the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. You can delete a project only if there are no Online Archives for the clusters in the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeleteProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectExecute(r DeleteProjectApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectInvitation ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string) DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest

DeleteProjectInvitation Cancel One Project Invitation

Cancels one pending invitation sent to the specified MongoDB Cloud user to join a project. You can't cancel an invitation that the user accepted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectInvitationExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectInvitationExecute(r DeleteProjectInvitationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectInvitationWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectLimit ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string) DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest

DeleteProjectLimit Remove One Project Limit

[experimental] Removes the specified project limit. Depending on the limit, Atlas either resets the limit to its default value or removes the limit entirely. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectLimitExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectLimitExecute(r DeleteProjectLimitApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectLimitWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) DeleteProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteProjectApiParams) DeleteProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProject ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetProjectApiRequest

GetProject Return One Project

Returns details about the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectByName ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectByName(ctx context.Context, groupName string) GetProjectByNameApiRequest

GetProjectByName Return One Project using Its Name

Returns details about the specified project. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupName Human-readable label that identifies this project.
@return GetProjectByNameApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectByNameExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectByNameExecute(r GetProjectByNameApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return Group

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectByNameWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectExecute(r GetProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return Group

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectInvitation ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string) GetProjectInvitationApiRequest

GetProjectInvitation Return One Project Invitation

Returns the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return GetProjectInvitationApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectInvitationExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectInvitationExecute(r GetProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupInvitation

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectInvitationWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectLimit ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string) GetProjectLimitApiRequest

GetProjectLimit Return One Limit for One Project

[experimental] Returns the specified limit for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetProjectLimitApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectLimitExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataFederationLimit

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectLimitWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectLimitApiParams) GetProjectLimitApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectSettings ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetProjectSettingsApiRequest

GetProjectSettings Return One Project Settings

Returns details about the specified project's settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetProjectSettingsApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectSettingsExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectSettingsExecute(r GetProjectSettingsApiRequest) (*GroupSettings, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupSettings

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectSettingsWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) GetProjectWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) GetProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetProjectApiParams) GetProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectInvitations ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ListProjectInvitations(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest

ListProjectInvitations Return All Project Invitations

Returns all pending invitations to the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectInvitationsExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ListProjectInvitationsExecute(r ListProjectInvitationsApiRequest) ([]GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return []GroupInvitation

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectInvitationsWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectLimits ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ListProjectLimits(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectLimitsApiRequest

ListProjectLimits Return All Limits for One Project

[experimental] Returns all the limits for the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectLimitsApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectLimitsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []DataFederationLimit

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectLimitsWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectUsers ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ListProjectUsers(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectUsersApiRequest

ListProjectUsers Return All Users in One Project

Returns details about all users in the specified project. Users belong to an organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectUsersApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectUsersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAppUser

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectUsersWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjects ¶

ListProjects Return All Projects

Returns details about all projects. Projects group clusters into logical collections that support an application environment, workload, or both. Each project can have its own users, teams, security, tags, and alert settings. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Read Write role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return ListProjectsApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedAtlasGroup

func (*ProjectsApiService) ListProjectsWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ListProjectsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectsApiParams) ListProjectsApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) RemoveProjectUser ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) RemoveProjectUser(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userId string) RemoveProjectUserApiRequest

RemoveProjectUser Remove One User from One Project

Removes the specified user from the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal string that identifies MongoDB Cloud user you want to remove from the specified project. To return a application user's ID using their application username, use the Get All application users in One Project endpoint.
@return RemoveProjectUserApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) RemoveProjectUserExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) RemoveProjectUserExecute(r RemoveProjectUserApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*ProjectsApiService) RemoveProjectUserWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) ReturnAllIPAddresses ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ReturnAllIPAddresses(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest

ReturnAllIPAddresses Return All IP Addresses for One Project

[experimental] Returns all IP addresses for this project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) ReturnAllIPAddressesExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) ReturnAllIPAddressesExecute(r ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest) (*GroupIPAddresses, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupIPAddresses

func (*ProjectsApiService) ReturnAllIPAddressesWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) SetProjectLimit ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) SetProjectLimit(ctx context.Context, limitName string, groupId string, dataFederationLimit *DataFederationLimit) SetProjectLimitApiRequest

SetProjectLimit Set One Project Limit

[experimental] Sets the specified project limit. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

**NOTE**: Increasing the following configuration limits might lead to slower response times in the MongoDB Cloud UI or increased user management overhead leading to authentication or authorization re-architecture. If possible, we recommend that you create additional projects to gain access to more of these resources for a more sustainable growth pattern.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param limitName Human-readable label that identifies this project limit.  | Limit Name | Description | Default | API Override Limit | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | atlas.project.deployment.clusters | Limit on the number of clusters in this project | 25 | 90 | | atlas.project.deployment.nodesPerPrivateLinkRegion | Limit on the number of nodes per Private Link region in this project | 50 | 90 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.customRoles | Limit on the number of custom roles in this project | 100 | 1400 | | atlas.project.security.databaseAccess.users | Limit on the number of database users in this project | 100 | 900 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.crossRegionEntries | Limit on the number of cross-region network access entries in this project | 40 | 220 | | atlas.project.security.networkAccess.entries | Limit on the number of network access entries in this project | 200 | 20 | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.query | Limit on the number of bytes processed during a single Data Federation query | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.daily | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current day | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.weekly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current week | N/A | N/A | | dataFederation.bytesProcessed.monthly | Limit on the number of bytes processed across all Data Federation tenants for the current month | N/A | N/A | | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsPerRegionGroup | Number of Private Serivce Connections per Region Group | 50 | 100| | atlas.project.deployment.privateServiceConnectionsSubnetMask | Subnet mask for GCP PSC Networks. Has lower limit of 20. | 27 | 27|
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return SetProjectLimitApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) SetProjectLimitExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return DataFederationLimit

func (*ProjectsApiService) SetProjectLimitWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) SetProjectLimitWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *SetProjectLimitApiParams) SetProjectLimitApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProject ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupUpdate *GroupUpdate) UpdateProjectApiRequest

UpdateProject Update One Project

[experimental] Updates the human-readable label that identifies the specified project, or the tags associated with the project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateProjectApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectExecute(r UpdateProjectApiRequest) (*Group, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return Group

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitation ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitation(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest) UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest

UpdateProjectInvitation Update One Project Invitation

Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To specify which invitation to update, provide the username of the invited user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationById ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationById(ctx context.Context, groupId string, invitationId string, groupInvitationUpdateRequest *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest) UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest

UpdateProjectInvitationById Update One Project Invitation by Invitation ID

Updates the details of one pending invitation to the specified project. To specify which invitation to update, provide the unique identification string for that invitation. Use the Return All Project Invitations endpoint to retrieve IDs for all pending project invitations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param invitationId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the invitation.
@return UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationByIdExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationByIdExecute(r UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupInvitation

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationExecute(r UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest) (*GroupInvitation, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupInvitation

Deprecated

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectInvitationWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectRoles ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, userId string, updateGroupRolesForUser *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest

UpdateProjectRoles Update Project Roles for One MongoDB Cloud User

[experimental] Updates the roles of the specified user in the specified project. To specify the user to update, provide the unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Group User Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the user to modify.
@return UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UpdateGroupRolesForUser

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectRolesWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectSettings ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectSettings(ctx context.Context, groupId string, groupSettings *GroupSettings) UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest

UpdateProjectSettings Update One Project Settings

Updates the settings of the specified project. You can update any of the options available. MongoDB cloud only updates the options provided in the request. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectSettingsExecute ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectSettingsExecute(r UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest) (*GroupSettings, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return GroupSettings

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectSettingsWithParams ¶

func (*ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectWithParams ¶

func (a *ProjectsApiService) UpdateProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateProjectApiParams) UpdateProjectApiRequest

type PushBasedLogExportApi ¶

type PushBasedLogExportApi interface {

	/*
		CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration Enable the push-based log export feature for a project

		[experimental] Configures the project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject) CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration Enable the push-based log export feature for a project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams) CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration Disable the push-based log export feature for a project

		[experimental] Disables the push-based log export feature by resetting the project level settings to its default configuration.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration Disable the push-based log export feature for a project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams) DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetPushBasedLogConfiguration Get the push-based log export configuration for a project

		[experimental] Fetches the current project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetPushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		GetPushBasedLogConfiguration Get the push-based log export configuration for a project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	GetPushBasedLogConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams) GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetPushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*PushBasedLogExportProject, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration Update the push-based log export feature for a project

		[experimental] Updates the project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject) UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration Update the push-based log export feature for a project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams) UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)
}

type PushBasedLogExportApiService ¶

type PushBasedLogExportApiService service

PushBasedLogExportApiService PushBasedLogExportApi service

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject) CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

CreatePushBasedLogConfiguration Enable the push-based log export feature for a project

[experimental] Configures the project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r CreatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

DeletePushBasedLogConfiguration Disable the push-based log export feature for a project

[experimental] Disables the push-based log export feature by resetting the project level settings to its default configuration.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r DeletePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) GetPushBasedLogConfiguration ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) GetPushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string) GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

GetPushBasedLogConfiguration Get the push-based log export configuration for a project

[experimental] Fetches the current project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return GetPushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) GetPushBasedLogConfigurationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PushBasedLogExportProject

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) GetPushBasedLogConfigurationWithParams ¶

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, pushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject) UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

UpdatePushBasedLogConfiguration Update the push-based log export feature for a project

[experimental] Updates the project level settings for the push-based log export feature.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest

func (*PushBasedLogExportApiService) UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute ¶

func (a *PushBasedLogExportApiService) UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationExecute(r UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

type PushBasedLogExportProject ¶

type PushBasedLogExportProject struct {
	// The name of the bucket to which the agent will send the logs to.
	BucketName *string `json:"bucketName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time that this feature was enabled on.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// ID of the AWS IAM role that will be used to write to the S3 bucket.
	IamRoleId *string `json:"iamRoleId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// S3 directory in which vector will write to in order to store the logs.
	PrefixPath *string `json:"prefixPath,omitempty"`
	// Describes whether or not the feature is enabled and what status it is in.
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

PushBasedLogExportProject struct for PushBasedLogExportProject

func NewPushBasedLogExportProject ¶

func NewPushBasedLogExportProject() *PushBasedLogExportProject

NewPushBasedLogExportProject instantiates a new PushBasedLogExportProject object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewPushBasedLogExportProjectWithDefaults ¶

func NewPushBasedLogExportProjectWithDefaults() *PushBasedLogExportProject

NewPushBasedLogExportProjectWithDefaults instantiates a new PushBasedLogExportProject object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetBucketName ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetBucketName() string

GetBucketName returns the BucketName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetBucketNameOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetBucketNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBucketNameOk returns a tuple with the BucketName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetCreateDate ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetCreateDate() time.Time

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetIamRoleId ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetIamRoleId() string

GetIamRoleId returns the IamRoleId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetIamRoleIdOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetIamRoleIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIamRoleIdOk returns a tuple with the IamRoleId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetPrefixPath ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetPrefixPath() string

GetPrefixPath returns the PrefixPath field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetPrefixPathOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetPrefixPathOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrefixPathOk returns a tuple with the PrefixPath field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetState ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) HasBucketName ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasBucketName() bool

HasBucketName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) HasIamRoleId ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasIamRoleId() bool

HasIamRoleId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) HasPrefixPath ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasPrefixPath() bool

HasPrefixPath returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) HasState ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (PushBasedLogExportProject) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o PushBasedLogExportProject) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) SetBucketName ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetBucketName(v string)

SetBucketName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BucketName field.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) SetIamRoleId ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetIamRoleId(v string)

SetIamRoleId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IamRoleId field.

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) SetPrefixPath ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetPrefixPath(v string)

SetPrefixPath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrefixPath field.

func (*PushBasedLogExportProject) SetState ¶

func (o *PushBasedLogExportProject) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (PushBasedLogExportProject) ToMap ¶

func (o PushBasedLogExportProject) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Raw ¶

type Raw struct {
	// Unique identifier of event type.
	T *string `json:"_t,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the alert configuration related to the event.
	// Read only field.
	AlertConfigId *string `json:"alertConfigId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project in which the event occurred.
	// Read only field.
	Cid *string `json:"cid,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this event occurred. This parameter expresses its value in the <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">ISO 8601</a> timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Cre *time.Time `json:"cre,omitempty"`
	// Description of the event.
	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the project.
	Gn *string `json:"gn,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the event.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization to which these events apply.
	// Read only field.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the organization that contains the project.
	OrgName *string `json:"orgName,omitempty"`
	// Severity of the event.
	Severity *string `json:"severity,omitempty"`
}

Raw Additional meta information captured about this event. The response returns this parameter as a JSON object when the query parameter `includeRaw=true`. The list of fields in the raw document may change. Don't rely on raw values for formal monitoring.

func NewRaw ¶

func NewRaw() *Raw

NewRaw instantiates a new Raw object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewRawWithDefaults ¶

func NewRawWithDefaults() *Raw

NewRawWithDefaults instantiates a new Raw object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Raw) GetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *Raw) GetAlertConfigId() string

GetAlertConfigId returns the AlertConfigId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetAlertConfigIdOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetAlertConfigIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAlertConfigIdOk returns a tuple with the AlertConfigId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetCid ¶

func (o *Raw) GetCid() string

GetCid returns the Cid field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetCidOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetCidOk() (*string, bool)

GetCidOk returns a tuple with the Cid field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetCre ¶

func (o *Raw) GetCre() time.Time

GetCre returns the Cre field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetCreOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetCreOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreOk returns a tuple with the Cre field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetDescription ¶

func (o *Raw) GetDescription() string

GetDescription returns the Description field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetDescriptionOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetDescriptionOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescriptionOk returns a tuple with the Description field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetGn ¶

func (o *Raw) GetGn() string

GetGn returns the Gn field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetGnOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetGnOk() (*string, bool)

GetGnOk returns a tuple with the Gn field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetId ¶

func (o *Raw) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *Raw) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetOrgName ¶

func (o *Raw) GetOrgName() string

GetOrgName returns the OrgName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetOrgNameOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetOrgNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgNameOk returns a tuple with the OrgName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetSeverity ¶

func (o *Raw) GetSeverity() string

GetSeverity returns the Severity field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetSeverityOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetSeverityOk() (*string, bool)

GetSeverityOk returns a tuple with the Severity field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) GetT ¶

func (o *Raw) GetT() string

GetT returns the T field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Raw) GetTOk ¶

func (o *Raw) GetTOk() (*string, bool)

GetTOk returns a tuple with the T field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Raw) HasAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *Raw) HasAlertConfigId() bool

HasAlertConfigId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasCid ¶

func (o *Raw) HasCid() bool

HasCid returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasCre ¶

func (o *Raw) HasCre() bool

HasCre returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasDescription ¶

func (o *Raw) HasDescription() bool

HasDescription returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasGn ¶

func (o *Raw) HasGn() bool

HasGn returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasId ¶

func (o *Raw) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *Raw) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasOrgName ¶

func (o *Raw) HasOrgName() bool

HasOrgName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasSeverity ¶

func (o *Raw) HasSeverity() bool

HasSeverity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Raw) HasT ¶

func (o *Raw) HasT() bool

HasT returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Raw) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Raw) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Raw) SetAlertConfigId ¶

func (o *Raw) SetAlertConfigId(v string)

SetAlertConfigId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AlertConfigId field.

func (*Raw) SetCid ¶

func (o *Raw) SetCid(v string)

SetCid gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Cid field.

func (*Raw) SetCre ¶

func (o *Raw) SetCre(v time.Time)

SetCre gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Cre field.

func (*Raw) SetDescription ¶

func (o *Raw) SetDescription(v string)

SetDescription gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Description field.

func (*Raw) SetGn ¶

func (o *Raw) SetGn(v string)

SetGn gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Gn field.

func (*Raw) SetId ¶

func (o *Raw) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*Raw) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *Raw) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*Raw) SetOrgName ¶

func (o *Raw) SetOrgName(v string)

SetOrgName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgName field.

func (*Raw) SetSeverity ¶

func (o *Raw) SetSeverity(v string)

SetSeverity gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Severity field.

func (*Raw) SetT ¶

func (o *Raw) SetT(v string)

SetT gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the T field.

func (Raw) ToMap ¶

func (o Raw) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type RegionSpec ¶

type RegionSpec struct {
	// Number of analytics nodes in the region. Analytics nodes handle analytic data such as reporting queries from MongoDB Connector for Business Intelligence on MongoDB Cloud. Analytics nodes are read-only, and can never become the primary. Use **replicationSpecs[n].{region}.analyticsNodes** instead.
	AnalyticsNodes *int `json:"analyticsNodes,omitempty"`
	// Number of electable nodes to deploy in the specified region. Electable nodes can become the primary and can facilitate local reads. Use **replicationSpecs[n].{region}.electableNodes** instead.
	ElectableNodes *int `json:"electableNodes,omitempty"`
	// Number that indicates the election priority of the region. To identify the Preferred Region of the cluster, set this parameter to `7`. The primary node runs in the **Preferred Region**. To identify a read-only region, set this parameter to `0`.
	Priority *int `json:"priority,omitempty"`
	// Number of read-only nodes in the region. Read-only nodes can never become the primary member, but can facilitate local reads. Use **replicationSpecs[n].{region}.readOnlyNodes** instead.
	ReadOnlyNodes *int `json:"readOnlyNodes,omitempty"`
}

RegionSpec Physical location where MongoDB Cloud provisions cluster nodes.

func NewRegionSpec ¶

func NewRegionSpec() *RegionSpec

NewRegionSpec instantiates a new RegionSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewRegionSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewRegionSpecWithDefaults() *RegionSpec

NewRegionSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new RegionSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*RegionSpec) GetAnalyticsNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetAnalyticsNodes() int

GetAnalyticsNodes returns the AnalyticsNodes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RegionSpec) GetAnalyticsNodesOk ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetAnalyticsNodesOk() (*int, bool)

GetAnalyticsNodesOk returns a tuple with the AnalyticsNodes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) GetElectableNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetElectableNodes() int

GetElectableNodes returns the ElectableNodes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RegionSpec) GetElectableNodesOk ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetElectableNodesOk() (*int, bool)

GetElectableNodesOk returns a tuple with the ElectableNodes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) GetPriority ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetPriority() int

GetPriority returns the Priority field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RegionSpec) GetPriorityOk ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetPriorityOk() (*int, bool)

GetPriorityOk returns a tuple with the Priority field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) GetReadOnlyNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetReadOnlyNodes() int

GetReadOnlyNodes returns the ReadOnlyNodes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RegionSpec) GetReadOnlyNodesOk ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) GetReadOnlyNodesOk() (*int, bool)

GetReadOnlyNodesOk returns a tuple with the ReadOnlyNodes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) HasAnalyticsNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) HasAnalyticsNodes() bool

HasAnalyticsNodes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) HasElectableNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) HasElectableNodes() bool

HasElectableNodes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) HasPriority ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) HasPriority() bool

HasPriority returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RegionSpec) HasReadOnlyNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) HasReadOnlyNodes() bool

HasReadOnlyNodes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (RegionSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o RegionSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*RegionSpec) SetAnalyticsNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) SetAnalyticsNodes(v int)

SetAnalyticsNodes gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the AnalyticsNodes field.

func (*RegionSpec) SetElectableNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) SetElectableNodes(v int)

SetElectableNodes gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ElectableNodes field.

func (*RegionSpec) SetPriority ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) SetPriority(v int)

SetPriority gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Priority field.

func (*RegionSpec) SetReadOnlyNodes ¶

func (o *RegionSpec) SetReadOnlyNodes(v int)

SetReadOnlyNodes gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the ReadOnlyNodes field.

func (RegionSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o RegionSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiParams ¶

type RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	OrgId                string
}

type RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest ¶

type RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r RemoveConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type RemoveOrganizationUserApiParams ¶

type RemoveOrganizationUserApiParams struct {
	OrgId  string
	UserId string
}

type RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest ¶

type RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r RemoveOrganizationUserApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type RemoveProjectApiKeyApiParams ¶

type RemoveProjectApiKeyApiParams struct {
	GroupId   string
	ApiUserId string
}

type RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r RemoveProjectApiKeyApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type RemoveProjectTeamApiParams ¶

type RemoveProjectTeamApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	TeamId  string
}

type RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest ¶

type RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest) Execute ¶

type RemoveProjectUserApiParams ¶

type RemoveProjectUserApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
	UserId  string
}

type RemoveProjectUserApiRequest ¶

type RemoveProjectUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveProjectUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type RemoveTeamUserApiParams ¶

type RemoveTeamUserApiParams struct {
	OrgId  string
	TeamId string
	UserId string
}

type RemoveTeamUserApiRequest ¶

type RemoveTeamUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveTeamUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r RemoveTeamUserApiRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error)

type RenameOrganizationApiParams ¶

type RenameOrganizationApiParams struct {
	OrgId             string
	AtlasOrganization *AtlasOrganization
}

type RenameOrganizationApiRequest ¶

type RenameOrganizationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RenameOrganizationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type RenameTeamApiParams ¶

type RenameTeamApiParams struct {
	OrgId      string
	TeamId     string
	TeamUpdate *TeamUpdate
}

type RenameTeamApiRequest ¶

type RenameTeamApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RenameTeamApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ReplicationSpec ¶

type ReplicationSpec struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the replication object for a zone in a Multi-Cloud Cluster. If you include existing zones in the request, you must specify this parameter. If you add a new zone to an existing Multi-Cloud Cluster, you may specify this parameter. The request deletes any existing zones in the Multi-Cloud Cluster that you exclude from the request.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Positive integer that specifies the number of shards to deploy in each specified zone. If you set this value to `1` and **clusterType** is `SHARDED`, MongoDB Cloud deploys a single-shard sharded cluster. Don't create a sharded cluster with a single shard for production environments. Single-shard sharded clusters don't provide the same benefits as multi-shard configurations.   If you are upgrading a replica set to a sharded cluster, you cannot increase the number of shards in the same update request.  You should wait until after the cluster has completed upgrading to sharded and you have reconnected all application clients to the MongoDB router before adding additional shards. Otherwise, your data might become inconsistent once MongoDB Cloud begins distributing data across shards.
	NumShards *int `json:"numShards,omitempty"`
	// Hardware specifications for nodes set for a given region. Each **regionConfigs** object describes the region's priority in elections and the number and type of MongoDB nodes that MongoDB Cloud deploys to the region. Each **regionConfigs** object must have either an **analyticsSpecs** object, **electableSpecs** object, or **readOnlySpecs** object. Tenant clusters only require **electableSpecs. Dedicated** clusters can specify any of these specifications, but must have at least one **electableSpecs** object within a **replicationSpec**. Every hardware specification must use the same **instanceSize**.  **Example:**  If you set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].analyticsSpecs.instanceSize\" : \"M30\"`, set `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].electableSpecs.instanceSize\" : `\"M30\"` if you have electable nodes and `\"replicationSpecs[n].regionConfigs[m].readOnlySpecs.instanceSize\" : `\"M30\"` if you have read-only nodes.
	RegionConfigs *[]CloudRegionConfig `json:"regionConfigs,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the zone in a Global Cluster. Provide this value only if `\"clusterType\" : \"GEOSHARDED\"`.
	ZoneName *string `json:"zoneName,omitempty"`
}

ReplicationSpec Details that explain how MongoDB Cloud replicates data on the specified MongoDB database.

func NewReplicationSpec ¶

func NewReplicationSpec() *ReplicationSpec

NewReplicationSpec instantiates a new ReplicationSpec object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewReplicationSpecWithDefaults ¶

func NewReplicationSpecWithDefaults() *ReplicationSpec

NewReplicationSpecWithDefaults instantiates a new ReplicationSpec object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetId ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetNumShards ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetNumShards() int

GetNumShards returns the NumShards field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetNumShardsOk ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetNumShardsOk() (*int, bool)

GetNumShardsOk returns a tuple with the NumShards field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetRegionConfigs ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetRegionConfigs() []CloudRegionConfig

GetRegionConfigs returns the RegionConfigs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetRegionConfigsOk ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetRegionConfigsOk() (*[]CloudRegionConfig, bool)

GetRegionConfigsOk returns a tuple with the RegionConfigs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetZoneName ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetZoneName() string

GetZoneName returns the ZoneName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ReplicationSpec) GetZoneNameOk ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) GetZoneNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetZoneNameOk returns a tuple with the ZoneName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) HasId ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) HasNumShards ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) HasNumShards() bool

HasNumShards returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) HasRegionConfigs ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) HasRegionConfigs() bool

HasRegionConfigs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ReplicationSpec) HasZoneName ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) HasZoneName() bool

HasZoneName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ReplicationSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ReplicationSpec) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ReplicationSpec) SetId ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*ReplicationSpec) SetNumShards ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) SetNumShards(v int)

SetNumShards gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the NumShards field.

func (*ReplicationSpec) SetRegionConfigs ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) SetRegionConfigs(v []CloudRegionConfig)

SetRegionConfigs gets a reference to the given []CloudRegionConfig and assigns it to the RegionConfigs field.

func (*ReplicationSpec) SetZoneName ¶

func (o *ReplicationSpec) SetZoneName(v string)

SetZoneName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ZoneName field.

func (ReplicationSpec) ToMap ¶

func (o ReplicationSpec) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ResetMaintenanceWindowApiParams ¶

type ResetMaintenanceWindowApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest ¶

type ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ResourceTag ¶

type ResourceTag struct {
	// Constant that defines the set of the tag. For example, `environment` in the `environment : production` tag.
	Key string `json:"key"`
	// Variable that belongs to the set of the tag. For example, `production` in the `environment : production` tag.
	Value string `json:"value"`
}

ResourceTag Key-value pair that tags and categorizes a MongoDB Cloud organization, project, or cluster. For example, `environment : production`.

func NewResourceTag ¶

func NewResourceTag(key string, value string) *ResourceTag

NewResourceTag instantiates a new ResourceTag object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewResourceTagWithDefaults ¶

func NewResourceTagWithDefaults() *ResourceTag

NewResourceTagWithDefaults instantiates a new ResourceTag object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ResourceTag) GetKey ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) GetKey() string

GetKey returns the Key field value

func (*ResourceTag) GetKeyOk ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) GetKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetKeyOk returns a tuple with the Key field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ResourceTag) GetValue ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) GetValue() string

GetValue returns the Value field value

func (*ResourceTag) GetValueOk ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) GetValueOk() (*string, bool)

GetValueOk returns a tuple with the Value field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ResourceTag) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ResourceTag) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ResourceTag) SetKey ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) SetKey(v string)

SetKey sets field value

func (*ResourceTag) SetValue ¶

func (o *ResourceTag) SetValue(v string)

SetValue sets field value

func (ResourceTag) ToMap ¶

func (o ResourceTag) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type RestoreJobFileHash ¶

type RestoreJobFileHash struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hashed file.
	// Read only field.
	FileName *string `json:"fileName,omitempty"`
	// Hashed checksum that maps to the restore file.
	// Read only field.
	Hash *string `json:"hash,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the hashing algorithm used to compute the hash value.
	// Read only field.
	TypeName *string `json:"typeName,omitempty"`
}

RestoreJobFileHash Key and value pair that map one restore file to one hashed checksum. This parameter applies after you download the corresponding **delivery.url**.

func NewRestoreJobFileHash ¶

func NewRestoreJobFileHash() *RestoreJobFileHash

NewRestoreJobFileHash instantiates a new RestoreJobFileHash object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewRestoreJobFileHashWithDefaults ¶

func NewRestoreJobFileHashWithDefaults() *RestoreJobFileHash

NewRestoreJobFileHashWithDefaults instantiates a new RestoreJobFileHash object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetFileName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetFileName() string

GetFileName returns the FileName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetFileNameOk ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetFileNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetFileNameOk returns a tuple with the FileName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetHash ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetHash() string

GetHash returns the Hash field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetHashOk ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetHashOk() (*string, bool)

GetHashOk returns a tuple with the Hash field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetTypeName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetTypeName() string

GetTypeName returns the TypeName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) GetTypeNameOk ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) GetTypeNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeNameOk returns a tuple with the TypeName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) HasFileName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) HasFileName() bool

HasFileName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) HasHash ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) HasHash() bool

HasHash returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) HasTypeName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) HasTypeName() bool

HasTypeName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (RestoreJobFileHash) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o RestoreJobFileHash) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) SetFileName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) SetFileName(v string)

SetFileName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FileName field.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) SetHash ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) SetHash(v string)

SetHash gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Hash field.

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*RestoreJobFileHash) SetTypeName ¶

func (o *RestoreJobFileHash) SetTypeName(v string)

SetTypeName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TypeName field.

func (RestoreJobFileHash) ToMap ¶

func (o RestoreJobFileHash) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ResumePipelineApiParams ¶

type ResumePipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	PipelineName string
}

type ResumePipelineApiRequest ¶

type ResumePipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResumePipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiParams ¶

type ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiParams struct {
}

type ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest ¶

type ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService RootApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ReturnAllIPAddressesApiParams ¶

type ReturnAllIPAddressesApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest ¶

type ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ReturnAllIPAddressesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiParams ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
	LimitName  string
}

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiParams ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiParams struct {
	GroupId    string
	TenantName string
}

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest ¶

type ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ReturnFederatedDatabaseQueryLimitsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiParams ¶

type RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	IdentityProviderId   string
}

type RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest ¶

type RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeJwksFromIdentityProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

type RoleAssignment ¶

type RoleAssignment struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project to which this role belongs. You can set a value for this parameter or **orgId** but not both in the same request.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization to which this role belongs. You can set a value for this parameter or **groupId** but not both in the same request.
	OrgId *string `json:"orgId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection of privileges that MongoDB Cloud grants a specific API key, MongoDB Cloud user, or MongoDB Cloud team. These roles include organization- and project-level roles.  Organization Roles  * ORG_OWNER * ORG_MEMBER * ORG_GROUP_CREATOR * ORG_BILLING_ADMIN * ORG_READ_ONLY  Project Roles  * GROUP_CLUSTER_MANAGER * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_ADMIN * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_ONLY * GROUP_DATA_ACCESS_READ_WRITE * GROUP_OWNER * GROUP_READ_ONLY * GROUP_SEARCH_INDEX_EDITOR * GROUP_STREAM_PROCESSING_OWNER
	Role *string `json:"role,omitempty"`
}

RoleAssignment struct for RoleAssignment

func NewRoleAssignment ¶

func NewRoleAssignment() *RoleAssignment

NewRoleAssignment instantiates a new RoleAssignment object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewRoleAssignmentWithDefaults ¶

func NewRoleAssignmentWithDefaults() *RoleAssignment

NewRoleAssignmentWithDefaults instantiates a new RoleAssignment object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*RoleAssignment) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RoleAssignment) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RoleAssignment) GetOrgId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetOrgId() string

GetOrgId returns the OrgId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RoleAssignment) GetOrgIdOk ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetOrgIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetOrgIdOk returns a tuple with the OrgId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RoleAssignment) GetRole ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetRole() string

GetRole returns the Role field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*RoleAssignment) GetRoleOk ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) GetRoleOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleOk returns a tuple with the Role field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*RoleAssignment) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RoleAssignment) HasOrgId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) HasOrgId() bool

HasOrgId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*RoleAssignment) HasRole ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) HasRole() bool

HasRole returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (RoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o RoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*RoleAssignment) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*RoleAssignment) SetOrgId ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) SetOrgId(v string)

SetOrgId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the OrgId field.

func (*RoleAssignment) SetRole ¶

func (o *RoleAssignment) SetRole(v string)

SetRole gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Role field.

func (RoleAssignment) ToMap ¶

func (o RoleAssignment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type RollingIndexApi ¶

type RollingIndexApi interface {

	/*
		CreateRollingIndex Create One Rolling Index

		Creates an index on the cluster identified by its name in a rolling manner. Creating the index in this way allows index builds on one replica set member as a standalone at a time, starting with the secondary members. Creating indexes in this way requires at least one replica set election. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster on which MongoDB Cloud creates an index.
		@return CreateRollingIndexApiRequest
	*/
	CreateRollingIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, databaseRollingIndexRequest *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) CreateRollingIndexApiRequest
	/*
		CreateRollingIndex Create One Rolling Index


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateRollingIndexApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateRollingIndexApiRequest
	*/
	CreateRollingIndexWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateRollingIndexApiParams) CreateRollingIndexApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateRollingIndexExecute(r CreateRollingIndexApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)
}

type RollingIndexApiService ¶

type RollingIndexApiService service

RollingIndexApiService RollingIndexApi service

func (*RollingIndexApiService) CreateRollingIndex ¶

func (a *RollingIndexApiService) CreateRollingIndex(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, databaseRollingIndexRequest *DatabaseRollingIndexRequest) CreateRollingIndexApiRequest

CreateRollingIndex Create One Rolling Index

Creates an index on the cluster identified by its name in a rolling manner. Creating the index in this way allows index builds on one replica set member as a standalone at a time, starting with the secondary members. Creating indexes in this way requires at least one replica set election. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Data Access Admin role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster on which MongoDB Cloud creates an index.
@return CreateRollingIndexApiRequest

func (*RollingIndexApiService) CreateRollingIndexExecute ¶

func (a *RollingIndexApiService) CreateRollingIndexExecute(r CreateRollingIndexApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*RollingIndexApiService) CreateRollingIndexWithParams ¶

type RootApi ¶

type RootApi interface {

	/*
		GetSystemStatus Return the status of this MongoDB application

		[experimental] This resource returns information about the MongoDB application along with API key meta data.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return GetSystemStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetSystemStatus(ctx context.Context) GetSystemStatusApiRequest
	/*
		GetSystemStatus Return the status of this MongoDB application


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetSystemStatusApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetSystemStatusApiRequest
	*/
	GetSystemStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetSystemStatusApiParams) GetSystemStatusApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetSystemStatusExecute(r GetSystemStatusApiRequest) (*SystemStatus, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses Return All Control Plane IP Addresses

		[experimental] Returns all control plane IP addresses.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@return ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses(ctx context.Context) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest
	/*
		ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses Return All Control Plane IP Addresses


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest
	*/
	ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiParams) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesExecute(r ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest) (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses, *http.Response, error)
}

type RootApiService ¶

type RootApiService service

RootApiService RootApi service

func (*RootApiService) GetSystemStatus ¶

func (a *RootApiService) GetSystemStatus(ctx context.Context) GetSystemStatusApiRequest

GetSystemStatus Return the status of this MongoDB application

[experimental] This resource returns information about the MongoDB application along with API key meta data.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return GetSystemStatusApiRequest

func (*RootApiService) GetSystemStatusExecute ¶

func (a *RootApiService) GetSystemStatusExecute(r GetSystemStatusApiRequest) (*SystemStatus, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return SystemStatus

func (*RootApiService) GetSystemStatusWithParams ¶

func (a *RootApiService) GetSystemStatusWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetSystemStatusApiParams) GetSystemStatusApiRequest

func (*RootApiService) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses ¶

func (a *RootApiService) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses(ctx context.Context) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest

ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddresses Return All Control Plane IP Addresses

[experimental] Returns all control plane IP addresses.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@return ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest

func (*RootApiService) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesExecute ¶

func (a *RootApiService) ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesExecute(r ReturnAllControlPlaneIPAddressesApiRequest) (*ControlPlaneIPAddresses, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return ControlPlaneIPAddresses

type SampleDatasetStatus ¶

type SampleDatasetStatus struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies this sample dataset.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster into which you loaded the sample dataset.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the sample dataset load job completed. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CompleteDate *time.Time `json:"completeDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when you started the sample dataset load job. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// Details of the error returned when MongoDB Cloud loads the sample dataset. This endpoint returns null if state has a value other than FAILED.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// Status of the sample dataset load job.
	// Read only field.
	State *string `json:"state,omitempty"`
}

SampleDatasetStatus struct for SampleDatasetStatus

func NewSampleDatasetStatus ¶

func NewSampleDatasetStatus() *SampleDatasetStatus

NewSampleDatasetStatus instantiates a new SampleDatasetStatus object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewSampleDatasetStatusWithDefaults ¶

func NewSampleDatasetStatusWithDefaults() *SampleDatasetStatus

NewSampleDatasetStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new SampleDatasetStatus object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetCompleteDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetCompleteDate() time.Time

GetCompleteDate returns the CompleteDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetCompleteDateOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetCompleteDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCompleteDateOk returns a tuple with the CompleteDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetCreateDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetCreateDate() time.Time

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetId ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetState ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetState() string

GetState returns the State field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) GetStateOk ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) GetStateOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateOk returns a tuple with the State field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasCompleteDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasCompleteDate() bool

HasCompleteDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasId ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) HasState ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) HasState() bool

HasState returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (SampleDatasetStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o SampleDatasetStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetCompleteDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetCompleteDate(v time.Time)

SetCompleteDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CompleteDate field.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetId ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*SampleDatasetStatus) SetState ¶

func (o *SampleDatasetStatus) SetState(v string)

SetState gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the State field.

func (SampleDatasetStatus) ToMap ¶

func (o SampleDatasetStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type SaveLDAPConfigurationApiParams ¶

type SaveLDAPConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId      string
	UserSecurity *UserSecurity
}

type SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LDAPConfigurationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (SaveLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type SearchSynonymMappingDefinition ¶

type SearchSynonymMappingDefinition struct {
	// Specific pre-defined method chosen to apply to the synonyms to be searched.
	Analyzer string `json:"analyzer"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the synonym definition. Each **synonym.name** must be unique within the same index definition.
	Name   string        `json:"name"`
	Source SynonymSource `json:"source"`
}

SearchSynonymMappingDefinition Synonyms used for this full text index.

func NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinition ¶

func NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinition(analyzer string, name string, source SynonymSource) *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition

NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinition instantiates a new SearchSynonymMappingDefinition object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinitionWithDefaults ¶

func NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinitionWithDefaults() *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition

NewSearchSynonymMappingDefinitionWithDefaults instantiates a new SearchSynonymMappingDefinition object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetAnalyzer ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetAnalyzer() string

GetAnalyzer returns the Analyzer field value

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetAnalyzerOk ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetAnalyzerOk() (*string, bool)

GetAnalyzerOk returns a tuple with the Analyzer field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetSource ¶

GetSource returns the Source field value

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetSourceOk ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) GetSourceOk() (*SynonymSource, bool)

GetSourceOk returns a tuple with the Source field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) SetAnalyzer ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) SetAnalyzer(v string)

SetAnalyzer sets field value

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) SetName ¶

func (o *SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) SetSource ¶

SetSource sets field value

func (SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) ToMap ¶

func (o SearchSynonymMappingDefinition) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerConfiguration ¶

type ServerConfiguration struct {
	URL         string
	Description string
	Variables   map[string]ServerVariable
}

ServerConfiguration stores the information about a server

type ServerConfigurations ¶

type ServerConfigurations []ServerConfiguration

ServerConfigurations stores multiple ServerConfiguration items

func (ServerConfigurations) URL ¶

func (sc ServerConfigurations) URL(index int, variables map[string]string) (string, error)

URL formats template on a index using given variables

type ServerVariable ¶

type ServerVariable struct {
	Description  string
	DefaultValue string
	EnumValues   []string
}

ServerVariable stores the information about a server variable

type ServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

type ServerlessBackupRestoreJob struct {
	// Flag that indicates whether someone canceled this restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Cancelled *bool `json:"cancelled,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that categorizes the restore job to create.
	DeliveryType string `json:"deliveryType"`
	// One or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to the compressed snapshot files for manual download. MongoDB Cloud returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"download\"`.
	// Read only field.
	DeliveryUrl      *[]string         `json:"deliveryUrl,omitempty"`
	DesiredTimestamp *ApiBSONTimestamp `json:"desiredTimestamp,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the restore job expired.
	// Read only field.
	Expired *bool `json:"expired,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the restore job expires. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether the restore job failed.
	// Read only field.
	Failed *bool `json:"failed,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the restore job completed. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	FinishedAt *time.Time `json:"finishedAt,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Oplog operation number from which you want to restore this snapshot. This number represents the second part of an Oplog timestamp. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **oplogTs** exceeds `0`.
	OplogInc *int `json:"oplogInc,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which you want to restore this snapshot. This parameter expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch. This number represents the first part of an Oplog timestamp. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **oplogTs** exceeds `0`.
	OplogTs *int `json:"oplogTs,omitempty"`
	// Date and time from which MongoDB Cloud restored this snapshot. This parameter expresses this timestamp in the number of seconds that have elapsed since the UNIX epoch. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\" : \"pointInTime\"` and **pointInTimeUTCSeconds** exceeds `0`.
	PointInTimeUTCSeconds *int `json:"pointInTimeUTCSeconds,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the snapshot.
	SnapshotId *string `json:"snapshotId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the target cluster to which the restore job restores the snapshot. The resource returns this parameter when `\"deliveryType\":` `\"automated\"`.
	TargetClusterName string `json:"targetClusterName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the target project for the specified **targetClusterName**.
	TargetGroupId string `json:"targetGroupId"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot associated with **snapshotId**. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Timestamp *time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessBackupRestoreJob struct for ServerlessBackupRestoreJob

func NewServerlessBackupRestoreJob ¶

func NewServerlessBackupRestoreJob(deliveryType string, targetClusterName string, targetGroupId string) *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob

NewServerlessBackupRestoreJob instantiates a new ServerlessBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults() *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob

NewServerlessBackupRestoreJobWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessBackupRestoreJob object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetCancelled ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetCancelled() bool

GetCancelled returns the Cancelled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetCancelledOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetCancelledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCancelledOk returns a tuple with the Cancelled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryType() string

GetDeliveryType returns the DeliveryType field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryTypeOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDeliveryTypeOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryType field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrl() []string

GetDeliveryUrl returns the DeliveryUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDeliveryUrlOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetDeliveryUrlOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestamp() ApiBSONTimestamp

GetDesiredTimestamp returns the DesiredTimestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestampOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetDesiredTimestampOk() (*ApiBSONTimestamp, bool)

GetDesiredTimestampOk returns a tuple with the DesiredTimestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpired ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpired() bool

GetExpired returns the Expired field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiredOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiredOk() (*bool, bool)

GetExpiredOk returns a tuple with the Expired field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFailed ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFailed() bool

GetFailed returns the Failed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFailedOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFailedOk() (*bool, bool)

GetFailedOk returns a tuple with the Failed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFinishedAt() time.Time

GetFinishedAt returns the FinishedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFinishedAtOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetFinishedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetFinishedAtOk returns a tuple with the FinishedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogInc ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogInc() int

GetOplogInc returns the OplogInc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogIncOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogIncOk returns a tuple with the OplogInc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTs ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTs() int

GetOplogTs returns the OplogTs field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetOplogTsOk() (*int, bool)

GetOplogTsOk returns a tuple with the OplogTs field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds() int

GetPointInTimeUTCSeconds returns the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk() (*int, bool)

GetPointInTimeUTCSecondsOk returns a tuple with the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterName() string

GetTargetClusterName returns the TargetClusterName field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetClusterName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupId() string

GetTargetGroupId returns the TargetGroupId field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTargetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetGroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTimestamp() time.Time

GetTimestamp returns the Timestamp field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) GetTimestampOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetTimestampOk returns a tuple with the Timestamp field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasCancelled ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasCancelled() bool

HasCancelled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasDeliveryUrl() bool

HasDeliveryUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasDesiredTimestamp() bool

HasDesiredTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasExpired ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasExpired() bool

HasExpired returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasFailed ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasFailed() bool

HasFailed returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasFinishedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasFinishedAt() bool

HasFinishedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasOplogInc ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasOplogInc() bool

HasOplogInc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasOplogTs ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasOplogTs() bool

HasOplogTs returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds() bool

HasPointInTimeUTCSeconds returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasSnapshotId() bool

HasSnapshotId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) HasTimestamp() bool

HasTimestamp returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetCancelled ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetCancelled(v bool)

SetCancelled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Cancelled field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDeliveryType(v string)

SetDeliveryType sets field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDeliveryUrl ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDeliveryUrl(v []string)

SetDeliveryUrl gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the DeliveryUrl field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDesiredTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetDesiredTimestamp(v ApiBSONTimestamp)

SetDesiredTimestamp gets a reference to the given ApiBSONTimestamp and assigns it to the DesiredTimestamp field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetExpired ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetExpired(v bool)

SetExpired gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Expired field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetFailed ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetFailed(v bool)

SetFailed gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Failed field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetFinishedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetFinishedAt(v time.Time)

SetFinishedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the FinishedAt field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetOplogInc ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetOplogInc(v int)

SetOplogInc gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogInc field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetOplogTs ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetOplogTs(v int)

SetOplogTs gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the OplogTs field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds(v int)

SetPointInTimeUTCSeconds gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the PointInTimeUTCSeconds field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotId field.

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTargetClusterName ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTargetClusterName(v string)

SetTargetClusterName sets field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTargetGroupId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTargetGroupId(v string)

SetTargetGroupId sets field value

func (*ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTimestamp ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) SetTimestamp(v time.Time)

SetTimestamp gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Timestamp field.

func (ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessBackupRestoreJob) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessBackupSnapshot ¶

type ServerlessBackupSnapshot struct {
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud took the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud deletes the snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `json:"expiresAt,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies how often this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	FrequencyType *string `json:"frequencyType,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Version of the MongoDB host that this snapshot backs up.
	// Read only field.
	MongodVersion *string `json:"mongodVersion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label given to the serverless instance from which MongoDB Cloud took this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	ServerlessInstanceName *string `json:"serverlessInstanceName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies when this snapshot triggers.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotType *string `json:"snapshotType,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the stage of the backup process for this snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Number of bytes taken to store the backup snapshot.
	// Read only field.
	StorageSizeBytes *int64 `json:"storageSizeBytes,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessBackupSnapshot struct for ServerlessBackupSnapshot

func NewServerlessBackupSnapshot ¶

func NewServerlessBackupSnapshot() *ServerlessBackupSnapshot

NewServerlessBackupSnapshot instantiates a new ServerlessBackupSnapshot object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults() *ServerlessBackupSnapshot

NewServerlessBackupSnapshotWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessBackupSnapshot object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAt() time.Time

GetExpiresAt returns the ExpiresAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetExpiresAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpiresAtOk returns a tuple with the ExpiresAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyType() string

GetFrequencyType returns the FrequencyType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetFrequencyTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetFrequencyTypeOk returns a tuple with the FrequencyType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersion() string

GetMongodVersion returns the MongodVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetMongodVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongodVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongodVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetServerlessInstanceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetServerlessInstanceName() string

GetServerlessInstanceName returns the ServerlessInstanceName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetServerlessInstanceNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetServerlessInstanceNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetServerlessInstanceNameOk returns a tuple with the ServerlessInstanceName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotType() string

GetSnapshotType returns the SnapshotType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetSnapshotTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotTypeOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytes() int64

GetStorageSizeBytes returns the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) GetStorageSizeBytesOk() (*int64, bool)

GetStorageSizeBytesOk returns a tuple with the StorageSizeBytes field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasExpiresAt() bool

HasExpiresAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasFrequencyType() bool

HasFrequencyType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasMongodVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasMongodVersion() bool

HasMongodVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasServerlessInstanceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasServerlessInstanceName() bool

HasServerlessInstanceName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasSnapshotType() bool

HasSnapshotType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) HasStorageSizeBytes() bool

HasStorageSizeBytes returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessBackupSnapshot) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetExpiresAt ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time)

SetExpiresAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpiresAt field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetFrequencyType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetFrequencyType(v string)

SetFrequencyType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the FrequencyType field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetId ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetMongodVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetMongodVersion(v string)

SetMongodVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongodVersion field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetServerlessInstanceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetServerlessInstanceName(v string)

SetServerlessInstanceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServerlessInstanceName field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotType ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string)

SetSnapshotType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotType field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes ¶

func (o *ServerlessBackupSnapshot) SetStorageSizeBytes(v int64)

SetStorageSizeBytes gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the StorageSizeBytes field.

func (ServerlessBackupSnapshot) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessBackupSnapshot) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem ¶

type ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem struct {
	// Unique string that the cloud provider uses to identify the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointId *string `json:"endpointId,omitempty"`
	// Cloud provider where the private endpoint is deployed.
	// Read only field.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Region where the private endpoint is deployed.
	// Read only field.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem Details of a private endpoint deployed for this serverless instance.

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem ¶

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem() *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem

NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem instantiates a new ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItemWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItemWithDefaults() *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem

NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItemWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetEndpointId ¶

GetEndpointId returns the EndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetEndpointIdOk ¶

GetEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the EndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetProviderName ¶

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetRegion ¶

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) GetRegionOk ¶

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) HasEndpointId ¶

HasEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) HasProviderName ¶

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) HasRegion ¶

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) SetEndpointId ¶

SetEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointId field.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) SetProviderName ¶

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) SetRegion ¶

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList ¶

type ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList struct {
	// List that contains the private endpoints through which you connect to MongoDB Cloud when you use **connectionStrings.privateEndpoint[n].srvConnectionString**.
	// Read only field.
	Endpoints *[]ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem `json:"endpoints,omitempty"`
	// Private endpoint-aware connection string that uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol to connect to MongoDB Cloud through a private endpoint. The `mongodb+srv` protocol tells the driver to look up the seed list of hosts in the Domain Name System (DNS).
	// Read only field.
	SrvConnectionString *string `json:"srvConnectionString,omitempty"`
	// MongoDB process type to which your application connects.
	// Read only field.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList Private endpoint connection string that you can use to connect to this serverless instance through a private endpoint.

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList ¶

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList() *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList

NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList instantiates a new ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointListWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointListWithDefaults() *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList

NewServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointListWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetEndpoints ¶

GetEndpoints returns the Endpoints field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetEndpointsOk ¶

GetEndpointsOk returns a tuple with the Endpoints field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetSrvConnectionString() string

GetSrvConnectionString returns the SrvConnectionString field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetSrvConnectionStringOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetSrvConnectionStringOk() (*string, bool)

GetSrvConnectionStringOk returns a tuple with the SrvConnectionString field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetType ¶

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) GetTypeOk ¶

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) HasEndpoints ¶

HasEndpoints returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) HasSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) HasSrvConnectionString() bool

HasSrvConnectionString returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) HasType ¶

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) SetEndpoints ¶

SetEndpoints gets a reference to the given []ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointItem and assigns it to the Endpoints field.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) SetSrvConnectionString ¶

func (o *ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) SetSrvConnectionString(v string)

SetSrvConnectionString gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SrvConnectionString field.

func (*ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) SetType ¶

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessInstanceDescription ¶

type ServerlessInstanceDescription struct {
	ConnectionStrings *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings `json:"connectionStrings,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this serverless instance. MongoDB Cloud represents this timestamp in ISO 8601 format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreateDate *time.Time `json:"createDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the serverless instance.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Version of MongoDB that the serverless instance runs.
	// Read only field.
	MongoDBVersion *string `json:"mongoDBVersion,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
	// Read only field.
	Name                    *string                         `json:"name,omitempty"`
	ProviderSettings        ServerlessProviderSettings      `json:"providerSettings"`
	ServerlessBackupOptions *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions `json:"serverlessBackupOptions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of the serverless instance.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the serverless instance.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the serverless instance. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the serverless instance. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the serverless instance.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessInstanceDescription Group of settings that configure a MongoDB serverless instance.

func NewServerlessInstanceDescription ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescription(providerSettings ServerlessProviderSettings) *ServerlessInstanceDescription

NewServerlessInstanceDescription instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescription object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults() *ServerlessInstanceDescription

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescription object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetConnectionStrings ¶

GetConnectionStrings returns the ConnectionStrings field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetConnectionStringsOk ¶

GetConnectionStringsOk returns a tuple with the ConnectionStrings field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetCreateDate ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetCreateDate() time.Time

GetCreateDate returns the CreateDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetCreateDateOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetCreateDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreateDateOk returns a tuple with the CreateDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetId ¶

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetMongoDBVersion() string

GetMongoDBVersion returns the MongoDBVersion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetMongoDBVersionOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetMongoDBVersionOk() (*string, bool)

GetMongoDBVersionOk returns a tuple with the MongoDBVersion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetProviderSettings ¶

GetProviderSettings returns the ProviderSettings field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetProviderSettingsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetProviderSettingsOk() (*ServerlessProviderSettings, bool)

GetProviderSettingsOk returns a tuple with the ProviderSettings field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetServerlessBackupOptions() ClusterServerlessBackupOptions

GetServerlessBackupOptions returns the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk() (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions, bool)

GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk returns a tuple with the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetStateName() string

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTags ¶

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTagsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTagsOk() (*[]ResourceTag, bool)

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasConnectionStrings ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasConnectionStrings() bool

HasConnectionStrings returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasCreateDate ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasCreateDate() bool

HasCreateDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasId ¶

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasMongoDBVersion() bool

HasMongoDBVersion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasServerlessBackupOptions() bool

HasServerlessBackupOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTags ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTags() bool

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescription) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetConnectionStrings ¶

SetConnectionStrings gets a reference to the given ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings and assigns it to the ConnectionStrings field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetCreateDate ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetCreateDate(v time.Time)

SetCreateDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreateDate field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetId ¶

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetMongoDBVersion ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetMongoDBVersion(v string)

SetMongoDBVersion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MongoDBVersion field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetProviderSettings ¶

SetProviderSettings sets field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetServerlessBackupOptions(v ClusterServerlessBackupOptions)

SetServerlessBackupOptions gets a reference to the given ClusterServerlessBackupOptions and assigns it to the ServerlessBackupOptions field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetStateName(v string)

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetTags ¶

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescription) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescription) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescription) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings ¶

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings struct {
	// List of private endpoint-aware connection strings that you can use to connect to this serverless instance through a private endpoint. This parameter returns only if you created a private endpoint for this serverless instance and it is AVAILABLE.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpoint *[]ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList `json:"privateEndpoint,omitempty"`
	// Public connection string that you can use to connect to this serverless instance. This connection string uses the `mongodb+srv://` protocol.
	// Read only field.
	StandardSrv *string `json:"standardSrv,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings Collection of Uniform Resource Locators that point to the MongoDB database.

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings() *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStringsWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStringsWithDefaults() *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStringsWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) GetPrivateEndpoint ¶

GetPrivateEndpoint returns the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) GetPrivateEndpointOk ¶

GetPrivateEndpointOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpoint field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrv ¶

GetStandardSrv returns the StandardSrv field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) GetStandardSrvOk ¶

GetStandardSrvOk returns a tuple with the StandardSrv field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) HasPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) HasPrivateEndpoint() bool

HasPrivateEndpoint returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) HasStandardSrv ¶

HasStandardSrv returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) SetPrivateEndpoint ¶

SetPrivateEndpoint gets a reference to the given []ServerlessConnectionStringsPrivateEndpointList and assigns it to the PrivateEndpoint field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) SetStandardSrv ¶

SetStandardSrv gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StandardSrv field.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionConnectionStrings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate ¶

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
	// Write only field.
	Name                    string                          `json:"name"`
	ProviderSettings        ServerlessProviderSettings      `json:"providerSettings"`
	ServerlessBackupOptions *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions `json:"serverlessBackupOptions,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating condition of the serverless instance.
	// Read only field.
	StateName *string `json:"stateName,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the serverless instance.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the serverless instance. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the serverless instance. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the serverless instance.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate Settings that you can specify when you create a serverless instance.

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate(name string, providerSettings ServerlessProviderSettings) *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreateWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreateWithDefaults() *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreateWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetName ¶

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetProviderSettings ¶

GetProviderSettings returns the ProviderSettings field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetProviderSettingsOk ¶

GetProviderSettingsOk returns a tuple with the ProviderSettings field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

GetServerlessBackupOptions returns the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk() (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions, bool)

GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk returns a tuple with the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetStateName() string

GetStateName returns the StateName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetStateNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetStateNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetStateNameOk returns a tuple with the StateName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTags ¶

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTagsOk ¶

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasServerlessBackupOptions() bool

HasServerlessBackupOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasStateName() bool

HasStateName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasTags ¶

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetName ¶

SetName sets field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetProviderSettings ¶

SetProviderSettings sets field value

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

SetServerlessBackupOptions gets a reference to the given ClusterServerlessBackupOptions and assigns it to the ServerlessBackupOptions field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetStateName ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetStateName(v string)

SetStateName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the StateName field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetTags ¶

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate ¶

type ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate struct {
	ServerlessBackupOptions *ClusterServerlessBackupOptions `json:"serverlessBackupOptions,omitempty"`
	// List that contains key-value pairs between 1 to 255 characters in length for tagging and categorizing the serverless instance.
	Tags *[]ResourceTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether termination protection is enabled on the serverless instance. If set to `true`, MongoDB Cloud won't delete the serverless instance. If set to `false`, MongoDB Cloud will delete the serverless instance.
	TerminationProtectionEnabled *bool `json:"terminationProtectionEnabled,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate Settings that you can update when you request a serverless cluster update.

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate() *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdateWithDefaults() *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate

NewServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

GetServerlessBackupOptions returns the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk() (*ClusterServerlessBackupOptions, bool)

GetServerlessBackupOptionsOk returns a tuple with the ServerlessBackupOptions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTags ¶

GetTags returns the Tags field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTagsOk ¶

GetTagsOk returns a tuple with the Tags field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

GetTerminationProtectionEnabled returns the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetTerminationProtectionEnabledOk returns a tuple with the TerminationProtectionEnabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) HasServerlessBackupOptions ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) HasServerlessBackupOptions() bool

HasServerlessBackupOptions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) HasTags ¶

HasTags returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) HasTerminationProtectionEnabled() bool

HasTerminationProtectionEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) SetServerlessBackupOptions ¶

SetServerlessBackupOptions gets a reference to the given ClusterServerlessBackupOptions and assigns it to the ServerlessBackupOptions field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) SetTags ¶

SetTags gets a reference to the given []ResourceTag and assigns it to the Tags field.

func (*ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled ¶

func (o *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) SetTerminationProtectionEnabled(v bool)

SetTerminationProtectionEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the TerminationProtectionEnabled field.

func (ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessInstancesApi ¶

type ServerlessInstancesApi interface {

	/*
		CreateServerlessInstance Create One Serverless Instance in One Project

		Creates one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, serverlessInstanceDescriptionCreate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		CreateServerlessInstance Create One Serverless Instance in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateServerlessInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateServerlessInstanceApiParams) CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateServerlessInstanceExecute(r CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest) (*ServerlessInstanceDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteServerlessInstance Remove One Serverless Instance from One Project

		Removes one serverless instance from the specified project. The serverless instance must have termination protection disabled in order to be deleted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@return DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteServerlessInstance Remove One Serverless Instance from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteServerlessInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteServerlessInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteServerlessInstanceApiParams) DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteServerlessInstanceExecute(r DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetServerlessInstance Return One Serverless Instance from One Project

		Returns details for one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@return GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		GetServerlessInstance Return One Serverless Instance from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetServerlessInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetServerlessInstanceApiParams) GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetServerlessInstanceExecute(r GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest) (*ServerlessInstanceDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListServerlessInstances Return All Serverless Instances from One Project

		Returns details for all serverless instances in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessInstances(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest
	/*
		ListServerlessInstances Return All Serverless Instances from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListServerlessInstancesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessInstancesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListServerlessInstancesApiParams) ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListServerlessInstancesExecute(r ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest) (*PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateServerlessInstance Update One Serverless Instance in One Project

		Updates one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
		@return UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string, serverlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateServerlessInstance Update One Serverless Instance in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateServerlessInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateServerlessInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateServerlessInstanceApiParams) UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateServerlessInstanceExecute(r UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest) (*ServerlessInstanceDescription, *http.Response, error)
}

type ServerlessInstancesApiService ¶

type ServerlessInstancesApiService service

ServerlessInstancesApiService ServerlessInstancesApi service

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) CreateServerlessInstance ¶

func (a *ServerlessInstancesApiService) CreateServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, serverlessInstanceDescriptionCreate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionCreate) CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

CreateServerlessInstance Create One Serverless Instance in One Project

Creates one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) CreateServerlessInstanceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessInstanceDescription

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) CreateServerlessInstanceWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) DeleteServerlessInstance ¶

func (a *ServerlessInstancesApiService) DeleteServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest

DeleteServerlessInstance Remove One Serverless Instance from One Project

Removes one serverless instance from the specified project. The serverless instance must have termination protection disabled in order to be deleted. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@return DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) DeleteServerlessInstanceExecute ¶

func (a *ServerlessInstancesApiService) DeleteServerlessInstanceExecute(r DeleteServerlessInstanceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) DeleteServerlessInstanceWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) GetServerlessInstance ¶

func (a *ServerlessInstancesApiService) GetServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string) GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest

GetServerlessInstance Return One Serverless Instance from One Project

Returns details for one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@return GetServerlessInstanceApiRequest

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) GetServerlessInstanceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessInstanceDescription

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) GetServerlessInstanceWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) ListServerlessInstances ¶

ListServerlessInstances Return All Serverless Instances from One Project

Returns details for all serverless instances in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListServerlessInstancesApiRequest

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) ListServerlessInstancesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedServerlessInstanceDescription

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) ListServerlessInstancesWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) UpdateServerlessInstance ¶

func (a *ServerlessInstancesApiService) UpdateServerlessInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, name string, serverlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate) UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

UpdateServerlessInstance Update One Serverless Instance in One Project

Updates one serverless instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param name Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance.
@return UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) UpdateServerlessInstanceExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessInstanceDescription

func (*ServerlessInstancesApiService) UpdateServerlessInstanceWithParams ¶

type ServerlessMetricThreshold ¶

type ServerlessMetricThreshold struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the metric against which MongoDB Cloud checks the configured **metricThreshold.threshold**.
	MetricName string `json:"metricName"`
	// MongoDB Cloud computes the current metric value as an average.
	Mode *string `json:"mode,omitempty"`
	// Comparison operator to apply when checking the current metric value.
	Operator *string `json:"operator,omitempty"`
	// Value of metric that, when exceeded, triggers an alert.
	Threshold *float64 `json:"threshold,omitempty"`
	// Element used to express the quantity. This can be an element of time, storage capacity, and the like.
	Units *string `json:"units,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessMetricThreshold Threshold for the metric that, when exceeded, triggers an alert. The metric threshold pertains to event types which reflects changes of measurements and metrics about the serverless database.

func NewServerlessMetricThreshold ¶

func NewServerlessMetricThreshold(metricName string) *ServerlessMetricThreshold

NewServerlessMetricThreshold instantiates a new ServerlessMetricThreshold object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessMetricThresholdWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessMetricThresholdWithDefaults() *ServerlessMetricThreshold

NewServerlessMetricThresholdWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessMetricThreshold object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMetricName ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMetricName() string

GetMetricName returns the MetricName field value

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMetricNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMetricNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetMetricNameOk returns a tuple with the MetricName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMode ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetMode() string

GetMode returns the Mode field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetModeOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetModeOk() (*string, bool)

GetModeOk returns a tuple with the Mode field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetOperator ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetOperator() string

GetOperator returns the Operator field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetOperatorOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetOperatorOk() (*string, bool)

GetOperatorOk returns a tuple with the Operator field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetThreshold ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetThreshold() float64

GetThreshold returns the Threshold field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetThresholdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetThresholdOk() (*float64, bool)

GetThresholdOk returns a tuple with the Threshold field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetUnits ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetUnits() string

GetUnits returns the Units field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetUnitsOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) GetUnitsOk() (*string, bool)

GetUnitsOk returns a tuple with the Units field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasMode ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasMode() bool

HasMode returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasOperator ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasOperator() bool

HasOperator returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasThreshold ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasThreshold() bool

HasThreshold returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasUnits ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) HasUnits() bool

HasUnits returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessMetricThreshold) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessMetricThreshold) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetMetricName ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetMetricName(v string)

SetMetricName sets field value

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetMode ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetMode(v string)

SetMode gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Mode field.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetOperator ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetOperator(v string)

SetOperator gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Operator field.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetThreshold ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetThreshold(v float64)

SetThreshold gets a reference to the given float64 and assigns it to the Threshold field.

func (*ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetUnits ¶

func (o *ServerlessMetricThreshold) SetUnits(v string)

SetUnits gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Units field.

func (ServerlessMetricThreshold) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessMetricThreshold) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi ¶

type ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi interface {

	/*
			CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

			[experimental] Creates one private endpoint for one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		 A new endpoint won't be immediately available after creation.  Read the steps in the linked tutorial for detailed guidance.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance for which the tenant endpoint will be created.
			@return CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, serverlessTenantCreateRequest *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute(r CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

		[experimental] Remove one private endpoint from one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance from which the tenant endpoint will be removed.
		@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint which will be removed.
		@return DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute(r DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

		[experimental] Return one private endpoint for one serverless instance. Identify this endpoint using its unique ID. You must have at least the Project Read Only role for the project to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint.
		@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint.
		@return GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string) GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	GetServerlessPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams) GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute(r GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints Return All Private Endpoints for One Serverless Instance

		Returns all private endpoints for one serverless instance. You must have at least the Project Read Only role for the project to successfully call this resource.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint.
		@return ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string) ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	/*
		ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints Return All Private Endpoints for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest
	*/
	ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiParams) ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsExecute(r ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest) ([]ServerlessTenantEndpoint, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Update One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

		[experimental] Updates one private endpoint for one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint that will be updated.
		@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint which will be updated.
		@return UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string, serverlessTenantEndpointUpdate *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Update One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute(r UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint, *http.Response, error)
}

type ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService ¶

type ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService service

ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi service

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, serverlessTenantCreateRequest *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

CreateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Create One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

[experimental] Creates one private endpoint for one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

A new endpoint won't be immediately available after creation.  Read the steps in the linked tutorial for detailed guidance.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance for which the tenant endpoint will be created.
@return CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) CreateServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessTenantEndpoint

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpoint Remove One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

[experimental] Remove one private endpoint from one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance from which the tenant endpoint will be removed.
@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint which will be removed.
@return DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute(r DeleteServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string) GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

GetServerlessPrivateEndpoint Return One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

[experimental] Return one private endpoint for one serverless instance. Identify this endpoint using its unique ID. You must have at least the Project Read Only role for the project to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint.
@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint.
@return GetServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) GetServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessTenantEndpoint

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) GetServerlessPrivateEndpointWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string) ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

ListServerlessPrivateEndpoints Return All Private Endpoints for One Serverless Instance

Returns all private endpoints for one serverless instance. You must have at least the Project Read Only role for the project to successfully call this resource.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint.
@return ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiRequest

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return []ServerlessTenantEndpoint

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) ListServerlessPrivateEndpointsWithParams ¶

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint ¶

func (a *ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, groupId string, instanceName string, endpointId string, serverlessTenantEndpointUpdate *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpoint Update One Private Endpoint for One Serverless Instance

[experimental] Updates one private endpoint for one serverless instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param instanceName Human-readable label that identifies the serverless instance associated with the tenant endpoint that will be updated.
@param endpointId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the tenant endpoint which will be updated.
@return UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest

func (*ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApiService) UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ServerlessTenantEndpoint

type ServerlessProviderSettings ¶

type ServerlessProviderSettings struct {
	// Cloud service provider on which MongoDB Cloud provisioned the serverless instance.
	BackingProviderName string `json:"backingProviderName"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud service provider.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the geographic location of your MongoDB serverless instance. The region you choose can affect network latency for clients accessing your databases. For a complete list of region names, see [AWS](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/amazon-aws/#std-label-amazon-aws), [GCP](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/google-gcp/), and [Azure](https://docs.atlas.mongodb.com/reference/microsoft-azure/).
	RegionName string `json:"regionName"`
}

ServerlessProviderSettings Group of cloud provider settings that configure the provisioned MongoDB serverless instance.

func NewServerlessProviderSettings ¶

func NewServerlessProviderSettings(backingProviderName string, regionName string) *ServerlessProviderSettings

NewServerlessProviderSettings instantiates a new ServerlessProviderSettings object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessProviderSettingsWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessProviderSettingsWithDefaults() *ServerlessProviderSettings

NewServerlessProviderSettingsWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessProviderSettings object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderName() string

GetBackingProviderName returns the BackingProviderName field value

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetBackingProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetBackingProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the BackingProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetRegionName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetRegionName() string

GetRegionName returns the RegionName field value

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) GetRegionNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) GetRegionNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionNameOk returns a tuple with the RegionName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) HasProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) HasProviderName() bool

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessProviderSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessProviderSettings) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) SetBackingProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) SetBackingProviderName(v string)

SetBackingProviderName sets field value

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*ServerlessProviderSettings) SetRegionName ¶

func (o *ServerlessProviderSettings) SetRegionName(v string)

SetRegionName sets field value

func (ServerlessProviderSettings) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessProviderSettings) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessTenantCreateRequest ¶

type ServerlessTenantCreateRequest struct {
	// Human-readable comment associated with the private endpoint.
	// Write only field.
	Comment *string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessTenantCreateRequest struct for ServerlessTenantCreateRequest

func NewServerlessTenantCreateRequest ¶

func NewServerlessTenantCreateRequest() *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest

NewServerlessTenantCreateRequest instantiates a new ServerlessTenantCreateRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessTenantCreateRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessTenantCreateRequestWithDefaults() *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest

NewServerlessTenantCreateRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessTenantCreateRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) GetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) GetComment() string

GetComment returns the Comment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) GetCommentOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) GetCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetCommentOk returns a tuple with the Comment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) HasComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) HasComment() bool

HasComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) SetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) SetComment(v string)

SetComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Comment field.

func (ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantCreateRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessTenantEndpoint ¶

type ServerlessTenantEndpoint struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the private endpoint's network interface.  Alternatively: Unique string that identifies the Azure private endpoint's network interface that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	CloudProviderEndpointId *string `json:"cloudProviderEndpointId,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable comment associated with the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	Comment *string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
	// Unique string that identifies the PrivateLink endpoint service. MongoDB Cloud returns null while it creates the endpoint service.  Alternatively: Unique string that identifies the Amazon Web Services (AWS) PrivateLink endpoint service. MongoDB Cloud returns null while it creates the endpoint service.  Alternatively: Unique string that identifies the Azure private endpoint service. MongoDB Cloud returns null while it creates the endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	EndpointServiceName *string `json:"endpointServiceName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable error message that indicates error condition associated with establishing the private endpoint connection.
	// Read only field.
	ErrorMessage *string `json:"errorMessage,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that indicates the current operating status of the private endpoint.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud service provider.
	// Read only field.
	ProviderName *string `json:"providerName,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 address of the private endpoint in your Azure VNet that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateEndpointIpAddress *string `json:"privateEndpointIpAddress,omitempty"`
	// Root-relative path that identifies the Azure Private Link Service that MongoDB Cloud manages. MongoDB Cloud returns null while it creates the endpoint service.
	// Read only field.
	PrivateLinkServiceResourceId *string `json:"privateLinkServiceResourceId,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessTenantEndpoint struct for ServerlessTenantEndpoint

func NewServerlessTenantEndpoint ¶

func NewServerlessTenantEndpoint() *ServerlessTenantEndpoint

NewServerlessTenantEndpoint instantiates a new ServerlessTenantEndpoint object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointWithDefaults() *ServerlessTenantEndpoint

NewServerlessTenantEndpointWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessTenantEndpoint object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCloudProviderEndpointId() string

GetCloudProviderEndpointId returns the CloudProviderEndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the CloudProviderEndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetComment() string

GetComment returns the Comment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCommentOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetCommentOk returns a tuple with the Comment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetEndpointServiceName() string

GetEndpointServiceName returns the EndpointServiceName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetEndpointServiceNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetEndpointServiceNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetEndpointServiceNameOk returns a tuple with the EndpointServiceName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetErrorMessage() string

GetErrorMessage returns the ErrorMessage field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetErrorMessageOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetErrorMessageOk() (*string, bool)

GetErrorMessageOk returns a tuple with the ErrorMessage field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress() string

GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress returns the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId() string

GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId returns the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateLinkServiceResourceIdOk returns a tuple with the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasCloudProviderEndpointId() bool

HasCloudProviderEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasComment() bool

HasComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasEndpointServiceName() bool

HasEndpointServiceName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasErrorMessage ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasErrorMessage() bool

HasErrorMessage returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress() bool

HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId() bool

HasPrivateLinkServiceResourceId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasProviderName() bool

HasProviderName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessTenantEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantEndpoint) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetCloudProviderEndpointId(v string)

SetCloudProviderEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProviderEndpointId field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetComment(v string)

SetComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Comment field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetEndpointServiceName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetEndpointServiceName(v string)

SetEndpointServiceName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the EndpointServiceName field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetErrorMessage ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetErrorMessage(v string)

SetErrorMessage gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ErrorMessage field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId(v string)

SetPrivateLinkServiceResourceId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateLinkServiceResourceId field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProviderName field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetStatus ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpoint) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (ServerlessTenantEndpoint) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantEndpoint) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate ¶

type ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate struct {
	// Human-readable comment associated with the private endpoint.
	// Write only field.
	Comment *string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cloud provider of the tenant endpoint.
	// Write only field.
	ProviderName string `json:"providerName"`
	// Unique string that identifies the private endpoint's network interface.  Alternatively: Unique string that identifies the Azure private endpoint's network interface for this private endpoint service.
	// Write only field.
	CloudProviderEndpointId *string `json:"cloudProviderEndpointId,omitempty"`
	// IPv4 address of the private endpoint in your Azure VNet that someone added to this private endpoint service.
	// Write only field.
	PrivateEndpointIpAddress *string `json:"privateEndpointIpAddress,omitempty"`
}

ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate Update view for a serverless tenant endpoint.

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate ¶

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate(providerName string) *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate

NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate instantiates a new ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdateWithDefaults() *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate

NewServerlessTenantEndpointUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCloudProviderEndpointId() string

GetCloudProviderEndpointId returns the CloudProviderEndpointId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderEndpointIdOk returns a tuple with the CloudProviderEndpointId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetComment() string

GetComment returns the Comment field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCommentOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetCommentOk() (*string, bool)

GetCommentOk returns a tuple with the Comment field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress() string

GetPrivateEndpointIpAddress returns the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetPrivateEndpointIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetProviderName() string

GetProviderName returns the ProviderName field value

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetProviderNameOk ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) GetProviderNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetProviderNameOk returns a tuple with the ProviderName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasCloudProviderEndpointId() bool

HasCloudProviderEndpointId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasComment() bool

HasComment returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress() bool

HasPrivateEndpointIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetCloudProviderEndpointId ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetCloudProviderEndpointId(v string)

SetCloudProviderEndpointId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CloudProviderEndpointId field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetComment ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetComment(v string)

SetComment gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Comment field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress(v string)

SetPrivateEndpointIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the PrivateEndpointIpAddress field.

func (*ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetProviderName ¶

func (o *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) SetProviderName(v string)

SetProviderName sets field value

func (ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type SetProjectLimitApiParams ¶

type SetProjectLimitApiParams struct {
	LimitName           string
	GroupId             string
	DataFederationLimit *DataFederationLimit
}

type SetProjectLimitApiRequest ¶

type SetProjectLimitApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (SetProjectLimitApiRequest) Execute ¶

type SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams ¶

type SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
	Enable      *bool
}

type SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest ¶

type SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PerformanceAdvisorApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) Enable ¶

Value that we want to set for the Serverless Auto Indexing toggle.

func (SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r SetServerlessAutoIndexingApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type ShardEntry ¶

type ShardEntry struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the collection to be sharded on the destination cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Collection string `json:"collection"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the database that contains the collection to be sharded on the destination cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Database        string    `json:"database"`
	ShardCollection ShardKeys `json:"shardCollection"`
}

ShardEntry Sharding configuration for a collection to be sharded on the destination cluster.

func NewShardEntry ¶

func NewShardEntry(collection string, database string, shardCollection ShardKeys) *ShardEntry

NewShardEntry instantiates a new ShardEntry object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewShardEntryWithDefaults ¶

func NewShardEntryWithDefaults() *ShardEntry

NewShardEntryWithDefaults instantiates a new ShardEntry object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ShardEntry) GetCollection ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value

func (*ShardEntry) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ShardEntry) GetDatabase ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetDatabase() string

GetDatabase returns the Database field value

func (*ShardEntry) GetDatabaseOk ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetDatabaseOk() (*string, bool)

GetDatabaseOk returns a tuple with the Database field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ShardEntry) GetShardCollection ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetShardCollection() ShardKeys

GetShardCollection returns the ShardCollection field value

func (*ShardEntry) GetShardCollectionOk ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) GetShardCollectionOk() (*ShardKeys, bool)

GetShardCollectionOk returns a tuple with the ShardCollection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ShardEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ShardEntry) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ShardEntry) SetCollection ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection sets field value

func (*ShardEntry) SetDatabase ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) SetDatabase(v string)

SetDatabase sets field value

func (*ShardEntry) SetShardCollection ¶

func (o *ShardEntry) SetShardCollection(v ShardKeys)

SetShardCollection sets field value

func (ShardEntry) ToMap ¶

func (o ShardEntry) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ShardKeys ¶

type ShardKeys struct {
	// List of fields to use for the shard key.
	// Write only field.
	Key *[]map[string]interface{} `json:"key,omitempty"`
}

ShardKeys Document that configures the shard key on the destination cluster.

func NewShardKeys ¶

func NewShardKeys() *ShardKeys

NewShardKeys instantiates a new ShardKeys object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewShardKeysWithDefaults ¶

func NewShardKeysWithDefaults() *ShardKeys

NewShardKeysWithDefaults instantiates a new ShardKeys object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ShardKeys) GetKey ¶

func (o *ShardKeys) GetKey() []map[string]interface{}

GetKey returns the Key field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ShardKeys) GetKeyOk ¶

func (o *ShardKeys) GetKeyOk() (*[]map[string]interface{}, bool)

GetKeyOk returns a tuple with the Key field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ShardKeys) HasKey ¶

func (o *ShardKeys) HasKey() bool

HasKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ShardKeys) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ShardKeys) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ShardKeys) SetKey ¶

func (o *ShardKeys) SetKey(v []map[string]interface{})

SetKey gets a reference to the given []map[string]interface{} and assigns it to the Key field.

func (ShardKeys) ToMap ¶

func (o ShardKeys) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ShardingRequest ¶

type ShardingRequest struct {
	// Flag that lets the migration create supporting indexes for the shard keys, if none exists, as the destination cluster also needs compatible indexes for the specified shard keys.
	// Write only field.
	CreateSupportingIndexes bool `json:"createSupportingIndexes"`
	// List of shard configurations to shard destination collections. Atlas shards only those collections that you include in the sharding entries array.
	// Write only field.
	ShardingEntries *[]ShardEntry `json:"shardingEntries,omitempty"`
}

ShardingRequest Document that configures sharding on the destination cluster when migrating from a replica set source to a sharded cluster destination on MongoDB 6.0 or higher. If you don't wish to shard any collections on the destination cluster, leave this empty.

func NewShardingRequest ¶

func NewShardingRequest(createSupportingIndexes bool) *ShardingRequest

NewShardingRequest instantiates a new ShardingRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewShardingRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewShardingRequestWithDefaults() *ShardingRequest

NewShardingRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new ShardingRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ShardingRequest) GetCreateSupportingIndexes ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) GetCreateSupportingIndexes() bool

GetCreateSupportingIndexes returns the CreateSupportingIndexes field value

func (*ShardingRequest) GetCreateSupportingIndexesOk ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) GetCreateSupportingIndexesOk() (*bool, bool)

GetCreateSupportingIndexesOk returns a tuple with the CreateSupportingIndexes field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ShardingRequest) GetShardingEntries ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) GetShardingEntries() []ShardEntry

GetShardingEntries returns the ShardingEntries field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ShardingRequest) GetShardingEntriesOk ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) GetShardingEntriesOk() (*[]ShardEntry, bool)

GetShardingEntriesOk returns a tuple with the ShardingEntries field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ShardingRequest) HasShardingEntries ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) HasShardingEntries() bool

HasShardingEntries returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ShardingRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ShardingRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ShardingRequest) SetCreateSupportingIndexes ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) SetCreateSupportingIndexes(v bool)

SetCreateSupportingIndexes sets field value

func (*ShardingRequest) SetShardingEntries ¶

func (o *ShardingRequest) SetShardingEntries(v []ShardEntry)

SetShardingEntries gets a reference to the given []ShardEntry and assigns it to the ShardingEntries field.

func (ShardingRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o ShardingRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type SharedTierRestoreJobsApi ¶

type SharedTierRestoreJobsApi interface {

	/*
		CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Create One Restore Job from One M2 or M5 Cluster

		[experimental] Restores the specified cluster. MongoDB Cloud limits which clusters can be the target clusters of a restore. The target cluster can't use encryption at rest, run a major release MongoDB version different than the snapshot, or receive client requests during restores. MongoDB Cloud deletes all existing data on the target cluster prior to the restore operation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, tenantRestore *TenantRestore) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Create One Restore Job from One M2 or M5 Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobExecute(r CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*TenantRestore, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One M2 or M5 Cluster

		[experimental] Returns the specified restore job. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param restoreId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
		@return GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, restoreId string) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	/*
		GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One M2 or M5 Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest
	*/
	GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiParams) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobExecute(r GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest) (*TenantRestore, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One M2 or M5 Cluster

		[experimental] Returns all restore jobs for the specified M2 or M5 cluster. Restore jobs restore a cluster using a snapshot. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	/*
		ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One M2 or M5 Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiParams) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsExecute(r ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTenantRestore, *http.Response, error)
}

type SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService ¶

type SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService service

SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService SharedTierRestoreJobsApi service

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, tenantRestore *TenantRestore) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Create One Restore Job from One M2 or M5 Cluster

[experimental] Restores the specified cluster. MongoDB Cloud limits which clusters can be the target clusters of a restore. The target cluster can't use encryption at rest, run a major release MongoDB version different than the snapshot, or receive client requests during restores. MongoDB Cloud deletes all existing data on the target cluster prior to the restore operation. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) CreateSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return TenantRestore

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob ¶

func (a *SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, restoreId string) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJob Return One Restore Job for One M2 or M5 Cluster

[experimental] Returns the specified restore job. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param restoreId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job to return.
@return GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobApiRequest

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return TenantRestore

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs ¶

func (a *SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobs Return All Restore Jobs for One M2 or M5 Cluster

[experimental] Returns all restore jobs for the specified M2 or M5 cluster. Restore jobs restore a cluster using a snapshot. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsApiRequest

func (*SharedTierRestoreJobsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackupRestoreJobsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTenantRestore

type SharedTierSnapshotsApi ¶

type SharedTierSnapshotsApi interface {

	/*
		DownloadSharedClusterBackup Download One M2 or M5 Cluster Snapshot

		[experimental] Requests one snapshot for the specified shared cluster. This resource returns a `snapshotURL` that you can use to download the snapshot. This `snapshotURL` remains active for four hours after you make the request. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadSharedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, tenantRestore *TenantRestore) DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	/*
		DownloadSharedClusterBackup Download One M2 or M5 Cluster Snapshot


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadSharedClusterBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiParams) DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DownloadSharedClusterBackupExecute(r DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest) (*TenantRestore, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetSharedClusterBackup Return One Snapshot for One M2 or M5 Cluster

		[experimental] Returns details for one snapshot for the specified shared cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
		@return GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetSharedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	/*
		GetSharedClusterBackup Return One Snapshot for One M2 or M5 Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetSharedClusterBackupApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest
	*/
	GetSharedClusterBackupWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetSharedClusterBackupApiParams) GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetSharedClusterBackupExecute(r GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest) (*BackupTenantSnapshot, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListSharedClusterBackups Return All Snapshots for One M2 or M5 Cluster

		[experimental] Returns details for all snapshots for the specified shared cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
		@return ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSharedClusterBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	/*
		ListSharedClusterBackups Return All Snapshots for One M2 or M5 Cluster


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListSharedClusterBackupsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest
	*/
	ListSharedClusterBackupsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListSharedClusterBackupsApiParams) ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListSharedClusterBackupsExecute(r ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTenantSnapshot, *http.Response, error)
}

type SharedTierSnapshotsApiService ¶

type SharedTierSnapshotsApiService service

SharedTierSnapshotsApiService SharedTierSnapshotsApi service

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) DownloadSharedClusterBackup ¶

func (a *SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) DownloadSharedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, clusterName string, groupId string, tenantRestore *TenantRestore) DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

DownloadSharedClusterBackup Download One M2 or M5 Cluster Snapshot

[experimental] Requests one snapshot for the specified shared cluster. This resource returns a `snapshotURL` that you can use to download the snapshot. This `snapshotURL` remains active for four hours after you make the request. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DownloadSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) DownloadSharedClusterBackupExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return TenantRestore

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) DownloadSharedClusterBackupWithParams ¶

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackup ¶

func (a *SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackup(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string, snapshotId string) GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

GetSharedClusterBackup Return One Snapshot for One M2 or M5 Cluster

[experimental] Returns details for one snapshot for the specified shared cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@param snapshotId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the desired snapshot.
@return GetSharedClusterBackupApiRequest

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackupExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return BackupTenantSnapshot

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) GetSharedClusterBackupWithParams ¶

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackups ¶

func (a *SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackups(ctx context.Context, groupId string, clusterName string) ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest

ListSharedClusterBackups Return All Snapshots for One M2 or M5 Cluster

[experimental] Returns details for all snapshots for the specified shared cluster. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param clusterName Human-readable label that identifies the cluster.
@return ListSharedClusterBackupsApiRequest

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackupsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTenantSnapshot

func (*SharedTierSnapshotsApiService) ListSharedClusterBackupsWithParams ¶

type Source ¶

type Source struct {
	// Path to the CA certificate that signed SSL certificates use to authenticate to the source cluster.
	CaCertificatePath *string `json:"caCertificatePath,omitempty"`
	// Label that identifies the source cluster name.
	ClusterName string `json:"clusterName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the source project.
	GroupId string `json:"groupId"`
	// Flag that indicates whether MongoDB Automation manages authentication to the source cluster. If true, do not provide values for username and password.
	ManagedAuthentication bool `json:"managedAuthentication"`
	// Password that authenticates the username to the source cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether you have SSL enabled.
	Ssl bool `json:"ssl"`
	// Label that identifies the SCRAM-SHA user that connects to the source cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

Source Document that describes the source of the migration.

func NewSource ¶

func NewSource(clusterName string, groupId string, managedAuthentication bool, ssl bool) *Source

NewSource instantiates a new Source object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewSourceWithDefaults ¶

func NewSourceWithDefaults() *Source

NewSourceWithDefaults instantiates a new Source object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Source) GetCaCertificatePath ¶

func (o *Source) GetCaCertificatePath() string

GetCaCertificatePath returns the CaCertificatePath field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Source) GetCaCertificatePathOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetCaCertificatePathOk() (*string, bool)

GetCaCertificatePathOk returns a tuple with the CaCertificatePath field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *Source) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value

func (*Source) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *Source) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value

func (*Source) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetManagedAuthentication ¶

func (o *Source) GetManagedAuthentication() bool

GetManagedAuthentication returns the ManagedAuthentication field value

func (*Source) GetManagedAuthenticationOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetManagedAuthenticationOk() (*bool, bool)

GetManagedAuthenticationOk returns a tuple with the ManagedAuthentication field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetPassword ¶

func (o *Source) GetPassword() string

GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Source) GetPasswordOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetSsl ¶

func (o *Source) GetSsl() bool

GetSsl returns the Ssl field value

func (*Source) GetSslOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetSslOk() (*bool, bool)

GetSslOk returns a tuple with the Ssl field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) GetUsername ¶

func (o *Source) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Source) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *Source) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Source) HasCaCertificatePath ¶

func (o *Source) HasCaCertificatePath() bool

HasCaCertificatePath returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Source) HasPassword ¶

func (o *Source) HasPassword() bool

HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Source) HasUsername ¶

func (o *Source) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Source) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Source) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Source) SetCaCertificatePath ¶

func (o *Source) SetCaCertificatePath(v string)

SetCaCertificatePath gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CaCertificatePath field.

func (*Source) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *Source) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName sets field value

func (*Source) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *Source) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId sets field value

func (*Source) SetManagedAuthentication ¶

func (o *Source) SetManagedAuthentication(v bool)

SetManagedAuthentication sets field value

func (*Source) SetPassword ¶

func (o *Source) SetPassword(v string)

SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field.

func (*Source) SetSsl ¶

func (o *Source) SetSsl(v bool)

SetSsl sets field value

func (*Source) SetUsername ¶

func (o *Source) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (Source) ToMap ¶

func (o Source) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StartOutageSimulationApiParams ¶

type StartOutageSimulationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                 string
	ClusterName             string
	ClusterOutageSimulation *ClusterOutageSimulation
}

type StartOutageSimulationApiRequest ¶

type StartOutageSimulationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClusterOutageSimulationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartOutageSimulationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type StreamConfig ¶

type StreamConfig struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Selected tier for the Stream Instance. Configures Memory / VCPU allowances.
	Tier *string `json:"tier,omitempty"`
}

StreamConfig Configuration options for an Atlas Stream Processing Instance.

func NewStreamConfig ¶

func NewStreamConfig() *StreamConfig

NewStreamConfig instantiates a new StreamConfig object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamConfigWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamConfigWithDefaults() *StreamConfig

NewStreamConfigWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamConfig object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *StreamConfig) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamConfig) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamConfig) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamConfig) GetTier ¶

func (o *StreamConfig) GetTier() string

GetTier returns the Tier field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamConfig) GetTierOk ¶

func (o *StreamConfig) GetTierOk() (*string, bool)

GetTierOk returns a tuple with the Tier field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamConfig) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamConfig) HasTier ¶

func (o *StreamConfig) HasTier() bool

HasTier returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamConfig) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *StreamConfig) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamConfig) SetTier ¶

func (o *StreamConfig) SetTier(v string)

SetTier gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Tier field.

func (StreamConfig) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamConfig) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StreamsApi ¶

type StreamsApi interface {

	/*
		CreateStreamConnection Create One Connection

		[experimental] Creates one connection for a stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
		@return CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	CreateStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, streamsConnection *StreamsConnection) CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		CreateStreamConnection Create One Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateStreamConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	CreateStreamConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateStreamConnectionApiParams) CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateStreamConnectionExecute(r CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest) (*StreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateStreamInstance Create One Stream Instance

		[experimental] Creates one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, streamsTenant *StreamsTenant) CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		CreateStreamInstance Create One Stream Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateStreamInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	CreateStreamInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateStreamInstanceApiParams) CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateStreamInstanceExecute(r CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteStreamConnection Delete One Stream Connection

		[experimental] Delete one connection of the specified stream instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
		@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection.
		@return DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string) DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteStreamConnection Delete One Stream Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteStreamConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteStreamConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteStreamConnectionApiParams) DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteStreamConnectionExecute(r DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteStreamInstance Delete One Stream Instance

		[experimental] Delete one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to delete.
		@return DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteStreamInstance Delete One Stream Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteStreamInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteStreamInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteStreamInstanceApiParams) DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteStreamInstanceExecute(r DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs Download Audit Logs for One Atlas Stream Processing Instance

		[experimental] Downloads the audit logs for the specified Atlas Streams Processing instance. By default, logs cover periods of 30 days. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles or Project Data Access Read Write roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
		@return DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest
	/*
		DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs Download Audit Logs for One Atlas Stream Processing Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest
	*/
	DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiParams) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsExecute(r DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetStreamConnection Return One Stream Connection

		[experimental] Returns the details of one stream connection within the specified stream instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to return.
		@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection to return.
		@return GetStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	GetStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string) GetStreamConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		GetStreamConnection Return One Stream Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetStreamConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	GetStreamConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetStreamConnectionApiParams) GetStreamConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetStreamConnectionExecute(r GetStreamConnectionApiRequest) (*StreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetStreamInstance Return One Stream Instance

		[experimental] Returns the details of one stream instance within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to return.
		@return GetStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	GetStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) GetStreamInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		GetStreamInstance Return One Stream Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetStreamInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	GetStreamInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetStreamInstanceApiParams) GetStreamInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetStreamInstanceExecute(r GetStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListStreamConnections Return All Connections Of The Stream Instances

		[experimental] Returns all connections of the stream instance for the specified project.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
		@return ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListStreamConnections(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest
	/*
		ListStreamConnections Return All Connections Of The Stream Instances


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListStreamConnectionsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest
	*/
	ListStreamConnectionsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListStreamConnectionsApiParams) ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListStreamConnectionsExecute(r ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiStreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListStreamInstances Return All Project Stream Instances

		[experimental] Returns all stream instances for the specified project.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListStreamInstancesApiRequest
	*/
	ListStreamInstances(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListStreamInstancesApiRequest
	/*
		ListStreamInstances Return All Project Stream Instances


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListStreamInstancesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListStreamInstancesApiRequest
	*/
	ListStreamInstancesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListStreamInstancesApiParams) ListStreamInstancesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListStreamInstancesExecute(r ListStreamInstancesApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiStreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateStreamConnection Update One Stream Connection

		[experimental] Update one connection for the specified stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
		@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection.
		@return UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string, streamsConnection *StreamsConnection) UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateStreamConnection Update One Stream Connection


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateStreamConnectionApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateStreamConnectionWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateStreamConnectionApiParams) UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateStreamConnectionExecute(r UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest) (*StreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateStreamInstance Update One Stream Instance

		[experimental] Update one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to update.
		@return UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, streamsDataProcessRegion *StreamsDataProcessRegion) UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateStreamInstance Update One Stream Instance


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateStreamInstanceApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateStreamInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateStreamInstanceApiParams) UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateStreamInstanceExecute(r UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)
}

type StreamsApiService ¶

type StreamsApiService service

StreamsApiService StreamsApi service

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamConnection ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) CreateStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, streamsConnection *StreamsConnection) CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest

CreateStreamConnection Create One Connection

[experimental] Creates one connection for a stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
@return CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamConnectionExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) CreateStreamConnectionExecute(r CreateStreamConnectionApiRequest) (*StreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsConnection

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamInstance ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) CreateStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, streamsTenant *StreamsTenant) CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest

CreateStreamInstance Create One Stream Instance

[experimental] Creates one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamInstanceExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) CreateStreamInstanceExecute(r CreateStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsTenant

func (*StreamsApiService) CreateStreamInstanceWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamConnection ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string) DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest

DeleteStreamConnection Delete One Stream Connection

[experimental] Delete one connection of the specified stream instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection.
@return DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamConnectionExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamConnectionExecute(r DeleteStreamConnectionApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamInstance ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest

DeleteStreamInstance Delete One Stream Instance

[experimental] Delete one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to delete.
@return DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamInstanceExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamInstanceExecute(r DeleteStreamInstanceApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*StreamsApiService) DeleteStreamInstanceWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest

DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogs Download Audit Logs for One Atlas Stream Processing Instance

[experimental] Downloads the audit logs for the specified Atlas Streams Processing instance. By default, logs cover periods of 30 days. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles or Project Data Access Read Write roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
@return DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsExecute(r DownloadStreamTenantAuditLogsApiRequest) (io.ReadCloser, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return io.ReadCloser

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamConnection ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) GetStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string) GetStreamConnectionApiRequest

GetStreamConnection Return One Stream Connection

[experimental] Returns the details of one stream connection within the specified stream instance. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to return.
@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection to return.
@return GetStreamConnectionApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamConnectionExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsConnection

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstance ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) GetStreamInstanceApiRequest

GetStreamInstance Return One Stream Instance

[experimental] Returns the details of one stream instance within the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to return.
@return GetStreamInstanceApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstanceExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstanceExecute(r GetStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsTenant

func (*StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstanceWithParams ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) GetStreamInstanceWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetStreamInstanceApiParams) GetStreamInstanceApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamConnections ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) ListStreamConnections(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string) ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest

ListStreamConnections Return All Connections Of The Stream Instances

[experimental] Returns all connections of the stream instance for the specified project.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
@return ListStreamConnectionsApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamConnectionsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiStreamsConnection

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamConnectionsWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamInstances ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) ListStreamInstances(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListStreamInstancesApiRequest

ListStreamInstances Return All Project Stream Instances

[experimental] Returns all stream instances for the specified project.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListStreamInstancesApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamInstancesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiStreamsTenant

func (*StreamsApiService) ListStreamInstancesWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamConnection ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamConnection(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, connectionName string, streamsConnection *StreamsConnection) UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest

UpdateStreamConnection Update One Stream Connection

[experimental] Update one connection for the specified stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
@param connectionName Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection.
@return UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamConnectionExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamConnectionExecute(r UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest) (*StreamsConnection, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsConnection

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamConnectionWithParams ¶

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamInstance ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamInstance(ctx context.Context, groupId string, tenantName string, streamsDataProcessRegion *StreamsDataProcessRegion) UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest

UpdateStreamInstance Update One Stream Instance

[experimental] Update one stream instance in the specified project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner roles.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param tenantName Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance to update.
@return UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamInstanceExecute ¶

func (a *StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamInstanceExecute(r UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest) (*StreamsTenant, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return StreamsTenant

func (*StreamsApiService) UpdateStreamInstanceWithParams ¶

type StreamsConnection ¶

type StreamsConnection struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the stream connection. In the case of the Sample type, this is the name of the sample source.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Type of the connection. Can be either Cluster or Kafka.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Name of the cluster configured for this connection.
	ClusterName     *string                     `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	DbRoleToExecute *DBRoleToExecute            `json:"dbRoleToExecute,omitempty"`
	Authentication  *StreamsKafkaAuthentication `json:"authentication,omitempty"`
	// Comma separated list of server addresses.
	BootstrapServers *string `json:"bootstrapServers,omitempty"`
	// A map of Kafka key-value pairs for optional configuration. This is a flat object, and keys can have '.' characters.
	Config   *map[string]string    `json:"config,omitempty"`
	Security *StreamsKafkaSecurity `json:"security,omitempty"`
}

StreamsConnection Settings that define a connection to an external data store.

func NewStreamsConnection ¶

func NewStreamsConnection() *StreamsConnection

NewStreamsConnection instantiates a new StreamsConnection object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamsConnectionWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamsConnectionWithDefaults() *StreamsConnection

NewStreamsConnectionWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamsConnection object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*StreamsConnection) GetAuthentication ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetAuthentication() StreamsKafkaAuthentication

GetAuthentication returns the Authentication field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetAuthenticationOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetAuthenticationOk() (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication, bool)

GetAuthenticationOk returns a tuple with the Authentication field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetBootstrapServers ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetBootstrapServers() string

GetBootstrapServers returns the BootstrapServers field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetBootstrapServersOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetBootstrapServersOk() (*string, bool)

GetBootstrapServersOk returns a tuple with the BootstrapServers field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetConfig() map[string]string

GetConfig returns the Config field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetConfigOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetConfigOk() (*map[string]string, bool)

GetConfigOk returns a tuple with the Config field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetDbRoleToExecute ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetDbRoleToExecute() DBRoleToExecute

GetDbRoleToExecute returns the DbRoleToExecute field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetDbRoleToExecuteOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetDbRoleToExecuteOk() (*DBRoleToExecute, bool)

GetDbRoleToExecuteOk returns a tuple with the DbRoleToExecute field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetSecurity ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetSecurity() StreamsKafkaSecurity

GetSecurity returns the Security field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetSecurityOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetSecurityOk() (*StreamsKafkaSecurity, bool)

GetSecurityOk returns a tuple with the Security field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) GetType ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsConnection) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasAuthentication ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasAuthentication() bool

HasAuthentication returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasBootstrapServers ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasBootstrapServers() bool

HasBootstrapServers returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasConfig() bool

HasConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasDbRoleToExecute ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasDbRoleToExecute() bool

HasDbRoleToExecute returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasSecurity ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasSecurity() bool

HasSecurity returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsConnection) HasType ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamsConnection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamsConnection) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*StreamsConnection) SetAuthentication ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetAuthentication(v StreamsKafkaAuthentication)

SetAuthentication gets a reference to the given StreamsKafkaAuthentication and assigns it to the Authentication field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetBootstrapServers ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetBootstrapServers(v string)

SetBootstrapServers gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BootstrapServers field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetConfig(v map[string]string)

SetConfig gets a reference to the given map[string]string and assigns it to the Config field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetDbRoleToExecute ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetDbRoleToExecute(v DBRoleToExecute)

SetDbRoleToExecute gets a reference to the given DBRoleToExecute and assigns it to the DbRoleToExecute field.

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetName ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetSecurity ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetSecurity(v StreamsKafkaSecurity)

SetSecurity gets a reference to the given StreamsKafkaSecurity and assigns it to the Security field.

func (*StreamsConnection) SetType ¶

func (o *StreamsConnection) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (StreamsConnection) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamsConnection) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StreamsDataProcessRegion ¶

type StreamsDataProcessRegion struct {
	// Label that identifies the cloud service provider where MongoDB Cloud performs stream processing. Currently, this parameter supports AWS only.
	CloudProvider string `json:"cloudProvider"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Name of the cloud provider region hosting Atlas Stream Processing.
	Region string `json:"region"`
}

StreamsDataProcessRegion Information about the cloud provider region in which MongoDB Cloud processes the stream.

func NewStreamsDataProcessRegion ¶

func NewStreamsDataProcessRegion(cloudProvider string, region string) *StreamsDataProcessRegion

NewStreamsDataProcessRegion instantiates a new StreamsDataProcessRegion object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamsDataProcessRegionWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamsDataProcessRegionWithDefaults() *StreamsDataProcessRegion

NewStreamsDataProcessRegionWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamsDataProcessRegion object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProvider() string

GetCloudProvider returns the CloudProvider field value

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetCloudProviderOk() (*string, bool)

GetCloudProviderOk returns a tuple with the CloudProvider field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetRegion ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamsDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamsDataProcessRegion) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) SetCloudProvider(v string)

SetCloudProvider sets field value

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamsDataProcessRegion) SetRegion ¶

func (o *StreamsDataProcessRegion) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion sets field value

func (StreamsDataProcessRegion) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamsDataProcessRegion) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StreamsKafkaAuthentication ¶

type StreamsKafkaAuthentication struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Style of authentication. Can be one of PLAIN, SCRAM-256, or SCRAM-512.
	Mechanism *string `json:"mechanism,omitempty"`
	// Password of the account to connect to the Kafka cluster.
	// Write only field.
	Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"`
	// Username of the account to connect to the Kafka cluster.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
}

StreamsKafkaAuthentication User credentials required to connect to a Kafka Cluster. Includes the authentication type, as well as the parameters for that authentication mode.

func NewStreamsKafkaAuthentication ¶

func NewStreamsKafkaAuthentication() *StreamsKafkaAuthentication

NewStreamsKafkaAuthentication instantiates a new StreamsKafkaAuthentication object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamsKafkaAuthenticationWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamsKafkaAuthenticationWithDefaults() *StreamsKafkaAuthentication

NewStreamsKafkaAuthenticationWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamsKafkaAuthentication object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetMechanism ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetMechanism() string

GetMechanism returns the Mechanism field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetMechanismOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetMechanismOk() (*string, bool)

GetMechanismOk returns a tuple with the Mechanism field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetPassword ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetPassword() string

GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetPasswordOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetUsername ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasMechanism ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasMechanism() bool

HasMechanism returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasPassword ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasPassword() bool

HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasUsername ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamsKafkaAuthentication) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamsKafkaAuthentication) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetMechanism ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetMechanism(v string)

SetMechanism gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Mechanism field.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetPassword ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetPassword(v string)

SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field.

func (*StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetUsername ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaAuthentication) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (StreamsKafkaAuthentication) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamsKafkaAuthentication) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StreamsKafkaSecurity ¶

type StreamsKafkaSecurity struct {
	// A trusted, public x509 certificate for connecting to Kafka over SSL.
	BrokerPublicCertificate *string `json:"brokerPublicCertificate,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Describes the transport type. Can be either PLAINTEXT or SSL.
	Protocol *string `json:"protocol,omitempty"`
}

StreamsKafkaSecurity Properties for the secure transport connection to Kafka. For SSL, this can include the trusted certificate to use.

func NewStreamsKafkaSecurity ¶

func NewStreamsKafkaSecurity() *StreamsKafkaSecurity

NewStreamsKafkaSecurity instantiates a new StreamsKafkaSecurity object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamsKafkaSecurityWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamsKafkaSecurityWithDefaults() *StreamsKafkaSecurity

NewStreamsKafkaSecurityWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamsKafkaSecurity object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetBrokerPublicCertificate ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetBrokerPublicCertificate() string

GetBrokerPublicCertificate returns the BrokerPublicCertificate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetBrokerPublicCertificateOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetBrokerPublicCertificateOk() (*string, bool)

GetBrokerPublicCertificateOk returns a tuple with the BrokerPublicCertificate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetProtocol ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetProtocol() string

GetProtocol returns the Protocol field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetProtocolOk ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) GetProtocolOk() (*string, bool)

GetProtocolOk returns a tuple with the Protocol field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) HasBrokerPublicCertificate ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) HasBrokerPublicCertificate() bool

HasBrokerPublicCertificate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) HasProtocol ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) HasProtocol() bool

HasProtocol returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamsKafkaSecurity) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamsKafkaSecurity) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) SetBrokerPublicCertificate ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) SetBrokerPublicCertificate(v string)

SetBrokerPublicCertificate gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the BrokerPublicCertificate field.

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamsKafkaSecurity) SetProtocol ¶

func (o *StreamsKafkaSecurity) SetProtocol(v string)

SetProtocol gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Protocol field.

func (StreamsKafkaSecurity) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamsKafkaSecurity) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type StreamsTenant ¶

type StreamsTenant struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// List of connections configured in the stream instance.
	// Read only field.
	Connections       *[]StreamsConnection      `json:"connections,omitempty"`
	DataProcessRegion *StreamsDataProcessRegion `json:"dataProcessRegion,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List that contains the hostnames assigned to the stream instance.
	// Read only field.
	Hostnames *[]string `json:"hostnames,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the stream instance.
	Name         *string       `json:"name,omitempty"`
	StreamConfig *StreamConfig `json:"streamConfig,omitempty"`
}

StreamsTenant struct for StreamsTenant

func NewStreamsTenant ¶

func NewStreamsTenant() *StreamsTenant

NewStreamsTenant instantiates a new StreamsTenant object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewStreamsTenantWithDefaults ¶

func NewStreamsTenantWithDefaults() *StreamsTenant

NewStreamsTenantWithDefaults instantiates a new StreamsTenant object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*StreamsTenant) GetConnections ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetConnections() []StreamsConnection

GetConnections returns the Connections field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetConnectionsOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetConnectionsOk() (*[]StreamsConnection, bool)

GetConnectionsOk returns a tuple with the Connections field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetDataProcessRegion() StreamsDataProcessRegion

GetDataProcessRegion returns the DataProcessRegion field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetDataProcessRegionOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetDataProcessRegionOk() (*StreamsDataProcessRegion, bool)

GetDataProcessRegionOk returns a tuple with the DataProcessRegion field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetHostnames ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetHostnames() []string

GetHostnames returns the Hostnames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetHostnamesOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetHostnamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetHostnamesOk returns a tuple with the Hostnames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetName ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) GetStreamConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetStreamConfig() StreamConfig

GetStreamConfig returns the StreamConfig field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*StreamsTenant) GetStreamConfigOk ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) GetStreamConfigOk() (*StreamConfig, bool)

GetStreamConfigOk returns a tuple with the StreamConfig field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasConnections ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasConnections() bool

HasConnections returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasDataProcessRegion() bool

HasDataProcessRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasHostnames ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasHostnames() bool

HasHostnames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasName ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*StreamsTenant) HasStreamConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) HasStreamConfig() bool

HasStreamConfig returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (StreamsTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o StreamsTenant) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*StreamsTenant) SetConnections ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetConnections(v []StreamsConnection)

SetConnections gets a reference to the given []StreamsConnection and assigns it to the Connections field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetDataProcessRegion ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetDataProcessRegion(v StreamsDataProcessRegion)

SetDataProcessRegion gets a reference to the given StreamsDataProcessRegion and assigns it to the DataProcessRegion field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetHostnames ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetHostnames(v []string)

SetHostnames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Hostnames field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetId ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetName ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (*StreamsTenant) SetStreamConfig ¶

func (o *StreamsTenant) SetStreamConfig(v StreamConfig)

SetStreamConfig gets a reference to the given StreamConfig and assigns it to the StreamConfig field.

func (StreamsTenant) ToMap ¶

func (o StreamsTenant) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type SynonymSource ¶

type SynonymSource struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the MongoDB collection that stores words and their applicable synonyms.
	Collection string `json:"collection"`
}

SynonymSource Data set that stores the mapping one or more words map to one or more synonyms of those words.

func NewSynonymSource ¶

func NewSynonymSource(collection string) *SynonymSource

NewSynonymSource instantiates a new SynonymSource object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewSynonymSourceWithDefaults ¶

func NewSynonymSourceWithDefaults() *SynonymSource

NewSynonymSourceWithDefaults instantiates a new SynonymSource object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*SynonymSource) GetCollection ¶

func (o *SynonymSource) GetCollection() string

GetCollection returns the Collection field value

func (*SynonymSource) GetCollectionOk ¶

func (o *SynonymSource) GetCollectionOk() (*string, bool)

GetCollectionOk returns a tuple with the Collection field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (SynonymSource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o SynonymSource) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*SynonymSource) SetCollection ¶

func (o *SynonymSource) SetCollection(v string)

SetCollection sets field value

func (SynonymSource) ToMap ¶

func (o SynonymSource) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type SystemStatus ¶

type SystemStatus struct {
	ApiKey ApiKey `json:"apiKey"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the service from which you requested this response.
	// Read only field.
	AppName string `json:"appName"`
	// Unique 40-hexadecimal digit hash that identifies the latest git commit merged for this application.
	// Read only field.
	Build string `json:"build"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone enabled throttling on this service.
	// Read only field.
	Throttling bool `json:"throttling"`
}

SystemStatus struct for SystemStatus

func NewSystemStatus ¶

func NewSystemStatus(apiKey ApiKey, appName string, build string, throttling bool) *SystemStatus

NewSystemStatus instantiates a new SystemStatus object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewSystemStatusWithDefaults ¶

func NewSystemStatusWithDefaults() *SystemStatus

NewSystemStatusWithDefaults instantiates a new SystemStatus object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*SystemStatus) GetApiKey ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetApiKey() ApiKey

GetApiKey returns the ApiKey field value

func (*SystemStatus) GetApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetApiKeyOk() (*ApiKey, bool)

GetApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the ApiKey field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SystemStatus) GetAppName ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetAppName() string

GetAppName returns the AppName field value

func (*SystemStatus) GetAppNameOk ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetAppNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetAppNameOk returns a tuple with the AppName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SystemStatus) GetBuild ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetBuild() string

GetBuild returns the Build field value

func (*SystemStatus) GetBuildOk ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetBuildOk() (*string, bool)

GetBuildOk returns a tuple with the Build field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *SystemStatus) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*SystemStatus) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*SystemStatus) GetThrottling ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetThrottling() bool

GetThrottling returns the Throttling field value

func (*SystemStatus) GetThrottlingOk ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) GetThrottlingOk() (*bool, bool)

GetThrottlingOk returns a tuple with the Throttling field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *SystemStatus) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (SystemStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o SystemStatus) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*SystemStatus) SetApiKey ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) SetApiKey(v ApiKey)

SetApiKey sets field value

func (*SystemStatus) SetAppName ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) SetAppName(v string)

SetAppName sets field value

func (*SystemStatus) SetBuild ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) SetBuild(v string)

SetBuild sets field value

func (o *SystemStatus) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*SystemStatus) SetThrottling ¶

func (o *SystemStatus) SetThrottling(v bool)

SetThrottling sets field value

func (SystemStatus) ToMap ¶

func (o SystemStatus) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TakeSnapshotApiParams ¶

type TakeSnapshotApiParams struct {
	GroupId                           string
	ClusterName                       string
	DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest *DiskBackupOnDemandSnapshotRequest
}

type TakeSnapshotApiRequest ¶

type TakeSnapshotApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TakeSnapshotApiRequest) Execute ¶

type TargetOrg ¶

type TargetOrg struct {
	// Link token that contains all the information required to complete the link.
	LinkToken string `json:"linkToken"`
}

TargetOrg struct for TargetOrg

func NewTargetOrg ¶

func NewTargetOrg(linkToken string) *TargetOrg

NewTargetOrg instantiates a new TargetOrg object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTargetOrgWithDefaults ¶

func NewTargetOrgWithDefaults() *TargetOrg

NewTargetOrgWithDefaults instantiates a new TargetOrg object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*TargetOrg) GetLinkToken ¶

func (o *TargetOrg) GetLinkToken() string

GetLinkToken returns the LinkToken field value

func (*TargetOrg) GetLinkTokenOk ¶

func (o *TargetOrg) GetLinkTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetLinkTokenOk returns a tuple with the LinkToken field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (TargetOrg) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TargetOrg) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*TargetOrg) SetLinkToken ¶

func (o *TargetOrg) SetLinkToken(v string)

SetLinkToken sets field value

func (TargetOrg) ToMap ¶

func (o TargetOrg) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TargetOrgRequest ¶

type TargetOrgRequest struct {
	// IP address access list entries associated with the API key.
	AccessListIps *[]string `json:"accessListIps,omitempty"`
}

TargetOrgRequest struct for TargetOrgRequest

func NewTargetOrgRequest ¶

func NewTargetOrgRequest() *TargetOrgRequest

NewTargetOrgRequest instantiates a new TargetOrgRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTargetOrgRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewTargetOrgRequestWithDefaults() *TargetOrgRequest

NewTargetOrgRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new TargetOrgRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*TargetOrgRequest) GetAccessListIps ¶

func (o *TargetOrgRequest) GetAccessListIps() []string

GetAccessListIps returns the AccessListIps field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TargetOrgRequest) GetAccessListIpsOk ¶

func (o *TargetOrgRequest) GetAccessListIpsOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetAccessListIpsOk returns a tuple with the AccessListIps field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TargetOrgRequest) HasAccessListIps ¶

func (o *TargetOrgRequest) HasAccessListIps() bool

HasAccessListIps returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TargetOrgRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TargetOrgRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*TargetOrgRequest) SetAccessListIps ¶

func (o *TargetOrgRequest) SetAccessListIps(v []string)

SetAccessListIps gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the AccessListIps field.

func (TargetOrgRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o TargetOrgRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type Team ¶

type Team struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this team.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the team.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// List that contains the MongoDB Cloud users in this team.
	Usernames *[]string `json:"usernames,omitempty"`
}

Team struct for Team

func NewTeam ¶

func NewTeam(name string) *Team

NewTeam instantiates a new Team object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTeamWithDefaults ¶

func NewTeamWithDefaults() *Team

NewTeamWithDefaults instantiates a new Team object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*Team) GetId ¶

func (o *Team) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Team) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *Team) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *Team) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Team) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *Team) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Team) GetName ¶

func (o *Team) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*Team) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *Team) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Team) GetUsernames ¶

func (o *Team) GetUsernames() []string

GetUsernames returns the Usernames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*Team) GetUsernamesOk ¶

func (o *Team) GetUsernamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetUsernamesOk returns a tuple with the Usernames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*Team) HasId ¶

func (o *Team) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *Team) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*Team) HasUsernames ¶

func (o *Team) HasUsernames() bool

HasUsernames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (Team) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o Team) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*Team) SetId ¶

func (o *Team) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *Team) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*Team) SetName ¶

func (o *Team) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*Team) SetUsernames ¶

func (o *Team) SetUsernames(v []string)

SetUsernames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Usernames field.

func (Team) ToMap ¶

func (o Team) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TeamResponse ¶

type TeamResponse struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies this team.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the team.
	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

TeamResponse struct for TeamResponse

func NewTeamResponse ¶

func NewTeamResponse() *TeamResponse

NewTeamResponse instantiates a new TeamResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTeamResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewTeamResponseWithDefaults() *TeamResponse

NewTeamResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new TeamResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*TeamResponse) GetId ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamResponse) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *TeamResponse) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamResponse) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TeamResponse) GetName ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamResponse) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TeamResponse) HasId ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *TeamResponse) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TeamResponse) HasName ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) HasName() bool

HasName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TeamResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TeamResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*TeamResponse) SetId ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *TeamResponse) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*TeamResponse) SetName ¶

func (o *TeamResponse) SetName(v string)

SetName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Name field.

func (TeamResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o TeamResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TeamRole ¶

type TeamRole struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// One or more organization- or project-level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	RoleNames *[]string `json:"roleNames,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the team.
	TeamId *string `json:"teamId,omitempty"`
}

TeamRole struct for TeamRole

func NewTeamRole ¶

func NewTeamRole() *TeamRole

NewTeamRole instantiates a new TeamRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTeamRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewTeamRoleWithDefaults() *TeamRole

NewTeamRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new TeamRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *TeamRole) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamRole) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *TeamRole) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TeamRole) GetRoleNames ¶

func (o *TeamRole) GetRoleNames() []string

GetRoleNames returns the RoleNames field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamRole) GetRoleNamesOk ¶

func (o *TeamRole) GetRoleNamesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRoleNamesOk returns a tuple with the RoleNames field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TeamRole) GetTeamId ¶

func (o *TeamRole) GetTeamId() string

GetTeamId returns the TeamId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamRole) GetTeamIdOk ¶

func (o *TeamRole) GetTeamIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamIdOk returns a tuple with the TeamId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *TeamRole) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TeamRole) HasRoleNames ¶

func (o *TeamRole) HasRoleNames() bool

HasRoleNames returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TeamRole) HasTeamId ¶

func (o *TeamRole) HasTeamId() bool

HasTeamId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TeamRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TeamRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *TeamRole) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*TeamRole) SetRoleNames ¶

func (o *TeamRole) SetRoleNames(v []string)

SetRoleNames gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the RoleNames field.

func (*TeamRole) SetTeamId ¶

func (o *TeamRole) SetTeamId(v string)

SetTeamId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamId field.

func (TeamRole) ToMap ¶

func (o TeamRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TeamUpdate ¶

type TeamUpdate struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the team.
	// Write only field.
	Name string `json:"name"`
}

TeamUpdate struct for TeamUpdate

func NewTeamUpdate ¶

func NewTeamUpdate(name string) *TeamUpdate

NewTeamUpdate instantiates a new TeamUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTeamUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewTeamUpdateWithDefaults() *TeamUpdate

NewTeamUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new TeamUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *TeamUpdate) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TeamUpdate) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *TeamUpdate) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TeamUpdate) GetName ¶

func (o *TeamUpdate) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*TeamUpdate) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *TeamUpdate) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *TeamUpdate) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TeamUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TeamUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *TeamUpdate) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*TeamUpdate) SetName ¶

func (o *TeamUpdate) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (TeamUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o TeamUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TeamsApi ¶

type TeamsApi interface {

	/*
		AddAllTeamsToProject Add One or More Teams to One Project

		Adds one team to the specified project. All members of the team share the same project access. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of users to a maximum of 100 teams per project and a maximum of 250 teams per organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest
	*/
	AddAllTeamsToProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamRole *[]TeamRole) AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest
	/*
		AddAllTeamsToProject Add One or More Teams to One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AddAllTeamsToProjectApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest
	*/
	AddAllTeamsToProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddAllTeamsToProjectApiParams) AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AddAllTeamsToProjectExecute(r AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeamRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		AddTeamUser Assign MongoDB Cloud Users from One Organization to One Team

		Adds one or more MongoDB Cloud users from the specified organization to the specified team. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. You can assign up to 250 MongoDB Cloud users from one organization to one team. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the team to which you want to add MongoDB Cloud users.
		@return AddTeamUserApiRequest
	*/
	AddTeamUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, addUserToTeam *[]AddUserToTeam) AddTeamUserApiRequest
	/*
		AddTeamUser Assign MongoDB Cloud Users from One Organization to One Team


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param AddTeamUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return AddTeamUserApiRequest
	*/
	AddTeamUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddTeamUserApiParams) AddTeamUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	AddTeamUserExecute(r AddTeamUserApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		CreateTeam Create One Team in One Organization

		Creates one team in the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of teams to a maximum of 250 teams per organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return CreateTeamApiRequest
	*/
	CreateTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, team *Team) CreateTeamApiRequest
	/*
		CreateTeam Create One Team in One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateTeamApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateTeamApiRequest
	*/
	CreateTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateTeamApiParams) CreateTeamApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateTeamExecute(r CreateTeamApiRequest) (*Team, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteTeam Remove One Team from One Organization

		Removes one team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier from the organization specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to delete.
		@return DeleteTeamApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) DeleteTeamApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteTeam Remove One Team from One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteTeamApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteTeamApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteTeamApiParams) DeleteTeamApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteTeamExecute(r DeleteTeamApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetTeamById Return One Team using its ID

		Returns one team that you identified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit ID. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team whose information you want to return.
		@return GetTeamByIdApiRequest
	*/
	GetTeamById(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) GetTeamByIdApiRequest
	/*
		GetTeamById Return One Team using its ID


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetTeamByIdApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetTeamByIdApiRequest
	*/
	GetTeamByIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetTeamByIdApiParams) GetTeamByIdApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetTeamByIdExecute(r GetTeamByIdApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetTeamByName Return One Team using its Name

		Returns one team that you identified using its human-readable name. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamName Name of the team whose information you want to return.
		@return GetTeamByNameApiRequest
	*/
	GetTeamByName(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamName string) GetTeamByNameApiRequest
	/*
		GetTeamByName Return One Team using its Name


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetTeamByNameApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetTeamByNameApiRequest
	*/
	GetTeamByNameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetTeamByNameApiParams) GetTeamByNameApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetTeamByNameExecute(r GetTeamByNameApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListOrganizationTeams Return All Teams in One Organization

		Returns all teams that belong to the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. MongoDB Cloud only returns teams for which you have access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@return ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationTeams(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest
	/*
		ListOrganizationTeams Return All Teams in One Organization


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListOrganizationTeamsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest
	*/
	ListOrganizationTeamsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationTeamsApiParams) ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListOrganizationTeamsExecute(r ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeam, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListProjectTeams Return All Teams in One Project

		Returns all teams to which the authenticated user has access in the project specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. All members of the team share the same project access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListProjectTeamsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectTeams(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest
	/*
		ListProjectTeams Return All Teams in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListProjectTeamsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListProjectTeamsApiRequest
	*/
	ListProjectTeamsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectTeamsApiParams) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListProjectTeamsExecute(r ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeamRole, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListTeamUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users Assigned to One Team

		Returns all MongoDB Cloud users assigned to the team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team whose application users you want to return.
		@return ListTeamUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListTeamUsers(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) ListTeamUsersApiRequest
	/*
		ListTeamUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users Assigned to One Team


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListTeamUsersApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListTeamUsersApiRequest
	*/
	ListTeamUsersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListTeamUsersApiParams) ListTeamUsersApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListTeamUsersExecute(r ListTeamUsersApiRequest) (*PaginatedApiAppUser, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveProjectTeam Remove One Team from One Project

		Removes one team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier from the project specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to remove from the specified project.
		@return RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectTeam(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamId string) RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveProjectTeam Remove One Team from One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveProjectTeamApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveProjectTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveProjectTeamApiParams) RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveProjectTeamExecute(r RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		RemoveTeamUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Team

		Removes one MongoDB Cloud user from the specified team. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team from which you want to remove one database application user.
		@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies MongoDB Cloud user that you want to remove from the specified team.
		@return RemoveTeamUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveTeamUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, userId string) RemoveTeamUserApiRequest
	/*
		RemoveTeamUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Team


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RemoveTeamUserApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RemoveTeamUserApiRequest
	*/
	RemoveTeamUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveTeamUserApiParams) RemoveTeamUserApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RemoveTeamUserExecute(r RemoveTeamUserApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

	/*
		RenameTeam Rename One Team

		[experimental] Renames one team in the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to rename.
		@return RenameTeamApiRequest
	*/
	RenameTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, teamUpdate *TeamUpdate) RenameTeamApiRequest
	/*
		RenameTeam Rename One Team


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param RenameTeamApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return RenameTeamApiRequest
	*/
	RenameTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RenameTeamApiParams) RenameTeamApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	RenameTeamExecute(r RenameTeamApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateTeamRoles Update Team Roles in One Project

		Updates the project roles assigned to the specified team. You can grant team roles for specific projects and grant project access roles to users in the team. All members of the team share the same project access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team for which you want to update roles.
		@return UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateTeamRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamId string, teamRole *TeamRole) UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateTeamRoles Update Team Roles in One Project


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateTeamRolesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateTeamRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateTeamRolesApiParams) UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateTeamRolesExecute(r UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeamRole, *http.Response, error)
}

type TeamsApiService ¶

type TeamsApiService service

TeamsApiService TeamsApi service

func (*TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProject ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProject(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamRole *[]TeamRole) AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest

AddAllTeamsToProject Add One or More Teams to One Project

Adds one team to the specified project. All members of the team share the same project access. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of users to a maximum of 100 teams per project and a maximum of 250 teams per organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProjectExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProjectExecute(r AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeamRole, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTeamRole

func (*TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProjectWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) AddAllTeamsToProjectWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddAllTeamsToProjectApiParams) AddAllTeamsToProjectApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) AddTeamUser ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) AddTeamUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, addUserToTeam *[]AddUserToTeam) AddTeamUserApiRequest

AddTeamUser Assign MongoDB Cloud Users from One Organization to One Team

Adds one or more MongoDB Cloud users from the specified organization to the specified team. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. You can assign up to 250 MongoDB Cloud users from one organization to one team. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the team to which you want to add MongoDB Cloud users.
@return AddTeamUserApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) AddTeamUserExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAppUser

func (*TeamsApiService) AddTeamUserWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) AddTeamUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *AddTeamUserApiParams) AddTeamUserApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) CreateTeam ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) CreateTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, team *Team) CreateTeamApiRequest

CreateTeam Create One Team in One Organization

Creates one team in the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. MongoDB Cloud limits the number of teams to a maximum of 250 teams per organization. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return CreateTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) CreateTeamExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) CreateTeamExecute(r CreateTeamApiRequest) (*Team, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return Team

func (*TeamsApiService) CreateTeamWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) CreateTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateTeamApiParams) CreateTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) DeleteTeam ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) DeleteTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) DeleteTeamApiRequest

DeleteTeam Remove One Team from One Organization

Removes one team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier from the organization specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to delete.
@return DeleteTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) DeleteTeamExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) DeleteTeamExecute(r DeleteTeamApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*TeamsApiService) DeleteTeamWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) DeleteTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteTeamApiParams) DeleteTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamById ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamById(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) GetTeamByIdApiRequest

GetTeamById Return One Team using its ID

Returns one team that you identified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit ID. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team whose information you want to return.
@return GetTeamByIdApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamByIdExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamByIdExecute(r GetTeamByIdApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return TeamResponse

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamByIdWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamByIdWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetTeamByIdApiParams) GetTeamByIdApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamByName ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamByName(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamName string) GetTeamByNameApiRequest

GetTeamByName Return One Team using its Name

Returns one team that you identified using its human-readable name. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamName Name of the team whose information you want to return.
@return GetTeamByNameApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamByNameExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamByNameExecute(r GetTeamByNameApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return TeamResponse

func (*TeamsApiService) GetTeamByNameWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) GetTeamByNameWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetTeamByNameApiParams) GetTeamByNameApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeams(ctx context.Context, orgId string) ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest

ListOrganizationTeams Return All Teams in One Organization

Returns all teams that belong to the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. MongoDB Cloud only returns teams for which you have access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@return ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeamsExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeamsExecute(r ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeam, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTeam

func (*TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeamsWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListOrganizationTeamsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListOrganizationTeamsApiParams) ListOrganizationTeamsApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeams(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

ListProjectTeams Return All Teams in One Project

Returns all teams to which the authenticated user has access in the project specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. All members of the team share the same project access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeamsExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeamsExecute(r ListProjectTeamsApiRequest) (*PaginatedTeamRole, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTeamRole

func (*TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeamsWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListProjectTeamsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListProjectTeamsApiParams) ListProjectTeamsApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListTeamUsers ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListTeamUsers(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string) ListTeamUsersApiRequest

ListTeamUsers Return All MongoDB Cloud Users Assigned to One Team

Returns all MongoDB Cloud users assigned to the team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Member role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team whose application users you want to return.
@return ListTeamUsersApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) ListTeamUsersExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedApiAppUser

func (*TeamsApiService) ListTeamUsersWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) ListTeamUsersWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListTeamUsersApiParams) ListTeamUsersApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeam ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeam(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamId string) RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest

RemoveProjectTeam Remove One Team from One Project

Removes one team specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier from the project specified using its unique 24-hexadecimal digit identifier. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to remove from the specified project.
@return RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeamExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeamExecute(r RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeamWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveProjectTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveProjectTeamApiParams) RemoveProjectTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUser ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUser(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, userId string) RemoveTeamUserApiRequest

RemoveTeamUser Remove One MongoDB Cloud User from One Team

Removes one MongoDB Cloud user from the specified team. This team belongs to one organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team from which you want to remove one database application user.
@param userId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies MongoDB Cloud user that you want to remove from the specified team.
@return RemoveTeamUserApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUserExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUserExecute(r RemoveTeamUserApiRequest) (*http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

func (*TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUserWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RemoveTeamUserWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RemoveTeamUserApiParams) RemoveTeamUserApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RenameTeam ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RenameTeam(ctx context.Context, orgId string, teamId string, teamUpdate *TeamUpdate) RenameTeamApiRequest

RenameTeam Rename One Team

[experimental] Renames one team in the specified organization. Teams enable you to grant project access roles to MongoDB Cloud users. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param orgId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization that contains your projects. Use the [/orgs](#tag/Organizations/operation/listOrganizations) endpoint to retrieve all organizations to which the authenticated user has access.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team that you want to rename.
@return RenameTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) RenameTeamExecute ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RenameTeamExecute(r RenameTeamApiRequest) (*TeamResponse, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return TeamResponse

func (*TeamsApiService) RenameTeamWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) RenameTeamWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *RenameTeamApiParams) RenameTeamApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) UpdateTeamRoles ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) UpdateTeamRoles(ctx context.Context, groupId string, teamId string, teamRole *TeamRole) UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest

UpdateTeamRoles Update Team Roles in One Project

Updates the project roles assigned to the specified team. You can grant team roles for specific projects and grant project access roles to users in the team. All members of the team share the same project access. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param teamId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the team for which you want to update roles.
@return UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest

func (*TeamsApiService) UpdateTeamRolesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedTeamRole

func (*TeamsApiService) UpdateTeamRolesWithParams ¶

func (a *TeamsApiService) UpdateTeamRolesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateTeamRolesApiParams) UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest

type TenantRestore ¶

type TenantRestore struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the source cluster.
	// Read only field.
	ClusterName *string `json:"clusterName,omitempty"`
	// Means by which this resource returns the snapshot to the requesting MongoDB Cloud user.
	// Read only field.
	DeliveryType *string `json:"deliveryType,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when the download link no longer works. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	ExpirationDate *time.Time `json:"expirationDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the restore job.
	// Read only field.
	Id *string `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project from which the restore job originated.
	// Read only field.
	ProjectId *string `json:"projectId,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud completed writing this snapshot. MongoDB Cloud changes the status of the restore job to `CLOSED`. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	RestoreFinishedDate *time.Time `json:"restoreFinishedDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud will restore this snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	RestoreScheduledDate *time.Time `json:"restoreScheduledDate,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud completed writing this snapshot. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotFinishedDate *time.Time `json:"snapshotFinishedDate,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the snapshot to restore.
	SnapshotId string `json:"snapshotId"`
	// Internet address from which you can download the compressed snapshot files. The resource returns this parameter when  `\"deliveryType\" : \"DOWNLOAD\"`.
	// Read only field.
	SnapshotUrl *string `json:"snapshotUrl,omitempty"`
	// Phase of the restore workflow for this job at the time this resource made this request.
	// Read only field.
	Status *string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster on the target project to which you want to restore the snapshot. You can restore the snapshot to a cluster tier *M2* or greater.
	TargetDeploymentItemName string `json:"targetDeploymentItemName"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the project that contains the cluster to which you want to restore the snapshot.
	TargetProjectId *string `json:"targetProjectId,omitempty"`
}

TenantRestore struct for TenantRestore

func NewTenantRestore ¶

func NewTenantRestore(snapshotId string, targetDeploymentItemName string) *TenantRestore

NewTenantRestore instantiates a new TenantRestore object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTenantRestoreWithDefaults ¶

func NewTenantRestoreWithDefaults() *TenantRestore

NewTenantRestoreWithDefaults instantiates a new TenantRestore object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*TenantRestore) GetClusterName ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetClusterName() string

GetClusterName returns the ClusterName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetClusterNameOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetClusterNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetClusterNameOk returns a tuple with the ClusterName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetDeliveryType() string

GetDeliveryType returns the DeliveryType field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetDeliveryTypeOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetDeliveryTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetDeliveryTypeOk returns a tuple with the DeliveryType field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetExpirationDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetExpirationDate() time.Time

GetExpirationDate returns the ExpirationDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetExpirationDateOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetExpirationDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetExpirationDateOk returns a tuple with the ExpirationDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetId() string

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *TenantRestore) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetProjectId() string

GetProjectId returns the ProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the ProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetRestoreFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetRestoreFinishedDate() time.Time

GetRestoreFinishedDate returns the RestoreFinishedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetRestoreFinishedDateOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetRestoreFinishedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetRestoreFinishedDateOk returns a tuple with the RestoreFinishedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetRestoreScheduledDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetRestoreScheduledDate() time.Time

GetRestoreScheduledDate returns the RestoreScheduledDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetRestoreScheduledDateOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetRestoreScheduledDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetRestoreScheduledDateOk returns a tuple with the RestoreScheduledDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotFinishedDate() time.Time

GetSnapshotFinishedDate returns the SnapshotFinishedDate field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotFinishedDateOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotFinishedDateOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetSnapshotFinishedDateOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotFinishedDate field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotUrl ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotUrl() string

GetSnapshotUrl returns the SnapshotUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetSnapshotUrlOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetSnapshotUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotUrlOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetStatus ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetStatus() string

GetStatus returns the Status field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetStatusOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetStatusOk() (*string, bool)

GetStatusOk returns a tuple with the Status field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetTargetDeploymentItemName ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetTargetDeploymentItemName() string

GetTargetDeploymentItemName returns the TargetDeploymentItemName field value

func (*TenantRestore) GetTargetDeploymentItemNameOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetTargetDeploymentItemNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetDeploymentItemNameOk returns a tuple with the TargetDeploymentItemName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) GetTargetProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetTargetProjectId() string

GetTargetProjectId returns the TargetProjectId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TenantRestore) GetTargetProjectIdOk ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) GetTargetProjectIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetTargetProjectIdOk returns a tuple with the TargetProjectId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasClusterName ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasClusterName() bool

HasClusterName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasDeliveryType ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasDeliveryType() bool

HasDeliveryType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasExpirationDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasExpirationDate() bool

HasExpirationDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *TenantRestore) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasProjectId() bool

HasProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasRestoreFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasRestoreFinishedDate() bool

HasRestoreFinishedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasRestoreScheduledDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasRestoreScheduledDate() bool

HasRestoreScheduledDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasSnapshotFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasSnapshotFinishedDate() bool

HasSnapshotFinishedDate returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasSnapshotUrl ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasSnapshotUrl() bool

HasSnapshotUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasStatus ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasStatus() bool

HasStatus returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*TenantRestore) HasTargetProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) HasTargetProjectId() bool

HasTargetProjectId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TenantRestore) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TenantRestore) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*TenantRestore) SetClusterName ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetClusterName(v string)

SetClusterName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ClusterName field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetDeliveryType ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetDeliveryType(v string)

SetDeliveryType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the DeliveryType field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetExpirationDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetExpirationDate(v time.Time)

SetExpirationDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the ExpirationDate field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetId(v string)

SetId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *TenantRestore) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetProjectId(v string)

SetProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ProjectId field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetRestoreFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetRestoreFinishedDate(v time.Time)

SetRestoreFinishedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the RestoreFinishedDate field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetRestoreScheduledDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetRestoreScheduledDate(v time.Time)

SetRestoreScheduledDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the RestoreScheduledDate field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetSnapshotFinishedDate ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetSnapshotFinishedDate(v time.Time)

SetSnapshotFinishedDate gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the SnapshotFinishedDate field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId sets field value

func (*TenantRestore) SetSnapshotUrl ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetSnapshotUrl(v string)

SetSnapshotUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the SnapshotUrl field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetStatus ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetStatus(v string)

SetStatus gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Status field.

func (*TenantRestore) SetTargetDeploymentItemName ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetTargetDeploymentItemName(v string)

SetTargetDeploymentItemName sets field value

func (*TenantRestore) SetTargetProjectId ¶

func (o *TenantRestore) SetTargetProjectId(v string)

SetTargetProjectId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TargetProjectId field.

func (TenantRestore) ToMap ¶

func (o TenantRestore) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TestFailoverApiParams ¶

type TestFailoverApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	ClusterName string
}

type TestFailoverApiRequest ¶

type TestFailoverApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TestFailoverApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r TestFailoverApiRequest) Execute() (*http.Response, error)

type ThirdPartyIntegration ¶

type ThirdPartyIntegration struct {
	// Integration type  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.  Alternatively: Human-readable label that identifies the service to which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud. The value must match the third-party service integration type.
	Type *string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Key that allows MongoDB Cloud to access your Datadog account.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.  Alternatively: Key that allows MongoDB Cloud to access your Opsgenie account.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.  Alternatively: Key that allows MongoDB Cloud to access your VictorOps account.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	ApiKey *string `json:"apiKey,omitempty"`
	// Two-letter code that indicates which regional URL MongoDB uses to access the Datadog API.  To learn more about Datadog's regions, see <a href=\"https://docs.datadoghq.com/getting_started/site/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\">Datadog Sites</a>.  Alternatively: Two-letter code that indicates which regional URL MongoDB uses to access the Opsgenie API.  Alternatively: PagerDuty region that indicates the API Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to use.
	Region *string `json:"region,omitempty"`
	// Endpoint web address of the Microsoft Teams webhook to which MongoDB Cloud sends notifications.  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a Microsoft Teams notification, the URL appears partially redacted.
	MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl *string `json:"microsoftTeamsWebhookUrl,omitempty"`
	// Unique 40-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your New Relic account.
	AccountId *string `json:"accountId,omitempty"`
	// Unique 40-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your New Relic license.  **IMPORTANT**: Effective Wednesday, June 16th, 2021, New Relic no longer supports the plugin-based integration with MongoDB. We do not recommend that you sign up for the plugin-based integration. To learn more, see the <a href=\"https://discuss.newrelic.com/t/new-relic-plugin-eol-wednesday-june-16th-2021/127267\" target=\"_blank\">New Relic Plugin EOL Statement</a> Consider configuring an alternative monitoring integration before June 16th to maintain visibility into your MongoDB deployments.
	LicenseKey *string `json:"licenseKey,omitempty"`
	// Query key used to access your New Relic account.
	ReadToken *string `json:"readToken,omitempty"`
	// Insert key associated with your New Relic account.
	WriteToken *string `json:"writeToken,omitempty"`
	// Service key associated with your PagerDuty account.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.
	ServiceKey *string `json:"serviceKey,omitempty"`
	// Flag that indicates whether someone has activated the Prometheus integration.
	Enabled *bool `json:"enabled,omitempty"`
	// Password needed to allow MongoDB Cloud to access your Prometheus account.
	// Write only field.
	Password *string `json:"password,omitempty"`
	// Desired method to discover the Prometheus service.
	ServiceDiscovery *string `json:"serviceDiscovery,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies your Prometheus incoming webhook.
	Username *string `json:"username,omitempty"`
	// Key that allows MongoDB Cloud to access your Slack account.  **NOTE**: After you create a notification which requires an API or integration key, the key appears partially redacted when you:  * View or edit the alert through the Atlas UI.  * Query the alert for the notification through the Atlas Administration API.  **IMPORTANT**: Slack integrations now use the OAuth2 verification method and must  be initially configured, or updated from a legacy integration, through the Atlas  third-party service integrations page. Legacy tokens will soon no longer be  supported.
	ApiToken *string `json:"apiToken,omitempty"`
	// Name of the Slack channel to which MongoDB Cloud sends alert notifications.
	ChannelName *string `json:"channelName,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies your Slack team. Set this parameter when you configure a legacy Slack integration.
	TeamName *string `json:"teamName,omitempty"`
	// Routing key associated with your Splunk On-Call account.
	RoutingKey *string `json:"routingKey,omitempty"`
	// An optional field returned if your webhook is configured with a secret.  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a webhook notification, the secret appears completely redacted.
	Secret *string `json:"secret,omitempty"`
	// Endpoint web address to which MongoDB Cloud sends notifications.  **NOTE**: When you view or edit the alert for a webhook notification, the URL appears partially redacted.
	Url *string `json:"url,omitempty"`
}

ThirdPartyIntegration Collection of settings that describe third-party integrations.

func NewThirdPartyIntegration ¶

func NewThirdPartyIntegration() *ThirdPartyIntegration

NewThirdPartyIntegration instantiates a new ThirdPartyIntegration object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewThirdPartyIntegrationWithDefaults ¶

func NewThirdPartyIntegrationWithDefaults() *ThirdPartyIntegration

NewThirdPartyIntegrationWithDefaults instantiates a new ThirdPartyIntegration object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetAccountId ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetAccountId() string

GetAccountId returns the AccountId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetAccountIdOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetAccountIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetAccountIdOk returns a tuple with the AccountId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiKey() string

GetApiKey returns the ApiKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiKeyOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiKeyOk returns a tuple with the ApiKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiToken() string

GetApiToken returns the ApiToken field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiTokenOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetApiTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiTokenOk returns a tuple with the ApiToken field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetChannelName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetChannelName() string

GetChannelName returns the ChannelName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetChannelNameOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetChannelNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetChannelNameOk returns a tuple with the ChannelName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetEnabled ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetEnabled() bool

GetEnabled returns the Enabled field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetEnabledOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetEnabledOk() (*bool, bool)

GetEnabledOk returns a tuple with the Enabled field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetLicenseKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetLicenseKey() string

GetLicenseKey returns the LicenseKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetLicenseKeyOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetLicenseKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetLicenseKeyOk returns a tuple with the LicenseKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl() string

GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl returns the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrlOk returns a tuple with the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetPassword ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetPassword() string

GetPassword returns the Password field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetPasswordOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetPasswordOk() (*string, bool)

GetPasswordOk returns a tuple with the Password field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetReadToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetReadToken() string

GetReadToken returns the ReadToken field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetReadTokenOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetReadTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetReadTokenOk returns a tuple with the ReadToken field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRegion ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRegion() string

GetRegion returns the Region field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRegionOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRegionOk() (*string, bool)

GetRegionOk returns a tuple with the Region field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRoutingKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRoutingKey() string

GetRoutingKey returns the RoutingKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRoutingKeyOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetRoutingKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoutingKeyOk returns a tuple with the RoutingKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetSecret ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetSecret() string

GetSecret returns the Secret field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetSecretOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetSecretOk() (*string, bool)

GetSecretOk returns a tuple with the Secret field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceDiscovery ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceDiscovery() string

GetServiceDiscovery returns the ServiceDiscovery field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceDiscoveryOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceDiscoveryOk() (*string, bool)

GetServiceDiscoveryOk returns a tuple with the ServiceDiscovery field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceKey() string

GetServiceKey returns the ServiceKey field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceKeyOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetServiceKeyOk() (*string, bool)

GetServiceKeyOk returns a tuple with the ServiceKey field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTeamName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTeamName() string

GetTeamName returns the TeamName field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTeamNameOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTeamNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetTeamNameOk returns a tuple with the TeamName field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetType ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUrl() string

GetUrl returns the Url field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUrlOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUrlOk() (*string, bool)

GetUrlOk returns a tuple with the Url field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUsername ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUsername() string

GetUsername returns the Username field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUsernameOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetUsernameOk() (*string, bool)

GetUsernameOk returns a tuple with the Username field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetWriteToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetWriteToken() string

GetWriteToken returns the WriteToken field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) GetWriteTokenOk ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) GetWriteTokenOk() (*string, bool)

GetWriteTokenOk returns a tuple with the WriteToken field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasAccountId ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasAccountId() bool

HasAccountId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasApiKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasApiKey() bool

HasApiKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasApiToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasApiToken() bool

HasApiToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasChannelName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasChannelName() bool

HasChannelName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasEnabled ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasEnabled() bool

HasEnabled returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasLicenseKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasLicenseKey() bool

HasLicenseKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl() bool

HasMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasPassword ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasPassword() bool

HasPassword returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasReadToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasReadToken() bool

HasReadToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasRegion ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasRegion() bool

HasRegion returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasRoutingKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasRoutingKey() bool

HasRoutingKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasSecret ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasSecret() bool

HasSecret returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasServiceDiscovery ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasServiceDiscovery() bool

HasServiceDiscovery returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasServiceKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasServiceKey() bool

HasServiceKey returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasTeamName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasTeamName() bool

HasTeamName returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasType ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasType() bool

HasType returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasUrl() bool

HasUrl returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasUsername ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasUsername() bool

HasUsername returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) HasWriteToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) HasWriteToken() bool

HasWriteToken returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (ThirdPartyIntegration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ThirdPartyIntegration) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetAccountId ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetAccountId(v string)

SetAccountId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the AccountId field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetApiKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetApiKey(v string)

SetApiKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiKey field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetApiToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetApiToken(v string)

SetApiToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiToken field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetChannelName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetChannelName(v string)

SetChannelName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ChannelName field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetEnabled ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetEnabled(v bool)

SetEnabled gets a reference to the given bool and assigns it to the Enabled field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetLicenseKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetLicenseKey(v string)

SetLicenseKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LicenseKey field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl(v string)

SetMicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the MicrosoftTeamsWebhookUrl field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetPassword ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetPassword(v string)

SetPassword gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Password field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetReadToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetReadToken(v string)

SetReadToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ReadToken field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetRegion ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetRegion(v string)

SetRegion gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Region field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetRoutingKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetRoutingKey(v string)

SetRoutingKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the RoutingKey field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetSecret ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetSecret(v string)

SetSecret gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Secret field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetServiceDiscovery ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetServiceDiscovery(v string)

SetServiceDiscovery gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServiceDiscovery field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetServiceKey ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetServiceKey(v string)

SetServiceKey gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ServiceKey field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetTeamName ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetTeamName(v string)

SetTeamName gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the TeamName field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetType ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetType(v string)

SetType gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Type field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetUrl ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetUrl(v string)

SetUrl gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Url field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetUsername ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetUsername(v string)

SetUsername gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Username field.

func (*ThirdPartyIntegration) SetWriteToken ¶

func (o *ThirdPartyIntegration) SetWriteToken(v string)

SetWriteToken gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the WriteToken field.

func (ThirdPartyIntegration) ToMap ¶

func (o ThirdPartyIntegration) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi ¶

type ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi interface {

	/*
		CreateThirdPartyIntegration Configure One Third-Party Service Integration

		Adds the settings for configuring one third-party service integration. These settings apply to all databases managed in the specified MongoDB Cloud project. Each project can have only one configuration per `{INTEGRATION-TYPE}`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string, thirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration) CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	/*
		CreateThirdPartyIntegration Configure One Third-Party Service Integration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	CreateThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams) CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateThirdPartyIntegrationExecute(r CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) (*PaginatedIntegration, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		DeleteThirdPartyIntegration Remove One Third-Party Service Integration

		Removes the settings that permit configuring one third-party service integration. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. If you delete an integration from a project, you remove that integration configuration only for that project. This action doesn't affect any other project or organization's configured `{INTEGRATION-TYPE}` integrations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	/*
		DeleteThirdPartyIntegration Remove One Third-Party Service Integration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationExecute(r DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		GetThirdPartyIntegration Return One Third-Party Service Integration

		Returns the settings for configuring integration with one third-party service. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
		@return GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	GetThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, integrationType string) GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	/*
		GetThirdPartyIntegration Return One Third-Party Service Integration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	GetThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams) GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	GetThirdPartyIntegrationExecute(r GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) (*ThirdPartyIntegration, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListThirdPartyIntegrations Return All Active Third-Party Service Integrations

		Returns the settings that permit integrations with all configured third-party services. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListThirdPartyIntegrations(ctx context.Context, groupId string) ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest
	/*
		ListThirdPartyIntegrations Return All Active Third-Party Service Integrations


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest
	*/
	ListThirdPartyIntegrationsWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiParams) ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListThirdPartyIntegrationsExecute(r ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest) (*PaginatedIntegration, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		UpdateThirdPartyIntegration Update One Third-Party Service Integration

		[experimental] Updates the settings for configuring integration with one third-party service. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@return UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string, thirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration) UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	/*
		UpdateThirdPartyIntegration Update One Third-Party Service Integration


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest
	*/
	UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams) UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationExecute(r UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) (*PaginatedIntegration, *http.Response, error)
}

type ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService ¶

type ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService service

ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi service

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) CreateThirdPartyIntegration ¶

func (a *ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) CreateThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string, thirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration) CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

CreateThirdPartyIntegration Configure One Third-Party Service Integration

Adds the settings for configuring one third-party service integration. These settings apply to all databases managed in the specified MongoDB Cloud project. Each project can have only one configuration per `{INTEGRATION-TYPE}`. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return CreateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) CreateThirdPartyIntegrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedIntegration

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) CreateThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams ¶

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) DeleteThirdPartyIntegration ¶

func (a *ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) DeleteThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

DeleteThirdPartyIntegration Remove One Third-Party Service Integration

Removes the settings that permit configuring one third-party service integration. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. If you delete an integration from a project, you remove that integration configuration only for that project. This action doesn't affect any other project or organization's configured `{INTEGRATION-TYPE}` integrations. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationExecute ¶

func (a *ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationExecute(r DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return map[string]interface{}

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) DeleteThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams ¶

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) GetThirdPartyIntegration ¶

func (a *ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) GetThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, groupId string, integrationType string) GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

GetThirdPartyIntegration Return One Third-Party Service Integration

Returns the settings for configuring integration with one third-party service. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
@return GetThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) GetThirdPartyIntegrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return ThirdPartyIntegration

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) GetThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams ¶

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) ListThirdPartyIntegrations ¶

ListThirdPartyIntegrations Return All Active Third-Party Service Integrations

Returns the settings that permit integrations with all configured third-party services. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return ListThirdPartyIntegrationsApiRequest

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) ListThirdPartyIntegrationsExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedIntegration

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) ListThirdPartyIntegrationsWithParams ¶

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) UpdateThirdPartyIntegration ¶

func (a *ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) UpdateThirdPartyIntegration(ctx context.Context, integrationType string, groupId string, thirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration) UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

UpdateThirdPartyIntegration Update One Third-Party Service Integration

[experimental] Updates the settings for configuring integration with one third-party service. These settings apply to all databases managed in one MongoDB Cloud project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Organization Owner or Project Owner role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param integrationType Human-readable label that identifies the service which you want to integrate with MongoDB Cloud.
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedIntegration

func (*ThirdPartyIntegrationsApiService) UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationWithParams ¶

type ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiParams ¶

type ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiParams struct {
	GroupId             string
	AWSCustomDNSEnabled *AWSCustomDNSEnabled
}

type ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest ¶

type ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AWSClustersDNSApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ToggleAWSCustomDNSApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ToggleAlertConfigurationApiParams ¶

type ToggleAlertConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	AlertConfigId string
	AlertsToggle  *AlertsToggle
}

type ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ToggleAlertConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiParams ¶

type ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest ¶

type ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ToggleMaintenanceAutoDeferApiRequest) Execute ¶

type ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams ¶

type ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	ProjectSettingItem *ProjectSettingItem
}

type ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest ¶

type ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PrivateEndpointServicesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ToggleRegionalizedPrivateEndpointSettingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest ¶

type TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest struct {
	DatasetRetentionPolicy *DatasetRetentionPolicy `json:"datasetRetentionPolicy,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the snapshot.
	// Write only field.
	SnapshotId string `json:"snapshotId"`
}

TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest struct for TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest

func NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequest ¶

func NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequest(snapshotId string) *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest

NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequest instantiates a new TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequestWithDefaults() *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest

NewTriggerIngestionPipelineRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetDatasetRetentionPolicy() DatasetRetentionPolicy

GetDatasetRetentionPolicy returns the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk() (*DatasetRetentionPolicy, bool)

GetDatasetRetentionPolicyOk returns a tuple with the DatasetRetentionPolicy field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetSnapshotId() string

GetSnapshotId returns the SnapshotId field value

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetSnapshotIdOk ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) GetSnapshotIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetSnapshotIdOk returns a tuple with the SnapshotId field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) HasDatasetRetentionPolicy() bool

HasDatasetRetentionPolicy returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) SetDatasetRetentionPolicy(v DatasetRetentionPolicy)

SetDatasetRetentionPolicy gets a reference to the given DatasetRetentionPolicy and assigns it to the DatasetRetentionPolicy field.

func (*TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) SetSnapshotId ¶

func (o *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) SetSnapshotId(v string)

SetSnapshotId sets field value

func (TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiParams ¶

type TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiParams struct {
	GroupId                         string
	PipelineName                    string
	TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest *TriggerIngestionPipelineRequest
}

type TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest ¶

type TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TriggerSnapshotIngestionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UnpinNamespacesApiParams ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type UnpinNamespacesApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	ClusterName       string
	NamespacesRequest *NamespacesRequest
}

type UnpinNamespacesApiRequest ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type UnpinNamespacesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CollectionLevelMetricsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UnpinNamespacesApiRequest) Execute ¶ added in v20231115008.5.0

type UpdateAlertConfigurationApiParams ¶

type UpdateAlertConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	AlertConfigId     string
	GroupAlertsConfig *GroupAlertsConfig
}

type UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AlertConfigurationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateAlertConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateApiKeyApiParams ¶

type UpdateApiKeyApiParams struct {
	OrgId                         string
	ApiUserId                     string
	UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey
}

type UpdateApiKeyApiRequest ¶

type UpdateApiKeyApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApiKeyApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateApiKeyRolesApiParams ¶

type UpdateApiKeyRolesApiParams struct {
	GroupId                  string
	ApiUserId                string
	UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey
	PageNum                  *int
	ItemsPerPage             *int
	IncludeCount             *bool
}

type UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest ¶

type UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProgrammaticAPIKeysApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

func (r UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) IncludeCount(includeCount bool) UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

func (r UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) ItemsPerPage(itemsPerPage int) UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (UpdateApiKeyRolesApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey ¶

type UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey struct {
	// Purpose or explanation provided when someone creates this organization API key.
	Desc *string `json:"desc,omitempty"`
	// List of roles to grant this API key. If you provide this list, provide a minimum of one role and ensure each role applies to this organization.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey struct for UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey

func NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey ¶

func NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey() *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey

NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey instantiates a new UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults ¶

func NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults() *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey

NewUpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKeyWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDesc ¶

GetDesc returns the Desc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDescOk ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetDescOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescOk returns a tuple with the Desc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) HasDesc ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) HasDesc() bool

HasDesc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) HasRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetDesc ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetDesc(v string)

SetDesc gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Desc field.

func (*UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) ToMap ¶

func (o UpdateAtlasOrganizationApiKey) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey ¶

type UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey struct {
	// Purpose or explanation provided when someone creates this project API key.
	Desc *string `json:"desc,omitempty"`
	// List of roles to grant this API key. If you provide this list, provide a minimum of one role and ensure each role applies to this project.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey struct for UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey

func NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKey ¶

func NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKey() *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey

NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKey instantiates a new UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults ¶

func NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults() *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey

NewUpdateAtlasProjectApiKeyWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDesc ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDesc() string

GetDesc returns the Desc field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDescOk ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetDescOk() (*string, bool)

GetDescOk returns a tuple with the Desc field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) HasDesc ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) HasDesc() bool

HasDesc returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) HasRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetDesc ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetDesc(v string)

SetDesc gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Desc field.

func (*UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) ToMap ¶

func (o UpdateAtlasProjectApiKey) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams ¶

type UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	ApiSearchDeploymentRequest *ApiSearchDeploymentRequest
}

type UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest ¶

type UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateAtlasSearchDeploymentApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams ¶

type UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	ClusterName        string
	IndexId            string
	ClusterSearchIndex *ClusterSearchIndex
}

type UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest ¶

type UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AtlasSearchApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateAtlasSearchIndexApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiParams ¶

type UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	AuditLog *AuditLog
}

type UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService AuditingApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateAuditingConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateBackupScheduleApiParams ¶

type UpdateBackupScheduleApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule *DiskBackupSnapshotSchedule
}

type UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest ¶

type UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateBackupScheduleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams ¶

type UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                       string
	ClusterName                   string
	ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs *ClusterDescriptionProcessArgs
}

type UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateClusterAdvancedConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateClusterApiParams ¶

type UpdateClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId                    string
	ClusterName                string
	AdvancedClusterDescription *AdvancedClusterDescription
}

type UpdateClusterApiRequest ¶

type UpdateClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiParams ¶

type UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId string
	OrgId                string
	ConnectedOrgConfig   *ConnectedOrgConfig
}

type UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest ¶

type UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateConnectedOrgConfigApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateCustomDBRole ¶

type UpdateCustomDBRole struct {
	// List of the individual privilege actions that the role grants.
	Actions *[]DatabasePrivilegeAction `json:"actions,omitempty"`
	// List of the built-in roles that this custom role inherits.
	InheritedRoles *[]DatabaseInheritedRole `json:"inheritedRoles,omitempty"`
}

UpdateCustomDBRole struct for UpdateCustomDBRole

func NewUpdateCustomDBRole ¶

func NewUpdateCustomDBRole() *UpdateCustomDBRole

NewUpdateCustomDBRole instantiates a new UpdateCustomDBRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUpdateCustomDBRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewUpdateCustomDBRoleWithDefaults() *UpdateCustomDBRole

NewUpdateCustomDBRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateCustomDBRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) GetActions ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) GetActions() []DatabasePrivilegeAction

GetActions returns the Actions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) GetActionsOk ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) GetActionsOk() (*[]DatabasePrivilegeAction, bool)

GetActionsOk returns a tuple with the Actions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRoles() []DatabaseInheritedRole

GetInheritedRoles returns the InheritedRoles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRolesOk ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRolesOk() (*[]DatabaseInheritedRole, bool)

GetInheritedRolesOk returns a tuple with the InheritedRoles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) HasActions ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) HasActions() bool

HasActions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) HasInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) HasInheritedRoles() bool

HasInheritedRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UpdateCustomDBRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UpdateCustomDBRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) SetActions ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) SetActions(v []DatabasePrivilegeAction)

SetActions gets a reference to the given []DatabasePrivilegeAction and assigns it to the Actions field.

func (*UpdateCustomDBRole) SetInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateCustomDBRole) SetInheritedRoles(v []DatabaseInheritedRole)

SetInheritedRoles gets a reference to the given []DatabaseInheritedRole and assigns it to the InheritedRoles field.

func (UpdateCustomDBRole) ToMap ¶

func (o UpdateCustomDBRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams ¶

type UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	RoleName           string
	UpdateCustomDBRole *UpdateCustomDBRole
}

type UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest ¶

type UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CustomDatabaseRolesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateCustomDatabaseRoleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiParams ¶

type UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiParams struct {
	GroupId                        string
	DataProtectionSettings20231001 *DataProtectionSettings20231001
	OverwriteBackupPolicies        *bool
}

type UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest ¶

type UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) OverwriteBackupPolicies ¶

func (r UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest) OverwriteBackupPolicies(overwriteBackupPolicies bool) UpdateDataProtectionSettingsApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether to overwrite non complying backup policies with the new data protection settings or not.

type UpdateDatabaseUserApiParams ¶

type UpdateDatabaseUserApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	DatabaseName      string
	Username          string
	CloudDatabaseUser *CloudDatabaseUser
}

type UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest ¶

type UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DatabaseUsersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateDatabaseUserApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiParams ¶

type UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiParams struct {
	GroupId          string
	EncryptionAtRest *EncryptionAtRest
}

type UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest ¶

type UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest struct {
	ApiService EncryptionAtRestUsingCustomerKeyManagementApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateEncryptionAtRestApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiParams ¶

type UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiParams struct {
	GroupId            string
	TenantName         string
	SkipRoleValidation *bool
	DataLakeTenant     *DataLakeTenant
}

type UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest ¶

type UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataFederationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) SkipRoleValidation ¶

func (r UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest) SkipRoleValidation(skipRoleValidation bool) UpdateFederatedDatabaseApiRequest

Flag that indicates whether this request should check if the requesting IAM role can read from the S3 bucket. AWS checks if the role can list the objects in the bucket before writing to it. Some IAM roles only need write permissions. This flag allows you to skip that check.

type UpdateGroupRolesForUser ¶

type UpdateGroupRolesForUser struct {
	// One or more project level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	GroupRoles *[]string `json:"groupRoles,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

UpdateGroupRolesForUser struct for UpdateGroupRolesForUser

func NewUpdateGroupRolesForUser ¶

func NewUpdateGroupRolesForUser() *UpdateGroupRolesForUser

NewUpdateGroupRolesForUser instantiates a new UpdateGroupRolesForUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUpdateGroupRolesForUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewUpdateGroupRolesForUserWithDefaults() *UpdateGroupRolesForUser

NewUpdateGroupRolesForUserWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateGroupRolesForUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetGroupRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetGroupRoles() []string

GetGroupRoles returns the GroupRoles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetGroupRolesOk ¶

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetGroupRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetGroupRolesOk returns a tuple with the GroupRoles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser) HasGroupRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) HasGroupRoles() bool

HasGroupRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UpdateGroupRolesForUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UpdateGroupRolesForUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UpdateGroupRolesForUser) SetGroupRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) SetGroupRoles(v []string)

SetGroupRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the GroupRoles field.

func (o *UpdateGroupRolesForUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (UpdateGroupRolesForUser) ToMap ¶

func (o UpdateGroupRolesForUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UpdateIdentityProviderApiParams ¶

type UpdateIdentityProviderApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId             string
	IdentityProviderId               string
	FederationIdentityProviderUpdate *FederationIdentityProviderUpdate
}

type UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest ¶

type UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateIdentityProviderApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiParams ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiParams struct {
	GroupId        string
	ClusterName    string
	SnapshotId     string
	BackupSnapshot *BackupSnapshot
}

type UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateLegacySnapshotRetentionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiParams struct {
	GroupId                  string
	ClusterName              string
	ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule *ApiAtlasSnapshotSchedule
}

type UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest ¶

type UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LegacyBackupApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateLegacySnapshotScheduleApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiParams ¶

type UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	GroupMaintenanceWindow *GroupMaintenanceWindow
}

type UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest ¶

type UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest struct {
	ApiService MaintenanceWindowsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r UpdateMaintenanceWindowApiRequest) Execute() (map[string]interface{}, *http.Response, error)

type UpdateOnlineArchiveApiParams ¶

type UpdateOnlineArchiveApiParams struct {
	GroupId             string
	ArchiveId           string
	ClusterName         string
	BackupOnlineArchive *BackupOnlineArchive
}

type UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest ¶

type UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OnlineArchiveApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateOnlineArchiveApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateOrgRolesForUser ¶

type UpdateOrgRolesForUser struct {
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// One or more organization level roles to assign to the MongoDB Cloud user.
	OrgRoles *[]string `json:"orgRoles,omitempty"`
}

UpdateOrgRolesForUser struct for UpdateOrgRolesForUser

func NewUpdateOrgRolesForUser ¶

func NewUpdateOrgRolesForUser() *UpdateOrgRolesForUser

NewUpdateOrgRolesForUser instantiates a new UpdateOrgRolesForUser object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUpdateOrgRolesForUserWithDefaults ¶

func NewUpdateOrgRolesForUserWithDefaults() *UpdateOrgRolesForUser

NewUpdateOrgRolesForUserWithDefaults instantiates a new UpdateOrgRolesForUser object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetOrgRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetOrgRoles() []string

GetOrgRoles returns the OrgRoles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetOrgRolesOk ¶

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) GetOrgRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetOrgRolesOk returns a tuple with the OrgRoles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser) HasOrgRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) HasOrgRoles() bool

HasOrgRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UpdateOrgRolesForUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UpdateOrgRolesForUser) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)
func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*UpdateOrgRolesForUser) SetOrgRoles ¶

func (o *UpdateOrgRolesForUser) SetOrgRoles(v []string)

SetOrgRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the OrgRoles field.

func (UpdateOrgRolesForUser) ToMap ¶

func (o UpdateOrgRolesForUser) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiParams ¶

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiParams struct {
	OrgId                         string
	OrganizationInvitationRequest *OrganizationInvitationRequest
}

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateOrganizationInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiParams ¶

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiParams struct {
	OrgId                               string
	InvitationId                        string
	OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest *OrganizationInvitationUpdateRequest
}

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest ¶

type UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateOrganizationInvitationByIdApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateOrganizationRolesApiParams ¶

type UpdateOrganizationRolesApiParams struct {
	OrgId                 string
	UserId                string
	UpdateOrgRolesForUser *UpdateOrgRolesForUser
}

type UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest ¶

type UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateOrganizationRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiParams ¶

type UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiParams struct {
	OrgId                string
	OrganizationSettings *OrganizationSettings
}

type UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest ¶

type UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService OrganizationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateOrganizationSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdatePeeringConnectionApiParams ¶

type UpdatePeeringConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId                              string
	PeerId                               string
	BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings *BaseNetworkPeeringConnectionSettings
}

type UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest ¶

type UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePeeringConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdatePeeringContainerApiParams ¶

type UpdatePeeringContainerApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	ContainerId            string
	CloudProviderContainer *CloudProviderContainer
}

type UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest ¶

type UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePeeringContainerApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdatePipelineApiParams ¶

type UpdatePipelineApiParams struct {
	GroupId                   string
	PipelineName              string
	DataLakeIngestionPipeline *DataLakeIngestionPipeline
}

type UpdatePipelineApiRequest ¶

type UpdatePipelineApiRequest struct {
	ApiService DataLakePipelinesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePipelineApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateProjectApiParams ¶

type UpdateProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId     string
	GroupUpdate *GroupUpdate
}

type UpdateProjectApiRequest ¶

type UpdateProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (r UpdateProjectApiRequest) Execute() (*Group, *http.Response, error)

type UpdateProjectInvitationApiParams ¶

type UpdateProjectInvitationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                string
	GroupInvitationRequest *GroupInvitationRequest
}

type UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateProjectInvitationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiParams ¶

type UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiParams struct {
	GroupId                      string
	InvitationId                 string
	GroupInvitationUpdateRequest *GroupInvitationUpdateRequest
}

type UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest ¶

type UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateProjectInvitationByIdApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateProjectRolesApiParams ¶

type UpdateProjectRolesApiParams struct {
	GroupId                 string
	UserId                  string
	UpdateGroupRolesForUser *UpdateGroupRolesForUser
}

type UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest ¶

type UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateProjectRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateProjectSettingsApiParams ¶

type UpdateProjectSettingsApiParams struct {
	GroupId       string
	GroupSettings *GroupSettings
}

type UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest ¶

type UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ProjectsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateProjectSettingsApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams ¶

type UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                   string
	PushBasedLogExportProject *PushBasedLogExportProject
}

type UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService PushBasedLogExportApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdatePushBasedLogConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateRoleMappingApiParams ¶

type UpdateRoleMappingApiParams struct {
	FederationSettingsId      string
	Id                        string
	OrgId                     string
	AuthFederationRoleMapping *AuthFederationRoleMapping
}

type UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest ¶

type UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest struct {
	ApiService FederatedAuthenticationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateRoleMappingApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateServerlessInstanceApiParams ¶

type UpdateServerlessInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId                             string
	Name                                string
	ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate *ServerlessInstanceDescriptionUpdate
}

type UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest ¶

type UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessInstancesApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateServerlessInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams ¶

type UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiParams struct {
	GroupId                        string
	InstanceName                   string
	EndpointId                     string
	ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate *ServerlessTenantEndpointUpdate
}

type UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest ¶

type UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ServerlessPrivateEndpointsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateServerlessPrivateEndpointApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiParams ¶

type UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiParams struct {
	GroupId                 string
	ClusterName             string
	SnapshotId              string
	BackupSnapshotRetention *BackupSnapshotRetention
}

type UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest ¶

type UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudBackupsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateSnapshotRetentionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateStreamConnectionApiParams ¶

type UpdateStreamConnectionApiParams struct {
	GroupId           string
	TenantName        string
	ConnectionName    string
	StreamsConnection *StreamsConnection
}

type UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest ¶

type UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateStreamConnectionApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateStreamInstanceApiParams ¶

type UpdateStreamInstanceApiParams struct {
	GroupId                  string
	TenantName               string
	StreamsDataProcessRegion *StreamsDataProcessRegion
}

type UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest ¶

type UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest struct {
	ApiService StreamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateStreamInstanceApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateTeamRolesApiParams ¶

type UpdateTeamRolesApiParams struct {
	GroupId  string
	TeamId   string
	TeamRole *TeamRole
}

type UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest ¶

type UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest struct {
	ApiService TeamsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateTeamRolesApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams ¶

type UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiParams struct {
	IntegrationType       string
	GroupId               string
	ThirdPartyIntegration *ThirdPartyIntegration
	IncludeCount          *bool
	ItemsPerPage          *int
	PageNum               *int
}

type UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest ¶

type UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ThirdPartyIntegrationsApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

func (UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) IncludeCount ¶

Flag that indicates whether the response returns the total number of items (**totalCount**) in the response.

func (UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) ItemsPerPage ¶

Number of items that the response returns per page.

func (UpdateThirdPartyIntegrationApiRequest) PageNum ¶

Number of the page that displays the current set of the total objects that the response returns.

type UpgradeSharedClusterApiParams ¶

type UpgradeSharedClusterApiParams struct {
	GroupId                                string
	LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest *LegacyAtlasTenantClusterUpgradeRequest
}

type UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest ¶

type UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpgradeSharedClusterApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiParams ¶

type UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiParams struct {
	GroupId                       string
	ServerlessInstanceDescription *ServerlessInstanceDescription
}

type UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest ¶

type UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest struct {
	ApiService ClustersApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpgradeSharedClusterToServerlessApiRequest) Execute ¶

type UserAccessListRequest ¶

type UserAccessListRequest struct {
	// Range of network addresses that you want to add to the access list for the API key. This parameter requires the range to be expressed in classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) notation of Internet Protocol version 4 or version 6 addresses. You can set a value for this parameter or **ipAddress** but not both in the same request.
	CidrBlock *string `json:"cidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// Network address that you want to add to the access list for the API key. This parameter requires the address to be expressed as one Internet Protocol version 4 or version 6 address. You can set a value for this parameter or **cidrBlock** but not both in the same request.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
}

UserAccessListRequest struct for UserAccessListRequest

func NewUserAccessListRequest ¶

func NewUserAccessListRequest() *UserAccessListRequest

NewUserAccessListRequest instantiates a new UserAccessListRequest object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserAccessListRequestWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserAccessListRequestWithDefaults() *UserAccessListRequest

NewUserAccessListRequestWithDefaults instantiates a new UserAccessListRequest object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserAccessListRequest) GetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) GetCidrBlock() string

GetCidrBlock returns the CidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListRequest) GetCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) GetCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the CidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListRequest) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListRequest) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListRequest) HasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) HasCidrBlock() bool

HasCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListRequest) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserAccessListRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserAccessListRequest) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserAccessListRequest) SetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) SetCidrBlock(v string)

SetCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CidrBlock field.

func (*UserAccessListRequest) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListRequest) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (UserAccessListRequest) ToMap ¶

func (o UserAccessListRequest) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserAccessListResponse ¶

type UserAccessListResponse struct {
	// Range of IP addresses in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation in the access list for the API key.
	CidrBlock *string `json:"cidrBlock,omitempty"`
	// Total number of requests that have originated from the Internet Protocol (IP) address given as the value of the *lastUsedAddress* parameter.
	// Read only field.
	Count *int `json:"count,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when someone added the network addresses to the specified API access list. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	Created *time.Time `json:"created,omitempty"`
	// Network address in the access list for the API key.
	IpAddress *string `json:"ipAddress,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud received the most recent request that originated from this Internet Protocol version 4 or version 6 address. The resource returns this parameter when at least one request has originated from this IP address. MongoDB Cloud updates this parameter each time a client accesses the permitted resource. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	LastUsed *time.Time `json:"lastUsed,omitempty"`
	// Network address that issued the most recent request to the API. This parameter requires the address to be expressed as one Internet Protocol version 4 or version 6 address. The resource returns this parameter after this IP address made at least one request.
	// Read only field.
	LastUsedAddress *string `json:"lastUsedAddress,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

UserAccessListResponse struct for UserAccessListResponse

func NewUserAccessListResponse ¶

func NewUserAccessListResponse() *UserAccessListResponse

NewUserAccessListResponse instantiates a new UserAccessListResponse object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults() *UserAccessListResponse

NewUserAccessListResponseWithDefaults instantiates a new UserAccessListResponse object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCidrBlock() string

GetCidrBlock returns the CidrBlock field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCidrBlockOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCidrBlockOk() (*string, bool)

GetCidrBlockOk returns a tuple with the CidrBlock field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCount ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCount() int

GetCount returns the Count field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCountOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCountOk() (*int, bool)

GetCountOk returns a tuple with the Count field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCreated ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCreated() time.Time

GetCreated returns the Created field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetCreatedOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetCreatedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedOk returns a tuple with the Created field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetIpAddress() string

GetIpAddress returns the IpAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetIpAddressOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetIpAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetIpAddressOk returns a tuple with the IpAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsed ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsed() time.Time

GetLastUsed returns the LastUsed field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedAddress() string

GetLastUsedAddress returns the LastUsedAddress field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedAddressOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedAddressOk() (*string, bool)

GetLastUsedAddressOk returns a tuple with the LastUsedAddress field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLastUsedOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetLastUsedOk returns a tuple with the LastUsed field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessListResponse) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasCidrBlock() bool

HasCidrBlock returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasCount ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasCount() bool

HasCount returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasCreated ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasCreated() bool

HasCreated returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasIpAddress() bool

HasIpAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasLastUsed ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasLastUsed() bool

HasLastUsed returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) HasLastUsedAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasLastUsedAddress() bool

HasLastUsedAddress returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserAccessListResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserAccessListResponse) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetCidrBlock ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetCidrBlock(v string)

SetCidrBlock gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the CidrBlock field.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetCount ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetCount(v int)

SetCount gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the Count field.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetCreated ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetCreated(v time.Time)

SetCreated gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the Created field.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetIpAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetIpAddress(v string)

SetIpAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the IpAddress field.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetLastUsed ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetLastUsed(v time.Time)

SetLastUsed gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the LastUsed field.

func (*UserAccessListResponse) SetLastUsedAddress ¶

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetLastUsedAddress(v string)

SetLastUsedAddress gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LastUsedAddress field.

func (o *UserAccessListResponse) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (UserAccessListResponse) ToMap ¶

func (o UserAccessListResponse) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserAccessRoleAssignment ¶

type UserAccessRoleAssignment struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies the organization API key.
	// Read only field.
	ApiUserId *string `json:"apiUserId,omitempty"`
	// List of roles to grant this API key. If you provide this list, provide a minimum of one role and ensure each role applies to this project.
	Roles *[]string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
}

UserAccessRoleAssignment struct for UserAccessRoleAssignment

func NewUserAccessRoleAssignment ¶

func NewUserAccessRoleAssignment() *UserAccessRoleAssignment

NewUserAccessRoleAssignment instantiates a new UserAccessRoleAssignment object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults() *UserAccessRoleAssignment

NewUserAccessRoleAssignmentWithDefaults instantiates a new UserAccessRoleAssignment object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetApiUserId ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetApiUserId() string

GetApiUserId returns the ApiUserId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetApiUserIdOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetApiUserIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetApiUserIdOk returns a tuple with the ApiUserId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoles ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetRoles() []string

GetRoles returns the Roles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetRolesOk ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) GetRolesOk() (*[]string, bool)

GetRolesOk returns a tuple with the Roles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) HasApiUserId ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) HasApiUserId() bool

HasApiUserId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) HasRoles ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) HasRoles() bool

HasRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserAccessRoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserAccessRoleAssignment) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) SetApiUserId ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) SetApiUserId(v string)

SetApiUserId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the ApiUserId field.

func (*UserAccessRoleAssignment) SetRoles ¶

func (o *UserAccessRoleAssignment) SetRoles(v []string)

SetRoles gets a reference to the given []string and assigns it to the Roles field.

func (UserAccessRoleAssignment) ToMap ¶

func (o UserAccessRoleAssignment) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserCert ¶

type UserCert struct {
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies this certificate.
	// Read only field.
	Id *int64 `json:"_id,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when MongoDB Cloud created this certificate. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `json:"createdAt,omitempty"`
	// Unique 24-hexadecimal character string that identifies the project.
	// Read only field.
	GroupId *string `json:"groupId,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
	// Number of months that the certificate remains valid until it expires.
	// Write only field.
	MonthsUntilExpiration *int `json:"monthsUntilExpiration,omitempty"`
	// Date and time when this certificate expires. This parameter expresses its value in the ISO 8601 timestamp format in UTC.
	// Read only field.
	NotAfter *time.Time `json:"notAfter,omitempty"`
	// Subject Alternative Name associated with this certificate. This parameter expresses its value as a distinguished name as defined in [RFC 2253](https://tools.ietf.org/html/2253).
	// Read only field.
	Subject *string `json:"subject,omitempty"`
}

UserCert struct for UserCert

func NewUserCert ¶

func NewUserCert() *UserCert

NewUserCert instantiates a new UserCert object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserCertWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserCertWithDefaults() *UserCert

NewUserCertWithDefaults instantiates a new UserCert object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserCert) GetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetCreatedAt() time.Time

GetCreatedAt returns the CreatedAt field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetCreatedAtOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetCreatedAtOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetCreatedAtOk returns a tuple with the CreatedAt field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) GetGroupId ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetGroupId() string

GetGroupId returns the GroupId field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetGroupIdOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetGroupIdOk() (*string, bool)

GetGroupIdOk returns a tuple with the GroupId field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) GetId ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetId() int64

GetId returns the Id field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetIdOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetIdOk() (*int64, bool)

GetIdOk returns a tuple with the Id field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *UserCert) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) GetMonthsUntilExpiration ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetMonthsUntilExpiration() int

GetMonthsUntilExpiration returns the MonthsUntilExpiration field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetMonthsUntilExpirationOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetMonthsUntilExpirationOk() (*int, bool)

GetMonthsUntilExpirationOk returns a tuple with the MonthsUntilExpiration field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) GetNotAfter ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetNotAfter() time.Time

GetNotAfter returns the NotAfter field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetNotAfterOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetNotAfterOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNotAfterOk returns a tuple with the NotAfter field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) GetSubject ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetSubject() string

GetSubject returns the Subject field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCert) GetSubjectOk ¶

func (o *UserCert) GetSubjectOk() (*string, bool)

GetSubjectOk returns a tuple with the Subject field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasCreatedAt ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasCreatedAt() bool

HasCreatedAt returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasGroupId ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasGroupId() bool

HasGroupId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasId ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasId() bool

HasId returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *UserCert) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasMonthsUntilExpiration ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasMonthsUntilExpiration() bool

HasMonthsUntilExpiration returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasNotAfter ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasNotAfter() bool

HasNotAfter returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCert) HasSubject ¶

func (o *UserCert) HasSubject() bool

HasSubject returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserCert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserCert) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserCert) SetCreatedAt ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time)

SetCreatedAt gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the CreatedAt field.

func (*UserCert) SetGroupId ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetGroupId(v string)

SetGroupId gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the GroupId field.

func (*UserCert) SetId ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetId(v int64)

SetId gets a reference to the given int64 and assigns it to the Id field.

func (o *UserCert) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (*UserCert) SetMonthsUntilExpiration ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetMonthsUntilExpiration(v int)

SetMonthsUntilExpiration gets a reference to the given int and assigns it to the MonthsUntilExpiration field.

func (*UserCert) SetNotAfter ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetNotAfter(v time.Time)

SetNotAfter gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NotAfter field.

func (*UserCert) SetSubject ¶

func (o *UserCert) SetSubject(v string)

SetSubject gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Subject field.

func (UserCert) ToMap ¶

func (o UserCert) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserCustomDBRole ¶

type UserCustomDBRole struct {
	// List of the individual privilege actions that the role grants.
	Actions *[]DatabasePrivilegeAction `json:"actions,omitempty"`
	// List of the built-in roles that this custom role inherits.
	InheritedRoles *[]DatabaseInheritedRole `json:"inheritedRoles,omitempty"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the role for the request. This name must be unique for this custom role in this project.
	RoleName string `json:"roleName"`
}

UserCustomDBRole struct for UserCustomDBRole

func NewUserCustomDBRole ¶

func NewUserCustomDBRole(roleName string) *UserCustomDBRole

NewUserCustomDBRole instantiates a new UserCustomDBRole object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserCustomDBRoleWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserCustomDBRoleWithDefaults() *UserCustomDBRole

NewUserCustomDBRoleWithDefaults instantiates a new UserCustomDBRole object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetActions ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetActions() []DatabasePrivilegeAction

GetActions returns the Actions field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetActionsOk ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetActionsOk() (*[]DatabasePrivilegeAction, bool)

GetActionsOk returns a tuple with the Actions field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRoles() []DatabaseInheritedRole

GetInheritedRoles returns the InheritedRoles field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRolesOk ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetInheritedRolesOk() (*[]DatabaseInheritedRole, bool)

GetInheritedRolesOk returns a tuple with the InheritedRoles field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetRoleName ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetRoleName() string

GetRoleName returns the RoleName field value

func (*UserCustomDBRole) GetRoleNameOk ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) GetRoleNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetRoleNameOk returns a tuple with the RoleName field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) HasActions ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) HasActions() bool

HasActions returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) HasInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) HasInheritedRoles() bool

HasInheritedRoles returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserCustomDBRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserCustomDBRole) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserCustomDBRole) SetActions ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) SetActions(v []DatabasePrivilegeAction)

SetActions gets a reference to the given []DatabasePrivilegeAction and assigns it to the Actions field.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) SetInheritedRoles ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) SetInheritedRoles(v []DatabaseInheritedRole)

SetInheritedRoles gets a reference to the given []DatabaseInheritedRole and assigns it to the InheritedRoles field.

func (*UserCustomDBRole) SetRoleName ¶

func (o *UserCustomDBRole) SetRoleName(v string)

SetRoleName sets field value

func (UserCustomDBRole) ToMap ¶

func (o UserCustomDBRole) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserScope ¶

type UserScope struct {
	// Human-readable label that identifies the cluster or MongoDB Atlas Data Lake that this database user can access.
	Name string `json:"name"`
	// Category of resource that this database user can access.
	Type string `json:"type"`
}

UserScope Range of resources available to this database user.

func NewUserScope ¶

func NewUserScope(name string, type_ string) *UserScope

NewUserScope instantiates a new UserScope object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserScopeWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserScopeWithDefaults() *UserScope

NewUserScopeWithDefaults instantiates a new UserScope object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserScope) GetName ¶

func (o *UserScope) GetName() string

GetName returns the Name field value

func (*UserScope) GetNameOk ¶

func (o *UserScope) GetNameOk() (*string, bool)

GetNameOk returns a tuple with the Name field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserScope) GetType ¶

func (o *UserScope) GetType() string

GetType returns the Type field value

func (*UserScope) GetTypeOk ¶

func (o *UserScope) GetTypeOk() (*string, bool)

GetTypeOk returns a tuple with the Type field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (UserScope) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserScope) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserScope) SetName ¶

func (o *UserScope) SetName(v string)

SetName sets field value

func (*UserScope) SetType ¶

func (o *UserScope) SetType(v string)

SetType sets field value

func (UserScope) ToMap ¶

func (o UserScope) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserSecurity ¶

type UserSecurity struct {
	CustomerX509 *DBUserTLSX509Settings `json:"customerX509,omitempty"`
	Ldap         *LDAPSecuritySettings  `json:"ldap,omitempty"`
	// List of one or more Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) that point to API sub-resources, related API resources, or both. RFC 5988 outlines these relationships.
	// Read only field.
	Links *[]Link `json:"links,omitempty"`
}

UserSecurity struct for UserSecurity

func NewUserSecurity ¶

func NewUserSecurity() *UserSecurity

NewUserSecurity instantiates a new UserSecurity object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserSecurityWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserSecurityWithDefaults() *UserSecurity

NewUserSecurityWithDefaults instantiates a new UserSecurity object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserSecurity) GetCustomerX509 ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) GetCustomerX509() DBUserTLSX509Settings

GetCustomerX509 returns the CustomerX509 field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserSecurity) GetCustomerX509Ok ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) GetCustomerX509Ok() (*DBUserTLSX509Settings, bool)

GetCustomerX509Ok returns a tuple with the CustomerX509 field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserSecurity) GetLdap ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) GetLdap() LDAPSecuritySettings

GetLdap returns the Ldap field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserSecurity) GetLdapOk ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) GetLdapOk() (*LDAPSecuritySettings, bool)

GetLdapOk returns a tuple with the Ldap field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (o *UserSecurity) GetLinks() []Link

GetLinks returns the Links field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserSecurity) GetLinksOk ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) GetLinksOk() (*[]Link, bool)

GetLinksOk returns a tuple with the Links field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserSecurity) HasCustomerX509 ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) HasCustomerX509() bool

HasCustomerX509 returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserSecurity) HasLdap ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) HasLdap() bool

HasLdap returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (o *UserSecurity) HasLinks() bool

HasLinks returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserSecurity) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserSecurity) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserSecurity) SetCustomerX509 ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) SetCustomerX509(v DBUserTLSX509Settings)

SetCustomerX509 gets a reference to the given DBUserTLSX509Settings and assigns it to the CustomerX509 field.

func (*UserSecurity) SetLdap ¶

func (o *UserSecurity) SetLdap(v LDAPSecuritySettings)

SetLdap gets a reference to the given LDAPSecuritySettings and assigns it to the Ldap field.

func (o *UserSecurity) SetLinks(v []Link)

SetLinks gets a reference to the given []Link and assigns it to the Links field.

func (UserSecurity) ToMap ¶

func (o UserSecurity) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type UserToDNMapping ¶

type UserToDNMapping struct {
	// Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) query template that inserts the LDAP name that the regular expression matches into an LDAP query Uniform Resource Identifier (URI). The formatting for the query must conform to [RFC 4515](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4515) and [RFC 4516](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4516).
	LdapQuery *string `json:"ldapQuery,omitempty"`
	// Regular expression that MongoDB Cloud uses to match against the provided Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) username. Each parenthesis-enclosed section represents a regular expression capture group that the substitution or `ldapQuery` template uses.
	Match string `json:"match"`
	// Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Distinguished Name (DN) template that converts the LDAP username that matches regular expression in the *match* parameter into an LDAP Distinguished Name (DN).
	Substitution *string `json:"substitution,omitempty"`
}

UserToDNMapping User-to-Distinguished Name (DN) map that MongoDB Cloud uses to transform a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) username into an LDAP DN.

func NewUserToDNMapping ¶

func NewUserToDNMapping(match string) *UserToDNMapping

NewUserToDNMapping instantiates a new UserToDNMapping object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewUserToDNMappingWithDefaults ¶

func NewUserToDNMappingWithDefaults() *UserToDNMapping

NewUserToDNMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new UserToDNMapping object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetLdapQuery ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetLdapQuery() string

GetLdapQuery returns the LdapQuery field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetLdapQueryOk ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetLdapQueryOk() (*string, bool)

GetLdapQueryOk returns a tuple with the LdapQuery field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetMatch ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetMatch() string

GetMatch returns the Match field value

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetMatchOk ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetMatchOk() (*string, bool)

GetMatchOk returns a tuple with the Match field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetSubstitution ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetSubstitution() string

GetSubstitution returns the Substitution field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*UserToDNMapping) GetSubstitutionOk ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) GetSubstitutionOk() (*string, bool)

GetSubstitutionOk returns a tuple with the Substitution field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*UserToDNMapping) HasLdapQuery ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) HasLdapQuery() bool

HasLdapQuery returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*UserToDNMapping) HasSubstitution ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) HasSubstitution() bool

HasSubstitution returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (UserToDNMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o UserToDNMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*UserToDNMapping) SetLdapQuery ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) SetLdapQuery(v string)

SetLdapQuery gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the LdapQuery field.

func (*UserToDNMapping) SetMatch ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) SetMatch(v string)

SetMatch sets field value

func (*UserToDNMapping) SetSubstitution ¶

func (o *UserToDNMapping) SetSubstitution(v string)

SetSubstitution gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Substitution field.

func (UserToDNMapping) ToMap ¶

func (o UserToDNMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ValidateMigrationApiParams ¶

type ValidateMigrationApiParams struct {
	GroupId              string
	LiveMigrationRequest *LiveMigrationRequest
}

type ValidateMigrationApiRequest ¶

type ValidateMigrationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService CloudMigrationServiceApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ValidateMigrationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiParams ¶

type VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiParams struct {
	GroupId string
}

type VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest ¶

type VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest struct {
	ApiService NetworkPeeringApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (VerifyConnectViaPeeringOnlyModeForOneProjectApiRequest) Execute ¶

type VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiParams ¶

type VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiParams struct {
	GroupId                                string
	LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams *LDAPVerifyConnectivityJobRequestParams
}

type VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest ¶

type VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest struct {
	ApiService LDAPConfigurationApi
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (VerifyLDAPConfigurationApiRequest) Execute ¶

type X509AuthenticationApi ¶

type X509AuthenticationApi interface {

	/*
			CreateDatabaseUserCertificate Create One X.509 Certificate for One MongoDB User

			Generates one X.509 certificate for the specified MongoDB user. Atlas manages the certificate and MongoDB user that belong to one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

		To get MongoDB Cloud to generate a managed certificate for a database user, set `"x509Type" : "MANAGED"` on the desired MongoDB Database User.

		If you are managing your own Certificate Authority (CA) in Self-Managed X.509 mode, you must generate certificates for database users using your own CA.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@param username Human-readable label that represents the MongoDB database user account for whom to create a certificate.
			@return CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDatabaseUserCertificate(ctx context.Context, groupId string, username string, userCert *UserCert) CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest
	/*
		CreateDatabaseUserCertificate Create One X.509 Certificate for One MongoDB User


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest
	*/
	CreateDatabaseUserCertificateWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiParams) CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	CreateDatabaseUserCertificateExecute(r CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

	/*
			DisableCustomerManagedX509 Disable Customer-Managed X.509

			Clears the customer-managed X.509 settings on a project, including the uploaded Certificate Authority, which disables self-managed X.509.

		 Updating this configuration triggers a rolling restart of the database. You must have the Project Owner role to use this endpoint.

			@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
			@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
			@return DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest
	*/
	DisableCustomerManagedX509(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest
	/*
		DisableCustomerManagedX509 Disable Customer-Managed X.509


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest
	*/
	DisableCustomerManagedX509WithParams(ctx context.Context, args *DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiParams) DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	DisableCustomerManagedX509Execute(r DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest) (*UserSecurity, *http.Response, error)

	/*
		ListDatabaseUserCertificates Return All X.509 Certificates Assigned to One MongoDB User

		Returns all unexpired X.509 certificates for the specified MongoDB user. This MongoDB user belongs to one project. Atlas manages these certificates and the MongoDB user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
		@param username Human-readable label that represents the MongoDB database user account whose certificates you want to return.
		@return ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabaseUserCertificates(ctx context.Context, groupId string, username string) ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest
	/*
		ListDatabaseUserCertificates Return All X.509 Certificates Assigned to One MongoDB User


		@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
		@param ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiParams - Parameters for the request
		@return ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest
	*/
	ListDatabaseUserCertificatesWithParams(ctx context.Context, args *ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiParams) ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest

	// Method available only for mocking purposes
	ListDatabaseUserCertificatesExecute(r ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest) (*PaginatedUserCert, *http.Response, error)
}

type X509AuthenticationApiService ¶

type X509AuthenticationApiService service

X509AuthenticationApiService X509AuthenticationApi service

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) CreateDatabaseUserCertificate ¶

func (a *X509AuthenticationApiService) CreateDatabaseUserCertificate(ctx context.Context, groupId string, username string, userCert *UserCert) CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest

CreateDatabaseUserCertificate Create One X.509 Certificate for One MongoDB User

Generates one X.509 certificate for the specified MongoDB user. Atlas manages the certificate and MongoDB user that belong to one project. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Owner role.

To get MongoDB Cloud to generate a managed certificate for a database user, set `"x509Type" : "MANAGED"` on the desired MongoDB Database User.

If you are managing your own Certificate Authority (CA) in Self-Managed X.509 mode, you must generate certificates for database users using your own CA.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param username Human-readable label that represents the MongoDB database user account for whom to create a certificate.
@return CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) CreateDatabaseUserCertificateExecute ¶

func (a *X509AuthenticationApiService) CreateDatabaseUserCertificateExecute(r CreateDatabaseUserCertificateApiRequest) (string, *http.Response, error)

Execute executes the request

@return string

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) DisableCustomerManagedX509 ¶

func (a *X509AuthenticationApiService) DisableCustomerManagedX509(ctx context.Context, groupId string) DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest

DisableCustomerManagedX509 Disable Customer-Managed X.509

Clears the customer-managed X.509 settings on a project, including the uploaded Certificate Authority, which disables self-managed X.509.

Updating this configuration triggers a rolling restart of the database. You must have the Project Owner role to use this endpoint.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@return DisableCustomerManagedX509ApiRequest

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) DisableCustomerManagedX509Execute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return UserSecurity

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) DisableCustomerManagedX509WithParams ¶

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) ListDatabaseUserCertificates ¶

func (a *X509AuthenticationApiService) ListDatabaseUserCertificates(ctx context.Context, groupId string, username string) ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest

ListDatabaseUserCertificates Return All X.509 Certificates Assigned to One MongoDB User

Returns all unexpired X.509 certificates for the specified MongoDB user. This MongoDB user belongs to one project. Atlas manages these certificates and the MongoDB user. To use this resource, the requesting API Key must have the Project Read Only role.

@param ctx context.Context - for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc. Passed from http.Request or context.Background().
@param groupId Unique 24-hexadecimal digit string that identifies your project. Use the [/groups](#tag/Projects/operation/listProjects) endpoint to retrieve all projects to which the authenticated user has access.  **NOTE**: Groups and projects are synonymous terms. Your group id is the same as your project id. For existing groups, your group/project id remains the same. The resource and corresponding endpoints use the term groups.
@param username Human-readable label that represents the MongoDB database user account whose certificates you want to return.
@return ListDatabaseUserCertificatesApiRequest

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) ListDatabaseUserCertificatesExecute ¶

Execute executes the request

@return PaginatedUserCert

func (*X509AuthenticationApiService) ListDatabaseUserCertificatesWithParams ¶

type X509Certificate ¶

type X509Certificate struct {
	// Latest date that the certificate is valid.
	NotAfter *time.Time `json:"notAfter,omitempty"`
	// Earliest date that the certificate is valid.
	NotBefore *time.Time `json:"notBefore,omitempty"`
}

X509Certificate struct for X509Certificate

func NewX509Certificate ¶

func NewX509Certificate() *X509Certificate

NewX509Certificate instantiates a new X509Certificate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewX509CertificateWithDefaults ¶

func NewX509CertificateWithDefaults() *X509Certificate

NewX509CertificateWithDefaults instantiates a new X509Certificate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*X509Certificate) GetNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) GetNotAfter() time.Time

GetNotAfter returns the NotAfter field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*X509Certificate) GetNotAfterOk ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) GetNotAfterOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNotAfterOk returns a tuple with the NotAfter field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*X509Certificate) GetNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) GetNotBefore() time.Time

GetNotBefore returns the NotBefore field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*X509Certificate) GetNotBeforeOk ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) GetNotBeforeOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNotBeforeOk returns a tuple with the NotBefore field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*X509Certificate) HasNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) HasNotAfter() bool

HasNotAfter returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*X509Certificate) HasNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) HasNotBefore() bool

HasNotBefore returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (X509Certificate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o X509Certificate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*X509Certificate) SetNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) SetNotAfter(v time.Time)

SetNotAfter gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NotAfter field.

func (*X509Certificate) SetNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509Certificate) SetNotBefore(v time.Time)

SetNotBefore gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NotBefore field.

func (X509Certificate) ToMap ¶

func (o X509Certificate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type X509CertificateUpdate ¶

type X509CertificateUpdate struct {
	// Certificate content.
	Content *string `json:"content,omitempty"`
	// Latest date that the certificate is valid.
	NotAfter *time.Time `json:"notAfter,omitempty"`
	// Earliest date that the certificate is valid.
	NotBefore *time.Time `json:"notBefore,omitempty"`
}

X509CertificateUpdate struct for X509CertificateUpdate

func NewX509CertificateUpdate ¶

func NewX509CertificateUpdate() *X509CertificateUpdate

NewX509CertificateUpdate instantiates a new X509CertificateUpdate object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewX509CertificateUpdateWithDefaults ¶

func NewX509CertificateUpdateWithDefaults() *X509CertificateUpdate

NewX509CertificateUpdateWithDefaults instantiates a new X509CertificateUpdate object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetContent ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetContent() string

GetContent returns the Content field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetContentOk ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetContentOk() (*string, bool)

GetContentOk returns a tuple with the Content field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotAfter() time.Time

GetNotAfter returns the NotAfter field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotAfterOk ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotAfterOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNotAfterOk returns a tuple with the NotAfter field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotBefore() time.Time

GetNotBefore returns the NotBefore field value if set, zero value otherwise

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotBeforeOk ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) GetNotBeforeOk() (*time.Time, bool)

GetNotBeforeOk returns a tuple with the NotBefore field value if set, nil otherwise and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) HasContent ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) HasContent() bool

HasContent returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) HasNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) HasNotAfter() bool

HasNotAfter returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) HasNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) HasNotBefore() bool

HasNotBefore returns a boolean if a field has been set.

func (X509CertificateUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o X509CertificateUpdate) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) SetContent ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) SetContent(v string)

SetContent gets a reference to the given string and assigns it to the Content field.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) SetNotAfter ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) SetNotAfter(v time.Time)

SetNotAfter gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NotAfter field.

func (*X509CertificateUpdate) SetNotBefore ¶

func (o *X509CertificateUpdate) SetNotBefore(v time.Time)

SetNotBefore gets a reference to the given time.Time and assigns it to the NotBefore field.

func (X509CertificateUpdate) ToMap ¶

func (o X509CertificateUpdate) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

type ZoneMapping ¶

type ZoneMapping struct {
	// Code that represents a location that maps to a zone in your global cluster. MongoDB Cloud represents this location with a ISO 3166-2 location and subdivision codes when possible.
	Location string `json:"location"`
	// Human-readable label that identifies the zone in your global cluster. This zone maps to a location code.
	Zone string `json:"zone"`
}

ZoneMapping Human-readable label that identifies the subset of a global cluster.

func NewZoneMapping ¶

func NewZoneMapping(location string, zone string) *ZoneMapping

NewZoneMapping instantiates a new ZoneMapping object This constructor will assign default values to properties that have it defined, and makes sure properties required by API are set, but the set of arguments will change when the set of required properties is changed

func NewZoneMappingWithDefaults ¶

func NewZoneMappingWithDefaults() *ZoneMapping

NewZoneMappingWithDefaults instantiates a new ZoneMapping object This constructor will only assign default values to properties that have it defined, but it doesn't guarantee that properties required by API are set

func (*ZoneMapping) GetLocation ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) GetLocation() string

GetLocation returns the Location field value

func (*ZoneMapping) GetLocationOk ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) GetLocationOk() (*string, bool)

GetLocationOk returns a tuple with the Location field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (*ZoneMapping) GetZone ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) GetZone() string

GetZone returns the Zone field value

func (*ZoneMapping) GetZoneOk ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) GetZoneOk() (*string, bool)

GetZoneOk returns a tuple with the Zone field value and a boolean to check if the value has been set.

func (ZoneMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly ¶

func (o ZoneMapping) MarshalJSONWithoutReadOnly() ([]byte, error)

func (*ZoneMapping) SetLocation ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) SetLocation(v string)

SetLocation sets field value

func (*ZoneMapping) SetZone ¶

func (o *ZoneMapping) SetZone(v string)

SetZone sets field value

func (ZoneMapping) ToMap ¶

func (o ZoneMapping) ToMap() (map[string]interface{}, error)

Source Files ¶

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL